From 949fbfdbc7dc88fba337c1482683f13518b43a5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Thu, 29 Dec 2005 00:35:50 +0000 Subject: doc/english/t-w git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@23 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 251330 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf | Bin 0 -> 90625 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf | Bin 0 -> 472320 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 112131 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf | Bin 0 -> 108758 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf | Bin 0 -> 283951 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 96627 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf | Bin 0 -> 116376 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf | Bin 0 -> 257378 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 226899 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz | Bin 0 -> 178139 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf | Bin 0 -> 364625 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 164453 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf | Bin 0 -> 111380 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf | Bin 0 -> 415984 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 247411 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf | Bin 0 -> 149137 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf | Bin 0 -> 430441 bytes .../english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf | Bin 0 -> 307267 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz | Bin 0 -> 136213 bytes .../doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf | Bin 0 -> 529793 bytes Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES | 9 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile | 44 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README | 12 + .../doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist | 39 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib | 132 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf | Bin 0 -> 910956 bytes .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz | Bin 0 -> 429694 bytes .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex | 570 + .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex | 672 + .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex | 749 + .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex | 841 ++ .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex | 179 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex | 145 + .../doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty | 130 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog | 312 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile | 44 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README | 17 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html | 1 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html | 1997 +++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf | Bin 0 -> 195357 bytes Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed | 14 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex | 1585 ++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el | 577 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls | 845 ++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README | 61 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css | 124 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html | 14590 +++++++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css | 133 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html | 5433 +++++++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf | Bin 0 -> 771118 bytes .../texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css | 44 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 | 57 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx | 87 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx | 61 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx | 44 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx | 79 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx | 136 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 | 60 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx | 56 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 | 48 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 | 52 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx | 48 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx | 51 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 | 48 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx | 53 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx | 54 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx | 996 ++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 | 51 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 | 49 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 | 54 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 | 52 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 | 55 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 | 85 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 | 87 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 | 88 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx | 56 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx | 48 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx | 63 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx | 67 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx | 55 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx | 53 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx | 54 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 | 55 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx | 44 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 | 49 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx | 53 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx | 46 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx | 43 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx | 75 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx | 53 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx | 44 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx | 41 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx | 71 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx | 73 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx | 73 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx | 74 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx | 73 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx | 73 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx | 73 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx | 74 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx | 56 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx | 66 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx | 78 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx | 37 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx | 53 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx | 38 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx | 52 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx | 54 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx | 45 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx | 69 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx | 51 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx | 50 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx | 33 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx | 27 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx | 26 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx | 35 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx | 28 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx | 29 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx | 34 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx | 25 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx | 30 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps | 63 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps | 305 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps | 639 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx | 42 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib | 40 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps | 31 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib | 119 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls | 86 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls | 106 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls | 70 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps | 13 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps | 13 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile | 47 + .../doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded | 2 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib | 32 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif | Bin 0 -> 135 bytes Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif | Bin 0 -> 3016 bytes Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html | 617 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps | 1357 ++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex | 7 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf | Bin 0 -> 5266 bytes .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps | 1350 ++ .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex | 8 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css | 30 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html | 617 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf | Bin 0 -> 384262 bytes .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex | 444 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1 | 13 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map | 2 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty | 9 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README | 23 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6 | 228 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps | 228 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css | 60 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html | 874 ++ Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf | Bin 0 -> 170365 bytes .../texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz | Bin 0 -> 133652 bytes Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex | 615 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif | Bin 0 -> 4993 bytes Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt | 341 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt | 8 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html | 117 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html | 137 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt | 36 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html | 100 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt | 39 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html | 52 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html | 50 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html | 131 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html | 79 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html | 352 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html | 67 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html | 66 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html | 68 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html | 68 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html | 163 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html | 439 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html | 112 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt | 12 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html | 97 + .../texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html | 52 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html | 47 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html | 51 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html | 71 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html | 56 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html | 94 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html | 91 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html | 345 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html | 134 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html | 57 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html | 81 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html | 78 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html | 59 + Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html | 92 + 982 files changed, 72171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html create mode 100644 Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fdbdd36b70a Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..677d2b422f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b2dc525cb0b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ff942b28ab Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6587e858eeb Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edfdd969e94 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cda651c2e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29c39397e2a Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..614c6697a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18d745a3753 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..988ca08961e Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..50791295936 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e6783ac7529 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5eb05a68620 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d50235d697 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c59b2dd782 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33f61b9e0ba Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ec3f3bc109 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a105766db1b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f185bde1a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b1db20c6c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..68397e16ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +v1.00 2004/07/21 First release on CTAN. +v1.01 2004/08/15 Corrected two related errors in sec3 + (about left brace and @preamble) +v1.10 2005/03/06 Some corrections. + Added hyperref. +v1.20 2005/06/10 Added LPPL licence notes + Minor corrections and additions +v1.30 2005/10/16 Corrected many typos (thanks to Roger Jeurissen + and Maarten Grachten) diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..647f51b3333 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +## Makefile +## Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +# +# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +# of this license or (at your option) any later version. +# The latest version of this license is in +# http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +# and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +# version 2003/12/01 or later. +# +# This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +# The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +# +# This work consists of the files +# ttb_en.tex +# ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +# ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +# local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +# and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +all: + LATEX=latex make tex + dvips ttb_en -o + +pdf: + LATEX=pdflatex make tex + +tex: *.tex + ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex + makeindex -s idxstyle.ist bibtex + makeindex -s idxstyle.ist latex + bibtex ttb_en + ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex + ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex + +clean: + rm -f *.aux ttb_en.log ttb_en.blg *.ilg *.ind *.idx \ + ttb_en.bbl ttb_en.toc ttb_en.dvi ttb_en.out \ + ttb_en.ptc* ttb_en.mtc* ttb_en.bmt *~ + +tgz: + tar zcvf ttb_en.tgz Makefile ttb_*.tex ttb_*.sty local.bib \ + idxstyle.ist README CHANGES diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e39177d4fad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Tame the BeaST -- The B to X of BibTeX +======================================== + Nicolas MARKEY + + v1.3 2005/10/16 + + +This is an (as complete as possible) documentation +about bibliographies in LaTeX, thus mainly about +BibTeX. + +Comments welcome! diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d93f54269f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% idxstyle.ist +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf +% +% +% This file is derived from fridx1.ist: +% FICHIER fridx1.ist +% Personnalisation Numero 1 d'un index (faire makeindex -s fridx1.ist) +% -------------------------------------------------------------------- + +headings_flag 1 +heading_prefix "{\\large \\bf \\hfil--\\ " +heading_suffix " --\\ \\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n" +symhead_negative "symbols" +symhead_positive "Symbols" + +delim_0 " \\dotfill \ " +delim_1 " \\dotfill \ " +delim_2 " \\dotfill \ " +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f24ffb664cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +%% local.bib +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +@book{latex:dps, + author = "Lamport, Leslie", + title = "{{\LaTeX}}: a Document Preparation System", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1997, + month = mar, +} + +@book{latex:lc, + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} Companion", + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Frank and Samarin, + Alexander", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1993, + month = dec, +} + +@book{latex:lc2, + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} Companion~--- Second Edition", + author = "Mittelbach, Frank and Goossens, Michel and + Braams, Johannes and Carlisle, David and Rowley, Chris", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 2004, + month = apr, +} + + +@manual{natbib, + author = "Daly, Patrick W.", + title = "Natural Sciences Citations and References", + year = 1999, + month = may, + } + +@manual{bibentry, + author = "Daly, Patrick W.", + title = "A {{\LaTeX}} Package to Place Bibliography Entries in Text", + year = 1999, + month = feb, + } + +@manual{multibib, + author = "Hansen, Thorsten", + title = "The {\textbf{multibib}} package", + year = 2000, + month = jan, +} + +@manual{bibunit, + author = "Hansen, Thorsten", + title = "The {\textbf{bibunits}} package", + year = 2000, + month = oct, +} + +@manual{footbib, + author = "Dommenjoud, {\'E}ric", + title = "The {\textbf{footbib}} package", + year = 1997, + month = mar, +} + +@manual{merlin, + author = "Daly, Patrick W.", + title = "A Master Bibliographic Style File", + year = 1999, + month = may, + } + +@manual{splitbib, + author = "Markey, Nicolas", + title = "The {\textbf{splitbib}} package", + year = 2005, + month = feb, +} + +@manual{jurabib, + author = "Berger, Jens", + title = "The {\textbf{jurabib}} package", + year = 2002, + month = sep, +} + +@manual{jmpl, + author = "Bayart, Benjamin", + title = "Joli Manuel pour {{\LaTeX}}", + year = 1995, + month = dec, +} + +@book{desg, + title = "{{\LaTeX}}~: Apprentissage, Guide et R{\'e}f{\'e}rences", + author = "Desgraupes, Bernard", + publisher = "Vuibert", + year = 2000, + month = nov, + } + +@manual{btxdoc, + author = "Patashnik, Oren", + title = "{\textsc{Bib}}{{\TeX}}ing", + year = 1988, + month = feb, +} + +@manual{btxhak, + author = "Patashnik, Oren", + title = "Designing {\textsc{Bib}}{{\TeX}} styles", + year = 1988, + month = feb, +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a5a89966c1e Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56748003dc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d40692260c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec1.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +\mypart{Basic bibliography with \LaTeX}\label{part1} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +\bt is often seen as something magical, as well as \LaTeX +bibliography-related commands in general. Many users simply copy and paste +classical examples without trying to understand how it works. But in +fact, a bibliography in \LaTeX is nothing but a \emph{list} of +\emph{references} mentioned in a document. If we had to do it ``by +hand'', +without knowing anything about the \env{thebibliography} environment, +it could look like this: + +\medskip +\begin{verbatim} +This is the main matter of the document, mentioning +[\ref{doc1}] and [\ref{doc2}], for instance. +\section*{References} +\begin{enumerate} + \renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} %% numbers are surronded with brackets + \item \label{doc1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. + \item \label{doc2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{enumerate} +\end{verbatim} +\noindent which, when compiled, gives +\begin{myex} +This is the main matter of the document, mentioning +[\ref{doc1}] and [\ref{doc2}], for instance. +\section*{References} +\begin{enumerate} + \renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} %% numbers are between brackets + \item \label{doc1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. + \item \label{doc2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{enumerate} +\end{myex} + +This is mostly what the \env{thebibliography} environment does (it +starts a \env{list} environment, similar to~\env{enumerate}), +\cmd{bibitem} corresponding +to the \cmd{item} commands. One major difference is that \cmd{bibitem} +allows for more general cross-references than \cmd{item} and +\cmd{label} (for example, one can cite~\cite{latex:lc}). + + +This is what this part deals with: ``Writing a bibliography +\emph{without} \bt''. This is not the main goal of this manual, but +it is a cornerstone for understanding the sequel. + + +\mysection{The \nienv{thebibliography} environment} + + +%% +%% Fin trad. +%% + +The \env{thebibliography} environment is not defined in \LaTeX +itself (neither is it in \TeX\footnote{\bt may be used with plain \TeX, +you'll simply have to input the \sty[tex]{btxmac} package}, of course). It has +to be defined by the +class file used in the document (\emph{e.g.} \cls{article} or +\cls{book}). As mentioned earlier, it is a \env{list}-like +environment inside a new \cmd{section} (or \cmd{chapter}, depending on +the document class\footnote{This is the reason why \env{thebibliography} +has to be defined in the class files. The +other bibliographic commands are defined in the standard \LaTeX format.}). +This list has to be set up carefully, however, in order to avoid indentation +problems. For instance, if we put ``alphanumerical'' labels in the previous +example, we would get: +\begin{myex} +\section*{References} +\begin{enumerate} +\renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} +\item[{[GMS93]}] Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander +Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\item[{[Lam97]}] Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation +System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{enumerate} +\end{myex} + +In order to avoid this problem, \env{thebibliography} has a mandatory +argument, which should be the largest label occurring in the list. This will +allow to set up margins properly. + +\medskip +Let's now have a look at the precise definition of the +\env{thebibliography} environment (as defined in the \cls{article} +class, for instance): +\begin{listing}{1} +\newenvironment{thebibliography}[1] + {\section*{\refname + \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\refname}{\MakeUppercase\refname}}% +\end{listing} +As mentioned earlier, \env{thebibliography} starts a new +section\footnote{It is in fact a \cmd{section*}, so that it won't + appear in the table of contents. In order to cleanly insert the + bibliography in your table of contents, use the \sty{tocbibind} + package. Other methods you can think of will probably lead to wrong + page numbers.}. The environment also sets the page headers\footnote{The + standard + \sty{apalike} package hard-codes the headers to ``REFERENCES'' or + ``BIBLIOGRAPHY'', depending on the class file. + But another package (with the same name, unfortunately) correctly sets + the headers to \cmd{refname} or \cmd{bibname}. Simply check in the sources if you have + problems for redefining the headers with that package.}. + +\begin{listingcont} + \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% + {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% +\end{listingcont} +This is not surprising either: We start a new \env{list} +environment\footnote{The \cmd{list} command is equivalent to a + \texttt{\bs begin\{list\}}, and has to be followed with a + \cmd{endlist}.}. It takes two mandatory arguments: +\begin{itemize} +\item the first one (\texttt{\bs\at biblabel\{...\}}) defines the format of +the default command for + generating labels. Here it is defined with the \verb+enumiv+ + counter, using \cmdat{biblabel}{}\footnote{\cmdat{biblabel} is + defined in \LaTeX. It outputs its argument surrounded with + brackets. The precise definition is: +\texttt{\bs def\bs\at biblabel\#1\{[\#1]\}}.}. + Thus we have [1], [2], ... Since \cmd{bibitem} is a sort of + \cmd{item}, it may have an optional argument for modifying this + default label. +\item The second argument(lines~5 above to~11 below) is a set of commands that + are run at the + beginning of the environment. They set the values + of different lengths and parameters of the \env{list} environment. + This is where we need the longest label (which the mandatory + argument of the \env{thebibliography} environment should be set to), + in order to correctly indent the whole list. + People often write \verb+\begin{thebibliography}{99}+, but this is + correct only if there are between $10$ and $99$ cited references + (assuming all digits have the same length, which is the case with + the \textsf{cmr} fonts). +\end{itemize} + + +The rest of the definition of \env{thebibliography} contains some +borderline definitions for the list environment and the use of the +\verb+enumiv+ counter: +\begin{listingcont} + \leftmargin\labelwidth + \advance\leftmargin\labelsep + \@openbib@code + \usecounter{enumiv}% + \let\p@enumiv\@empty + \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% +\end{listingcont} +\cmdat{openbib\at code}, which is empty by default, allows +to modify some parameters if necessary. Option \texttt{openbib} of +classical style files uses this command for resetting some parameters. +Line~9 to~11 set the list counter. + +Last, within the reference list, spacing rules as well as some special +penalties are used: +\begin{listingcont} + \sloppy + \clubpenalty4000 + \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty + \widowpenalty4000% + \sfcode`\.\@m} +\end{listingcont} + + +That's it for the initialization of this environment. Ending the +\env{thebibliography} is much easier: +we just echo a warning if no reference has been included, and we close +the \env{list} environment: +\begin{listingcont} + {\def\@noitemerr + {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% + \endlist} +\end{listingcont} + + + +\mysection{The \protect\nicmd{bibitem} command}\label{bibitem} + +Inside the \env{list} environment described above, we have to insert +\cmd{item}{}s, as is usual. It will be a special \cmd{item}, though, in +order to have a correct rendering of each bibliographical item. The +adequate command is named \cmd{bibitem}, and has two roles: Writing +the new entry in the list, and defining the cross-reference to be used +when citing this entry, which defaults to +\verb+\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}+. The result is [1] for instance, +but of course can be modified into [GMS94], say, +with an optional argument, +exactly in the same way as for an \cmd{item}. +Here is the precise definition of \cmd{bibitem}: +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibitem{\@ifnextchar[\@lbibitem\@bibitem} +\end{listing} +\cmd{bibitem} calls \cmdat{lbibitem} if +there is an optional argument, and \cmdat{bibitem} otherwise. +Those auxiliary commands are defined as follows: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]\if@filesw + {\let\protect\noexpand + \immediate + \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces} +\end{listing} +% +Let's take an example in order to see how it works: Assume we wrote +\verb+\bibitem[GMS94]{companion}+. +The command first creates an item having the same optional argument, +which will be surrounded with brackets by \cmdat{biblabel} and flushed +to the left by \cmd{hfill}.\label{biblabel} +It then write a \cmd{bibcite} command, with two arguments, into the +\ext{aux} file\footnote{More precisely, the file pointed to by +the \cmdat{auxout} command, but this generally is the \ext{aux} +file.}. +\cmd{bibcite} is simply defined as follows: +\label{bibcite} +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibcite{\@newl@bel b} +\end{listing} + +The \cmdat{newl\at bel} command requires three arguments, \texttt{\#1}, + \texttt{\#2} and \texttt{\#3}, and defines a command named + \texttt{\#1\at\#2} (with of course \texttt{\#1} and \texttt{\#2} being + replaced by their values) whose value is the third argument \texttt{\#3}. + +This behavior is the same as when defining a cross reference (with +\cmd{label}) in the document: when the \ext{aux} file is read by +\LaTeX (namely at the \verb+\begin{document}+ and +\verb+\end{document}+), those \cmdat{newl\at bel} commands are +executed, and a \verb+\b@companion+ command is defined, containing, +in our case, \texttt{GMS93}. + +When there is no optional argument, it is quite similar: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@bibitem#1{\item\if@filesw \immediate\write\@auxout + {\string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}}\fi\ignorespaces} +\end{listing} +% +The new \cmd{item} is created, and the \cmd{bibcite} command is +output in the \ext{aux} file. The only new thing to know here is that +\cmdat{listctr} is the list counter, and points to \verb+enumiv+ as requested +by the \cmd{usecounter} command in the definition of \env{thebibliography}. +Everything after the \cmd{bibitem} (and its argument(s)) is +output in the document, within the recently created item of the +list, until the next \cmd{bibitem} or the end of the +\env{thebibliography} environment\footnote{Some packages redefine + \cmd{bibitem} and could not meet this last rule. See + section~\ref{redefbibitem} on this topic.}. + +\medskip +To conclude, here is a small example of a bibliography, having two +entries, as it could be defined in a document: + +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} %% GMS93 is the longest label. +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{verbatim} +And here is the result: + +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport1} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + + +\mysection{The \protect\nicmd{cite} command}\label{cite} + +When considering a bibliography as a list of cross-references, +\cmd{cite} is the equivalent for \cmd{ref}. It has one mandatory +argument, which is the internal label to be cited. It also has an +optional argument, that can be used to add some comments to the +reference. For instance, a good reference concerning \bt is +\cite[Chap.~13]{latex:lc}, which is obtained by entering +\verb+\cite[Chap.~13]{companion}+.\label{citeopt} + + +Here is how it is defined\footnote{Details about + \cmd{DeclareRobustCommand} are given at page~\pageref{DRC}. If you + don't know what it is, you can see it as a simple + \cmd{newcommand}.}: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\DeclareRobustCommand\cite{% + \@ifnextchar [{\@tempswatrue\@citex}{\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}} +\end{listing} +% +If there is an optional argument, the boolean variable \cmdat{tempswa} +is set to true (we need to remember that an optional argument was provided), +and \cmdat{citex} is called. Otherwise, \cmdat{tempswa} is false, and +\cmdat{citex} is called with an empty optional argument. + + +Before explaining \cmdat{citex}, we first have a quick look at +\cmdat{cite}, which will be used by \cmdat{citex}. This will help +understand how \cmdat{tempswa} is used: +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@cite#1#2{[{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}]} +\end{listing} +This is the command used for outputting the reference in the +document. The second argument is used only if \cmdat{tempswa} has been +set to true. Together with the first argument, they are put into +brackets, and output in the document. + +Now \cmdat{citex}~will be the ``bridge'' between \cmd{cite} and \cmdat{cite}: +\label{citex} +% +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\@citex[#1]#2{% + \let\@citea\@empty + \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do +\end{listing} + +This calls \cmdat{cite}. Its first argument will be computed by the +\cmdat{for} command, in case several references are cited at one +time.\index{latex}{citea@\texttt{\protect\bs\protect\at citea}} +% +\begin{listingcont} + {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }% +\end{listingcont} +% +Starting from the second run through the \cmdat{for}-loop, we add a +comma, and a penalty for a line break not to occur between references. +The default is to never have a line break inside a set of references. +% +\begin{listingcont} + \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}% +\end{listingcont} +% +This redefines \cmdat{citeb}, the variable used in the loop. The +\cmdat{for} command successively sets \cmdat{citeb} to all the values +that have been cited, and \cmdat{citeb} is redefined here in order to +remove extra spaces. This is somewhat tricky, but it works. +\label{citation} + +\begin{listingcont} + \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi +\end{listingcont} +% +This writes a \cmd{citation} command in the \ext{aux} file, indicating +that \cmdat{citeb} has been cited in the document. This is not useful +here, but will be crucial for \bt to generate the bibliography (see +section~\ref{bibtex}). + +\begin{listingcont} + \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}% + \G@refundefinedtrue + \@latex@warning + {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% +\end{listingcont} +% +This handles cases where the requested reference does not exist yet. In +that case, the reference is replaced by a boldface question mark. A +warning is also echoed in the \ext{log} file. + +\begin{listingcont} + {\@cite@ofmt{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}} +\end{listingcont} +If the reference exists, it is written here, using the +\nicmd{b\at...} command created when reading the \ext{aux} file (\cf +page~\pageref{bibcite}). +\cmdat{cite\protect\at ofmt} is equivalent to~\cmd{hbox}\footnote{The +command~\cmdat{citex} is defined with \cmd{hbox} in old (before 2003) versions +of \LaTeX.}. +The loop is executed for all the requested +references, and the whole result is then passed to \cmdat{cite}, +together with the optional second argument, which is \verb+#1+ here. + +\medskip +This may look intricate, but it is really easy to use: You simply +enter \verb+\cite{companion, lamport}+ in order to get \cite{latex:lc, + latex:dps}, with the bibliographic items shown at the end of the previous + section. + + + +\mysection{Some more little tricks}\label{truc1} + +\mysubsection{What is \protect\nicmd{DeclareRobustCommand}?} +\label{DRC} + +A command having an optional argument, such as \cmd{cite}, is said to +be \emph{fragile}: Generally speaking, they cannot be directly used +in the argument of other commands (for instance, \cmd{cite} in the +argument of a \cmd{section}). These problems can be overcome by preceding +the fragile command by a \cmd{protect}, but this is annoying. The +other solution is to declare the command as robust, by defining it +with \cmd{DeclareRobustCommand} instead of \cmd{newcommand}. + + +\mysubsection{Changing the name of the bibliography} + +This is obvious from the definition of the \env{thebibliography} +environment: We simply have to redefine \cmd{refname}, which defaults +to \emph{\refname}. However, this +only works with the \cls{report} class. The \cls{book} and +\cls{article} classes use \cmd{bibname} instead, which defaults to +\emph{\bibname}. + +For instance, when using \cls{report}, you'll write: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\refname}{Some references} +\end{verbatim} +while with \cls{book} or \cls{article}, it should be: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\bibname}{Some references} +\end{verbatim} +As mentioned earlier, \sty{apalike} does not use \cmd{refname} and hard-codes +the reference name in the page headers. + +\mysubsection{Adding text before the first reference} + +Putting text just after the beginning of the \env{thebibliography} +environment raises an error, since the \env{list} environment demands +an \cmd{item} command. Thus we will put a real \cmd{item}, then add +some negative horizontal space back to the left margin, and write our +text within a \env{minipage} environment (in order to avoid +indentation due to the list): + +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} +\item[] +\hskip-\leftmargin +\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +Here are some useful references about \LaTeX. They are +available in every worthy bookshop. Many other good documentations +might be found on the web (the FAQ of \textsf{comp.text.tex} for +instance). +\end{minipage} +\bigskip +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and + Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{verbatim} +This code gives: + +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{AAA00} +\item[] +\hskip-\leftmargin +\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +Here are some useful references about \LaTeX. They are +available in every worthy bookshop. Many other good documentations +might be found on the web (the FAQ of \textsf{comp.text.tex} for +instance). +\end{minipage} + +\bigskip +\bibitem[GMS93]{companion2} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and + Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation + System}, Addison Wesley, 1997. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + + +\mysubsection{Redefining \protect\nicmd{bibitem}}\label{redefbibitem} + + +Some style files need redefining the \cmd{bibitem} command, or in +fact \cmdat{bibitem} and \cmdat{lbibitem}, so that an entry has to +end with a \cmd{par} command (or an empty line). \sty{backref} is an +example of such a style file. Some other will turn the optional +argument of \cmd{bibitem} into a mandatory one. \sty{apalike} does +so. + +I've nothing to add about that, but it is useful to know this to +avoid spending too much time on debugging... + + + +\mysubsection{Turning brackets into parentheses} + + +As we saw earlier, \cmd{biblabel} is in charge of adding brackets +around reference labels, in the reference list. It is easy +to redefine it in order to get parentheses: + +\begin{verbatim} +\makeatletter % @ is now a letter +\def\bibleftdelim{(} +\def\bibrightdelim{)} +\def\@biblabel#1{\bibleftdelim #1\bibrightdelim} +\makeatother % @ is a symbol +\end{verbatim} + +This does the trick, and it is now easy to change parentheses into +anything else, by redefining \nicmd{bibleftdelim} and +\nicmd{bibrightdelim}. + +However, this won't change the behavior of \cmdat{cite}, which will +still write brackets around cited reference labels. Thus we also have +to redefine \cmdat{cite}: +\begin{verbatim} +\makeatletter +\def\@cite#1#2{\bibleftdelim{#1\if@tempswatrue , #2\fi}\bibrightdelim} +\makeatother +\end{verbatim} + +\mysubsection{... and more} + +Several packages have been written for modifying the look +of bibliographies and citations. For instance, +the package \sty{cite} allows to modify the result of the +\cmd{cite} command: turning brackets into parentheses, but also +sorting and compressing a set of numeric references. +The package \sty{overcite} allows, moreover, to get references +displayed as superscript. + +The package \sty{splitbib} changes the output of the list of +references: it allows to split the bibliography into several +categories, and\slash or reordering that list. See the +documentation~\cite{splitbib} for more details. + +\mysubsection{Can the symbol \$ be used in an internal key?} + +Probably not, but I don't know exactly which character may or may not +be used. Obviously, any letter and digit can be used, and my opinion +is that it is quite enough. On the other hand, commas, curly brackets +and backslashes are clearly forbidden. For the other ones, I don't +know, just give it a try and you'll know. + + +\mysection*{Conclusion} + +Well... It could be over right now, since we know how to write a +bibliography. However, typesetting all references by hand is long and +annoying. Moreover, when writing several articles on related areas, +we often cite the same sets of references, but possibly with different styles. +It would be interesting to have a \emph{database} containing a large +set of references, some of which would be picked up, formatted and typeset by +\LaTeX. This does exist, and is described in the sequel. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ac324feb8ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,672 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec2.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{How to use \bt?} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +\mysection{How does it work?} \label{bibtex} + +As mentioned earlier, \bt can be seen as a general database manager: +It extracts items from a database, sorts them, and exports the +result, generally as a \LaTeX{}able \env{thebibliography} +environment. + +This description is a somewhat optimistic view, however, and reality +is a little more complex: In order to tell \bt which entries have to +be extracted, you have to first run \LaTeX on your document. And once +\bt has finished its job, you have to run \LaTeX anew in order to take +the resulting bibliography into account. Here are some more precisions: + +\begin{itemize} +\item At the very first stage, you run \LaTeX on your document. Since this is + the first time you compile it, no bibliographic + information is included, and references are left + empty. Nevertheless, each time \LaTeX encounters a bibliographic reference + in the document, it writes the key of the reference in the \ext{aux} + file\footnote{This is the role of the \cmd{citation} command issued + by the \cmd{cite} command (\cf page~\pageref{citation}).}. During + the compilation, \LaTeX also indicates in the \ext{aux} file which + databases have to be used, and which bibliography style has + to be applied for typesetting the bibliography; + +\item \bt can now be executed: It takes the \ext{aux} file as + argument, which contains all the relevant informations + for extracting the bibliography: The style (\ext{bst} file) to be + applied to the + bibliography, the database (\ext{bib} file) to be used, and the + entries to be extracted from the database. With this stuff, \bt + will then extract the \cmd{cite}{}d references + and write the bibliography in a \ext{bbl} + file. Logs of this operation are written in a \ext{blg} file; + +\item The next step is to rerun \LaTeX. The \ext{bbl} file will then + be included, and its \cmd{bibitem} commands executed. This writes + the necessary bibliographic cross references in the \ext{aux} + file. However, this does not define the cross references for the + current compilation, and bibliographic references still won't be + defined; + +\item We then run \LaTeX a third time: When reading the \ext{aux} file + at the beginning of the compilation, \LaTeX will store the + references of the bibliographic citations, and those references + will be correct in the document. +\end{itemize} + + +It follows that, in the best case, we need to compile the file three +times, and to run \bt once. There are some cases where this is still +not sufficient: If, for instance, a bibliographic entry cites another +one, another run of both \bt and \LaTeX is needed. And so on. +Finally, here is the global pattern to be applied: +\begin{center} +\LaTeX (\bt {} \LaTeX )$^+$ \LaTeX. +\end{center} + + +Everything else works as in part~\ref{part1}, since \bt generally creates the +complete \env{thebibliography} environments with all the \cmd{bibitem}{}s of +the references that are cited in your document. +There are two new \LaTeX commands, however: Those +defining the style file to consider and bibliographic database(s): +\begin{itemize} +\item \cmd{bibliographystyle} is the command to be used to declare the + bibliography style to be used by \bt. Here is how it is defined: +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibliographystyle#1{% + \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined\else + \expandafter\AtBeginDocument + \fi + {\if@filesw + \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibstyle{#1}}% + \fi}} +\end{listing} + + +This simply writes a \cmd{bibstyle} command in the \ext{aux} file, +whose argument is the name of the style. \cmd{bibstyle} itself is a +command that has one argument, but does nothing. Indeed, the +name of the bibliography style is only needed by \bt, and \LaTeX doesn't +care about it. + +\item \cmd{bibliography} is the command for defining the bibliographic + database to be used. Contrary to the previous command, the argument + of \cmd{bibliography} might be a comma-separated list of + bibliographic databases. Note that ``comma-separated'' is strict + here: No space and no line break are allowed. Apart from this, the + behavior of this command is similar to the behavior of the previous + one: It writes its argument in the \ext{aux} file, as the + argument of + a command named \cmd{bibdata} (which is then read by \bt, + but does nothing in \LaTeX). Last, this + \cmd{bibliography} command includes the \ext{bbl} file, + which writes + the bibliography. Here is the precise definition: +\begin{listing}{1} +\def\bibliography#1{% + \if@filesw + \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibdata{#1}}% + \fi + \@input@{\jobname.bbl}} +\end{listing} + +You've probably already understood that \cmd{jobname} returns the name +of the file being compiled. +\end{itemize} + + +Last precision: The \ext{aux} file also contains the list of keys of +the entries to be extracted. This is achieved by the \cmd{citation} +commands echoed by \cmd{cite} in the \ext{aux} file. \cmd{citation} +does the same thing as \cmd{bibstyle} and \cmd{bibdata}: Nothing. + + +\mysection{Some bibliography styles...} + +There exist quite a bunch +of bibliography styles, since each publisher has his own +needs +and preferences. I'll present some generic styles here, together with their +specificities. + +\mysubsection{Classical bibliography styles} + +The following four styles were originally written by Oren +\textsc{Patashnik}, whom I forgot to introduce but is in fact the +author of \bt. The styles are named \bst{plain}, \bst{alpha}, +\bst{unsrt} and \bst{abbrv}. If you want to use the +\bst{plain}~style, you'll write \verb+\bibliographystyle{plain}+ +(anywhere) in your document. + + +Globally speaking, the bibliography style has to manage +everything. ``Everything'' here can be decomposed into three points: +Defining the available entry types, with their relevant +fields\footnote{I insist that entry types and field names depend +on the bibliography style, and are not fixed by \bt.}; +Extracting and sorting +bibliographic items; And typesetting the bibliography. + + +So the first role of the style file is to define entry types, such as +\ent{book}, \ent{article} or \ent{inproceedings} in classical styles, +and for each of them, the relevant fields that will be +either mandatory or optional or just ignored\footnote{The following + rule applies: A field that is neither mandatory nor optional, is + ignored. Thus you can add any comment or personal field in your + bibliography, even if they're not in the list below. Some other + fields might of course be used by other, non classical styles.}. +The table below describes the role of the fields that are used in +classical style files. Descriptions are short, but more details can be +easily found in any \LaTeX book.\label{champ} + +\begin{center} +%\centerline{% +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height8pt depth0pt width 0pt\noindent\bgroup\bfseries}p{.17\textwidth}<{\egroup}>{\noindent}p{.77\textwidth}<{\vrule height0pt depth7pt width 0pt}|} +\hline\endfirsthead +\hline\endhead +\hline\endfoot +\hline\endlastfoot +address & Generally the city or complete address of the publisher. +\\ +author & For author names. The input format is quite special, since +\bt +has to be able to distinguish between the first and last +names. Section~\ref{author} and~\ref{noms-start} are completely +dedicated to this topic. +\\ +booktitle & For the title of a book one part of which is cited. +\\ +chapter & The number of the chapter (or any part) of a book being +cited. If not a chapter, the \texttt{type} field might be used for +precising the type of sectioning. +\\ +crossref & This one is quite peculiar. It's used to cross-reference +within the bibliography. For instance, you might cite a +document, and a part of it. In that case, the second one +can reference +the first one, or at least inherit some of its fields from the first +one. This deserves some more comments, see section~\ref{crossref}. +\label{cetaitla} \\ +edition & The edition number. Or in fact its ordinal, for instance +\texttt{edition = "First"}. This might raise +problems when trying to export a bibliography into another language. +\\ +editor & The name of the editor(s) of the entry. The format is the +same as for authors. +\\ +howpublished & Only used in rare cases where the document being cited +is not a classical type such as a \ent{book}, an \ent{article} or an +\ent{inproceedings} publication. +\\ +institution & For a technical report, the name of the institution that +published it. +\\ +journal & The name of the journal in which the cited article has +been published. +\\ +key & Used for defining the label, in case it cannot be computed by +\bt. It does not force the label, but defines the label when +\bt needs one but can't compute it. +\\ +month & Well... The month during which the document has been +published. This also raises the problem of the translation of the +bibliography: It's better having a numerical value, or an abbreviation, +instead of the +complete name of the month. Having the number would also allow \bt +to sort the entries more precisely (even though, as far as I know, no +bibliography style does this at the present time). +\\ +note & For any additional data you would want to add. Since classical +styles were written in 1985, they don't have a \texttt{url} field, and +\texttt{note} is often used for this purpose, together with the +\sty{url} package. +\\ +number & A number... Not whichever, but the number of a report. For +volume numbers, a special +\texttt{volume} field exists. +\\ +organization & The organizing institution of a conference. +\\ +pages & The relevant pages of the document. Useful for the reader when +you cite a huge book; Note that such a precision could be added +through the optional argument of \cmd{cite} (see +page~\pageref{citeopt}), in which case it would appear in the document +but not in the bibliography. +\\ +publisher & The institution that published the document. +\\ +school & For theses, the name of the school the thesis has been +prepared in. +\\ +series & The name of a collection of series or books. +\\ +title & The title of the document being cited. There are some rules to +be observed when entering this field, see section~\ref{title}. +\\ +type & The type. Which type? It depends... The type of publication, if +needed. For thesis, for instance, in order to distinguish between +a masters thesis and a PhD. Or the type of section being cited (see +\texttt{chapter} above). +\\ +volume & The volume number in a series or collection of books. +\\ +year & The publication year. +\\ +%\hline +%\caption{ }\label{chp} +\end{longtable} +\end{center} +\label{fin-champ} + + +The table below describes the different entry types. Once again, you +can find more details in any \LaTeX documentation, so I won't go deep +into the details. \label{type} +{% +\hfuzz=50pt% +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height11pt depth0pt width 0pt}p{.45\textwidth} +%>{\noindent}p{.27\textwidth} +>{\noindent\raggedright\relax}p{.22\textwidth} +>{\noindent\raggedright\relax}p{.25\textwidth}<{\vrule height0pt depth9pt width 0pt}|} +\hline\endfoot +\hline\endlastfoot +\hline +\vrule depth7pt height 10pt width 0pt\normalfont Entry type & +Mandatory fields & Optional fields \tabularnewline\hline\endhead +\hline\vrule depth7pt height 10pt width 0pt\normalfont Entry type & +Mandatory fields & Optional fields \tabularnewline\hline\endfirsthead + +\ent{article} : An article published in a journal. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{year}, \chp{journal}. & +\chp{volume}, \chp{number}, \chp{pages}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{book} : Well... A book. & +\chp{author} or \chp{editor}, \chp{title}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{address}, \chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{booklet} : A \emph{small} book, that has no \chp{publisher} field.& +\chp{title}.& +\chp{author}, \chp{howpublished}, \chp{address}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{year}, \chp{note}. \tabularnewline + +\ent{conference} : Article that appeared in the proceedings of a +conference, a meeting... & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{booktitle}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{pages}, +\chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{organization}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{inbook} : Part (generally a chapter) of a book.& +\chp{author} or \chp{editor}, \chp{title}, \chp{chapter} or \chp{pages}.& +\chp{volume}, \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{type}, \chp{address}, +\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{incollection} : Part of a book having its own title. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{booktitle}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{type}, +\chp{chapter}, \chp{pages}, \chp{address}, +\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. \tabularnewline + +\ent{inproceedings} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Same as \ent{conference}.} +\tabularnewline + +\ent{manual} : A little manual, such as this one for instance. & +\chp{title}.& +\chp{author}, \chp{organization}, \chp{year}, \chp{address}, +\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{mastersthesis} : Masters thesis, or something equivalent. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{school}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{misc} : When nothing else fits...& +at least one of the optional fields. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{howpublished}, \chp{year}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. +\tabularnewline + +\ent{phdthesis} : PhD dissertation, or similar. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{school}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline + +\ent{proceedings} : Conference proceedings. & +\chp{title}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, +\chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{organization}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{note}. +\tabularnewline + +\ent{techreport} : Technical report, published by a laboratory, a +research center, ... & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{institution}, \chp{year}.& +\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{number}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. +\tabularnewline + +\ent{unpublished} : A document that has not been published. Very +close to \ent{misc}, but \texttt{author} and \texttt{title} are needed +here. & +\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{note}.& +\chp{month}, \chp{year}.\tabularnewline +%\hline +\end{longtable} +%\end{center} +} + + +Concerning the order and typesetting of all this stuff, it's similar +in all the classical style files. Of course it depends on the entry +type, but it generally begins with the author names and the +title. Then the references of the journal or of the proceedings... +The best thing to do if you need more details is to give it a try, or +have a look directly in the style files (but read Part~\ref{bst} before if +you don't know how \bt style files are built). +\medskip + + +Up to now, there are no differences between the four standard +style files. +The only possible difference now can only be related to labelling and +typesetting method to be used. + + +\begin{itemize} +\item the \bst{plain} style sorts the entries according to the name of + their authors (using the alphabetical order\footnote{The standard +alphabetical order with $26$~letters. Unfortunately, some language +have a different alphabet, for instance Swedish, in which +``\texttt{\aa}'' and~``\texttt{\"o}'' are considered as letters and placed +after~``\texttt{z}''.}, of course), and, for + papers by the same author(s), the year they have been published +(the + older first). The last criterion in case of equality is the title, + being a little bit modified. If two references can't be + distinguished with the above, the first one being cited in the + document appears first. Labels are numbers, + starting with $1$. + +\item the \bst{alpha} style file is named \emph{alpha} because it uses + alphanumerical labels: Those labels are computed by \bt using the + first three letters of the author name + (or initials of the author names + if multiple authors), followed by the last two digits of the + publication year. Sorting the entries is done according to the label + first, and then to the same criteria as for \bst{plain}, + in case several + publication have the same label\footnote{You certainly don't want + that several publications have the same labels. Thus computing the + labels is done in two phases: First computing the label with the + standard method, and then adding a supplementary letter (``a'', + ``b'',~...) for multiple labels. And sorting is done just between + those two phases...}; +\item you probably understood what \bst{unsrt} does: +It does not sort + its references, which appears in the order they are cited in the + document. Everything else is done as in \bst{plain}; +\item \bst{abbrv} abbreviates first names + of the authors and the names of predefined journal and month names. +I forgot to mention that bibliography styles historically + predefine some shorthands for computer science journal names (Oren + \textsc{Patashnik} is a computer scientist...). Those shorthands are + abbreviated journal names in this style file. These are the only + difference between \bst{abbrv} and \bst{plain}. +\end{itemize} + + +That's all for classical styles. Those styles suffer from several +problems, for instance not having a \texttt{url} field, or not being +multilingual, or sorting in a weird way... Moreover, publishers +often impose precise +typographic rules for bibliographies. This entails that many other +styles have been proposed. Let's have a look at some of them. + + + + +\mysubsection{Some other bibliography styles} + +%There are numerous other bibliography style files. I really can't +%describe all of them, just mentionning some of them together with +%their main characteristics. + +\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nibst{apalike} style} + +\bst{apalike} was (also) written by Oren \textsc{Patashnik}. It uses a +special construction for labels, generally called \emph{author-year}. +I think the best way to understand is with some examples: + +\begin{myex} +\makeatletter +\def\@cite#1#2{(#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi)} +\def\@biblabel#1{} +\makeatother + +On page~$384$ of \cite{latex:lcici}, you'll find a complete example of +what \bst{apalike} does. + +\begin{thebibliography}{} +\bibitem[Goossens et~al., 1993]{latex:lcici} +Goossens, M., Mittelbach, F., and Samarin, A. (1993). +\newblock {\em the \LaTeX{} Companion}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley. + +\bibitem[Lamport, 1997]{latex:dpsici} +Lamport, L. (1997). +\newblock {\em \LaTeX{}: A Document Preparation System}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +Don't forget to include the \sty{apalike} package when using +the \bst{apalike} style: Indeed, if you remember how \cmdat{biblabel} +and \cmd{cite} are defined, you should have seen why... +Moreover, labels created +by \bst{apalike} might be long, and you probably will accept that +\LaTeX hyphenates them if necessary, which the default +\cmd{cite} won't do (\cf section~\ref{cite}). + +%Last, I always like to quote the following comments +%written in the \bst{apalike} file: +%\begin{verbatim} +%% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I recommend that you +%% not use it if you have a choice---use something like `plain' instead. +%\end{verbatim} + +Also: There are some other \emph{author-year} style files, named +\bst{authordate1}, \bst{authordate2}, \bst{authordate3}, +\bst{authordate4}, and that slightly differ from \bst{apalike}. +They must be used together with the +\sty{authordate1-4} package. + +Very last important thing: \sty{apalike} redefined \cmd{bibitem} +so that the optional argument becomes mandatory (but must still be +within square brackets). But you probably don't care since, of course, +the bibliography style file tells \bt to always output it. + + +\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nisty{natbib} package} + +The \sty{natbib} package, written by Patrick~W. \textsc{Daly}, +goes a bit further: It mainly redefines \cmd{cite} so that you can +get \emph{author-year} or numerical labels, in a very elegant way. + +Classical bibliography styles have been ported to \sty{natbib}, +except \bst{alpha} since it already was an \emph{author-year} +style. The names of the ports are +\bst{plainnat}, \bst{abbrvnat} et \bst{unsrtnat}. +Moreover, those styles have a \texttt{url} field for adding reference +to articles on the web. Also note that \sty{natbib} can be used with +\bst{apalike} or \bst{authordate1} to \bst{authordate4}. + +Last interesting remark: There is a very clean +documentation~\cite{natbib} for +\sty{natbib}, it's really worth reading. + +\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nisty{jurabib} package} + +The package \sty{jurabib}, by Jens Berger, is another +package for adapting +the output to the typographic rules used in legal studies. +It is associated to a bibliography style \bst{jurabib}, and +rests on a very special format for the optional argument +of~\cmd{bibitem}. It also redefines \cmd{cite}, and defines +many flavors of that command. +See~\cite{jurabib} for detailed comments on \sty{jurabib}. + +\mysubsubsection{\textsf{custom-bib}} + +Since there are many possible criteria for defining a bibliographic +style, +Patrick~W. \textsc{Daly} decided to write a little piece of software +for automatically generating customized bibliography styles. It asks +you about $20$~questions and produces a pretty ready-to-use +bibliography style file. + +As usual with Patrick~\textsc{Daly}, +the documentation~\cite{merlin} is excellent, and I +won't go any further in the details. I just mention how to create your +\ext{bst}-file: +Simply type +\verb+latex makebst.tex+, and answer the questions. All along the +execution, the style file is being created. It's really easy and +intuitive. + + + +\mysection{Questions and answers} + +This section ends the \LaTeX part of this manual with some +frequently asked questions. We'll then tackle the \bt part, which was +intended to be the central topic... + + + +\mysubsection{How to get several bibliographies?} + +I did not insist on that, but it is of course recommended that you +only have one occurrence of each +\cmd{bibliography} and \cmd{bibliographystyle} commands. +\LaTeX won't mind if it is not the case, but \bt won't appreciate, +since it can't choose which style or bibliographic file to use. + + +Thus the only possible thing is to write several \ext{aux} files, each +of them containing a complete set of data for one bibliography. +This is precisely what +\sty{multibib}, \sty{chapterbib} and \sty{bibunit} do. +\begin{itemize} +\item \sty{multibib}, written by +Thorsten \textsc{Hansen}, +allows for precising in which bibliography a document lies. +This is achieved by using different \cmd{cite} commands, one for each +bibliography. +For this manual, I could have used \sty{multibib} to define special +\nicmd{citelatex} and \nicmd{citebibtex} commands defining two +separate bibliographies\footnote{For those who know the \sty{multind} + package for getting multiple indexes, the idea is similar.}. +Of course, this requires that you run \bt against each of the +\ext{aux} files created. For more details, refer to the +documentation~\cite{multibib}, which (also) is really worth +reading. The doc also mentions the main issue with such a method: The +same label could be used in several bibliographies for different +references. And you can't easily avoid this problem... + +\item The \sty{chapterbib} package, mainly written by +Donald \textsc{Arseneau}, provides a way to get +one bibliography for each +chapter or part of a (long) document (short documents won't need +several bibliographies). Indeed, a long document will be +made of several files \cmd{include}{}d by a main file. +\sty{chapterbib} creates one \ext{aux} file for each of those included +files, each of which being intended to contain the +necessary \cmd{bibstyle}, \cmd{bibdata} and +\cmd{citation} commands. +Documentation for this package may be found at the end of the package +file itself. + +\item The \sty{bibunit} package, also written by +Thorsten \textsc{Hansen}, is pretty similar to \sty{chapterbib}: +it allows to create one bibliography for each ``unit'', a unit +being any part of the document beginning with +\verb+\begin{bibunit}+ and ending with +\verb+\end{bibunit}+. + + +Inside such a unit, all occurrences of \cmd{cite} refer to the +bibliography of the current unit. \cite{bibunit} gives many +details of how it works. +\end{itemize} + + +There are some other packages for creating several bibliographies: +\sty{camel}, \sty{bibtopic}... I can't detail everything since it is +not the aim of this manual. + + +\mysubsection{How to have references closer to where they are cited?} + +There are two solutions to this problem, depending on what you +precisely want: The first solution consists in putting references in +footnotes. This might be practical for the reader, since he has the +complete references without always going back and forth to the end of +the book. There is a package just designed to this purpose: +\sty{footbib}. It's quite well documented~\cite{footbib}. + + +The second solution is to write the complete references in the +text. Instead of citing~\cite{latex:lc}, you cite +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach et Alexander + Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993. +This may enhance your document, but can sometimes become +annoying for the reader. However, just have a look a the package \sty{bibentry}, and +its documentation~\cite{bibentry}, if you want some more details. + + +Note that both of these packages might conflict with some other ones, +such as \sty{hyperref}. This is due to the fact that each of them +wants to impose its own definition of the \env{thebibliography} +environment or of the \cmd{bibitem} command. The last one being included +will win, but the other ones will eventually complain. There is no +simple solution to avoid this, the only way, if any, is to merge all +the definitions by hand. + + +\mysubsection{How to add entries in the reference list without + citing them in the document?} + +This is achieved by the \cmd{nocite} command. It works exactly like +\cmd{cite}, but writes nothing in the document. It just includes the +\cmd{citation} command in the \ext{aux} file. + + +A variant of this command is \verb+\nocite{*}+: it +amounts to \cmd{nocite}-ing the whole bibliography at one time. +Those references are included in the same order as they appear in the +\ext{bib} file, except for those having been cited earlier. +Note that \verb+\cite{*}+ is also correct, but I'm not sure it has +any interest... + + +\bigskip + + +Well... That's all for this part. +We now forget \LaTeX, and go closer to the core of the problem. The +next section explains how to create a clean \ext{bib} file. + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1459a7616a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,749 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec3.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{The \protect\niext{bib} file}\label{part3} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +The \ext{bib} file is the database. Its contents heavily +depends on the style being applied to it, even though +bibliography styles are generally ``compatible'' with each w.r.t.\ the +database. I will only describe here +the case of standard styles\footnote{Thus using entry types +and fields as described at pages~\pageref{champ} +to~\pageref{fin-champ}.}. +But remember that +\bt can do many other things, we'll see some examples in +section~\ref{autres}. + +\mysection{Structure of the \protect\niext{bib} file} + +We start with an example: + +\begin{verbatimtab} +@book{companion, + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander", + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1993, +} +\end{verbatimtab} +We just consider the structure of this entry for the moment, not its +contents. The general form is the following\footnote{The +outermost braces can be replaced by parentheses: + \texttt{\at{\itshape entry\_type}({\itshape internal\_key}, ...)}.}: +\bigskip + +\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +\obeylines +\ttfamily \at{\itshape entry\_type}\{internal\_key, +\ \ {\bfseries field\_1}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_1", +\ \ {\bfseries field\_2}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_2", +\ \ ... +\ \ {\bfseries field\_n}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_n" +\} +\end{minipage} + +\bigskip + +\noindent Some basic remarks: +\begin{itemize} +\item New entries always start with \texttt\at. Anything outside + the ``argument'' of a ``command'' starting with an \texttt\at{} is + considered as a comment. This gives an easy way to comment a given + entry: just remove the initial \texttt\at. + As usual when a language allows comments: Don't hesitate to use + them, so that you have a clean, ordered, and easy-to-maintain + database. Conversely, anything starting with an \texttt\at{} is + considered as being a new entry\footnote{There is a special entry + type named \ent{comment}. The main use of such an + entry type is to comment a large part of the bibliography easily, +since anything outside an entry is already a comment, and commenting +out one entry may be achieved by just removing its +initial~\texttt{\at}.}. + +\item \bt does not distinguish between normal and capital + letters in entry and field names. \bt will complain if two entries + have the same internal key, even if they aren't capitalized in the + same way. For instance, you cannot have two entries named + \texttt{Example} and \texttt{example}. + + In the same way, if you cite both \texttt{example} and + \texttt{Example}, \bt will complain. Indeed, it would have to + include the same entry twice, which probably is not what you want; + + +\item Spaces and line breaks are not important, except for + readability. On the contrary, commas are compulsory between any two + fields; + + +\item Values (\emph{i.e.} right hand sides of each assignment) can be either + between curly braces or between double quotes. The main difference + is that you can write double quotes in the first case, and not in + the second case. For citing + \emph{Comments on ``Filenames and Fonts''} by Franck +\textsc{Mittelbach}, you can use one of the following solutions: +\begin{verbatimtab} + title = "Comments on {"}Filenames and Fonts{"}", + title = {Comments on "Filenames and Fonts"}, +\end{verbatimtab} + +Curly braces have to match, since they will appear in the output to be +compiled by \LaTeX. +A problem occurs if you need to write a (left-, say) brace in an entry. You +could of course write \verb+\{+, but the entry will have to also include the +corresponding right brace. To include a left brace without its +corresponding right brace, you'll have use a \LaTeX~function having no +brace in its name. \cmd{leftbrace} is the right choice here. Another solution +is to add an extra \cmd{bgroup} in the entry, so that both \LaTeX and \bt will +find the correct number of ``braces''. + +\item For numerical values, curly braces and double quotes can be + omitted. +\end{itemize} + + +As I already mentioned, you can define fields even if they aren't +used by the style being applied. For instance, the following can be +used for the \LaTeX Companion: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@book{companion, + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander", + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = 1993, + month = "December", + ISBN = "0-201-54199-8", + library = "Yes", +} +\end{verbatimtab} +It gives complementary information about the book\footnote{Filling + both \nichp{title} and \nichp{booktitle} for a book may be of real + interest, as we will see in the section dedicated to cross + references (see section~\ref{crossref} for some more details).}, +for + instance the fact that it is available in your local library. +You really + should not hesitate to use auxiliary, personal fields, giving them + explicit names in order to be sure that no bibliography style +will + use them incidentally\footnote{You'll ask ``Is it really + useful?''. First of all, it is not that long to add those + informations each time you add a new entry, and it is much longer +to + add a field to several entries. Moreover, we'll see later how to + design bibliography styles, and you'll be able to write styles + that take those new fields into account.}. + + +\mysection{The \protect\nient{string} and \protect\nient{preamble} + entries}\label{strpre} + +These are not really entry types: \ent{string} +entries can be used in order to define abbreviations. For instance, +we've cited two books published by Addison-Wesley. It might be useful +to define a shortcut for this publisher. Thus we write: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@string{AW = "Addison-Wesley"} + +@book{companion, + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander", + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + publisher = AW, + year = 1993, + month = "December", + ISBN = "0-201-54199-8", + library = "Yes", +} +\end{verbatimtab} + +This does not only spare some time, but most importantly, it ensures that +you won't misspell it, and helps you maintain an homogeneous database. +I find this really interesting for author names, so that you're sure +to always write them correctly (or always incorrectly, but it would +be easy to detect and correct a global mistake anyway). + + +As regards \ent{preamble}, it may be used for inserting commands or +text in the file created by \bt. Anything declared in a \ent{preamble} +command will be concatenated and put in a variable named +\fn{preamble}, for being used in the bibliography style and, +generally, inserted at the beginning of the \ext{bbl} file, just +before the \env{thebibliography} environment. This is useful for +defining new commands used in the bibliography. Here is a small +example: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@preamble{ "\makeatletter" } +@preamble{ "\@ifundefined{url}{\def\url#1{\texttt{#1}}}{}" } +@preamble{ "\makeatother" } +\end{verbatimtab} +This way, you may safely use the \nicmd{url} command in your +entries. If it is not defined at the beginning of the bibliography, the +default command defined in the \ent{preamble} will be used. + +Please note that you should never define style settings +in the \ent{preamble} of a bibliography database, +since it would be applied to +any bibliography built from this database. + + + + + + +\mysection{The \nichp{title} field}\label{title} + +Let's see how to fill the ``title'' field. We start by studying how I entered +the title field for the +\emph{\LaTeX Companion} : +\begin{verbatimtab} + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion" +\end{verbatimtab} + +We'll need several definitions before going further. +The \emph{brace depth} of an item is the number of braces surrounding +it. This is not a very formal definition, but for instance, in +the title above, \verb+\LaTeX+ has brace depth $2$, the \verb+C+ has +brace depth $1$, and everything else has depth $0$\footnote{Of course, +surrounding the field with braces instead of quotes does not modify +the brace depth.}. +A~\emph{special character} is a part of a field starting with a left +brace +being at brace depth $0$ immediately +followed with a backslash, and ending +with the corresponding right brace. +For instance, in the above example, there is +no special character, since \verb+\LaTeX+ is at depth~$2$. It should +be noticed that anything in a special character is considered as being at +brace depth~$0$, even if it is placed between another pair of braces. + +That's it for the definitions. +Generally speaking, several modifications can be applied to the +title by the bibliography style: +\begin{itemize} +\item first of all, the title might be used for sorting. When sorting, + \bt computes a string, named \fn{sort.key}, for each + entry. The \fn{sort.key} string is an (often long) + string defining the order in which + entries will be sorted. To avoid any ambiguity, \fn{sort.key} should + only contain alphanumeric characters. Classical non-alphanumeric + characters\footnote{Except hyphens and tildes + that are replaced + by spaces. Spaces are preserved. The precise behavior of + \fn{purify} is explain on page~\pageref{purify}.}, + except special characters, will be removed by + a \bt function named \fn{purify}. For special characters, \fn{purify} + removes spaces and + \LaTeX commands (strings beginning with a backslash), even those + placed between brace pairs. Everything else is left unmodified. For + instance, + \verb+t\^ete+, \verb+t{\^e}te+ and \verb+t{\^{e}}te+ +are transformed into \verb+tete+, +while \texttt{t\^ete} gives \texttt{t\^ete}; +\verb+Bib{\TeX}+ gives \verb+Bib+ and +\verb+Bib\TeX+ becomes \verb+BibTeX+. +There are thirteen \LaTeX commands that won't follow the above rules: +\verb+\OE+, \verb+\ae+, \verb+\AE+, \verb+\aa+, \verb+\AA+, +\verb+\o+, \verb+\O+, \verb+\l+, \verb+\L+, \verb+\ss+. +Those commands correspond to \i, \j, \oe, +\OE, \ae, \AE, \aa, \AA, \o, \O, +\l, \L, \ss, and \fn{purify} transforms them (if they are in a special +character, +in \verb+i+, \verb+j+, + \verb+oe+, +\verb+OE+, \verb+ae+, \verb+AE+, \verb+aa+, \verb+AA+, \verb+o+, + \verb+O+, +\verb+l+, \verb+L+, \verb+ss+, respectively. + + +\item the second transformation applied to a title is to be turned to + lower case (except the first character). + The function named + \fn{change.case} does this job. But it only applies to letters that + are a brace depth~$0$, except within a special character. In a + special character, brace depth is always $0$, and letters are + switched to lower case, except \LaTeX commands, that + are left unmodified. +\end{itemize} +Both transformations might be applied to the \chp{title} field by +standard styles, and you must ensure that your title will be treated correctly +in all cases. + +Let's try to apply it now, +for instance to \emph{the \LaTeX Companion}. +Several solutions might be tried: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+ title = "The \LaTeX Companion"+: This won't work, since + turning it to lower case will produce \verb+The \latex companion+, + and + \LaTeX won't accept this... +\item \verb+ title = "The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+ : This ensures that + switching to lower case will be correct. However, applying + \fn{purify} gives \verb+The Companion+. Thus sorting could be + wrong; +\item \verb+ title = "The {\csname LaTeX\endcsname} {C}ompanion"+: + This won't work since \texttt{LaTeX} will be turned to \texttt{latex}; +\item \verb+ title = "The { \LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+ : In this case, + \verb+{ \LaTeX}+ is \emph{not} a special character, but a set of + letters at depth~$1$. It won't be modified by + \fn{change.case}. However, \fn{purify} will leave both spaces, and + produce \verb+The LaTeX Companion+, which could result in wrong + sorting; +\item \verb+ title = "The{ \LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+: This solution also + works, but is not as elegant as the next one; +\item \verb+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion"+ : This is the + solution I used. It solves the problems mentioned above. +\end{itemize} + +For encoding an accent in a title, say \emph{\'E} (in upper case) as +in the French word \emph{\'Ecole}, we'll write +\verb+{\'{E}}cole+, \verb+{\'E}cole+ or \verb+{{\'E}}cole+, +depending on whether we want it to be turned to lower case (the first +two solutions) or not (the last one). \fn{purify} will give the same +result in the three cases. +However, it should be noticed that the third one is not a special +character. If you ask \bt to extract the first character of each +string using \fn{text.prefix}, you'll get \verb+{\'{E}}+ in the first case, +\verb+{\'E}+ in the second case and +\verb+{{\}}+ in the third case. + + +That's all for subtleties of titles. Let's have a look at author +names, which is even more tricky. + + +\mysection{The \nichp{author} field}\label{author} + + +We still begin with the entry for the \emph{\LaTeX Companion}: +\begin{verbatim} + author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander" +\end{verbatim} +The first point to notice is that two authors are separated with the +keyword \texttt{and}\index{bibtex}{and}. The format of the names is +the second important point: The last name first, then the first name, +with a separating comma. In fact, \bt understands other formats. + +Before going further, we remark an important point: \bt will have to +\emph{guess} which part is the first name and which part is the last +name. It also has to distinguish a possible ``von'' part (as in John +von Neumann) and a possible ``Jr'' part. + +The following explanation is somewhat technical. The first name will +be called \verb+First+, the last name is denoted by \verb+Last+, the +``von'' with \verb+von+ and the ``Jr'' part, \verb+Jr+. + + +So, \bt must be able to distinguish between the different parts of the +\chp{author} field. To that aim, \bt recognizes three +possible formats: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+First von Last+; +\item \verb+von Last, First+; +\item \verb+von Last, Jr, First+. +\end{itemize} + +The format to be considered is obtained by counting the number of +commas in the name. + Here are the characteristics of these formats: + +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+First von Last+: Suppose you entered +\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+. There is no comma, hence the format is +\verb+First von Last+. The \verb+Last+ name cannot be empty, unless +the whole field is. It should then contain at least \verb+Fontaine+. +\bt then looks at the first character\footnote{In the sequel, the + first character means ``the first non-brace character that at brace depth + $0$, if + any, characters of a special character being + at depth $0$, even if there are $15$ braces around.'' If there is + no + character at depth $0$, then the item will go with its neighbour, + first and foremost with the \texttt{First}, then with the \texttt{Last}. It + will be in the \texttt{von} if, and only if, it is surrounded with + two \texttt{von} items. Moreover, two words in the same group + (in \LaTeX sense) will go to the same place. Last, for a + \LaTeX command outside a special character, the backslash is removed + and \bt considers the remaining word. If you did not understand, + please take a while for reading this note anew, since it will be + used + in the sequel.} of each remaining word. If some +of them are lower cases alphabetic letters, +anything between the first and the last ones +(beginning with lower cases) is considered as being in the +\verb+von+. Anything before the +\verb+von+ is in the \verb+First+, anything after is in the +\verb+Last+. If no first letter is in lower case, then everything +(except the part already put in the \verb+Last+) is put in the +\verb+First+. + +\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+ will then give \verb+La Fontaine+ as the +\verb+Last+, \verb+Jean+ for the \verb+First+ and \verb+de+ for the +\verb+von+. + +Here is what it gives for several other combinations. This is for you +to check if you understood: +\begin{center} +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height 4mm depth 2mm width 0pt}p{.3\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.18\textwidth}|} +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endfirsthead +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endhead +\hline +\verb+jean de la fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean de la fontaine+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean {de} la fontaine+ & \verb+Jean de+ & \verb+la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+jean {de} {la} fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean+ & \verb+de la fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean {de} {la} fontaine+ & \verb+Jean de la+ & \verb++ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean De La Fontaine+ & \verb+Jean De La+ & \verb++ & \verb+Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+jean De la Fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean De la+ & \verb+Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de+ & \verb+La Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\end{longtable} +\end{center} +The last line is the only one (in this table) that is correct. +Of course, some of you will have a counter example where the +\verb+von+ has to begin with an upper case letter. We'll see this at section~\ref{trucsbib}. + +\item \verb+von Last, First+: The idea is similar, but identifying + the \verb+First+ is easier: It's everything after the comma. Before + the comma, the last word is put in the \verb+Last+ (even if it + starts with a lower case). If any other word begins with a lower + case, anything from the first word to the last one starting with a + lower case is in the \verb+von+, and what remains is in the + \verb+Last+. +Once again, an example should make everything clear: + +\begin{center} +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height 4mm depth 2mm width 0pt}p{.3\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.18\textwidth}|} +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endfirsthead +\hline +Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endhead +\hline +\verb+jean de la fontaine,+\footnotemark & \verb++ & \verb+jean de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{This case raises an error message from \bt, complaining + that a name ends with a comma. +It is a common error to separate names with commas instead of ``\texttt{and}''.}}% +\hline +\verb+de la fontaine, Jean + & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+De La Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb++ & \verb+De La Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+De la Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+De la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\verb+de La Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de+ & \verb+La Fontaine+ \\ +\hline +\end{longtable} +\end{center} +%\medskip + +\item \verb+von Last, Jr, First+: Well... It's still the same, except + that anything between the commas is put in the \verb+Jr+. +\end{itemize} + +Names are separated by spaces above, but it may occur that two +first names are separated by a hyphen, as in ``Jean-Fran\c cois'' +for instance. \bt splits that string, and if both parts are in the +\verb+First+, the abbreviated surnames is ``J.-F.'' as (generally) +wanted. A tilde is also seen as a string separator. This all boils +down to the fact that, if you enter \verb+Jean-baptiste Poquelin+, +the string \verb+baptiste+ will be in the \verb+von+ part of the +name, since it erroneously begins with a lower case letter. +\medskip + +I think it's a good place for coming back to abbreviations: You probably agree +that names are something not that easy to enter, and are +error-prone. I personally advise defining an abbreviation for each +author. You'll then concatenate them with \verb+``and''+ using +\verb+#+\index{bibtex}{\#@\texttt{\#}(concatenation)}\index{bibtex}{concatenation@concatenation (\texttt{\#})}. + +For instance, I always include a \ext{bib} file containing the +following lines: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@string{goossens = "Goossens, Michel"} +@string{mittelbach = "Mittelbach, Franck"} +@string{samarin = "Samarin, Alexander"} +\end{verbatimtab} +another one containing: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@string{AW = "Addison-Wesley"} +\end{verbatimtab} +and my main bibliographic file contains\footnote{This is not quite + true, since \texttt{September} still depends on the language, and I + prefer using \texttt{9} and letting the style file translate that + into the corresponding month in the correct language.}: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@book{companion, + author = goossens #" and "# mittelbach #" and "# samarin, + title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion", + year = 1993, + publisher = AW, + month = "December", + ISBN = "0-201-54199-8", + library = "Yes", +} +\end{verbatimtab} +This makes adding an entry much easier when you're used to such an +encoding. Moreover, you can easily recover self-contained entries by using +\texttt{bibexport.sh}~tool (see section~\ref{bibexport}). + + + +\mysection{Cross-references (\protect\nichp{crossref})}\label{crossref} +As mentioned earlier (can't remember where... Oh, yes, on +page~\pageref{cetaitla}), \bt allows for cross-referencing. This is +very useful, for instance, when citing a part of a book, or an article +in conference proceedings. For instance, for citing chapter~$13$ of +the \LaTeX~Companion: +\begin{verbatimtab} +@incollection{companion-bib, + crossref = "companion", + title = "Bibliography Generation", + chapter = 13, + pages = "371-420", +} +\end{verbatimtab} +This shows why having defined the \chp{booktitle} field +of the \verb+companion+~entry is useful: It is not used in the \ent{book} entry, +but +it is inherited in the above \ent{incollection} entry. We could of +course have added it by hand, but we should have added it in each +chapter we cite. + +The other possible interesting feature is that, when cross-referencing +several times an entry that is not cited by itself, \bt can +``factor'' it, \emph{i.e.} add it in the list of references and +explicitly \cmd{cite} it in each entry. On the other hand, if the cross +reference appears only once, it inherits from the fields of the +reference, which is not included in the bibliography. +Here is an example of both behaviours: + +\medskip +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{bib} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Bibliography generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~13, + pages 371--420. + +\bibitem{math} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Higher mathematics. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~8, + pages 215--258. + +\bibitem{ind} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Index generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~12, + pages 345--370. + +\bibitem{companion4} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}. +\newblock Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +\medskip \noindent or\medskip + +\begin{myex} +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{bib2} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Bibliography generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~13, pages 371--420. + Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\bibitem{math2} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Higher mathematics. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~8, pages 215--258. + Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\bibitem{ind2} +Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +\newblock Index generation. +\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~12, pages 345--370. + Addison-Wesley, December 1993. + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +In order to have one presentation or the other, we can tell \bt the +number of cross-references needed for an entry to be explicitly +\cmd{cite}{}'d. We use the \verb+-min-crossrefs+ command line argument +of \bt for that. +For the first example above, I used +\verb+bibtex biblio+, +while the second example was obtained with +\verb+bibtex -min-crossrefs=5 biblio+. + + +One other important remark is that cross-referenced entries must be +defined \emph{after} entries containing the corresponding +\chp{crossref} field. And you can't embed +cross-references, that is, you cannot \chp{crossref} an entry that +already contains a \chp{crossref}. + + +Last, the \chp{crossref} field has a particular behaviour: it always +exists, whatever the bibliography style. If a \chp{crossref}{}'ed entry +is included (either by a \cmd{cite} command or by \bt if there are +sufficiently many \chp{crossref}{}s), then the entries cross-referencing +it have their original \chp{crossref} field. Otherwise, that field is +empty. + + + +\mysection{Quick tricks}\label{trucsbib} + +\mysubsection{How to get \emph{Christopher} abbreviated as \emph{Ch.}?} + +First names abbreviation is done when extracting names from the \chp{author} +field. If the function is asked to abbreviate the first name (or any other part +of it), it will return the first character of each ``word'' in that part. +Thus \emph{Christopher} gets abbreviated into \emph{C.} Special characters + provide a solution against this problem: If you enter + \verb+{\relax Ch}ristopher+, the abbreviated version would be + \verb+{\relax Ch}.+, which gives \emph{Ch.}, while the long version is + \verb+{\relax Ch}ristopher+, \emph{i.e.} \emph{{Ch}ristopher}. + +\mysubsection{How to get caps in \texttt{von}?} + +Note: This part is somewhat technical. You should probably read and understand +how \bt extracts names, which is explained at pages~\pageref{noms-start} +and~\pageref{noms-end}. + +It may occur that the \verb+von+ part of a name begins with a capital letter. +For some reason, the standard example is \emph{Maria De La Cruz}. + +The basic solution is to write +\verb+"{\uppercase{d}e La} Cruz, Maria"+. When analyzing this name, \bt will +place \verb+Cruz+ in the +\verb+Last+ part, then \verb+Maria+ as the \verb+First+ name. Then +\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}+ is a special character, +whose first letter is \verb+d+, and is thus placed in the \verb+von+ part. + +In that case, however, if you use an ``alphanumeric'' style such as +\bst{alpha}, \bt will use the first character of the +\verb+von+ part in the label\footnote{It could be argued \texttt{von} parts +should not be used when computing the label, but classical style file do use +it.}. But the first character here is +\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}+, and the label would be +\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}C+, and you'll get \texttt{[{\uppercase{d}e La}C]}. +You'd probably prefer \texttt{[DLC]} or \texttt{[Cru]}. The second solution +would then be +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = {\uppercase{d}}e {\uppercase{l}}a Cruz, Maria. +\end{verbatimtab} +The label would be \verb+{\uppercase{d}}{\uppercase{l}}C+, which is correct. +Another (easier) proposal would be +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = {D}e {L}a Cruz, Maria. +\end{verbatimtab} +This also solves the problem, because \bt only considers characters at level~0 when +determining which part a word belongs to, but takes all letters into account +when extracting the first letter. + + +\mysubsection{How to get lowercase letters in the \texttt{Last}?} + +This is precisely the reverse problem, but the solution will be different. +Assume you cite a paper by the famous Spanish scientist +\emph{Juan de la Cierva y Codorn\'\i u}. The basic ideas are +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la Cierva {\lowercase{Y}} Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +or +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la Cierva {y} Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +However, these solutions yields labels such as \verb+CYC+ or \verb+CyC+, where +we would prefer \verb+CC+. + +Several solutions are possible: +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la Cierva{ }y Cordon{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +or +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = de la {Cierva y} Cordon{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +Both solutions work: In the first case, \bt won't see the space, and +considers that the \verb+y+ belongs to the previous word. In the second case, +\verb+Cierva y+ is at brace-level~$1$, and thus goes into the \verb+Last+ part, +which has priority over the \verb+von+ part. + +\mysubsection{How to remove space between \texttt{von} and \texttt{Last}?} + +Here the example will be \emph{Jean d'Ormesson}. +The best way to encode this appears to be +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = "d'\relax Ormesson, Jean" +\end{verbatimtab} +Indeed, the \nicmd{relax} commands will gobble spaces until the next +non-space character. + +\mysubsection{How to get \emph{et al.} in the author list?} + +Some special bibliography styles will automatically replace long lists of +authors with the name of the first author, followed by \emph{et al.} +However, standard \bt styles won't. You can however get the same result by +using the special name \verb+others+. For instance, if you enter +\begin{verbatimtab} + author = "Dupont, Jean and others" +\end{verbatimtab} +you get "Jean Dupont \emph{et al.}" in the resulting bibliography. + +\mysubsection{The \protect\nichp{key} field} + +It may happen that no author is given for a document. In that case, +bibliography styles such as \bst{alpha}, when computing the ``label'' of such +an entry, will use the \chp{key} field (the first three letters for +\bst{alpha}, but the entire field for \bst{apalike}, for instance). +When no \texttt{key} is given, the first three letters of the internal +citation key are used. + +\bigskip + +Is it ok with everyone? Yes ?! +Right, we can go to the next, most exciting part of +this doc: How to create or modify a bibliography style... + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6d81e4d574 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,841 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec4.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{Bibliography style (\protect\niext{bst}) files}\label{bst} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +\mysection{What's that?} + +The \ext{bst} file is responsible for building the reference list. It is +crucial to distinguish between the role of \bt and the role of \LaTeX, and, +inside the role of \bt, +between what is done by the style file and what should be done in the +\ext{bib} file. + +Roughly speaking, \bt reads three files, in the following order: The \ext{aux} +file first, where it finds the name of the style file to be used, the name of +the database(s), and the list of cited entries. The \ext{bst} file is read +next, and the \ext{bib} file last. + +The \ext{bst} file tell \bt what to do with each cited entry. Namely: +\begin{itemize} +\item Which entry-type are defined; +\item Which fields are mandatory, or just allowed, depending on the entry; +\item And, mainly, how to handle all that stuff in order to produce a clean, + \LaTeX-able bibliography. +\end{itemize} + +In view of this, \bt uses a language with two types of instructions: The +so-called \emph{commands}\index{bibtex}{command}, first, and the +\emph{internal functions}\index{bibtex}{internal function}. The following section +deals with commands, and the other ones with internal functions. + + +\mysection{The structure of a \protect\niext{bst} file} + +Here is, roughly speaking, the structure of a \ext{bst} file: + +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +ENTRY + { ... } + { ... } + { ... } + +INTEGERS { ... } +STRINGS { ... } + +MACRO { ... }{ ... } +FUNCTION { ... }{ ... } + +READ +EXECUTE { ... } +ITERATE { ... } +SORT +ITERATE { ... } +REVERSE { ... } +EXECUTE { ... } +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} + +This example shows all the +commands\index{bibtex}{command} understood by \bt. +Here is their meaning: +\begin{description} +\item[\texttt{ENTRY}]\index{bibtex}{entry@\texttt{ENTRY}}: This command defines + the list of all possible fields. More precisely, it takes three arguments + (between braces), defining the list of possible ``external'' (string) + entries\footnote{Except the \chp{crossref} field, which is added + automatically by \bt.}, the list of ``internal'' integer variables, and a + list of ``internal'' string variables. Those variables are used for internal + computations of \bt, for instance when building the label with the + \bst{alpha} style. + + Inside braces, variable names are + separated with spaces. I shall also mention that \bt does not distinguish + between upper- and lowercase in the names of functions and variables. I will + generally write command names in uppercase, and everything else in lowercase. + + For instance, \bst{plain} starts with: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + ... + volume + year + } + {} + { label } +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\noindent This defines the classical fields, plus an internal +string variable for the label. In fact, \bst{plain} uses numbers as labels, +but remember that the length of the longest label has to be evaluated and +given as argument to the \env{thebibliography} environment. This is the only +reason why this \verb+label+ variable is defined. + +Note that \texttt{ENTRY} must appear once and only once in each style file. + +\item[\texttt{INTEGERS}]\index{bibtex}{integers@\texttt{INTEGERS}}: This command + declares integer variables\footnote{Those variables are not linked with any + entry, contrary to variables defined in the second argument of + \texttt{ENTRY}.}. The argument of this command is a space-separated + list of names. + +\item[\texttt{STRINGS}]\index{bibtex}{strings@\texttt{STRINGS}}: This commands + defines string variables in the same way as \texttt{INTEGERS} defines + integer variables. Contrary to integer variables, string variables are very + ``expensive'', and \bt limits the number of such variables to twenty. You + should really spare string variables if you plan to develop a large style + file. + +\item[\texttt{MACRO}]\index{bibtex}{macro@\texttt{MACRO}}: This command defines + abbreviations, in the same way as \ent{string} does\footnote{Note that + \ent{string} has nothing to do with + \texttt{STRINGS}\index{bibtex}{strings@\texttt{STRINGS}}...}. + If an abbreviation is defined in both the \ext{bst} and in the + \ext{bib} file, the definition in the \ext{bib} file is used. Also note that + you can define \ent{string} definitions involving \texttt{MACRO} + definitions. But this is probably not a good advice... + + As regards the syntax, \texttt{MACRO} requires two arguments, the first one + being the name of the abbreviation to be defined, the second one being the + definition itself. It must be a string surrounded with double-quotes. + As an example, standard style files define the following: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +MACRO {jan} {"January"} +MACRO {feb} {"February"} +MACRO {mar} {"March"} +... +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\item[\texttt{FUNCTION}]\index{bibtex}{function@\texttt{FUNCTION}}: The most useful + command: It allows to define macro functions that will be executed later on. + The first argument is the name of the function, the second one is its + definition. No example for the moment since there will be numerous ones in + the following. +\item[\texttt{READ}]\index{bibtex}{read@\texttt{READ}}: As for \texttt{ENTRY}, + this command must occur exactly once in any \ext{bst} style file. This is + not surprising since it tells \bt to read the \ext{bib} file: Reading it + several time would not change anything, and not reading it would seriously limit the + interest of the bibliography style. So, that command extracts from the + \ext{bib}-file the entries that are cited in the \ext{aux} file. Commands + \texttt{ENTRY} and \texttt{MACRO} should appear before \texttt{READ}, while + \texttt{ITERATE} and \texttt{REVERSE} may only appear after. +\item[\texttt{EXECUTE}]\index{bibtex}{execute@\texttt{EXECUTE}}: This executes + the function whose name is given as argument. Note that the function must + have been defined earlier. The argument could also be a sequence of \bt + internal functions. For some more comments, see the + description of \texttt{ITERATE} below. +\item[\texttt{ITERATE}]\index{bibtex}{iterate@\texttt{ITERATE}}: +This commands also execute the function given in the argument, but contrary to +\texttt{EXECUTE}, the function is executed as many times as the number of +entries imported by \texttt{READ}. The function may use the fields of +each entry. \texttt{EXECUTE} only executes its argument once, and it can not +use any field of any entry. +\item[\texttt{SORT}]\index{bibtex}{sort@\texttt{SORT}}: +This command sorts the entries according to the variable \fn{sort.key}. That +special variable is a string variable, implicitly declared for each entry, +and that can be set by \texttt{ITERATE}{}ing a function. The entries are then +sorted alphabetically according to that string. Of course, some styles won't +sort the entries, in which case they will appear in the same order as in the +document. +\item[\texttt{REVERSE}]\index{bibtex}{reverse@\texttt{REVERSE}}: +Like \texttt{ITERATE}, but from the last entry to the first one. +\end{description} + +That's all for the list of commands. You probably can imagine how this will be +set up. It remains to define the relevant \texttt{FUNCTION}{}s... This is the +subject of the next two sections: We will first see the notation used by \bt, +and then how to define functions. + +\mysection{Reverse Polish Notation} + +\bt uses the so-called Reverse Polish Notation. This is the main reason why +people say that \bt language is hard to understand. It is a stack-based +language: You put arguments on a stack (think of a stack of plates), and each +function takes as many arguments as necessary on the top of the stack, and +replace them with its result. Addition, for instance, will take the first two +elements on the stack, add them, and put the result on the top of the stack. +Another example\footnote{This part is crucial, that's why I insist on it. + But if you really understood how it works, + you can skip the explanation.}: \verb/ 1 3 5 + 2 3 * - / is executed as +follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb+1+ is put on the stack. Assuming the stack was initially empty, it + now contains \verb+1+; +\item \verb+3+ is then put on the stack, which now contains +\verb+1+ and \verb+3+ (\verb+3+ being on the top of the stack); +\item \verb+5+ is added on the stack, which now contains \verb+1+, \verb+3+ + and \verb+5+; +\item \verb/+/ is a binary operator: it reads (and removes) the topmost two + elements on the + stack, which are \verb+5+ and \verb+3+, adds them, and put the resulting + value, \verb+8+, on the top of the stack. The stack is now \verb+1+, + \verb+8+, with \verb+8+ being on the top; +\item \verb+2+ is put on the top of the stack; +\item \verb+3+ is put on the stack. It now contains \verb+1+, \verb+8+, + \verb+2+ and \verb+3+. +\item \verb+*+ is applied to the topmost two elements, which are removed. +The resulting value\footnote{We assume that $\mathtt *$ is the + multiplication in that example, but it is not the case in \bt. In fact, + there is no multiplication operator in \bt, as we will see later, and + $\mathtt{*}$ is the concatenation on strings.}~$3\times 2=6$ +is put on top of the stack, which is now made of \verb+1+, \verb+8+ and +\verb+6+. +\item \verb+-+ is now applied to \verb+6+ and \verb+8+. As defined in + \bt\footnote{This operator is not commutative, and it could have been + defined in the other way.}, the + first value, \verb+6+, is subtracted to the second one, \verb+8+. + Finally, the stack contains \verb+1+ and \verb+2+. +\end{itemize} + +If you did not understand this example, you'd better re-read it, or try to +find more informations somewhere. This is really the core of \bt language, and +you'll probably won't understand anything below if you did not understand +this example. + +But for most of you, it should be ok, and we can tackle the most exciting part. + + +\mysection{Internal functions} + +The table below describes all internal functions\index{bibtex}{internal function}. +For each of them, I give +\begin{itemize} +\item on the left, the items it requires to be present on the top of the +stack, the rightmost item being the uppermost on the stack; +\item on the right, what the function puts on the top of the stack. +\end{itemize} +I will use the following conventions: \el I represents an integer, \el S is a +string, \el F is a function, \el N is a variable name\footnote{A variable name + is a name that has been declared with \texttt{STRINGS} or \texttt{INTEGERS}, + or with \texttt{ENTRY}. + Moreover, it must be preceded with a single quote, so that \bt understands + that you mean the name of the variable and not its value. For instance, + \texttt{'label}.}, \el C is the name of a field declared with +\texttt{ENTRY}\footnote{It could also be \chp{crossref}, which is implicitly + declared by \bt.}, and \el E is an item that can be either a string or an integer.. + +\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height9pt depth5pt width0pt}rlr|p{.58\textwidth}<{\vrule height5pt depth7pt width0pt}|} +\hline\endhead +\hline\endfirsthead +\hline\endfoot +\hline\endlastfoot +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt+ & (\eli I1$+$\el I2) & +integer addition\footnotemark; \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{Integers must be preceded with a +\texttt\#. For instance, if you want to compute $2+5$, you'll enter +\texttt{\#2 \#5 +}. Negative numbers are entered with \texttt{\#-3}, for +instance. }} +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt- & (\eli I1$-$\eli I2) & +integer subtraction; \\ +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt> & \el I & +returns $1$ if \eli I1 is strictly greater than \eli I2, and~$0$ +otherwise\footnotemark;\\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{There is no boolean type in \bt, because integers are + sufficient. Negative numbers (including $0$) mean \texttt{false}, and + strictly positive mean \texttt{true}.}} +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt< & \el I & returns $1$ if \eli I2 is strictly +greater than \eli I1, and $0$ otherwise; \\ +\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt= & \el I & returns $1$ if both integers are equal, +and $0$ otherwise;\\ +\eli S1 \eli S2 & \texttt = & \el I & returns $1$ if both strings are equal, +and $0$ otherwise;\\ +\eli S1 \eli S2 & \texttt* & (\eli S1\eli S2) & concatenates both strings\footnotemark; \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{As mentioned earlier, there is not multiplication in + \bt{}\footnotemark.}}% +\noalign{\footnotetext{We will define one later, since it may be useful.}} +\el E \el N & \texttt{:=} & & assignment operation. Provided that variable \el +N has the same type as item \el E, it is set to that value; \\ +\el S & \fn{add.period} & \el S & adds a period at the end of string \el S, +except if \el S already ends with a period, or an exclamation or question +mark (after removing right braces); \\ +& \fn{call.type} && executes the function whose name is the type of the +current entry. For instance, for an entry \nient{book}, it runs the function +\texttt{book}. Of course, this command cannot be executed through an +\texttt{EXECUTE} command, it can only be called with \texttt{ITERATE} or +\texttt{REVERSE}. +This explains how to add new entry-types: you simply have to define a function +whose name is the entry-type. If an entry-type is used and the +corresponding function has not been defined before the \texttt{READ} command, + \bt will complain; \\ +\el S \texttt{"t"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S & +turns \el S to lower case, except for the first letter and for letters that +appear at brace-depth strictly positive. Remember that special characters are +at depth~0; \\ +\el S \texttt{"l"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S & +turns \el S to lower case, except parts that are at strictly positive +brace-depth; \\ +\el S \texttt{"u"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S & +turns \el S to upper case, except... \\ +\el S & \fn{chr.to.int} & \el I & +if \el S contains only one character (in the classical sense, \emph{i.e.} not +considering special characters), returns its ASCII code; \\ +& \fn{cite} & \el S & puts on the stack the internal key of the current entry. +Only meant to be used with \texttt{ITERATE} or \texttt{REVERSE}, of course;\\ +\el E & \fn{duplicate} & \el E \el E & +adds a copy of the first item on the top of the stack;\\ +\el E & \fn{empty} & \el I & adds $1$ on the top of the stack if \el E is an +empty string or an empty (but defined) field, and $0$ otherwise; \\ +\eli S1 \el I \eli S2 & \fn{format.name} & \el S & +extract the \el I-th name of string \eli S1 (in which names are separated by +\texttt{and}), and formats it according to specification given by string \eli +S2. I can't explain all that here, see the next section for more details; \\ +& \fn{global.max} & \el I & +put on the stack the maximal length allowed for strings. This is useful to +ensure that a string obtained by concatenation is not too long, but the value +is generally quite high (5000~characters); \\ +\el I \eli F1 \eli F2 & \fn{if} && execute \eli F1 if \el I is strictly +positive, and \eli F2 otherwise; \\ +\el I & \fn{int.to.chr} & \el S & turns \el I to its corresponding character +in the ASCII table. \el I must be between $0$ and $127$; \\ +\el I & \fn{int.to.str} & \el S & turns an integer to the equivalent +string\footnotemark; \\ +\noalign{\footnotetext{Scientists would remark that I did not define the + equivalence relation I deal with. I think an example will be sufficient: + if \el I is 147, the equivalent string is \texttt{"147"}.}} +\el C & \fn{missing} & \el I & returns $1$ if field \el C has been defined in +the current entry, and $0$ otherwise;\\ +& \fn{newline} & & flushes the output buffer to the \ext{bbl} file, and + starts a new line; \\ +\el S & \fn{num.names} & \el I & returns the number of names in string \el S. +This is done by counting the number of occurrences of \texttt{and}, surrounded +with spaces and at level~$0$, and adding~$1$; \\ +\el E & \fn{pop} & & removes the topmost item on the stack; \\ +& \fn{preamble} & \el S & puts on the stack a string made of the concatenation +of all \chp{preamble} declarations found in the \ext{bib} file; \\ +\el S & \fn{purify} & \el S & +removes all non-alphanumeric characters of string~\el S. More precisely, this +functions preserves letters and numbers and spaces, replaces each tabulation, +hyphen and tilde with a space, and removes other standard characters, namely +characters not listed above and appearing in the table given in appendix~C of +the \TeX{}book. Special characters are an exception: \LaTeX commands are +removed, as well as spaces, tabulations, hyphens and tildes. Only numbers and +letters appearing outside \LaTeX command names are preserved.% +\label{purify} + +Practically, this commands is used for cleaning strings before comparing them, +when sorting entries. This is why it is important to keep only ``known'' +characters. I insists on the fact that ``\texttt{\bs'e}'' and ``\texttt{\'e}'' +are different, from this point of view, since the first one will be +transformed into an \texttt e, while the second one will be unchanged, but, +when sorting, will be put after the standard 26~letters. \\ +& \fn{quote} & \el S & adds the 1-character string + \verb+"+ on the stack;\\ +& \fn{skip} && does nothing; \\ +& \fn{sort.key} & \el S & this function is in fact a string variable, +implicitly declared for each entry, and that is used by \texttt{SORT}. It +must therefore be defined accordingly before sorting; \\ +... \el E \el E& \fn{stack} && clears the stack, and prints its contents on +standard output (not in the output file); \\ +\el S \eli I1 \eli I2 & \fn{substring} & \el S & extracts from \el S the +string of length \eli I2 starting at position~\eli I1. By convention, the +first character is at position~$1$. Note that special characters and braces +are not considered here, so that the substring of \verb+{\LaTeX}+ of length~3 +starting at position~2 is \verb+\LaT+; \\ +\eli E1 \eli E2 & \fn{swap} & \eli E2 \eli E1 & +swaps both topmost items on the stack; \\ +\el S & \fn{text.length} & \el I & returns the number of characters of \el S, +special characters being considered as only one character, and braces being +omitted; \label{textlength} \\ +\el S \el I & \fn{text.prefix} & \el S & +returns the first \el I characters of \el S, still considering special +characters as only one character, and omitting braces. Braces are output, +however. For instance, the prefix of length~3 of \verb+{{\LaTeX}}1234+ is +\verb+{{\LaT}}+, while it is \verb+{\LaTeX}12+ for \verb+{\LaTeX}1234+; \\ +\el E & \fn{top} && echoes the first item of the stack on standard output (not +in the output file) and removes it from the stack; \\ +& \fn{type} & \el S & adds on the stack the type of the current entry; \\ +\el S & \fn{warning} && writes \el S in a warning message on the standard +output; \\ +\eli F1 \eli F2 & \fn{while} & & +successively executes \eli F1 and \eli F2 while \eli F1 returns a strictly +positive value. \eli F1 has to return an integer; \\ +\el S & \fn{width} &\el I& returns the length of string \el S, in hundredths +of a point, when written using font \emph{cmr}10 of June 1987. You probably +don't mind the details... This function is used for comparing widths of +labels, the longest label being passed as the argument of the +\env{thebibliography} environment; \\ +\el S & \fn{write} && write \el S in the output \ext{bbl} file. +\end{longtable} + +We're done. This should be sufficient for defining plenty of functions for +managing entries, sorting them, label them and typeset them. Before using +them, I promised to explain how \fn{format.name} works. + + +\mysection{The \protect\nifn{format.name} function}\label{noms-start} + +This function is quite complicated. The syntax is as follows: +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\eli S1 \el I \eli S2 \ \fn{format.name}\ \el S +\end{minipage} +\end{center} + +The first argument \eli S1 is generally the content of fields \chp{author} or +\chp{editor}. It is a list of names separated +with \verb+and+. If names are in one of the three formats recognized by \bt +(see section~\ref{author}), \bt will be able to detect the last name, first +name, ``von'' and ``complement''. String \eli S2 defines the output format. +Here is an example: +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"{ff }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +The format of such a specification is defined as follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item globally, it is a list of strings, each one being surrounded with + braces; +\item \verb+ff+ represents the \verb+First+ part, \emph{i.e.} the first name; + \verb+ll+ is the \verb+Last+ part, \emph{i.e.} the last name, and \verb+vv+ and + \verb+jj+ are the \verb+von+ and \verb+jr+ part of the name; +\item \fn{format.name} replaces, in each string of list \el S2, strings + \verb+ff+, \verb+ll+, \verb+vv+ and \verb+jj+, with their respective values. + If a value is empty, the complete string is removed. Otherwise, the other + characters in the string are output. In the example above, for instance, if + the \verb+jr+ part is empty, the comma won't be output, and if the + \verb+First+ part is not empty, it will be followed with a space. +\end{itemize} + +This should be almost clear, now. I just mention, but you've probably already +understood, that the integer \el I indicates that we are working on the \el +I-th name of \eli S1. + +Last, there exists abbreviated forms for name formats. They are used to +extract the first letter of first names, for instance. It suffices to replace +\verb+{ff }+ with \verb+{f }+. For multiple names in one part +(several first names, for instance), the first +letter of each name is written, followed with a period. Different names must +be separated with a space, a tabulation, a tilde or an hyphen. Tabulations +are turned to spaces, tildes and hyphens are preserved. Note that there is no +period at the end, and it must be specified by hand by writing \verb+{f. }+. +For instance +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander" +#2 "{f. }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent returns \textit{F. Mittelbach}. +Let's have a look at several other interesting examples: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{vv }{ll}{, f}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent +yields \emph{de La Vall\'ee Poussin, C.J.G.N} +without the final period, since we did not ask for it. +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Doppler, {\relax Ch}ristian Andreas" +#1 "{f. }{vv }{ll}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent gives \emph{Ch.~A. Doppler}. +Last, +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Jean-Baptiste Poquelin" #1 "{f. }{vv }{ll}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent outputs \emph{J.-B. Poquelin}. + +You probably remarked that one problem is still unsolved: For creating +labels from author names, we will of course use \fn{format.name}, and we'd +like to get \verb+LVP+, say, for a book by +La Vall\'ee Poussin. The first idea, of course, is: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{l}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent +which unfortunately gives \emph{L. V. P}, which would look awful as a label. +But in fact, the period added between names is a default value, but can be +explicitly given. In our case, we would like to replace the period with empty strings: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{l{}}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent +which gives the expected \emph{LVP}. +Braces following \verb+l+ mean that nothing should be put between names or +letters. It is also possible to add some text only once, before or after +the names. Spaces can be entered directly, while text and commands should be +put between braces, so that \bt distinguished them with \verb+ff+, +\verb+ll+,~... specifications. An example should make this clear: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin" +#1 "{{\scshape\bgroup}ff{ }{\egroup}" format.name$ +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\noindent gives +\verb+{\scshape\bgroup}Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas{\egroup}+, and thus +<<~{\scshape\bgroup}Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas{\egroup}~>>. +Note that we had to trick \bt and \LaTeX regarding the \cmd{bgroup}: braces, +which are necessary in \bt name specifications, are copied verbatim in the +output... +\label{noms-end} + +\medskip +Well... Once again, I could stop here, since you know everything, at least +from the theoretical point of view. But this would not be a good +idea. So the next sections are devoted to some examples and tricks that could +be useful. + +\clearpage +\mysection{Some practical tricks} + +In fact, the main trick to know is how to build a minimal file, in order to +test \bt{}'s behavior, for instance for testing the encoding of a name. This +basic style file will simply output its result on the standard output. +Assume you want to see how \bt cuts the following name: +%\begin{myexv} +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\begin{verbatimtab} +de la Cierva y Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +%\end{myexv} %$ + +The minimal \ext{bst} file must contain +\texttt{ENTRY}\index{bibtex}{entry@\texttt{ENTRY}} and +\texttt{READ}\index{bibtex}{read@\texttt{READ}} +commands, even if we won't use any entry. It must also compute the desired +result. Our style file, \verb+min.bst+, will be: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +ENTRY {}{}{} + +FUNCTION {test} +{"de la Cierva y Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan" +#1 "{ff - }{vv - }{ll}" format.name$ top$} + +READ + +EXECUTE{test} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\noindent This will split the name and write the different parts, separated +with hyphens. + +The \ext{aux} file now: it will simply define the style file to be used: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +\bibstyle{min} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} + +This file, called \verb+min.aux+, contains neither the \cmd{bibdata} +precising the \ext{bib} file to use, nor the \cmd{citation}{}s declaring the +entries to be extracted. \bt will, of course, complain about that, but will +continue the execution anyway. + +The result is as follows: +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +% bibtex min +This is BibTeX, Version 0.99c (Web2C 7.4.5) +The top-level auxiliary file: min.aux +The style file: min.bst +I found no \citation commands---while reading file min.aux +I found no \bibdata command---while reading file min.aux +Warning--I didn't find any fields--line 1 of file min.bst +Juan - de~la Cierva~y - Codorn{\'\i}u +(There were 2 error messages) +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} + +We get the error messages, but also the result, showing that our encoding is +not correct (since the \verb+von+ part should only contain \verb+de la+). +As regards unbreakable spaces: \bt automatically adds unbreakable spaces +instead of the first and last spaces. + +This provides you with a way to test all your future \bt functions, which can +be quite useful since \bt error messages are generally difficult to understand. +You can also try to test if \fn{purify} behaves as I said previously. + + +\mysection{Some small simple functions} + +\mysubsection{Boolean functions} + +As you know, \bt does not know about booleans. In particular, there is no +negation, conjunction or disjunction, while it would be quite useful. +Those operations are defined on figure~\ref{fig1}. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{Basic boolean functions}\label{fig1} +\end{figure} +Let me just explain the first two: For negation, you assume there is a boolean +(\emph{i.e.} an integer) on the top of the stack. Function \fn{if} will test that +boolean. If it evaluates to \verb+true+, the function returns \verb+#0+ (\emph{i.e.} +\verb+false+), and otherwise it returns \verb+#1+ (\emph{i.e.} \verb+true+). +This is precisely what we wanted. + +For the conjunction: we have two booleans on the stack. Function \fn{if} tests +the first one. If it is \verb+true+, then we do nothing (thus leaving the +second boolean on the top of the stack, it's value being the result of the +conjunction). If it is \verb+false+, the conjunction is false: We remove the +second argument and put \verb+#0+ on the top of the stack. + +\mysubsection{Multiplication} + +Figure~\ref{fig2} shows how to compute the multiplication of two integers. +I won't enter into the details, comments should be sufficient. In the same +way, you can try to define integer division, gcd, primality testing,~... +But I'm not sure if it is useful. Multiplication can be, as you'll see below. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +INTEGERS { a b } + +FUNCTION {mult} +{ + 'a := %% we store the first value + 'b := %% we store the second value + + b #0 < %% We remember the sign of b, and + {#-1 #0 b - 'b :=} %% then consider its absolute value. + {#1} %% + if$ %% + + #0 %% Put 0 on the stack. + {b #0 >} %% While b is strictly positive, + { %% we add a to the value on the stack + a + %% and decrement b. + b #1 - 'b := %% + } %% + while$ %% + + swap$ %% Last, we take the opposite + 'skip$ %% if b was negative. + {#0 swap$ -} %% + if$ %% +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} +\caption{The ``multiplication'' function}\label{fig2} +\end{figure} + + +\mysubsection{Converting a string to an integer} + +There is no direct way for converting a string (made of digits) to the +corresponding integer. We will define a function achieving this, and returning +an error message whenever the string is not a number. +This is done recursively, as shown on figure~\ref{fig3}. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +FUNCTION {chr.to.value} %% The ASCII code of a character +{ + chr.to.int$ #48 - %% ASCII value of "0" -> 48 + duplicate$ duplicate$ %% "1" -> 49 + #0 < swap$ #9 > or %% ... + { %% "9" -> 57 + #48 + int.to.chr$ + " is not a number..." * + warning$ %% Return 0 if it is not a number + pop$ #0 %% + } + {} + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {str.to.int.aux} %% The auxiliary function +{ + {duplicate$ empty$ not} %% While the string is not empty + { %% consider its first char + swap$ #10 mult 'a := %% and ``add'' it at the end of + duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ %% the result. + chr.to.value a + + swap$ + #2 global.max$ substring$ + } + while$ + pop$ +} + +FUNCTION {str.to.int} +{ %% Handling negative values + duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + {#1 swap$ #2 global.max$ substring$} + {#0 swap$} + if$ + %% Initialization, and then + #0 swap$ str.to.int.aux %% call to the aux. funtion + swap$ + {#0 swap$ -} %% And handle the sign. + {} + if$ +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{Converting a string to an integer}\label{fig3} +\end{figure} + +There are several interesting points: first, it requires boolean functions, +and multiplications. Those functions must thus be added before the above +definitions. Moreover, function \verb+chr.to.value+ emphasizes an important +rule of thumb: A function must always behave in the same way as regards the +stack: Same type and numbers of inputs, same type and number of outputs. For +instance, here, if the character is not an integer, we complain, but we return +an integer, as if everything was ok. This rule is very important unless you +want to spend some time in debugging. + + +\mysubsection{Counting the number of characters in a string} + +As we saw on page~\pageref{textlength}, \fn{text.length} counts the number of +characters in a string, but assuming \bt's meaning of ``character''. +In fact, the only function that assumes the standard definition of a character +is \fn{substring}. We will use it repeatedly for counting the number of +characters of a string, by computing the successive prefixes until they equal +the original string. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +INTEGERS{ l } +FUNCTION{ string.length } +{ + #1 'l := + {duplicate$ duplicate$ #1 l substring$ = not} + {l #1 + 'l :=} + while$ + pop$ l +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{A function for counting the \emph{real} number of characters}\label{fig4} +\end{figure} + +As an exercise, the reader can try to implement another algorithm: removing +one after the other the first characters of the string until the resulting +string is empty. + +\mysubsection{A ``search-and-replace'' function} + +With the function above, we can now design an algorithm for searching and +replacing the occurrences of a string in a given text. Once again, we cannot +use \fn{text.length} and \fn{text.prefix} since they assume a special +definition of a character. We only use the function \verb+string.length+ and +\fn{substring}. The idea is to successively extract the first $n$ characters +of the text, compare them with the pattern, and replace it or drop the first +character, depending on the result of the comparison. + +\begin{figure}[!htbp] +\begin{myexv} +\begin{verbatimtab} +STRINGS{replace find text} +INTEGERS{find_length} +FUNCTION{find.replace} +{ 'replace := + 'find := + 'text := + find string.length 'find_length := + "" + { text empty$ not } + { text #1 find_length substring$ find = + { + replace * + text #1 find_length + global.max$ substring$ 'text := + } + { text #1 #1 substring$ * + text #2 global.max$ substring$ 'text := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +\end{verbatimtab} +\end{myexv} %$ +\caption{Search-and-replacing with \bt}\label{fig5} +\end{figure} + +This function replaces all the occurrences of the pattern, but it can easily be +adapted for replacing only the first occurrence. As an exercise, the reader can +try to implement the same algorithm using only two string +variables\footnote{Hint: try to leave \texttt{find} on the stack.} (it may be +important to spare string variables since their number is very limited). diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83bc4f6e3eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +%% ttb_en.sec5.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\mypart{Other use of \bt}\label{autres} +\parttoc +\mtcskip + +Here are some general extensions, showing how to use \bt for other purposes. +I'm developing some of those extensions, and you can get the latest news on my web +page: +\begin{center} +\url{http://www.lsv.ens-cachan.fr/~markey/bibla.php}. +\end{center} +Don't hesitate to give me your comments and ideas. + +\mysection{A publication list} + +This is not really a wide extension of the use of \bt, since it still deals +with bibliography. In this example, we use classical \ext{bib} files in order +to extract only publications by one single person, indicating the names of the +possible other authors. This gives, for instance: +\begin{myex} +\def\refname{Books by Michel \textsc{Goossens}} +\begin{thebibliography}{9} +\bibitem{companion} +{\em the \LaTeX{} Companion}. +Addison-Wesley, 1993. +Joint work with Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin. + +\bibitem{graphics} +{\em the \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion}. +Addison-Wesley, 1999. +Joint work with Sebastian Rahtz and Frank Mittelbach. + +\bibitem{webc} +{\em the \LaTeX{} Web Companion}. +Addison-Wesley, 1999. +Joint work with Sebastian Rahtz. + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{myex} + +There are three important points here: +\begin{itemize} +\item In this case, the entries to be cited are extracted by the style file; +\item Typesetting of names is a little bit different. +\end{itemize} + +The third difference consists in the way the style is configured: Instead of +asking the user to modify the \ext{bst} file, which is rarely desirable, we +add a new entry-type, named \nient{config}. A \nient{config} entry will define +the name of the author whose publications are to be extracted, as well as some +other configuration variables. + +\mysection{An addressbook} + +A list of addresses is a database, that has to be sorted, grouped and typeset. +\bt should be able to do that... + +To that aim, we have to completely redefine the fields, entry-types, and +functions. Fields include names, addresses, phone numbers, e-mail +addresses,~... Here is an example of the output: + +\bigskip +\makeatletter +\font\lettre=cmssdc10 at 20pt +\def\at{@} +\ifx\sautepage\@undefined% +\def\sautepage{\null\cleardoublepage}\fi +\ifx\ecritlettre\@undefined% +\def\ecritlettre#1#2#3#4#5{ +\vbox to 0pt{ +\vspace{#3mm}\hspace{#1mm} +\smash{\colorbox[rgb]{.8,.8,.8}{\lettre \ \ +\vrule height #2mm depth #2mm width 0pt% +\vrule height 8mm depth 0mm width 0pt% +\hbox to #4mm{#5\hfil\null}% +}} +\vspace{-#3mm}\hspace{-#1mm}}}\fi +\small +\makeatother +\ecritlettre{157}{5}{10}{20}{mn} +\noindent +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{|p{.30\textwidth}|p{.4\textwidth}p{.18\textwidth}|} +\hline +{\vrule height 5mm width 0mm +{\normalsize \textsc{Markey} Nicolas +}} \vrule height 0mm depth 5mm width 0mm & +\vrule height 5mm width 0mm +LSV -- ENS Cachan\endgraf +61, avenue du Pr\'esident Wilson\endgraf +94235 \textsc{Cachan} C\'edex\vrule depth 3mm width 0mm +& \vrule height 5mm width 0mm +\Telefon \hfill01.47.40.75.32\endgraf +\Faxmachine \hfill01.47.40.24.64\endgraf +\\ & +\multicolumn{2}{l|}{\texttt{markey\at lsv.ens-cachan.fr}} \vrule depth 2mm + width 0mm +\\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +As in the previous example, I defined a \nient{config} entry-type in order to +define how letters should be grouped together,~... + +\mysection{Exporting, extracting and cleaning bibliographic entries} +\label{bibexport} + +It sometimes occurs that you have to extract a part of your bibliographic +database, for instance for sending it together with a \LaTeX~document. Several +tools already exist for doing this, but they generally can't handle crossrefs, +macros, string abbreviations,~... If fact, \bt can do this on its own: You +simply have to ask the bibliography style to format its output as a +\ext{bib} database (The result will be named \ext{bbl}, since there is no way +to tell \bt to write somewhere else). This technique has many advantages: It +ensures that the fields are treated exactly as \bt would treat them with +another style file; abbreviations are automatically expanded; It is easy to +extract all the references by one author (remember that names could be encoded +in many different manners inside a \ext{bib} database),~... +The package \verb+bibexport+ implements these techniques: +\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/bibexport/} + +\mysection{Using several languages in one bibliography} + +Classical bibliography style only handle one language, generally English. +Handling several languages is quite tricky: First, when filling the \ext{bib} +file, you must ensure not to write language-dependant data. Namely, for +instance, months should be entered numerically. Moreover, \bt adds some words +while processing the entries, such as the ``and'' before the last author name. + +There are several solution for handling several languages: +\begin{itemize} +\item Designing one style file per language. This is somewhat tiring to do, + but not really complicated, and many such translations already exist. + + French styles are available on + \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/bib-fr/}. In + those styles, I put every translated word at the beginning of the file, so + that it is easy to adapt the translation. + +\item Another solution is to replace language-dependant words with a \LaTeX + command. This is done in \textsf{babelbib} + (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/babelbib/}), + developed by Harald Harders. + Those style files require that you use the package \sty{babel}, and allows + you to define one language for each entry (and thus to use the right + hyphenation patterns). +\end{itemize} + + +\mysection{A glossary} + +A glossary is a dictionary defining technical terms that appear in a +document. Glossaries are generally made using the index mechanisms of \LaTeX. +But \bt can also do that (and even better than with \nicmd{index}, since it +could extract definitions from a general dictionary). Moreover, it is +possible to add reference to pages where the term is used by using the +\sty{backref} package. See for instance the package \sty{gloss}, developed by +Jose Luis Diaz de Arriba and Javier Bezos. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e7a7feac9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +%% ttb_en.tex +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + +\def\ttbversion{1.3} +\def\ttbdate{16/10/2005} + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{lmodern} +\fi +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[english]{babel} +\usepackage{moreverb} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage[margin=3cm,bottom=2.5cm,top=3cm]{geometry} +\usepackage{multind} +\usepackage{array} +\usepackage{longtable} +\usepackage{marvosym} +\usepackage{color} +\usepackage{ttb_style} +\usepackage{xcolor} +\usepackage[colorlinks,breaklinks]{hyperref} +\makeatletter +\def\@citecolor{green!50!black} +\def\@linkcolor{red!80!black} +\makeatother +\usepackage{advdate} +\makeatletter +\let\save@ssect\@ssect +\usepackage{minitoc} +\expandafter\ifx\csname mtcskip\endcsname\relax + \def\mtcskip{} + \message{WARNING -- Please update your minitoc package.} +\fi + +\makeindex{latex} +\makeindex{bibtex} + + + +\begin{document} +\SetDate[\ttbdate] +\setcounter{parttocdepth}{3} +\doparttoc + +%% Title page +\begin{center} +{\Huge\bfseries Tame the BeaST} +\par\bigskip +{\large The B to X of \bt} +\par\bigskip +Nicolas \textsc{Markey} +\par +\url{markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr} +\end{center} +\widowpenalty10000 +\vfil\vfil +\begin{center} +\fbox{Version \ttbversion{} -- \today} +\vfil +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +This \pageref{lastpage}-page tutorial presents and explains, as clearly and +exhaustively as possible, what \bt can do. +Indeed, \bt manuals, essentially two documents by its +author~\cite{btxdoc,btxhak} and chapters in some \LaTeX +books~\cite[...]{latex:dps,latex:lc,latex:lc2}, are often +short and incomplete. + +The capital letters ``BST'' in the title represent the standard extension of +\bt style files. ``B~to~X'' means that I tried to be as complete as +possible. Don't hesitate to e-mail me you \TeX{}nical as well as +(mis)spelling remarks. +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +\vfil\vfil +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth} +\tableofcontents +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +\vfil + +\include{ttb_en.sec1} +\include{ttb_en.sec2} +\include{ttb_en.sec3} +\include{ttb_en.sec4} +\include{ttb_en.sec5} + + +%\nocite{merlin} +\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{} +\cleardoublepage +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\bibliography{local} +\printindex{latex}{\LaTeX} +\clearpage +\let\oldendindex\endtheindex +\def\copyright{\vfill +\null\hfill\begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\obeyspaces +Copyright \textcopyright{} 2003-\the\year{} Nicolas \textsc{Markey} + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +of this license or (at your option) any later version. +The latest version of this license is in\par +\hfil\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}\par +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +version 2003/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL status "maintained".\par +The current maintainer of this work is Nicolas \textsc{Markey}. + \end{minipage}} + + +\def\endtheindex{\label{lastpage}\copyright\oldendindex} +\printindex{bibtex}{\bt} +%\leavevmode\label{lastpage} + + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f9eef5356b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +%% ttb_style.sty +%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey +% +% This work consists of the files +% ttb_en.tex +% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex +% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty +% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile +% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf + + +\RequirePackage{xspace} +\RequirePackage{boxedminipage} + +%\let\nospaceTeX\TeX +%\def\TeX{\nospaceTeX\xspace} +\def\bt{Bib\TeX\xspace} +\let\nospaceLaTeX\LaTeX +\def\LaTeX{\nospaceLaTeX\xspace} +\def\gomo{\emph{grosso modo}\xspace} +\def\ie{ie.\xspace} +\def\cf{cf. } +\catcode`\*=0 +*catcode`*\=11 +*def*bs{\} +*catcode`*\=0 +\catcode`\*=12 +\def\at{@} +\catcode`\$=11 +\def\dol{$} +\catcode`\$=3 %$ +\def\cmd#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{\protect\bs #1}}{\ttfamily \bs #1}\xspace} +\def\cmdat#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{\protect\bs\protect\at #1}}{\ttfamily \bs\at #1}\xspace} +\def\env#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{#1}}{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\ext#1{{\ttfamily .#1}\xspace} + +\def\sty{\@ifnextchar[{\@sty}{\@sty[sty]}} +\def\@sty[#1]#2{\index{latex}{#2@\textsf{#2.#1}}{\sffamily #2.#1}\xspace} + +\def\cls#1{\index{latex}{#1@\textsf{#1.cls}}{\sffamily #1.cls}\xspace} +\def\bst#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\textsf{#1.bst}}{\sffamily #1.bst}\xspace} +\def\chp#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\texttt{#1}}{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\ent#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\protect\at #1}{\bfseries \at #1}\xspace} +\def\fn#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\texttt{#1\protect\dol}}{\ttfamily #1\dol}\xspace} + +\def\el#1{$\cal #1$} +\def\eli#1#2{$\mathcal{#1}_{#2}$} + +\def\nicmd#1{{\ttfamily \bs #1}\xspace} +\def\nienv#1{{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\niext#1{{\ttfamily .#1}\xspace} +\def\nisty#1{{\sffamily #1.sty}\xspace} +\def\nicls#1{{\sffamily #1.cls}\xspace} +\def\nibst#1{{\sffamily #1.bst}\xspace} +\def\nichp#1{{\ttfamily #1}\xspace} +\def\nient#1{{\bfseries \at #1}\xspace} +\def\nifn#1{{\ttfamily #1\dol}\xspace} + +\newenvironment{myex}{\bigskip\par + \noindent\begin{boxedminipage}{\textwidth}}{% + \end{boxedminipage}\bigskip\par} +\newenvironment{myexv}{\bigskip\par + \noindent\begin{center}\begin{boxedminipage}{.8\textwidth}}{% + \end{boxedminipage}\end{center} + \bigskip\par} + +%\AtBeginDocument{% +\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}% +\def\thepart{\arabic{part}}% +\def\mypart{\clearpage\part}% +\def\@part[#1]#2{ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\m@ne\relax + \refstepcounter{part}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% + \fi + {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft + \interlinepenalty \@M + \normalfont + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax + \Large\sffamily\bfseries \partname\nobreakspace\thepart + \par\nobreak + \fi + \huge \sffamily \bfseries #2% + \markboth{}{}\par}% + \nobreak + \vskip 12ex% + \@afterheading}% +\renewcommand*\l@part[2]{% + \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2\relax + \addpenalty\@secpenalty + \addvspace{2.25em \@plus\p@}% + \setlength\@tempdima{3em}% + \begingroup + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth + \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth + {\leavevmode + \large \sffamily #1 + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th + \mkern 2mu\hbox{\small.}\mkern 2mu$}\hfill + \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par + \nobreak + \if@compatibility + \global\@nobreaktrue + \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \fi} +\let\mysection\section +\def\mysubsection{\subsection} +\def\mysubsubsection{\subsubsection} +\def\floatpagefraction{.8} + +\def\section{\let\@ssect\save@ssect\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +%} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90d726e479c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +2004-06-23 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: version 1.1. + * tds.tex: make that june 2004. + +2004-06-08 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: type3, version 1.096. + +2004-06-06 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: 1.095 (still draft). + +2004-06-04 Karl Berry + + * tds2texi.el [ ] doesn't make sense; changed to "\s ". + * tds.tex: use \TeX{} uniformly, not \TeX\ , since that's what + tds2texi.el handles. We ended up with "Inputs for, TeX". + Report from: Hans Fredrik Nordhaug, + 2 Jun 2004 23:01:15 +0200. + + * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo): fix the reference to the + "Non-font Metafont" node here instead. + * tds.sed: no non-font special case. + + * tds.tex: specify opentype and truetype under fonts. + +2004-06-03 Karl Berry + + * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-logos-alist): Metafont instead of + METAFONT. + +2004-05-15 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: doc/ subtree improvements from Chris Rowley, and more. + +2004-05-14 Karl Berry + + * 1.094. + * tds.tex: clarify description of enc & map, maybe. + +2004-05-08 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: fixes from Staszek. + * tds.tex: check in. + +2004-04-03 Karl Berry + + * Makefile (packages.zip): new target. + (dist): depend on it, and include it in + distribution tar file. + + * tds.tex: wording improvement from vojta, 1.093. + +2004-03-28 Karl Berry + + * tdsguide.cls (\tdsSummary): \let\obeylines=\relax after we set + it, so url.sty v3.0's usage of \obeylines does not cause errors. + + * tds.tex (etex): fix in tds example. + +2004-03-27 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: 1.092, move extension input files within tex. also + check in from previous changes, notably new scripts/ dir. + +2004-02-11 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: pfm text, etc., from feb03. + +2003-02-02 + + * tds.tex: 1.0 + +2003-01-18 + + * Version 0.9998. + + * tds.tex: force line breaks in references, add Downs reference. + * tds2texi.el: handle \\ in references section. + * Makefile (tds.texi.tmp): don't read emacs init files. + +2003-01-17 + + * tds2texi.el: doc fixes, @tie. + * tds.tex: enc/maps vs fontname clarification, removal of some + history. + +2003-01-12 + + * tds.tex: first cut at fonts/enc and fonts/map, version 0.9997. + * Makefile: clean up directory for dist, and remake everything. + * Makefile: use makeinfo --no-split. + +Mon Jul 19 16:54:37 1999 Karl Berry + + * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo): Don't need to do this with + Emacs 20.4, at least. + +Sun Jul 11 12:55:53 1999 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: I have a new address. + +Wed Apr 21 15:30:34 1999 Karl Berry + + * version 0.9996. + + * tds2texi.el: @ifnottex, not @ifinfo. + + * Grammar fixes (Demitrios Athens). + Non-font METAFONT section title (Reinhard Kotucha). + Mention Kpathsea as a sample implementation (Paul Abrahams). + Allow discretion for single-file packages of all kinds (Matthew Swift). + + * fancyhdr.sty: get latest version. + +1998-01-26 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: Version 0.9995: add extension section. + + * tdsguide.cls (\TeXinfo): Remove unused and incorrect name. + (\parsep): Decrease slightly. + (\l@section): Decrease section spacing for toc slightly. + (\@maketitle): Remove word `draft'. + +Fri Jan 23 17:14:01 1998 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: checkin 0.9994. + +Sun Jul 20 16:29:37 1997 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.9994. + + * tds2texi.el: We can do @ss. + + * tds2texi.el: Texinfo @url is now @uref. + +Fri Feb 7 15:47:17 1997 Karl Berry + + * tds2texi.el: @detailmenu, other fixes, from Ulrik. + + * tdsguide.cls: Fix : in tdsSummary, more doc. + +Tue Feb 4 16:27:56 1997 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.9992. + + * tds.tex: Replace gsftopk/ps2pk/etc. with just `modeless'. + +Tue Nov 19 01:24:46 1996 Ulrik Vieth + + * tds.tex: Fix up indentation in `tdsSummary' environments + for the sake of Texinfo, should be consistent everywhere now. + + * tds2texi.el: Fix bug when combining multiple @file tags. + Added some missing functionality from tds.sed and tds.awk. + + * tds.sed: Handle a few translations in Elisp where possible. + Only leave those that are specific to document context. + + * tds.awk: File made redundant. + + * Makefile: Eliminate unnecessary gawk translation step. + +Sat Nov 16 07:16:03 1996 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: Version 0.991. + + * tds2texi.el: More logos; no extra blank lines after sections; + handle \url and \email like \path. + + * tds.awk, tds.sed: New files. + + * url.sty, mflogo.sty, Ulogo.fd: Get latest versions. + + * tdsguide.cls: Changes for 0.9991. + +Tue Nov 12 17:16:54 1996 Karl Berry + + * tdsguide.cls: Saving version as of 0.999. + +Sun Nov 10 17:36:36 1996 Karl Berry + + * Mention texmf/ini loses. + * Say that the mode/ level is not optional. + + * Mention the possibility of doc/. + From Sebastian. + + * Include AmiWeb2c 2.0 summary. + From: + + * Allow distribution of modified versions as long they don't + pretend to be the TDS. + + * tds.tex: 0.999. + +Thu Nov 30 11:41:58 1995 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: pnr10.tfm should be pnr10.mf. From Pierre. + +Wed Nov 22 11:46:51 1995 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: Some periods after capital letters end sentences, and + some periods after lowercase don't. From bb. + Remove make uninstall text. + +Tue Nov 21 19:56:35 1995 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.999 sent to TUGboat (well, not really). + +Wed Nov 15 19:50:37 1995 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.104. Public release. + + * tds.tex: Add tex/generic/images to the figure. + +Sat Nov 11 11:47:16 1995 Karl Berry + + * tds.tex: Mention the possibility of multiple texmf's. Fix + non-sentence. From Paul Abrahams. + + * Version 0.103. + + * Move filename constraints to an appendix; we don't require this. + +Fri Oct 27 14:04:09 1995 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.102. + + * Include package subdirectories under bibtex. + + * Version 0.101. + +Tue Oct 17 13:22:08 1995 Karl Berry + + - Mention what `texmf' stands for. + - Info documents might be stored outside the tree. + - Recommend PK specials, rather require them. + - Try to define format and package a bit more clearly. + - Explicitly unspecify when something is local. + These things from Paul Abrahams. + +Sat Oct 14 16:07:16 1995 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.100. + +Fri Oct 13 16:23:34 1995 Karl Berry + + * tdsguide.cls (\textwidth): Make a little larger. Don't bother + reading tdsguide.cfg just to get mflogo. + + - Mention that a format author doesn't have to have a + directory. + - Don't use makeindx as an example. + +Thu Oct 12 14:19:25 1995 Karl Berry + + - Add Christian Spieler to the author list. + - Reserve tex/images for eps files etc. + - Remove implication the texmf/tex/plain has no subdirectories. + - More implementation-specific stuff, this time under + `program'. From Alex Kok et al. + - Expound on texmf/source a bit. From Alex Kok. + - Tell people to go read if we're talking about mysteries + - Remove all instances of the confusing word `application'. + - Mention that examples are documentation, and move discussion of + the alternative to an appendix. + +Tue Oct 10 15:45:32 1995 Karl Berry + + - New section on duplicate filenames. + - Image files are likely to go under texmf/tex. + - Printers can have multiple resolutions. From Bernard Gaulle. + - Reference the level 0 DVI standard. + - Define `dpi' better. From Nelson Beebe, David Kastrup. + - Document the reasons for not using modeless/. From David Kastrup. + - Mention the (presently impractical) possibility of \input + latex2e/file.tex. From Paul Vojta. + - make uninstall or an equivalent is desirable. From Alan Dunwell. + - Remove `files are...' text. From Doug Waud. + - /opt is another likely root. From Jeff Gealow. + - Use dpiNNN, not just dpi. From Bart Childs. + - Slightly improved description of MP. From Bart. + - Recommend . at beginning of search paths. From DEK via Sebastian. + - Include musictex as an example generic/ directory. + +Mon Oct 9 17:36:27 1995 Karl Berry + + - mft/ is no longer a special case under tex/. + - Move `package distribution' to an appendix section. + +Fri Oct 6 17:23:15 1995 Karl Berry + + - Remove \protect. From Ulrik. + +Wed Oct 4 15:08:01 1995 Karl Berry + + * Version 0.99. + - Don't hardwire version number in more than place. + - Use TUG instead of O'Reilly for postal mail. + - texmf/tex// does not suffice in general. + - Incorporate `subdirectory searching syntax' section into main + subdir searching section, and `Expeding the Process' into + `Adoption of the TDS'. + - Move bin/ out of the main text. + - Reserve `local' at every level. + - Top-level directories should be a chapter, and + implementation-specific files need more discussion. + - Make macros, fonts, etc. sections under the top-level + directories chapter. + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..802f45b97c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 2004/04/04 00:14:59 karl Exp karl $ +# Makefile for tds, by Karl Berry. +# Public domain. + +default all: tds.info tds.html tds.dvi tds.pdf + +tds.dvi: tds.tex tdsguide.cls + latex '\nonstopmode \input tds' + +tds.pdf: tds.tex tdsguide.cls + pdflatex '\nonstopmode \input tds' + +tds.texi: tds.texi.tmp tds.sed + sed -f tds.sed $< >$@ + +tds.texi.tmp: tds.tex tds2texi.el + emacs -q --no-site -batch -l tds2texi.el -f tds2texi-convert --eval '(write-file "$@")' + +tds.info: tds.texi + makeinfo --no-split $< + +tds_toc.html: tds.texi /usr/local/gnu/bin/texi2html + texi2html -split_node -menu $< + +tds.html: tds.texi + makeinfo --number-sections --html --no-split $< + +check: + dw /tmp/diff + rm -f tds.texi* *~ + rm -f tds.cp tds.fn tds.ky tds.pg tds.tp tds.vr tds.log tds.toc + tar cvvzf /tmp/tds.tar.gz C* M* tds* index.html packages.zip +# shar -z tds.dvi >/tmp/shar +# @echo "Now ci -l -m'version' tds.tex and increment the tdsVersion." diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d961e75efc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +This is the TeX Directory Structure (TDS) document, describing a runtime +layout of TeX-related files intended to be portable, +implementation-independent, etc. Most TeX distributions have adopted +this in some form. + +If any questions, comments, or suggestions, email twg-tds@tug.org. +Mailing list archives available at: http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/ + +tds.tex is the master source file. A few extra LaTeX packages that it +uses are in packages.zip, in the unlikely event that you don't already +have them. + +http://tug.org/tds/ contains the current released version. For older +versions, see ftp://tug.org/historic/docs/tds. For the current +development sources, see http://tds.sarovar.org. + +Happy installing. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9be53d8abf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49da35a2f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html @@ -0,0 +1,1997 @@ + + +A Directory Structure for TeX Files + + + + + + + + + +

A Directory Structure for TeX Files

+
+


+Next: , +Up: (dir) +
+
+ +

A Directory Structure for TeX Files

+ +

Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 +TeX Users Group. + +

Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document without +modification for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided “as +is” without expressed or implied warranty. + +

Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +modifications are clearly marked and the document is not represented as +the official one. + +

This document is available on any CTAN host +(see Appendix Related references). +Please send questions or suggestions by email to +tds@tug.org. We welcome all comments. This is version +1.1. + +

+

--- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +

Introduction + +

+ +

General + +

+ +

Top-level directories + +

+ +

Macros + +

+ +

Fonts + +

+ +

Summary + +

+ +

Unspecified pieces + +

+ +

Implementation issues + +

+ +

Example implementation-specific trees + +

+ +

Is there a better way? + +

+ +

Font structure + +

+ + +
+


+Next: , +Previous: Top, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

1 Introduction

+ +

TeX is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people +around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all +operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of TeX's flexibility, +however, is that there has been no single “right” way to install it. +This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements. + +

The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard TeX +Directory Structure (TDS): a directory hierarchy for macros, +fonts, and the other implementation-independent TeX system files. As +a matter of practicality, this document also suggests ways to +incorporate the rest of the TeX files into a single structure. The +TDS has been designed to work on all modern systems. In +particular, the Technical Working Group (TWG) believes it is usable +under MacOS, MS-DOS, OS/2, Unix, VMS, and +Windows NT. We hope that administrators and developers of both +free and commercial TeX implementations will adopt this standard. + +

This document is intended both for the TeX system administrator at a +site and for people preparing TeX distributions—everything from a +complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also +help TeX users find their way around systems organized this way. It +is not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of +a working TeX system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs +or file formats we refer to, consult the references in +Appendix Related references. + +

+ +
+


+Next: , +Up: Introduction +
+
+ +

1.1 History

+ +

Version 1.0 of the TDS was released in February 2003. + +

Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following non-editorial +changes: + +

    +
  • Inputs for TeX extensions included under tex, instead + of in their own top-level directories (Section Extensions) +
  • New top-level directory scripts (Section Scripts). +
  • New subdirectories lig, opentype, + truetype, and type3 under fonts + (Section Fonts). +
  • `enc', +lig, and map all use + syntax/package subdirectories + (Section Fonts). +
  • `pfm' files specified to go under type1, +and + inf files under afm (Section Fonts). +
+ +
+


+Next: , +Previous: History, +Up: Introduction +
+
+ +

1.2 The role of the TDS

+ +

The role of the TDS is to stabilize the organization of +TeX-related software packages that are installed and in use, possibly +on multiple platforms simultaneously. + +

At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive TeX Archive +Network (CTAN) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is +not the case. The role of CTAN is to simplify archiving and +distribution, not installation and use. + +

In fact, the roles of the TDS and CTAN are frequently in +conflict, as we will see. For distribution, many different types of +files must be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to +segregate files (even similar files) from a single package into +separate, occasionally distant, directories. + +

+


+Previous: The role of the TDS, +Up: Introduction +
+
+ +

1.3 Conventions

+ +

In this document, / is used to separate filename components; +for example, texmf/fonts. This is the Unix convention but the +ideas are in no way Unix-specific. + +

In this document, “TeX” generally means the TeX system, including +Metafont, DVI drivers, utilities, etc., not just the TeX +program itself. + +

The word “package” in this document has its usual meaning: a set of +related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is +not a LaTeX2e package, which is a style file supplementing +a document class. + +

We use the following typographic conventions: + +

    +
  • `literal' +Literal text such as filename is +typeset in typewriter type. + +
  • `replaceable' +Replaceable text such as +package, identifying a class of things, is typeset in +italics inside angle brackets. + +
+ +
+


+Next: , +Previous: Introduction, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

2 General

+ +

This section describes common properties throughout the TDS tree. + +

+ +
+


+Next: , +Up: General +
+
+ +

2.1 Subdirectory searching

+ +

Older TeX installations store large numbers of related files in single +directories, for example, all TFM files and/or all TeX +input files. + +

This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a TeX system: it +is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what +files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files +should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error +if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name. + +

Therefore, the TWG felt each package should be in a separate +directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to +be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of +packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would +produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the +available space on some systems. + +

Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or removing a +new package would mean changing a path as well as installing or removing +the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and error-prone +operation, even with implementations that provide some way to specify +the directories to search at runtime. On systems without runtime +configuration, it would require recompiling software, an intolerable +burden. + +

As a result, the TWG concluded that a comprehensive TDS +requires implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory +searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to +specify that TeX, Metafont, and their companion utilities search in both +a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that +directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory +searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be +provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching +at the option of the installer and user for all paths. + +

The TDS does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive +searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability +(see Section More on subdirectory searching). + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Subdirectory searching, +Up: General +
+
+ +

2.2 Rooting the tree

+ +

In this document, we shall designate the root TDS directory by +texmf (for “TeX and Metafont”). We recommend using that name +where possible, but the actual name of the directory is up to the +installer. On PC networks, for example, this could map to a +logical drive specification such as T:. + +

Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is +site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix +systems, /usr/local/share, /usr/local, +/usr/local/lib, and /opt are common choices. + +

The name texmf was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact +that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire TeX system +(including Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, etc.), not just TeX itself; and it +is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular +implementation. + +

A site may choose to have more than one TDS hierarchy installed +(for example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Rooting the tree, +Up: General +
+
+ +

2.3 Local additions

+ +

The TDS cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a +“local addition”. Each site must determine this according to its own +conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider +“nonlocal” all files not acquired as part of the installed TeX +distribution; another site might consider “local” only those files +that were actually developed at the local site and not distributed +elsewhere. + +

We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed +texmf tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ +both simultaneously: + +

    + +
  1. A completely separate tree which is a TDS structure +itself; for example, /usr/local/umbtex at the University of +Massachusetts at Boston. This is another example of the multiple +texmf hierarchies mentioned in the previous section. + +
  2. A directory named local at any appropriate level, for +example, in the format, package, and +supplier directories discussed in the following sections. +The TDS reserves the directory name local for this +purpose. + +

    We recommend using local for site-adapted configuration files, +such as language.dat for the Babel package or graphics.cfg +for the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a package +should remain in the package directory. The intent is to separate +locally modified or created files from distribution files, to ease +installing new releases. + +

+ +

One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files, e.g., +PK fonts by the mktexpk script (which originated in +Dvips as MakeTeXPK). A site may store the +generated files directly in any of: +

    +
  • their standard location in the main TDS tree (if it can be +made globally writable); + +
  • an alternative location in the main TDS tree (for +example, under texmf/fonts/tmp); + +
  • a second complete TDS tree (as outlined above); + +
  • any other convenient directory (perhaps under +/var, for example /var/spool/fonts). + +
+ +

No one solution will be appropriate for all sites. + +

+


+Previous: Local additions, +Up: General +
+
+ +

2.4 Duplicate filenames

+ +

Different files by the same name may exist in a TDS tree. The +TDS generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same +name in a search path will be found, so generally the only way to +reliably find a given file is for it to have a unique name. However, +the TDS requires implementations to support the following +exceptions: + +

    +
  • Names of TeX input files must be unique within each first-level +subdirectory of texmf/tex and texmf/tex/generic, but not +within all of texmf/tex; i.e., different TeX formats may have +files by the same name. (Section Macros discusses this +further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification, such +as a recursive search beginning at texmf/tex specifying no other +directories, suffices. So implementations must provide format-dependent +path specifications, for example via wrapper scripts or configuration +files. + +
  • Many font files will have the same name (e.g., cmr10.pk), +as discussed in Section Valid font bitmaps. Implementations +must distinguish these files by mode and resolution. + +
+ +

All implementations we know of already have these capabilities. + +

One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an exception: + +

    +
  • Names of Metafont input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be unique +within all of texmf/fonts. In practice, this is a problem with +some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly modified files +named punct.mf, romanl.mf, and so on. We believe the only +feasible solution is to rename the derivative files to be +unique. + +
+ +
+


+Next: , +Previous: General, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

3 Top-level directories

+ +

The directories under the texmf root identify the major components of +a TeX system (see Section Summary for a summary). A site +may omit any unneeded directories. + +

Although the TDS by its nature can specify precise locations only +for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may +well wish to place other files under texmf to simplify administration +of the TeX tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than +the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories +may be present. + +

The top-level directories specified by the TDS are: + +

    +
  • `tex' +for TeX files (Section Macros). + +
  • `fonts' +for font-related files (Section Fonts). + +
  • `metafont' +for Metafont files which are not fonts (Section Non-font Metafont files). + +
  • `metapost' +for MetaPost files (Section MetaPost). + +
  • `bibtex' +for BibTeX files (Section BibTeX). + +
  • `scripts' +for platform-independent executables (Section Scripts). + +
  • `doc' +for user documentation (Section Documentation). + +
  • `source' +for sources. This includes both traditional +program sources (for example, Web2C sources go in +texmf/source/web2c) and, e.g., LaTeX dtx sources (which +go in texmf/source/latex). The TDS leaves unspecified any +structure under source. + +

    source is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by +any TeX program; it should not be included in any search path. For +example, plain.tex does not belong under texmf/source, +even though it is a “source file” in the sense of not being derived +from another file. (It goes in texmf/tex/plain/base, as explained +in Section Macros). + +

  • `implementation' +for implementations (examples: +emtex, vtex, web2c), to be used for whatever +purpose deemed suitable by the implementor or TeX administrator. +That is, files that cannot be shared between implementations, such as +pool files (tex.pool) and memory dump files (plain.fmt) go +here, in addition to implementation-wide configuration files. See +Section Example implementation-specific trees for examples of +real implementation trees. + +

    Such implementation-specific configuration files should not +be located using the main TeX input search path (e.g., +TEXINPUTS). This must be reserved for files actually read by a +TeX engine. See Section Extensions. + +

  • `program' +for program-specific input and +configuration files for any TeX-related programs (examples: +mft, dvips). In fact, the tex, metafont, +metapost, and bibtex items above may all be seen as +instances of this case. + +
+ + + +
+


+Next: , +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.1 Macros

+ +

TeX macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated +by TeX format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional +TeX sense to mean a usefully \dump-able package): +

     texmf/tex/format/package/
+
+
    +
  • `format' +is a format name (examples: amstex, +latex, plain, texinfo). + +

    The TDS allows distributions that can be used as either formats or +packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at the +option of the format author or TeX administrator. We recommend that +packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the +format level: by adjusting the TeX inputs search path, +it will be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another +format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures their +use as a format. + +

    The TDS reserves the following format names: + +

      +
    • `generic', +for input files that are useful across a wide +range of formats (examples: null.tex, path.sty). +Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes of Plain +TeX and does not rely on any particular format. This is in contrast +to those files which are useful only with Plain TeX (which go under +texmf/tex/plain), e.g., testfont.tex and plain.tex +itself. + +
    • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
    + +

    Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least the +format directory and then the generic directory (in +that order). Other directories may need to be searched as well, +depending on the format. When using AMS-TeX, for example, the +amstex, plain, and generic directories should be +searched, because AMS-TeX is compatible with Plain. + +

  • `package' +is a TeX package name (examples: +babel, texdraw). + +

    In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has no +auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the +format directory, instead of +format/base. For example, Texinfo may go in +texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex, not +texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex. + +

    The TDS reserves the following package names: + +

      +
    • `base', +for the base distribution of each format, +including files used by INITEX when dumping format files. For +example, in the standard LaTeX distribution, the ltx files +created during the build process. Another example: the .ini +driver files for formats used by TeX Live and other distributions. + +
    • `hyphen', +for hyphenation patterns, including the original +American English hyphen.tex. These are typically used only by +INITEX. In most situations, this directory need exist only under the +generic format. + +
    • `images', +for image input files, such as Encapsulated +PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for these to +be under a directory named tex, TeX needs to read these +files to glean bounding box or other information. A mechanism for +sharing image inputs between TeX and other typesetting programs +(e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond the scope of the +TDS. In most situations, this directory need exist only under +the generic format. + +
    • `local', +for local additions and configuration files. See +Section Local additions. + +
    • `misc', +for packages that consist of a single file. An +administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using misc. + +
    + +
+ + + +
+


+Up: Macros +
+
+ +

3.1.1 Extensions

+ +

TeX has spawned many companion and successor programs (“engines”), +such as PDFTeX, Omega, and others. The TDS specifies +that the input files for such programs (using a TeX-like syntax) be +placed within the top-level tex directory, either at the top +level or within a format subdirectory, even though the original TeX +program may not be able to read them. For example: + +

     texmf/tex/aleph
+     texmf/tex/enctex
+
+

This is a change from TDS 1.0, which specified top-level +extension directories for each such program. We felt the +new approach is preferable, because: + +

    +
  • Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the +engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to circumstances +appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures, it may support +multiple engines. Thus, a package could conceivably be placed in any of +several top-level directories, at different times. Putting all packages +under the top-level tex directory provides a stable location over +time. + +
  • Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring +different search paths for each engine is difficult and error-prone. + +
+ +

Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused +difficulties for everyone involved—users, package authors, site +administrators, and system distributors. + +

Please contrast this approach with the implementation +top-level subdirectory (Section Top-level directories), which +is to be used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use +TeX syntax and in any case should not be found along the main TeX +input search path. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Macros, +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.2 Fonts

+ +

Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type, +and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. PK and +GF files need additional structure, as detailed in the next +section. + +

     texmf/fonts/type/supplier/typeface/
+     texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/subpath/
+
+
    +
  • `type' +is the type of font file. The TDS +reserves the following type names for common TeX file +types: + +
      +
    • `afm', +for Adobe font metrics, and inf files. +
    • `gf', +for generic font bitmap files. +
    • `opentype', +for OpenType fonts. +
    • `pk', +for packed bitmap files. +
    • `source', +for font sources (Metafont files, property lists, etc.). +
    • `tfm', +for TeX font metric files. +
    • `truetype', +for TrueType fonts. +
    • `type1', +for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in pfa, + pfb, or any other format), and pfm files. +
    • `type3', +for PostScript Type 3 fonts. +
    • `vf', +for virtual fonts. +
    + +

    The TDS also reserves the names enc, lig, and +map for font encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively. +All of these directories are structured the same way, with +syntax subdirectories, and then package +subsubdirectories. Each of these file types is intended to be searched +along its own recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files +must be unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples: +

              fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map
    +          fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map
    +          fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc
    +     
    +

    The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the enc and +map types. The afm2pl program uses lig files. + +

    pfm files are included in the type1 directory, instead of +being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1) a .pfm file +is always an adjunct to a given .pfb file; 2) they must be +installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than TeX +to use them. + +

    inf files are included in the afm directory, since +an inf and afm file can be used to generate a pfm. +(Unfortunately, Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires +that the pfb be in the same directory as afm and +inf for installation.) + +

    As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are unnecessary. +gf is a particularly likely candidate for omission. + +

  • `supplier' +is a name identifying font source +(examples: adobe, ams, public). The TDS +reserves the following supplier names: + +
      +
    • `ams', +for the American Mathematical Society's AMS-fonts +collection. + +
    • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
    • `public', +for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier +neither (1) requested their own directory (e.g., ams), nor +(2) also made proprietary fonts (e.g., adobe). It does not +contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all files therein +necessarily strictly public domain. + +
    • `tmp', +for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on +some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual. + +
    + +
  • `typeface' +is the name of a typeface family +(examples: cm, euler, times). The TDS +reserves the following typeface names: + +
      +
    • `cm' (within public), +for the 75 fonts defined in +Computers and Typesetting, Volume E. + +
    • `latex' (within public), +for those fonts distributed +with LaTeX in the base distribution. + +
    • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
    + +
+ +

Some concrete examples: +

     texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
+     texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
+     texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
+
+

For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult +Filenames for TeX fonts (see Appendix Related references). + +

+ +
+


+Next: , +Up: Fonts +
+
+ +

3.2.1 Font bitmaps

+ +

Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above +to be uniquely identifiable: (1) the type of device (i.e., mode) for +which the font was created; (2) the resolution of the bitmap. + +

Following common practice, the TDS segregates fonts with +different device types into separate directories. See modes.mf +in Appendix Related references for recommended mode names. + +

Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300dpi and +600dpi), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different +mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the TeX +system is the assumption of a single target resolution. + +

Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of +bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the +original Metafont program itself), the resolution is included in the +filename (e.g., cmr10.300pk). On systems which do not support +long filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by +resolution (e.g., dpi300/cmr10.pk). + +

Because the TDS cannot require long filenames, we must use the +latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory +levels under pk and gf: + +

     texmf/fonts/pk/mode/supplier/typeface/dpinnn/
+     texmf/fonts/gf/mode/supplier/typeface/dpinnn/
+
+
    +
  • `mode' +is a name which identifies the device type +(examples: cx, ljfour, modeless). Usually, this is +the name of the Metafont mode used to build the PK file. For fonts +rendered as bitmaps by a program that does not distinguish between +different output devices, the mode name shall be simply +modeless. The mode level shall not be omitted, +even if only a single mode happens to be in use. + +
  • `dpinnn' +specifies the resolution of the font +(examples: dpi300, dpi329). dpi stands for +dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch. We recognize that pixels per +millimeter is used in many parts of the world, but dpi is too +traditional in the TeX world to consider changing now. + +

    The integer nnn is to be calculated as if using Metafont +arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer Metafont uses in its +output gf filename. We recognize small differences in the +resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however, and +recommend implementors follow the level 0 DVI driver standard +(see Appendix Related references) in bitmap font searches by +allowing a fuzz of +-0.2% (with a minimum of 1) in the +dpi. + +

+ +

Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme, such +as long filenames (as in the original Metafont) and font library files (as +in emTeX's .fli files), provided that the basic scheme is also +supported. + +

+


+Previous: Font bitmaps, +Up: Fonts +
+
+ +

3.2.2 Valid font bitmaps

+ +

The TWG recognizes that the use of short filenames has many +disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of +dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site, +cmr10.pk will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10pt at +5–10 magnifications for 2–3 modes. (Section Duplicate filenames discusses duplicate filenames in general.) + +

To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that PK files +contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created: +at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the +font. + +

This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local modes +used for building the fonts with Metafont will automatically provide the +required information. If you have been using a local modes file derived +from (or that is simply) modes.mf (see Appendix Related references), the required information is already in your PK +files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in +modes.mf can be made to your local modes file and the PK +files rebuilt. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Fonts, +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.3 Non-font Metafont files

+ +

Most Metafont input files are font programs or parts of font programs and +are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font input +files do exist. Such files shall be stored in: + +

     texmf/metafont/package/
+
+

package is the name of a +Metafont package (for example, mfpic). + +

The TDS reserves the following package names: + +

    +
  • `base', +for the standard Metafont macro files as described in +The Metafontbook, such as plain.mf and expr.mf. + +
  • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
  • `misc', +for Metafont packages consisting of only a single file +(for example, modes.mf). An administrator or package maintainer +may create directories for single-file packages at their discretion, +instead of using misc. + +
+ +
+


+Next: , +Previous: Non-font Metafont files, +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.4 MetaPost

+ +

MetaPost is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived +from Knuth's Metafont. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated PostScript +instead of bitmaps. + +

MetaPost input files and the support files for MetaPost-related utilities +shall be stored in: + +

     texmf/metapost/package/
+
+

package is the name of a MetaPost package. At the present +writing none exist, but the TWG thought it prudent to leave room +for contributed packages that might be written in the future. + +

The TDS reserves the following package names: + +

    +
  • `base', +for the standard MetaPost macro files, such as +plain.mp, mfplain.mp, boxes.mp, and +graph.mp. This includes files used by INIMP when dumping mem +files containing preloaded macro definitions. + +
  • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
  • `misc', +for MetaPost packages consisting of only a single file. +An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using misc. + +
  • `support', +for additional input files required by MetaPost +utility programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table, +and a subdirectory containing low-level MetaPost programs for rendering +some special characters. + +
+ +
+


+Next: , +Previous: MetaPost, +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.5 BibTeX

+ +

BibTeX-related files shall be stored in: + +

     texmf/bibtex/bib/package/
+     texmf/bibtex/bst/package/
+
+

The bib directory is for BibTeX database (.bib) files, +the bst directory for style (.bst) files. + +

package is the name of a BibTeX package. The +TDS reserves the following package names (the same +names are reserved under both bib and bst): + +

    +
  • `base', +for the standard BibTeX databases and styles, such +as xampl.bib, plain.bst. + +
  • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
  • `misc', +for BibTeX packages consisting of only a single +file. An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using misc. + +
+ +
+


+Next: , +Previous: BibTeX, +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.6 Scripts

+ +

The top-level scripts directory is for platform-independent +executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class +files. Subdirectories under scripts are package names. This +eases creating distributions, by providing a common place for such +platform-independent programs. + +

The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's +command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these +executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever +executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified +by the TDS). + +

Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs, +rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is, +scripts also serves as a platform-independent analog of the +standard Unix libexec directory. + +

We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as +.pl, .py, .sh) on these files, to help uniquely +identify the name. Since the intent of the TDS is for programs +in scripts not to be invoked directly by users, this poses no +inconvenience. + +

For example, in the TeX Live distribution, the ConTeXt user-level +program texexec can exist as a small wrapper script in each +bin/platform/texexec (which is outside the +texmf tree), which merely finds and calls +texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl. + +

Examples: +

     scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl
+     scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb
+     scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl
+
+

The TDS does not specify a location for platform-dependent +binary executables, whether auxiliary or user-level. + +

+


+Previous: Scripts, +Up: Top-level directories +
+
+ +

3.7 Documentation

+ +

Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals, +example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent +files not part of any macro or other package have been created to +describe various aspects of the TeX system. + +

The TDS specifies that these additional documentation files shall +be stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the +fonts and tex directories, as follows: + +

     texmf/doc/category/...
+
+

category identifies the general topic of documentation +that resides below it; for example, a TeX format name (latex), +program name (bibtex, tex), language (french, +german), a file format (info, man), or other system +components (web, fonts). + +

One possible arrangement is to organize doc by language, with all +the other category types below that. This helps users find +documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this +nor any other particular arrangement is required, however. + +

Within each category tree for a TeX format, the +directory base is reserved for base documentation distributed by +the format's maintainers. + +

The TDS reserves the following category names: + +

    +
  • `general', +for standalone documents not specific to any +particular program (for example, Joachim Schrod's Components +of TeX). + +
  • `help', +for meta-information, such as FAQ's, +the TeX Catalogue, etc. + +
  • `info', +for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like +anything else, may also be stored outside the TDS, at the +installer's option.) + +
  • `local', +for local additions. See Section Local additions. + +
+ +

The doc directory is intended for implementation-independent and +operating system-independent documentation +files. Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as +provided for by the implementation and/or TeX administrator (for +example, VMS help files under texmf/vms/help). + +

The documentation directories may contain TeX sources, DVI +files, PostScript files, text files, example input files, or any other useful +documentation format(s). + +

See Section Documentation tree summary for a summary. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Top-level directories, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

4 Summary

+ +

A skeleton of a TDS texmf directory tree. This is not to +imply these are the only entries allowed. For example, local may +occur at any level. + +

       bibtex/           BibTeX input files
+         bib/            BibTeX databases
+           base/         base distribution (e.g., xampl.bib)
+           misc/         single-file databases
+         <package>/      name of a package
+         bst/            BibTeX style files
+           base/         base distribution (e.g., plain.bst, acm.bst)
+           misc/         single-file styles
+         <package>/      name of a package
+       doc/              see Section Documentation and the summary below
+       fonts/            font-related files
+         <type>/         file type (e.g., pk)
+           <mode>/       type of output device (for pk and gf only)
+             <supplier>/     name of a font supplier (e.g., public)
+               <typeface>/   name of a typeface (e.g., cm)
+                 dpi<nnn>/   font resolution (for pk and gf only)
+       <implementation>/ TeX implementations, by name (e.g., emtex)
+       local/            files created or modified at the local site
+       metafont/         Metafont (non-font) input files
+         base/           base distribution (e.g., plain.mf)
+         misc/           single-file packages (e.g., modes.mf)
+         <package>/      name of a package (e.g., mfpic)
+       metapost/         MetaPost input and support files
+         base/           base distribution (e.g., plain.mp)
+         misc/           single-file packages
+         <package>/      name of a package
+         support/        support files for MetaPost-related utilities
+       mft/              MFT inputs (e.g., plain.mft)
+       <program>/        TeX-related programs, by name (e.g., dvips)
+       source/           program source code by name (e.g., latex, web2c)
+       tex/              TeX input files
+         <engine>/       name of an engine (e.g., aleph); can also be lower
+         <format>/       name of a format (e.g., plain)
+           base/         base distribution for format (e.g., plain.tex)
+           misc/         single-file packages (e.g., webmac.tex)
+           local/        local additions to or local configuration files for format
+           <package>/    name of a package (e.g., graphics, mfnfss)
+         generic/        format-independent packages
+           hyphen/       hyphenation patterns (e.g., hyphen.tex)
+           images/       image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
+           misc/         single-file format-independent packages (e.g., null.tex).
+           <package>/    name of a package (e.g., babel)
+
+ + +
+


+Up: Summary +
+
+ +

4.1 Documentation tree summary

+ +

An example skeleton of a TDS directory tree under +texmf/doc. This is not to imply these are the only entries +allowed, or that this structure must be followed precisely for the +entries listed. + +

As mentioned, the texmf/doc tree may be organized by language, so +that all documentation in French, say, is in a french +subdirectory. In that case, the example structure here would be in a +given language directory. + +

       ams/
+         amsfonts/       amsfonts.faq, amfndoc
+         amslatex/       amslatex.faq, amsldoc
+         amstex/         amsguide, joyerr
+       bibtex/           BibTeX
+         base/           btxdoc.tex
+       fonts/
+         fontname/       Filenames for TeX fonts
+         oldgerm/        corkpapr
+       <format>/         name of a TeX format (e.g., generic, latex)
+         base/           for the base distribution
+         misc/           for contributed single-file package documentation
+         <package>/      for package
+       general/          across programs, generalities
+         errata/         errata, errata[1-8]
+         texcomp/        Components of TeX
+       help/             meta-information
+         ctan/           info about CTAN mirror sites
+         faq/            FAQs of comp.text.tex, etc.
+       info/             GNU Info files, made from Texinfo sources
+       latex/            example of format
+         base/           ltnews*, *guide, etc.
+         graphics/       grfguide
+       local/            site-specific documentation
+       man/              Unix man pages
+       <program>/        TeX-related programs, by name (examples follow)
+       metafont/         mfbook.tex, metafont-for-beginners, etc.
+       metapost/         mpman, manfig, etc.
+       tex/              texbook.tex, A Gentle Introduction to TeX, etc.
+       web/              webman, cwebman
+
+
+


+Next: , +Previous: Summary, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

Appendix A Unspecified pieces

+ +

The TDS cannot address the following aspects of a functioning +TeX system: + +

    + +
  1. The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent +even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may place +executables outside the texmf tree altogether (e.g., +/usr/local/bin), in a platform-dependent directory within +texmf, or elsewhere. + +
  2. Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no +way of introducing version specifiers into texmf that would do more +good than harm, or that would be practical for even a plurality of +installations. + +
  3. The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., TeX +.fmt files): by their nature, these must be left to the +implementor or TeX maintainer. See Section Example implementation-specific trees. + +
  4. Precisely when a package or file should be considered “local”, +and where such local files are installed. See Section Local additions for more discussion. + +
+ + + +
+


+Up: Unspecified pieces +
+
+ +

A.1 Portable filenames

+ +

The TDS cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in +the tree, since the names of many existing TeX files conform to no +standard scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable +TeX distribution or installation, however, we outline here the +necessary restrictions. The TDS specifications themselves are +compatible with these. + +

ISO-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format +for CD-ROMs. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of +all operating systems in use today. It specifies the following: + +

    +
  • File and directory names, not including any directory path or +extension part, may not exceed eight characters. + +
  • Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed +three characters. Directory names may not have an extension. + +
  • Names and extensions may consist of only the characters +AZ, 09, and underscore. +Lowercase letters are excluded. + +
  • A period separates the filename from the extension and is always +present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g., +FILENAME. or .EXT). + +
  • A version number, ranging from 1–32767, is appended to the file +extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., FILENAME.EXT;1). + +
  • Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level +(mounted) directory (see Section Rooting the tree). Thus, the +deepest valid ISO-9660 path is: +
              texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1
    +          1     2  3  4  5  6  7  8
    +     
    +

    The deepest TDS path needs only seven levels: +

              texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk
    +          1     2     3  4  5      6  7
    +     
    +
+ +

Some systems display a modified format of ISO-9660 names, +mapping alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and +trailing periods, etc. + +

Before the December 1996 release, LaTeX used mixed-case names for +font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to +distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Unspecified pieces, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

Appendix B Implementation issues

+ +

We believe that the TDS can bring a great deal of order to the +current anarchic state of many TeX installations. In addition, by +providing a common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of +documenting administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of +any reasonable system of true “drop-in” distribution packages for +TeX. + +

+ + + +

B.1 Adoption of the TDS

+ +

[This section is retained for historical purposes; the TDS +is now quite firmly entrenched in most TeX distributions.] + +

We recognize that adoption of the TDS will not be immediate or +universal. Most TeX administrators will not be inclined to make the +final switch until: + +

    +
  • Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the TDS. +
  • TDS-compliant versions of all key programs are available +in ported, well-tested forms. +
  • A “settling” period has taken place, to flush out problems. The +public release of the first draft of this document was the first step in +this process. +
+ +

Consequently, most of the first trials of the TDS will be made by +members of the TDS committee and/or developers of TeX-related +software. This has already taken place during the course of our +deliberations (see Appendix Related references for a sample +tree available electronically). They will certainly result in the +production of a substantial number of TDS-compliant packages. +Indeed, the teTeX and TeX Live +distributions are TDS-compliant and in use now at many sites. + +

Once installable forms of key TDS-compliant packages are more +widespread, some TeX administrators will set up TDS-compliant +trees, possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This +testing will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the +confined settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help +to resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and +other details not addressed by this TDS version. + +

After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative TeX +administrators will begin to adopt the TDS. Eventually, most +TeX sites will have adopted the common structure, and most packages +will be readily available in TDS-compliant form. + +

We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The +TDS committee spans a wide range of interests in the TeX +community. Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues +involved in defining a workable TDS definition have been covered, +often in detail. TeX developers have been consulted about +implementation issues, and have been trying out the TDS +arrangement. Thus, we hope for few surprises as implementations mature. + +

Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of TeX +CD-ROMs. These publishers are highly motivated to work out +details of TDS implementation, and their products will provide +inexpensive and convenient ways for experimentally-minded TeX +administrators to experiment with the TDS. + +

+ +

B.2 More on subdirectory searching

+ +

Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not +only of a specified directory d, but recursively of all +directories below d. + +

Since the TDS specifies precise locations for most files, with no +extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not +actually required for a TDS-compliant implementation. We do, +however, strongly recommend recursive searching as the most +user-friendly and natural approach to the problem, rather than +convoluted methods to specify paths without recursion. + +

This feature is already supported by many implementations of TeX and +companion utilities, for example DECUS TeX for VMS, +Dvips(k), emTeX (and its drivers), +PubliC TeX, Web2C, Xdvi(k), +and Y&YTeX. The Kpathsea library is a reusable +implementation of subdirectory searching for TeX, used in a number of +the above programs. + +

Even if your TeX implementation does not directly support +subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if +you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use +Computer Modern and AMS fonts, it would be feasible to store them +in the TDS layout and list the directories individually in +configuration files or environment variables. + +

The TWG recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra +burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks, +particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that +subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized TDS, +for the reasons stated in Section Subdirectory searching. +Implementors are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic +principle of subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g., +the use of a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive +directory listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a +match is found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required, +and performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories +present on the system. + +

Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently. +In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the +replaceable font. + +

    +
  • Dvips: +via a separate +TEXFONTS_SUBDIR environment variable. + +
  • emTeX: +t:\subdir!!; t:\subdir! for +a single level of searching. + +
  • Kpathsea: +texmf/subdir// + +
  • VMS: +texmf:[subdir...] + +
  • Xdvi (patchlevel 20): +texmf/subdir/**; +texmf/subdir/* for a single level of searching. Version 20.50 +and above support the // notation. + +
  • Y&Y TeX: +t:/subdir// or +t:\subdir\\. + +
+ + + +

B.3 Example implementation-specific trees

+ +

The TDS cannot specify a precise location for +implementation-specific files, such as texmf/ini, because a site +may have multiple TeX implementations. + +

Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default +locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or +corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at +your site, and may change without warning. + +

We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start +with the current directory (e.g., .). Allowing users to +include the parent directory (e.g., ..) is also helpful. + +

+ + + +

B.3.1 AmiWeb2c 2.0

+ +

(Email scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de to contact the maintainer +of this implementation.) + +

AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible +extent, so only the very few differences are described in this +section. Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in +the section for Web2c 7 below. + +

Thanks to the SELFAUTO mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific +location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the +general structure of the distribution is preserved. + +

In addition to Kpathsea's // notation recursive path search may +also be started by DEVICE:/, e.g., TeXMF:/ +will scan this specific device completely. + +

Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the +directory bin/amiweb2c/ outside the common TDS tree +share/texmf/. In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries +you will find two subdirectories local/ and pastex/ +with auxiliary programs. + +

A stripped version of the PasTeX system (used by kind permission of +Georg Heßmann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own +share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/ directory. If you want to use +PasTeX you have to assign the name TeX: to this place. + +

Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at +doc/guide/ similar to doc/info/. + +

+ +

B.3.2 Public DECUS TeX

+ +

If another VMS implementation besides Public DECUS TeX +appears, the top level implementation directory name will be modified to +something more specific (e.g., vms_decus). + +

       texmf/
+         vms/            VMS implementation specific files
+           exe/          end-user commands
+             common/     command procedures, command definition files, etc.
+             axp/        binary executables for Alpha AXP
+             vax/        binary executables for VAX
+           formats/      pool files, formats, bases
+           help/         VMS help library, and miscellaneous help sources
+           mgr/          command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management
+
+ + +

B.3.3 Web2c 7

+ +

All implementation-dependent TeX system files (.pool, +.fmt, .base, .mem) are stored by default directly +in texmf/web2c. The configuration file texmf.cnf and +various subsidiary MakeTeX... scripts used as subroutines are +also stored there. + +

Non-TeX specific files are stored following the GNU coding +standards. Given a root directory prefix +(/usr/local by default), we have default locations as follows: + +

       <prefix>/         installation root (/usr/local by default)
+         bin/            executables
+         man/            man pages
+         info/           info files
+         lib/            libraries (libkpathsea.*)
+         share/          architecture-independent files
+           texmf/        TDS root
+             web2c/      implementation-dependent files (.pool, .fmt, texmf.cnf, etc.)
+
+

See http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html for the +rationale behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of +course override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under +a single directory such as /usr/local/texmf. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Implementation issues, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

Appendix C Is there a better way?

+ +

Defining the TDS required many compromises. Both the overall +structure and the details of the individual directories were arrived at +by finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were +feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could +reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped +together in an arrangement that “made sense”). + +

Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations +lacking the necessary support: + +

    +
  • Path searching control at the TeX level. If documents could +restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable +syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames could be +relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the formats), and the +TeX search path would not need to depend on the format. + +
  • Multiple logical texmf trees. For example, a site might have +one (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable) +location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be +reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when searching. +See Michael Downes' article in the references for how this can work in +practice with Web2C. + +
+ + + + + +

C.1 Macro structure

+ +

The TWG settled on the +format/package arrangement after long +discussion about how best to arrange the files. + +

The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which reversed +the order of these directories: +package/format. This reversed +arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files related to a +particular package in a single place. The arrangement actually adopted +tends to spread files out into two or three places (macros, +documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into different +sections of the tree right at the top level). + +

Nevertheless, the format/package +structure won for a couple of reasons: + +

    +
  • It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the +TWG have already implemented the TDS hierarchy. The +alternative is not in use at any known site, and the TWG felt it +wrong to mandate something with which there is no practical experience. + +
  • The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level +directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory +searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have a +profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching. + +
+ + + +

C.2 Font structure

+ +

The TWG struggled more with the font directory structure than +anything else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation +of PostScript fonts with TeX is what made the previous arrangement +with all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what +initiated the TDS effort. + +

+ + + +

C.2.1 Font file type location

+ +

We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites: + +

     texmf/fonts/supplier/typeface/type/
+
+

This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files +comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the +programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are +serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a +TFM file, the simplest implementation would require TeX to +search through all the directories that contain PK files in all +modes and at all resolutions. + +

In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to +implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was +abandoned. The TDS arrangement allows the search tree to be +restricted to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about +efficiency remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without +abandoning subdirectory searching entirely. + +

We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by file +type, so that Metafont sources would be in a directory +texmf/fonts/mf, property list files in texmf/fonts/pl, the +various forms of Type 1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more +blindly consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path +constructions outweighed this. The TDS merges file types +(mf and pl under source, pfa and pfb +and gsf under type1) where we felt this was beneficial. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Font file type location, +Up: Font structure +
+
+ +

C.2.2 Mode and resolution location

+ +

We considered having the mode at the bottom of the font tree: +

     texmf/fonts/pk/supplier/typeface/mode/dpi/
+
+

In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory searching +to the mode required for a particular device. + +

We then considered moving the dpinnn up to below +the mode: +

     texmf/fonts/pk/mode/dpi/supplier/typeface/
+
+

But then it is not feasible to omit the dpinnn +level altogether on systems which can and do choose to use long +filenames. + +

+ +

C.2.3 Modeless bitmaps

+ +

The TDS specifies using a single directory modeless/ as +the mode name for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g., +texmf/fonts/modeless/times/. This has the considerable advantage +of not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path. + +

An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such +directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating, +say, gsftopk-generated bitmaps from ps2pk-generated ones. +However, we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one +program for the purpose. Also, PK and GF fonts generally +identify their creator in the font comment following the PK_ID +byte. + +

We are making an implicit assumption that Metafont is the only program +producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we could add an +abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in mfcx vs. +xyzcx for a hypothetical program Xyz, or we could +at that time add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree. +It seemed more important to concisely represent the current situation +than to worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never happen. + +

+


+Previous: Font structure, +Up: Is there a better way? +
+
+ +

C.3 Documentation structure

+ +

We considered placing additional documentation files in the same +directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users +should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most +users have no interest in sources. + +

We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation would +(1) keep the documentation together and (2) make it as straightforward +as possible for users to find the particular documentation they were +after. + +

+


+Next: , +Previous: Is there a better way?, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

Appendix D Related references

+ +

This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For +CTAN references, we use http://www.ctan.org as the +top-level domain only to make the links be live in this document. See +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites for a complete list of +CTAN sites; there are mirrors worldwide. + +

+ +
+


+Previous: Related references, +Up: Top +
+
+ +

Appendix E Contributors

+ +

The TWG has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the +communication medium. + +

Sebastian Rahtz is the TeX Users Group Technical Council liaison. +Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the +current editor. + +

The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as some +would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the archives of +the tds@tug.org and tex-live@tug.org mailing lists as +the record of contributions. + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bb2a2a46d30 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb7f30f13cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# $Id: tds.sed,v 1.2 2004/06/04 17:11:34 karl Exp $ +# Written by Ulrik Vieth and Karl Berry. +# Public domain. +# +# Things that are too hard to do in Elisp. Run after tds2texi-convert. + +# Indentation blocks in tdsSummary environments. +s/ \./ /g + +# References that are too hard to convert automatically. +s/Table, ref{tab:summary}/@pxref{Summary},/ + +/^Copyright.*Group/a\ +This is version @value{version}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55c1b4ddcc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1585 @@ +%&latex +% $Id: tds.tex,v 1.43 2004/06/23 17:24:42 karl Exp $ +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} % compatibility with 2.09 is too painful +\documentclass{tdsguide} + +\tdsVersion{1.1} + +\title{A Directory Structure for \TeX{} Files} +\author{TUG Working Group on a \TeX{} Directory Structure (TWG-TDS)} + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\begin{legalnotice} + +Copyright {\copyright} 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 +\TeX{} Users Group. + +Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document \emphasis{without +modification} for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided ``as +is'' without expressed or implied warranty. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +modifications are clearly marked and the document is not represented as +the official one. + +This document is available on any \abbr{ctan} host +(see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}). +Please send questions or suggestions by email to +\email|tds@tug.org|. We welcome all comments. This is version +\the\tdsVersion. + +\end{legalnotice} + + +\tableofcontents + + +\newpage +\section{Introduction} + +\TeX{} is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people +around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all +operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of \TeX{}'s flexibility, +however, is that there has been no single ``right'' way to install it. +This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements. + +The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard \TeX{} +Directory Structure (\abbr{TDS}): a directory hierarchy for macros, +fonts, and the other implementation-independent \TeX{} system files. As +a matter of practicality, this document also suggests ways to +incorporate the rest of the \TeX{} files into a single structure. The +\abbr{TDS} has been designed to work on all modern systems. In +particular, the Technical Working Group (\abbr{TWG}) believes it is usable +under Mac\abbr{OS}, \abbr{ms-dos}, \abbr{os/2}, Unix, \abbr{vms}, and +Windows \abbr{nt}\@. We hope that administrators and developers of both +free and commercial \TeX{} implementations will adopt this standard. + +This document is intended both for the \TeX{} system administrator at a +site and for people preparing \TeX{} distributions---everything from a +complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also +help \TeX{} users find their way around systems organized this way. It +is not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of +a working \TeX{} system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs +or file formats we refer to, consult the references in +Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}. + + +\subsection{History} + +Version 1.0 of the \abbr{TDS} was released in February 2003. + +Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following non-editorial +changes: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item Inputs for \TeX{} extensions included under \path|tex|, instead + of in their own top-level directories (Section~\ref{sec:Extensions}) +\item New top-level directory \path|scripts| (Section~\ref{sec:Scripts}). +\item New subdirectories \path|lig|, \path|opentype|, + \path|truetype|, and \path|type3| under \path|fonts| + (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). +\item \path|enc|, \path|lig|, and \path|map| all use + \replaceable{syntax}\path|/|\replaceable{package} subdirectories + (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). +\item \path|pfm| files specified to go under \path|type1|, and + \path|inf| files under \path|afm| (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). +\end{itemize-squeeze} + + +\subsection{The role of the \abbr{TDS}} + +The role of the \abbr{TDS} is to stabilize the organization of +\TeX{}-related software packages that are installed and in use, possibly +on multiple platforms simultaneously. + +At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive +Network (\abbr{ctan}) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is +not the case. The role of \abbr{ctan} is to simplify archiving and +distribution, not installation and use. + +In fact, the roles of the \abbr{TDS} and \abbr{ctan} are frequently in +conflict, as we will see. For distribution, many different types of +files must be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to +segregate files (even similar files) from a single package into +separate, occasionally distant, directories. + + +\subsection{Conventions} + +In this document, ``\path|/|'' is used to separate filename components; +for example, \path|texmf/fonts|. This is the Unix convention but the +ideas are in no way Unix-specific. + +In this document, ``\TeX{}'' generally means the \TeX{} system, including +\MF{}, \abbr{DVI} drivers, utilities, etc., not just the \TeX{} +program itself. + +The word ``package'' in this document has its usual meaning: a set of +related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is +\emphasis{not} a \LaTeXe{} package, which is a style file supplementing +a document class. + +We use the following typographic conventions: + +\begin{description} + +\item[\literal{literal}] Literal text such as \literal{filename} is +typeset in typewriter type. + +\item[\replaceable{replaceable}] Replaceable text such as +\replaceable{package}, identifying a class of things, is typeset in +italics inside angle brackets. + +\end{description} + + +\section{General} + +This section describes common properties throughout the \abbr{TDS} tree. + +\subsection{Subdirectory searching} +\label{sec:Subdirectory searching} + +Older \TeX{} installations store large numbers of related files in single +directories, for example, all \path|TFM| files and\slash or all \TeX{} +input files. + +This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a \TeX{} system: it +is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what +files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files +should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error +if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name. + +Therefore, the \abbr{TWG} felt each package should be in a separate +directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to +be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of +packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would +produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the +available space on some systems. + +Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or removing a +new package would mean changing a path as well as installing or removing +the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and error-prone +operation, even with implementations that provide some way to specify +the directories to search at runtime. On systems without runtime +configuration, it would require recompiling software, an intolerable +burden. + +As a result, the \abbr{TWG} concluded that a comprehensive \abbr{TDS} +requires implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory +searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to +specify that \TeX{}, \MF{}, and their companion utilities search in both +a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that +directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory +searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be +provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching +at the option of the installer and user for all paths. + +The \abbr{TDS} does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive +searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability +(see Section~\ref{sec:More on subdirectory searching}). + + +\subsection{Rooting the tree} +\label{sec:Rooting the tree} + +In this document, we shall designate the root \abbr{TDS} directory by +`\texmf{}' (for ``\TeX{} and \MF{}''). We recommend using that name +where possible, but the actual name of the directory is up to the +installer. On \abbr{pc} networks, for example, this could map to a +logical drive specification such as \path|T:|. + +Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is +site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix +systems, \path|/usr/local/share|, \path|/usr/local|, +\path|/usr/local/lib|, and \path|/opt| are common choices. + +The name \texmf{} was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact +that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire \TeX{} system +(including \MF{}, \MP{}, \BibTeX{}, etc.), not just \TeX{} itself; and it +is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular +implementation. + +A site may choose to have more than one \abbr{TDS} hierarchy installed +(for example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate. + + +\subsection{Local additions} +\label{sec:Local additions} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a +``local addition''. Each site must determine this according to its own +conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider +``nonlocal'' all files not acquired as part of the installed \TeX{} +distribution; another site might consider ``local'' only those files +that were actually developed at the local site and not distributed +elsewhere. + +We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed +\texmf{} tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ +both simultaneously: + +\begin{enumerate} + +\item A completely separate tree which is a \abbr{TDS} structure +itself; for example, \path|/usr/local/umbtex| at the University of +Massachusetts at Boston. This is another example of the multiple +\texmf{} hierarchies mentioned in the previous section. + +\item A directory named `\path|local|' at any appropriate level, for +example, in the \replaceable{format}, \replaceable{package}, and +\replaceable{supplier} directories discussed in the following sections. +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the directory name \path|local| for this +purpose. + +We recommend using \path|local| for site-adapted configuration files, +such as \path|language.dat| for the Babel package or \path|graphics.cfg| +for the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a package +should remain in the package directory. The intent is to separate +locally modified or created files from distribution files, to ease +installing new releases. + +\end{enumerate} + +One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files, e.g., +\abbr{PK} fonts by the \path|mktexpk| script (which originated in +\application{Dvips} as \path|MakeTeXPK|). A site may store the +generated files directly in any of: +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item their standard location in the main \abbr{TDS} tree (if it can be +made globally writable); + +\item an alternative location in the main \abbr{TDS} tree (for +example, under \path|texmf/fonts/tmp|); + +\item a second complete \abbr{TDS} tree (as outlined above); + +\item any other convenient directory (perhaps under +\path|/var|, for example \path|/var/spool/fonts|). + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +No one solution will be appropriate for all sites. + + +\subsection{Duplicate filenames} +\label{sec:Duplicate filenames} + +Different files by the same name may exist in a \abbr{TDS} tree. The +\abbr{TDS} generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same +name in a search path will be found, so generally the only way to +reliably find a given file is for it to have a unique name. However, +the \abbr{TDS} requires implementations to support the following +exceptions: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Names of \TeX{} input files must be unique within each first-level +subdirectory of \path|texmf/tex| and \path|texmf/tex/generic|, but not +within all of \path|texmf/tex|; i.e., different \TeX{} formats may have +files by the same name. (Section~\ref{sec:Macros} discusses this +further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification, such +as a recursive search beginning at \path|texmf/tex| specifying no other +directories, suffices. So implementations must provide format-dependent +path specifications, for example via wrapper scripts or configuration +files. + +\item Many font files will have the same name (e.g., \path|cmr10.pk|), +as discussed in Section~\ref{sec:Valid font bitmaps}. Implementations +must distinguish these files by mode and resolution. + +\end{itemize} + +All implementations we know of already have these capabilities. + +One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an exception: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Names of \MF{} input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be unique +within all of \path|texmf/fonts|. In practice, this is a problem with +some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly modified files +named \path|punct.mf|, \path|romanl.mf|, and so on. We believe the only +feasible solution is to rename the derivative files to be +unique. + +\end{itemize} + + +\section{Top-level directories} +\label{sec:Top-level directories} + +The directories under the \texmf{} root identify the major components of +a \TeX{} system (see Section~\ref{sec:Summary} for a summary). A site +may omit any unneeded directories. + +Although the \abbr{TDS} by its nature can specify precise locations only +for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may +well wish to place other files under \texmf{} to simplify administration +of the \TeX{} tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than +the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories +may be present. + +The top-level directories specified by the \abbr{TDS} are: + +\begin{description} +\item[\path|tex|] +for \TeX{} files (Section~\ref{sec:Macros}). + +\item[\path|fonts|] +for font-related files (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}). + +\item[\path|metafont|] +for \MF{} files which are not fonts (Section~\ref{sec:Non-font MF files}). + +\item[\path|metapost|] +for \MP{} files (Section~\ref{sec:MetaPost}). + +\item[\path|bibtex|] +for \BibTeX{} files (Section~\ref{sec:BibTeX}). + +\item[\path|scripts|] +for platform-independent executables (Section~\ref{sec:Scripts}). + +\item[\path|doc|] +for user documentation (Section~\ref{sec:Documentation}). + +\item[\path|source|] for sources. This includes both traditional +program sources (for example, \application{Web2C} sources go in +\path|texmf/source/web2c|) and, e.g., \LaTeX{} \path|dtx| sources (which +go in \path|texmf/source/latex|). The \abbr{TDS} leaves unspecified any +structure under \path|source|. + +\path|source| is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by +any \TeX{} program; it should not be included in any search path. For +example, \path|plain.tex| does not belong under \path|texmf/source|, +even though it is a ``source file'' in the sense of not being derived +from another file. (It goes in \path|texmf/tex/plain/base|, as explained +in Section~\ref{sec:Macros}). + +\item[\replaceable{implementation}] for implementations (examples: +\path|emtex|, \path|vtex|, \path|web2c|), to be used for whatever +purpose deemed suitable by the implementor or \TeX{} administrator. +That is, files that cannot be shared between implementations, such as +pool files (\path|tex.pool|) and memory dump files (\path|plain.fmt|) go +here, in addition to implementation-wide configuration files. See +Section~\ref{sec:Example implementation-specific trees} for examples of +real \replaceable{implementation} trees. + +Such implementation-specific configuration files should \emphasis{not} +be located using the main \TeX{} input search path (e.g., +\path|TEXINPUTS|). This must be reserved for files actually read by a +\TeX{} engine. See Section~\ref{sec:Extensions}. + +\item[\replaceable{program}] for program-specific input and +configuration files for any \TeX{}-related programs (examples: +\path|mft|, \path|dvips|). In fact, the \path|tex|, \path|metafont|, +\path|metapost|, and \path|bibtex| items above may all be seen as +instances of this case. + +\end{description} + + +\subsection{Macros} +\label{sec:Macros} + +\TeX{} macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated +by \TeX{} format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional +\TeX{} sense to mean a usefully \path|\dump|-able package): +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/tex/\replaceable{format}/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\replaceable{format}] is a format name (examples: \path|amstex|, +\path|latex|, \path|plain|, \path|texinfo|). + +The \abbr{TDS} allows distributions that can be used as either formats or +packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at the +option of the format author or \TeX{} administrator. We recommend that +packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the +\replaceable{format} level: by adjusting the \TeX{} inputs search path, +it will be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another +format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures their +use as a format. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{format} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|generic|, for input files that are useful across a wide +range of formats (examples: \path|null.tex|, \path|path.sty|). +Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes of Plain +\TeX{} and does not rely on any particular format. This is in contrast +to those files which are useful only with Plain \TeX{} (which go under +\path|texmf/tex/plain|), e.g., \path|testfont.tex| and \path|plain.tex| +itself. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\end{itemize} + +Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least the +\replaceable{format} directory and then the \path|generic| directory (in +that order). Other directories may need to be searched as well, +depending on the format. When using \AMSTeX{}, for example, the +\path|amstex|, \path|plain|, and \path|generic| directories should be +searched, because \AMSTeX{} is compatible with Plain. + +\item[\replaceable{package}] is a \TeX{} package name (examples: +\path|babel|, \path|texdraw|). + +In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has no +auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the +\replaceable{format} directory, instead of +\replaceable{format}\path|/base|. For example, Texinfo may go in +\path|texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex|, not +\path|texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex|. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the base distribution of each format, +including files used by \iniTeX{} when dumping format files. For +example, in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, the \path|ltx| files +created during the build process. Another example: the \path|.ini| +driver files for formats used by \TeX{} Live and other distributions. + +\item \path|hyphen|, for hyphenation patterns, including the original +American English \path|hyphen.tex|. These are typically used only by +\iniTeX{}. In most situations, this directory need exist only under the +\literal{generic} format. + +\item \path|images|, for image input files, such as Encapsulated +PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for these to +be under a directory named ``\path|tex|'', \TeX{} needs to read these +files to glean bounding box or other information. A mechanism for +sharing image inputs between \TeX{} and other typesetting programs +(e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond the scope of the +\abbr{TDS}\@. In most situations, this directory need exist only under +the \literal{generic} format. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions and configuration files. See +Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for packages that consist of a single file. An +administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|. + +\end{itemize} + +\end{description} + + +\subsubsection{Extensions} +\label{sec:Extensions} + +\TeX{} has spawned many companion and successor programs (``engines''), +such as \abbr{PDF}\TeX{}, Omega, and others. The \abbr{TDS} specifies +that the input files for such programs (using a \TeX{}-like syntax) be +placed within the top-level \path|tex| directory, either at the top +level or within a format subdirectory, even though the original \TeX{} +program may not be able to read them. For example: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/tex/aleph +texmf/tex/enctex +\end{ttdisplay} + +This is a change from \abbr{TDS}~1.0, which specified top-level +\replaceable{extension} directories for each such program. We felt the +new approach is preferable, because: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the +engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to circumstances +appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures, it may support +multiple engines. Thus, a package could conceivably be placed in any of +several top-level directories, at different times. Putting all packages +under the top-level \path|tex| directory provides a stable location over +time. + +\item Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring +different search paths for each engine is difficult and error-prone. + +\end{itemize} + +Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused +difficulties for everyone involved---users, package authors, site +administrators, and system distributors. + +Please contrast this approach with the \replaceable{implementation} +top-level subdirectory (Section~\ref{sec:Top-level directories}), which +is to be used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use +\TeX{} syntax and in any case should not be found along the main \TeX{} +input search path. + + +\subsection{Fonts} +\label{sec:Fonts} + +Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type, +and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. \abbr{PK} and +\abbr{GF} files need additional structure, as detailed in the next +section. + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/\replaceable{type}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/ +texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/\replaceable{subpath}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\replaceable{type}] is the type of font file. The \abbr{TDS} +reserves the following \replaceable{type} names for common \TeX{} file +types: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item \path|afm|, for Adobe font metrics, and \path|inf| files. +\item \path|gf|, for generic font bitmap files. +\item \path|opentype|, for OpenType fonts. +\item \path|pk|, for packed bitmap files. +\item \path|source|, for font sources (\MF{} files, property lists, etc.). +\item \path|tfm|, for \TeX{} font metric files. +\item \path|truetype|, for TrueType fonts. +\item \path|type1|, for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in \path|pfa|, + \path|pfb|, or any other format), and \path|pfm| files. +\item \path|type3|, for PostScript Type 3 fonts. +\item \path|vf|, for virtual fonts. +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +The \abbr{TDS} also reserves the names \path|enc|, \path|lig|, and +\path|map| for font encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively. +All of these directories are structured the same way, with +\replaceable{syntax} subdirectories, and then \replaceable{package} +subsubdirectories. Each of these file types is intended to be searched +along its own recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files +must be unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples: +\begin{ttdisplay} +fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map +fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map +fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc +\end{ttdisplay} + +The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the \path|enc| and +\path|map| types. The \path|afm2pl| program uses \path|lig| files. + +\path|pfm| files are included in the \path|type1| directory, instead of +being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1)~a \path|.pfm| file +is always an adjunct to a given \path|.pfb| file; 2)~they must be +installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than \TeX{} +to use them. + +\path|inf| files are included in the \path|afm| directory, since +an \path|inf| and \path|afm| file can be used to generate a \path|pfm|. +(Unfortunately, Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires +that the \path|pfb| be in the same directory as \path|afm| and +\path|inf| for installation.) + +As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are unnecessary. +\path|gf| is a particularly likely candidate for omission. + +\item[\replaceable{supplier}] is a name identifying font source +(examples: \path|adobe|, \path|ams|, \path|public|). The \abbr{TDS} +reserves the following \replaceable{supplier} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|ams|, for the American Mathematical Society's \AmS{}-fonts +collection. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\item \path|public|, for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier +neither (1)~requested their own directory (e.g., \path|ams|), nor +(2)~also made proprietary fonts (e.g., \path|adobe|). It does not +contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all files therein +necessarily strictly public domain. + +\item \path|tmp|, for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on +some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual. + +\end{itemize} + + +\item[\replaceable{typeface}] is the name of a typeface family +(examples: \path|cm|, \path|euler|, \path|times|). The \abbr{TDS} +reserves the following \replaceable{typeface} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|cm| (within \path|public|), for the 75 fonts defined in +\citetitle{Computers and Typesetting, Volume~E}. + +\item \path|latex| (within \path|public|), for those fonts distributed +with \LaTeX{} in the base distribution. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\end{itemize} + +\end{description} + +Some concrete examples: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf +texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm +texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa +\end{ttdisplay} + +For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult +\citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts} (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related +references}). + +\subsubsection{Font bitmaps} + +Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above +to be uniquely identifiable: (1)~the type of device (i.e., mode) for +which the font was created; (2)~the resolution of the bitmap. + +Following common practice, the \abbr{TDS} segregates fonts with +different device types into separate directories. See \path|modes.mf| +in Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references} for recommended mode names. + +Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300\,dpi and +600\,dpi), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different +mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the \TeX{} +system is the assumption of a single target resolution. + +Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of +bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the +original \MF{} program itself), the resolution is included in the +filename (e.g., \path|cmr10.300pk|). On systems which do not support +long filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by +resolution (e.g., \path|dpi300/cmr10.pk|). + +Because the \abbr{TDS} cannot require long filenames, we must use the +latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory +levels under \path|pk| and \path|gf|: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/dpi\replaceable{nnn}/ +texmf/fonts/gf/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/dpi\replaceable{nnn}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\begin{description} + +\item[\replaceable{mode}] is a name which identifies the device type +(examples: \path|cx|, \path|ljfour|, \path|modeless|). Usually, this is +the name of the \MF{} mode used to build the \abbr{PK} file. For fonts +rendered as bitmaps by a program that does not distinguish between +different output devices, the \replaceable{mode} name shall be simply +\path|modeless|. The \replaceable{mode} level shall not be omitted, +even if only a single mode happens to be in use. + +\item[\path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn}] specifies the resolution of the font +(examples: \path|dpi300|, \path|dpi329|). `\literal{dpi}' stands for +dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch. We recognize that pixels per +millimeter is used in many parts of the world, but dpi is too +traditional in the \TeX{} world to consider changing now. + +The integer \replaceable{nnn} is to be calculated as if using \MF{} +arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer \MF{} uses in its +output \path|gf| filename. We recognize small differences in the +resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however, and +recommend implementors follow the level~0 \abbr{DVI} driver standard +(see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}) in bitmap font searches by +allowing a fuzz of $\pm0.2$\% (with a minimum of $1$) in the +\replaceable{dpi}. + +\end{description} + +Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme, such +as long filenames (as in the original \MF{}) and font library files (as +in em\TeX{}'s \path|.fli| files), provided that the basic scheme is also +supported. + +\subsubsection{Valid font bitmaps} +\label{sec:Valid font bitmaps} + +The \abbr{TWG} recognizes that the use of short filenames has many +disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of +dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site, +\path|cmr10.pk| will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10\,pt at +5--10 magnifications for 2--3 modes. (Section~\ref{sec:Duplicate +filenames} discusses duplicate filenames in general.) + +To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that \abbr{PK} files +contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created: +at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the +font. + +This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local modes +used for building the fonts with \MF{} will automatically provide the +required information. If you have been using a local modes file derived +from (or that is simply) \path|modes.mf| (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related +references}), the required information is already in your \abbr{PK} +files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in +\path|modes.mf| can be made to your local modes file and the \abbr{PK} +files rebuilt. + + +\subsection{Non-font \MF{} files} +\label{sec:Non-font MF files} + +Most \MF{} input files are font programs or parts of font programs and +are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font input +files do exist. Such files shall be stored in: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/metafont/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\replaceable{package} is the name of a +\MF{} package (for example, \path|mfpic|). + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the standard \MF{} macro files as described in +\citetitle{The \MF{}book}, such as \path|plain.mf| and \path|expr.mf|. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for \MF{} packages consisting of only a single file +(for example, \path|modes.mf|). An administrator or package maintainer +may create directories for single-file packages at their discretion, +instead of using \path|misc|. + +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{\MP{}} +\label{sec:MetaPost} + +\MP{} is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived +from Knuth's \MF{}. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated \PS{} +instead of bitmaps. + +\MP{} input files and the support files for \MP{}-related utilities +shall be stored in: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/metapost/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +\replaceable{package} is the name of a \MP{} package. At the present +writing none exist, but the \abbr{TWG} thought it prudent to leave room +for contributed packages that might be written in the future. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the standard \MP{} macro files, such as +\path|plain.mp|, \path|mfplain.mp|, \path|boxes.mp|, and +\path|graph.mp|. This includes files used by \iniMP{} when dumping mem +files containing preloaded macro definitions. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for \MP{} packages consisting of only a single file. +An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|. + +\item \path|support|, for additional input files required by \MP{} +utility programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table, +and a subdirectory containing low-level \MP{} programs for rendering +some special characters. + +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{\BibTeX{}} +\label{sec:BibTeX} + +\BibTeX{}-related files shall be stored in: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/bibtex/bib/\replaceable{package}/ +texmf/bibtex/bst/\replaceable{package}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +The \path|bib| directory is for \BibTeX{} database (\path|.bib|) files, +the \path|bst| directory for style (\path|.bst|) files. + +\replaceable{package} is the name of a \BibTeX{} package. The +\abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names (the same +names are reserved under both \path|bib| and \path|bst|): + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|base|, for the standard \BibTeX{} databases and styles, such +as \path|xampl.bib|, \path|plain.bst|. + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\item \path|misc|, for \BibTeX{} packages consisting of only a single +file. An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for +single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|. + +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{Scripts} +\label{sec:Scripts} + +The top-level \path|scripts| directory is for platform-independent +executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class +files. Subdirectories under \path|scripts| are package names. This +eases creating distributions, by providing a common place for such +platform-independent programs. + +The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's +command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these +executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever +executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified +by the \abbr{TDS}). + +Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs, +rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is, +\path|scripts| also serves as a platform-independent analog of the +standard Unix \path|libexec| directory. + +We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as +\path|.pl|, \path|.py|, \path|.sh|) on these files, to help uniquely +identify the name. Since the intent of the \abbr{TDS} is for programs +in \path|scripts| not to be invoked directly by users, this poses no +inconvenience. + +For example, in the \TeX{} Live distribution, the Con\TeX{}t user-level +program \path|texexec| can exist as a small wrapper script in each +\path|bin/|\replaceable{platform}\path|/texexec| (which is outside the +\path|texmf| tree), which merely finds and calls +\path|texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl|. + +Examples: +\begin{ttdisplay} +scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl +scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb +scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl +\end{ttdisplay} + +The \abbr{TDS} does not specify a location for platform-dependent +binary executables, whether auxiliary or user-level. + + +\subsection{Documentation} +\label{sec:Documentation} + +Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals, +example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent +files not part of any macro or other package have been created to +describe various aspects of the \TeX{} system. + +The \abbr{TDS} specifies that these additional documentation files shall +be stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the +\path|fonts| and \path|tex| directories, as follows: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/doc/\replaceable{category}/... +\end{ttdisplay} + +\replaceable{category} identifies the general topic of documentation +that resides below it; for example, a \TeX{} format name (\path|latex|), +program name (\path|bibtex|, \path|tex|), language (\path|french|, +\path|german|), a file format (\path|info|, \path|man|), or other system +components (\path|web|, \path|fonts|). + +One possible arrangement is to organize \path|doc| by language, with all +the other category types below that. This helps users find +documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this +nor any other particular arrangement is required, however. + +Within each \replaceable{category} tree for a \TeX{} format, the +directory \path|base| is reserved for base documentation distributed by +the format's maintainers. + +The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following category names: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item \path|general|, for standalone documents not specific to any +particular program (for example, Joachim Schrod's \citetitle{Components +of \TeX{}}). + +\item \path|help|, for meta-information, such as \abbr{faq}'s, +the \TeX{} Catalogue, etc. + +\item \path|info|, for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like +anything else, may also be stored outside the \abbr{TDS}, at the +installer's option.) + +\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions}. + +\end{itemize} + +The \path|doc| directory is intended for implementation-independent and +operating system-independent documentation +files. Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as +provided for by the implementation and/or \TeX{} administrator (for +example, \abbr{VMS} help files under \path|texmf/vms/help|). + +The documentation directories may contain \TeX{} sources, \abbr{DVI} +files, \PS{} files, text files, example input files, or any other useful +documentation format(s). + +See Section~\ref{sec:Documentation tree summary} for a summary. + + +\newpage +\section{Summary} +\label{sec:Summary} + +A skeleton of a \abbr{TDS} \texmf{} directory tree. This is not to +imply these are the only entries allowed. For example, \path|local| may +occur at any level. + +\begin{tdsSummary} + bibtex/ \BibTeX{} input files + . bib/ \BibTeX{} databases + . . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|xampl.bib|) + . . misc/ single-file databases + . / name of a package + . bst/ \BibTeX{} style files + . . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.bst|, \path|acm.bst|) + . . misc/ single-file styles + . / name of a package + doc/ see Section~\ref{sec:Documentation} and the summary below + fonts/ font-related files + . / file type (e.g., \path|pk|) + . . / type of output device (for \path|pk| and \path|gf| only) + . . . / name of a font supplier (e.g., \path|public|) + . . . . / name of a typeface (e.g., \path|cm|) + . . . . . dpi/ font resolution (for \path|pk| and \path|gf| only) + / \TeX{} implementations, by name (e.g., \path|emtex|) + local/ files created or modified at the local site + metafont/ \MF{} (non-font) input files + . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.mf|) + . misc/ single-file packages (e.g., \path|modes.mf|) + . / name of a package (e.g., \path|mfpic|) + metapost/ \MP{} input and support files + . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.mp|) + . misc/ single-file packages + . / name of a package + . support/ support files for \MP{}-related utilities + mft/ \path|MFT| inputs (e.g., \path|plain.mft|) + / \TeX{}-related programs, by name (e.g., \path|dvips|) + source/ program source code by name (e.g., \path|latex|, \path|web2c|) + tex/ \TeX{} input files + . / name of an engine (e.g., \path|aleph|); can also be lower + . / name of a format (e.g., \path|plain|) + . . base/ base distribution for format (e.g., \path|plain.tex|) + . . misc/ single-file packages (e.g., \path|webmac.tex|) + . . local/ local additions to or local configuration files for \replaceable{format} + . . / name of a package (e.g., \path|graphics|, \path|mfnfss|) + . generic/ format-independent packages + . . hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., \path|hyphen.tex|) + . . images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript) + . . misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., \path|null.tex|). + . . / name of a package (e.g., \path|babel|) +\end{tdsSummary} + + +\newpage +\subsection{Documentation tree summary} +\label{sec:Documentation tree summary} + +An example skeleton of a \abbr{TDS} directory tree under +\path|texmf/doc|. This is not to imply these are the only entries +allowed, or that this structure must be followed precisely for the +entries listed. + +As mentioned, the \path|texmf/doc| tree may be organized by language, so +that all documentation in French, say, is in a \path|french| +subdirectory. In that case, the example structure here would be in a +given language directory. + +\begin{tdsSummary} + ams/ + . amsfonts/ \path|amsfonts.faq|, \path|amfndoc| + . amslatex/ \path|amslatex.faq|, \path|amsldoc| + . amstex/ \path|amsguide|, \path|joyerr| + bibtex/ \BibTeX{} + . base/ \path|btxdoc.tex| + fonts/ + . fontname/ \citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts} + . oldgerm/ \path|corkpapr| + / name of a \TeX{} format (e.g., \path|generic|, \path|latex|) + . base/ for the base distribution + . misc/ for contributed single-file package documentation + . / for \emphasis{package} + general/ across programs, generalities + . errata/ \path|errata|, \path|errata[1-8]| + . texcomp/ \citetitle{Components of \TeX{}} + help/ meta-information + . ctan/ info about \abbr{ctan} mirror sites + . faq/ \abbr{faq}s of \path|comp.text.tex|, etc. + info/ \abbr{gnu} Info files, made from Texinfo sources + latex/ example of \replaceable{format} + . base/ \path|ltnews*|, \path|*guide|, etc. + . graphics/ \path|grfguide| + local/ site-specific documentation + man/ Unix man pages + / \TeX{}-related programs, by name (examples follow) + metafont/ \path|mfbook.tex|, \path|metafont-for-beginners|, etc. + metapost/ \path|mpman|, \path|manfig|, etc. + tex/ \path|texbook.tex|, \citetitle{A Gentle Introduction to \TeX{}}, etc. + web/ \path|webman|, \path|cwebman| +\end{tdsSummary} + + +\newpage +\appendix + +\section{Unspecified pieces} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot address the following aspects of a functioning +\TeX{} system: + +\begin{enumerate} + +\item The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent +even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may place +executables outside the \texmf{} tree altogether (e.g., +\path|/usr/local/bin|), in a platform-dependent directory within +\texmf{}, or elsewhere. + +\item Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no +way of introducing version specifiers into \texmf{} that would do more +good than harm, or that would be practical for even a plurality of +installations. + +\item The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., \TeX{} +\path|.fmt| files): by their nature, these must be left to the +implementor or \TeX{} maintainer. See Section~\ref{sec:Example +implementation-specific trees}. + +\item Precisely when a package or file should be considered ``local'', +and where such local files are installed. See Section~\ref{sec:Local +additions} for more discussion. + +\end{enumerate} + + +\subsection{Portable filenames} +\label{sec:Portable filenames} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in +the tree, since the names of many existing \TeX{} files conform to no +standard scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable +\TeX{} distribution or installation, however, we outline here the +necessary restrictions. The \abbr{TDS} specifications themselves are +compatible with these. + +\abbr{ISO}-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format +for \abbr{CD-ROM}s. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of +all operating systems in use today. It specifies the following: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} + +\item File and directory names, not including any directory path or +extension part, may not exceed eight characters. + +\item Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed +three characters. Directory names may not have an extension. + +\item Names and extensions may consist of \emphasis{only} the characters +\literal{A}--\literal{Z}, \literal{0}--\literal{9}, and underscore. +Lowercase letters are excluded. + +\item A period separates the filename from the extension and is always +present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g., +\path|FILENAME.| or \path|.EXT|). + +\item A version number, ranging from 1--32767, is appended to the file +extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., \path|FILENAME.EXT;1|). + +\item Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level +(mounted) directory (see Section~\ref{sec:Rooting the tree}). Thus, the +deepest valid \abbr{ISO}-9660 path is: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1 +1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +\end{ttdisplay} +The deepest \abbr{TDS} path needs only seven levels: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk +1 2 3 4 5 6 7 +\end{ttdisplay} + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +Some systems display a modified format of \abbr{ISO}-9660 names, +mapping alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and +trailing periods, etc. + +Before the December 1996 release, \LaTeX{} used mixed-case names for +font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to +distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names. + +\section{Implementation issues} + +We believe that the \abbr{TDS} can bring a great deal of order to the +current anarchic state of many \TeX{} installations. In addition, by +providing a common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of +documenting administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of +any reasonable system of true ``drop-in'' distribution packages for +\TeX{}. + + +\subsection{Adoption of the \abbr{TDS}} + +[This section is retained for historical purposes; the \abbr{TDS} +is now quite firmly entrenched in most \TeX{} distributions.] + +We recognize that adoption of the \abbr{TDS} will not be immediate or +universal. Most \TeX{} administrators will not be inclined to make the +final switch until: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the \abbr{TDS}. +\item \abbr{TDS}-compliant versions of all key programs are available +in ported, well-tested forms. +\item A ``settling'' period has taken place, to flush out problems. The +public release of the first draft of this document was the first step in +this process. +\end{itemize-squeeze} + +Consequently, most of the first trials of the \abbr{TDS} will be made by +members of the \abbr{TDS} committee and/or developers of \TeX{}-related +software. This has already taken place during the course of our +deliberations (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references} for a sample +tree available electronically). They will certainly result in the +production of a substantial number of \abbr{TDS}-compliant packages. +Indeed, the \application{te\TeX{}} and \application{\TeX{} Live} +distributions are \abbr{TDS}-compliant and in use now at many sites. + +Once installable forms of key \abbr{TDS}-compliant packages are more +widespread, some \TeX{} administrators will set up \abbr{TDS}-compliant +trees, possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This +testing will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the +confined settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help +to resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and +other details not addressed by this \abbr{TDS} version. + +After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative \TeX{} +administrators will begin to adopt the \abbr{TDS}. Eventually, most +\TeX{} sites will have adopted the common structure, and most packages +will be readily available in \abbr{TDS}-compliant form. + +We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The +\abbr{TDS} committee spans a wide range of interests in the \TeX{} +community. Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues +involved in defining a workable \abbr{TDS} definition have been covered, +often in detail. \TeX{} developers have been consulted about +implementation issues, and have been trying out the \abbr{TDS} +arrangement. Thus, we hope for few surprises as implementations mature. + +Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of \TeX{} +\abbr{CD-ROM}s. These publishers are highly motivated to work out +details of \abbr{TDS} implementation, and their products will provide +inexpensive and convenient ways for experimentally-minded \TeX{} +administrators to experiment with the \abbr{TDS}. + + +\subsection{More on subdirectory searching} +\label{sec:More on subdirectory searching} + +Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not +only of a specified directory \replaceable{d}, but recursively of all +directories below \replaceable{d}. + +Since the \abbr{TDS} specifies precise locations for most files, with no +extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not +actually required for a \abbr{TDS}-compliant implementation. We do, +however, strongly recommend recursive searching as the most +user-friendly and natural approach to the problem, rather than +convoluted methods to specify paths without recursion. + +This feature is already supported by many implementations of \TeX{} and +companion utilities, for example \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{} for \abbr{VMS}, +\application{Dvips(k)}, \application{em\TeX{}} (and its drivers), +\application{PubliC \TeX{}}, \application{Web2C}, \application{Xdvi(k)}, +and \application{Y\&Y\TeX{}}. The Kpathsea library is a reusable +implementation of subdirectory searching for \TeX{}, used in a number of +the above programs. + +Even if your \TeX{} implementation does not directly support +subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if +you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use +Computer Modern and \abbr{ams} fonts, it would be feasible to store them +in the \abbr{TDS} layout and list the directories individually in +configuration files or environment variables. + +The \abbr{TWG} recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra +burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks, +particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that +subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized \abbr{TDS}, +for the reasons stated in Section~\ref{sec:Subdirectory searching}. +Implementors are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic +principle of subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g., +the use of a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive +directory listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a +match is found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required, +and performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories +present on the system. + +Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently. +In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the +\replaceable{replaceable} font. + +\begin{description-squeeze} + +\item[\application{Dvips}:] via a separate +\systemitem{ENVIRONVAR}{TEXFONTS\_SUBDIR} environment variable. + +\item[\application{em\TeX{}}:] \path|t:\subdir!!|; \path|t:\subdir!| for +a single level of searching. + +\item[\application{Kpathsea}:] \path|texmf/subdir//| + +\item[\abbr{VMS}:] \path|texmf:[subdir...]| + +\item[\application{Xdvi} (patchlevel 20):] \path|texmf/subdir/**|; +\path|texmf/subdir/*| for a single level of searching. Version 20.50 +and above support the \path|//| notation. + +\item[\application{Y\&Y \TeX{}}:] \path|t:/subdir//| or +\path|t:\subdir\\|. + +\end{description-squeeze} + + +\subsection{Example implementation-specific trees} +\label{sec:Example implementation-specific trees} + +The \abbr{TDS} cannot specify a precise location for +implementation-specific files, such as \path|texmf/ini|, because a site +may have multiple \TeX{} implementations. + +Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default +locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or +corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at +your site, and may change without warning. + +We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start +with the current directory (e.g., `\path|.|'). Allowing users to +include the parent directory (e.g., `\path|..|') is also helpful. + + +\subsubsection{AmiWeb2c 2.0} + +(Email \email|scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de| to contact the maintainer +of this implementation.) + +AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible +extent, so only the very few differences are described in this +section. Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in +the section for Web2c 7 below. + +Thanks to the \path|SELFAUTO| mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific +location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the +general structure of the distribution is preserved. + +In addition to Kpathsea's \path|//| notation recursive path search may +also be started by \replaceable{DEVICE}\path|:/|, e.g., \path|TeXMF:/| +will scan this specific device completely. + +Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the +directory \path|bin/amiweb2c/| outside the common \abbr{TDS} tree +\path|share/texmf/|. In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries +you will find two subdirectories \path|local/| and \path|pastex/| +with auxiliary programs. + +A stripped version of the Pas\TeX{} system (used by kind permission of +Georg He\ss{}mann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own +\path|share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/| directory. If you want to use +Pas\TeX{} you have to \path|assign| the name \path|TeX:| to this place. + +Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at +\path|doc/guide/| similar to \path|doc/info/|. + + +\subsubsection{Public \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{}} + +If another \abbr{VMS} implementation besides Public \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{} +appears, the top level implementation directory name will be modified to +something more specific (e.g., \path|vms_decus|). + +\begin{tdsSummary} + texmf/ + . vms/ \abbr{VMS} implementation specific files + . . exe/ end-user commands + . . . common/ command procedures, command definition files, etc. + . . . axp/ binary executables for Alpha \abbr{AXP} + . . . vax/ binary executables for \abbr{VAX} + . . formats/ pool files, formats, bases + . . help/ \abbr{VMS} help library, and miscellaneous help sources + . . mgr/ command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management +\end{tdsSummary} + + +\subsubsection{Web2c 7} + +All implementation-dependent \TeX{} system files (\path|.pool|, +\path|.fmt|, \path|.base|, \path|.mem|) are stored by default directly +in \path|texmf/web2c|. The configuration file \path|texmf.cnf| and +various subsidiary \path|MakeTeX...| scripts used as subroutines are +also stored there. + +Non-\TeX{} specific files are stored following the \abbr{GNU} coding +standards. Given a root directory \replaceable{prefix} +(\path|/usr/local| by default), we have default locations as follows: + +\begin{tdsSummary} + / installation root (\path|/usr/local| by default) + . bin/ executables + . man/ man pages + . info/ info files + . lib/ libraries (\path|libkpathsea.*|) + . share/ architecture-independent files + . . texmf/ \abbr{TDS} root + . . . web2c/ implementation-dependent files (\path|.pool|, \path|.fmt|, \path|texmf.cnf|, etc.) +\end{tdsSummary} + +See \url|http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html| for the +rationale behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of +course override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under +a single directory such as \path|/usr/local/texmf|. + + +\section{Is there a better way?} + +Defining the \abbr{TDS} required many compromises. Both the overall +structure and the details of the individual directories were arrived at +by finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were +feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could +reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped +together in an arrangement that ``made sense''). + +Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations +lacking the necessary support: + +\begin{itemize} + +\item Path searching control at the \TeX{} level. If documents could +restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable +syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames could be +relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the formats), and the +\TeX{} search path would not need to depend on the format. + +\item Multiple logical \texmf{} trees. For example, a site might have +one (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable) +location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be +reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when searching. +See Michael Downes' article in the references for how this can work in +practice with Web2C. + +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Macro structure} + +The \abbr{TWG} settled on the +\replaceable{format}\path|/|\replaceable{package} arrangement after long +discussion about how best to arrange the files. + +The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which reversed +the order of these directories: +\replaceable{package}\path|/|\replaceable{format}. This reversed +arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files related to a +particular package in a single place. The arrangement actually adopted +tends to spread files out into two or three places (macros, +documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into different +sections of the tree right at the top level). + +Nevertheless, the \replaceable{format}\path|/|\replaceable{package} +structure won for a couple of reasons: + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} +\item It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the +\abbr{TWG} have already implemented the \abbr{TDS} hierarchy. The +alternative is not in use at any known site, and the \abbr{TWG} felt it +wrong to mandate something with which there is no practical experience. + +\item The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level +directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory +searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have a +profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching. + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + + +\subsection{Font structure} + +The \abbr{TWG} struggled more with the font directory structure than +anything else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation +of PostScript fonts with \TeX{} is what made the previous arrangement +with all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what +initiated the \abbr{TDS} effort. + + +\subsubsection{Font file type location} + +We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites: + +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/\replaceable{type}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files +comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the +programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are +serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a +\path|TFM| file, the simplest implementation would require \TeX{} to +search through all the directories that contain \abbr{PK} files in all +modes and at all resolutions. + +In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to +implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was +abandoned. The \abbr{TDS} arrangement allows the search tree to be +restricted to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about +efficiency remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without +abandoning subdirectory searching entirely. + +We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by file +type, so that \MF{} sources would be in a directory +\path|texmf/fonts/mf|, property list files in \path|texmf/fonts/pl|, the +various forms of Type~1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more +blindly consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path +constructions outweighed this. The \abbr{TDS} merges file types +(\path|mf| and \path|pl| under \path|source|, \path|pfa| and \path|pfb| +and \path|gsf| under \path|type1|) where we felt this was beneficial. + + +\subsubsection{Mode and resolution location} + +We considered having the \path|mode| at the bottom of the font tree: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{dpi}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory searching +to the mode required for a particular device. + +We then considered moving the \path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn} up to below +the mode: +\begin{ttdisplay} +texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{dpi}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/ +\end{ttdisplay} + +But then it is not feasible to omit the \path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn} +level altogether on systems which can and do choose to use long +filenames. + + +\subsubsection{Modeless bitmaps} + +The \abbr{TDS} specifies using a single directory \path|modeless/| as +the mode name for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g., +\path|texmf/fonts/modeless/times/|. This has the considerable advantage +of not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path. + +An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such +directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating, +say, \path|gsftopk|-generated bitmaps from \path|ps2pk|-generated ones. +However, we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one +program for the purpose. Also, \abbr{PK} and \abbr{GF} fonts generally +identify their creator in the font comment following the \path|PK_ID| +byte. + +We are making an implicit assumption that \MF{} is the only program +producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we could add an +abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in \path|mfcx| vs.\ +\path|xyzcx| for a hypothetical program \application{Xyz}, or we could +at that time add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree. +It seemed more important to concisely represent the current situation +than to worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never~happen. + + +\subsection{Documentation structure} + +We considered placing additional documentation files in the same +directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users +should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most +users have no interest in sources. + +We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation would +(1)~keep the documentation together and (2)~make it as straightforward +as possible for users to find the particular documentation they were +after. + + +\section{Related references} +\label{sec:Related references} + +This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For +\abbr{CTAN} references, we use \path|http://www.ctan.org| as the +top-level domain only to make the links be live in this document. See +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites| for a complete list of +\abbr{ctan} sites; there are mirrors worldwide. + +\begin{itemize-squeeze} + +\item This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/tds/| + +\item The \abbr{TDS} mailing list archives:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/| + +\item The level~0 \abbr{DVI} driver standard:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/| + +\item \citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts}, with lists of recommended +supplier and typeface names:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/fontname/| + +\item \abbr{ISO}-9660 \abbr{CD-ROM} file system standard:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html| + +\item \citetitle{Components of \TeX{}}, a paper by Joachim +Schrod:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/| + +\item \citetitle{Managing Multiple TDS trees}, an article by Michael +Downes:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf| + +\item A complete set of \MF{} modes:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf| + +\item A large collection of \BibTeX{} databases and styles:\\ \hspace*{1em} +\url|ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/| + +\end{itemize-squeeze} + + +\section{Contributors} + +The \abbr{TWG} has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the +communication medium. + +Sebastian Rahtz is the \TeX{} Users Group Technical Council liaison. +Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the +current editor. + +The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as some +would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the archives of +the \email|tds@tug.org| and \email|tex-live@tug.org| mailing lists as +the record of contributions. + + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de87d404304 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el @@ -0,0 +1,577 @@ +;;; tds2texi.el --- convert TDS draft from LaTeX to Texinfo + +;; Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2003, 2004 Ulrik Vieth and the TeX Users Group. + +;; This programm is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have a copy of the GNU General Public License; see the +;; file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +;; 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + +;; Author: Ulrik Vieth +;; Maintainer: karl@mail.tug.org +;; Version: $Id: tds2texi.el,v 1.12 2004/06/04 17:25:49 karl Exp $ +;; Keywords: TDS, LaTeX, Texinfo, Info, HTML, tex, maint + +;;; Commentary: + +;; Description: +;; +;; This file provides a limited LaTeX-to-Texinfo conversion function +;; `tds2texi-convert' which is intended to convert the LaTeX +;; source of the TDS draft document `tds.tex', using a couple of +;; special markup tags defined in the document class `tdsguide.cls'. +;; It is definitely *not* suitable to be used as a general-purpose +;; LaTeX-to-Texinfo converter and is not intended to be used as such. +;; + +;; Usage (also see the Makefile): +;; +;; 0. load or autoload this file, e.g: (load-library "tds2texi") +;; +;; 1. go to a directory containing `tds.tex', e.g. in dired mode +;; +;; 2. run M-x tds2texi-convert -- this does all the conversion and +;; leaves you in a buffer `tds.texi' containing the converted file +;; +;; 3. edit the buffer if necessary and save it -- you will be asked +;; for a file name (which should be `tds.texi', of course) +;; +;; 4. run M-x makeinfo-buffer or invoke makeinfo and/or texi2html +;; from the shell -- don't try texi2dvi, it may work all right, +;; but it's not recommended since it will only cause confusion +;; with the DVI file created from the original LaTeX source! +;; + +;; Bugs: +;; +;; * whitespace (esp. blank lines) before and after environments +;; will be inconsistent (should be fixed in the LaTeX version!) +;; +;; * whitespace (esp. indentation) in tdsSummary environments +;; will be inconsistent (should be fixed in the LaTeX version!) +;; +;; * labels are references are assumed to coincide with names +;; of @nodes -- this is not always true, e.g. for MF vs. \MF{} +;; +;; * the last comma in the list of contributors should be a period +;; +;; * the list of contributors should be handled in a better way +;; (currently: LaTeX tabbing -> @quotation -> HTML

) +;; +;; * the contents of the top node may get lost in the texi2html +;; conversion under some circumstances, or else it may end up +;; in the wrong split file -- this seems to be a texi2html bug +;; + +;; History: +;; +;; v 0.0 -- 1996/01/23 UV created +;; v 0.1 -- 1996/01/24 UV first rough version, posted to twg-tds +;; v 0.2 -- 1996/01/24 UV added some commentary and doc strings +;; v 0.3 -- 1996/01/25 UV modularized code, handle header and trailer, +;; call texinfo routines for @nodes and @menus +;; v 0.4 -- 1996/01/27 UV slightly touched-up and some doc fixes, +;; improved handling of legalnotice header +;; v 0.5 -- 1996/01/28 UV more documentation added, code freeze +;; +;; v 1.0 -- 1996/02/20 UV renamed to tds2texi, bumped version number, +;; also fixed a minor typo in "@item samp" +;; v 1.1 -- 1996/11/12 KB no node pointers, no double blank line after +;; sections, allow braces after abbrevs. +;; v 1.2 -- 1996/11/16 KB ??? (see ChangeLog) +;; v 1.3 -- 1996/11/18 UV added translation for umlaut accents, +;; added tds2texi-direntry header lines, +;; added function tds2texi-fixup-texinfo, +;; fixed bug when combining multiple "@file"s. + + +;;; Code: + +(require 'texinfo) ; needed to update @nodes and @menus + +;; file name variables + +(defvar tds2texi-source-file "tds.tex" + "File name of TDS LaTeX source to be converted.") + +(defvar tds2texi-target-file "tds.texi" + "File name of TDS Texinfo source to be created.") + +(defvar tds2texi-filename "tds.info" + "File name of Info file to be inserted in Texinfo header.") + +(defvar tds2texi-direntry + (concat + "@dircategory TeX\n" + "@direntry\n" + "* TeX Directories: (tds). A directory structure for TeX files.\n" + "@end direntry\n")) + +;; translation tables + +(defvar tds2texi-logos-alist + '(("{\\TeX}" . "TeX") ; when only doing Info + ("\\TeX{}" . "TeX") ; no need to use "@TeX{}" + ("{\\LaTeX}" . "LaTeX") + ("\\LaTeX{}" . "LaTeX") + ("{\\LaTeXe}" . "LaTeX2e") + ("\\LaTeXe{}" . "LaTeX2e") + ("{\\AmS}" . "AMS") + ("\\AmS{}" . "AMS") + ("{\\AMSTeX}" . "AMS-TeX") + ("\\AMSTeX{}" . "AMS-TeX") + ("\\MF{}" . "Metafont") + ("\\MP{}" . "MetaPost") + ("\\BibTeX{}" . "BibTeX") + ("{\\iniTeX}" . "INITEX") + ("\\iniTeX{}" . "INITEX") + ("{\\iniMF}" . "INIMF") + ("\\iniMF{}" . "INIMF") + ("{\\iniMP}" . "INIMP") + ("\\iniMP{}" . "INIMP") + ("{\\PS}" . "PostScript") + ("\\PS{}" . "PostScript") + ("{\\copyright}" . "@copyright{}") + ) + "List of TeX logos and their replacement text after conversion.") + +(defvar tds2texi-logos-regexp-1 "\\(\\\\[A-Za-z]+{}\\)" + "Regexp for TeX logos to be converted using `tds2texi-logos-alist'.") + +(defvar tds2texi-logos-regexp-2 "\\({\\\\[^}]+}\\)" + "Regexp for TeX logos to be converted using `tds2texi-logos-alist'.") + +;; + +(defvar tds2texi-tags-alist + '(("\\emphasis" . "@emph") + ("\\citetitle" . "@cite") + ("\\literal" . "@file") + ("\\replaceable" . "@var") + ("\\command" . "@code") ; defined, but not used + ;; ("\\application" . "@r") ; unnecessary, but ... + ;; ("\\abbr" . "@sc") ; unnecessary, but ... + ) + "List of markup tags and their replacement text after conversion.") + +(defvar tds2texi-tags-regexp "\\(\\\\[a-z]+\\)" + "Regexp for markup tags to be converted using `tds2texi-tags-alist'.") + +;; + +(defvar tds2texi-env-alist + '(("\\begin{ttdisplay}" . "@example") + ("\\end{ttdisplay}" . "@end example") + ("\\begin{tdsSummary}" . "@example") + ("\\end{tdsSummary}" . "@end example") + ("\\begin{enumerate}" . "@enumerate") + ("\\end{enumerate}" . "@end enumerate") + ("\\begin{enumerate-squeeze}" . "@enumerate") + ("\\end{enumerate-squeeze}" . "@end enumerate") + ("\\begin{itemize}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{itemize}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{itemize-squeeze}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{itemize-squeeze}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{description}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{description}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{description-squeeze}" . "@itemize @bullet") + ("\\end{description-squeeze}" . "@end itemize") + ("\\begin{legalnotice}" . "@titlepage") ; special hack + ("\\end{legalnotice}" . "@end titlepage") + ("\\begin{tabbing}" . "@quotation") ; special hack + ("\\end{tabbing}" . "@end quotation") + ) + "List of environments and their replacement text after conversion.") + +(defvar tds2texi-env-regexp "\\(\\\\\\(begin\\|end\\){[^}]+}\\)" + "Regexp for environments to be converted using `tds2texi-env-alist'.") + + +;;; some utility functions + +(defun tds2texi-string-replace (x-string x-replace) + "Searches for occurences of X-STRING, replacing them by X-REPLACE." + (save-excursion + (while (search-forward x-string nil t) + (replace-match x-replace t t)))) ; use fixed case! + +(defun tds2texi-regexp-replace (x-regexp x-replace) + "Searches for occurences of X-REGEXP, replacing them by X-REPLACE." + (save-excursion + (while (re-search-forward x-regexp nil t) + (replace-match x-replace t nil)))) ; use fixed case! + + +(defun tds2texi-alist-replace (x-regexp x-alist) + "Searches for ocurrences of X-REGEXP, replacing them using X-ALIST. +If no match is found in X-ALIST, leaves the original text unchanged." + (save-excursion + (let (x-match + x-replace) + (while (re-search-forward x-regexp nil t) + (setq x-match (match-string 1)) + (setq x-replace (or (cdr (assoc x-match x-alist)) x-match)) + (replace-match x-replace t t))))) ; use fixed case! + + +;;; the main conversion function + +(defun tds2texi-convert () + "Have a try at converting LaTeX to Texinfo. Good luck!" + (interactive) + + ;; get a buffer to operate on and insert the LaTeX source + (set-buffer (get-buffer-create tds2texi-target-file)) + (erase-buffer) + (insert-file-contents-literally tds2texi-source-file) + + ;; tab characters can mess up tds-summary envrionments, + ;; so get rid of them as soon as possible + (untabify (point-min) (point-max)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + + ;; do the conversion steps for the text body + (tds2texi-do-simple-tags) ; mostly general + (tds2texi-do-fancy-logos) ; mostly specific to TDS + (tds2texi-do-sectioning) ; mostly general + (tds2texi-do-markup-tags) ; mostly specific to TDS + (tds2texi-do-environments) ; partly specific to TDS + + ;; do the conversion for header and trailer + (tds2texi-do-header) ; partly specific to TDS + (tds2texi-do-trailer) ; partly specific to TDS + + ;; standard Texinfo functions + ; (texinfo-every-node-update) ; I don't like the extra node pointers. + (texinfo-all-menus-update) + (texinfo-master-menu nil) + + (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo) + + ;; all that's left to do is saving the buffer to a file + ;; -- we simply select the buffer and leave saving it to + ;; the user in case some manual intervention is needed + (switch-to-buffer tds2texi-target-file) + ) + + +;;; various steps of the conversion process + +(defun tds2texi-do-simple-tags () + "First step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; literal `@' -- should come before anything else, since it's + ;; the Texinfo control character. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\([^\\\\]\\)@" "\\1@@") + + ;; fancy spacing -- should come early before we have many `@' + + ;; "\@" -- space factor corrections before sentence end `.' + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\@\\." "@.") + ;; "\ " -- control space after `.' in the middle of sentences. Also + ;; converts \\ to \. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\.\\\\\\([ \n]+\\)" ".@:\\1") + ;; "\ " -- control space used otherwise + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\\\([ \n]+\\)" "\\1") + + ;; "\," -- thin space used with dimensions like "dpi" or "pt" + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\,\\([a-z]+\\)" "@dmn{\\1}") + + ;; "\\" -- forced line breaks in references, where it's always + ;; preceded by a :. Previous "\ " conversion reduced \\ to \. + (tds2texi-string-replace ":\\ " ":@*\n") + + ;; "\"" -- accents etc.: + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\\"" "@\"") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\ss" "@ss") + + ;; special TeX characters that needn't be quoted in Texinfo: + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\_" "_") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\&" "&") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\%" "%") + + ;; special TeX characters that we prefer to transliterate: + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\slash[ ]*" "/") + + ;; we could translate $...$ into @math{...}, but why bother + ;; when we can transliterate it easily? + (tds2texi-string-replace "$" "") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\pm" "+-") +) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-fancy-logos () + "Second step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; fancy TeX logos -- these are used in arguments of sections, + ;; so we have to do them early before doing sectioning commands. + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-logos-regexp-1 tds2texi-logos-alist) + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-logos-regexp-2 tds2texi-logos-alist) + + ;; acronyms -- these are also used in arguments of sections. + ;; There's no need to use @sc markup, just upcase the argument. + (save-excursion + (while (re-search-forward "\\\\abbr{\\([^}]+\\)}" nil t) + (replace-match (upcase (match-string 1)) nil t))) + + ;; applications -- similar to acronyms, so done here as well. + ;; There's no need to use @r markup either, it's the default! + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\application{\\([^}]+\\)}" "\\1") + ) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-sectioning () + "Third step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; first do @chapter and @appendix by narrowing + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (point-min) (search-forward "\\appendix" nil t)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\section{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@chapter \\1") + )) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (search-forward "\\appendix" nil t) (point-max)) + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\section{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@appendix \\1") + )) + + ;; @section and @subsection are just shifted a level up + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\subsection{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@section \\1") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\subsubsection{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@subsection \\1") + + ;; now we no longer need \appendix as a marker + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\appendix[ ]*\n" "") + + ;; \newpage can go as well + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "%?\\\\newpage[ ]*\n" "") + + ;; \labels are redundant since we have @nodes + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\label{sec:\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*\n" "") + + ;; \refs now refer to @nodes instead of \labels + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\ref{sec:\\([^}]+\\)}" "@ref{\\1}") + ) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-markup-tags () + "Fourth step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not usable by itself." + + ;; special tags -- for \CTAN, we must used fixed-case replace! + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\the\\tdsVersion" "@value{version}") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\texmf{}" "@file{texmf}") + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\CTAN:" "@file{@var{CTAN}:}") + + ;; convert simple tags without expanding their arguments: + ;; \emphasis, \citetitle, \literal, \replaceable + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-tags-regexp tds2texi-tags-alist) + + ;; \\systemitem -- a silly tag with an extra argument that + ;; isn't printed. It is used exactly once! + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "\\\\systemitem{\\([^}]+\\)}{\\([^}]+\\)}" "@file{\\2}") + + ;; \path, \url -- here we can't avoid shuffling the argument + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\path|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@file{\\1}") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\url|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@uref{\\1}") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\email|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@email{\\1}") + + ;; After turning \replaceable into @var above we now have to + ;; turn @var{...} into @file{@var{...}} to get quotation marks + ;; around file names consistent. (Read: those extra quotation + ;; marks inserted automatically by makeinfo in the @file tag.) + + ;; For simplicity we first do the change everywhere and then + ;; undo it again inside `ttdisplay' environments, where we + ;; can leave @var by itself as @file isn't used there anyway. + + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "@var{\\([^}]+\\)}" "@file{@var{\\1}}") + (save-excursion + (while (search-forward "\\begin{ttdisplay}" nil t) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (point) (search-forward "\\end{ttdisplay}" nil t)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "@file{@var{\\([^}]+\\)}}" "@var{\\1}") + ))) + + ;; eliminate redundant quotation marks around @file + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "``\\(@file{[^}]+}\\)''" "\\1") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "`\\(@file{[^}]+}\\)'" "\\1") + + ;; ... and combine multiple @file{}s in one line + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2\\3}") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2}") + + ;; ... also simplify cases of nested @file{}s + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@file{@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2}") + + ;; literal `~' -- if it hasn't been converted to space earlier, + ;; we can now do the conversion to @w{word1 word2} without + ;; running the risk of confusion the regexp matcher somewhere. + ;; Unfortunately @w will get lost again in the HTML conversion + ;; because   or   are not yet standard HTML tags. + (tds2texi-string-replace "~" "@tie{}") + ) + + +(defun tds2texi-do-environments () + "Fifth step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself." + + ;; convert \begin and \end of environments + (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-env-regexp tds2texi-env-alist) + + ;; convert \items + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\item" "@item") + + ;; insert newlines after description items where appropriate + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item\\[\\([^]]+\\)\\][ ]*\n" "@item \\1\n") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item\\[\\([^]]+\\)\\][ ]*" "@item \\1\n") + + ;; insert newlines after @item @file, also replace @item @file + ;; by @item @samp -- this is done because it may look nicer + ;; in the HTML version, but it depends on the style sheet used + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item @file\\([^,\n]*\\),[ ]*" "@item @samp\\1,\n") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace + "@item @file" "@item @samp") + ) + + +;;; handling the header and trailer + +(defun tds2texi-do-header () + "Convert LaTeX header to Texinfo. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]." + (let (title-string + author-string + version-string) + + ;; collect information + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward "\\\\tdsVersion{\\(.*\\)}" nil t) + (setq version-string (match-string 1)) + (re-search-forward "\\\\title{\\(.*\\)}" nil t) + (setq title-string (match-string 1)) + (re-search-forward "\\\\author{\\(.*\\)}" nil t) + (setq author-string (match-string 1)) + ) + + ;; discard information lines + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\title{.*}[ ]*\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\author{.*}[ ]*\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\tdsVersion{.*}[ ]*\n\n" "") + + ;; discard pre-title lines + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "%&latex[ ]*\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\NeedsTeXFormat.*\n" "") + + ;; convert \documentclass to \input texinfo + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\documentclass.*\n\n" "\\\\input texinfo\n") + + ;; insert Texinfo header lines + (save-excursion + (goto-char (search-forward "texinfo\n" nil t)) + (insert "@setfilename " tds2texi-filename "\n") + (insert "@settitle " title-string "\n\n") + (insert "@set version " version-string "\n\n") + (insert tds2texi-direntry "\n") + ) + + ;; discard \begin{document} and \maketitle + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\begin{document}[ ]*\n\n" "") + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\maketitle[ ]*\n\n" "") + + ;; copy contents of `legalnotice' environments + (save-excursion + (let ((begin (search-forward "@titlepage\n\n" nil t)) + (end (progn + (search-forward "@end titlepage" nil t) + (match-beginning 0)))) + (copy-region-as-kill begin end) + )) + + ;; insert stuff for title page before `legalnotice' environment + ;; -- \begin{legalnotice} has been converted to @titlepage + (save-excursion + (goto-char (search-forward "@titlepage\n" nil t)) + (insert "@title " title-string "\n") + (insert "@subtitle Version @value{version}\n") + (insert "@author " author-string "\n\n") + (insert "@page\n@vskip 0pt plus 1filll\n") + ) + + ;; insert stuff for @node Top and master menu after `legalnotice' + ;; -- \end{legalnotice} has been converted to @end titlepage + (save-excursion + (goto-char (search-forward "@end titlepage\n\n" nil t)) + + (insert "@ifnottex\n") + (insert "@node Top\n@top " title-string "\n\n") + + ;; insert contents of `legalnotice' copied above + (yank) ; should include a "\n\n" at the end + + (insert "@menu\n@end menu\n") + (insert "@end ifnottex\n\n") + ) + + ;; discard \tableofcontents -- @contents belongs in the trailer + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\tableofcontents[ ]*\n\n" "") + )) + +(defun tds2texi-do-trailer () + "Convert LaTeX trailer to Texinfo. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]." + + ;; The list of contributors is a LaTeX tabbing environment, which + ;; is difficult to convert -- we convert it to a normal paragraph + ;; inside a @quotation environment, so it gets indented a little. + + ;; Conversion of the tabbing environment is already done elsewhere, + ;; so we just have to remove some redundant tags. + + ;; discard alignment preamble consisting of lines starting with + ;; \hspace{0.25\linewidth}. We use \hspace in other places too. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\hspace.*\n" "") + + ;; convert "\>" and "\\" in tabbing environment to comma + (tds2texi-regexp-replace " +\\\\>[ ]*" ", ") + + ;; In the earlier conversion of "\ ", "\\" followed by newline + ;; was already converted to "\", so we just have to convert + ;; the remaining instances of "\" followed by space or newline. + (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\s +\\\\\\s +" ", ") + + ;; convert \end{document} to @contents and @bye + (tds2texi-string-replace "\\end{document}" + "@iftex\n@contents\n@end iftex\n@bye") + ) + +(defun tds2texi-fixup-texinfo () + "Fix up a few last-minute items. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]." + + ;; Fix the reference to the node name with the logo. + (tds2texi-string-replace "Non-font MF" "Non-font Metafont") + ) + +;;; tds2texi.el ends here diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..45267762588 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls @@ -0,0 +1,845 @@ +% $Id: tdsguide.cls,v 1.19 2004/03/28 14:21:10 karl Exp $ +% LaTeX document class tdsguide +% (history at end) +% +% This class provides markup & layout for the TDS report. +% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] % star-form of \CheckCommand, etc. + + +% The code below is explained in the implementation documentation of the +% rcs package. + +\begingroup + \def\RCSClass#1#2 $#3: #4 #5\endRCS $#6: #7 #8\endRCS{% + \def\date{#4}\def\id{v#7}% + \ProvidesClass{#1}[\date\space\id\space #2]% + } + + \RCSClass{tdsguide}{markup and layout for TDS document} + $Date: 2004/03/28 14:21:10 $: 9999/00/00 \endRCS + $Revision: 1.19 $: 0.0 \endRCS +\endgroup + + +% default setup +\ifx \CatEscape\undefined + \chardef\CatEscape=0 + \chardef\CatOpen=1 + \chardef\CatClose=2 + \chardef\CatIgnore=9 + \chardef\CatLetter=11 + \chardef\CatOther=12 + \chardef\CatActive=13 + + \chardef\CatUsCode=\catcode`\_ +\fi + + + +%%% ====================================================================== + +% +% OPTIONS +% + +\catcode`\_=\CatLetter + + +% We can select to use Roman for METAFONT/METAPOST logos by the +% nomflogo option. That should be done if no current logo fonts (with +% `P' & `S') are available. Of course, it would be best to install +% current fonts. +% The mflogo options is provided for upward compatibility. + +\let\tds_mflogo\relax +\DeclareOption{nomflogo}{% + \def\tds_mflogo{\let\textlogo\tds@transfer@logo} % gimme refinements! :( + } +\DeclareOption{mflogo}{} + + +\newif\ifTdsDraft + \TdsDraftfalse +\DeclareOption{draft}{% + \TdsDrafttrue + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% + } +\DeclareOption{final}{% + \TdsDraftfalse + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% + } + + +\catcode`\_=\CatUsCode + + +%%% ------------------------------------------------------------ + + +% +% CONFIGURATION, INHERITANCE, AND OTHER MODULES +% + + +% configure this class + +\InputIfFileExists{tdsguide.cfg}{% + \typeout{*************************************^^J% + *^^J% + * Local config file tdsguide.cfg used^^J% + *^^J% + *************************************% + }% + }{} + + +% inherit article class + +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} +\ProcessOptions +\LoadClass{article} + + +% add more modules + +\RequirePackage{url} % file names & email addresses +\RequirePackage{mflogo} % MF & MP logos (but see below) +%\RequirePackage{hyperref} % navigation specials in .dvi +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} % rev. no & draft notice in headers + +% Put hypertext links in the DVI file on the URL's: +% \def\UrlLeft#1\UrlRight{\special{html:}#1\special{html:}} +% Don't do this because xdvi doesn't know what do with ftp url's, which +% is the vast majority of links; also because we use the url package for +% mere directory names. + + +%%% ============================================================ + + +% +% NEW MARKUP +% + +\catcode`\_=\CatLetter + +% info about original SGML files + +\def\sourcefile#1{} +\def\formatterfile#1{} + +% revision number (should use rcs package) + +\newtoks\tdsVersion + + + +% +% RENDER DOCUMENT-SPECIFIC MARKUP +% + +% categories for terms + +% typewriter type. +% `_', `\_', and `\\' produce respective chars. + +\def\tds_tt{% + \begingroup + \catcode`\_=\CatOther + \chardef\_=`\_ + \chardef\\=`\\ + \tds_tt_set + } +\def\tds_tt_set#1{% + \ttfamily + #1% + \endgroup + } + +\def\systemitem#1{\tds_tt} +\def\replaceable#1{{\rmfamily $\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}} +\let\command=\tds_tt +\def\application#1{\textrm{#1}} +\let\literal=\tds_tt +\let\email=\url + +% \abbr may be called with lowercase & uppercase letters, actually all +% abbreviations are to be typeset with reduced-size uppercase letters. +% (That lowercase letters are used as arguments was a half-hearted +% attempt by Norm who did use small caps at this time.) `Reduced size' +% means one point smaller than the current size. If the reduced size +% is larger than 12pt, we issue a warning; if no font-generating +% driver is used, this situation will lead to character replacements +% most probably. +% +% This macro may be written to an auxilliary file, we must not use +% underscores in its name. + +\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@reduced@size{% + \dimen@\f@size\p@ + \advance \dimen@ -\p@ % dimen@ = font_size - 1 + \ifdim \dimen@ >12\p@ + \@font@warning{% +Using font size `\the\dimen@' for abbreviations. That might lead% +\MessageBreak +to character replacements if you don't use a driver that\MessageBreak +generates fonts.}% + \fi + \math@fontsfalse + \fontsize{\the\dimen@}\z@ + \selectfont + } +\def\abbr#1{{\tds@reduced@size \uppercase{#1}}} + +% references + +\let\xref\relax +\let\citetitle=\textit + +% aliases for LaTeX markup + +\let\emphasis=\emph + +% environment `legalnotice', part of front matter + +\let\legalnotice=\par +\let\endlegalnotice=\par + +% environment `ttdisplay', used to explicate some fact. Basically, +% it's the alltt environment without parskip and with an additional +% level of indentation. + +\def\ttdisplay{% + \begingroup + \list{}{% + \parsep\z@skip % no skip before env + \parskip\z@skip + \relax + }% + \item\relax + \parshape\z@ + %% code below is copied from alltt.dtx. + \leftskip\@totalleftmargin + \@tempswafalse + \def\par{% + \if@tempswa + \leavevmode\null\@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty + \else + \@tempswatrue + \ifhmode + \@@par + \penalty\interlinepenalty + \fi + \fi + }% + \obeylines + \verbatim@font + \let\org@prime~% + \@noligs + \everymath \expandafter{\the\everymath \let~\org@prime}% + \everydisplay \expandafter{\the\everydisplay \let~\org@prime}% + \let\org@dospecials\dospecials + \g@remfrom@specials{\\}% + \g@remfrom@specials{\{}% + \g@remfrom@specials{\}}% + \let\do\@makeother \dospecials + \let\dospecials\org@dospecials + \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces + \everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \unpenalty}% + %} + } +\def\endttdisplay{% + \endlist + \endgroup + \vskip -\parskip % undo skip after env + } + +% Code below is from alltt.dtx. I don't understand why it's not part +% of the LaTeX kernel. +\def\g@remfrom@specials#1{% + \def\@new@specials{}% + \def\@remove##1{% + \ifx ##1#1% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@new@specials{\do ##1}% + \fi + }% + \let\do\@remove \dospecials + \let\dospecials\@new@specials + } + + + + +%%% ------------------------------------------------------------ + + +% +% LOGOS +% + + +% Some of them are rather document-specific. + +\def\texmf{\path|texmf|} +\def\CTAN:{\replaceable{\abbr{CTAN}:}} + + +% Actually, I should use my logos package for the rest... [-js] + +% The AmS definition is from AmS-LaTeX, that's more stable in this +% document's context than the one from AmS-TeX. +\def\AmS{% + \begingroup + \protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}% + A\kern-.1667em \lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125em S% + \endgroup + } +\def\AMSTeX{\AmS-\TeX} + +\def\iniTeX{\texttt{INITEX}\@} +\def\iniMF{\texttt{INIMF}\@} +\def\iniMP{\texttt{INIMP}\@} + +\def\PS{\textsc{PostScript}} + + +% If we don't use logo fonts, both the Metafont and the MetaPost logo +% is typeset in the current font, as shown in this comment. The macros +% `\MF' & `\MP' expand to two \textfont macros, with uppercase +% syllables as arguments. We check for the syllable `FONT', this has +% to be typeset in lowercase. All other syllables are capitalized. + +\def\tds_logo_fontarg{FONT} +\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@transfer@logo[1]{% + \def\tds_arg{#1}% + \ifx \tds_arg\tds_logo_fontarg + font% + \else + \tds_capitalize#1\tds_argend + \fi + } +\def\tds_capitalize#1#2\tds_argend{% + \uppercase{#1}\lowercase{#2}% + } + +\tds_mflogo + + +% Use a small caps fake for BibTeX's `ib'. This way we can typeset it +% in bold face or sans-serif, too. The code is copied from the LaTeX +% logo definition, from ltlogos.dtx. + +\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@smsize{% + $\m@th$% % force math size calculation + \csname S@\f@size\endcsname + \fontsize\sf@size\z@ + \math@fontsfalse \selectfont + } + +\def\BibTeX{B\kern-.05em{\tds@smsize IB}\kern-.08em\TeX} + + +%%% ============================================================ + +% +% TDS SUMMARIES +% + +% Typeset a figure that shows the TeX directory layout. The layout is +% input with optical markup: +% +% \begin{tdsSummary} +% dir/ explanation of dir +% . subdir/ explanation of subdir +% . . subsubdir/ next subdir level +% . dir/dir/ more than one dir in one line +% . / explanation of category +% \end{tdsSummary} +% +% Directories and category names don't have dots. + +% We transform that input into a table. The first table column (the +% directory spec) is terminated by a slash that's followed by white +% space. Directory names are typeset in monocase. are +% tagged with \replaceable. Subdirectory levels are indented by one +% quad. A quad is placed between columns. The explanation text +% is typeset in one line. + +% As this is a special implementation for a special document, these +% design decisions are hardwired, no protected interface is available. +% Design changes will be realized by changes to the macro code. + + +% The environment is realized as a trivlist to behave correctly in list +% environments. I don't use a tabular environment, since I don't know +% exactly how the first column is tokenized. Instead a halign is used. +% IMO it does not matter, as tdsSummary does not use table markup +% anyhow. If somebody wants to use longer explanations and if they must +% be broken then, I have to use one of the tabulars of the tools bundle. + +% The first column (the directory names) is typeset in typewriter type. The +% font chosen hereby must have the underscore at its ASCII position. If +% that is not the case, one has to generalize \tds_dir_tags below. +% Namely, this macro sets up the special lexical convention for this +% column. As TeX will look at the first token of the column to check for +% the table end, \cr, or \omit before \tds_dir_tags is evaluated, the +% redefinition of the lexical analysis will not have happened for that +% token. So we have to check this token specially if it's one of the +% special optical markup chars. + +% After we started the trivlist, we need to supply the item (as this +% macro really adds the vertical space). But it does not actually +% start an item, it sets up the everypar register to do so. We fake +% the item start as we don't want to go in horizontal mode, \halign +% needs to be evaluated in vertical mode. +% +% \par is not evaluated by \endtrivlist and \end, so we don't need +% another group around its redefinition. + +\def\tdsSummary{% + \trivlist \item\relax + \vskip\parskip + \global\@inlabelfalse \global\@newlistfalse \global\everypar{}% + \tabskip 0pt + \let\par\crcr \obeylines % can't use \obeycr, redefined by LaTeX + % redefine \obeylines to do nothing; url.sty v3.0 calls it, and the + % ^^M character therein causes a `Missing \endgroup inserted' error + % at a \path|...| within a tdsSummary, if it's already defined as \par. + \let\obeylines=\relax + \halign\bgroup + \ttfamily \tds_dir_tags \tds_first_token ##\unskip\hfil &% + \quad ##\unskip\hfil \cr + } +\def\endtdsSummary{% + \crcr + \egroup + \endtrivlist + } + + +% Our special lexical conventions are: `.' denotes the next directory +% level, `<...>' denotes a directory category, and `/' is a column +% separator if it is followed by space or tab, a typeset slash +% otherwise. Underscores don't have any special meaning. + +\begingroup + \catcode`\.=\CatActive + \catcode`\<=\CatActive + \catcode`\/=\CatActive + \catcode`\:=\CatActive + \gdef\tds_dir_tags{% + \catcode`\.=\CatActive \let.=\tds_next_dir_level + \catcode`\<=\CatActive \let<=\tds_dir_category + \catcode`\/=\CatActive \let/=\tds_slash + \catcode`\:=\CatActive \let:=\tds_colon + \catcode`\_=\CatOther + \tt + } +\endgroup + +% There are spaces between the dots, ignore them. + +\def\tds_next_dir_level{\quad \ignorespaces} +\def\tds_dir_category#1>{\replaceable{#1}} + +\chardef\tds_dir_sep=`\/ % typeset a directory separator + +% The slash has to check the stuff behind. If it's a space or a tab, +% \next is bound to the action `blank-space' (the binding of all +% '(space . #\Space) tokens). A tab is usually tokenized to the same +% token, but we care for redefinitions below. +% +\def\tds_slash{% + \futurelet\next \tds_check_dir_end + } + +% For colons in the examples. +% +\def\tds_colon{:&} + +% We need two control sequencess that are bound to the actions currently +% bound to '(space . #\Space) and (tex:parse "\t"). A direct \let +% evaluation is difficult as the lexical analysis collapses subsequent +% spaces to one token. But we need one space token behind the equal +% sign, to be able to \let our cseq to the next space token. The first +% token is stored in the replacement list of a macro, the second token +% comes as its argument. + +\def\tds_let#1#2{\let#1= #2} +\tds_let\tds_space{ } +\tds_let\tds_tab{^^I} + +\def\TdsColSep{/&} % use trailing slashes for dir names + +\def\tds_check_dir_end{% + \ifx \next\tds_space + \let\next\TdsColSep + \else + \ifx \next\tds_tab + \let\next\TdsColSep + \else + \let\next\tds_dir_sep + \fi + \fi + \next + } + + +% We're almost finished with the tdsSummary setup. The stuff above is +% not used for the first column token, as it's already tokenized when +% the catcode changes take effect. So let's check and remap this token +% by hand. Actually, I'm sloppy here; I assume that `/' won't be a +% used as a directory name and that no directory name starts with an +% underscore. But then, I know that this won't happen in TDS... :-) + +\def\tds_first_token{% + \futurelet\next \tds_check_special + } +\def\tds_check_special{% + \ifx \next.% + \def\next{\afterassignment\tds_next_dir_level \let\next}% + \else + \ifx \next<% + \def\next{\afterassignment\tds_dir_category \let\next}% + \else + \let\next\relax + \fi + \fi + \next + } + + + +%%% ============================================================ + +% +% LAYOUT +% + + +% text area size + +% We use the same height as article's default, but increase the width. + +\textwidth=35pc +\oddsidemargin = \paperwidth + \advance\oddsidemargin by -\textwidth + \divide\oddsidemargin by 2 +\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin +\hoffset = -1in + + +% spacing + +\parindent=0pt % no paragraph indentation +\emergencystretch=2em % fewer overfull hboxes, only a memo + +\parskip=1ex plus 1ex minus .5ex % between paragraphs; if you change it, + % change the spacing in section headers + % below, too! + +% Our spacing for lists is very simplistic, but uniform: We use (almost) +% parskip everywhere, and don't distinguish vertical spacing for +% different list levels. Actually, the latter is the thing we might want +% to introduce later again. + +\labelsep=1.1em % increase distance between item & text +\topsep=0pt % no extra skip above list in paragraph +\partopsep=0pt % no extra skip above list starting par. +\itemsep=0pt % no extra space between items +\parsep=.9\parskip % between paragraphs in items + +\def\@listI{% + \leftmargin\leftmargini + } +\let\@listi\@listI +\@listi + +\def\@listii{% + \leftmargin\leftmarginii + \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance \labelwidth-\labelsep + } + +\def\@listiii{% + \leftmargin\leftmarginiii + \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance \labelwidth-\labelsep + } + + +% Like itemize, but squeeze the items. + +\newenvironment{itemize-squeeze} + {% + \parsep\z@skip + \itemize + }{% + \enditemize + } + +% Ditto, for description. + +\newenvironment{description-squeeze} + {% + \parsep\z@skip + \description + }{% + \enddescription + } + + +% Redefine section headers, different spacing and other fonts. + +\newskip\TdsPreSubSectionSkip + \TdsPreSubSectionSkip = 2.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex + +\def\section{% + \@startsection{section}{1}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + {-3ex plus-.75ex minus-.2ex}% % skip above and don't indent next par + {1.5ex plus.2ex}% % skip below + {\reset@font \Large \sffamily}% % type + } +\def\subsection{% + \@startsection{subsection}{2}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + {-\TdsPreSubSectionSkip}% % skip above and don't indent next par + \parskip % skip below + {\reset@font \large \sffamily}% % type + } +\def\subsubsection{% + \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + {-\TdsPreSubSectionSkip}% % skip above and don't indent next par + \parskip % skip below + {\reset@font \normalsize \sffamily}% % type + } +\def\paragraph{% + \@startsection{paragraph}{4}% % name and level + {\z@}% % indentation + \TdsPreSubSectionSkip % skip above and indent next par + {-1.5em}% % skip after, run in text + {\reset@font \normalsize \scshape}% % type + } + + +% Table of contents + +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % only sections on first two levels + +% Less space between TOC entries, discard the parskip. For that, we +% have to redefine \@starttoc, since no hook is available. +\let\tds_orig_starttoc=\@starttoc +\def\@starttoc#1{% + \begingroup + \parskip\z@skip + \tds_orig_starttoc{#1}% + \endgroup + } + +% Section TOC entries in sans serif, and less space above. The code +% below is copied from the article view on classes.dtx, I have changed +% space and font. But let's first assure that we shouldn't use a newer +% version of this code. +\CheckCommand*\l@section[2]{% + \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ + \addpenalty\@secpenalty + \addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}% + \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}% + \begingroup + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth + \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth + \leavevmode \bfseries + \advance\leftskip\@tempdima + \hskip -\leftskip + #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par + \endgroup + \fi} +\def\l@section#1#2{% + \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ + \addpenalty\@secpenalty + \addvspace{.75ex \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@}% % was: 1em plus 1pt + \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}% + \begingroup + \parindent \z@ + \rightskip \@pnumwidth + \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth + \leavevmode \sffamily % was: \bfseries + \advance\leftskip\@tempdima + \hskip -\leftskip + #1\nobreak \hfil \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}% + \par + \endgroup + \fi} + + +% Not so spacey a title, please. + +\def\@maketitle{% + \null + \kern-90pt \relax \kern0pt + \begin{center}% + {\LARGE \@title \par}% + %\vskip 1.5em% + {\large + \lineskip .5em% + \begin{tabular}[t]{c}% + \@author + \end{tabular}\par}% + \vskip 1em% + {\large version \the\tdsVersion \quad \@date}% + \end{center}% + \par + \vskip 1.5em} + + +% Make labels in the description environment come out in the +% requested type rather than bold. + +\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep #1} + + +% Headline & footline + +\pagestyle{fancy} + +\lhead{} +\chead{% + \ifTdsDraft draft \fi % <-- space! + TDS version \the\tdsVersion + } +\rhead{} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt} + +\lfoot{} +\cfoot{\thepage} +\rfoot{} +\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} + + + +%%% ============================================================ + +\catcode`\_=\CatUsCode + +\endinput + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% $Log: tdsguide.cls,v $ +% Revision 1.19 2004/03/28 14:21:10 karl +% (\tdsSummary): \let\obeylines=\relax after we set +% it, so url.sty v3.0's usage of \obeylines does not +% cause errors. +% +% Revision 1.18 1998/01/26 21:26:10 karl +% (\TeXinfo): Remove unused and incorrect name. +% (\parsep): Decrease slightly. +% (\l@section): Decrease section spacing for toc slightly. +% (\@maketitle): Remove word `draft'. +% +% Revision 1.17 1997/02/07 20:47:16 karl +% Fix : in tdsSummary, more doc. +% +% Revision 1.16 1996/11/16 14:23:58 karl +% fancyhdr requires different commands. +% +% Revision 1.13 1995/11/21 18:57:35 schrod +% Add description-squeeze environment. +% +% Revision 1.12 1995/11/14 18:33:18 schrod +% Drop draft hint in legalnotice environment, make title more +% squeezed. Changes by Karl, to make title & toc fit on one page. +% +% Revision 1.11 1995/11/14 12:36:54 schrod +% Use url.sty instead of path.sty. (On request of Karl, better input +% syntax and different line breaks [0.103].) +% Rename environment explicate to ttdisplay. (Proposal of Karl.) +% +% Revision 1.10 1995/11/11 16:29:01 schrod +% Identify version of class in log file. +% Change layout of table of contents. Implementation of a discussion +% between Karl Berry and myself. +% +% Revision 1.9 1995/11/11 15:43:34 schrod +% Replace alltt environment by explicate environment. Change +% requested by Karl at 09 Nov 95. +% +% Revision 1.8 1995/11/02 10:52:29 schrod +% Add option nomflogo, mflogo is default now. +% Don't need provision for slanted typewriter type any more, +% replacable texts are set in italics now. +% Add logos \texmf and \CTAN:. [kb] +% Set margins in addition to \textwidth. It's a bit wider, too. [kb] +% Wider distance between item label and item text. [kb] +% New environment itemize-squeeze, without space between items. [kb] +% +% Revision 1.7 1995/05/18 09:06:39 schrod +% Don't parse arguments unnecessarily early, one might change +% catcodes in them. +% Use \tds_tt to switch to typewriter, also typesets backslashs and +% underscores [kb]. +% Increase width to 33pc [kb]. +% +% Revision 1.6 1995/05/12 23:19:07 schrod +% \f@size may be a fraction, so use dimension register to compute +% the reduced size for abbreviations [dc]. +% In summary tables, terminate the directory names with slashes [kb, nw]. +% +% Revision 1.5 1995/05/09 01:46:24 schrod +% Typeset abbreviation one point smaller than surrounding font [uv, +% kb, bb], use always uppercase letters for them. Rename the tag from +% \acronym to \abbr [kb, nw]. +% +% Revision 1.4 1995/05/09 00:39:57 schrod +% Repair vertical spacing around tdsSummary environment. +% +% Revision 1.3 1995/05/08 17:14:52 schrod +% For TDS 0.72 Norm changed the document to use \abbr (argument with +% lowercase letters) instead of \acronym. It's not looking better, of +% course; small caps is not really a good font for abbreviations. This +% revision just tracks his change, I'll look later if I can improve the +% rendering. +% +% Revision 1.2 1995/05/07 18:22:53 schrod +% In environment tdsSummary: Next directory level indented by one +% quad, without dots for indentation [kb, !uv, js]. +% Renamed Draft flag to TdsDraft, to keep namespace clean. +% Headline now features a centered short title [kb, uv, nw]. It's +% still ruled. +% \replaceable used spurious \selectfont [uv]. \dir & \ext are not +% used [uv]. +% Subsubsections are also numbered and not indented [uv]. But they +% are still not added to the table of contents. Actually, we have only +% _one_ subsubsection... +% Set erroneously counter `secnumdepth' when I wanted fewer section +% headings in the table of contents. That's controlled by counter +% `tocdepth' [uv]. +% Inherit tdsguide from article class, not from ltxguide. The tags +% of the latter class are not appropriate and we define our layout +% ourselves. +% + +% +% pre-CVS Log: +% +% 19 Apr 95 js Made a LaTeX2e class. +% Use mflogo option to select MF/MP logo typesetting, +% support configuration file. +% 1994-1995 nw Initial revision. + + + +%%%------------------------------------------------------------ + +% mode: LaTeX +% Local Variables: +% TeX-brace-indent-level: 4 +% indent-tabs-mode: t +% TeX-auto-untabify: nil +% TeX-auto-regexp-list: LaTeX-auto-regexp-list +% page-delimiter: "^%%%" +% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90313b718a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +README file for tex-refs +======================== + +$Id: README 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $ + +This file contains very brief instructions on how to build the +various output formats (in case you want to do this yourself for +some reason or just want to see how we handle all the 'magic'). + + +Where to find +------------- + +You'll find the latest version of 'tex-refs' at +http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/ + + +Requirements +------------ + +- DocBook XML V4.3 + Your Linux distribution should provide an up-to-date package for this. + +- DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1 as of this writing) + Your Linux distribution should provide a package for this. + If you only find an older version, try it or get the tarball + from »http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/«, install it + at some place and adjust some pathnames in Makefile.cfg.in + +- XSLT processor + At least »xsltproc« from libxslt/libxml2, and »Saxon« should work. + +- make + Should already be installed on your system + +- db2latex (http://db2latex.sourceforge.net) + If you want to generate PDF output you'll need this + + +Usage +----- +- Use the "catalog.xml" file as a hint how to setup your own + XML catalog or edit the XSL files to use absolute pathnames. + +- Run 'make targets' + This lists the most important targets of the Makefile + +- Run 'make' + This will generate all currently supported output files + +- Read over 'Makefile' if you want to know more details + + +Contact +------- + +Contact the authors if you have any suggestions, enhancements, +corrections, etc. Your contribution is very welcome. + +-- +Michael Wiedmann diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4d1e1bdc53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* $Id: tex-refs.css 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $ */ + +body { background-color: whitesmoke; + } + +h1.title { background-color: gainsboro; + text-align: center; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } + +h2.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } + +h3.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } + +h4.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + color: black; + } +h5.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; +/* font-size: small; */ + color: black; + } +h6.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; +/* font-size: x-small; */ + font-size: small; + color: black; + } +span.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; +/* font-size: x-small; */ + font-size: small; + color: black; + } + +.title { background-color: gainsboro; + font-family: sans-serif; + } + +.authorgroup { + background-color: #EEEEEE + } + +.copyright { + } + +.legalnotice { + } + +.revhistory { + } + +.abstract { + margin-top: 1em + } + +.toc { + } + +.itemizedlist { + } + +.orderedlist { + } + +.variablelist { + } + +.term { background-color: #EFEFEF + } + +pre.programlisting +{ + background-color: #E0E0E0; + border: thin solid gray; + margin-top: 1.33ex; + margin-bottom: 1.33ex; +} + + +.footer-date { font-size: xx-small; + font-family: monospace; + } + + +#customheader, #customfooter +{ + /* list of fonts provides fallbacks if a font is not present */ + font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, Sans-Serif; + /* font size, relative to body font size */ + font-size: 80%; + + /* line height, relative to body font size */ + line-height: 200%; + + text-align: center; + vertical-align: middle; + color: #fff; + background-color: #009; +} + +/* leave more space between last paragraph and footer */ +/* some browser do not add up the bottom margin of the prior element */ +/* and the top margin of the footer */ +#customfooter { + margin-top: 15px; +} + +/* define special font for logo */ +/* list of fonts provides fallbacks in case selected fonts are not present +*/ +.logo +{ + font-family: Lucida Console, Verdana, Arial, Sans-Serif; +} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..34dfbf0e52c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html @@ -0,0 +1,14590 @@ + + + + + +References for TeX and Friends + + + + +
+
+
+
+

References for TeX and +Friends

+
+
+

Michael +Wiedmann

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

License

+

Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this +document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, +Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and +no Back-Cover Texts.

+
+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Revision +History
Revision 0.3.92005-05-14
Consistent naming scheme of IDs to +ease the use of this reference for other projects; added new +section float in chapter +LaTeX.
Revision 0.2.02003-01-11
License changed to +GNU +Free Documentation License.
Revision 0.0.12002-06-21
This version was adapted from the +edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, converted to DocBook XML +using texi2db, and further edited +manually.
+
+
+

Table of Contents

+
+
+Preface
+
+Credits
+
1 TeX
+
+
+
1 +PlainTeX
+
+
+
1.1 +Overview
+
2 LaTeX
+
+
+
2.1 +Options
+
2.2 Overview of LaTeX +and Local Guide
+
2.3 +Commands
+
2.4 +Parameters
+
3 LaTeX +Packages
+
+
+
3.1 +amsmath
+
3.2 +dcolumn
+
3.3 +float
+
3.4 +fontenc
+
3.5 +german
+
3.6 +graphics
+
3.7 +hyperref
+
3.8 +inputenc
+
3.9 +KOMA-Script
+
3.10 +mathpazo
+
3.11 +varioref
+
3.12 Several +Small Packages
+
4 Generic +Packages
+
+
+
4.1 PiCTeX +(tbd.)
+
4.2 +PSTricks
+
5 +fontinst (tbd.)
+
6 ConTeXt +(tbd.)
+
+
+
6.1 +Overview
+
7 Texinfo +(tbd.)
+
2 +pdfTeX
+
+
+
1 +Options
+
+
+
+ +1.1 +--file-line-error-style
+
1.2 +--fmt format
+
1.3 +--help
+
1.4 +--ini
+
+1.5 +--interaction mode
+
1.6 +--ipc
+
1.7 +--ipc-start
+
1.8 +--jobname name
+
+1.9 +--kpathsea-debug bitmask
+
1.10 +--maketex fmt
+
1.11 +--no-maketex fmt
+
+1.12 +--output-comment string
+
+1.13 +--parse-first-line
+
1.14 +--progname name
+
1.15 +--recorder
+
+1.16 +--shell-escape
+
+1.17 +--translate-file tcxname
+
1.18 +--version
+
2 +Environment
+
3 Metafont +(tbd.)
+
4 +MetaPost
+
+
+
1 +Options
+
+
+
+ +1.1 +--file-line-error-style
+
1.2 +--help
+
1.3 +--ini
+
+1.4 +--interaction mode
+
1.5 +--jobname name
+
+1.6 +--kpathsea-debug bitmask
+
1.7 +--mem mem
+
+1.8 +--parse-first-line
+
1.9 +--progname name
+
1.10 +--recorder
+
1.11 +-T
+
+1.12 +--translate-file tcxname
+
1.13 +--troff
+
1.14 +--version
+
2 +Environment
+
5 +BibTeX
+
+
+
1 +Parameters
+
2 +Command Qualifiers
+
3 bib +files
+
+
+
3.1 +@STRING command
+
3.2 Entry +Format
+
3.3 Entry +Types
+
3.4 Field +Text
+
3.5 Field +Types
+
4 bst +files
+
+
+
4.1 +ABBRV.BST
+
4.2 +ALPHA.BST
+
4.3 +PLAIN.BST
+
4.4 +SAMPLE.BST
+
4.5 +UNSRT.BST
+
6 +Make-Index
+
+
+
1 +Options
+
+
+
1.1 +-c
+
1.2 +-g
+
1.3 +-i
+
1.4 +-l
+
1.5 +-q
+
1.6 +-r
+
1.7 +-s sty
+
1.8 +-o ind
+
1.9 +-t log
+
1.10 +-p no
+
1.11 +-L
+
1.12 +-T
+
2 Style +File
+
+
+
2.1 Input +Style Specifiers
+
+2.2 +Output Style Specifiers
+
3 +Example
+
4 +Ordering
+
5 +Special Effects
+
7 xindy
+
+
+
1 Command +List
+
+
+
+1.1 +Processing Commands
+
1.2 +Markup Commands
+
+1.3 +Raw Index Interface
+
2 Invoking +xindy
+
+
+
2.1 +Command Line Options
+
2.2 Search +Path
+
A +Appendices
+
+
+
1 Bugs / Known Issues / +Missing Features
+
2 About this +Document
+
3 Release +News
+
4 GNU Free Documentation +License
+
+Index
+ +
+
+
+
+

+Preface

+

LaTeX2e is a document preparation +system implemented as a macro package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX +typesetting program.

+

LaTeX was originally conceived by +Leslie Lamport.

+

This updated LaTeX reference is by no +means complete, but it's a first step towards a more complete LaTeX +reference! We welcome if we'll get pointed to missing commands or +even better when you make additions and further improvements and +send them to the authors.

+

TUG (TeX User Group) and +DANTE (German TeX User +Group) both have excellent FAQ's which answer many questions or +give great pointers to additional resources both on the internet or +in books. Most if not all missing packages can also be found on the +CTAN servers.

+

This reference is not meant to replace +the package documentation or the standard literature like the LaTeX +handbook and the LaTeX companion. Look there for detailed +descriptions of the commands and even mostly more options and +examples.

+

The authors intend to extend this +documentation to other TeX related packages (e.g. ConTeXt, +MetaPost, Metafont, etc.). Contributions are very +welcome!

+
+
+
+
+

+Credits

+ +

The following people have contributed substantial parts to this +documentation project or helped in some other way (listed +alphabetically):

+
+
    +
  • +

    Karl Berry

    +
  • +
  • +

    Wolfgang Borgert

    +
  • +
  • +

    Ramon Casellas

    +
  • +
  • +

    Holger Danielsson

    +
  • +
  • +

    James Devenish

    +
  • +
  • +

    Hubert Gaesslein

    +
  • +
  • +

    Peter Karp

    +
  • +
  • +

    Rolf Niepraschk

    +
  • +
  • +

    Hans Fredrik Nordhaug

    +
  • +
  • +

    Simon Pepping

    +
  • +
  • +

    Bob Stayton

    +
  • +
  • +

    Herbert Voss

    +
+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 1. TeX

+ +
+
+
+
+

1 +PlainTeX

+ +
+
+
+
+

1.1 +Overview

+

For a really excellent reference of all TeX primitive control +sequences see David Bausum's +TeX Primitive Control +Sequences.

+
+
+
+
+

2 +LaTeX

+
+

Note

+

The original file latex2e.texi +contains the following copyright and permission notice:

+

Permission is granted to make and +distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright +notice and this permission notice are preserved on all +copies.

+

Permission is granted to copy and +distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions +for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived +work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice +identical to this one.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1 +Options

+ +

LaTeX understands the following command line options.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.1 +-file-line-error-style

+ +

Print error messages in the form +file:line:error.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.2 +-fmt=FMTNAME

+ +

Use FMTMAME instead of program name or +a %& line.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.3 +-ini

+ +

Be initex, for dumping +formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called as +initex.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.4 +-interaction=STRING

+ +

Set interaction mode +(STRING=batchmode/nonstopmode/scrollmode/errorstopmode).

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.5 +-ipc

+ +

Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output +file.

+

Note: not available on all systems.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.6 +-ipc-start

+ +

As -ipc, and also start the server at +the other end.

+

Note: not available on all systems.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.7 +-jobname=STRING

+ +

Set the job name to STRING.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.8 +-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER

+ +

Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bits of +NUMBER.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.9 +[-no]-maketex=FMT

+ +

Disable/enable mktexFMT +generation (FMT=tex/tfm).

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.10 +-mltex

+ +

Enable MLTeX extensions such as +\charsubdef.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.11 +-output-comment=STRING

+ +

use STRING for DVI file comment instead +of date.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.12 +-parse-first-line

+ +

Parse of the first line of the input file.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.13 +-progname=STRING

+ +

Set program (and fmt) name to +STRING.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.14 +-recorder

+ +

Enable filename recorder.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.15 +-shell-escape

+ +

Enable \write18{SHELL +COMMAND}.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.16 +-src-specials

+ +

Insert source specials into the DVI file.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.17 +-src-specials=WHERE

+ +

Insert source specials in certain places of the DVI file. +WHERE is a comma-separated value list: +cr display hbox math par parend +vbox.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.1.18 +-translate-file=TCXNAME

+ +

Use the TCX file +TCXNAME.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.19 +-help

+ +

Display this help and exit.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.20 +-version

+ +

Output version information and exit.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2 Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide

+ +

The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program +and the LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it +processes an input file containing the text of a document with +interspersed commands that describe how the text should be +formatted. It produces at least three files as output:

+
+
    +
  1. +

    A Device Independent, or +.dvi file. This contains commands that +can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices. +You can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as +xdvi, which actually uses the +.dvi file.

  2. +
  3. +

    A transcript or +.log file that contains summary +information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in +the input file.

  4. +
  5. +

    An auxiliary or +.aux file. This is used by LaTeX itself, +for things such as sectioning.

+

For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult +The TeXbook by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN +0-201-13448-9, published jointly by the American Mathematical +Society and Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.

+

For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:

+

LaTeX: A Document Preparation System, +by Leslie Lamport, +Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.

+

The LaTeX Companion, by Michel +Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, + and Alexander +Samarin, Addison-Wesley, +1994.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3 +Commands

+

A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of +a \ followed by either (a) a string of +letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square +brackets, [], are optional while arguments +contained in braces, {}, are required.

+

NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case +unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.1 +Counters

+ +

Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with +it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the +environment or command that produces the number, except with no +\ (enumi - +enumiv are used for the nested enumerate +environment). Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's +standard document classes to control numbering.

+
+part            paragraph       figure          enumi
+chapter         subparagraph    table           enumii
+section         page            footnote        enumiii
+subsection      equation        mpfootnote      enumiv
+subsubsection
+
+
+\addtocounter
+ +

The \addtocounter command increments +the counter by the amount specified by the +value argument. The +value argument can be negative.

+
+\alph{counter}
+ +

This command causes the value of the +counter to be printed in alphabetic +characters. The \alph command uses lower +case alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., a, +b, c... while the \Alph command uses +upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., A, B, +C....

+
+\arabic{counter}
+ +

The \arabic command causes the value of +the counter to be printed in Arabic +numbers, i.e., 3.

+
+\fnsymbol{counter}
+ +

The \fnsymbol command causes the value +of the counter to be printed in a specific +sequence of nine symbols that can be used for numbering +footnotes.

+

NB. counter must have a value between 1 +and 9 inclusive.

+
+\newcounter{foo}[counter]
+ +

The \newcounter command defines a new +counter named foo. The counter is +initialized to zero.

+

The optional argument [counter] causes +the counter foo to be reset whenever the +counter named in the optional argument is incremented.

+
+\refstepcounter{counter}
+ +

The \refstepcounter command works like +\stepcounter. See +\stepcounter, except it also +defines the current \ref value to be the +result of \thecounter.

+
+\roman{counter}
+ +

This command causes the value of the +counter to be printed in Roman numerals. +The \roman command uses lower case Roman +numerals, i.e., i, ii, iii..., while the +\Roman command uses upper case Roman +numerals, i.e., I, II, III....

+
+\stepcounter{counter}
+ +

The \stepcounter command adds one to +the counter and resets all subsidiary +counters.

+
+\setcounter{counter}{value}
+ +

The \setcounter command sets the value +of the counter to that specified by the +value argument.

+
+\usecounter{counter}
+ +

The \usecounter command is used in the +second argument of the list environment to +allow the counter specified to be used to number the list +items.

+
+\value{counter}
+ +

The \value command produces the value +of the counter named in the mandatory +argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an integer or number, +such as the second argument of a +\setcounter or +\addtocounter command, or in:

+
+\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
+
+

It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.2 Cross +References

+ +

One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in See +Figure 3 for more details. A smarter version of the +cross reference commands is available in the package +varioref.

+
+\label{key}
+ +

A \label command appearing in ordinary +text assigns to the key the number of the +current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered environment +assigns that number to the key.

+

A key can consist of any sequence of +letters, digits, or punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase +letters are different.

+

To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it +is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix +separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are

+
+
    +
  • cha for chapters
  • +
  • sec for lower-level sectioning +commands
  • +
  • fig for figures
  • +
  • tab for tables
  • +
  • eq for equations
+

Thus, a label for a figure would look like +fig:bandersnatch.

+
+\pageref{key}
+ +

The \pageref command produces the page +number of the place in the text where the corresponding +\label command appears. ie. where +\label{key} appears. For a smart version +see +\vpageref.

+
+\ref{key}
+ +

The \ref command produces the number of +the sectional unit, equation number, ... of the corresponding +\label command. For a smart version see +\vref.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.3 +Definitions

+
+\newcommand
+ +
+\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+
+

These commands define (or redefine) a command.

+
+

Table 1.1. Options for +\newcommand

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
cmdA command name beginning with a +\. For +\newcommand it must not be already defined +and must not begin with \end; for +\renewcommand it must already be +defined.
argsAn integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of +arguments of the command being defined. The default is for the +command to have no arguments.
defIf this optional parameter is present, it means +that the command's first argument is optional. The default value of +the optional argument is def.
definitionThe text to be substituted for every occurrence +of cmd; a parameter of the form +#n in cmd is +replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution +takes place.
+
+\newenvironment
+ +
+\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
+\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+
+

These commands define or redefine an environment.

+
+

Table 1.2. Options for +\newenvironment

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
namThe name of the environment. For +\newenvironment there must be no currently +defined environment by that name, and the command +\nam must be undefined. For +\renewenvironment the environment must +already be defined.
argsAn integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of +arguments of the newly-defined environment. The default is no +arguments. Arguments can only be used in te +{begdef} part.
defaultIf this is specified, the first argument is +optional, and default gives the default +value for that argument.
begdefThe text substituted for every occurrence of +\begin{nam}; a parameter of the form +#n in cmd is +replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution +takes place.
enddefThe text substituted for every occurrence of +\end{nam}. It may not contain any argument +parameters.
+
+\newtheorem
+ +
+\newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
+\newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}
+
+

This command defines a theorem-like environment.

+
+

Table 1.3. Options for +\newtheorem

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
env_nameThe name of the environment to be defined. A +string of letters. It must not be the name of an existing +environment or counter.
captionThe text printed at the beginning of the +environment, right before the number. This may simply say +Theorem, for +example.
withinThe name of an already defined counter, usually +of a sectional unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem +counter within the sectional +unit.
numbered_likeThe name of an already defined theorem-like +environment.
+

The \newtheorem command may have at +most one optional argument.

+
+\newfont
+ +

\newfont{cmd}{font_name}

+

Defines the command name cmd, which +must not be currently defined, to be a declaration that selects the +font named font_name to be the current +font.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.4 Document +Classes

+ +

Valid LaTeX document classes include:

+
+
    +
  • article
  • +
  • report
  • +
  • letter
  • +
  • book
  • +
  • slides
+

Other document classes are often available. See +Overview, for +details. They are selected with the following command:

+

\documentclass [options] {class}

+

All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following +options for selecting the typeface size +(10pt is default):

+

10pt, 11pt, 12pt

+

All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size +(default is letter):

+

a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, +executivepaper

+

Miscellaneous options:

+
+
    +
  • landscape --- selects landscape format. Default is +portrait.
  • +
  • titlepage, notitlepage --- selects if there should be a +separate title page.
  • +
  • leqno --- equation number on left side of equations. Default is +right side.
  • +
  • fleqn --- displayed formulas flush left. Default is +centered.
  • +
  • openbib --- use open +bibliography format.
  • +
  • draft, final --- mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule. +Default is final.
+

These options are not available with the slides class:

+
+
    +
  • oneside, twoside --- selects one- or twosided layout. Default +is oneside, except for the book class.
  • +
  • openright, openany --- determines if a chapter should start on +a right-hand page. Default is openright for book.
  • +
  • onecolumn, twocolumn --- one or two columns. Defaults to one +column.
+

The slides class offers the option +clock for printing the time at the bottom +of each note.

+

If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a +comma.

+

Additional packages are loaded by a

+

+\usepackage[options]{pkg} +

+

command. If you specify more than one package, they must be +separated by a comma. +

+

Any options given in the \documentclass +command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed +on to the packages loaded with +\usepackage.

+
+
+
+
+
+

2.3.5 +Layout

+

Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the +page.

+
+\flushbottom
+ +

The \flushbottom declaration makes all +text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space when +necessary to fill out the page.

+

This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.

+
+\onecolumn
+ +

The \onecolumn declaration starts a new +page and produces single-column output.

+
+\raggedbottom
+ +

The \raggedbottom declaration makes all +pages the height of the text on that page. No extra vertical space +is added.

+
+\twocolumn
+ +

\twocolumn[text]

+

The \twocolumn declaration starts a new +page and produces two-column output. If the optional +text argument is present, it is typeset in +one-column mode.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.6 +Environments

+ +

LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making +environments. Each environment begins and ends in the same +manner.

+
+\begin{environment-name}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{environment-name}
+
+
array
+ +
+\begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
+column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{array}
+
+

Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a +single mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the +alignment within them. Each column, coln, +is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row +should be formatted.

+
+
    +
  • c --- for centered
  • +
  • l --- for flush left
  • +
  • r --- for flush right
+

Column entries must be separated by an +&. Column entries may include other +LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated with the +string \\.

+

Note that the array environment can +only be used in math mode, so normally it is used inside an +equation environment.

+
+center
+ +
+\begin{center}
+Text on line 1 \\
+Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{center}
+
+

The center environment allows you to +create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the +left and right margins on the current page. Each line must be +terminated with the string \\.

+
+\centering
+ +

This declaration corresponds to the +center environment. This declaration can +be used inside an environment such as +quote or in a +parbox. The text of a figure or table can +be centered on the page by putting a +\centering command at the beginning of the +figure or table environment.

+

Unlike the center environment, the +\centering command does not start a new +paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To +affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must +contain the blank line or \end command (of +an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.

+
+description
+ +
+\begin{description}
+\item [label] First item
+\item [label] Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{description}
+
+

The description environment is used to +make labelled lists. The label is bold +face and flushed right.

+
+enumerate
+ +
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{enumerate}
+
+

The enumerate environment produces a +numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to +four levels deep. They can also be nested within other +paragraph-making environments.

+

Each item of an enumerated list begins with an +\item command. There must be at least one +\item command within the environment.

+

The enumerate environment uses the +enumi through +enumiv counters (see Counters). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining \theenumi etc.

+
+eqnarray
+ +
+\begin{eqnarray}
+math formula 1 \\
+math formula 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+

The eqnarray environment is used to +display a sequence of equations or inequalities. It is very much +like a three-column array environment, +with consecutive rows separated by \\ and +consecutive items within a row separated by an +&.

+

An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has +a \nonumber command.

+ +

The command \lefteqn is used for +splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in +display style flush left in a box of zero width.

+
+equation
+ +
+\begin{equation}
+ math formula
+\end{equation}
+
+

The equation environment centers your +equation on the page and places the equation number in the right +margin.

+
+figure
+ +
+\begin{figure}[placement]
+
+ body of the figure
+
+\caption{figure title}
+\end{figure}
+
+ +

Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and +are usually floated to a +convenient place, like the top of a page. Figures will not be split +between two pages.

+

The optional argument [placement] +determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are +four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:

+
+
    +
  1. +

    h (Here) - at the position in the text +where the figure environment appears.

  2. +
  3. +

    t (Top) - at the top of a text +page.

  4. +
  5. +

    b (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text +page.

  6. +
  7. +

    p (Page of floats) - on a separate +float page, which is a page containing no text, only +floats.

+

The standard report and article classes use the default +placement tbp.

+

The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX +commands, etc. you wish. The \caption +command allows you to title your figure.

+
+flushleft
+ +
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text on line 1 \\
+Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{flushleft}
+
+

The flushleft environment allows you to +create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed left, to +the left-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with the string +\\.

+
+\raggedright
+ +

This declaration corresponds to the +flushleft environment. This declaration +can be used inside an environment such as +quote or in a +parbox.

+

Unlike the flushleft environment, the +\raggedright command does not start a new +paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To +affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must +contain the blank line or \end command (of +an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.

+
+flushright
+ +
+\begin{flushright}
+Text on line 1 \\
+Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{flushright}
+
+

The flushright environment allows you +to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed right, +to the right-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with the +string \\.

+
+\raggedleft
+ +

This declaration corresponds to the +flushright environment. This declaration +can be used inside an environment such as +quote or in a +parbox.

+

Unlike the flushright environment, the +\raggedleft command does not start a new +paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To +affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must +contain the blank line or \end command (of +an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.

+
+itemize
+ +
+\begin{itemize}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{itemize}
+
+

The itemize environment produces a +bulleted list. Itemizations +can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can +also be nested within other paragraph-making environments.

+

Each item of an itemized list begins +with an \item command. There must be at +least one \item command within the +environment.

+

The itemize environment uses the +itemi through +itemiv counters (see Counters). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining \theitemi etc.

+
+letter
+ +

This environment is used for creating letters. See +Letters.

+
+list
+ +

The list environment is a generic +environment which is used for defining many of the more specific +environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in +macros.

+
+\begin{list}{label}{spacing}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{list}
+
+

The {label} argument specifies how +items should be labelled. This argument is a piece of text that is +inserted in a box to form the label. This argument can and usually +does contain other LaTeX commands.

+

The {spacing} argument contains +commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This +argument will most often be null, i.e., +{}. This will select all default spacing +which should suffice for most cases.

+
+minipage
+ +
+\begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width}
+ text
+\end{minipage}
+
+

The minipage environment is similar to +a \parbox command. It takes the same +optional position argument and mandatory +width argument. You may use other +paragraph-making environments inside a minipage.

+

Footnotes in a minipage environment are +handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes +in figures or tables. A \footnote or +\footnotetext command puts the footnote at +the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, +and it uses the mpfootnote counter instead +of the ordinary footnote counter See +Counters.

+

NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using +footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong +minipage.

+
+picture
+ +
+\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
+ .
+ .
+ picture commands
+ .
+ .
+\end{picture}
+
+

The picture environment allows you to +create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, +lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in +the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a +number that may have a decimal point and a minus sign --- a number +like 5, 2.3 or +-3.1416. A coordinate specifies a length +in multiples of the unit length +\unitlength, so if +\unitlength has been set to +1cm, then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a +length of 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of +\unitlength anywhere you want, using the +\setlength command, but strange things +will happen if you try changing it inside the picture +environment.

+

A position is a pair of coordinates, such as +(2.4,-5), specifying the point with +x-coordinate 2.4 and y-coordinate +-5. Coordinates are specified in the usual +way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left +corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an +argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to +delimit the argument.

+

The picture environment has one +mandatory argument, which is a position. +It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a +rectangular box with width and height determined by this argument's +x- and y-coordinates.

+

The picture environment also has an +optional position argument, following the +size argument, that can change the origin. +(Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained +in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of +the point at the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby +determining the origin). For example, if +\unitlength has been set to +1mm, the command

+
+\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+
+

produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200 +millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose +upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first +draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the +origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your +picture by shifting everything, you just add the appropriate +optional argument.

+

The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size +of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture +really is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the +picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used +by LaTeX in determining how much room to leave for it.

+

Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the +\put command. The command

+
+\put (11.3,-.3){...}
+
+

puts the object specified by ... in the +picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The +reference points for various objects will be described below.

+

The \put command creates an +LR box. You can put anything in +the text argument of the \put command that +you'd put into the argument of an \mbox +and related commands. When you do this, the reference point will be +the lower left corner of the box.

+

Picture commands:

+
+\circle{diameter}, +\circle*{diameter}
+ +

The \circle command produces a circle +with a diameter as close to the specified one as possible. If the +*-form of the command is used, LaTeX draws +a solid circle.

+

Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.

+
+\dashbox
+ +

Draws a box with a dashed line.

+

+\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}

+

The \dashbox has an extra argument +which specifies the width of each dash. A dashed box looks best +when the width and +height are multiples of the +dash_length.

+
+\frame{...}
+ +

The \frame command puts a rectangular +frame around the object specified in the argument. The reference +point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put +between the frame and the object.

+
+\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}
+ +

The \framebox command is exactly the +same as the \makebox command, except that +it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.

+

The framebox command produces a rule of +thickness \fboxrule, and leaves a space +\fboxsep between the rule and the contents +of the box.

+
\line(x +slope,y slope){length}
+ +

The \line command draws a line of the +specified length and +slope.

+

Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x +and y have integer values from -6 through 6.

+
+\linethickness{dimension}
+ +

Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a +picture environment to be dimension, which +must be a positive length. It does not affect the thickness of +slanted lines and circles, or the quarter circles drawn by +\oval to form the corners of an oval.

+
+\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}
+ +

The \makebox command for the picture +environment is similar to the normal +\makebox command except that you must +specify a width and +height in multiples of +\unitlength.

+

The optional argument, [position], +specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up +to two of the following:

+
+
    +
  • t - Moves the item to the top of the +rectangle
  • +
  • b - Moves the item to the bottom
  • +
  • l - Moves the item to the left
  • +
  • r - Moves the item to the +right
+

See \makebox.

+
+\multiput(x coord,y +coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}
+ +

The \multiput command can be used when +you are putting the same object in a regular pattern across a +picture.

+
+\oval(width,height)[portion]
+ +

The \oval command produces a rectangle +with rounded corners. The optional argument, +[portion], allows you to select part of +the oval.

+
+
    +
  • t - Selects the top portion
  • +
  • b - Selects the bottom portion
  • +
  • r - Selects the right portion
  • +
  • l - Selects the left +portion
+

Note that the corners of +the oval are made with quarter circles with a maximum radius of 20 +pt, so large ovals will look +more like boxes with rounded corners.

+
\put(x +coord,y coord){ ... }
+ +

The \put command places the item +specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates.

+
+\shortstack[position]{... +\\ ... \\ ...}
+ +

The \shortstack command produces a +stack of objects. The valid positions are:

+
+
    +
  • r - Moves the objects to the right of +the stack
  • +
  • l - Moves the objects to the left of +the stack
  • +
  • c - Moves the objects to the centre of +the stack (default)
+
+\vector(x slope,y +slope){length}
+ +

The \vector command draws a line with +an arrow of the specified length and slope. The +x and y values +must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive.

+
+quotation
+ +
+\begin{quotation}
+ text
+\end{quotation}
+
+

The margins of the quotation +environment are indented on the left and the right. The text is +justified at both margins and there is paragraph indentation. +Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph.

+
+quote
+ +
+\begin{quote}
+ text
+\end{quote}
+
+

The margins of the quote environment +are indented on the left and the right. The text is justified at +both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new +paragraph.

+
+tabbing
+ +
+\begin{tabbing}
+text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
+second row \>  \> more \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{tabbing}
+
+

The tabbing environment provides a way +to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing +to them much the way you do with an ordinary typewriter.

+

It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is +constant and known in advance.

+

This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the +tabular environment.

+

The following commands can be used inside a +tabbing environment:

+
+

Table 1.4. Commands in a +tabbing environment

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
\= Sets a tab stop at the current +position.
\> Advances to the next tab stop.
\< This command allows you to put something to the +left of the local margin without changing the margin. Can only be +used at the start of the line.
\+ Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the right.
\- Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the left.
\' Moves everything that you have typed so far in +the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent +\>, \<, +\', \\, or +\kill command, to the right of the +previous column, flush against the current column's tab +stop.
\` Allows you to put text flush right against any +tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the +right of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The +\` command moves all the text that follows +it, up to the \\ or +\end{tabbing} command that ends the line, +to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no +\> or \' +command between the \` and the command +that ends the line.
\kill Sets tab stops without producing text. Works +just like \\ except that it throws away +the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of +any \=, \+ or +\- commands in that line remain in +effect.
\pushtabs Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful +for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a +tabbing environment.
\poptabs Restores the tab stop positions saved by the +last \pushtabs.
\a In a tabbing +environment, the commands \=, +\' and \` do not +produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands +\a=, \a' and +\a` are +used.
+

This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional +format:

+
+\begin{tabbing}
+function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+    \> begin \= \+ \\
+        \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
+                  fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+              else \+ \\
+                  fact := 1; \-\- \\
+              end;\\
+\end{tabbing}
+
+
+table
+ +
+\begin{table}[placement]
+
+ body of the table
+
+\caption{table title}
+\end{table}
+
+

Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are +usually floated to a +convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split +between two pages.

+

The optional argument [placement] +determines where LaTeX will try to place your table. There are four +places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:

+
+
    +
  • h : Here - at the position in the text +where the table environment appears.
  • +
  • t : Top - at the top of a text +page.
  • +
  • b : Bottom - at the bottom of a text +page.
  • +
  • p : Page of floats - on a separate +float page, which is a page containing no text, only +floats.
+

The standard report and +article classes use the default placement +[tbp].

+

The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX +commands, etc., you wish. The \caption +command allows you to title your table.

+
+tabular
+ +
+\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
+column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{tabular}
+
+

or

+
+\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
+column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{tabular*}
+
+

These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of +rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and +optional arguments consist of:

+
+

Table 1.5. Commands used inside a +tabular environment

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + +
widthSpecifies the width of the +tabular* environment. There must be rubber +space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified +width.
posSpecifies the vertical position; default is +alignment on the centre of the environment. +
+
    +
  • t - align on top row
  • +
  • b - align on bottom +row
colsSpecifies the column formatting. It consists of +a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the +sequence of columns and intercolumn material. +
+
    +
  • l - A column of left-aligned +items.
  • +
  • r - A column of right-aligned +items.
  • +
  • c - A column of centred items.
  • +
  • | - A vertical line the full height +and depth of the environment.
  • +
  • @{text} - This inserts +text in every row. An @-expression +suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; +any desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items +must be included in text. An +\extracolsep{wd} command in an +@-expression causes an extra space of width +wd to appear to the left of all subsequent +columns, until countermanded by another +\extracolsep command. Unlike ordinary +intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed by an +@-expression. An \extracolsep command can +be used only in an @-expression in the +cols argument.
  • +
  • +

    p{wd} - Produces a column with each +item typeset in a parbox of width wd, as +if it were the argument of a +\parbox[t]{wd} command. However, a +\\ may not appear in the item, except in +the following situations:

    +
    +
      +
    1. inside an environment like minipage, +array, or +tabular.
    2. +
    3. inside an explicit \parbox.
    4. +
    5. in the scope of a \centering, +\raggedright, or +\raggedleft declaration. The latter +declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used +in a p-column +element.
  • +
  • *{num}{cols} - Equivalent to +num copies of +cols, where num +is any positive integer and cols is any +list of column-specifiers, which may contain another +*-expression.
+

These commands can be used inside a +tabular environment:

+
+\cline{i-j}
+ +

The \cline command draws horizontal +lines across the columns specified, beginning in column +i and ending in column +j, which are identified in the mandatory +argument.

+
+\hline
+ +

The \hline command will draw a +horizontal line the width of the table. It's most commonly used to +draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of the +table.

+
+\multicolumn
+ +

\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}

+

The \multicolumn is used to make an +entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument, +cols, specifies the number of columns to +span. The second mandatory argument, pos, +specifies the formatting of the entry; c +for centred, l for flushleft, +r for flushright. The third mandatory +argument, text, specifies what text is to +make up the entry.

+
+\vline
+ +

The \vline command will draw a vertical +line extending the full height and depth of its row. An +\hfill command can be used to move the +line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an +@-expression.

+
+thebibliography
+ +
+\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
+\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+

The thebibliography environment +produces a bibliography or reference list. In the +article class, this reference list is +labelled References; in the +report class, it is labelled +Bibliography.

+
+
    +
  • widest-label: Text that, when printed, +is approximately as wide as the widest item label produces by the +\bibitem commands.
+
+\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
+ +

The \bibitem command generates an entry +labelled by label. If the +label argument is missing, a number is +generated as the label, using the +enumi counter. The +cite_key is any sequence of letters, +numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. This +command writes an entry on the .aux file +containing cite_key and the item's +label. When this +.aux file is read by the +\begin{document} command, the item's +label is associated with +cite_key, causing the reference to +cite_key by a +\cite command to produce the associated +label.

+
+\cite[text]{key_list}
+ +

The key_list argument is a list of +citation keys. This command generates an in-text citation to the +references associated with the keys in +key_list by entries on the +.aux file read by the +\begin{document} command.

+

The optional text argument will appear +after the citation, i.e. +\cite[p.~2f.]{knuth} might produce +`[Knuth, p. 2]'.

+

The package +cite.sty allows a line break in the +\cite reference and can sort numerical +entries.

+

+overcite.sty makes citations like +footnotes.

+
+\nocite{key_list}
+ +

The \nocite command produces no text, +but writes key_list, which is a list of +one or more citation keys, on the .aux +file. \nocite{*} uses all entries from the +BibTeX database.

+
Using BibTeX
+ +

If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly +recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of +titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the +thebibliography environment. Instead, you +include the lines

+
+\bibliographystyle{style}
+\bibliography{bibfile}
+
+

where style refers to a file +style.bst, which defines how your +citations will look.

+
+

Table 1.6. Standard styles +distributed with BibTeX

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
alphaSorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from +name of author and year of publication.
plainSorted alphabetically. Labels are +numeric.
unsrtLike plain, but +entries are in order of citation.
abbrvLike plain, but more +compact labels.
+

In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to +the demands of various publications.

+

The argument to \bibliography refers to +the file bibfile.bib, which should contain +your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via +\cite and \nocite +will be listed in the bibliography.

+
+theorem
+ +
+\begin{theorem}
+ theorem text
+\end{theorem}
+
+

The theorem environment produces +Theorem x in boldface +followed by your theorem text.

+
+titlepage
+ +
+\begin{titlepage}
+ text
+\end{titlepage}
+
+

The titlepage environment creates a +title page, i.e. a page with no printed page number or heading. It +also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting +the title page is left to you. The \today +command comes in handy for title pages.

+

Note that you can use the \maketitle +(see \maketitle) command to produce a +standard title page.

+
+verbatim
+ +
+\begin{verbatim}
+ text
+\end{verbatim}
+
+

The verbatim environment is a +paragraph-making environment that gets LaTeX to print exactly what +you type in. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage returns +and blanks having the same effect that they would on a +typewriter.

+
\verb +char literal_text char \verb*char +literal_text char
+ +

Typesets literal_text exactly as typed, +including special characters and spaces, using a typewriter +(\tt) type style. There may be no space +between \verb or +\verb* and char +(space is shown here only for clarity). The +*-form differs only in that spaces are +printed

+
+verse
+ +
+\begin{verse}
+ text
+\end{verse}
+
+

The verse environment is designed for +poetry, though you may find other uses for it.

+

The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the +lines of each stanza with \\, and use one +or more blank lines to separate the stanzas.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.7 +Footnotes

+ +

Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be +produced with one command, the \footnote +command. They can also be produced with two commands, the +\footnotemark and the +\footnotetext commands. See the specific +command for information on why you would use one over the +other.

+
+\footnote[number]{text}
+ +

The \footnote command places the +numbered footnote text at the bottom of +the current page. The optional argument, +number, is used to change the default +footnote number. This command can only be used in outer paragraph +mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning commands like +\chapter, in figures, tables or in a +tabular environment.

+
+\footnotemark
+ +

The \footnotemark command puts the +footnote number in the text. This command +can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of the footnote is +supplied by the \footnotetext command.

+

This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote +markers referring to the same footnote by using

+

\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]

+

after the first \footnote command.

+
+\footnotetext[number]{text}
+ +

The \footnotetext command produces the +text to be placed at the bottom of the +page. This command can come anywhere after the +\footnotemark command. The +\footnotetext command must appear in outer +paragraph mode.

+

The optional argument, number, is used +to change the default footnote number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.8 +Lengths

+ +

A length is a measure of distance. Many +LaTeX commands take a length as an argument.

+
+\newlength
+ +

\newlength{\gnat}

+

The \newlength command defines the +mandatory argument, \gnat, as a +length command with a value of +0in. An error occurs if a +\gnat command already exists.

+
+\setlength
+ +

\setlength{\gnat}{length}

+

The \setlength command is used to set +the value of a length command. The +length argument can be expressed in any +terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches +(in), millimetres +(mm), points +(pt), etc.

+
+\addtolength
+ +

\addtolength{\gnat}{length}

+

The \addtolength command increments +length command by the amount +specified in the length argument. It can +be a negative amount.

+
+\settodepth
+ +

\settodepth{\gnat}{text}

+

The \settodepth command sets the value +of a length command equal to the depth of +the text argument.

+
+\settoheight
+ +

\settoheight{\gnat}{text}

+

The \settoheight command sets the value +of a length command equal to the height of +the text argument.

+
+\settowidth
+ +

\settowidth{\gnat}{text}

+

The \settowidth command sets the value +of a length command equal to the width of +the text argument.

+
+Predefined +lengths
+ +

\width +

+

+\height +

+

\depth +

+

+\totalheight +

+

These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the +box-making commands See Spaces & Boxes. They +specify the natural width etc. of the text in the box. +\totalheight equals +\height + \depth. +To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, +e.g., say

+

\makebox[2\width]{Get a +stretcher}

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.9 +Letters

+ +

You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and +business. The letter document class is +designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make +just one if you so desire.

+

Your .tex source file has the same +minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must have +the following commands as a minimum:

+
+\documentclass{letter}
+\begin{document}
+ ... letters ...
+\end{document}
+
+

Each letter is a letter environment, +whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For +example, you might have:

+
+\begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.\\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
+  ...
+\end{letter}
+
+

The letter itself begins with the +\opening command. The text of the letter +follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that make no +sense in a letter, like \chapter, do not +work. The letter closes with a \closing +command.

+

After the closing, you can have +additional material. The \cc command +produces the usual cc: .... +There's also a similar \encl command for a +list of enclosures. With both these commands, use +\\ to separate the items.

+

These commands are used with the letter +class:

+
\address
+ +

\address{Return address}

+

The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the +envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by +\\ commands. If you do not make an +\address declaration, then the letter will +be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard +letterhead. (See Overview, for +details on your local implementation). If you give an +\address declaration, then the letter will +be formatted as a personal letter.

+
\cc
+ +

\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}

+

Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each +name is printed on a separate line.

+
\closing
+ +

\closing{text}

+

The letter closes with a \closing +command, i.e.,

+
+\closing{Best Regards,}
+
+
\encl
+ +

\encl{CV\\Certificates}

+

Generate a list of enclosed material.

+
\location
+ +

\location{address}

+

This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only +appears if the firstpage pagestyle is +selected.

+
\makelabels
+ +

\makelabels{number}

+

If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a +sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the +letters.

+
\name
+ +

\name{June Davenport}

+

Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the +return address.

+
\opening
+ +

\opening{text}

+

The letter begins with the \opening +command. The mandatory argument, text, is +whatever text you wish to start your letter, i.e.,

+
+\opening{Dear Joe,}
+
+
\ps
+ +

\ps

+

Use this command before a postscript.

+
\signature
+ +

\signature{Harvey Swick}

+

Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter +underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go on +separate lines should be separated by \\ +commands.

+
\startbreaks
+ +

\startbreaks

+

Used after a \stopbreaks command to +allow page breaks again.

+
\stopbreaks
+ +

\stopbreaks

+

Inhibit page breaks until a +\startbreaks command occurs.

+
\telephone
+ +

\telephone{number}

+

This is your telephone number. This only appears if the +firstpage pagestyle is selected.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.10 Line +& Page Breaking

+ +

The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to +translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To +produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines, +and these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments, +you do the line breaking yourself with the +\\ command, but LaTeX usually does it for +you.

+
\\
+ +

\\[extra-space], \\*[extra-space]

+

The \\ command tells LaTeX to start a +new line. It has an optional argument, +extra-space, that specifies how much extra +vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be +a negative amount.

+

The \\* command is the same as the +ordinary \\ command except that it tells +LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.

+
\-
+ +

The \- command tells LaTeX that it may +hyphenate the word at that point. LaTeX is very good at +hyphenating, and it will usually find all correct hyphenation +points. The \- command is used for the +exceptional cases.

+

Note that when you insert \- commands +in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points and not +at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have +chosen.

+
+\cleardoublepage
+ +

The \cleardoublepage command ends the +current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far +appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, +it also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page, +producing a blank page if necessary.

+
\clearpage
+ +

The \clearpage command ends the current +page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in +the input to be printed.

+
+\enlargethispage
+ +

\enlargethispage{size}

+

\enlargethispage*{size}

+

Enlarge the \textheight for the current +page by the specified amount; e.g. +\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} will allow +one additional line.

+

The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the +page as much as possible. This is normally used together with an +explicit \pagebreak.

+
\samepage
+ +

\samepage

+

The object in the argument {} should be +on the current page.

+
\fussy
+ +

\fussy

+

This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy +about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between words, +but may produce overfull boxes.

+

This command cancels the effect of a previous +\sloppy command. +\sloppy

+
\hyphenation
+ +

\hyphenation{words}

+

The \hyphenation command declares +allowed hyphenation points, where words is +a list of words, separated by spaces, in which each hyphenation +point is indicated by a - character.

+
\linebreak
+ +

\linebreak[number]

+

The \linebreak command tells LaTeX to +break the current line at the point of the command. With the +optional argument, number, you can convert +the \linebreak command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is.

+

The \linebreak command causes LaTeX to +stretch the line so it extends to the right margin.

+
\newline
+ +

The \newline command breaks the line +right where it is. It can only be used in paragraph mode.

+
\newpage
+ +

The \newpage command ends the current +page. In contrast to \pagebreak it can +produce a partly empty page, even when +\flushbottom is active.

+
\nolinebreak
+ +

\nolinebreak[number]

+

The \nolinebreak command prevents LaTeX +from breaking the current line at the point of the command. With +the optional argument, number, you can +convert the \nolinebreak command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is.

+
\nopagebreak
+ +

\nopagebreak[number]

+

The \nopagebreak command prevents LaTeX +from breaking the current page at the point of the command. With +the optional argument, number, you can +convert the \nopagebreak command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is.

+
\pagebreak
+ +

\pagebreak[number]

+

The \pagebreak command tells LaTeX to +break the current page at the point of the command. With the +optional argument, number, you can convert +the \pagebreak command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is.

+
\sloppy
+ +

\sloppy

+

This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This +can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between +words.

+

Lasts until a \fussy command is issued. +\fussy.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.11 Making +Paragraphs

+ +

A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines --- +lines not containing even a %. A blank +line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started, +such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning +command.

+
\indent
+ +

\indent

+

This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of +the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation +where it would otherwise be suppressed.

+
\noindent
+ +

\noindent

+

When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the +paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of +a paragraph.

+
\par
+ +

Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or +environment definitions easier to read.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.12 Margin +Notes

+ +

The command \marginpar[left]{right} +creates a note in the margin. The first line will be at the same +height as the line in the text where the +\marginpar occurs.

+

When you only specify the mandatory argument +right, the text will be placed

+
+
    +
  • in the right margin for one-sided layout
  • +
  • in the outside margin for two-sided layout
  • +
  • in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
+

By issuing the command +\reversemarginpar, you can force the +marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.

+

When you specify both arguments, left +is used for the left margin, and right is +used for the right margin.

+

The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable +hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a +\hspace{0pt} command.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.13 Math +Formulae

+ +
+

Table 1.7. Three environments that +put LaTeX in math mode

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + +
mathFor Formulae that appear right in the +text.
displaymathFor Formulae that appear on their own +line.
equationThe same as the displaymath environment except +that it adds an equation number in the right +margin.
+

The math environment can be used in +both paragraph and LR mode, but the +displaymath and +equation environments can be used only in +paragraph mode. The math and +displaymath environments are used so often +that they have the following short forms:

+
+\(...\)     instead of     \begin{math}...\end{math}
+
+\[...\]     instead of     \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+
+

In fact, the math environment is so +common that it has an even shorter form:

+
+$ ... $     instead of     \(...\)
+
+ +
+Subscripts & +Superscripts
+ +

To get an expression exp +to appear as a subscript, you just type +_{exp +} . To get exp to +appear as a superscript, you type +^{exp +}. LaTeX handles superscripted +superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does +the right thing when something has both a subscript and a +superscript.

+
Math Symbols
+ +
Spacing in +Math Mode
+ +

In a math environment, LaTeX ignores +the spaces you type and puts in the spacing that it thinks is best. +LaTeX formats mathematics the way it's done in mathematics texts. +If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following four +commands for use in math mode:

+ +
+
    +
  1. +

    \; - a thick space

  2. +
  3. +

    \: - a medium space

  4. +
  5. +

    \, - a thin space

  6. +
  7. +

    \! - a negative thin +space

+
Math +Miscellany
+ +
+

Table 1.8. Math Miscellany

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+\cdotsProduces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots +are raised to the centre of the line.
\ddots +Produces a diagonal ellipsis.
\frac{num}{den} +Produces the fraction +num divided by +den.
\ldots +Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any +mode, not just math mode.
+\overbrace{text} +Generates a brace over text.
\overline{text} +Causes the argument text to be +overlined.
\sqrt[root]{arg} +Produces the square root of its argument. The +optional argument, root, determines what +root to produce, i.e., the cube root of +x+y would be typed as +$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$.
+\underbrace{text} +Generates text with a brace +underneath.
+\underline{text} +Causes the argument text to be underlined. This +command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.
\vdots +Produces a vertical ellipsis.
\ensuremath{} +It's argument is set in math mode. This is +needed for own definitions.
+
+
+
+
+

2.3.14 +Modes

+ +

When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of +three modes:

+
+
    +
  • paragraph mode
  • +
  • Math mode
  • +
  • Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
+

LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a +different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. +Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or +when LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing +commands.

+

Paragraph mode is the +most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when processing ordinary +text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into lines and breaks +the lines into pages. LaTeX is in math +mode when it's generating a mathematical formula. In +LR mode, as in paragraph +mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of +words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, +LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in +LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words into an +\mbox, LaTeX would keep typesetting them +from left to right inside a single box, and then complain because +the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.

+

LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an +\mbox command. You can get it to enter a +different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it enter +math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also several +text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put +LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or +environments will be called a parbox. When +LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in +inner paragraph mode. Its +normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called +outer paragraph +mode.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.15 Page +Styles

+ +

The \documentclass command determines +the size and position of the page's head and foot. The page style +determines what goes in them.

+
\maketitle
+ +

\maketitle

+

The \maketitle command generates a +title on a separate title page. In the +article class, +\maketitle will also switch to pagestyle +plain. See Page Styles for commands to change +page numbering.

+

Information used to produce the title is obtained from the +following declarations:

+

See Page +Styles for the commands to give the information.

+
\author
+ +

\author{names}

+

The \author command declares the +author(s), where names is a list of +authors separated by \and commands. Use +\\ to separate lines within a single +author's entry -- for example, to give the author's institution or +address.

+
\date
+ +

\date{text}

+

The \date command declares +text to be the document's +date. With no \date command, the current +date is used.

+
\thanks
+ +

\thanks{text}

+

The \thanks command produces a +\footnote to the title.

+
\title
+ +

\title{text}

+

The \title command declares +text to be the title. Use +\\ to tell LaTeX where to start a new line +in a long title.

+
\pagenumbering
+ +

\pagenumbering{num_style}

+

Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of +num_style are:

+
+
    +
  • arabic - Arabic numerals
  • +
  • roman - Lowercase Roman numerals
  • +
  • Roman - Uppercase Roman numerals
  • +
  • alph - Lowercase letters
  • +
  • Alph - Uppercase +letters
+
\pagestyle
+ +

\pagestyle{option}

+

The \pagestyle command changes the +style from the current page on throughout the remainder of your +document.

+

The valid options are:

+
+
    +
  • plain - Just a plain page number.
  • +
  • empty - Produces empty heads and feet +- no page numbers.
  • +
  • headings - Puts running headings on +each page. The document style specifies what goes in the +headings.
  • +
  • myheadings - You specify what is to go +in the heading with the \markboth or the +\markright commands.
+
\markboth
+ +
+\markboth{left head}{right head}
+
+

The \markboth command is used in +conjunction with the page style myheadings +for setting both the left and the right heading. You should note +that a left-hand heading is +generated by the last \markboth command +before the end of the page, while a +right-hand heading is +generated by the first \markboth or +\markright that comes on the page if there +is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.

+
\markright
+ +
+\markright{right head}
+
+

The \markright command is used in +conjunction with the page style myheadings +for setting the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. +You should note that a left-hand +heading is generated by the last +\markboth command before the end of the +page, while a right-hand +heading is generated by the first +\markboth or +\markright that comes on the page if there +is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.

+
\thispagestyle
+ +

\thispagestyle{option}

+

The \thispagestyle command works in the +same manner as the \pagestyle command +except that it changes the style for the current page +only.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.16 +Sectioning

+ +

Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text +into units.

+
+
    +
  • +\part
  • +
  • +\chapter +(report and book class only)
  • +
  • +\section
  • +
  • +\subsection
  • +
  • +\subsubsection
  • +
  • +\paragraph
  • +
  • +\subparagraph
+

All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,

+

\chapter[optional]{title}

+

In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory +argument of the sectioning command can appear in two other +places:

+
+
    +
  1. +

    The table of contents

  2. +
  3. +

    The running head at the top of the page

+

You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two +places as appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, +the sectioning commands have an optional +argument that provides the text for these other two purposes.

+

All sectioning commands have *-forms +that print a title, but do +not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of +contents.

+ +

+\appendix

+

The \appendix command changes the way +sectional units are numbered. The +\appendix command generates no text and +does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this +command is something like

+
+\chapter{The First Chapter}
+ ...
+\appendix
+\chapter{The First Appendix}
+
+
+
+
+
+

2.3.17 Spaces & +Boxes

+ +

All the predefined length parameters See +Predefined lengths can be +used in the arguments of the box-making commands.

+
\dotfill
+ +

The \dotfill command produces a +rubber length that produces +dots instead of just spaces.

+
\hfill
+ +

The \hfill fill command produces a +rubber length which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.

+
\hrulefill
+ +

The \hrulefill fill command produces a +rubber length which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal +rule.

+
\hspace
+ +

\hspace{length}, \hspace*{length}

+

The \hspace command adds horizontal +space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that +LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative +as well as positive space with an \hspace +command. Adding negative space is like backspacing.

+

LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. +If you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional +* argument. Then the space is never +removed.

+
\addvspace
+ +

\addvspace{length}

+

The \addvspace command normally adds a +vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space has +already been added to the same point in the output by a previous +\addvspace command, then this command will +not add more space than needed to make the natural length of the +total vertical space equal to length.

+
\bigskip
+ +

The \bigskip command is equivalent to +\vspace{bigskipamount} where +bigskipamount is determined by the +document class.

+
\medskip
+ +

The \medskip command is equivalent to +\vspace{medskipamount} where +medskipamount is determined by the +document class.

+
\smallskip
+ +

\smallskip

+

The \smallskip command is equivalent to +\vspace{smallskipamount} where +smallskipamount is determined by the +document class.

+
\vfill
+ +

The \vfill fill command produces a +rubber length which can stretch or shrink vertically.

+
\vspace
+ +

\vspace{length}, \vspace*{length}

+

The \vspace command adds vertical +space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that +LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative +as well as positive space with an \vspace +command.

+

LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If +you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional +* argument. Then the space is never +removed.

+
\fbox
+ +

\fbox{text}

+

The \fbox command is exactly the same +as the \mbox command, except that it puts +a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.

+
\framebox
+ +

\framebox[width][position]{text}

+

The \framebox command is exactly the +same as the \makebox command, except that +it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.

+

The framebox command produces a rule of thickness +\fboxrule, and leaves a space +\fboxsep between the rule and the contents +of the box.

+
lrbox
+ +

\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}

+

This is the environment form of +\sbox.

+

The text inside the environment is saved in the box +cmd, which must have been declared with +\newsavebox.

+
\makebox
+ +

\makebox[width][position]{text}

+

The \makebox command creates a box just +wide enough to contain the text specified. +The width of the box is specified by the optional +width argument. The position of the text +within the box is determined by the optional +position argument.

+
+
    +
  • c --- centred (default)
  • +
  • l --- flushleft
  • +
  • r --- flushright
  • +
  • s --- stretch from left to right +margin. The text must contain stretchable space for this to +work.
+

See \makebox +(picture).

+
\mbox
+ +

\mbox{text}

+

The \mbox command creates a box just +wide enough to hold the text created by its argument.

+

Use this command to prevent text from being split across +lines.

+
\newsavebox
+ +

\newsavebox{cmd}

+

Declares cmd, which must be a command +name that is not already defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.

+
\parbox
+ +

+\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}

+

A parbox is a box whose contents are +created in paragraph mode. The +\parbox has two mandatory arguments:

+
+
    +
  • width - specifies the width of the +parbox, and
  • +
  • text - the text that goes inside the +parbox.
+

LaTeX will position a parbox so its +centre lines up with the centre of the text line. The optional +position argument allows you +to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is +top).

+

If the height argument is +not given, the box will have the natural height of the text.

+

The inner-pos argument +controls the placement of the text inside the box. If it is not +specified, position is +used.

+
+
    +
  • t --- text is placed at the top of the +box.
  • +
  • c --- text is centred in the box.
  • +
  • b --- text is placed at the bottom of +the box.
  • +
  • s --- stretch vertically. The text +must contain vertically stretchable space for this to +work.
+

A \parbox command is used for a parbox +containing a small piece of text, with nothing fancy inside. In +particular, you shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making +environments inside a \parbox argument. +For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a +paragraph-making environment, you should use a +minipage environment See +minipage.

+
\raisebox
+ +

+\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}

+

The \raisebox command is used to raise +or lower text. The first mandatory argument specifies how high the +text is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). The +text itself is processed in LR mode.

+

Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a +different size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX +would normally think it has. The \raisebox +command lets you tell LaTeX how tall it is.

+

The first optional argument, +extend-above, makes LaTeX think that the +text extends above the line by the amount specified. The second +optional argument, extend-below, makes +LaTeX think that the text extends below the line by the amount +specified.

+
\rule
+ +

+\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}

+

The \rule command is used to produce +horizontal lines. The arguments are defined as follows:

+
+
    +
  • raise-height - specifies how high to +raise the rule (optional)
  • +
  • width - specifies the length of the +rule (mandatory)
  • +
  • thickness - specifies the thickness of +the rule (mandatory)
+
\savebox
+ +

\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}

+

This command typeset text in a box just +as for \makebox. However, instead of +printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin +cmd, which must have been declared with +\newsavebox.

+
\sbox
+ +

\sbox{cmd}\{text}

+

This commands typesets text in a box +just as for \mbox. However, instead of +printing the resulting box, it saves it in +cmd, which must have been declared with +\newsavebox.

+
\usebox
+ +

\usebox{cmd}

+

Prints the box most recently saved in bin +cmd by a \savebox +command.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.18 Special +Characters

+ +

The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are +called special printing +characters, or simply +special characters.

+
+# $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+
+

Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, +you are doing something special. If you simply want the character +to be printed just as any other letter, include a +\ in front of the character. For example, +\$ will produce $ +in your output.

+

One exception to this rule is the \ +itself because \\ has its own special +meaning. A \ is produced by typing +$\backslash$ in your file.

+

Also, \~ means `place a tilde accent +over the following letter', so you will probably want to use +\verb instead.

+ +

In addition, you can access any character of a font once you +know its number by using the \symbol +command. For example, the character used for displaying spaces in +the \verb* command has the code decimal +32, so it can be typed as \symbol{32}.

+

You can also specify octal numbers with +' or hexadecimal numbers with +", so the previous example could also be +written as \symbol{'40} or +\symbol{"20}.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.19 Special +Symbols

+ +
Accents on +Characters
+ +

The rules differ somewhat depending whether you are in +text mode, +math modes, or the +tabbing environment.

+
Text Mode
+

The following accents may be placed on letters. Although +o is used in most of the +example, the accents may be placed on any letter. Accents may even +be placed above a missing +letter; for example, \~{} produces a tilde +over a blank space.

+

The following commands may be used only in paragraph or LR +mode:

+
+
    +
  • \`{o} produces a grave accent, +ò
  • +
  • \'{o} produces an acute accent, +ó
  • +
  • \^{o} produces a circumflex, +ô
  • +
  • \"{o} produces an umlaut or dieresis, +ö
  • +
  • \H{o} produces a long Hungarian +umlaut
  • +
  • \~{o} produces a tilde, +õ
  • +
  • \c{c} produces a cedilla, +ç
  • +
  • \={o} produces a macron accent (a bar +over the letter)
  • +
  • \b{o} produces a bar under the +letter
  • +
  • \.{o} produces a dot over the +letter
  • +
  • \d{o} produces a dot under the +letter
  • +
  • \u{o} produces a breve over the +letter
  • +
  • \v{o} produces a +v over the letter
  • +
  • \t{oo} produces a +tie (inverted u) over the +two letters
+

Note that the letters i +and j require special +treatment when they are given accents because it is often desirable +to replace the dot with the accent. For this purpose, the commands +\i and \j can be +used to produce dotless letters.

+

For example,

+
+
    +
  • \^{\i} should be used for i, +circumflex, î
  • +
  • \"{\i} should be used for i, umlaut, +ï
+
Math Mode
+

Several of the above and some similar accents can also be +produced in math mode. The following commands may be used +only in math mode:

+
+
    +
  • \hat{o} is similar to the circumflex +(cf. \^)
  • +
  • \widehat{oo} is a wide version of +\hat over several +letters
  • +
  • \check{o} is a vee or check (cf. +\v)
  • +
  • \tilde{o} is a tilde (cf. +\~)
  • +
  • \widetilde{oo} is a wide version of +\tilde over several letters
  • +
  • \acute{o} is an acute accent (cf. +\`)
  • +
  • \grave{o} is a grave accent (cf. +>\')
  • +
  • \dot{o} is a dot over the letter (cf. +\.)
  • +
  • \ddot{o} is a double dot over the +letter
  • +
  • \breve{o} is a breve (cf. +\u)
  • +
  • \bar{o} is a macron (cf. +\=)
  • +
  • \vec{o} is a vector (arrow) over the +letter
+
Tabbing +Environment
+

Some of the accent marks used in running text have other uses in +the Tabbing Environment. In that case +they can be created with the following command:

+
+
    +
  • >\a' for an acute accent
  • +
  • \a` for a grave accent
  • +
  • \a= for a macron +accent
+
Arrows
+ +

LaTeX provides commands for all sorts of arrows. The following +commands are used only in math mode.

+

In general the command names are created from +left, right, +up, or down. +leftright gives a double headed arrow. +Prefacing with long gives a longer arrow. +Capitalizing the first letter gives a double-shanked arrow.

+

Examples are:

+
+
    +
  • \leftarrow
  • +
  • \Leftarrow
  • +
  • \longleftarrow
  • +
  • \Longleftarrow
  • +
  • \rightarrow
  • +
  • \Rightarrow
  • +
  • \longrightarrow
  • +
  • \Longrightarrow
  • +
  • \leftrightarrow
  • +
  • \Leftrightarrow
  • +
  • \longleftrightarrow
  • +
  • \uparrow
  • +
  • \downarrow
  • +
  • \Uparrow
  • +
  • >\nearrow points from southwest to +northeast
  • +
  • \searrow points from northwest to +southeast
  • +
  • \swarrow points from northeast to +southwest
  • +
  • \nwarrow points from southeast to +northwest
+

The \stackrel command is useful for +putting things over or under your arrow.

+

See also:

+ +
+Binary and Relational +Operators
+ +

Some math symbols are +obtained by typing the corresponding keyboard character. Examples +include

+
++ - = < >
+
+
+

Note

+

plus, minus, and equal sign may be used in either text or math +mode, but < and > are math mode only (they produce inverted +exclamation and question marks, respectively, in text +mode).

+

The following commands may be used only in math mode:

+
+
    +
  • \pm plus or minus sign
  • +
  • \mp minus or plus sign
  • +
  • \times times (an "x")
  • +
  • \div divided by sign
  • +
  • \ast an asterisk (centered)
  • +
  • \star a five-point star +(centered)
  • +
  • \bullet a bullet
  • +
  • \circ an open bullet
  • +
  • \cdot a centered dot
  • +
  • \leq less than or equal to
  • +
  • \ll much less than
  • +
  • \subset is a subset of
  • +
  • \geq greater than or equal to
  • +
  • \gg much greater than
  • +
  • \equiv equivalence symbol
  • +
  • \sim similar to
  • +
  • \simeq similar or equal to
  • +
  • \approx approximately equal to
  • +
  • \neq not equal to
  • +
  • \per "perpendicular to" symbols
  • +
  • \propto proportional +to
+

Note that greater than +and less than are obtained +simply by entering > and +<.

+

A slash, indicating not +can be placed through a symbol (or a letter) with the +\not command. For example, not less than +is \not< and not less than or equal to +is \not\leq. If the slash isn't properly +positioned it can be moved by putting a math mode spacing command +between the \notand the symbol.

+
Delimiters
+ +

Delimiters are objects which act logically like parentheses. +These can be used only in math mode.

+

The delimiters recognized by LaTeX include:

+
+
    +
  • ( (left parenthesis)
  • +
  • ) (right parenthesis)
  • +
  • [ (left bracket)
  • +
  • ] (right bracket)
  • +
  • \{ (left brace)
  • +
  • \} (right brace)
  • +
  • | (vertical line)
  • +
  • \vert (vertical line)
  • +
  • \| (double vertical lines)
  • +
  • \Vert (double vertical lines)
  • +
  • / (slash)
  • +
  • \backslash (backslash)
  • +
  • \langle (left angle bracket)
  • +
  • \rangle (right angle bracket)
  • +
  • \uparrow (uparrow)
  • +
  • \downarrow (down arrow)
  • +
  • \updownarrow (up/down +arrow)
+
Making Delimiters the Right +Size
+

Delimiters in formulas should be big enough to +fit around the formulas they +delimit (for example arround arrays). To obtain +stretchable delimiters +(LaTeX makes them the appropriate size) type a +\left or \right +command before the delimiter. \left and +\right commands must come in matching +pairs, although the delimiters themselves need not be the same. +Thus, \left \{ ... \right \[ produces a +legal pair. In cases where only one delimiter is desired, it is +possible to make the matching delimiter +invisible by typing a period +(.) after the command, i.e., +\left. or +\right.

+

In an eqnarray environment the +matching \left and +\right cannot be split between lines and +it may be necessary to use an +invisible +\right. and +\left. to terminate and begin parts on +different lines. In this case a second problem may arise, since the +size of the delimiters will be chosen only for the +local part, so that the size +of the visible +left and +right delimiters might not +match. The solution is to trick LaTeX into thinking that both parts +have the same vertical height. This can be done by placing a strut, +that is a zero-width \rule. It can also be +accomplished with the \vphantom command, +which I have not found documented, but which appears to work.

+

\vphantom{construct} creates a +zero-width object with the height of +construct. The argument can contain things +such as \frac or the +variable size math symbols +and should be chosen according to what is in the section with the +delimiter you want to match.

+
Some Examples
+
A six-j symbol
+
+\[ \left\{
+\begin{array}{ccc}
+a & b & c \\
+d & e & f \end{array}
+\right>\} \]
+
+

This should be displayed something like (insofar as it can be +rendered in "ascii art"):

+
+( a b c )
+-       -
+( d e f )
+
+

Note that the \[ ... \] set this off as +Display Math, and that the +Array Environment is used to +generate the three centered columns inside the braces.

+
A "multiple choice" +equation
+
+\[ f(x) =
+   \left\{ \begin{array}{l}
+       0, x < 0 \\ 1, x = 0 \\
+       2, x > 0 \end{array} \right. \]
+
+

will be displayed as

+
+        ( 0, x < 0
+f(x) =  - 1, x = 0
+        ( 2, x > 0
+
+

Note that the invisible +\right delimiter is specified using a +period.

+
Ellipsis
+ +

Ellipses (three dots) can be produced by the following +commands

+
+
    +
  • \ldots horizontally at bottom of +line
  • +
  • \cdots horizontally center of line +(math mode only)
  • +
  • \ddots diagonal (math mode only)
  • +
  • \vdots vertical (math mode +only)
+
Greek +Letters
+ +

These commands may be used only in math mode:

+
+
    +
  • \alpha
  • +
  • \beta
  • +
  • \gamma
  • +
  • \delta
  • +
  • \epsilon
  • +
  • \varepsilon (variation, +script-like)
  • +
  • \zeta
  • +
  • \eta
  • +
  • \theta
  • +
  • \vartheta (variation, +script-like)
  • +
  • \iota
  • +
  • \kappa
  • +
  • \lambda
  • +
  • \mu
  • +
  • \nu
  • +
  • \xi
  • +
  • \pi
  • +
  • \varpi (variation)
  • +
  • \rho
  • +
  • \varrho (variation, with the +tail)
  • +
  • \sigma
  • +
  • \varsigma (variation, +script-like)
  • +
  • \tau
  • +
  • \upsilon
  • +
  • \phi
  • +
  • \varphi (variation, script-like)
  • +
  • \chi
  • +
  • \psi
  • +
  • \omega
+

Capital letters:

+
+
    +
  • \Gamma
  • +
  • \Delta
  • +
  • \Theta
  • +
  • \Lambda
  • +
  • \Xi
  • +
  • \Pi
  • +
  • \Sigma
  • +
  • \Upsilon
  • +
  • \Phi
  • +
  • \Psi
  • +
  • \Omega
+

See also:

+ +
Miscellaneous +Symbols
+ +
Some symbols for math
+

The following symbols are also used only in math mode

+
+
    +
  • +\aleph +Hebrew aleph
  • +
  • \hbar +h-bar, Planck's constant
  • +
  • +\imath +variation on i; no dot
  • +
  • +\jmath +variation on j; no dot
  • +
  • \ell +script (loop) l
  • +
  • \wp +fancy script lowercase +P
  • +
  • \Re +script capital R +(Real)
  • +
  • \Im +script capital I +(Imaginary)
  • +
  • +\prime +prime (also obtained by typing ')
  • +
  • +\nabla +inverted capital Delta
  • +
  • \surd +radical (square root) symbol
  • +
  • +\angle +angle symbol
  • +
  • +\forall +for all (inverted A)
  • +
  • +\exists +exists (left-facing E)
  • +
  • +\partial +partial derivative symbol
  • +
  • +\infty +infinity symbol
  • +
  • +\triangle +open triangle symbol
  • +
  • \Box +open square
  • +
  • +\Diamond +open diamond
  • +
  • \flat +music: flat symbol
  • +
  • +\natural +music: natural symbol
  • +
  • +\clubsuit +playing cards: club suit symbol
  • +
  • +\diamondsuit +playing cards: diamond suit symbol
  • +
  • +\heartsuit +playing cards: heart suit symbol
  • +
  • +\spadesuit +playing cards: space suit symbol
+
Some Other Symbols
+

The following symbols can be used in any mode:

+
+
    +
  • \dag +dagger
  • +
  • +>\ddag +double dagger
  • +
  • >\S +section symbol
  • +
  • >\P +paragraph symbol
  • +
  • +>\copyright +copyright symbol
  • +
  • +>\pounds +British pound sterling symbol
+
Calligraphic Style +Letters
+

Twenty-six calligraphic letters are provided (the upper case +alphabet). These can only be used in math mode.

+

In LaTeX 2.09 they are produced with the +\cal declaration:

+
+${\cal A}$
+
+

In LaTeX2e they are obtained with the +\mathcal command:

+
+$\mathcal{CAL}$
+
+
Math +Functions
+ +

Functions like log or +cos are normally used in +math mode. However, inmath mode strings of letters are treated as a +product of variables, which would normally be displayed in math +italics rather than a text font which would be appropriate for +these functions. To get proper display of such functions they are +generated with LaTeX commands.

+

Some of these commands are:

+
+
    +
  • +\arccos
  • +
  • +\arcsin
  • +
  • +\arctan
  • +
  • +\cos
  • +
  • +\cosh
  • +
  • +\cot
  • +
  • +\coth
  • +
  • +\csc
  • +
  • +\deg
  • +
  • +\det
  • +
  • +\dim
  • +
  • +\exp
  • +
  • +\gcd
  • +
  • +\hom
  • +
  • +\inf
  • +
  • +\ker
  • +
  • \lg
  • +
  • +\lim
  • +
  • +\liminf
  • +
  • +\limsup
  • +
  • \ln
  • +
  • +\log
  • +
  • +\max
  • +
  • +\min
  • +
  • +\sec
  • +
  • +\sin
  • +
  • +\sinh
  • +
  • +\sup
  • +
  • +\tan
  • +
  • +\tanh
+

Two commands are provided for the "modulus" function

+
+
    +
  • +\bmod
  • +
  • +\pmod{}
+

The former would be used to write "a mod b" as +a \bmod b and the latter, which requires +an argument that is displayed in parentheses, would be used to +write "n = i (mod j)" as n = i +\pmod{j}

+
+Variable Size Math +Symbols
+ +

The size of some mathematical symbols, notably summation signs, +product signs, and integral signs, depends on the environment in +which they appear (i.e., displaymath as +opposed to math environments.

+

These include:

+
+
    +
  • \sum a +summation sign (capital sigma)
  • +
  • \prod +a product (capital pi)
  • +
  • +\coprod +a coproduct (inverted capital pi)
  • +
  • \int +an integral sign
  • +
  • \oint +a surface (circular) integral sign
  • +
  • +\bigcup +big "U"
  • +
  • +\bigcap +big inverted "U"
  • +
  • +\bigvee +big "V"
  • +
  • +\bigwedge +big inverted "V"
  • +
  • +\bigodot +big "O" with dot at center
  • +
  • +\bigotimes +big "O" with cross inside
  • +
  • +\bigoplus +big "O" with a + inside
  • +
  • +\biguplus +big "U" with a + inside
+

The \sqrt command also produces a +variable size symbol appropriate for the size of hte radicand +argument.

+

The "limits" associated with these symbols are entered as +subscripts for entries +appearing below the symbol and as +superscripts for entries +appearing above the symbol. For example the sum from n=0 to +infinity of xn would be entered as

+
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty} x_{n}
+
+

The actual placement of the limits depends on whether this is in +displaymath mode in which case they are +placed below/above or in +math mode in running text in +which case they are placed as regular subscripts and +superscripts.

+

Note that it is possible to treat several of these symbols (a +common example would be a double sum) as a single symbol for +placing limits above and/or below by using the +\mathop command.

+

Hats and +tildes over symbols which +stretch (as best they can) to the correct size for their arguments +are produced by \widehat and +\widetilde

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.20 Splitting +the Input

+ +

A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting +the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to +split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate +files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one +whose name you type when you run LaTeX.

+
\include
+ +

\include{file}

+

The \include command is used in +conjunction with the \includeonly command +for selective inclusion of files. The file +argument is the first name of a file, denoting +file.tex. If +file is one the file names in the file +list of the \includeonly command or if +there is no \includeonly command, the +\include command is equivalent to

+
+\clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
+
+

except that if the file file.tex does +not exist, then a warning message rather than an error is produced. +If the file is not in the file list, the +\include command is equivalent to +\clearpage.

+

The \include command may not appear in +the preamble or in a file read by another +\include command.

+
+\includeonly
+ +

+\includeonly{file_list +}

+

The \includeonly command controls which +files will be read in by an \include +command. file_list should be +a comma-separated list of filenames. Each filename must match +exactly a filename specified in a \include +command. This command can only appear in the preamble.

+
\input
+ +

\input{file}

+

The \input command causes the indicated +file to be read and processed, exactly as +if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that +point. The file name may be a complete file name with extension or +just a first name, in which case the file +file.tex is used.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.21 Starting +& Ending

+ +

Your input file must contain the following commands as a +minimum:

+
+\documentclass{class}
+\begin{document}
+  ... your text goes here ...
+\end{document}
+
+

where the class selected is one of the +valid classes for LaTeX. See Document Classes (and see +Overview), for +details of the various document classes available locally.

+

You may include other LaTeX commands between the +\documentclass and the +\begin{document} commands (i.e., in the +`preamble').

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.22 Table of +Contents

+ +

A table of contents is produced with the +\tableofcontents command. You put the command right where you +want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It +produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new page. +If you want a new page after the table of contents, include a +\newpage command after the +\tableofcontents command.

+

There are similar commands +\listoffigures and \listoftables + for producing a list of +figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works +exactly the same as for the table of contents.

+

NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot +have the \nofiles command in your document.

+
+\addcontentsline
+ +

+\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}

+

The \addcontentsline command adds an +entry to the specified list or table where:

+
+
    +
  • file is the extension of the file on +which information is to be written: toc +(table of contents), lof (list of +figures), or lot (list of tables).
  • +
  • +

    sec_unit controls the formatting of the +entry. It should be one of the following, depending upon the value +of the file argument:

    +
    +
      +
    1. toc --- the name of the sectional +unit, such as part or subsection.
    2. +
    3. lof --- figure
    4. +
    5. lot --- table
  • +
  • entry is the text of the +entry.
+
+\addtocontents
+ +

\addtocontents{file}{text}

+

The \addtocontents command adds text +(or formatting commands) directly to the file that generates the +table of contents or list of figures or tables.

+
+
    +
  • file is the extension of the file on +which information is to be written: toc +(table of contents), lof (list of +figures), or lot (list of tables).
  • +
  • text is the information to be +written.
+
+
+
+
+

2.3.23 +Terminal Input/Output

+ +
\typein
+ +

\typein[cmd]{msg}

+

Prints msg on the terminal and causes +LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with +return. If the cmd argument is missing, +the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the +input file in place of the \typein +command. If the cmd argument is present, +it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or +redefined to be the typed input.

+
\typeout
+ +

\typeout{msg}

+

Prints msg on the terminal and in the +log file. Commands in +msg that are defined with +\newcommand or +\renewcommand are replaced by their +definitions before being printed.

+

LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single +space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to +msg. A \space +command in msg causes a single space to be +printed. A ^^J in +msg prints a newline.

+
+
+
+
+

2.3.24 +Typefaces

+ +

The typeface is specified by giving the +size and +style. A typeface is also +called a font.

+
\Styles
+ +

The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.

+

These commands are used like \textit{italics +text}. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the +declaration form, which +takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until +the next type style command or the end of the current group.

+

The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say +\sffamily\bfseries to get sans serif +boldface.

+

You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; +e.g. +\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}.

+
+

Table 1.9. Typefaces

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
\textrm (\rmfamily) Roman.
\textit (\itshape) , +\emph Emphasis (toggles between \textit and +\textrm).
\textmd (\mdseries) Medium weight (default). The opposite of +boldface.
\textbf (\bfseries) Boldface.
\textup (\upshape) Upright (default). The opposite of +slanted.
\textsl (\slshape) Slanted.
\textsf (\sffamily) Sans serif.
\textsc (\scshape) Small caps.
\texttt (\ttfamily) Typewriter.
\textnormal (\normalfont) Main document font.
\mathrm Roman, for use in math mode.
\mathbf Boldface, for use in math mode. For bold +symbols or complete equations take a look at +\boldsymbol +and \bm.
\mathsf Sans serif, for use in math mode.
\mathtt Typewriter, for use in math mode.
\mathit Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable +names with several letters.
\mathnormal For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type +style declaration.
\mathcal `Calligraphic' letters, for use in math +mode.
+

In addition, the command +\mathversion{bold} can be used for switching to bold letters +and symbols in formulas. +\mathversion{normal} restores the +default.

+
Sizes
+ +

The following standard type size commands are supported by +LaTeX.

+

The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope +of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or +the end of the current group.

+

You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g. +\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}.

+
+

Table 1.10. Standard type size +commands

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
\tiny
\scriptsize
\footnotesize
\small
\normalsize (default)
\large
\Large
\LARGE
\huge
\Huge  
+
+Low-level font +commands
+ +

These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and +packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the +available ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of +The LaTeX Companion.

+
+

Table 1.11. Low-level font +commands

+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
\fontencoding{enc} Select font encoding. Valid encodings include +OT1 and +T1.
\fontfamily{family} Select font family. Valid families include: +
+
    +
  • cmr for Computer Modern Roman
  • +
  • cmss for Computer Modern Sans +Serif
  • +
  • cmtt for Computer Modern +Typewriter
+and numerous others.
\fontseries{series} Select font series. Valid series include: +
+
    +
  • m Medium (normal)
  • +
  • b Bold
  • +
  • c Condensed
  • +
  • bc Bold condensed
  • +
  • bx Bold extended
+and various other combinations.
\fontshape{shape} Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +
+
    +
  • n Upright (normal)
  • +
  • it Italic
  • +
  • sl Slanted (oblique)
  • +
  • sc Small caps
  • +
  • ui Upright italics
  • +
  • ol Outline
+The two last shapes are not available for most font +families.
\fontsize{size}{skip} Set font size. The first parameter is the font +size to switch to; the second is the +\baselineskip to use. The unit of both +parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip +should be 1.2 times the font size.
\selectfont The changes made by calling the four font +commands described above do not come into effect until +\selectfont is called.
\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape} +Equivalent to calling +\fontencoding, +\fontfamily, +\fontseries and +\fontshape with the given parameters, +followed by +\selectfont.
+
+
+
+
+

2.4 +Parameters

+ +

The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; +TeX uses .tex as a default file +extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input +from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a +string as a parameter to the command; e.g.

+

latex \scrollmode\input foo.tex

+

will process foo.tex without pausing +after every error.

+

Output files are always created in the current directory. When +you fail to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names +on the file specification associated with the logical name +TEX_OUTPUT, typically +texput.log.

+
+
+
+
+

3 +LaTeX Packages

+ +
+
+
+
+

3.1 +amsmath

+ +

amsmath consists of several packages to +aid in typesetting math.

+
+
+
+\boldsymbol
+
+

Produces a bold math symbol. When not only a single symbol, but +a complete equation has to be bold you might consider using the +superior \bm command +which takes better care of spacing.

+
+\pmb
+
+

Can be used for mathematic symbols, when no bold version is +available. It prints the standard symbol several times slightly +shifted and is inferior to a real bold +font!

+
+
+
+
+

3.2 +dcolumn

+ +

\usepackage{dcolumn}

+

Defines a system for defining columns of entries in an +array or tabular +which are to be aligned on a decimal +point.

+

This package defines D to be a column +specifier with three arguments:

+
+D{sep.tex}{sep.dvi}{decimal places}
+
+

sep.tex should be a single character, +this is used as the separator in the .tex +file. It will usually be '.' or +','.

+

sep.dvi is used as the separator in the +output.

+

decimal places should be the maximum +number of decimal places in the column.

+

\newcolumntype can be used to define +own column types.

+
+
+
+
+

3.3 +float

+ +
+

Note

+

The contents of this section was taken from the documentation of +float v1.3d of 2001/11/08.

+

This style option improves the +interface for defining objects such as figures and tabels in LaTeX. +It adds the notion of a float +style that governs the appearance of +floats.

+
+
+
+\newfloat{<placement>}{<ext>}[<within>]
+
+

Add a new class of floats.

+
+\floatstyle{<style>}
+
+

Sets a default float style.

+
+\floatname{<style>}{<name>}
+
+

Define the float name +used in the caption of a float.

+
+\floatplacement{<>}{<placement>}
+
+

Resets the default placement specifier of a class of +floats.

+
+\restylefloat<style>
+
+

Change styles for the standard float types +figure and +table.

+
+\listof{<type>}{<title>}
+
+

Produces a list of all floats of a given +class.

+
+
+
+
+

3.4 +fontenc

+ +

\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}

+

chooses T1-fonts and allows correct automatic +hyphenation.

+
+
+
+
+

3.5 +german

+ +

Das german Paket muß geladen +sein:

+
+
+
"a
+
+

erzeugt ein ä

+

entsprechend "o, +"u, "A, +"O, "U, +"s (ß)

+
"ck
+
+

wird bei Trennung zu k-k

+
"ff
+
+

wird bei Trennung zu ff-f

+

entsprechend "ll, +"mm, "pp, +"rr, "tt

+
\glqq
+
+

oder "` erzeugt untere doppelte +Anführungszeichen

+
+\grqq
+
+

oder "' erzeugt obere doppelte +Anführungszeichen

+
\glq
+
+

erzeugt untere einfache Anführungszeichen

+
\flqq
+
+

oder "< doppelte linke +französische Anführungszeichen

+
\frqq
+
+

oder "> doppelte rechte +französische Anführungszeichen

+
\flq
+
+

einfache linke französische Anführungszeichen

+
\frq
+
+

einfache rechte französische +Anführungszeichen

+
"|
+
+

verhindert eine Ligatur an der Stelle

+
\-
+
+

markiert mögliche Trennstelle, im restlichen Wort ist keine +Trennung mehr möglich

+
"-
+
+

Trennvorschlag, der Rest des Wortes kann noch automatisch +getrennt werden

+
""
+
+

Trennvorschlag, bei dem bei einer Trennung kein Bindestrich +eingefügt wird

+
"~
+
+

Bindestrich, an dem nicht getrennt werden darf

+
"=
+
+

Bindestrich, an dem getrennt werden darf

+
\dq
+
+

erzeugt ein nicht-typographisches gerades +Anführungszeichen

+
+\texttt{\dq}
+
+
<
+
+

oder \dq ergibt das +Zoll-Zeichen

+
+
+
+
+

3.6 +graphics

+ +

Look up details in grfguide.

+
+
+
+
+

3.6.1 +\includegraphics

+ +

\includegraphics[]{picture-name}

+

File extensions of the graphics should be omitted, so it's +easier to change the format (for example for pdf or ps +output).

+
+
+
+
+

3.6.2 +\graphicspath

+ +

\graphicspath{dir-list}

+

dir-list is a list of absolute or +relative paths, where the command \includegraphics{} +searches for the graphic files:

+

\graphicspath{{eps/}{tiff/}} would +cause the system to look in the subdirectories +eps and tiff of +the current directory. This is unix syntax, on a Mac it would +be:

+

\graphicspath{{:eps:}{:tiff:}}

+

Under Windows/DOS use also the slash / +to separate directories. Not all tex installations can handle +filenames with spaces. So it's better to avoid +them.

+
+
+
+
+

3.7 +hyperref

+ +

For more infos read in the book LaTeX +Web Companion or Mit LaTeX +ins Web.

+
+
+
+
+

3.7.1 +Options

+
+
+
4
+
+

use Acrobat 4 features (default: +false).

+
a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, legalpaper, +letterpaper, executivepaper
+
+

use the specified paper size.

+
anchorcolor
+
+

set color of anchors (default: +black).

+
backref
+
+

do bibliographical back references (default: +false).

+
baseurl
+
+

set base URL for document (default: +empty).

+
bookmarks
+
+

make bookmarks (default: +true).

+
bookmarksnumbered
+
+

put section numbers in bookmarks (default: +false).

+
bookmarksopen
+
+

open up bookmark tree (default: +false).

+
bookmarksopenlevel
+
+

level to which bookmarks are open (default: +\maxdimen).

+
bookmarkstype
+
+

to specify which `toc' file to mimic toc.

+
breaklinks
+
+

allow links to break over lines (default: +false).

+
citebordercolor
+
+

color of border around cites (default: 0 1 +0).

+
citecolor
+
+

color of citation links (default: +green).

+
colorlinks
+
+

color links (default: false).

+
debug
+
+

provide details of anchors defined (same as verbose, default: +false).

+
draft
+
+

do not do any hyper linking (default: +false).

+
dvipdf, dvipdfm, dvips, dvipsone, dviwindo, +hypertex, latex2html, pdftex, tex4ht, +textures, ps2pdf, vtex,
+
+

use the specified backend.

+
extension
+
+

suffix of linked files (default: +dvi).

+
filebordercolor
+
+

color of border around file links (default: +0 .5 .5).

+
filecolor
+
+

color of file links (default: +cyan).

+
frenchlinks
+
+

use small caps instead of color for links (default: +false).

+
hyperfigures
+
+

make figures hyper links (default: +false).

+
hyperindex
+
+

set up hyperlinked indices (default: +true).

+
hypertexnames
+
+

use guessable names for links (default: +true).

+
implicit
+
+

redefine LaTeX internals (default: +true).

+
linkbordercolor
+
+

color of border around links (default: 1 0 +0).

+
linkcolor
+
+

color of links (default: red).

+
linktocpage
+
+

make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT +(default: false).

+
menubordercolor
+
+

color of border around menu links (default: +1 0 0).

+
menucolor
+
+

color for menu links (default: +red).

+
naturalnames
+
+

use LaTeX-computed names for links (default: +false).

+
nesting
+
+

allow nesting of links (default: +false).

+
pageanchor
+
+

put an anchor on every page (default: +true).

+
pagebackref
+
+

backreference by page number (default: +false).

+
pagebordercolor
+
+

color of border around page links (default: +1 1 0).

+
pagecolor
+
+

color of page links (default: +red).

+
pdfauthor
+
+

text for PDF Author field (default: empty).

+
pdfborder
+
+

width of PDF link border (default: 0 0 +1; 0 0 0 for +colorlinks)

+
pdfcenterwindow
+
+

position the document window center of the screen (default: +false).

+
pdfcreator
+
+

text for PDF Creator field (default: LaTeX with hyperref +package).

+
pdffitwindow
+
+

resize document window to fit document size (default: +false).

+
pdfhighlight
+
+

set highlighting of PDF links (default: +/I).

+
pdfkeywords
+
+

text for PDF Keywords field (default: empty).

+
pdfmenubar
+
+

make PDF viewer's menu bar visible (default: +true).

+
pdfnewwindow
+
+

make links that open another PDF file start a new window +(default: false).

+
pdfpagelayout
+
+

set layout of PDF pages (default: empty).

+
pdfpagemode
+
+

set default mode of PDF display (default: empty).

+
pdfpagescrop
+
+

set crop size of PDF document (default: empty).

+
pdfpagetransition
+
+

set PDF page transition style (default: empty).

+
pdfproducer
+
+

text for PDF Producer field (default: empty).

+
pdfstartpage
+
+

page at which PDF document opens (default: +1).

+
pdfstartview
+
+

starting view of PDF document (default: +/Fit).

+
pdfsubject
+
+

text for PDF Subject field (default: empty).

+
pdftitle
+
+

text for PDF Title field(default: empty).

+
pdftoolbar
+
+

make PDF toolbar visible (default: +true).

+
pdfview
+
+

PDF `view' when on link traversal (default: empty).

+
pdfwindowui
+
+

make PDF user interface elements visible (default: +true).

+
plainpages
+
+

do page number anchors as plain arabic (default: +true).

+
raiselinks
+
+

raise up links (for HyperTeX backend; default: +false).

+
runbordercolor
+
+

color of border around run links (default: 0 +.7 .7).

+
unicode
+
+

Unicode encoded pdf strings (default: +true).

+
urlbordercolor
+
+

color of border around URL links (default: 0 +1 1).

+
urlcolor
+
+

color of URL links (default: +magenta).

+
verbose
+
+

be chatty (default: +false).

+
+
+
+
+

3.7.2 +Commands

+
+
+
+\texorpdfstring{TeX-string}{pdf-string}
+
+

allows different texts for PDF or TeX creation.

+
+\section{The role of \texorpdfstring{H$_2$O}{water}}
+
+
+\href{URL}{Text}
+
+

the text will be resolved into a URL. The URL must be complete, +according to a base-url which might be defined in a +\hyperbaseurl.

+
+\href{http://www.karpfenteich.net/pit/}{Peter's input tips}
+
+
+ +\hyperbaseurl{URL}
+
+

defines a base URL, which is preset to a given URL. This helps +to make portable documents.

+
+\hyperimage{image-URL}
+
+

includes the picture of the URL reference.

+
+\hyperref{URL}{category}{name}{text}, +\hyperref[mark]{text},
+
+

text is activated as a hyperlink to the +point which is defined with a +\label +command with the symbolic name +mark.

+
+\hyperlink{name}{text}, +\hyertarget{name}{text},
+
+

\hyperlink creates an internal link to +an object which is somewhere defined with a +\hypertarget command.

+

For HTML the command \hyperlink inserts +a # character in front of each link. Thus +it'll refer to the topical document, while +\href will expect a complete URL.

+
+\autoref{marker}
+
+

\autoref is a substitution for the +standard \ref command. It inserts a +context sensitive phrase.

+
+see \autoref{foo}
+
+

for a \label in a section will output +see section 3 for an +example.

+

There are macros to change the default output with the help of +the \renewcommand:

+
+\figurename             *\figurename*
+\tablename              *\tablename*
+\partname               *\partname*
+\appendixname           *\appendixname*
+\equationname           *\equationname*
+\Itemname               *\Itemname*
+\chaptername            *\chaptername*
+\sectionname            *\sectionname*
+\subsectionname         *\subsesctionname*
+\subsubsectionname      *\subsubsectionname*
+\paragraphname          *\paragraphname*
+\Hfootnotename          *\Hfootnotename*
+\AMSname                *\AMSname*
+\theoremname            *\theoremname*
+
+
+\nolinkurl
+
+

Allows line breaks in a verbatim like environment like +\url, but without the hyperlink function. +This is useful to define own commands like this example:

+
+\newcommand*{\urlw}[1]{\href{http://www.#1}%
+            {\nolinkurl{www.#1}}}
+
+

This new defined command \urlw allows +the user to typeset a linkable (this function is offered by +\href) +www.example.org address in the latex +source like this:

+
+\urlw{example.org}
+
+

This will produce the string +www.example.org which is hyperlinked and +breakable (when the driver like pdfTeX allows line breaks in +links).

+
+
+
+
+

3.8 +inputenc

+ +

\usepackage[encoding +name]{inputenc}

+

Allows to specify an input encoding for direct input of +character codes > 127, e.g. accented characters.

+

Important encodings are:

+
+
+
latin9, +latin1
+
+

Linux, Unix, VMS

+
+
ansinew
+
+

Windows (codepage 1252)

+
+
cp850
+
+

OS/2, MSDOS (codpage 850)

+
+
+applemac
+
+

Apple Macintosh

+
+
+
+
+
+

3.9 +KOMA-Script

+ +

The KOMA-Script package has a very +detailed and well written documentation. Read the +scrguide for further information! :-)

+
+
+
+
+

3.9.1 +Page-Layout

+

\typearea[BCOR]{DIV}

+ +

\areaset[BCOR]{Breite}{Höhe}

+
+
+
+
+
+

3.9.2 +Options

+
+
+
headinclude, headexclude, +footinclude, footexclude,
+
+

will determine if headers and footers are used in the +calculation of the page size. Default is exclude. Include will make +the text area smaller.

+
DIV
+
+

is a factor which determins how large the used page size is. +This method takes care of good typography.

+

Try values between 10 and 15. Higher values will cause smaller +margins. An example would be: +DIV12.

+
BCOR
+
+

Binding correction. Takes care of the loss of the visible paper +size when the paper is cut and a book is +bound.

+
+
+
+
+

3.9.3 Letter +Class scrlttr2

+ +

This reference is based on the excellent +scrguien.pdf from 2002-09-06.

+
Options
+ +
Defining Options Later
+ +
+
+
\KOMAoptions{options +list}
+
Use this to change options after loading the class. List single +or multiple options, separated by commas.
+
Page Layout Options
+ +
+
+
+paper=format
+
Defines the paper format.
+
BCOR=length, +DIV=value, +headlines=count,
+
Divisor, binding correction, and number of headlines.
+
+enlargefirstpage
+
If true some more text +would fit on the first page
+
Other Layout Options
+ +
+
+
twoside
+
Activate possibilities of a double-sided document, but stay +with with the one-sided layout as far as possible.
+
+cleardoublepage=style
+
+

Inserted pages by \cleardoublepage get +one of these page styles:

+
+
    +
  • empty
  • +
  • plain
  • +
  • standard
+
headsepline, +footsepline,
+
Insert a separator line below the head or above the foot.
+
mpinclude, +mpexclude,
+
These two options of the typearea +package should not be used with +scrlttr2.
+
+pagenumber=position
+
+

This option defines if and where a page number will be placed. +Possible values are:

+
+
+
bot, +foot,
+
Page number in foot, horizontal position not changed
+
botcenter, +botcentered, +botmiddle, +footcenter, +footcentered, +footmiddle,
+
Page number infoot,centered
+
botleft, +footleft,
+
Page number in foot, left justified
+
botrigth, +footright,
+
Page number in foot, right justified
+
center, +centered, +middle,
+
Page number centered horizontally, vertical position not +changed
+
false, +no, +off,
+
No page number
+
head, +top,
+
Page number in head, horizontal position not changed
+
headcenter, +headcentered, +headmiddle, +topcenter, +topcentered, +topmiddle,
+
Page number in head, centered
+
headleft, +topleft,
+
Page number in head, left justified
+
headright, +topright,
+
Page number in head, right justified
+
left
+
Page number left, vertical position not changed
+
right
+
Page number right, vertical position not +changed
+

Default is botcenter

+
+parskip=value
+
+

Mark paragraphs alternatively by vertical skip. Possible values +are:

+
+
+
false, +off,
+
Paragraph indentation instead of verticalk space
+
full, +on, +true,
+
One line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em free +space in the last line.
+
full*
+
One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a quarter +of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.
+
full+
+
One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a third of +aline free space at the end of a paragraph.
+
full-
+
One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; last line of a +paragraph may be arbitrarily filled.
+
half
+
Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em +free space in the last line.
+
half*
+
Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a +quarter of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.
+
half+
+
Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a third +of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.
+
half-
+
One line vertical space between paragraphs; last line may be +arbitrarily filled.
+

Default is false.

+
Font Options
+ +
+
+
+fontsize=size
+
Font size of the document. Defaults to +12pt.
+
Options for Letterhead and +Address
+ +
+
+
+fromalign
+
+

Defines the placement of the from address in the letterhead. +Possible values are:

+
+
+
center, +centered, +middle,
+
Return address centered.
+
false, +no, +off,
+
Standard design for return address.
+
left
+
Left justified return address.
+
rigth
+
Right justified return address.
+

Default is left

+
+fromrule
+
+

Allows to place a horizontal rule within return address. +Possible values are:

+
+
+
+afteraddress, +below, +true, +yes,
+
Line below return address
+
+aftername
+
Line right below sender's name
+
false, +no, +off,
+
No line.
+

Default is false.

+
+fromphone
+
Defines whether the phone number will be part of the return +address.
+
fromfax
+
Defines whether the facsimile number will be part of the return +address.
+
+fromemail
+
Defines whether the email address will be part of the return +address.
+
fromurl
+
Defines whether the URL will be part of the return +address.
+
+fromlogo
+
Defines whether the logo will be part of the return +address.
+
+addrfield
+
Defines whether a return address field will be set.
+
+backaddress
+
Defines whether a return address for window envelopes will be +set.
+
subject
+
+

Choose of your subject should have a title and if the subject +should be set before or after the opening. Possible values are:

+
+
+
+afteropening
+
Set subject after opening.
+
+beforeopening
+
Set subject before opening.
+
titled
+
Add title to subject.
+
+untitled
+
Do not add title to subject.
+

Defaults are beforeopening and +untitled.

+
+locfield
+
+

Toggle between presets for the field width of additionbal sender +attributes.

+
+
+
narrow
+
Small sender supplement field.
+
wide
+
Wide sender supplement field.
+

Default is narrow.

+
+foldmarks
+
Activates fold marks.
+
+numericaldate
+
Toggles between standard, language-dependent date presentation +and a short, numerical one.
+
refline
+
Defines that the reference line may extend beyond the normal +type area.
+
Format Options
+ +
+
+
draft
+
Toggles between the final and the draft +version.
+
Letter Class Option +Files
+ +
+
+
+\LoadLetterOption{name}
+
+

Load a lco file. +name is the filename without suffix.

+

Predefined lco files:

+
+
+
DIN
+
For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676.
+
+DINmtext
+
For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676, but using an +alternate layout with more text on the first page.
+
KOMAold
+
Fo AQ4 paper size using a layout close to the obsolete +scrlettr class.
+
SN
+
For Swiss letters with address field on the right side, +according to SN 010 130
+
SNleft
+
For Swiss letters with address field on the left +side.
+
+\LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize{option +name}{paper size}
+
Useful to be abel to emit warnings if the user selects a +different paper size from the one the lco +file is based on.
+
General Document +Properties
+ +
Font Selection
+ +

See also the section for Changing +Fonts in KOMA-Script (still to be written).

+
+
+
+backaddress
+
Back address for a window envelope
+
+descriptionlabel
+
Label in a description +environment
+
+fromaddress
+
Sender's address in letterhead
+
+fromname
+
Sender's address in letterhead if different from +fromaddress
+
+pagefoot
+
Footer, sometimes header of a page
+
+pagehead
+
Header, sometimes footer of a page
+
+pagenumber
+
Page number in footer or header
+
subject
+
Subject in the opening
+
title
+
Headline in the opening
+
Page Style
+ +

See also the section for Page +Style in KOMA-Script (still to be written).

+
+
+
empty
+
Entirely empty headers and footers
+
plain
+
Empty head and and only page number in header or footer
+
+headings
+
Automatic page headings
+
+myheadings
+
Manual page headings
+
Variables
+ +

The main difference between a +command and a +variable is that a command +usually triggers an action whereas a variable only consists of +plain text. Furthermore a variable can have an additional +description.

+
+
+
+\newkomavar[description]{name}, +\newkomavar*[description]{name}, +\addtoreffields{name},
+
+

\newkomavar defines a new variable, +addressed with name.

+

The command \addtoreffields adds the +variable name to the reference fields. See +section Business Line.

+

The command \newkomavar* works like +\newkomavar with an additional call of the +command +\addtoreffields.

+

Overview of all variables:

+
+
+
+backaddress
+
+

Back address for window envelopes

+
+backaddressseparator
+
+

Separator within the back address

+
+ccseparator
+
+

Separator between title of additional recipients and additional +recipients

+
+customer
+
+

Customer number

+
date
+
+

Date

+
+emailseparator
+
+

Separator between e-mail name and e-mail address

+
+enclseparator
+
+

Separator between title of enclosure and and enclosures

+
+faxseparator
+
+

Separator between title of fax and fax number

+
+fromaddress
+
+

Sender's address without its name

+
+frombank
+
+

Sender's bank account

+
+fromemail
+
+

Sender's e-mail

+
fromfax
+
+

Sender's fax number

+
+fromlogo
+
+

Commands for inserting the sender's logo

+
+fromname
+
+

Complete name of the sender

+
+fromphone
+
+

Sender's telephone number

+
fromurl
+
+

URL of the sender

+
invoice
+
+

Invoice number

+
+location
+
+

More details of the sender

+
myref
+
+

Sender's reference

+
place
+
+

Place

+
+placeseparator
+
+

Separator between place and date

+
+phoneseparator
+
+

Separator between title of telephone and telephone +number

+
+signature
+
+

Signature beneath the ending of the letter

+
+specialmail
+
+

Special mail

+
subject
+
+

Subject

+
+subjectseparator
+
+

Separator between title of subject and subject

+
title
+
+

Letter title

+
toname
+
+

Complete name of recipient

+
+toaddress
+
+

Address of recipient without its name

+
+yourmail
+
+

Date of recipient's mail

+
yourref
+
+

Recipient's reference

+
+
+
+\setkomavar{name}[description]{content}, +\setkomavar*{name}{description},
+
+

\setkomavar sets the content of the +variable name. The optional argument sets +the description of the variable.

+

\setkomavar* only sets the +description.

+
+
+
+\usekomavar[command]{name}, +\usekomavar*[command]{name},
+
+

\usekomavar gives you access to the +content of the variable name.

+

\usekomavar* gives you access to the +description of the variable +name.

+
+
+
+\ifkomavarempty{name}{true}{false}, +\ifkomavarempty*{name}{true}{false},
+
+

The true argument will be executed if +the content or description is empty. Otherwise the +false argument will be executed.

+

The starred version handles the description of a variable, the +variant without star the content.

+
Pseudo Lengths
+ +
+
+
+\@newplength{name}
+
Defines a new pseudo length
+
+\useplength{name}
+
Access value of pseudo length +name
+
+\setlengthtoplength[factor]{length}{pseudo +length} , +\addtolengthplength[factor]{length}{pseudo +length} ,
+
Assign a multiple of pseudo length to +a real length. Adds a multiple of +pseudo length to +length.
+
+\@setplength[factor]{pseudo +length}{value} , +\@addtoplength[factor]{pseudo +length}{value} ,
+
Assign a multiple of a value to a +pseudo length. Adds +value to pseudo +length.
+
Letter Declaration
+ +
Letterhead
+ +
+
+
+firstheadvpos
+
Distance between the top of the sheet and the letterhead.
+
+firstheadwidth
+
Width of the letterhead.
+
fromname, +fromaddress, +fromphone, +fromfax, +fromemail, +fromurl, +fromlogo,
+
This variables give all statements concerning the sender +necessary to create the letterhead.
+
+phoneseparator, +faxseparator, +emailseparator, +urlseparator,
+
Separators for variables in letterhead.
+
+\firsthead{construction}
+
Create letterhead freely.
+
Footer
+ +
+
+
+firstfootvpos
+
Distance between footer and upper border of the sheet.
+
+firstfootwidth
+
Width of letter's firstpage footer.
+
+\firstfoot{Construction}
+
Set definition for first page's footer
+
Address
+ +
+
+
toaddrvpos, +toaddrhpos,
+
Distance between address window of a window envelope and the +upper and left border of the sheet.
+
+toaddrwidth
+
Width of the address window.
+
+toaddrindent
+
Value of indentation for the address from the left border.
+
backaddress, +backaddressseparator, +backaddrheight,
+
Double backslashes within return address will be exchanged with +backaddressseparator. Height of the return +address field.
+
specialmail, +specialmailindent, +specialmailrightindent,
+
Optionally set between return address and addressee. +specialmailindent and +specialmailrightindent determine left and +right indentation.
+
toname, +toaddress,
+
Usually not set directly by the user.
+
+\begin{letter}[options]{address}
+
Major point of the letter class.
+
+\AtBeginLetter{command}
+
Hook for commands run at begin of a letter.
+
Sender's Extension
+ +
+
+
+locwidth
+
Declares width of sender's extensions.
+
+location
+
Content of sender's extension.
+
Business +Line
+ +
+
+
refvpos
+
Distance between upper border of sheet and business line.
+
+refwidth
+
Available width for the business line.
+
+refaftervskip
+
Vertical space to be inserted beneath business line.
+
place, +placeseparator,
+
If all variables for business line are empty, the content of +place and +placeseparator will be set, followed by +content of date.
+
yourref, +yourmail, +myref, +customer, +invoice, +date,
+
Typical fields for business lines.
+
Title and Subject Line
+ +
+
+
title
+
Additional tile. Set centered beneath the business line.
+
subject, +subjectseparator,
+
Set the subject of the letter, optional prefixed by a +label.
+
Further Issues
+
+
+
+tfoldmarkvpos, +bfoldmarkvpos,
+
Position of upper and lower fold mark.
+
+foldmarkhpos
+
Distance between fold marks and the sheet's left border.
+
+frombank
+
Internally not used yet.
+
+\nexthead{construction}, +\nextfoot{construction},
+
Create letter head or foot for the following pages +freely.
+
The Text
+ +
Opening
+ +
+
+
+\opening{opening}
+
Set the opening of the letter.
+
Footnotes
+ +

See section Footnotes in +KOMA-Script (still to be written).

+
Lists
+ +

See section Lists in +KOMA-Script (still to be written).

+
Margin Notes
+ +

See section Margin Notes +in KOMA-Script (still to be written).

+
Text Emphasis
+ +

See section Logical Markup of +Text in KOMA-Script (still to be written).

+
Closing Part
+ +
Closing
+ +
+
+
+signature
+
Inlcudes an explanation for the inscription. Defaults to +\usekomavar{fromname}.
+
\closing{closing +phrase}
+
Typesets the colsing phrase follwoed by a vertical space and +the contents fo variable signature.
+
sigindent, +sigbeforevskip, +\raggedsignature,
+
Indentation of the box for closing phrase, inscription and +signature (defaults to 0mm). Vertical space between closing phrase +and signature (defaults to two lines). Alignment inside the +box.
+
Postscript, Carbon Copy, +and Enclosures
+ +
+
+
\ps
+
Set a postscript.
+
\cc{distribution +list}, +ccseparator,
+
Set a ddistribution list. If the contents of +ccseparator isn't empty then the name and +the content of the variable is inserted prior to distribution +list.
+
+\encl{enclosures}, +enclseparator,
+
Same structur as the distribution list.
+
Language Support
+ +
Language Selection
+ +
+
+
+\captionenglish, +\captionUSenglish, +\captionamerican, +\captionbritish, +\captionUKenglish, +\captiongerman, +\captionngerman, +\captionaustrian, +\captionfrench, +\captionitalian, +\captionspanish, +\captiondutch, +\captioncroatian,
+
If the used language selection scheme does not support +switching the language the above commands can be used +directly.
+
+\dateenglish, +\dateUSenglish, +\dateamerican, +\datebritish, +\dateUKenglish, +\dategerman, +\datengerman, +\dateaustrian, +\datefrench, +\dateitalian, +\datespanish, +\datedutch, +\datecrotian,
+
Numerical date representation.
+
Language-Dependent +Terms
+
+
+
+\yourrefname, +\youremailname, +\myrefname, +\customername, +\invoicename, +\subjectname, +\ccname, +\enclname, +\headtoname, +\headfromname, +\datename, +\pagename, +\phonename, +\faxname, +\emailname, +\wwwname, +\bankname,
+
These defintions can be modified to support a new language of +for private customization.
+
Defining Language +Terms
+
+
+
+\providecaptioname{language}{term}{definition}, +\newcaptioname{language}{term}{defintion}, +\renewcaptionname{language}{term}{definition},
+
Assign a definition for +a language to a +term.
+
Address Files and Circular +Letters
+ +
+
+
+\adrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{Comment}{Key}
+
Address entry for address files. The file extension has to be +.adr!
+
+\addrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{F3}{F4}{Key}
+
This command supports four freely definable parameters for an +address entry.
+
\adrchar{initial +letter}, +\addrchar{initial +letter},
+
Separator for address entries. Ignored by +scrlttr2.
+
+
+
+
+

3.9.4 Address +Files with scraddr

+ +
+
+
\InputAddressFile{file +name}
+
+

Read the contents of the given address file. Filename extension +has to be .adr and has to be omitted in +the argument.

+
\Name{Key}, +\FirstName{Key}, +\LastName{Key}, +\Address{Key}, +\Telephone{Key}, +\FreeI{Key}, +\FreeII{Key}, +\Comment{Key}, +\FreeIII{Key}, +\FreeIV{Key},
+
+

Access to the data in address file. +\Name is a concatenation of +\FirstName and +\LastName.

+
+AdrFreeIVempty, +AdrFreeIVshow, +AdrFreeIVwarn, +AdrFreeIVstop,
+
Package warning options. Defaults to +AdrFreeIVshow.
+
+
+
+
+

3.10 +mathpazo

+ +

Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.

+
+
+
+
+

3.10.1 \upDelta / +\upOmega

+ +

Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.

+

Package options are:

+
+
+
+[slantedGreek]
+
+

Uppercase Greek will be typeset slanted.

+
+[noBBpl]
+
+

Do not use PazoMathBlackboardBold as (partial) blackboard bold +font (e.g with \mathbb{R}).

+
[osf]
+
+

Make the font family pplj (Palatino +with old style numerals) the default roman font, and use an +alternative version of the virtual math italic fonts +(zplmrj7m and +zplmbj7m) with upright Palatino old style +numerals for use with the \oldstylenums +command.

+
+[osfeqnnum]
+
+

Use old style numerals for equation +numbering.

+
+
+
+
+

3.11 +varioref

+ +

Smarter version of the original latex2e +cross +reference commands. Generated strings are customizable, Babel +options are recognized (further info in the package +documentation).

+
+
+
+\vref, +\vpageref,
+
+

\vref is similar to +\ref but adds an additional page +reference, like on the facing +page or on page +27 whenever the corresponding +\label is +not on the same page.

+

\vpageref is a variation of +\pageref with similar +functionality.

+
\vrefrange, +\vpagerefrange,
+
+

The \v...range commands take two labels +as arguments and produce strings which depend on wether or not +these labels fall onto a single page or on different +pages.

+
\vref*, +\vpageref*, +\vpagerefrange*,
+
+

Star * variants do not add any space before the generated text +for situations like:

+
+(\vref{foo} ...)
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.12 Several Small +Packages

+ +

Must be loaded with the usual +\usepackage +command. Further info for a package to be found in the +documentation (dvi, pdf, ps) or in the +sty-file itself.

+
+
+
+
+

3.12.1 +bm

+ +

Bold math symbols or equations with better spacing then the +\boldsymbold command. If possible load after other packages which +redefine the fonts. When no bold font is available for a certain +char bm will use +poor man's bold +\pmb.

+
+
+
+\bm
+
+

Produces bold math symbol or equation.

+
+\unboldmath
+
+

Can be used to set parts of an equation +unbold.

+
+
+
+
+

3.12.2 +url

+ +

Defines line breakable hyperlinked (uses hyperref package) verbatim input for urls +and e-mail addresses.

+

Example: \url{http://example.org} +outputs http://example.org.

+

Related commands are +\href and +\nolinkurl.

+
+
+
+
+

+4 Generic +Packages

+
+
+
+
+

4.1 PiCTeX +(tbd.)

+ +

tbd.

+
+
+
+
+

4.2 +PSTricks

+ +
+
+
+
+

4.2.1 +Overview

+

The idea behind the PSTricks package of Timothy van Zandt + is to provide most of the +PostScript language in LaTeX and TeX syntax.

+
+
+
+
+

4.2.2 Commands and +Parameters

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.1 +Color
+ +
+
+
+\newgray{color}{num} +, +\newrgbcolor{color}{num1 +num2 num3} , +\newhsbcolor{color}{num1 +num2 num3} , +\newcmykcolor{color}{num1 +num2 num3 num4} ,
+

Note that these commands are obsolete for LaTeX. Load PSTricks +with \usepackage{pstcol} and use the +standard LaTeX color commands instead.

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.2 Setting +graphics parameters
+
+
+
+\psset{par1=value1,par2=value2,...}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.3 +Dimensions, coordinates and angles
+
+
+
+\pssetlength{cmd}{dim}
+
+
unit=dim, xunit=dim, +yunit=dim, yunit=dim
+
+

Default: 1cm

+
+\degrees[num]
+
+
+\radians
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.4 Basic graphics +parameters
+
+
+
+linewidth=dim
+
+

Default: .8pt

+
+linecolor=color
+
+

Default: black

+
+showpoints=true/false
+
+

Default: +false

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.5 Lines and +polygons
+
+
+
+linearc=dim
+
+

Default: 0pt

+
+framearc=num
+
+

Default: 0

+
+cornersize=relative/absolute
+
+

Default: relative

+
+\psline*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+\qline(coor0)(coor1)
+
+
+\pspolygon*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+\psframe*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.6 Arcs, circles +and ellipses
+
+
+
+\pscircle*[par](x0,y0){radius}
+
+
+\qdisk(coor){radius}
+
+
+\pswedge*[par](x0,y0){radius}{angle1}{angle2}
+
+
+\psellipse*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)
+
+
+\psarc*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}
+
+
+\psarcn*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}
+
+
arcsep=dim, arcsepA=dim, +arcsepB=dim
+
+

Default: 0pt

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.7 +Curves
+
+
+
+\psbezier*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
+
+
+\parabola*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)
+
+
+\pscurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+\psecurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+\psccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
+
+
curvature=num1 num2 +num3
+
+

Default: 1 .1 +0

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.8 +Dots
+
+
+
+\psdots*[par](x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+dotstyle=style
+
+

Default: *

+

Dots: *, o, +, triangle, triangle*, square, +square*, pentagon, pentagon*, |

+
dotscale=num1 +num2
+
+

Default: 1

+
+dotangle=angle
+
+

Default: 0

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.9 +Grids
+
+
+
+\psgrid(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+gridwidth=dim
+
+

Default: .8pt

+
+gridcolor=color
+
+

Default: black

+
+griddots=num
+
+

Default: 0

+
+gridlabels=dim
+
+

Default: 10pt

+
+gridlabelcolor=color
+
+

Default: black

+
+subgriddiv=int
+
+

Default: 5

+
+subgridwidth=dim
+
+

Default: .4pt

+
+subgridcolor=color
+
+

Default: gray

+
+subgriddots=num
+
+

Default: 0

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.10 +Plots
+
+
+
+\fileplot*[par]{file}
+
+
+\dataplot*[par]{commands}
+
+
+\savedata{command}[data]
+
+
+\readdata{command}{file}
+
+
+\listplot*[par]{list}
+
+
+\psplot*[par]{xmin}{xmax}{function}
+
+
+\parametricplot*[par]{tmin}{tmax}{function}
+
+
+plotstyle=style
+
+

Default: line

+
+plotpoints=int
+
+

Default: 50

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.11 +Coordinate systems
+
+
+
+origin={coor}
+
+

Default: 0pt,0pt

+
+swapaxes=true
+
+

Default: +false

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.12 Line +styles
+
+
+
+linestyle=style
+
+

Default: solid

+
dash=dim1 +dim2
+
+

Default: 5pt 3pt

+
+dotsep=dim
+
+

Default: 3pt

+
+border=dim
+
+

Default: 0pt

+
+bordercolor=color
+
+

Default: white

+
+doubleline=true/false
+
+

Default: false

+
+doublesep=dim
+
+

Default: 1.25\pslinewidth

+
+doublecolor=color
+
+

Default: white

+
+shadow=true/false
+
+

Default: false

+
+shadowsize=dim
+
+

Default: 3pt

+
+shadowangle=angle
+
+

Default: -45

+
+shadowcolor=color
+
+

Default: darkgray

+
+dimen=outer/inner/middle
+
+

Default: +outer

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.13 Fill +styles
+
+
+
+fillstyle=style
+
+

Default: none

+
+fillcolor=color
+
+

Default: white

+
+hatchwidth=dim
+
+

Default: .8pt

+
+hatchsep=dim
+
+

Default: 4pt

+
+hatchcolor=color
+
+

Default: black

+
+hatchangle=rot
+
+

Default: 45

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.14 +Arrowheads and such
+
+
+
+arrows=style
+
+

Default: -

+

Arrows: -, <->, >-<, +<<->>, >>-<<, |-|, |*-|*, [-], (-), o-o, +*-*, oo-oo, **-**, c-c, cc-cc, C-C

+
arrowsize=dim +num
+
+

Default: 2pt 3

+
+arrowlength=num
+
+

Default: 1.4

+
+arrowinset=num
+
+

Default: .4

+
tbarsize=dim +num
+
+

Default: 2pt 5

+
bracketlength=num, +rbracketlength=num
+
+

Default: .15

+
dotsize=dim +num
+
+

Default: .5pt 2.5

+
arrowscale=num1 +num2
+
+

Default: 1

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.15 Custom +styles
+
+
+
+\newpsobject{name}{object}{par1=value1,...}
+
+
+\newpsstyle{name}{par1=value1,...}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.16 The +basics
+
+
+
+\pscustom*[par]{commands}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.17 +Parameters
+
+
+
+linetype=int
+
+

Default: 0

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.18 +Graphics objects
+
+
+
+liftpen=0/1/2
+
+

Default: 0

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.19 Safe +tricks
+
+
+
+\newpath
+
+
+\moveto(coor)
+
+
+\closepath
+
+
+\stroke[par]
+
+
+\fill[par]
+
+
\gsave
+
+
+\grestore
+
+
+\translate(coor)
+
+
\scale{num1 +num2}
+
+
+\rotate{angle}
+
+
+\swapaxes
+
+
\msave
+
+
+\mrestore
+
+
+\openshadow[par]
+
+
+\closedshadow[par]
+
+
+\movepath(coor)
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.20 Pretty +safe tricks
+
+
+
+\lineto(coor)
+
+
+\rlineto(coor)
+
+
+\curveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
+
+
+\rcurveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.21 For hackers +only
+
+
+
+\code{code}
+
+
+\dim{dim}
+
+
+\coor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+\rcoor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
+
+
+\file{file}
+
+
+\arrows{arrows}
+
+
+\setcolor{color}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.22 +Pictures
+
+
+
+\pspicture*[baseline](x0,y0)(x1,y1)
+
+
+\endpspicture
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.23 Placing and rotating +whatever
+
+
+
+\rput*[refpoint]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}
+
+
+\uput*{labelsep}[refangle]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}
+
+
+\pslabelsep
+
+
+labelsep=dim
+
+

Default: 5pt

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.24 +Repetition
+
+
+
+\multirput*[refpoint]{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{stuff}
+
+
+\multips{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{graphics}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.25 +Axes
+ +
+
+
+\psaxes*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+ +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+Horizontal +VerticalDflt +Description
Ox=numOy=num0Label at origin.
Dx=numDy=num1Label increment.
dx=dimoy=dim0ptDist btwn +labels.
+
+labels=all/x/y/none
+
+

Default: all

+
+showorigin=true/false
+
+

Default: true

+
+ticks=all/x/y/none
+
+

Default: all

+
+tickstyle=full/top/bottom
+
+

Default: full

+
+ticksize=dim
+
+

Default: 3pt

+
\psxlabel, +\psylabel
+
+
+axesstyle=axes/frame/none
+
+

Default: axes

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.26 Framed +boxes
+
+
+
+framesep=dim
+
+

Default: 3pt

+
+boxsep=true/false
+
+

Default: true

+
+\psframebox*[par]{stuff}
+
+
+\psdblframebox*[par]{stuff}
+
+
+\psshadowbox*[par]{stuff}
+
+
+\pscirclebox*[par]{stuff}
+
+
+\cput*[par]{angle}(x,y){stuff}
+
+
+\psovalbox*[par]{stuff}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.27 +Clipping
+
+
+
+\clipbox[dim]{stuff}
+
+
\psclip{graphics} ... +\endpsclip
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.28 Rotation +and scaling boxes
+
+
+
+\rotateleft{stuff}
+
+
+\rotateright{stuff}
+
+
+\rotatedown{stuff}
+
+
\scalebox{num1 +num2}{stuff}
+
+
+\scaleboxto(x,y){stuff}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.29 +Nodes
+
+
+
+\rnode[refpoint]{name}{stuff}
+
+
+\Rnode(x,y){name}{stuff}
+
+
+\RnodeRef
+
+
+\pnode(x,y){name}
+
+
+\cnode*[par](x,y){radius}{name}
+
+
+\circlenode*[par]{name}{stuff}
+
+
+\cnodeput*[par]{angle}(x,y){name}{stuff}
+
+
+\ovalnode*[par]{name}{stuff}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.30 Node +connections
+
+
+
+nodesep=dim
+
+

Default: 0

+
+offset=dim
+
+

Default: 0

+
arm=dim
+
+

Default: 10pt

+
+angle=angle
+
+

Default: 0

+
+arcangle=angle
+
+

Default: 8

+
+ncurv=num
+
+

Default: .67

+
+loopsize=dim
+
+

Default: 1cm

+
+\ncline*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncLine*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\nccurve*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncarc*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncbar*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncdiag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncdiagg*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncangle*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncangles*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\ncloop*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\nccircle*[par]{arrows}{node}{radius}
+
+
+\pcline*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pcarc*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pcbar*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pcdiag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pcangle*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pcloop*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.31 Attaching +labels to node connections
+
+
+
+\lput*[refpoint]{rotation}(pos){stuff}
+
+
+\aput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}
+
+
+\bput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}
+
+
+\mput*[refpoint]{stuff}
+
+
+\Aput*[labelsep]{stuff}
+
+
+\Bput*[labelsep]{stuff}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.32 Coils and +zigzags
+
+
+
+\pscoil*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)
+
+
+\psCoil*[par]{angle1}{angle2}
+
+
+\pszigzag*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)
+
+
+coilwidth=dim
+
+

Default: 1cm

+
+coilheight=num
+
+

Default: 1

+
+coilarm=dim
+
+

Default: .5cm

+
+coilaspect=angle
+
+

Default: 45

+
+coilinc=angle
+
+

Default: 10

+
+\nccoil*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\nczigzag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
+
+
+\pccoil*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+\pczigzag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.33 Special +coordinates
+

\SpecialCoor

+ +
+

Table 1.12. Special coordinates and +angles

+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+Coordinate +Example +Description
(x,y)(3,4)Cartesian coordinate.
(r;a)(3;110)Polar coordinate.
(node)(A)Center of node.
([par]node)([angle=45]A)Relative to node.
(!ps)(!5 3.3 2 exp)Raw PostScript.
(coor1|coor2)(A|1in;30)Combination.
+ ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
   
Angle +Example +Description
num45Angle.
(coor)(-1,1)Coordinate (vector).
!ps!33 sqrtRaw PostScript.
+

\NormalCoor

+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.34 +Overlays
+
+
+
\overlaybox +stuff\endoverlaybox
+
+
+\psoverlay{string}
+
+
+\putoverlaybox{string}
+
+
+gradbegin=color
+
+

Default: gradbegin

+
+gradend=color
+
+

Default: gradend

+
+gradlines=int
+
+

Default: 500

+
+gradmidpoint=num
+
+

Default: .9

+
+gradangle=angle
+
+

Default: 0

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.35 Typesetting +text along a path
+
+
+
+\pstextpath[pos](x,y){graphics +object}{text}
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.36 Stroking +and filling character paths
+
+
+
+\pscharpath*[par]{text}
+
+
\pscharclip*[par]{text} +... \endpscharclip
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.37 Exporting +EPS files
+
+
+
\TeXtoEPS ... +\endTeXtoEPS
+
+
+\PSTtoEPS[par]{file}{graphics +objects}
+
+
+bbllx=dim
+
+

Default: -1pt

+
+bblly=dim
+
+

Default: -1pt

+
+bburx=dim
+
+

Default: 1pt

+
+bbury=dim
+
+

Default: 1pt

+
+headerfile=file
+
+

Default: s

+
+headers=none/all/user
+
+

Default: none

+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.38 +Boxes
+
+
+
\psmathboxtrue, +\psmathboxfalse
+
+
+\everypsbox{commands}
+
+
+\pslongbox{name}{cmd}
+
+
\psverbboxtrue, +\psverbboxfalse
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.2.2.39 Tips and +More Tricks
+
+
+
\pslbrace, +\psrbrace
+
+
+
+
+
+

4.2.3 List of +Additional PSTricks Packages

+
+
+
+psgo
+
Draw Go diagrams
+
+pst-blur
+
PSTricks package for "blurred" shadows
+
+pst-euc
+
Géométrie en LaTeX et PSTricks
+
+pst-fr3d
+
Three dimensional framed Boxes
+
+pst-ghsb
+
PSTricks package for HSB Gradients
+
+pst-gr3d
+
PSTricks package for 3D grids
+
+pst-lens
+
Optique géométrique
+
+pst-node
+
PSTricks package for nodes
+
+pst-ob3d
+
A PSTricks package for three dimensional basic objects
+
+pst-osci
+
Oscilloscopes with PSTricks
+
+pst-poly
+
Polygons with PSTricks
+
+pst-tree
+
PSTricks package for trees
+
+pst-uml
+
Draw easily diagrams with UML notation
+
+vaucansom.sty
+
Drawing automata
+
+
+
+
+

5 +fontinst (tbd.)

+ +

tbd.

+
+
+
+
+

6 ConTeXt +(tbd.)

+ +
+
+
+
+

6.1 +Overview

+

ConTeXt is based on PlainTeX and MetaPost and gets controlled +with some Perl scripts. It's mainly targeted towards layout +oriented users and especially useful for presentations. It's +extensible by the use of modules and has in it's base distribution +already a large amount of functionality. The preferred output +format is PDF, but DVI is possible too.

+

Some of the unique features of ConTeXt are:

+
+
    +
  • Inline XML (including MathML, ChemML, and PhysML)
  • +
  • really good XML support in general
  • +
  • inline MetaPost
+
+
+
+
+

7 Texinfo +(tbd.)

+ +

tbd.

+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 2. pdfTeX

+ + +
+

Note

+

The contents of this section was taken from +pdftex(1).

+
+
+
+
+

1 +Options

+ +

pdfTeX understands the following command line options.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1 +--file-line-error-style

+ +

Print error messages in the form +file:line:error which is similar to the +way many compilers format them.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2 +--fmt format

+ +

Use format as the name of the format to +be used, instead of the name by which pdfTeX was called or a +%& line.

+
+
+
+
+

1.3 +--help

+ +

Print help message and exit.

+
+
+
+
+

1.4 +--ini

+ +

Be pdfinitex, for dumping +formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called as +pdfinitex.

+
+
+
+
+

1.5 +--interaction mode

+ +

Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of +batchmode, +nonstopmode, +scrollmode, and +errorstopmode. The meaning of these modes +is the same as that of the corresponding +\commands.

+
+
+
+
+

1.6 +--ipc

+ +

Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output +file. Whether this option is available is the choice of the +installer.

+
+
+
+
+

1.7 +--ipc-start

+ +

As --ipc, and starts the server at the +other end as well. Whether this option is available is the choice +of the installer.

+
+
+
+
+

1.8 +--jobname name

+ +

Use name for the job name, instead of +deriving it from the name of the input file.

+
+
+
+
+

1.9 +--kpathsea-debug +bitmask

+ +

Sets path searching debugging flags according to the +bitmask. See the Kpathsea manual for +details.

+
+
+
+
+

1.10 +--maketex fmt

+ +

Enable mktexfmt, where +fmt must be one of +tex or +tfm.

+
+
+
+
+

1.11 +--no-maketex fmt

+ +

Disable mktexfmt, where +fmt must be one of +tex or +tfm.

+
+
+
+
+

1.12 +--output-comment +string

+ +

Use string for the DVI file comment +instead of the date.

+
+
+
+
+

1.13 +--parse-first-line

+ +

If the first line of the main input file begins with +%& parse it to look for a dump name or +a --translate-file option.

+
+
+
+
+

1.14 +--progname name

+ +

Pretend to be program name. This +affects both the format used and the search paths.

+
+
+
+
+

1.15 +--recorder

+ +

Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files +opened for input and output in a file with extension +.fls.

+
+
+
+
+

1.16 +--shell-escape

+ +

Enable the \write18{command} construct. +The command can be any Bourne shell command. This construct is +normally disallowed for security reasons.

+
+
+
+
+

1.17 +--translate-file +tcxname

+ +

Use the tcxname translation +table.

+
+
+
+
+

1.18 +--version

+ +

Print version information and exit.

+
+
+
+
+

+2 Environment

+ +

See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path +specifications' node) for the details of how the environment +variables are used when searching. The +kpsewhich utility can be used +to query the values of the variables.

+

One caveat: In most pdfTeX formats, you cannot use ~ in a +filename you give directly to pdfTeX, because ~ is an active +character, and hence is expanded, not taken as part of the +filename. Other programs, such as Metafont, do not have this +problem.

+
+
+
+TEXMFOUTPUT
+
+

Normally, pdfTeX puts its output files in the current directory. +If any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in +the directory specified in the environment variable +TEXMFOUTPUT. There is no default value for +that variable. For example, if you say +pdftex paper and the current +directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT +has the value /tmp, pdfTeX attempts to +create /tmp/paper.log (and +/tmp/paper.pdf, if any output is +produced.)

+
+TEXINPUTS
+
+

Search path for \input and +\openin files. This should probably start +with ``.'', so that user files are found before system files. An +empty path component will be replaced with the paths defined in the +texmf.cnf file. For example, set +TEXINPUTS to +".:/home/usr/tex:" to prepend the current +direcory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the +standard search path.

+
+TEXFONTS
+
+

earch path for font metric (.tfm) +files.

+
+TEXFORMATS
+
+

Search path for format files.

+
TEXPOOL
+
+

Search path for pdfinitex +internal strings.

+
TEXEDIT
+
+

Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually +vi, is set when pdfTeX is +compiled.

+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 3. Metafont +(tbd.)

+ +

tbd.

+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 4. MetaPost

+ + +
+

Note

+

The contents of this section was taken from +mpost(1).

+

MetaPost is a programming language much like Knuth's Metafont +except that it outputs PostScript programs instead of bitmaps. +Borrowed from Metafont are the basic tools for creating and +manipulating pictures. These include numbers, coordinate pairs, +cubic splines, affine transformations, text strings, and boolean +quantities. Additional features facilitate integrating text and +graphics and accessing special features of PostScript such as +clipping, shading, and dashed lines. Another feature borrowed from +Metafont is the ability to solve linear equations that are given +implicitly, thus allowing many programs to be written in a largely +declarative style. By building complex operations from simpler +ones, MetaPost achieves both power and exibility.

+
+
+
+
+

+1 Options

+ +

MetaPost understands the following command line options.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1 +--file-line-error-style

+ +

Print error messages in the form +file:line:error which is similar to the +way many compilers format them.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2 +--help

+ +

Print help message and exit.

+
+
+
+
+

1.3 +--ini

+ +

Be inimpost, for dumping +bases; this is implicitly true if the program is called as +inimpost.

+
+
+
+
+

1.4 +--interaction mode

+ +

Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of +batchmode, +nonstopmode, +scrollmode, and +errorstopmode. The meaning of these modes +is the same as that of the corresponding commands.

+
+
+
+
+

1.5 +--jobname name

+ +

Use name for the job name, instead of +deriving it from the name of the input file.

+
+
+
+
+

1.6 +--kpathsea-debug +bitmask

+ +

Sets path searching debugging flags according to the +bitmask. See the Kpathsea manual for +details.

+
+
+
+
+

1.7 +--mem mem

+ +

Use mem as the name of the mem to be +used, instead of the name by which MetaPost was called or a +%& line.

+
+
+
+
+

1.8 +--parse-first-line

+ +

If the first line of the main input file begins with +%& parse it to look for a dump name or +a --translate-file option.

+
+
+
+
+

1.9 +--progname name

+ +

Pretend to be program name. This +affects both the format used and the search paths.

+
+
+
+
+

1.10 +--recorder

+ +

Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files +opened for input and output in a file with extension +.fls.

+
+
+
+
+

1.11 +-T

+ +

Produce TROFF output.

+
+
+
+
+

1.12 +--translate-file +tcxname

+ +

Use the tcxname translation +table.

+
+
+
+
+

1.13 +--troff

+ +

As -T.

+
+
+
+
+

1.14 +--version

+ +

Print version information and exit.

+
+
+
+
+

+2 +Environment

+ +

See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path +specifications' node) for the details of how the environment +variables are use when searching. The +kpsewhich utility can be used +to query the values of the variables.

+

If the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT +is set, MetaPost attempts to put its output files in it, if they +cannot be put in the current directory.

+

Here is a list of the environment variables which affect the +behavior of MetaPost:

+
+
+
+MPINPUTS
+
+

Search path for input files.

+
+MFINPUTS
+
+

Auxiliary search path for input files with +.mf extensions.

+
+MPSUPPORT
+
+

Directory for various tables for handling included TeX and +troff.

+
+MPXCOMMAND
+
+

The name of a shell script that converts embedded typesetting +commands to a form that MetaPost understands. Defaults: +makempx for TeX and +troffmpx for troff.

+
TEX
+
+

The version of TeX - or LaTeX - to use when processing +btex and +verbatimtex commands. Default +TeX. This version of MetaPost allows you to use a +`%&format' line instead.

+
TROFF
+
+

The troff pipeline for btex +and verbatimtex commands. +Default eqn -d\$\$ | troff

+
MPEDIT
+
+

A command template for invoking an editor.

+

A .mem file is a binary file that +permits fast loading of macro packages. MetaPost reads the default +plain.mem unless another +.mem file is specified at the start of the +first line with an & just before it. +There is also an mfplain.mem that +simulates plain Metafont so that MetaPost can read +.mf fonts. (Plain Metafont is described in +The Metafontbook).

+

Experts can create .mem files by +invoking inimpost and giving +macro definitions followed by a dump command.

+

The MetaPost language is similar to Metafont, but the manual +A User's Manual for MetaPost +assumes no knowledge of Metafont. MetaPost does not have bitmap +output commands or Metafont's online display +mechanism.

+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 5. BibTeX

+ + +
+

Note

+

The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages +for BibTeX of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).

+

Invokes the BibTeX utility to compile a bibliography file for +LaTeX. Full details can be found in "LaTeX: A Document Preparation +System" by Leslie Lamport.

+
+
+
+
+

+1 Parameters

+ +

bibliography-file-spec

+

Specifies the name of the bibliography database file to be +compiled by BibTeX. If the file specification does not include a +file type, BibTeX assumes a default type of BIB.

+
+
+
+
+

+2 Command +Qualifiers

+ +

/BIBINPUTS /BIBINPUTS=(name,...)

+

Specify directories containing input files, and the order in +which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value +in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure +TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default +directory and then search each of the directories specified by the +/BIBINPUTS option.

+

Default is /BIBINPUTS=(TEX_BIB:); TeX +looks in the directory associated with the logical name +TEX_BIB.

+

/STATS /STATS /NOSTATS [D]

+

This qualifier is used while debugging +.BST files to determine BIBTEX memory +usage.

+

/TEXINPUTS /TEXINPUTS=(name,...)

+

Specify directories containing input files, and the order in +which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value +in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure +TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default +directory and then search each of the directories specified by the +/TEXINPUTS option.

+

Default is /TEXINPUTS=(TEX_INPUTS); TeX +looks in the directory associated with the logical name +TEX_INPUTS.

+

/TRACE /TRACE /NOTRACE [D]

+

This qualifier is used while debugging +.BST files to follow program +flow.

+
+
+
+
+

+3 bib files

+ +

This help entry contains the same information as Appendix B of +the LaTeX manual. It describes the format of a bibliography +database (.BIB) file.

+

A bibliography database file may contains two types of entry - +an abbreviation definition or a reference entry for citation.

+
+
+
+
+

3.1 +@STRING command

+ +

The @STRING command is used to define +abbreviations for use by BibTeX within the bibliography database +file. The command

+
+ @string{jgg1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
+
+

defines 'jgg1' to be the abbreviation for the string "Journal of +Gnats and Gnus, Series~1". Parentheses can be used in place of the +outermost braces in the @string command, and braces can be used +instead of the quotation marks. The text must have matching +braces.

+

The case of letters is ignored in an abbreviation as well as in +the command name @string, so the command above could have been +written:

+
+ @STRING{JgG1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
+
+

A @string command can appear anywhere +before or between entries in a bibliography database file. However, +it must come before any use of the abbreviation, so a sensible +place for @string commands is at the +beginning of the file. A @string command +in the bibliography database file takes precedence over a +definition made by the bibliography style, so it can be used to +change the definition of an abbreviation such as 'Feb'.

+
+
+
+
+

3.2 Entry +Format

+ +

A bibliography database file contains a series of reference +entries like the following:

+
+ @BOOK{kn:gnus,
+       AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knudson",
+       TITLE  = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
+       PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
+       ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk}             }
+
+

The @BOOK states that this is an entry +of type book. various entry types are described below. The +'kn:gnus' is the citation key, as it appears in the argument of a +\cite command referring to the entry.

+

This entry has four fields, named +AUTHOR, TITLE, +PUBLISHER and +ADDRESS. The meanings of these and other +fields are described below. A field consists of the name, an '=' +character with optional space around it, followed by its text. The +text of a field is a string of characters, with no unmatched +braces, surrounded by either a pair of braces or a pair of '"' +characters. Entry fields are separated from one another, and from +the citation key, by commas. A comma may have optional space around +it.

+

The outermost braces that surround the entire entry may be +replaced by parentheses. As in TeX input files, an end-of-line +character counts as a space and one space is equivalent to many +spaces. Unlike TeX, BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry +type, citation key and field names. The above entry could have been +typed as follows:

+
+@BOOK(kn:gnus, author = {Donald E. Knudson},
+      TITLE  = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
+      PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
+      ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk}             )
+
+

However, the case of letters does matter to LaTeX, so the +citation key ("kn:gnus" in the example above) should appear exactly +the same in all \cite commands in the +LaTeX input file.

+

The quotes or braces can be omitted around text consisting +entirely of numerals. The following two fields are equivalent:

+
+Volume = "27"           Volume = 27
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.3 Entry +Types

+ +

When entering a reference in the bibliography database, the +first thing to decide is what type of entry it is. No fixed +classification scheme can be complete, but BibTeX provides enough +entry types to handle almost any reference reasonably well.

+

References to different types of publications contain different +information; a reference to a journal might include the volume and +number of the journal, which is usually not meaningful for a book. +Therefore, database entries of different types have different +fields for each entry type, the fields are divided into three +classes:

+
+
+
Required
+
+

omitting the field will produce an error message and may result +in a badly formatted bibliography entry. If the required +information is not meaningful, you are using the wrong entry +type.

+
Optional
+
+

the field's information will be used if present, but can be +omitted without causing any formatting problems. A reference should +contain any available information that might help the reader, so +you should include the optional field if it is applicable.

+
Ignored
+
+

the field is ignored. BibTeX ignores any field that is not +required or optional, so you can include any fields you want in a +bibliography entry. It's often a good idea to put all relevant +information about a reference in its bibliography entry - even +information that may never appear in the bibliography. For example, +if you want to keep an abstract of a paper in a computer file, put +it in an 'abstract' field in the paper's bibliography entry. The +bibliography database file is likely to be as good a place as any +for the abstract, and it is possible to design a bibliography style +for printing selected abstracts.

+

BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry type.

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.1 +article entry

+ +

An article from a journal or magazine.

+

Format:

+
+@ARTICLE{citation_key,
+         required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +journal, +year

+

Optional fields: volume, +number, +pages, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.2 book +entry

+ +

A book with an explicit publisher.

+

Format:

+
+@BOOK{citation_key,
+      required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author or +editor, +title, +publisher, +year

+

Optional fields: volume, +series, +address, +edition, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.3 +booklet entry

+ +

A work that is printed and bound, but without a named publisher +or sponsoring institution.

+

Format:

+
+@BOOKLET{citation_key,
+         required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: title

+

Optional fields: author, +howpublished, +address, +month, +year, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.4 +conference entry

+ +

An article in the proceedings of a conference. This entry is +identical to the 'inproceedings' entry and is included for +compatibility with another text formatting system.

+

Format:

+
+@CONFERENCE{citation_key,
+            required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +booktitle, +year

+

Optional fields: editor, +pages, +organization, +publisher, +address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.5 +inbook entry

+ +

A part of a book, which may be a chapter and/or a range of +pages.

+

Format:

+
+@INBOOK{citation_key,
+        required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author or +editor, +title, +chapter and/or +pages, +publisher, +year

+

Optional fields: volume, +series, +address, +edition, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.6 +incollection entry

+ +

A part of a book with its own title.

+

Format:

+
+@INCOLLECTION{citation_key,
+              required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +booktitle, +year

+

Optional fields: editor, +pages, +organization, +publisher, +address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

+3.3.7 inproceedings +entry

+ +

An article in the proceedings of a conference.

+

Format:

+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
+               required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +booktitle, +year

+

Optional fields: editor, +pages, +organization, +publisher, +address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.8 +manual entry

+ +

Technical documentation.

+

Format:

+
+@MANUAL{citation_key,
+        required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: title

+

Optional fields: author, +organization, +address, +edition, +month, +year, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

+3.3.9 mastersthesis +entry

+ +

A Master's thesis.

+

Format:

+
+@MASTERSTHESIS{citation_key,
+               required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +school, +year

+

Optional fields: address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.10 misc +entry

+ +

Use this type when nothing else seems appropriate.

+

Format:

+
+@MISC{citation_key,
+      required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: none

+

Optional fields: author, +title, +howpublished, +month, +year, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.11 +phdthesis entry

+ +

A PhD thesis.

+

Format:

+
+@PHDTHESIS{citation_key,
+           required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +school, +year

+

Optional fields: address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.12 +proceedings entry

+ +

The proceedings of a conference.

+

Format:

+
+@PROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
+             required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: title, +year

+

Optional fields: editor, +publisher, +organization, +address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.13 +techreport entry

+ +

A report published by a school or other institution, usually +numbered within a series.

+

Format:

+
+@TECHREPORT{citation_key,
+            required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +institution, +year

+

Optional fields: type, +number, +address, +month, +note, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.3.14 +unpublished entry

+ +

A document with an author and title, but not formally +published.

+

Format:

+
+@UNPUBLISHED{citation_key,
+             required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+
+

Required fields: author, +title, +note

+

Optional fields: month, +year, +key

+
+
+
+
+

3.4 Field +Text

+ +

The text of the field is enclosed in braces or double quote +characters. A part of the text is said to be enclosed in braces if +it lies inside a matching pair of braces other than the ones +enclosing the entire entry or the entire field text.

+

BibTeX manipulates the case of letters in the field text as +described in the subtopics below.

+
+
+
+
+

3.4.1 +Names

+ +

The text of an author or editor field represents a list of +names. The bibliography style determines the format in which the +name is printed: whether the first name or last name appears first, +if the full first name or just the first initial is used, etc. The +bibliography file entry simply tells BibTeX what the name is.

+

You should type an author's complete name and let the +bibliography style decide what to abbreviate. (But an author's +complete name may be "Donald~E. Knuth" or even "J.~P.~Morgan"; you +should type it the way the author would like it to appear, if +that's known.)

+

Most names can be entered in the obvious way, either with or +without a comma, as in the following examples:

+

"John Paul Jones" "Jones, John Paul" "Ludwig von Beethoven" "von +Beethoven, Ludwig"

+

Some people have multiple last names - for example, Per Brinch +Hansen's last name is Brinch~Hansen. His name should be typed with +a comma:

+

"Brinch Hansen, Per"

+

To understand why, you must understand how BibTeX handles names +(for what follows, a "name" corresponds to a person).

+

Each name consists of four parts: First, von, Last, and~Jr; each +part consists of a (possibly empty) list of name-tokens. For +example the First part of Per Brinch~Hansen's name has the single +token "Per"; the Last part has two, "Brinch" and "Hansen"; and the +von and Jr parts are empty. If you had typed

+

"Per Brinch Hansen"

+

instead, BibTeX would erroneously think "Brinch" were a +First-part token, just as "Paul" is a First-part token in +"John~Paul Jones".

+

Here's another example:

+

"Charles Louis Xavier Joseph de la Vallee Poussin"

+

This name has four tokens in the First part, two in the von, and +two in the Last. Here BibTeX knows where one part ends and the +other begins because the tokens in the von part begin with +lower-case letters.

+

If you want BibTeX to consider something a single token, enclose +it in braces. You should do this, for example, if a comma is part +of a name:

+

"{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}" "{Barnes and} {Noble, Inc.}" +"{Barnes} {and} {Noble,} {Inc.}"

+

The braces surrounding the comma keep "Inc." from being +interpreted as a First token; this name has only a Last part, with +either one, two, or four tokens (there must be a space separating +the tokens in the second and third forms). Probably the second form +is slightly more meaningful, but don't lose sleep over this since +only rarely will an institution be an author or editor.

+

So the two names

+

"von Beethoven, Ludwig" "{von Beethoven}, Ludwig"

+

are considered by BibTeX to be different names. In the first, +"Beethoven" is the Last part and "von" is the von part; in the +second, which in this case happens to be incorrect, the Last part +has a single token and there's no von part. The bibliography style +will probably print both the same, but it may alphabetize and label +them differently.

+

"Juniors" pose a special problem. Most people having "Jr." in +their name precede it with a comma. Such a name should be entered +as follows:

+

"Ford, Jr., Henry"

+

However, a few people do not use a comma. They are handled by +considering the "Jr." to be part of the last Last token:

+

"{Steele Jr.}, Guy L." "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}"

+

This name has no Jr part.

+

To summarize, you may type a name in one of three forms:

+

"First von Last" "von Last, First" "von Last, Jr, First"

+

You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't if +either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple tokens but +there's no von part.

+

If there are multiple authors or editors, their names must be +separated by the word "and", surrounded by spaces, not enclosed in +braces:

+

AUTHOR = "Ralph Alpher and Bethe, Hans and George Gamow"

+

Since BibTeX interprets commas as separating parts of a name and +"and" as separating names themselves, this example has three +coauthors: Ralph Alpher, Hans Bethe, and George Gamow. If the word +"and" appears as part of a name, it must be enclosed in braces, as +in the example of "Barnes and Noble,~Inc." given above. If you have +too many names to list in a field, you can end the list with "and +others"; the standard styles appropriately append an "et al."

+

BibTeX's rules are actually a bit more complicated than +indicated here, but this description will suffice for most +names.

+
+
+
+
+

3.4.2 +Titles

+ +

The bibliography style determines whether or not a title is +capitalized; the titles of books usually are, the title of articles +usually are not. You type a title the way it should appear if it is +capitalized (you should capitalize everything but articles and +unstressed conjunctions and prepositions, and even these should be +capitalized as the first word or the first after a colon):

+

TITLE = "The Agony and the Ecstasy"

+

BibTeX will change uppercase letters to lowercase if +appropriate. Uppercase letters that should not be changed are +enclosed in braces. The following two titles are equivalent; the +"A" of "Africa" will not be made lowercase.

+

"The Gnats and Gnus of {Africa}" "The Gnats and Gnus of +{A}frica"

+
+
+
+
+

3.4.3 +Abbreviations

+ +

Instead of an ordinary text string, the text of a field can be +replaced by an abbreviation for it. An abbreviation is a string of +characters that starts with a letter and does not contain a space +or any of the following ten characters:

+

" # % ' ( ) , = { }

+

The abbreviation is typed in place of the text field, with no +braces or quotation marks. If 'jgg1' is an abbreviation for

+

Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1

+

then the following are equivalent:

+

JOURNAL = jgg1 JOURNAL = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, +Series~1"

+

Some abbreviations are predefined by the bibliography style. +These always include the usual 3 letter abbreviations for the +month: jan, feb, mar etc.

+

Bibliography styles usually contain abbreviations for the names +of commonly referenced journals. Consult the Local Guide for a list +of the predefined abbreviations for the bibliography styles +available.

+

You can define your own abbreviations by using BibTeX's +@STRING command.

+
+
+
+
+

3.5 Field +Types

+ +

Below is a list of all fields recognized by the standard +bibliography styles. An entry can also contain other fields, which +are ignored by those styles.

+

BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the field names.

+
+
+
+
+

3.5.1 +address field

+ +

Publisher's address. For major publishing houses, just the city +is given. For small publishers, you can help the reader by giving +the complete address.

+

Format:

+
+ADDRESS = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.2 +annote field

+ +

An annotation, used only for annotated bibliography styles +(which are not among the standard ones).

+

Format:

+
+ANNOTE = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.3 +author field

+ +

The name(s) of the author(s).

+

Format:

+
+AUTHOR = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.4 +booktitle field

+ +

Title of a book, part of which is being cited.

+

Format:

+
+BOOKTITLE = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.5 +chapter field

+ +

A chapter number.

+

Format:

+
+CHAPTER = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.6 +edition field

+ +

The edition of a book - for example, "second".

+

Format:

+
+EDITION = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.7 +editor field

+ +

Name(s) of editor(s). If there is also an "author" field, then +the "editor" field gives the editor of the book or collection in +which the reference appears.

+

Format:

+
+EDITOR = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.8 +howpublished field

+ +

How something strange has been published.

+

Format:

+
+HOWPUBLISHED = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.9 +institution field

+ +

The institution that published the work.

+

Format:

+
+INSTITUTION = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.10 +journal field

+ +

A journal name. Abbreviations are provided for many journals; +see the Local Guide.

+

Format:

+
+JOURNAL = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.11 key +field

+ +

Used for alphabetizing and creating a label when the "author" +and "editor" fields are missing. This field should not be confused +with the citation key that appears in the +\cite command and at the beginning of the +entry.

+

Format:

+
+KEY = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.12 month +field

+ +

The month in which the work was published or, for an unpublished +work, in which it was written.

+

Format:

+
+MONTH = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.13 note +field

+ +

Any additional information that can help the reader.

+

Format:

+
+NOTE = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.14 +number field

+ +

The number of a journal, magazine, or technical report. An issue +of a journal or magazine is usually identified by its volume and +number; the organization that issues a technical report usually +gives it a number.

+

Format:

+
+NUMBER = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

+3.5.15 organization +field

+ +

The organization sponsoring a conference.

+

Format:

+
+ORGANIZATION = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.16 pages +field

+ +

A page number or range of numbers such as "42--111"; you may +also have several of these, separating them with commas: +"7,41,73--97". The standard styles convert a single dash to a +double. >

+

Format:

+
+PAGES = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.17 +publisher field

+ +

The publisher's name.

+

Format:

+
+PUBLISHER = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.18 +school field

+ +

The name of the school where a thesis was written.

+

Format:

+
+SCHOOL = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.19 +series field

+ +

The name of a series or set of books. When citing an entire +book, the the "title" field gives its title and an optional +"series" field gives the name of a series in which the book is +published.

+

Format:

+
+SERIES = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.20 title +field

+ +

The work's title.

+

Format:

+
+TITLE = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.21 type +field

+ +

The type of a technical report - for example, "Research +Note".

+

Format:

+
+TYPE = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.22 +volume field

+ +

The volume of a journal or multivolume book work.

+

Format:

+
+VOLUME = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

3.5.23 year +field

+ +

The year of publication or, for an unpublished work, the year it +was written. This field's text should contain only numerals.

+

Format:

+
+YEAR = field_text
+
+
+
+
+
+

+4 bst files

+ +

Bibliography style files define the style of a bibliography +source list.

+

The standard bibliography style files are +PLAIN, +UNSRT, +ALPHA and +ABBRV.

+

If you want to make a bibliography style of your own, look at +SAMPLE.BST.

+
+
+
+
+

4.1 +ABBRV.BST

+ +

This style is the same as the style defined in +PLAIN.BST, except that entries are more +compact because first names, month names and journal names are +abbreviated.

+
+
+
+
+

4.2 +ALPHA.BST

+ +

This style is the same as the style defined in +PLAIN.BST except that entry labels like +"Knu66", formed from the author's name and the year of publication, +are used.

+
+
+
+
+

4.3 +PLAIN.BST

+ +

This style is formatted more or less as suggested by Mary-Claire +van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars" (Alfred A. Knopf, New York, +1979). Entries are sorted alphabetically and are labelled with +numbers.

+
+
+
+
+

4.4 +SAMPLE.BST

+ +

This is a sample bibliography style file meant to help you +construct a new style. It creates a bibliography in which entries +appear as follows:

+

[Jones79] Jones, R. L. and Richards, P. Q. The Birds and the +Bees. {\it Journal of Irreproducible Results 4}, 2 (Jan. 1979), +27-33.

+

[Jones82a] Jones, P. G. The Bees and the Trees ... (1982).

+

[Jones82b] Jones, R. L. The Trees and the Peas ... (1982).

+

[Krist74] Kristofferson, R. P. Peopl and Places ... (1974)

+

It should illustrate how you write a style file. The functions +are described in an informal Pascal-like style in comments. Because +of the way while loops and if-then-else statements must use +functions, the following convention is used. If a while loop is +labeled 'foo' in the informal description, then its test and body +are the functions named 'foo.test' and 'foo.body'. If an if +statement is labeled 'foo', then its two clauses are the functions +named 'foo.then' and 'foo.else'. (Null clauses just use the 'skip$' +function.) Note that because functions have to be defined in terms +of already-defined functions, the actual function definitions are +given in a 'bottom-up' order.

+
+
+
+
+

4.5 +UNSRT.BST

+ +

This style is that same as PLAIN.BST +except that entries appear in the order of their first +citation.

+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 6. Make-Index

+ + +
+

Note

+

The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages +for Make-Index of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).

+

Some obvious errors in this documentation have been corrected +according to makeindex(1L).

+

Additional information was taken from +makeindex(1L) and the program source +files as found in teTeX 2.0.2.

+

Make-Index is a general purpose index processor. It takes one or +more raw index files (normally generated by a formatter), sorts the +entries, and produces the actual index file. It is not dependent on +any particular format of raw index file, although the +.idx file generated by LaTeX is the +default. Up to three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting within +the same entry is supported. The input format may be redefined in a +style file so that raw index or glossary output from other +formatters may be processed. The style file also defines the style +of output index file. Unless specified otherwise, the file name +base of the first input file (idx0) is +used to determine other related input/output files. The default +input file type is .idx.

+
+
+
+
+

+1 Options

+ +

Make-Index is a Unix program, and therefore has a Unix-style +command line. Instead of qualifiers delimited with a slash +(/), Make-Index options are delimited with +a hyphen (-).

+
+
+
+
+

1.1 +-c

+ +

Enable blank compression. By default every blank counts in the +index key. The -c option ignores leading +and trailing blanks and tabs and compresses intermediate ones to a +single space.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2 +-g

+ +

Employ German word ordering in the index, in accord with rules +set forth in DIN 5007. The quote character must be redefined in a +style file (for example, redefine quote as +'+'). If the quote character is not +redefined, Make-Index will produce an error message and +abort.

+
+
+
+
+

1.3 +-i

+ +

Use stdin as the input file. When this +option is specified and the -o is not, +output is written to stdout.

+
+
+
+
+

1.4 +-l

+ +

Use letter ordering. Default is word ordering (explained in the +Ordering +section).

+
+
+
+
+

1.5 +-q

+ +

Quiet mode, send no messages to stderr. +By default progress and error messages are sent to +stderr as well as the transcript file. The +-q option disables the +stderr messages.

+
+
+
+
+

1.6 +-r

+ +

Disable implicit page range formation. By default three or more +successive pages will be automatically abbreviated as a range (e.g. +1--5). The -r option disables it, making +the explicit range operators the only way to create page ranges +(see the Special Effects section +below).

+
+
+
+
+

1.7 +-s sty

+ +

Take sty as the style file. There is no +default for the style file name. The environment variable +INDEXSTYLE defines the path where the style file should be +found.

+
+
+
+
+

1.8 +-o ind

+ +

Take ind as the output index file. By +default the file name base of the first input file +idx0 concatenated with the extension +.ind is used as the output file +name.

+
+
+
+
+

1.9 +-t log

+ +

Take log as the transcript file. By +default the file name base of the first input file +idx0 concatenated with the extension +.ilg is used as the transcript file +name.

+
+
+
+
+

1.10 +-p no

+ +

Set the starting page number of the output index file to be +no. This is useful when the index file is +to be formatted separately. Other than pure numbers, three special +cases are allowed for no: any, +odd, and even. In +these special cases, the starting page number is determined by +retrieving the last page number from the source log file. The +source log file name is determined by concatenating the file name +base of the first raw index file (idx0) +with the extension .log. The last source +page is obtained by searching backward in the log file for the +first instance of a number included in +[...]. If a page number is missing or the +log file is not found, no attempt will be made to set the starting +page number. The meaning of each of these cases follows:

+
+
+
any
+
+

The starting page is the last source page number plus +1.

+
odd
+
+

The starting page is the first odd page following the last +source page number.

+
even
+
+

The starting page is the first even page following the last +source page number.

+
+
+
+
+

1.11 +-L

+ +

Sort based on locale settings. String comparisons for sorting +are done using strcoll(3), +which compares strings according to the current locale category +LC_COLLATE.

+

Not available on all systems (depends on compile time +settings).

+
+
+
+
+

1.12 +-T

+ +

Special support for Thai documents.

+

Not available on all systems (depends on compile time +settings).

+
+
+
+
+

+2 Style +File

+ +

The style file format is very simple. It is a list of +<specifier, attribute> pairs. There +are two types of specifiers (input and output). The pairs don't +have to obey any particular order in the file. A line lead by +`%' is a comment. The following is a list +of all the specifiers and their respective arguments where +<string> is an arbitrary string +delimited by double quotes ("..."), +<char> is a single letter embraced +by single quotes ('...'), and +<number> is a nonnegative integer. +The maximum length of a <string> is +144. Notice that a backslash must be escaped (by an extra +backslash) in the string quotation. Anything not specified in the +style file will be assigned a default value, which is shown on a +separate line. This file can reside anywhere in the path defined by +the environment variable INDEXSTYLE.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1 Input Style +Specifiers

+ +
+
+
+
+

2.1.1 actual +<char>

+ +

Default: @

+

The symbol which indicates that the next entry is to appear in +the actual index file.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.2 arg_close +<char>

+ +

Default: }

+

This is the closing delimiter for the index entry +argument.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.3 +arg_open <char>

+ +

Default: {

+

This is the opening delimiter for the index entry +argument.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.4 encap +<char>

+ +

Default: |

+

The symbol which indicates that the rest of the argument list is +to be used as the encapsulating command for the page +number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.5 escape +<char>

+ +

Default: \\

+

The symbol which escapes the next letter, unless its preceding +letter is escape. In other words, quote is used to escape the +letter which immediately follows it. But if it is preceded by +escape, it does not escape anything.

+

Notice that the two symbols must be distinct.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.6 keyword +<string>

+ +

Default: "\\indexentry"

+

This is the command which tells Make-Index that its argument is +an index entry.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.7 level +<char>

+ +

Default: !

+

The delimiter which denotes a new level of subitem.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.8 quote +<char>

+ +

Default: "

+

quote is used to escape the letter +which immediately follows it, but if it is preceded by escape, it +is treated as a ordinary character. These two symbols must be +distinct.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.9 +range_close <char>

+ +

Default: )

+

The closing delimiter indicating the end of an explicit page +range.

+
+
+
+
+

2.1.10 +range_open <char>

+ +

Default: (

+

The opening delimiter indicating the beginning of an explicit +page range.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2 +Output Style Specifiers

+ +
+
+
+
+

2.2.1 +page_compositor <string>

+ +

Default: "-"

+

This specifier is used to separate a range of page numbers.

+

Officially undocumented!

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.2 preamble +<string>

+ +

Default: "\\begin{theindex}\n"

+

The preamble of actual index file.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.3 postamble +<string>

+ +

Default: "\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"

+

The postamble of actual index file.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.4 +setpage_prefix <string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\setcounter{page}{"

+

The prefix of the command which sets the starting page +number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.5 +setpage_suffix <string>

+ +

Default: "}\n"

+

The suffix of the command which sets the starting page +number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.6 +group_skip <string>

+ +

Default: "\n\n \\indexspace\n"

+

The vertical space to be inserted before a new group +begins.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.7 +heading_prefix <string>

+ +

Default: ""

+

The header prefix to be inserted before a new letter +begins.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.8 +heading_suffix <string>

+ +

Default: ""

+

The header suffix to be inserted before a new letter +begins.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.9 +headings_flag <string>

+ +

Default: 0

+

The flag indicating the condition of inserting new letter +header. Default is 0, which means no header. Positive means insert +an uppercase letter between prefix and suffix. Negative means +insert a lowercase letter.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.10 +symhead_positive <string>

+ +

Default: "Symbols"

+

Heading for symbols to be inserted if +headings_flag is positive.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.11 +symhead_negative <string>

+ +

Default: "symbols"

+

Heading for symbols to be inserted if +headings_flag is negative.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.12 +numhead_positive <string>

+ +

Default: "Numbers"

+

Heading for numbers to be inserted if +headings_flag is positive.

+
+
+
+
+

+2.2.13 +numhead_negative <string>

+ +

Default: "numbers"

+

Heading for numbers to be inserted if +headings_flag is negative.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.14 item_0 +<string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\item "

+

The command to be inserted between two primary (level 0) +items.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.15 item_1 +<string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\subitem "

+

The command to be inserted between two secondary (level 1) +items.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.16 item_2 +<string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\subsubitem "

+

The command to be inserted between two level 2 items.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.17 +item_01 <string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\subitem "

+

The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1 +item.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.18 +item_x1 <string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\subitem "

+

The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1 +item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case +the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.19 +item_12 <string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\subsubitem "

+

The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2 +item.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.20 +item_x2 <string>

+ +

Default: "\n \\subsubitem "

+

The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2 +item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case +the level 1 item doesn't have any page numbers.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.21 +delim_0 <string>

+ +

Default: ", "

+

The delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key and its first +page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.22 +delim_1 <string>

+ +

Default: ", "

+

The delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key and its first +page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.23 +delim_2 <string>

+ +

Default: ", "

+

The delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key and its first +page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.24 +delim_n <string>

+ +

Default: ", "

+

The delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers for the +same key in any level. Default is a comma followed by a +blank.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.25 +delim_r <string>

+ +

Default: "--"

+

The delimiter to be inserted between the starting and ending +page numbers of a range.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.26 +delim_t <string>

+ +

Default: ""

+

The delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list. This +delimiter has no effect on entries which have no associated page +list.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.27 +encap_prefix <string>

+ +

Default: "\\"

+

The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page +number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.28 +encap_infix <string>

+ +

Default: "{"

+

The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page +number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.29 +encap_suffix <string>

+ +

Default: "}"

+

The suffix for the command which encapsulates the page +number.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.30 +line_max <number>

+ +

Default: 72

+

The maximum length of a line in the output beyond which a line +wraps around.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.31 +indent_space <string>

+ +

Default: "\t\t"

+

The space to be inserted in front of a wrapped line. Default is +two tabs.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.32 +indent_length <number>

+ +

Default: 16

+

The length of indent_space. In the default case this is 16 (for +2 tabs).

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.33 +suffix_2p <string>

+ +

Default: ""

+

Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page +number of a two page list. When present, it overrides +delim_r.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.34 +suffix_3p <string>

+ +

Default: ""

+

Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page +number of a three page list. When present, it overrides +delim_r and +suffix_mp.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2.35 +suffix_mp <string>

+ +

Default: ""

+

Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page +number of a multiple page list (three or more pages). When present, +it overrides +delim_r.

+
+
+
+
+

+3 Example

+ +

The following example shows a style file called +book.isty which defines a stand-alone +index for a book. By stand-alone, we mean it can be formatted +independent of the main source.

+
+preamble
+"\\documentstyle[12pt]{book}
+\\begin{document}
+\\begin{theindex}
+{\\small\n"
+
+postamble
+"\n\n}
+\\end{theindex}
+\\end{document}\n"
+
+

Suppose a particular book style requires the index (as well as +any chapters) to start from an odd page number. Given +foo.idx as the raw index file, the +following command line produces an index in file +foo-.ind.

+
+makeindex  -s book.isty  -o foo-.ind  -p odd  foo
+
+

The reason to use a non-default output file name is to avoid +clobbering the source output (presumably +foo.dvi) because if the index is in file +foo.ind, its output will also be in +foo.dvi as a result of separate formatting +using . In the example the index is in +foo-.ind, its output will be in +foo-.dvi and thus introduces no +confusion.

+
+
+
+
+

+4 Ordering

+ +

By default makeindex assumes word +ordering. The -l option turns it into +letter ordering. The only difference is whether a blank is treated +as an effective letter or not. In word ordering, a blank precedes +any letter in the alphabet, whereas in letter ordering, it doesn't +count at all. This is best illustrated by the following +example:

+
+ +++ + + + + + + + + + + +
word +orderletter +order
sea lionseal
sealseal lion
+

Numbers are sorted in numeric order. For instance,

+
+ ++ + + + + +
9 (nine), 123
123 10 (ten), see Derek, +Bo
+

Letters are first sorted with uppercase and lowercase considered +identical; then, within identical words the uppercase letter +precedes its lowercase counterpart.

+

Patterns lead by a special symbol precede numbers, which precede +patterns lead by a letter. The symbol here refers to anything not +in the union of digits and English alphabet. This includes those +which follow 'z' in the ASCII chart. As a special case, anything +started with a digit but mixed with non-digits is considered a +symbol-leading pattern instead of a number.

+
+
+
+
+

+5 Special +Effects

+ +

In the normal case entries such as

+
+\indexentry{alpha}{1}  
+\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3}  
+\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10}
+
+

in the raw index file will be converted to

+
+\item alpha, 1 
+  \subitem beta, 3 
+    \subsubitem gamma, 10
+
+

in the output index file by Make-Index. Notice that the level +symbol (!) is used to delimit levels of +nesting.

+

It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form by +using the actual (@) operator. For +instance,

+
+\indexentry{alpha@{\it alpha\/}}{1}
+
+

will become

+
+\item {\it alpha\/} 1
+
+

after the conversion. The idea is that the pattern preceding +@ is used as sort key, whereas the one +following it is put in the actual result. However, the same key +with and without the actual part are regarded as distinct +entries.

+

It is also possible to encapsulate a page number with a +designated command using the encap (|) +operator. For example, in the default case,

+
+\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1}
+
+

will be converted to

+
+\item alpha \bold{1}
+
+

where \bold{n} will expand to +{\bf n}. This allows the encap operator to +be used to set pages in different fonts, thereby conveying more +information about whatever being indexed. For instance, given the +same key the page where its definition appears can be in one font +while where its primary example is given can be in another, with +other ordinary appearances in a third. Notice that in this example, +the three output attributes associated with page encapsulation +encap_prefix, +encap_infix, and +encap_suffix correspond respectively to +backslash, left brace, and right brace. If this is to be formatted +by languages other than , they would be defined differently.

+

By the same token, the encap operator +can be used to make cross references in the index. For +instance,

+
+\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1}
+
+

will become

+
+\item alpha \see{beta}{1}
+
+

in the output index file after the conversion, where

+
+\see{beta}{1}
+
+

will expand to

+
+{\it see\/} beta
+
+

Notice that in a cross reference like this the page number +disappears. Therefore, where to insert such a command in the source +is immaterial.

+

A pair of encap concatenated with +range_open (|() +and with range_close +(|)) creates an explicit page range. That +is,

+
+\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}  
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
+
+

will become

+
+\item alpha, 1--5
+
+

Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged into +the range implicitly. This is especially useful when an entire +section about a particular subject is to be indexed, in which case +only the range opening and closing operators need to be inserted at +the beginning and end of the section, respectively.

+

This explicit page range formation can also include an extra +command to set the page range in a designated font. Thus

+
+\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1}  
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
+
+

will become

+
+\item alpha, \bold{1--5}
+
+

A couple of special cases are worth mentioning here. First, +entries like

+
+\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}  
+\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3}  
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
+
+

will be interpreted as

+
+\item alpha, \bold{3}, 1--5
+
+

but with a warning message in the transcript about the encounter +of an inconsistent page encapsulator. Secondly, an explicit range +beginning in a Roman page number and ending in Arabic is considered +an error. In a case like this the range is broken into two +subranges, if possible, one in Roman, the other in Arabic. For +instance,

+
+\indexentry{alpha|(}{i}
+\indexentry{alpha}{iv}
+\indexentry{alpha}{3}
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{7}
+
+

will be turned into

+
+\item alpha, 1--iv, 3--7
+
+

with a warning message in the transcript complaining about the +illegal range formation.

+

Finally, every special symbol mentioned in this section may be +escaped by the quote operator ("). +Thus

+
+\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1}
+
+

will actually become

+
+\item alpha@beta, 1
+
+

as a result of executing Make-Index. However, if quote is +preceded by escape (\), its following +letter is not escaped. That is,

+
+\indexentry{f\"ur}{1}
+
+

means

+
+\item f\"ur, 1
+
+

which represents umlaut accented u to +the family of processors.

+
+
+
+
+

+Chapter 7. xindy

+ + +
+

Note

+

The content of this section was taken from the original +documentation of xindy V2.1 +(Doc/manual*.html).

+

xindy means +flexible +indexing +system. It is an indexing +system that can be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary +document preparation systems. This term includes systems such as +TeX and LaTeX, the Nroff-family or SGML-based systems (e.g. HTML) +that process some kind of text and generate indexing information. +It is not fixed to any specific system, but can be configured for a +wide variety of purposes.

+
+
+
+
+

+1 Command +List

+ +

Here is the complete list of xindy's commands that may be used +in the index style. The symbol name always +refers to a string. We separate the commands into the processing +and markup commands. The commands are listed in alphabetical +order.

+

The parenthesis [ and +] denote optional parts of the syntax and +{ and } denote +the grouping of elements. A vertical bar indicates alternatives. +However, the enclosing round braces +are part of the syntax and +must be supplied.

+
+
+
+
+

1.1 +Processing Commands

+ +
+
+
+
+

+1.1.1 +define-alphabet

+ +
+(define-alphabet name string-list)
+
+

Defines name to be the alphabet +consisting of all elements of the +string-list. Examples:

+
+(define-alphabet "example-alphabet" ("An" "Example" "Alphabet"))
+
+

defines an alphabet consisting of exactly three symbols. For the +successor relationship holds: +succ("An")="Example" and +succ("Example")="Alphabet". The built-in +alphabet digits is defined as follows:

+
+(define-alphabet "digits"
+                 ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9"))
+
+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.2 +define-attributes

+ +
+(define-attributes attribute-list)
+
+

Defines all attributes the raw index may contain. Parameter +attribute-list is a list of list of +strings. The nesting level must not be more than 2. So +(..(..)..) is allowed, whereas +(..(..(..)..)..) is not.

+

The list has two kinds of elements: strings and list of strings. +A single string is treated as if it were a single element list. So +the lists ("definition") and +( ("definition") ) are equivalent. All +elements forming a list are a so-called +attribute group. The members +of a group are written to the output file before any member of the +following groups are written.

+

Examples of valid attributes lists are:

+

("definition" "usage") defines two +attribute groups. The first one contains all references with the +attribute definition and the second one +all with the attribute usage.

+

(("definition" "important") "usage") +defines two attribute groups. The first one contains all references +with the attributes definition or +important and the second one all with the +attribute usage. In the attribute group +("definition" "important") the attribute +definition overrides +important.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.3 +define-crossref-class

+ +
+(define-crossref-class name [:unverified])
+
+

Defines name to be a class of cross +references. We distinguish two types of cross reference classes. +Verified cross reference +classes can be checked for dangling references. If for instance a +cross reference points to the non-existent keyword `foo' a warning +is issued and the user is advised to correct the invalid cross +reference. This is the default. If for some reasons this mechanism +must be deactivated the switch :unverified +can be used to suppress this behaviour.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.4 +define-letter-group

+ +
+(define-letter-group name [:before lgname] [:after lgname]
+                          [:prefixes list-of-prefixes])
+
+
+(define-letter-groups list-of-letter-groups)
+
+

This command defines a letter group with name +name, which must be a string value, +grouping all index entries that have a +sort key beginning with the +prefix name. The command

+
+(define-letter-group "a")
+
+

is equivalent to the command

+
+(define-letter-group "a" :prefixes ("a"))
+
+

Using the latter form one can associate more than one prefix +with a given letter group. Also further prefixes can be added to an +already existing letter group by simply defining the same letter +group again. This results not in a redefinition but in adding more +prefixes to the currently defined prefixes.

+

Example:

+
+(define-letter-group "a")
+
+

defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning +with the string "a".

+
+(define-letter-group "c" :after       "a")
+
+

defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning +with the string "c". The letter group +appears behind the letter group "a"

+
+(define-letter-group "b" :after "a" :before "c")
+
+

inserts letter group "b" between letter +group "a" and +"c". This allows incremental definition of +letter groups by extending already defined ones.

+

The arguments :after and +:before define a partial order on the +letter groups. xindy tries to convert this partial order into a +total one. If this is impossible due to circular definitions, an +error is reported. If more than one possible total ordering can +result, it is left open which one is used, so one should always +define a complete total order.

+

The command define-letter-groups (with +an `s' at the end) is simply an abbreviation for a sequence of +define-letter-group definitions where the +elements are ordered in the ordering given by the list. +Example:

+
+(define-letter-groups ("a" "b" "c")
+
+

equals the definitions

+
+(define-letter-group "a")
+(define-letter-group "b" :after "a")
+(define-letter-group "c" :after "b")
+
+

See also commands +markup-letter-group-list and +markup-letter-group for further +information.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.5 +define-location-class

+ +
+(define-location-class name layer-list
+                       [:min-range-length num]
+                       [:hierdepth depth]
+                       [:var])
+
+

Defines name to be a location class +consisting of the given list of layers. A list of layers consists +of names of basetypes and/or strings representing separators. +Separators must follow the keyword argument +:sep. If the keyword +:min-range-length is specified we define +the minimum range length to +be used when building ranges. The argument +num must be a positive integer number or +the keyword none in which case the +building of ranges is disallowed. If the switch +:var is specified the declared class is of +type variable, i.e. it is a +var-location-class. Since +building of ranges is currently only allowed for standard classes +:var and +:min-range-length must not be used +together. The keyword argument :hierdepth +can be used to declare that the location references have to be +tagged in a hierarchical form. Its argument +depth must be an integer number indicating +the number of layers the hierarchy does contain. See command +markup-locref-list for more information. +Examples:

+
+(define-location-class "page-numbers" ("arabic-numbers")
+                       :minimum-range-length 3)
+
+

Defines the location class page-numbers +consisting of one layer which is the alphabet +arabic-numbers. Since the minimum range +length is set to 3 the location references 2, 3 and 4 don't form a +range because the range length is only 2. But the references 6, 7, +8, and 9 are enough to form a range. Some example instances of this +class are 0, 1, ... 2313, etc.

+
+(define-location-class "sections" :var
+   ("arabic-numbers" :sep "."
+    "arabic-numbers" :sep "."
+    "arabic-numbers"))
+
+

defines a variable location class. Valid instances are +1, 1.1, 1.2, 2, 2.4.5, but none of +2-3 (wrong separator), +1.2.3.4 (more than 3 layers), +2.3.iv (roman number instead of arabic +one).

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.6 +define-location-class-order

+ +
+(define-location-class-order list)
+
+

Defines the order in which the location classes are written to +the output file. The parameter list is a +list of names of location classes. Examples:

+
+(define-location-class-order
+    ("page-numbers" "sections" "xrefs"))
+
+

tells the system that the page numbers should appear before the +section numbers and that the cross references should appear at the +end. If this command is omitted, the declaration order of the +location classes in the index style is implicitly used as the +output order. In the case that a location class does not appear in +the list, the output may behave unexpectedly, so one should always +enumerate all used location classes when using this +command.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.7 +define-rule-set

+ +
+(define-rule-set name
+        [ :inherit-from ("rule-set" "rule-set-2") ]
+        :rules (<rule>...) )
+
+

A complete specification of a multi-phase sorting process for a +language requires that some rules have to appear in several +subsequent sorting phases. Rule sets can be used to define a set of +rules that can be instantiated in an arbitrary sorting phase. +Basically, they offer means to separate the definition of sorting +rules from their instantiation, hence, acting as a wrapper for +calls to sort-rule. They do not add new +functionality that is not already present with +sort-rule.

+

A rule can be of the form:

+
+<rule> ::= ("pattern" "replacement"
+            [:string|:bregexp|:egegexp] [:again])
+
+

The following incomplete example defines a new rule set of name +isolatin1-tolower that inherits +definitions from rule set latin-tolower, +overriding or adding the sort rules in the list of +:rules.

+
+(define-rule-set "isolatin1-tolower"
+
+  :inherit-from ("latin-tolower")
+
+  :rules (("?" "?" :string :again)
+          ("?" "?" :string :again)
+          ("?" "?" :string :again)
+          ("?" "?" :string :again)
+          ("?" "?" :string :again)
+          ("?" "?" :string :again)
+          ("?" "?" :string :again)
+       ...
+         )
+...)
+
+

Rule sets can be instantiated with the command +use-rule-set. For further descriptions on +the sorting model refer to the command +sort-rule.

+
+
+
+
+

+ +1.1.8 +define-sort-rule-orientations

+ +
+(define-sort-rule-orientations (orientations...))
+
+

Defines the order for the different sorting phases. The +currently implemented +orientations are +forward and +backward. This command must precede all +sort-rule commands in an index style. It +defines the orientations and implicitly sets the maximum number of +sorting phases performed.

+

For further descriptions on the sorting model refer to the +command sort-rule.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.9 +merge-rule

+ +
+(merge-rule pattern replacement [:again]
+                                [:bregexp | :eregexp | :string])
+
+

Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the +merge key from the +main key of an index entry. +This mapping is necessary to map all keywords that are differently +written but belong to the same keyword to the same canonical +keyword.

+

The parameter pattern can be a +POSIX-compliant regular expression or an ordinary string. The +implementation uses the GNU Rx regular expression library which +implements the POSIX regular expressions. Regular expressions (REs) +can be specified as basic regular +expressions (BREs) or +extended regular expressions +(EREs). You can use the switch :bregexp to +force the interpretation of the pattern as a BRE, or +:eregexp to interpret it as an ERE. If you +want xindy to interpret the pattern literally, use the switch +:string. If none of these switches is +selected, xindy uses an auto-detection mechanism to decide, if the +pattern is a regular expression or not. If it recognizes the +pattern as a RE, it interprets it as an ERE by default.

+

The parameter replacement must be a +string possibly containing the special characters +& (substitutes for the complete match) +and \1 ,..., \9 (substituting for the +n-th submatch. Examples:

+
+(merge-rule "A" "a")
+
+

replaces each occurrence of the uppercase letter +`A' with its lowercase counterpart.

+
+(merge-rule "\~"([AEOUaeou])" "\1")
+
+

transforms the TeX umlaut-letters into their stripped +counterparts, such that `\"A ' is treated +as an `A' afterwards.

+

The following sequences have a special meaning:

+
+
+
` ~n '
+
+

End of line symbol +(linefeed).

+
` ~b '
+
+

The ISO-Latin character with the lowest ordinal number.

+
` ~e '
+
+

The ISO-Latin character with the highest ordinal +number.

+
` ~~ '
+
+

The tilde character.

+
` ~" '
+
+

The double quote character.

+

Tilde characters and double quotes have to be quoted themselves +with a tilde character. The special characters +` ~b ' and ` ~e ' +allow the definition of arbitrary sorting orders by rules. In +connection with an additional character every position in the +alphabet can be described. E.g. ` m~e ' is +lexicographically placed between `m' and +`n'.

+

Due to efficiency, rules that just exchange characters or +substitute constant character sequences are not treated as regular +expressions. Therefore, instead of using the rule

+
+(merge-rule "[A-Z]" "&")
+
+

it is more efficient (though less comfortable) to use

+
+(merge-rule "A" "Ax")
+(merge-rule "B" "Bx")
+...
+(merge-rule "Z" "Zx")
+
+

Usually rules are applied in order of their definition. Rules +with a special prefix precede those that begin with a class of +characters, so that the search pattern +`alpha' is checked before +`.*', but `auto' +and `a.*' are checked in order of their +definition.

+

The first rule from a style file that matches the input is +applied and the process restarts behind the substituted text. If no +rule could be applied, the actual character is copied from the +input and the process continues with the next character.

+

Sometimes it is necessary to apply rules anew to the result of a +transformation. By specifying the keyword argument +:again in the merge rule the rule is +marked as mutable, which means that after using this rule the +transformation process shall restart at the same place. E.g. the +rule

+
+(merge-rule "\$(.*)\$" "\1" :again)
+
+

deletes all surrounding +`$ ' symbols from the input.

+

See also command sort-rule.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.10 +merge-to

+ +
+(merge-to attr-from attr-to [:drop])
+
+

A merge rule says that the attribute +attr-from can be used to build ranges in +attr-to. Both attributes must name valid +attribute names. The switch :drop +indicates, that the original location reference with attribute +attr-from has to be dropped (removed), if +a successful range was built with location references in attribute +attr-to. A detailed description is given +in the section about processing phases.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.11 +require

+ +
+(require filename)
+
+

This command allows to load more index style modules. The module +is searched in the directories defined in the search path. The file +is read in and processing of the current file continues. The +argument filename must be a string. This +allows to decompose the index style into several modules that can +be included into the topmost index style file. Example:

+
+(require "french/alphabet.xdy")
+(require "french/sort-rules.xdy")
+(require "tex/locations.xdy")
+(require "tex/markup.xdy")
+
+

Submodules can load other submodules as well. If a file is +required that was already loaded, the +require command is simply ignored and +processing continues without including this file twice. See also +command searchpath.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.12 +searchpath

+ +
+(searchpath {path-string | path-list})
+
+

This command adds the given paths to the list of paths, xindy +searches for index style files. The argument +path-string must be a colon-separated +string of directory names. If this path ends with a colon the +default search path is added to the end of the path list. +Example:

+
+(searchpath ".:/usr/local/lib/xindy:/usr/local/lib/xindy/english:")
+
+

adds the specified directories to the search path. Since the +last path ends with a colon, the built-in search path is added at +the end. Specifying

+
+(searchpath ("."
+             "/usr/local/lib/xindy"
+             "/usr/local/lib/xindy/english"
+             :default))
+
+

yields exactly the same result as the example above. Here +path-list must be a list of strings and/or +the keyword(s) :default and +:last. The keyword +:default signifies that the default +pathnames are to be inserted at the specified position in the list. +The keyword :last allows to insert the +currently active paths at the indicated position. Since this allows +to insert the built-in paths at any position and incrementally +adding new paths to the search path, this version of the command +ist more flexible than the first version.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.13 +sort-rule

+ +
+(sort-rule pattern replacement [:run level] [:again])
+
+

Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the +sort key of an index entry +from the merge key. This key +is used to sort the index entries lexicographically after they have +been merged using the merge key.

+

The argument :run indicates that this +rule is only in effect a the specified +level (default is level 0). +For a detailed discussion on the definition of sort rules for +different layers refer to the documentation about the new sorting +scheme (new-sort-rules) that comes with +this distribution.

+

See command merge-rule for more +information about keyword rules.

+
+
+
+
+

+1.1.14 +use-rule-set

+ +
+(use-rule-set [:run phase]
+              [:rule-set ( <rule-set>... ))
+
+

This command instantiates the gives rule sets to be in effect at +sorting phase phase. The order of the rule +sets given with argument :rule-set is +significant. Rule set entries of rule set appearing at the +beginning of the list override entries in rule sets at the end of +the list.

+

The following example declares that in phase 0 the rule sets +din5007 and +isolatin1-tolower should be active, +whereas in phase 2 the other rule sets have to be applied.

+
+(use-rule-set :run 0
+              :rule-set ("din5007" "isolatin1-tolower"))
+
+(use-rule-set :run 1
+              :rule-set ("resolve-umlauts"
+                         "resolve-sharp-s"
+                         "isolatin1-tolower"
+                        ))
+
+

For a discussion on rule sets refer to command +define-rule-set.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2 Markup +Commands

+ +

The following commands can be used to define the markup of the +index. They don't have any influence on the indexing process. Since +the markup scheme is characterized by the concept of +environments, the syntax and +naming scheme of all commands follows a simple structure.

+

The commands can be separated into +environment and +list-environment commands. +All commands of the first group support the keyword arguments +:open and :close, +whereas the second group additionally supports the keyword argument +:sep. If one of these keyword arguments is +missing, the default markup tag is always the empty tag. The +:open tag is always printed before the +object itself and the :close tag is always +printed after the object has been printed. If a list is printed the +:sep tag is printed between two elements +of the list but not before the first element, or after the last +one. All commands dealing with a list have the suffix +`-list' as part of their command name.

+

Since the number of commands and the heavy usage of +default and +specialized tags makes the +markup somehow complex (but very powerful) we have added a +mechanism to trace the markup tags xindy omits during its markup +phase with the command markup-trace.

+

Here follows the list of markup commands in alphabetical order +with some of the commands grouped together.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.1 +markup-attribute-group-list

+
+(markup-attribute-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                             [:sep string])
+
+(markup-attribute-group      [:open string] [:close string]
+                             [:group group-num])
+
+

Location class groups consist of lists of attribute groups. The +markup of this list can be defined with the command +markup-attribute-group-list.

+

To allow different markup for different attribute groups the +command markup-attribute-group can be +specialized on the group number with the keyword argument +:group which must be an integer number. +E.g., given are the groups ("definition" +"theorem") and ("default") with group +numbers 0 and 1, then

+
+(markup-attribute-group :open "<group0>" :close </group0>"
+                        :group 0)
+
+(markup-attribute-group :open "<group1>" :close "</group1>"
+                        :group 1)
+
+

can be used to assign different markup for both groups in a +SGML-based language.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.2 +markup-crossref-list

+
+(markup-crossref-list       [:open string] [:close string]
+                            [:sep string]
+                            [:class crossref-class])
+
+(markup-crossref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                            [:sep string]
+                            [:class crossref-class])
+
+(markup-crossref-layer      [:open string] [:close string]
+                            [:class crossref-class])
+
+

A crossref class group contains cross references of the same +class. The separator between the classes is defined with the +(markup-locclass-list :sep)-parameter. A +list of cross references can be tagged with the +command markup-crossref-list that +specializes on the :class argument.

+

Each cross reference is determined by a list of layers +indicating the target of the cross reference. To define a suitable +markup for such a list the command +markup-crossref-layer-list can be used.

+

Each layer of a cross reference can be assigned two tags that +specialize on the class of the reference, like all other +commands.

+

A suitable markup for a cross reference class +see within LaTeX2e could look like +that:

+
+(markup-crossref-list :class "see" :open "\emph{see} "
+                                   :sep  "; ")
+(markup-crossref-layer-list :class "see" :sep ",")
+(markup-crossref-layer :class "see"
+                                   :open "\textbf{" :close "}")
+
+

An example output could look like ... see +house; garden,winter; greenhouse

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.3 +markup-index

+
+(markup-index [:open string] [:close string]
+              [ :flat | :tree | :hierdepth depth ])
+
+

Defines the markup tags that enclose the whole index via the +:open and :close +parameters. Examples:

+
+(markup-index :open  "Here comes the index~n"
+              :close "That's all folks!~n")
+
+

defines that the :open string is +printed before the rest of the index and the +:close string appears after the index is +printed.

+

Additionally one can specify the form of the generated index. It +is possible to produce flat indexes by specifying the switch +:flat, to generate a tree with the +:tree switch or any kind of mixture +between both by specifying the depth up to which trees shall be +built with the parameter :hierdepth. Its +argument depth is the number of layers that can be formed into a +tree. Therefore :flat is an abbrevation of +:hierdepth 0 and +:tree is an abbrevation of +:hierdepth max-depth, with +max-depth being the maximum number of +layers a keyword has. An example: the keywords

+
+("tree" "binary" "AVL")
+("tree" "binary" "natural")
+
+

can be transformed in the following ways:

+

A flat index (:flat or +:hierdepth 0)

+
+tree binary AVL
+tree binary natural
+
+

with :hierdepth 1

+
+tree
+   binary  AVL
+   binary  natural
+
+

and a tree (:tree or +:hierdepth > 1)

+
+tree
+   binary
+      AVL
+      natural
+
+

Most often one will create tree-like indexes or ones that are +flat.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.4 +markup-indexentry-list

+
+(markup-indexentry-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                        [:sep string]  [:depth integer])
+
+(markup-indexentry      [:open string] [:close string]
+                        [:depth integer])
+
+

Letter groups consists of a list of index entries. The command +markup-indexentry-list defines the markup +of these lists. The markup can be specialized on the depth if the +index is hierarchically organized. The command

+
+(markup-indexentry-list :open  "\begin{IdxentList}"
+                        :close "\end{IdxentList}"
+                        :sep   "~n")
+
+

defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into +the given markup tags. If additionally

+
+(markup-indexentry-list :open  "\begin{IdxentListII}"
+                        :close "\end{IdxentListII}"
+                        :sep   "~n"
+                        :depth 2)
+
+

is defined, all index entry lists of all layers (except layer 2) +are tagged according to the first specification, and the index +entry list within depth 2 are tagged according to the second +rule.

+

The command markup-indexentry defines +the markup of an index entry at a given depth. Since index entries +may also contain subentries and the markup for subentries may be +different in different layers, the optional keyword argument +:depth can be used to assign different +markup for different layers. If depth is ommited the default markup +for all possible depths is defined. The top-most index entries have +depth 0.

+
+(markup-indexentry :open  "\begin{Indexentry}"
+                   :close "\end{Indexentry}")
+
+

defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into +the given markup tags. If additionally

+
+(markup-indexentry :open  "\begin{IndexentryII}"
+                   :close "\end{IndexentryII}"
+                   :depth 2)
+
+

is defined, all index entries of all layers (except layer 2) are +tagged according to the first specification, and the index entries +with depth 2 are tagged according to the second rule.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.5 +markup-keyword-list

+
+(markup-keyword-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                     [:sep string] [:depth integer])
+
+(markup-keyword      [:open string] [:close string]
+                     [:depth integer])
+
+

The print key of an index entry consists of a list of strings. +The markup of this list can be defined with the command +markup-keyword-list. The keyword argument +:depth may be specified to define the +markup of the list at a particular depth.

+

The keyword of an index entry consists of a list of strings. +Each of these components is tagged with the strings defined with +the command markup-keyword. Since we maybe +need different markup for different layers, the optional keyword +argument can be used to specialize this markup for some +depth.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.6 +markup-letter-group-list

+
+(markup-letter-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                          [:sep string])
+
+(markup-letter-group  [:open string] [:close string] [:group group-name]
+                      [:open-head string] [:close-head string]
+                      [:upcase | :downcase | :capitalize])
+
+

The first command defines the markup of the letter group with +name group-name. Since the markup of +letter groups often contains the name of the letter group as a part +of it, the other keyword arguments allow an additional markup for +this group name. If one of the parameters +:open-head and +:close-head is specified additional markup +is added as can be described as follows:

+
+<OPEN>
+   IF (:open-head OR :close-head)
+     <OPEN-HEAD>
+       transformer-of(<GROUP-NAME>)
+     <CLOSE-HEAD>
+   FI
+   <INDEXENTRIES...>
+<CLOSE>
+
+

Here, transformer-of is a function that +possibly transforms the string representing the group name into +another string. The transformers we currently support can be +specified with the switches :upcase, +:downcase and +:capitalize which result in the +corresponding string conversions. If none of them is specified no +transformation is done at all.

+

The command markup-letter-group defines +the markup of the list of letter groups.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.7 +markup-locclass-list

+
+(markup-locclass-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                      [:sep string])
+
+

Each index entry contains a list of location class groups. This +markup command can be used to define the markup of this +list.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.8 +markup-locref

+
+(markup-locref [:open string] [:close string]
+               [:class locref-class]
+               [:attr  attribute]
+               [:depth integer])
+
+

The markup tags of a location reference can be specialized on +the three arguments :class, +:attr and additionally, if sub-references +are used, :depth. Most often one will only +use a tag depending on the attribute. For example, all location +references with the attribute definition +should appear in a font series like bold, emphasizing the +importance of this location reference; those with the attribute +default in font shape italic. The markup +in this case would not specialize on the depth or any particular +class. A valid definition, suitable for a usage within HTML, could +look like this.

+
+(markup-locref :open "<B>" :close "</B>" :attr "definition")
+(markup-locref :open "<I>" :close "</I>" :attr "default")
+
+
+
+
+
+

1.2.9 +markup-locref-class

+
+(markup-locref-class [:open string] [:close string]
+                     [:class locref-class])
+
+

All location references of a particular location reference class +can be wrapped into the tags defined by this command. It +specializes on the keyword argument +:class.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.10 +markup-locref-layer

+
+(markup-locref-layer      [:open string] [:close string]
+                          [:depth integer] [:layer integer]
+                          [:class locref-class])
+
+(markup-locref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
+                          [:sep string]
+                          [:depth integer]
+                          [:class locref-class])
+
+

A location reference contains a list of location reference +layers. The second markup command can be used to markup this list. +It specializes on the class of the location references and the +depth (if sub-references are used).

+

The first command allows to tag the elements of a layer list +differently. The first element of this list can is specialisable +with :layer 0, the next element with +:layer 1, etc. See the next example for an +example.

+
+
+
+
+

1.2.11 +markup-locref-list

+
+(markup-locref-list [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
+                    [:depth integer] [:class locref-class])
+
+

An attribute group contains a list of location references and/or +ranges. Additionally a layered location reference itself may +contain sub-references that are stored as a list of location +references. We specialize the markup for these lists on the +location class they belong to with the keyword argument +:class, and on +:depth that specializes on the different +subentry levels when using location references with +sub-references.

+

Given is a list of location references that have the class +description

+
+(define-location-class "Appendix"
+                       ("ALPHA" :sep "-" "arabic-numbers")
+                       :hierdepth 2)
+
+

This location class has instances like +A-1, B-5, etc. +The keyword argument :hierdepth 2 informs +xindy to markup these location references in a hierarchical form. +With the commands

+
+(markup-locref-list            :sep "; "
+                     :depth 0  :class "Appendix")
+(markup-locref-list  :open " " :sep ","
+                     :depth 1  :class "Appendix")
+(markup-locref-layer :open "{\bf " :close "}" :layer 0
+                     :depth 0  :class "Appendix")
+
+

we obtain a markup sequence for some example data that could +look like

+
+ \bf A} 1,2,5; {\bf B} 5,6,9; {\bf D} 1,5,8; ...
+
+
+
+
+
+

1.2.12 +markup-range

+
+(markup-range [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
+              [:class locref-class]
+              [:length num] [:ignore-end])
+
+

A range consists of two location references. Markup can be +specified with the :open and +:close arguments and one separator given +by the argument :sep.

+

Since both location references are tagged with markup defined by +the command markup-locref a specialization +on attributes or depth is not necessary. Specialization is allowed +on the class they belong to, because the separator between two +location refences may be different for each location class. +Argument :length can be used to define +different markup for different lengths. In conjunction with +:length is may be useful not to print the +second location reference at all. For example, one wishes to markup +ranges of length 1 in the form Xf. instead of X--Y. This can be +accomplished with the switch +:ignore-end.

+

The markup tags for a range (X,Y) can be described as +follows:

+
+<OPEN>
+  Markup of location reference X
+<SEP>
+  IF (not :ignore-end)
+     Markup of location reference Y
+  FI
+<CLOSE>
+
+

The following tags can be used to define a range of page numbers +(given in a location class page-numbers) +without considering the open and close parameters:

+
+(markup-range :sep "-" :class "page-numbers")
+
+

Location ranges then appear separated by a hyphen in a form like +this:

+
+   ..., 5-8, 19-23, ...
+
+
+
+
+
+

1.2.13 +(markup-trace [:on] [:open string] [:close +string])

+

This command can be used to activate the tracing of all markup +commands xindy executes. The switch :on +activates the trace. If :on is omitted, +the command line flag -t can be used as +well. All tags which are emitted but not yet defined explicitly by +the user are tagged with a symbolic notation indicating the +commands that must be used to define this tag. The defaults for the +keyword argument :open is +`<' and for +:close is `>'. +The beginning of an example output could look like:

+
+<INDEX:OPEN>
+  <LETTER-GROUP-LIST:OPEN>
+    <LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]>
+      <INDEXENTRY-LIST:OPEN [0]>
+        <INDEXENTRY:OPEN [0]>
+          <KEYWORD-LIST:OPEN [0]>
+            <KEYWORD:OPEN [0]>
+ ...
+
+

We use a simple indentation scheme to make the structure of the +tags visible. The symbolic tag +<LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]> for +example indicates that the tag that can be specified with the +command

+
+(markup-letter-group :open "XXX" :group "a" ... )
+
+

is emitted at this point in the markup process. By incrementally +adding markup commands to the index, more and more tags can be +defined until the whole markup is defined. This general mechanism +should allow everyone understand the markup process. The best is to +start with a small index, define the complete markup and afterwards +process the whole index. Additionally one can enclose the symbolic +tags into an environment that is neutral to the document +preparation system, such as a comment. For TeX this could be

+
+(markup-trace :open "%%" :close "~n")
+
+

or a definition in the TeX document like

+
+\def\ignore#1{}
+
+

combined with the command

+
+(markup-trace :open "\ignore{" :close "}")
+
+
+
+
+
+

1.3 Raw +Index Interface

+ +

This section can be skipped if the reader is not interested in +adapting xindy to a new document preparation system.

+

The raw index is the file that represents the index that is to +be processed. Since many different document preparation systems may +use different forms of index representations, their output must be +transformed in a form readable by xindy. We also could have written +an configurable parser performing this task, but usually a tool +written with some text processing tools such as +perl, +sed or +awk can achieve the same task +as well. Therefore, adapting xindy to a completely different system +can mostly be done by writing an appropriate raw index filter.

+

The format of the raw index interface of xindy is defined as +follows:

+
+(indexentry { :key string-list [:print string-list]
+            | :tkey list-of-layers }
+            [:attr string]
+            { :locref string  [:open-range | :close-range]
+            | :xref string-list } )
+
+

The pseudo variable +string is a sequence of +characters surrounded by double quotes, e.g.

+
+"Hi, it's me"  "one"  "a string with two \"double quotes\""
+
+

are three examples of valid strings. If you need to include a +double quote as a literal character, you must quote it itself with +a backslash as shown in the third example. A +string list is simply a list +of strings separated by whitespaces and surrounded by round braces. +An example of a string list is

+
+("This" "is" "a" "list" "of" "strings")
+
+

So far about the syntax. The semantics of the different elements +are described here.

+
+
+
:key
+
+

The argument string list +defines the keyword of the index entry. It must be a list of +strings, since the keyword may consist of different layers such as +("heap" "fibonacci").

+
:print
+
+

The optional print key +defines the way the keyword has to be printed in the markup +phase.

+
:tkey
+
+

Another possibility to define the keys of an index entry is with +the :tkey keyword argument. It can be used +instead of the :key and +:print arguments. Instead of specifying +separately the key and the corresponding print key, we define the +keyword by its layers. Each layer consist of a list of one or two +strings. The first string will be interpreted as the main key, +whereas the second one will become the print key. If the print key +is ommited, the main key is taken instead. So the definition

+
+:tkey (("This") ("is") ("a") ("bang" "BANG !!!"))
+
+

is equivalent to

+
+:key   ("This" "is" "a" "bang")
+:print ("This" "is" "a" "BANG !!!")
+
+
:locref
+
+

The reference an index entry describes can be a +location reference or a +cross reference. The switch +:locref describes a location reference. +Its optional arguments are :open-range and +:close-range. The +string that must be supplied +must somehow encode the location reference. It might look like the +string "25" representing the page number +25, or "Appendix-I" representing the first +appendix numbered in uppercase roman numerals.

+
+:open-range,:close-range
+
+

These are switches that do not take any arguments. They describe +the beginning and ending of a +range, starting or ending +from the location reference that is given by the argument +:locref. If they are supplied, the +location reference may have influence on the way ranges are +build.

+
:xref
+
+

These arguments choose the second alternative. The argument +string list of parameter +:xref describes where the index entry +should point to.

+
:attr
+
+

This parameter may be used to tag a location reference with a +certain attribute or it names the class of a cross reference. It +may also used to associate different markup for different +attributes in the markup phase. If this parameter is omitted or is +the empty string, the indexentry is declared to have the attribute +default.

+

Some examples:

+
+(indexentry :key ("airplane") :locref "25" :attr "default")
+
+

defines an index entry with the key +airplane' indexed on page +25'. This index entry has +the attribute default.

+
+(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :attr "see")
+
+

defines a cross reference with the key +house pointing to the term +building. This cross reference belongs to +the cross reference class see.

+
+(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :open-range)
+
+

is an invalid specification, since +:open-range mustn't be used together with +cross references.

+
+
+
+
+

2 +Invoking xindy

+ +
+
+
+
+

2.1 Command +Line Options

+ +

The following command line options are accepted:

+
+xindy  [-h] [-t] [-v] [-l logfile] [-o outfile]
+       [-L n] [-f filterprog]
+       indexstyle raw-index
+
+

The argument indexstyle names a file, +containing the index style description. The argument +raw-index names a file, containing the raw +index. Both arguments are mandatory.

+
+
+
-h
+
+

Gives a short summary of all command line options.

+
-l
+
+

Writes helpful information into the specified +logfile. For example, the keyword mappings +are written into this file, so one can check if the intended +mappings were actually performed this way.

+
-o
+
+

Explicitly defines the name of the +output file. If not given, the name of the +raw-index is used with its extension +changed to .ind (or added, if it had no +extension at all).

+
-t
+
+

Enters tracing mode of the symbolic markup tags. The format of +the emitted tags can be defined with the command +markup-trace.

+
-L
+
+

Set the xindy logging-level to +n.

+
-f
+
+

Run filterprog on +raw-index before reading. The program must +act as a filter reading from stdin and +writing to stdout. The most obvious use of +this option in conjunction with TeX is to run +-f tex2xindy on the index file prior to +reading the entries into xindy.

+
-v
+
+

Shows the version number of xindy.

+

Errors and warnings are reported to +stdout and additionally to the logfile if +-l was specified.

+
+
+
+
+

2.2 Search +Path

+ +

The system uses the concept of a search path for finding the +index style files and modules. The searchpath can be set with the +environment variable XINDY_SEARCHPATH which +must contain a list of colon-separated directories. If it ends with +a colon, the built-in searchpath is added to the entire searchpath. +See the command searchpath for further +details.

+
+
+
+
+

+Appendix A. Appendices

+ +
+
+
+
+

1 Bugs / +Known Issues / Missing Features

+ +
+
+
PDF
+
+

The PDF file is an experimental version generated using +DB2LaTeX. There +is much room for improvements and we will work on this.

+
Texinfo
+
+

Currently we don't know any working solution to convert DocBook +XML to Texinfo (at least not for a complex document). Anyone who +wants to work on this issue is highly welcome. A starting point +could be the docbook2X +project at http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net.

+
vim-help
+
+

Quite a few poeple are asking for a version in vim-help format. +Srinath +Avadhanula has already done some work on +this.

+
+
+
+
+

2 About +this Document

+ +

The source format of this document is +DocBook XML (V4.3).

+

The various output formats were generated using:

+
+
+

You'll always find the newest version of this document at +http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/.

+
+
+
+
+

3 +Release News

+
+
+
V0.3.9 05-05-14
+
+
+
    +
  • Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the use of this +reference for other projects
  • +
  • Added new section float +in chapter LaTeX
+
V0.3.8 04-10-28
+
+
+
+
V0.3.7 04-08-26
+
+
+
    +
  • Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter BibTeX
  • +
  • Switched to DocBook XML V4.3
  • +
  • Added new section Options in chapter LaTeX
+
V0.3.6 04-06-21
+
+
+
    +
  • Added a note in chapter LaTeX with the copyright and permission notice +of the original file latex2.texi
  • +
  • Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks in chapter +xindy
  • +
  • PDF file optimized/linearized and some +finetuning
+
V0.3.5 04-05-01
+
+
+
+
V0.3.4 04-04-24
+
+
+
    +
  • Version control system changed from CVS to SVN
  • +
  • Added missing entries to chapter Make-Index
+
V0.3.3 04-01-26
+
+
+
+
V0.3.2 04-01-16
+
+
+
+
V0.3.1 04-01-06
+
+
+
    +
  • More work on PDF
  • +
  • Modularized XSL stylesheet files
  • +
  • Corrected some typos
+
V0.3.0 03-12-25
+
+
+
    +
  • Changed document root to +book
  • +
  • More work on PDF version
  • +
  • Using new XSL stylesheets V1.64.1
  • +
  • Minor fixes
+
V0.2.6 03-10-27
+
+
+
    +
  • Rearranged appendix
  • +
  • Work on PDF version
+
V0.2.5 03-10-17
+
+
+
    +
  • Added contents of GNU FDL in +appendix
  • +
  • Using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4
  • +
  • Switched to xsltproc as +XSLT-processor
  • +
  • Reedited some deeply nested sections
  • +
  • Changed colors in CSS
+
V0.2.4 03-09-06
+
+
+
    +
  • Added subsection dcolumn
  • +
  • Subsection fontenc translated +into english
  • +
  • Corrected typo in +\sbox
+
V0.2.3 03-04-12
+
+
+
+
V0.2.2 03-01-26
+
+
+
    +
  • Added bzip2 compressed version of source and outfiles +tarball
  • +
  • Using new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1
  • +
  • Eliminated more spurious &Acirc; characters in HTML +output
+
V0.2.1 03-01-18
+
+
+
    +
  • Using new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2
  • +
  • Eliminated spurious &Acirc; characters
+
V0.2.0 03-01-11
+
+
+
+
V0.1.3 02-10-17
+
+
+
+
V0.1.2 02-10-01
+
+
+
+
V0.1.1 02-09-19
+
+
+
+
V0.1.0 02-08-20
+
+
+
    +
  • Eliminated trailing '.' in numbered sections
  • +
  • Minor markup errors corrected
  • +
  • Reworked CSS file
+
V0.0.5 02-08-10
+
+
+
    +
  • Switched to DocBook XML 4.2
  • +
  • Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' completed
+
V0.0.4 02-07-25
+
+
+
    +
  • Section 'Makeindex' completed
+
V0.0.3 02-07-13
+
+
+
    +
  • New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating index (no other +changes)
+
V0.0.2 02-07-05
+
+
+
    +
  • New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex', 'Makeindex', and +'xindy'
  • +
  • New section 'Special Symbols'
  • +
  • Added information for 'german' package
  • +
  • Registered as a new project (tex-refs) on +freshmeat.net
+
V0.0.1 02-06-21
+
+
+
    +
  • First official +announcement
+
+
+
+
+

4 GNU Free +Documentation License

+
Version 1.2, November +2002
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+0. PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+
+1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein.  The "Document", below,
+refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text.  A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.  Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.  Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)  To "Preserve the Title"
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+
+2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+
+3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+
+4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+   unless they release you from this requirement.
+C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+   Modified Version, as the publisher.
+D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
+   to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+   there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+   Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+   the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+   and/or dedications given therein.
+L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+   may not be included in the Modified Version.
+N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
+   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+
+5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+Entitled "Endorsements".
+
+
+6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+
+7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+
+8. TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+
+9. TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+
+10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+    Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+    Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+    under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+    or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+    with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+    A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+    Free Documentation License".
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+    with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+    Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+
+
+
+
+

+Index

+
+
+

Symbols

+
+
$, Math Formulae
+
\!, Math Formulae
+
\' (tabbing), Environments
+
\(, Math Formulae
+
\), Math Formulae
+
\+, Environments
+
\,, Math Formulae
+
\- (hyphenation), Line & +Page Breaking
+
\- (tabbing) , Environments
+
\;, Math Formulae
+
\< , Environments
+
\=, Environments
+
\>, Environments
+
\a, Environments
+
\addcontentsline, Table of +Contents
+
\address, Letters
+
\addtocontents, Table of +Contents
+
\addtocounter{counter}{value}, +Counters
+
\addtolength, Lengths
+
\addvspace, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\alph, Counters
+
\Alph, Counters
+
\appendix, Sectioning
+
\arabic, Counters
+
\areaset, +Page-Layout
+
\author, Page Styles
+
\backslash, Special +Characters
+
\begin, Environments
+
\bfseries, Typefaces
+
\bibitem, Environments
+
\bibliography, Environments
+
\bibliographystyle, Environments
+
\bigskip, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\bm, bm
+
\boldsymbol, amsmath
+
\boldsymbold, bm
+
\caption, Environments
+
\cc, Letters
+
\cdots, Math Formulae
+
\centering, Environments
+
\chapter, Sectioning
+
\circle, Environments
+
\cite, Environments
+
\cleardoublepage, Line & +Page Breaking
+
\clearpage, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\cline, Environments
+
\closing, Letters
+
\COLON, Math Formulae
+
\dashbox, Environments
+
\date, Page Styles
+
\ddots, Math Formulae
+
\depth, Lengths
+
\documentclass, Document +Classes
+
\dotfill, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\emph, Typefaces
+
\encl, Letters
+
\end, Environments
+
\enlargethispage, Line & +Page Breaking
+
\ensuremath{}, Math Formulae
+
\fbox, Spaces & Boxes
+
\floatname, float
+
\floatplacement, float
+
\floatstyle, float
+
\flushbottom, Layout
+
\fnsymbol, Counters
+
\fontencoding, Typefaces
+
\fontfamily, Typefaces
+
\fontseries, Typefaces
+
\fontshape, Typefaces
+
\fontsize, Typefaces
+
\footnote, Footnotes
+
\footnotemark, Footnotes
+
\footnotesize, Typefaces
+
\footnotetext, Footnotes
+
\frac, Math Formulae
+
\frame, Environments
+
\framebox, Environments, +Spaces & Boxes
+
\fussy, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\graphicspath, \graphicspath
+
\height, Lengths
+
\hfill, Spaces & Boxes
+
\hline, Environments
+
\hrulefill, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\hspace, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\huge, Typefaces
+
\Huge, Typefaces
+
\hyphenation, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\include, Splitting the +Input
+
\includegraphics, +\includegraphics
+
\includeonly, Splitting the +Input
+
\indent, Making +Paragraphs
+
\input, Splitting the +Input
+
\item, Environments
+
\itshape, Typefaces
+
\kill, Environments
+
\label, Cross References
+
\large, Typefaces
+
\Large, Typefaces
+
\LARGE, Typefaces
+
\ldots, Math Formulae
+
\lefteqn, Environments
+
\line, Environments
+
\linebreak, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\linethickness, Environments
+
\listof, float
+
\listoffigures, Table of +Contents
+
\listoftables, Table of +Contents
+
\location, Letters
+
\makebox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\makebox (picture), Environments
+
\makelabels, Letters
+
\maketitle, Page Styles
+
\markboth, Page Styles
+
\markright, Page Styles
+
\mathbf, Typefaces
+
\mathcal, Typefaces
+
\mathit, Typefaces
+
\mathnormal, Typefaces
+
\mathrm, Typefaces
+
\mathsf, Typefaces
+
\mathtt, Typefaces
+
\mathversion, Typefaces
+
\mbox, Spaces & Boxes
+
\mdseries, Typefaces
+
\medskip, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\multicolumn, Environments
+
\multiput, Environments
+
\name, Letters
+
\newcommand, Definitions
+
\newcounter, Counters
+
\newenvironment, Definitions
+
\newfloat, float
+
\newfont, Definitions
+
\newlength, Lengths
+
\newline, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\newpage, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\newsavebox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\newtheorem, Definitions
+
\nocite, Environments
+
\nofiles, Table of +Contents
+
\noindent, Making +Paragraphs
+
\nolinebreak, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\nopagebreak, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\normalfont, Typefaces
+
\normalsize, Typefaces
+
\onecolumn, Layout
+
\opening, Letters
+
\oval, Environments
+
\overbrace, Math Formulae
+
\overline, Math Formulae
+
\pagebreak, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\pagenumbering, Page Styles
+
\pageref, Cross References
+
\pagestyle, Page Styles
+
\par, Making Paragraphs
+
\paragraph, Sectioning
+
\parbox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\pmb, amsmath
+
\poptabs, Environments
+
\ps, Letters
+
\pushtabs, Environments
+
\put, Environments
+
\raggedbottom, Layout
+
\raggedleft, Environments
+
\raggedright, Environments
+
\raisebox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\ref, Cross References
+
\refstepcounter, Counters
+
\restylefloat, float
+
\rmfamily, Typefaces
+
\roman, Counters
+
\Roman, Counters
+
\rule, Spaces & Boxes
+
\samepage, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\savebox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\sbox, Spaces & Boxes
+
\scriptsize, Typefaces
+
\scshape, Typefaces
+
\selectfont, Typefaces
+
\setcounter, Counters
+
\setlength, Lengths
+
\settodepth, Lengths
+
\settoheight, Lengths
+
\settowidth, Lengths
+
\sffamily, Typefaces
+
\shortstack, Environments
+
\signature, Letters
+
\sloppy, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\slshape, Typefaces
+
\small, Typefaces
+
\smallskip, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\sqrt, Math Formulae
+
\startbreaks, Letters
+
\stepcounter, Counters
+
\stopbreaks, Letters
+
\subparagraph, Sectioning
+
\subsection, Sectioning
+
\subsubsection, Sectioning
+
\symbol, Special +Characters
+
\tableofcontents, Table of +Contents
+
\telephone, Letters
+
\textbf, Typefaces
+
\textit, Typefaces
+
\textmd, Typefaces
+
\textnormal, Typefaces
+
\textrm, Typefaces
+
\textsc, Typefaces
+
\textsf, Typefaces
+
\textsl, Typefaces
+
\texttt, Typefaces
+
\textup, Typefaces
+
\thanks, Page Styles
+
\thispagestyle, Page Styles
+
\tiny, Typefaces
+
\title, Page Styles
+
\today, Environments
+
\totalheight, Lengths
+
\ttfamily, Typefaces
+
\twocolumn, Layout
+
\typearea, +Page-Layout
+
\typein, Terminal +Input/Output
+
\typeout, Terminal +Input/Output
+
\unboldmath, bm
+
\underbrace, Math Formulae
+
\underline, Math Formulae
+
\upDelta, \upDelta / +\upOmega
+
\upOmega, \upDelta / +\upOmega
+
\upshape, Typefaces
+
\usebox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\usecounter, Counters
+
\usefont, Typefaces
+
\usepackage, Document +Classes
+
\value, Counters
+
\vdots, Math Formulae
+
\vector, Environments
+
\verb, Environments
+
\vfill, Spaces & Boxes
+
\vline, Environments
+
\vpageref, varioref
+
\vpagerefrange, varioref
+
\vref, varioref
+
\vrefrange, varioref
+
\vspace, Spaces & +Boxes
+
\width, Lengths
+
\[, Math Formulae
+
\\, Line & Page +Breaking
+
\], Math Formulae
+
\` (tabbing), Environments
+
^, Math Formulae
+
_, Math Formulae
+
+

A

+
+
About this Document, About this +Document
+
Accents, Special Symbols
+
Accessing any character of a font, +Special Characters
+
Aligning Equations, Environments
+
amsmath, amsmath
+
ansinew, inputenc
+
Appendix, creating, Sectioning
+
applemac, inputenc
+
array, Environments
+
Arrays, math, Environments
+
Arrows, Special Symbols
+
article class, Document +Classes
+
Author, for titlepage, Page +Styles
+
+

B

+
+
BCOR, Options
+
Bibliography, creating (automatically), +Environments
+
Bibliography, creating (manually), +Environments
+
BibTeX, BibTeX
+
+
+
bib files, bib files
+
+
+
@STRING command, @STRING +command
+
Entry Format, Entry +Format
+
Entry Types, Entry Types
+
Field Text, Field Text
+
Field Types, Field +Types
+
bst files, bst files
+
+
+
ABBRV.BST, ABBRV.BST
+
ALPHA.BST, ALPHA.BST
+
PLAIN.BST, PLAIN.BST
+
SAMPLE.BST, SAMPLE.BST
+
UNSRT.BST, +UNSRT.BST
+
Command Qualifiers, +Command Qualifiers
+
Entry Types
+
+
+
article entry, article +entry
+
book entry, book +entry
+
booklet entry, booklet +entry
+
conference entry, +conference entry
+
inbook entry, inbook +entry
+
incollection entry, +incollection +entry
+
inproceedings entry, +inproceedings +entry
+
manual entry, manual +entry
+
mastersthesis entry, +mastersthesis +entry
+
misc entry, misc +entry
+
phdthesis entry, +phdthesis entry
+
proceedings entry, +proceedings +entry
+
techreport entry, +techreport entry
+
unpublished entry, +unpublished +entry
+
Field Text
+
+
+
Abbreviations, +Abbreviations
+
Names, Names
+
Titles, +Titles
+
Field Types
+
+
+
address field, address +field
+
annote field, annote +field
+
author field, author +field
+
booktitle field, +booktitle field
+
chapter field, chapter +field
+
edition field, edition +field
+
editor field, editor +field
+
howpublished field, +howpublished +field
+
institution field, +institution +field
+
journal field, journal +field
+
key field, key field
+
month field, month +field
+
note field, note +field
+
number field, number +field
+
organization field, +organization +field
+
pages field, pages +field
+
publisher field, +publisher field
+
school field, school +field
+
series field, series +field
+
title field, title +field
+
type field, type +field
+
volume field, volume +field
+
year field, year +field
+
Parameters, Parameters
+
using, Environments
+
Binary Operators, Special +Symbols
+
bm, bm
+
book class, Document +Classes
+
Boxes, Spaces & +Boxes
+
+

C

+
+
Cc list, Letters
+
center, Environments
+
Centering text, Environments
+
Centering text, environment for, +Environments
+
Characters, reserved, Special +Characters
+
Characters, special, Special +Characters
+
cite.sty, Environments
+
Classes of document, Document +Classes
+
Commands, defining new ones, +Definitions
+
Computer programs, typesetting, +Environments
+
ConTeXt, ConTeXt (tbd.)
+
Counters, a list of, Counters
+
Counters, creating, Counters
+
Counters, getting the value of, +Counters
+
Counters, setting, Counters
+
cp850, inputenc
+
Creating letters, Letters
+
Creating pictures, Environments
+
Creating tables, Environments
+
Credits, Credits
+
Cross referencing, Cross +References
+
Cross referencing using page number, +Cross References
+
Cross referencing using section number, +Cross References
+
+

D

+
+
Date, for titlepage, Page +Styles
+
dcolumn, dcolumn
+
Defining a new command, +Definitions
+
Defining new environments, +Definitions
+
Defining new fonts, Definitions
+
Defining new theorems, +Definitions
+
Delimiters, Special Symbols
+
description, Environments
+
Displaying quoted text, +Environments
+
Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation, +Environments
+
DIV, Options
+
Document Classes, Document +Classes
+
+

E

+
+
Ellipsis, Special Symbols
+
Enclosed material, Letters
+
Ending & Starting, Starting +& Ending
+
Enlarge current page, Line +& Page Breaking
+
enumerate, Environments
+
Environments, Environments
+
Environments, defining, +Definitions
+
eqnarray, Environments
+
equation, Environments
+
Equations, aligning, Environments
+
Equations, environment for, +Environments
+
exponent, Math +Formulae
+
+

F

+
+
figure, Environments
+
Figures, footnotes in, +Environments
+
float, float
+
+
+
\floatname, float
+
\floatplacement, float
+
\floatstyle, float
+
\listof, float
+
\newfloat, float
+
\restylefloat, float
+
Flushing a page, Line & +Page Breaking
+
flushleft, Environments
+
flushright, Environments
+
Font commands, low-level, +Typefaces
+
Font Sizes, Typefaces
+
Font Styles, Typefaces
+
fontenc, fontenc
+
fontinst, fontinst (tbd.)
+
Fonts, Typefaces
+
Fonts, new commands for, +Definitions
+
footexclude, Options
+
footinclude, Options
+
Footnotes in figures, +Environments
+
Footnotes, creating, Footnotes
+
Formatting Text, Environments
+
Formulae, environment for, +Environments
+
Formulae, maths, Math +Formulae
+
+

G

+
+
german, german
+
+
+
!-, german
+
"", german
+
"=, german
+
"a, german
+
"ck, german
+
"ff, german
+
"|, german
+
"~, german
+
<, german
+
\-, german
+
\dq, german
+
\flq, german
+
\flqq, german
+
\frq, german
+
\frqq, german
+
\glq, german
+
\glqq, german
+
\grqq, german
+
Global options, Document +Classes
+
graphics, graphics
+
Greek letters, Math Formulae
+
Greek Letters, Special +Symbols
+
+

H

+
+
headexclude, Options
+
headinclude, Options
+
hyperref, hyperref
+
+
+
commands
+
+
+
\autoref, Commands
+
\href, Commands
+
\hyperbaseurl, Commands
+
\hyperimage, Commands
+
\hyperlink, Commands
+
\hyperref, Commands
+
\hypertarget, Commands
+
\nolinkurl, Commands
+
\texorpdfstring, +Commands
+
options
+
+
+
4, Options
+
a4paper, Options
+
a5paper, Options
+
anchorcolor, Options
+
b5paper, Options
+
backref, Options
+
baseurl, Options
+
bookmarks, Options
+
bookmarksnumbered, Options
+
bookmarksopen, Options
+
bookmarksopenlevel, +Options
+
bookmarkstype, Options
+
breaklinks, Options
+
citebordercolor, Options
+
citecolor, Options
+
colorlinks, Options
+
debug, Options
+
draft, Options
+
dvipdf, Options
+
dvipdfm, Options
+
dvips, Options
+
dvipsone, Options
+
dviwindo, Options
+
executivepaper, Options
+
extension, Options
+
filebordercolor, Options
+
filecolor, Options
+
frenchlinks, Options
+
hyperfigures, Options
+
hyperindex, Options
+
hypertex, Options
+
hypertexnames, Options
+
implicit, Options
+
latex2html, Options
+
legalpaper, Options
+
letterpaper, Options
+
linkbordercolor, Options
+
linkcolor, Options
+
linktocpage, Options
+
menubordercolor, Options
+
menucolor, Options
+
naturalnames, Options
+
nesting, Options
+
pageanchor, Options
+
pagebackref, Options
+
pagebordercolor, Options
+
pagecolor, Options
+
pdfauthor, Options
+
pdfborder, Options
+
pdfcenterwindow, Options
+
pdfcreator, Options
+
pdffitwindow, Options
+
pdfhighlight, Options
+
pdfkeywords, Options
+
pdfmenubar, Options
+
pdfnewwindow, Options
+
pdfpagelayout, Options
+
pdfpagemode, Options
+
pdfpagescrop, Options
+
pdfpagetransition, Options
+
pdfproducer, Options
+
pdfstartpage, Options
+
pdfstartview, Options
+
pdfsubject, Options
+
pdftex, Options
+
pdftitle, Options
+
pdftoolbar, Options
+
pdfview, Options
+
pdfwindowui, Options
+
plainpages, Options
+
raiselinks, Options
+
runbordercolor, Options
+
tex4ht, Options
+
textures, Options
+
unicode, Options
+
urlbordercolor, Options
+
urlcolor, Options
+
verbose, Options
+
vtex, +Options
+
Hyphenation, defining, Line +& Page Breaking
+
Hyphenation, forcing, Line +& Page Breaking
+
+

I

+
+
Indent, forcing, Making +Paragraphs
+
Indent, suppressing, Making +Paragraphs
+
Input file, splitting, Splitting +the Input
+
Input/Output, Terminal +Input/Output
+
inputenc, inputenc
+
Inserting figures, Environments
+
itemize, Environments
+
+

J

+
+
Justification, ragged left, +Environments
+
Justification, ragged right, +Environments
+
+

K

+
+
Known Issues, Bugs / Known Issues / Missing +Features
+
KOMA-Script, KOMA-Script
+
+
+
scraddr, Address Files with +scraddr
+
+
+
\Address{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\Comment{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\FirstName{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\FreeIII{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\FreeII{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\FreeIV{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\FreeI{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\InputAddressFile, Address Files +with scraddr
+
\LastName{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\Name{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
\Telephone{}, Address Files with +scraddr
+
scrlttr2, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
+
+
address, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
address files, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
backaddress, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
backaddressseparator, Letter +Class scrlttr2
+
business line, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
carbon copy, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
ccseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
circular letters, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
Closing, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
Closing Part, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
customer, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
date, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
emailseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
enclosure, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
enclseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
faxseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
font options, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
font selection, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
footer, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
footnotes, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
format options, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromaddress, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
frombank, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromemail, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromfax, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromlogo, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromname, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromphone, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
fromurl, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
general document properties, +Letter Class scrlttr2
+
invoice, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
language selection, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
language support, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
letter class option files, +Letter Class scrlttr2
+
letter declaration, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
letterhead, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
lists, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
location, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
margin notes, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
myref, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
Opening, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
options, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
options for letterhead and address, +Letter Class scrlttr2
+
other layout, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
page layout, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
page style, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
phoneseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
place, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
placeseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
postscript, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
pseudo lengths, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
sender's extension, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
signature, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
specialmail, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
subject, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
subject line, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
subjectseparator, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
text, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
text emphasis, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
title, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
title line, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
toaddress, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
toname, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
variables, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
yourmail, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
yourref, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
\addtoreffields, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
\ifkomavarempty, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
\KOMAoptions{}, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
\newkomavar, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
\setkomavar, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
\usekomavar, Letter Class +scrlttr2
+
+

L

+
+
Labelled lists, creating, +Environments
+
LaTeX
+
+
+
Options, Options
+
+
+
-file-line-error-style, +-file-line-error-style
+
-fmt=FMTNAME, -fmt=FMTNAME
+
-help, -help
+
-ini, -ini
+
-interaction=STRING, +-interaction=STRING
+
-ipc, -ipc
+
-ipc-start, -ipc-start
+
-jobname=STRING, +-jobname=STRING
+
-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER, +-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER
+
-mltex, -mltex
+
-output-comment=STRING, +-output-comment=STRING
+
-parse-first-line, +-parse-first-line
+
-progname=STRING, +-progname=STRING
+
-recorder, -recorder
+
-shell-escape, +-shell-escape
+
-src-specials, +-src-specials
+
-src-specials=WHERE, +-src-specials=WHERE
+
-translate-file=TCXNAME, +-translate-file=TCXNAME
+
-version, +-version
+
LaTeX overview, Overview of LaTeX and Local +Guide
+
LaTeX Packages, LaTeX +Packages
+
latin1, inputenc
+
latin9, inputenc
+
Layout commands, Document +Classes
+
Left-justifying text, +Environments
+
Left-justifying text, environment for, +Environments
+
Left-to-right mode, Modes
+
Lengths, adding to, Lengths
+
Lengths, defining a new, Lengths
+
Lengths, defining and using, +Lengths
+
Lengths, predefined, Lengths
+
Lengths, setting value of, Lengths
+
letter, Environments
+
letter class, Document +Classes
+
Letters, Letters
+
Letters, ending, Letters
+
Letters, starting, Letters
+
Line Breaking, Line & +Page Breaking
+
Line breaks, Line & Page +Breaking
+
Lines in tables, Environments
+
Lining text up in columns using tab stops, +Environments
+
Lining text up in tables, +Environments
+
list, Environments
+
Lists of items, Environments
+
Lists of items, generic, +Environments
+
Lists of items, numbered, +Environments
+
Loading additional packages, +Document Classes
+
Low-level font commands, +Typefaces
+
LR mode, Modes
+
lrbox, Spaces & +Boxes
+
+

M

+
+
Make-Index, Make-Index
+
+
+
Example, Example
+
Input Style Specifiers, Input Style +Specifiers
+
+
+
actual, actual +<char>
+
arg_close, arg_close +<char>
+
arg_open, arg_open +<char>
+
encap, encap +<char>
+
escape, escape +<char>
+
keyword, keyword +<string>
+
level, level +<char>
+
quote, quote +<char>
+
range_close, range_close +<char>
+
range_open, range_open +<char>
+
Options, Options
+
+
+
-c, -c
+
-g, -g
+
-i, -i
+
-l, -l
+
-L, -L
+
-o ind, -o ind
+
-p no, -p no
+
-q, -q
+
-r, -r
+
-s sty, -s sty
+
-T, -T
+
-t log, -t +log
+
Ordering, Ordering
+
Output Style Specifiers, +Output Style +Specifiers
+
+
+
delim_0, delim_0 +<string>
+
delim_1, delim_1 +<string>
+
delim_2, delim_2 +<string>
+
delim_n, delim_n +<string>
+
delim_r, delim_r +<string>
+
delim_t, delim_t +<string>
+
encap_infix, +encap_infix +<string>
+
encap_prefix, +encap_prefix +<string>
+
encap_suffix, +encap_suffix +<string>
+
group_skip, group_skip +<string>
+
headings_flag, +headings_flag +<string>
+
heading_prefix, +heading_prefix +<string>
+
heading_suffix, +heading_suffix +<string>
+
indent_length, +indent_length +<number>
+
indent_space, +indent_space +<string>
+
item_0, item_0 +<string>
+
item_01, item_01 +<string>
+
item_1, item_1 +<string>
+
item_12, item_12 +<string>
+
item_2, item_2 +<string>
+
item_x1, item_x1 +<string>
+
item_x2, item_x2 +<string>
+
line_max, line_max +<number>
+
numhead_negative, +numhead_negative +<string>
+
numhead_positive, +numhead_positive +<string>
+
page_compositor, +page_compositor +<string>
+
postamble, +postamble +<string>
+
preamble, preamble +<string>
+
setpage_prefix, +setpage_prefix +<string>
+
setpage_suffix, +setpage_suffix +<string>
+
suffix_2p, suffix_2p +<string>
+
suffix_3p, suffix_3p +<string>
+
suffix_mp, suffix_mp +<string>
+
symhead_negative, +symhead_negative +<string>
+
symhead_positive, +symhead_positive +<string>
+
Special Effects, Special +Effects
+
Style File, Style +File
+
Making a title page, Environments
+
Making paragraphs, Making +Paragraphs
+
Margin Notes, Margin Notes
+
Math Formulae, Math Formulae
+
Math Functions, Special +Symbols
+
Math Miscellany, Math +Formulae
+
Math mode, Modes
+
Math mode, entering, Math +Formulae
+
Math mode, spacing, Math +Formulae
+
Math Symbols, Variable Size, Special +Symbols
+
mathpazo, mathpazo
+
Maths symbols, Math Formulae
+
Metafont, Metafont (tbd.)
+
MetaPost, MetaPost
+
+
+
Environment, +Environment
+
+
+
MFINPUTS, Environment
+
MPEDIT, Environment
+
MPINPUTS, Environment
+
MPSUPPORT, Environment
+
MPXCOMMAND, +Environment
+
TEX, Environment
+
TROFF, +Environment
+
Options, Options
+
+
+
--file-line-error-style, +--file-line-error-style
+
--help, --help
+
--ini, --ini
+
--interaction mode, +--interaction mode
+
--jobname name, --jobname +name
+
--kpathsea-debug bitmask, +--kpathsea-debug +bitmask
+
--mem mem, --mem mem
+
--parse-first-line, +--parse-first-line
+
--progname name, --progname +name
+
--recorder, +--recorder
+
--translate-file tcxname, +--translate-file +tcxname
+
--troff, --troff
+
--version, +--version
+
-T, +-T
+
minipage, Environments
+
Minipage, creating a, +Environments
+
Modes, Modes
+
Multicolumn text, Layout
+
+

N

+
+
New line, starting, Line +& Page Breaking
+
New line, starting (paragraph mode), +Line & Page Breaking
+
New Page, Line & Page +Breaking
+
Notes in the margin, Margin +Notes
+
+

O

+
+
Operators
+
+
+
Binary, Special Symbols
+
Relational, Special +Symbols
+
Options, global, Document +Classes
+
overcite.sty, Environments
+
Overview of LaTeX, Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide
+
+

P

+
+
Packages
+
+
+
amsmath, amsmath
+
bm, bm
+
bm.sty, bm
+
dcolumn, dcolumn
+
german, german
+
graphics, graphics
+
hyperref, hyperref
+
KOMA-Script, KOMA-Script
+
mathpazo, mathpazo
+
Several Small Packages, Several Small +Packages
+
url, url
+
varioref, varioref
+
Packages, loading, Document +Classes
+
Page break, forcing, Line +& Page Breaking
+
Page Breaking, Line & +Page Breaking
+
Page Formatting, Line & +Page Breaking
+
Page numbering, Page Styles
+
Page styles, Page Styles
+
Paragraph mode, Modes
+
Paragraph, starting a new, Making +Paragraphs
+
Paragraphs, Making +Paragraphs
+
Parameters, Parameters
+
pdfTeX, pdfTeX
+
+
+
Environment, Environment
+
+
+
TEXEDIT, Environment
+
TEXFONTS, Environment
+
TEXFORMATS, Environment
+
TEXINPUTS, Environment
+
TEXMFOUTPUT, Environment
+
TEXPOOL, +Environment
+
Options, Options
+
+
+
--file-line-error-style, +--file-line-error-style
+
--fmt format, --fmt +format
+
--help, --help
+
--ini, --ini
+
--interaction mode, +--interaction +mode
+
--ipc, --ipc
+
--ipc-start, +--ipc-start
+
--jobname name, --jobname +name
+
--kpathsea-debug bitmask, +--kpathsea-debug +bitmask
+
--maketex fmt, --maketex +fmt
+
--no-maketex fmt, +--no-maketex fmt
+
--output-comment string, +--output-comment +string
+
--parse-first-line, +--parse-first-line
+
--progname name, --progname +name
+
--recorder, +--recorder
+
--shell-escape, +--shell-escape
+
--translate-file tcxname, +--translate-file +tcxname
+
--version, --version
+
[-no]-maketex=FMT, +[-no]-maketex=FMT
+
People
+
+
+
Bausum, David, Overview
+
Berry, Karl, Credits
+
Borgert, Wolfgang, Credits
+
Casellas, Ramon, Credits
+
Danielsson, Holger, Credits
+
Devenish, James, Credits
+
Gaesslein, Hubert, Credits
+
Goossens, Michel, Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide
+
Hagen, Hans, ConTeXt (tbd.)
+
Karp, Peter, Credits
+
Lamport, Leslie, Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide
+
Mittelbach, Frank, Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide
+
Niepraschk, Rolf, Credits
+
Nordhaug, Hans Fredrik, Credits
+
Pepping, Simon, Credits
+
Samarin, Alexander, Overview of LaTeX and +Local Guide
+
Stayton, Bob, Credits
+
van Zandt, Timothy, Overview
+
Voss, Herbert, Credits
+
PiCTeX, PiCTeX (tbd.)
+
picture, Environments
+
Pictures, creating, Environments
+
PlainTeX, PlainTeX
+
Poetry, an environment for, +Environments
+
Predefined lengths, Lengths
+
Programs, typesetting, +Environments
+
PSTricks, PSTricks
+
+
+
commands
+
+
+
\aput, Attaching labels to node +connections
+
\Aput, Attaching labels to node +connections
+
\arrows, For hackers only
+
\bput, Attaching labels to node +connections
+
\Bput, Attaching labels to node +connections
+
\circlenode, Nodes
+
\clipbox, Clipping
+
\closedshadow, Safe tricks
+
\closepath, Safe tricks
+
\cnode, Nodes
+
\cnodeput, Nodes
+
\code, For hackers only
+
\coor, For hackers only
+
\cput, Framed boxes
+
\curveto, Pretty safe +tricks
+
\dataplot, Plots
+
\degrees, Dimensions, +coordinates and angles
+
\dim, For hackers only
+
\endpspicture, Pictures
+
\everypsbox, Boxes
+
\file, For hackers only
+
\fileplot, Plots
+
\fill, Safe tricks
+
\grestore, Safe tricks
+
\gsave, Safe tricks
+
\lineto, Pretty safe +tricks
+
\listplot, Plots
+
\lput, Attaching labels to node +connections
+
\movepath, Safe tricks
+
\moveto, Safe tricks
+
\mput, Attaching labels to node +connections
+
\mrestore, Safe tricks
+
\msave, Safe tricks
+
\multips, Repetition
+
\multirput, Repetition
+
\ncangle, Node +connections
+
\ncangles, Node +connections
+
\ncarc, Node +connections
+
\ncbar, Node +connections
+
\nccircle, Node +connections
+
\nccoil, Coils and zigzags
+
\nccurve, Node +connections
+
\ncdiag, Node +connections
+
\ncdiagg, Node +connections
+
\ncline, Node +connections
+
\ncLine, Node +connections
+
\ncloop, Node +connections
+
\nczigzag, Coils and zigzags
+
\newcmykcolor, Color
+
\newgray, Color
+
\newhsbcolor, Color
+
\newpath, Safe tricks
+
\newpsobject, Custom styles
+
\newpsstyle, Custom styles
+
\newrgbcolor, Color
+
\NormalCoor, Special +coordinates
+
\openshadow, Safe tricks
+
\ovalnode, Nodes
+
\overlaybox, Overlays
+
\parabola, Curves
+
\parametricplot, Plots
+
\pcangle, Node +connections
+
\pcarc, Node +connections
+
\pcbar, Node +connections
+
\pccoil, Coils and zigzags
+
\pccurve, Node +connections
+
\pcdiag, Node +connections
+
\pcline, Node +connections
+
\pcloop, Node +connections
+
\pczigzag, Coils and zigzags
+
\pnode, Nodes
+
\psarc, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
\psarcn, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
\psaxes, Axes
+
\psbezier, Curves
+
\psccurve, Curves
+
\pscharclip, Stroking and filling +character paths
+
\pscharpath, Stroking and filling +character paths
+
\pscircle, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
\pscirclebox, Framed boxes
+
\psclip, Clipping
+
\pscoil, Coils and zigzags
+
\psCoil, Coils and zigzags
+
\pscurve, Curves
+
\pscustom, The basics
+
\psdblframebox, Framed +boxes
+
\psdots, Dots
+
\psecurve, Curves
+
\psellipse, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
\psframe, Lines and polygons
+
\psframebox, Framed boxes
+
\psgrid, Grids
+
\pslabelsep, Placing and rotating +whatever
+
\pslbrace, Tips and More +Tricks
+
\psline, Lines and polygons
+
\pslongbox, Boxes
+
\psmathboxfalse, Boxes
+
\psmathboxtrue, Boxes
+
\psovalbox, Framed boxes
+
\psoverlay, Overlays
+
\pspicture, Pictures
+
\psplot, Plots
+
\pspolygon, Lines and +polygons
+
\psrbrace, Tips and More +Tricks
+
\psset, Setting graphics +parameters
+
\pssetlength, Dimensions, +coordinates and angles
+
\psshadowbox, Framed boxes
+
\pstextpath, Typesetting text along a +path
+
\PSTtoEPS, Exporting EPS +files
+
\psverbboxfalse, Boxes
+
\psverbboxtrue, Boxes
+
\pswedge, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
\psxlabel, Axes
+
\psylabel, Axes
+
\pszigzag, Coils and zigzags
+
\putoverlaybox, Overlays
+
\qline, Lines and polygons
+
\radians, Dimensions, +coordinates and angles
+
\rcoor, For hackers only
+
\rcurveto, Pretty safe +tricks
+
\readdata, Plots
+
\rlineto, Pretty safe +tricks
+
\rnode, Nodes
+
\Rnode, Nodes
+
\RnodeRef, Nodes
+
\rotate, Safe tricks
+
\rotatedown, Rotation and scaling +boxes
+
\rotateleft, Rotation and scaling +boxes
+
\rotateright, Rotation and scaling +boxes
+
\rput, Placing and rotating +whatever
+
\savedata, Plots
+
\scale, Safe tricks
+
\scalebox, Rotation and scaling +boxes
+
\scaleboxto, Rotation and scaling +boxes
+
\setcolor, For hackers only
+
\SpecialCoor, Special +coordinates
+
\stroke, Safe tricks
+
\swapaxes, Safe tricks
+
\TeXtoEPS, Exporting EPS +files
+
\translate, Safe tricks
+
\uput, Placing and rotating +whatever
+
parameter
+
+
+
angle, Node +connections
+
arcangle, Node +connections
+
arcsep, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
arcsepA, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
arcsepB, Arcs, circles and +ellipses
+
arm, Node connections
+
arrowinset, Arrowheads and +such
+
arrowlength, Arrowheads and +such
+
arrows, Arrowheads and +such
+
arrowscale, Arrowheads and +such
+
arrowsize, Arrowheads and +such
+
axesstyle, Axes
+
bbllx, Exporting EPS +files
+
bblly, Exporting EPS +files
+
bburx, Exporting EPS +files
+
bbury, Exporting EPS +files
+
border, Line styles
+
bordercolor, Line +styles
+
boxsep, Framed boxes
+
bracketlength, Arrowheads and +such
+
coilheight, Coils and +zigzags
+
coilinc, Coils and zigzags
+
coilwidth, Coils and zigzags
+
cornersize, Lines and +polygons
+
curvature, Curves
+
dash, Line styles
+
dimen, Line styles
+
dotangle, Dots
+
dotscale, Dots
+
dotsep, Line styles
+
dotsize, Arrowheads and +such
+
dotstyle, Dots
+
doublecolor, Line +styles
+
doubleline, Line +styles
+
doublesep, Line styles
+
fillcolor, Fill styles
+
fillstyle, Fill styles
+
framearc, Lines and polygons
+
framesep, Framed boxes
+
gradangle, Overlays
+
gradbegin, Overlays
+
gradend, Overlays
+
gradlines, Overlays
+
gradmidpoint, Overlays
+
gridcolor, Grids
+
griddots, Grids
+
gridlabelcolor, Grids
+
gridlabels, Grids
+
gridwidth, Grids
+
hatchangle, Fill +styles
+
hatchcolor, Fill +styles
+
hatchsep, Fill styles
+
hatchwidth, Fill +styles
+
headerfile, Exporting EPS +files
+
headers, Exporting EPS +files
+
labels, Axes
+
labelsep, Placing and rotating +whatever
+
liftpen, Graphics +objects
+
linearc, Lines and polygons
+
linecolor, Basic graphics +parameters
+
linestyle, Line styles
+
linetype, Parameters
+
linewidth, Basic graphics +parameters
+
loopsize, Node +connections
+
ncurv, Node +connections
+
nodesep, Node +connections
+
offset, Node +connections
+
origin, Coordinate +systems
+
plotpoints, Plots
+
plotstyle, Plots
+
rbracketlength, Arrowheads and +such
+
runit, Dimensions, coordinates +and angles
+
shadow, Line styles
+
shadowangle, Line +styles
+
shadowcolor, Line +styles
+
shadowsize, Line +styles
+
showorigin, Axes
+
showpoints, Basic graphics +parameters
+
subgriddots, Grids
+
subgridwidth, Grids
+
swapaxes, Coordinate +systems
+
tbarsize, Arrowheads and +such
+
ticks, Axes
+
ticksize, Axes
+
tickstyle, Axes
+
unit, Dimensions, coordinates +and angles
+
xunit, Dimensions, coordinates +and angles
+
yunit, Dimensions, coordinates +and angles
+
+

Q

+
+
quotation, Environments
+
quote, Environments
+
Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying, +Environments
+
Quoted text, displaying, +Environments
+
+

R

+
+
Ragged left text, Environments
+
Ragged left text, environment for, +Environments
+
Ragged right text, Environments
+
Ragged right text, environment for, +Environments
+
Relational Operators, Special +Symbols
+
Remarks in the margin, Margin +Notes
+
report class, Document +Classes
+
Reserved Characters, Special +Characters
+
Right-justifying text, +Environments
+
Right-justifying text, environment for, +Environments
+
+

S

+
+
Sectioning, Sectioning
+
Several Small Packages, Several Small +Packages
+
Simulating typed text, +Environments
+
Sizes of text, Typefaces
+
Small Packages, Several Small +Packages
+
Space, inserting vertical, Spaces +& Boxes
+
Spaces, Spaces & Boxes
+
Spacing, within Math mode, Math +Formulae
+
Special Characters, Special +Characters
+
Splitting the input file, +Splitting the Input
+
Starting & Ending, Starting +& Ending
+
Starting on a right-hand page, +Line & Page Breaking
+
Styles of text, Typefaces
+
Styles, page, Page Styles
+
Subscript, Math Formulae
+
Superscript, Math Formulae
+
Symbols, Math Formulae
+
+
+
Miscellaneous, Special +Symbols
+
Special, Special +Symbols
+
+

T

+
+
Tab stops, using, Environments
+
tabbing, Environments
+
table, Environments
+
Table of Contents, creating, Table +of Contents
+
Tables, creating, Environments
+
tabular, Environments
+
Terminal Input/Output, +Terminal +Input/Output
+
Texinfo, Texinfo (tbd.)
+
Thanks, for titlepage, Page +Styles
+
thebibliography, Environments
+
theorem, Environments
+
Theorems, defining, Definitions
+
Theorems, typesetting, +Environments
+
Title making, Page Styles
+
Title pages, creating, +Environments
+
Title, for titlepage, Page +Styles
+
titlepage, Environments
+
Typed text, simulating, +Environments
+
Typeface Sizes, Typefaces
+
Typeface Styles, Typefaces
+
Typefaces, Typefaces
+
+

U

+
+
url, url
+
Using BibTeX, +Environments
+
+

V

+
+
Variables, a list of, Counters
+
varioref, varioref
+
verbatim, Environments
+
Verbatim text, Environments
+
verse, Environments
+
Vertical space, inserting, Spaces +& Boxes
+
+

X

+
+
xindy, xindy
+
+
+
Command List, Command +List
+
+
+
Markup Commands, Markup +Commands
+
Raw Index Interface, +Raw Index +Interface
+
Invoking, Invoking xindy
+
+
+
Command Line Options, Command +Line Options
+
Search Path, Search +Path
+
Processing Commands, +Processing +Commands
+
+
+
define-alphabet, +define-alphabet
+
define-attributes, +define-attributes
+
define-crossref-class, +define-crossref-class
+
define-letter-group, +define-letter-group
+
define-location-class, +define-location-class
+
define-location-class-order, + +define-location-class-order
+
define-rule-set, +define-rule-set
+
define-sort-rule-orientations, + +define-sort-rule-orientations
+
merge-rule, +merge-rule
+
merge-to, +merge-to
+
require, +require
+
searchpath, +searchpath
+
sort-rule, +sort-rule
+
use-rule-set, +use-rule-set
+ + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ea33eb7aed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + +/* start css.sty */ +.ec-lmri-12x-x-172{font-size:206%; font-style:italic;} +.ec-lmss-17{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;} +.ec-lmtt-12{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmtt-10{ font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} +.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} +.ec-lmro-10{ font-style: oblique;} +.ec-lmtk-10{ font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmr-7{font-size:70%;} +.ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;} +.ec-lmr-6{font-size:60%;} +.ec-lmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.ec-lmsso-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;} +.ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;} +.ec-lmtt-9{font-size:90%; font-family: monospace;} +.ec-lmtt-8x-x-87{font-size:69%; font-family: monospace;} +p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } +p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; } +p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em } +@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}} +a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; } +center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } +td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; } +.Canvas { position:relative; } +img.math{vertical-align:middle;} +li p.indent { text-indent: 0em } +.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;} +.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;} +.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;} +.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;} +div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;} +.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; } +div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; } +.overline{ text-decoration:overline; } +.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; } +td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;} +.centerline {text-align:center;} +.rightline {text-align:right;} +div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; } +.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } +div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } +table.minipage{width:100%;} +div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;} +div.center div {text-align: left;} +div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;} +div.flushright div {text-align: left;} +div.flushleft {text-align: left;} +.underline{ text-decoration:underline; } +.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; } +.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } +.framebox-c {text-align:center;} +.framebox-l {text-align:left;} +.framebox-r {text-align:right;} +span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super } +div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:80%;} +div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;} +div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; } +table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;} +table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} +div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; } +div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; } +td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; } +td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; } +.tabbing-right {text-align:right;} +span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; } +span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;} +a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; } +span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;} +span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; } +div.float img, div.float .caption {text-align:center;} +div.figure img, div.figure .caption {text-align:center;} +.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;} +.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;} +.equation td{text-align:center; } +td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } +td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; } +td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; } +table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;} +div.eqnarray{text-align:center;} +div.array {text-align:center;} +div.pmatrix {text-align:center;} +span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;} +div.pmatrix {text-align:center;} +img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;} +div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; } +table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;} +table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} +div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; } +div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; } +div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; } +td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; } +td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; } +td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; } +div.array {text-align:center;} +.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;} +.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; } +table.caption {text-align:center;} +h1.partHead{text-align: center} +p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; } +p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; } +.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;} +.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;} +.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;} +.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em} +div.maketitle {text-align:center;} +h2.titleHead{text-align:center;} +div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; } +div.author, div.date {text-align:center;} +div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:80%; font-style:italic; } +.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; } +.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;} +.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; } +.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; } +.figure img.graphics {margin-left:10%;} +div.longtable{text-align:center;} +span.sout {text-decoration: line-through } +span.xout {text-decoration: line-through } +span.uwave {text-decoration: line-through } +P.fancyvrb {white-space: nowrap; margin:0em;} +/* end css.sty */ + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d345b001196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html @@ -0,0 +1,5433 @@ + + + + The TEX Live Guide TeX Collection 2005 + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + +

The TEX Live Guide
+ TEX Collection 2005

+
Sebastian Rahtz & Karl Berry, editors +
http://tug.org/texlive/
+
+
October 2005
+
+

Contents

+ +

List of Tables

+ +

+

1 Introduction

+

This document describes the main features of the TEX Live software distribution — TEX and friends for +GNU/Linux and other Unix flavors, Mac OS X, and (32-bit) Windows systems. (Warning: it is not +especially useful for older Mac or MS-DOS systems.) +

TEX Live includes executables for TEX, LaTeX2e, ConTEXt, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX and +many other programs; an extensive collection of macros, fonts and documentation; and support for +typesetting in many different scripts from around the world. It is part of the even larger TEX Collection +(briefly described below in section 2, p. 6). Both are cooperative efforts by the TEX user +groups. +

For newer versions of the packages included here, please check CTAN: http://www.ctan.org. +

For a brief summary of the major changes in this edition of TEX Live, see the end of the document, +section 10 (p. 65). +

+

1.1 Basic usage of TEX Live

+

You can use TEX Live in three principal ways: +

+

    +
  1. You can run TEX Live directly from the live DVD (see section 2.1, p. 6). This takes almost no + disk space, and gives you immediate access to everything in TEX Live. Of course performance + will be worse than running on local disk, but you may well find it useful. + + +
  2. +
  3. You can install all or part of TEX Live to a local disk, from either the DVD or the inst CD. + This is the most common use of TEX Live. You will need (approximately) 100 megabytes + for the most minimal system, and upwards of 1.3 gigabytes for a full system. +
  4. +
  5. You can integrate a particular package or collection into your existing TEX system, either + a TEX Live system you installed earlier, or a different system. +
+

All of these are described in detail in the OS-specific installation sections following, but here is a quick +start: +

    +
  • The main installation script for Unix and Mac OS X is install-tl.sh. +
  • +
  • The single package installation script is install-pkg.sh. +
  • +
  • The installation program for Windows is tlpmgui.exe. It can be used also for adding or + removing the packages. See section 6 below for more information. +
+

+

1.2 Getting help

+

The TEX community is both active and friendly, and virtually all serious questions end up getting +answered. However, the support is informal, done by volunteers and casual readers, so it’s +especially important that you do your homework before asking. (If you prefer guaranteed +commercial support, you can forego TEX Live completely and purchase a vendor’s system; http://tug.org/interest.html#vendors has a list.) +

Here is a list of resources, approximately in the order we recommend using them: +

+

+Getting Started
If you are new to TEX, the web page http://tug.org/begin.html gives a + brief introduction to the system. +
+TEX FAQ
The TEX FAQ is a huge compendium of answers to all sorts of questions, from the + most basic to the most arcane. It is included on TEX Live in texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en, + and is available on the Internet through http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq. Please check here + first. +
+TEX Catalogue
If you are + looking for a specific package, font, program, etc., the TEX Catalogue is the place to look. + It is a huge collection of all TEX-related items. See texmf-doc/doc/english/catalogue, or http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue. +
+TEX Web Resources
The web page http://tug.org/interest.html has many TEX-related + links, in particular for numerous books, manuals, and articles on all aspects of the system. + +
+support archives
+ The two principal support forums are the Usenet newsgroup news:comp.text.tex and the + mailing list texhax@tug.org. Their archives have years of past questions and answers for + your searching pleasure, via http://groups.google.com/groups?group=comp.text.tex + and http://tug.org/mail-archives/texhax, respectively. And a general web search, for + example on http://google.com, never hurts. +
+asking questions
If you cannot find an answer, you can post to comp.text.tex through Google + or your newsreader, or to texhax@tug.org through email. But before you post, please read + this FAQ entry on asking questions in such a way that you’re most likely to get an answer: http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion. +
+TEX Live support
If you want to report a bug or have suggestions or comments on the TEX + Live distribution, installation, or documentation, the mailing list is tex-live@tug.org. + However, if your question is about how to use a particular program included in TEX Live, + you are better off writing to that program’s maintainer or mailing list. +
+

The other side of the coin is helping others who have questions. Both comp.text.tex and texhax are +open to anyone, so feel free to join, start reading, and help out where you can. Welcome to +TEX! +

+

2 Structure of TEX Live

+

This section describes the structure and contents of TEX Live and the TEX Collection of which it is a +part. +

+

2.1 Multiple distributions: live, inst, protext

+

Space limitations of CD-ROM format have forced us to divide TEX Collection into several distributions, +as follows. +

+

+live
A complete system on DVD; it is too large for CD. It can be run live or installed to disk. + It also includes a snapshot of the CTAN repository, the protext distribution for Windows + and the MacTEX distribution for Mac OS X, entirely independent of TEX Live, as well as + assorted other packages in a texmf-extra directory. +

CTAN, protext, MacTEX, and texmf-extra do not follow the same copying conditions as + TEX Live, so be careful when redistributing or modifying. +

+inst(allable)
A complete system on CD; in order to make this fit, the packages and programs are + compressed. Therefore, it is not possible to run TEX directly from the installable CD, you + have to install it to disk (hence its name). Installation is described in subsequent sections. + + +
+protext
An enhancement of the MiKTEX distribution for Windows, ProTEXt adds a few extra + tools to MiKTEX, and simplifies installation. It is entirely independent of TEX Live, and has + its own installation instructions. It can be run live, or installed to disk. The ProTEXt home + page is http://tug.org/protext. +

ProTEXt is provided as both the top level of the live DVD  and on its own CD (for those + who cannot use the DVD). +

+

You can tell which type of distribution you’re in by looking for a 00type.TL file at the top of the TEX +Live directory. This file also contains the TEX Live release date. +

Naturally, each user group chooses what to distribute, at its own discretion. (TUG is sending all three +discs above to all of its members.) +

+

2.2 Top level directories

+

Here is a brief listing and description of the top level directories in the TEX Live distribution. On the live +DVD, the entire TEX Live hierarchy is in a subdirectory texlive2005, not at the top level of the +disc. +

+ + + + + + + +
bin

The TEX system programs, arranged by platform.

source

The source of all programs, including the main Web2C TEX and Metafont + distributions. These are stored in a bzip2-compressed tar archive.

support

Assorted auxiliary packages and programs. These are not installed + automatically. This includes assorted editors and TEX shells.

texmf

Tree for the programs, along with their support files and documentation. + Does not include TEX formats and packages. (TEXMFMAIN in the next + section.)

texmf-dist

The main tree of formats and packages. (TEXMFDIST in the next section.)

texmf-doc

Tree for self-contained pure documentation, arranged by language.

texmf-var

Tree for files automatically generated and stored. (TEXMFSYSVAR in the next + section.)

xemtex

Tree for supporting programs used only in Windows. These programs + generally come pre-installed on Unix systems, or are at least easy to compile.

+
+

In addition to the directories above, the installation scripts and README files (in various languages) +are at the top level of the distribution. +

The texmf-doc directory contains only documentation, but it does not contain all the +documentation. The documentation for the programs (manuals, man pages, Info files) is in texmf/doc, +since the programs are in texmf. Similarly, the documentation for TEX packages and formats is in +texmf-dist/doc. You can use the texdoc or texdoctk programs to find any documentation +wherever it’s located. The comprehensive links in the top-level file doc.html may also be +helpful. +

+

2.3 Overview of the predefined texmf trees

+ + +

This section lists all predefined variables specifying texmf trees used by the system, and their intended +purpose. The command texconfig conf shows you the values of these variables, so that you can easily +find out how they map to directory names in your installation. +

+

+ TEXMFMAIN
The tree which holds vital parts of the system such as helper scripts (e.g., + web2c/mktexdir), pool files and other support files. +
+ TEXMFDIST
The tree which holds the main set of macro packages, fonts, etc., as originally + distributed. +
+ TEXMFLOCAL
The tree which administrators can use for system-wide installation of additional or + updated macros, fonts, etc. +
+ TEXMFHOME
The tree which users can use for their own individual installations of additional or + updated macros, fonts, etc. The expansion of this variable depends on $HOME by default, + which dynamically adjusts for each user to an individual directory. +
+ TEXMFCONFIG
The tree used by teTEX’s utilities texconfig, updmap, and fmtutil to store + modified configuration data. Under $HOME by default. +
+ TEXMFSYSCONFIG
The tree used by teTEX’s utilities texconfig-sys, updmap-sys, and + fmtutil-sys to store modified configuration data. +
+ TEXMFVAR
The tree used by texconfig, updmap and fmtutil to store (cached) runtime data such + as format files and generated map files. Under $HOME by default. +
+ TEXMFSYSVAR
The tree used by texconfig-sys, updmap-sys and fmtutil-sys to store (cached) + runtime data such as format files and generated map files.
+

For more discussion of texconfig and related utilities, please see section 4.1, p. 26. +

+

2.4 Extensions to TEX

+

TEX Live contains several extended versions of TEX: +

+

+e-TEX
adds a small but powerful set of new primitives (related to macro expansion, character + scanning, classes of marks, additional debugging features, and more) and the TEX--XE T + extensions for bidirectional typesetting. In default mode, e-TEX is 100% compatible with + ordinary TEX. See texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/etex_man.pdf. +
+pdfTEX
writes Acrobat PDF format as well as DVI. The LATEX hyperref package has an option + ‘pdftex’ which turns on all the program features. See texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/ for the + manual, and texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/samplepdf/samplepdf.tex. + + +
+pdfeTEX
combines the pdfTEX and e-TEX extensions. This is the default program for all + formats except plain TEX. See above for documentation. +
+Omega (Omega)
is based on Unicode (16-bit characters), thus supports working with almost + all the world’s scripts simultaneously. It also supports so-called ‘Omega Translation + Processes’ (OTPs), for performing complex transformations on arbitrary input. See + texmf-dist/doc/omega/base/doc-1.8.tex (not completely up-to-date). +
+Aleph
combines the Omega and e-TEX extensions. See texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base for some + minimal documentation. +
+

+

2.5 Other notable programs in TEX Live

+

Here are a few other commonly-used programs included in TEX Live: +

+

+ bibtex
bibliography support. +
+ makeindex
index support. +
+ dvips
convert DVI to PostScript. +
+ xdvi
DVI previewer for the X Window System. +
+ dvilj
DVI drive for the HP LaserJet family. +
+ dv2dt, dt2dv
convert DVI to/from plain text. +
+ dviconcat, dviselect
cut and paste pages from DVI files. +
+ dvipdfmx
convert DVI to PDF, an alternative approach to pdfTEX (mentioned above). See the + ps4pdf and pdftricks packages for still more alternatives. +
+ psselect, psnup, ...
PostScript utilities. +
+ lacheck
LATEX syntax checker. +
+ texexec
ConTEXt and PDF processor. +
+ tex4ht
TEX to HTML converter. +
+ + +

+

3 Unix installation

+

As introduced in section 1.1 (p. 4), TEX Live has three principal uses: +

+

    +
  1. Run directly from media. +
  2. +
  3. Install to disk. +
  4. +
  5. Integrate a particular package or collection into your existing TEX installation.
+

The following sections describes the Unix-specific procedures for each of these. +


+ + + + +

Warning: The TEX Collection CDs and DVD are in ISO 9660 (High Sierra) format, with Rock Ridge +(and Joliet, for Windows) extensions. Therefore, in order to take full advantage of the TEX Collection +under Unix, your system needs to be able to use the Rock Ridge extensions. Please consult the +documentation for your mount command to see how to do this. If you have several different machines on +a local network, you may be able to mount the discs on one which does support Rock Ridge, and use this +with the others. +

Modern systems should be able to use the discs without problems. If troubles, let us know. The +discussion below assumes you have been able to mount the CDs with full Rock Ridge compatibility. + + +


+

3.1 Running TEX Live directly from media (Unix)

+

It is possible to use the TEX system directly from the live DVD, without installing the distribution to +disk. (Thus the name TEX ‘Live’, in fact.) It is not possible to run TEX directly from the other CDs +(see section 2.1, p. 6). To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The +exact command to do this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the +name of the device (/dev/cdrom, here) may vary. (All our examples will use > as the shell prompt; user +input is underlined.)

+

> mount -t iso9660 /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom +
+
+

Change the current directory to the mount point:

+

> cd /mnt/cdrom +
+
+

Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under /Volumes, and the media will be mounted +automatically. Run the installation script install-tl.sh:

+

> sh install-tl.sh +
Welcome to TeX Live... +
+
+

After various greeting messages and a list of the main menu options, the installation will ask you to +enter a command. Do this by typing the desired character and hitting return; don’t type +the angle brackets shown. Either uppercase or lowercase is ok; we’ll use lowercase in our +examples. +

For running live, our first command will be d and then the subcommand 1 to set directories. Even in +this case, we must choose a directory on the local disk to place files that the TEX system itself generates, +such as fonts and formats, and also to provide a place for updated configuration files, if need +be. +

We’ll use /opt/texlive2005 in this example. It’s good to include the year in the name, +as these generated files are not compatible from release to release. (If the default value of +/usr/local/texlive/2005 works for you, then you can skip this step.) +

+

+Enter command: d +
Current directories setup: +
<1>  TEXDIR:     /usr/local/texlive/2005 +
... +
Enter command: 1 +
New value for TEXDIR [/usr/local/texlive/TeX]: /opt/texlive2005 +
... +
Enter command: r + +
+
+

Back at the main menu, our second and last command is r, to set up for running live off the media +without installing to disk:

+

+Enter command: r +
Preparing destination directories... +
... +
Welcome to TeX Live! +
> +
+
+

And we are back at the system prompt, as shown. +

Next, it is necessary to alter two environment variables: PATH, to an architecture-dependent value (so +that we can run the programs), and TEXMFSYSVAR, to the value specified above. See table 1 for a list of +the architecture names for the different systems. +

After the main installation has completed, and environment variables have been set, the last step is to +run texconfig or texconfig-sys to customize your installation to your needs. This is explained in +section 4.1, p. 26. + + +


+ + +
Table 1: Supported system architectures.
+
+ + + + + + + + + + +
alpha-linux HP Alpha GNU/Linux
i386-darwin Intel x86 Mac OS X
i386-freebsd Intel x86 FreeBSD
i386-linux Intel x86 GNU/Linux
mips-irix SGI IRIX
powerpc-aix IBM RS/6000 AIX
powerpc-darwin PowerPC Mac OS X
sparc-linux Sun Sparc GNU/Linux
sparc-solaris Sun Sparc Solaris
win32 Windows (32-bit)
x86_64-linux Intel x86 64-bit GNU/Linux


+
+ + +

+

The syntax for setting the environment variables, and the initialization file to put them in, depends +on the shell you use. If you use a Bourne-compatible shell (sh, bash, ksh, et al.), put the following into +your $HOME/.profile file:

+

+PATH=/mnt/cdrom/bin/archname:$PATH; export PATH +
TEXMFSYSVAR=/opt/texlive2005/texmf-var; export TEXMFVAR +
+
+

For C shell-compatible shells (csh, tcsh), put the following into your $HOME/.cshrc file:

+

+setenv PATH /mnt/cdrom/bin/archname:$PATH +
setenv TEXMFSYSVAR /opt/texlive2005/texmf-var +
+
+

Then log out, log back in, and test your installation (see section 4.2, p. 27). +

If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to +mount the TEX Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to +your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site. +

3.2 Installing TEX Live to disk

+

It is possible, indeed typical, to install the TEX Live distribution to hard disk. This can be done from +either the live or inst distributions. (See section 2.1, p. 6, for an explanation of the different +distributions.) +

To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The exact command to do +this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the name of the device +(/dev/cdrom, here) may vary. (All our examples will use > as the shell prompt; user input is +underlined.)

+

> mount -t iso9660 /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom +
+
+

Change the current directory to the mount point:

+

> cd /mnt/cdrom +
+
+

Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under /Volumes, and the media will be mounted +automatically. Run the installation script install-tl.sh:

+

> sh install-tl.sh +
Welcome to TeX Live... + +
+
+

After various greeting messages and a list of the main menu options, the installation will ask you to +enter a command. Do this by typing the desired character and hitting return; don’t type +the angle brackets shown. Either uppercase or lowercase is ok; we’ll use lowercase in our +examples. +

Table 2 briefly lists the options in the main menu. The order in which you select the options makes +little difference, except that i must be last. It’s reasonable to go through them in the order presented +here. +

+ + +


+ + +
Table 2: Main menu options for the installation.
+
+ + + + + + + +
p The platform you are running on.
b The architectures for which to install binaries.
s The base installation scheme to use (minimal, recommended, full, etc.)
c Override the base scheme for individual collections.
l Override for language collections.
d Directories in which to install.
o Other options.
i Perform the installation.
+
+ + +

+
+

Here are further details on each option. +

p – Current platform. Since the installation script automatically guesses which platform you’re +running on, it is usually unnecessary to use this option. It’s there in case you need to override the +automatic detection. +

b – Binary architectures. By default, only the binaries for your current platform will be installed. +From this menu, you can select installation of binaries for other architectures as well (or omit +installing the current platform). This can be useful if you are sharing a TEX tree across a +network of heterogenous machines. For a list of the supported architectures, see table 1, +p. 16. +

s – Base installation scheme. From this menu, you can choose an overall set of package +collections, called a “scheme”. The default full scheme installs everything available, but you can also +choose the basic scheme for a minimal system, or medium to get something in between. There are also +specific sets for Omega and XML. +

c – Individual collections. From this menu, you can override the scheme’s set of collections to +install. Collections are one level more detailed than schemes — collections consist of one or more +packages, where packages (the lowest level grouping in TEX Live) contain the actual TEX macro files, +font families, and so on. In this menu, selection letters are case-sensitive. +

l – Language collections. This menu has the same basic purpose as c, to override the collection set +in the chosen scheme. In this case, the collections are specifically for different languages. +Selection letters are case-sensitive here too. Here is a list of the language collections in TEX +Live: +
(some) African scripts Arabic Armenian Chinese Japanese Korean +
+

Croatian Cyrillic Czech/Slovak Danish
+

Dutch Finnish French German
+

Greek Hebrew Hungarian Indic
+

Italian Latin Manju Mongolian
+

Norwegian Polish Portuguese Spanish
+

Swedish Tibetan UK English Vietnamese
+

+

+

Language collections typically include fonts, macros, hyphenation patterns, and other support files. (For +instance, frenchle.sty is installed if you select the French collection.) In addition, installing a language +collection will alter the language.dat configuration file controlling which hyphenation patterns are +loaded. +

d – Installation directories. Three directories can be changed here: +

+ TEXDIR
The top-level directory under which everything else will be installed. The default value + is /usr/local/texlive/2005, and is often changed. We recommend including the year + in the name, to keep different releases of TEX Live separate. (You may wish to make a + version-independent name such /usr/local/texlive via a symbolic link, which you can + then update after testing the new release.) +

Under Mac OS X, the usual frontends look for TEX in /usr/local/teTeX, so you may wish + to install TEX Live there. + + +

+ TEXMFLOCAL
This tree is where the TEX system (not as part of the initial installation, but + rather as time goes by) puts non-version-specific files, primarily fonts. The default value is + /usr/local/texlive/texmf-local, independent of the current TEX Live release, because + it’s also the recommended location to put any local packages or configuration settings. +
+ TEXMFSYSVAR
This tree is where texconfig-sys puts files that are version-specific. The default + value is TEXDIR/texmf-var, and there’s generally no reason to change it. There is also + TEXMFSYSCONFIG, which is where texconfig looks for modified configuration data. See + section 4.1, p. 26 for more information. +
+

o – Other options. From this menu, you can select the following general options: +

+ a
Specify an alternate directory for generated fonts. The default is to use the TEXMFVAR tree, + as explained above. Setting this is useful if you plan to mount the main tree read-only, and + therefore you need another location (perhaps host-specific) for dynamically created fonts. +
+ l
Create symbolic links for the binaries, man pages, and/or GNU Info files in other locations. + For example, you may wish to make the man pages available under /usr/local/man and + the Info files available under /usr/local/info. (Of course you need appropriate privileges + to write in the specified directories.) +

It is not advisable to overwrite a TEX system that came with your system with this option. + It’s intended primarily for creating the links in standard directories that are known to users, + such as /usr/local/bin, which don’t already contain any TEX files. +

+ d
Skip installation of the font/macro documentation tree. This is useful if you need to save + space, or if you’ve previously installed the documentation elsewhere. +
+ s
Skip installation of the main font/macro source tree. This is useful if you are arranging to + share that tree between machines and/or architectures in some other way, such as NFS. +
+

i – Perform installation. When you’re satisfied with your configuration options, enter i to actually +do the installation from the media to your chosen locations. +

After the installation completes, your next step is to include the architecture-specific subdirectory of +TEXDIR/bin in your PATH, so the newly-installed programs can be found. The architecture names are +listed in table 1, p. 16, or you can simply list the directory TEXDIR/bin. +

The syntax for doing this, and the initialization file to use, depends on your shell. If you use a +Bourne-compatible shell (sh, bash, ksh, et al.), put the following into your $HOME/.profile +file: +

+

+PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/archname:$PATH; export PATH +
+
+

For C shell-compatible shells (csh, tcsh), put the following into your $HOME/.cshrc file:

+ +

+setenv PATH /usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/archname:$PATH +
+
+

After the main installation has completed, and environment variables have been set, the last step is to +run texconfig or texconfig-sys to customize your installation to your needs. This is explained in +section 4.1, p. 26. +

Here is a minimal annotated example which accepts the default directories and installs binaries for +the current system only. Thus, only one command is needed, i for install. The > is the shell prompt as +usual. +

+

+> sh install-tl.sh +
i                         # perform installation +
> texconfig ...           # see section 4.1 +
# New PATH element, with Linux as the example: +
> PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/i386-linux:$PATH; export PATH +
+
+

If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to +mount the TEX Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to +your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site. +

3.3 Installing individual packages to disk

+

You can add individual packages or collections from the current distribution to an existing non-TEX Live +setup, or an earlier TEX Live installation. +

To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The exact command to do +this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the name of the device +(/dev/cdrom, here) may vary. (All our examples will use > as the shell prompt; user input is +underlined.)

+

> mount -t iso9660 /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom +
+
+

Change the current directory to the mount point:

+

> cd /mnt/cdrom +
+
+

Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under /Volumes, and the media will be mounted +automatically. +

Run the installation script install-pkg.sh (not install-tl.sh, which is intended for complete +installations only):

+ + +

+> sh install-pkg.sh options +
+
+

The first set of options controls what gets read: +

+

+ --package=pkgname
The individual package to work on. +
+ --collection=colname
The individual collection to work on. +
+ --nodoc
Exclude documentation files from the operation. +
+ --nosrc
Exclude source files from the operation. +
+ --cddir=dir
Source directory to read from; defaults to the current directory. If you followed the + instructions above, that will be the distribution directory, and won’t need to be changed. +
+ --listdir=dir
The so-called ‘lists’ directory within cddir from which to read the package + information. The only reason to change the default is if you’re making changes to TEX Live + yourself. +
+

What actually happens is controlled by the following options. If neither of these are specified, the +default action is to install the selected files. The main destination tree is found by expanding $TEXMFMAIN +with kpsewhich. You can override it by setting either the environment variable TEXMFMAIN or +TEXMF. +

+

+ --listonly
List the files that would be installed, but don’t actually install anything. +
+ --archive=tarfile
Instead of installing the files into the TEX system, make a tar archive. +
+

Additional options: +

+

+ --config
After installation, run texconfig init. +
+ --nohash
After installation, don’t run mktexlsr to rebuild the filename database. +
+ --verbose
Give more information as the script runs. +
+

Here are some usage examples: +

+ +

    +
  1. To see the files in the package fancyhdr without installing it: +
    +

    + > sh install-pkg.sh --package=fancyhdr --listonly +
    +
    texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/README +
    texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf +
    ... +
    +
    +
  2. +
  3. Install the LATEX package natbib:
    +

    + > sh install-pkg.sh --package=natbib +
    +
    +
  4. +
  5. Install the LATEX package alg without source files or documentation:
    +

    + > sh install-pkg.sh --package=alg --nosrc --nodoc +
    +
    +
  6. +
  7. Install all the packages in the collection of additional plain TEX macros:
    +

    + > sh install-pkg.sh --collection=tex-plainextra +
    +
    +
  8. +
  9. Write all files in the pstricks package to a tar file in /tmp:
    +

    + > sh install-pkg.sh --package=pstricks --archive=/tmp/pstricks.tar + +
    +
    +
+

If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to +mount the TEX Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to +your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site. +

+

4 Post-installation

+

After the main installation is done, for any operating system, the remaining steps are to configure the +system for your local needs, and perform some basic tests. +

Another sort of post-installation is to acquire packages, fonts, or programs that were not included in +TEX Live. The basic idea is to install such additions in the TEXMFLOCAL tree (if you installed to +disk), or TEXMFSYSVAR (if you are running live). See the “Installation directories” option on +p. 21. +

Unfortunately, the details can and do vary widely, and so we do not attempt to address them here. +Here are some external links to descriptions: +

+

+

4.1 The texconfig program

+

At any time after installation, you can and should use the program texconfig to configure the system to +fit your local needs. It is installed in the architecture-specific subdirectory TEXDIR/bin/arch along with +everything else. +

If you run it without arguments, it will enter full-screen mode and allow you to view and change +options interactively. +

You can also run it with various command-line options. Here are some of the most common (TEX +Live is configured for the A4 paper size by default): +

+

+ texconfig paper letter
Set default paper size for various programs and drivers (pdftex, dvips, + dvipdfm, xdvi) to be US letter. The other allowable size is a4, which is the default. +
+ texconfig rehash
Update all the TEX “filename databases”, after adding or removing files. +
+ texconfig faq
Show the teTEX FAQ. (See also the main TEX FAQ in + texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en.) + + +
+ texconfig help
Output help information for texconfig. +
+

Of course, texconfig can only support changing a few of the many options and configuration +parameters in a TEX system. The main configuration file for the base Web2C programs is named +texmf.cnf. You can find its location by running ‘kpsewhich texmf.cnf’; it contains many comments +explaining the default settings and useful alternatives. +

As of 2005, texconfig alters files in a user-specific directory, namely $HOME/.texlive2005. If you +install TEX just for yourself, that is unlikely to make a difference. But if you install TEX on a +multi-user system, you will want to change the configuration for the whole system. In this case, run +texconfig-sys instead of texconfig. +

Likewise, the updmap and fmtutil scripts were changed, to work under $HOME/.texlive2005. To alter +system directories, use updmap-sys and fmtutil-sys. +

In particular, for multi-user systems, you will probably want to pregenerate the standard formats +with fmtutil-sys –missing. Otherwise, each user will end up with their own formats. +

Also, if you have a personally-modified copy of fmtutil.cnf or updmap.cfg, instead of using the +ones generated by installation, they must be installed in the tree referenced by the variable +TEXMFSYSCONFIG. +

The variables specifying the directories altered by these commands are listed in section 2.3, p. 7. You +can see the actual directories by running texconfig conf, and you can change them by editing +texmf.cnf. +

+

4.2 Testing the installation

+

After installing TEX Live as best you can, you naturally want to test it out, so you can start creating +beautiful documents and/or fonts. +

This section gives some basic procedures for testing that the new system is functional. We give Unix +commands; under Mac OS X and Windows, you’re more likely to run the tests through a graphical +interface, but the principles are the same. +

+

    +
  1. Make sure that you can run the tex program in the first place: +
    +

    + > tex --version +
    TeX 3.141592 (Web2C 7.5.5) +
    kpathsea version 3.5.5 +
    ... +
    +
    If this comes back with ‘command not found’ instead of version and copyright information, most + likely you don’t have the correct bin subdirectory in your PATH. See the environment-setting + information on p. 17. +
  2. +
  3. Process a basic LATEX file:
    + + +

    + > latex sample2e.tex +
    This is pdfeTeXk, Version 3.141592... +
    ... +
    Output written on sample2e.dvi (3 pages, 7496 bytes). +
    Transcript written on sample2e.log. +
    +
    If this fails to find sample2e.tex or other files, perhaps you have interference from old + environment variables or configuration files. For a deep analysis, you can always ask TEX to + report on exactly what it is searching for, and finding; see “Debugging actions” on + page 59. +
  4. +
  5. Preview the result online:
    +

    + > xdvi sample2e.dvi +
    +
    (Under Windows, the analogous command is windvi.) You should see a new window with a nice + document explaining some of the basics of LATEX. (Well worth reading, by the way if you’re new + to the system.) You do have to be running under X for xdvi to work; if you’re not, or + your DISPLAY environment variable is set incorrectly, you’ll get an error ‘Can’t open + display’. +
  6. +
  7. Create a PostScript file for printing or display:
    +

    + > dvips sample2e.dvi -o sample2e.ps +
    +
    +
  8. +
  9. Create a PDF file instead of DVI; this processes the .tex file and writes PDF directly: +
    +

    + > pdflatex sample2e.tex +
    +
    +
  10. +
  11. Preview the PDF file:
    + + +

    + > gv sample2e.pdf +
    or: +
    > xpdf sample2e.pdf +
    +
    Unfortunately neither gv nor xpdf are currently included in TEX Live, so you must install them + separately. See http://www.gnu.org/software/gv and http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf, + respectively. +
  12. +
  13. Other standard test files you may find useful: +

    +

    + small2e.tex
    A simpler document than sample2e, to reduce the input size if you’re having + troubles. +
    + testpage.tex
    Test if your printer introduces any offsets. +
    + nfssfont.tex
    For printing font tables and tests. +
    + testfont.tex
    Also for font tables, but using plain TEX. +
    + story.tex
    The most canonical (plain) TEX test file of all. You must type ‘\bye’ to the * + prompt after ‘tex story.tex’.
    +

    You can process these in the same way as we did with sample2e.tex. +

+

If you are new to TEX, or otherwise need help with actually constructing TEX or LATEX +documents, please visit http://tug.org/begin.html for some introductory resources. +

+

5 Mac OS X installation

+

The recommended way to install TEX on Mac OS X is from the MacTEX distribution, new in +2005. This is provided on the live DVD in the top-level mactex/ directory. It contains its own +(native) installer for a full TEX distribution, based on a combination of teTEX and TEX +Live, along with many additional applications and documentation. The project web page is http://tug.org/mactex. +

If you prefer, installation of TEX under Mac OS X can also be done directly from TEX Live, using the +install* scripts, as follows. +

In order to run the installation scripts under Mac OS X, you need to have the bash shell installed. If +you are running Mac OS X 10.2 or later, you have bash, and can proceed. If you’re running an earlier +Mac OS X version, however, the default shell is zsh, which won’t work; you’ll need to get bash from the +Internet, or more likely upgrade your system. +

Once you have bash, the Unix installation documentation in the previous section can be followed. See +section 3 on p. 10; Mac OS X-specific notes are included there where needed. + + +

+

6 Windows installation

+

In this release of TEX Live, happily, the distribution once again has a native Windows installer, named +tlpmgui.exe. (See section 2.1, p. 6, for an explanation of the different distributions.) +

tlpmgui has essentially the same options as the Unix installer, only done through a GUI interface: +selecting schemes, individual collections, installation directories, and so on. Section 3.2 on p. 17 describes +the basic elements. It also allows some post-installation activities such as adding/removing packages, +updating the filename database and building formats. Moreover, tlpmgui can setup the system for +running programs directly from the DVD. +

For those who like to look underneath the hood, tlpmgui uses as its “engine” a command-line +Windows program named tlpm. +

The Windows TEX system included in TEX Live is based on new binaries borrowed from the XEmTEX +project, formerly known as fpTEX (see http://www.metz.supelec.fr/~popineau/xemtex-1.html). It +also includes some older (but still working) tools, notably a dvi previewer, Windvi, which +is similar in usage to the established Unix xdvi. The documentation can be found in +texmf/doc/html/windvi/windvi.html. +

TEX Live can be installed on systems running Windows 98, ME, NT, 2K or XP. Older versions of +Windows (3.1x) and MS-DOS are not supported. +

Warning: Win9.x users must ensure they have enough environment space before undertaking +installation. The tlpmgui.exe program won’t change the environment size for them. A few +environment variables will be created and it is possible you run out of environment space. Add +SHELL=<path>COMMAND.COM /E:4096 /P in the config.sys file in order to increase your environment +size. +

+

6.1 Installing TEX Live to disk

+

After inserting the TEX Live CD into the CD drive, autostart should activate tlpmgui. If +it does not, click StartRun, then type <drive letter>:\setup-win32\tplmgui.exe (or +<drive letter>:\texlive\setup-win32\tplmgui.exe if you are installing from the TeX Collection +DVD), where <drive letter> is the drive letter with the TeX Live CD (or TeX Collection DVD), and +then click OK. +

The installation window titled TeX Live installation and maintenance utility should open. It contains +the following sections: Main customization, Install, Select a scheme, Select systems, Directories and +Options. +

In the Directories section the installation drive (directory) next to the CD/DVD button +should be displayed (e.g., F:/ or F:/texlive/ for the DVD), but if it is not, then click the +CD/DVD button and select the CD/DVD drive, with the TEX Live CD (or TeX Collection +DVD). +

The directory in which you wish to install the software can be set by clicking the TLroot button. This +directory will be set as TLroot environment variable for later usage. The TEXMFTEMP and TEXMFCNF +environment variables as displayed next to the TEXMFTEMP and TEXMFCNF buttons will be adjusted +automatically and set during installation, but they can also be adjusted manually now to suit special +needs. +

In the Select a scheme section the desired TEX Live installation scheme should be chosen by clicking +the radio button labelled with the installation scheme name (e.g., scheme-gust). Each scheme is +accompanied by an Info button which, when clicked, displays a short description of the relevant +scheme. +

A scheme is a large set of files targeted at some kind of usage. There are generic schemes for +basic, medium and full installations. The remaining ones are either targeted at certain LUGs +(i.e., what GUST or GUTenberg propose for their members) or application targeted (e.g., + + +for XML and TEX cooperation). A preselected scheme can be refined. This is done in the +Main customization section by choosing additional collections from Standard collections or +Language collections. For example, by clicking the Select button labelled Standard collections, +additional collections like Metapost, Omega or documentation in different languages can be +selected. +

Note: The Ghostscript, Perl and Wintools collections are selected by default and should be installed +unless they are already installed and you really know what you are doing. This is because they are +required by many important tools. The PERL5LIB and GS_LIB environment variables will be set +too. +

Next, clicking the Select button labelled Language Collections in the Main customization section opens +the Language collections window in which the installation language can be chosen by ticking the box next +to the language. +

Next, click the Install button in the Install section to start the installation proper process. +

The TEX Live system needs some post-processing steps (format files generation, ls-R +databases generation, environment variables, etc.). All these operations are done there, some of +them can be lengthy. So please wait until you see a statement about the successfully finished +installation. +

The shortcut for tlpmgui will be added to the StartProgramsTeXLive2005 menu. +

If it is needed (Win9x/WinME), you will be asked to reboot your computer. +

+

6.2 Support packages for Windows

+

To be complete, a TEX Live installation needs support packages that are not commonly found on a +Windows machine. Many scripts are written using the Perl language. Some important tools require the +Ghostscript PostScript interpreter to render or to convert files. A graphic file toolbox is also needed in +some cases. Last but not least, a TEX-oriented editor makes it easy to type in your TEX +files. +

All these tools are quite easy to find for Windows, but in order to try to make your life even easier, +we have put such a set of tools on TEX Live: +

    +
  • GNU Ghostscript 7.07 +
  • +
  • a minimal Perl 5.8, sufficient to run all the TEX Live Perl scripts. +
  • +
  • win-tools is a set of small programs (bzip2, gzip, jpeg2ps and tiff2png)
+

These packages are borrowed from the XEmTEX distribution (the successor of fpTEX). +

Perl and Ghostscript are installed by default; you may explicitly deselect them during installation if +you already have them. +

If you don’t want to install this bundle, then you are on your own to install the required tools to +complete your TEX Live system. Here is a list of places to get those tools: +

+

+Ghostscript
http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/ +
+Perl
http://www.activestate.com/ (but you might need some supplementary packages from + CPAN: http://www.cpan.org/) +
+ImageMagick
http://www.imagemagick.com + +
+NetPBM
alternatively, you could use NetPBM instead of ImageMagick to process or convert + your graphic files. NetPBM home page is http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/ +
+TEX-oriented editors
There is a wide choice, and it is a matter of the user’s taste. Here is a + selection: + +
+

You might want to install other tools that are not +free1 +and therefore not included on TEX Live, such as GSView, the Ghostscript companion to more +conveniently view PS/PDF files. GSView is available from http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/ +or any CTAN site. +

+

7 Maintenance of the installation in Windows

+

If you have TeX Live installed, you can use tlpmgui again for modyfying and maintaining your +installation. +

+

7.1 Adding/removing packages

+

As the tlpmgui shortcut is available in the StartProgramsTeXLive2005 menu, start it from here. The +maintenance window titled TeX Live installation and maintenance utility shows. It contains several tabs: +Add Packages, Remove packages, Manage installation, Remove installation. +

Click the tab labelled Add packages or Remove packages to enter the relevant functionality and +then: + + +

    +
  • In the first tab select the proper CD drive (or DVD with texlive directory) by pressing the + CD/DVD button. +
  • +
  • Click the Search button in the Buttons section to display or refresh in the Select packages + to... section the list of packages to install or remove. +

    When adding packages, the list of installed packages is compared to the list of packages + available from your CD/DVD. Only packages not already installed are displayed. It is up to + you to select which packages you want to install. +

    When removing individual packages, only a list of installed packages will be displayed. +

    Please note that for both Add packages and Remove packages the collections are listed first. +

  • +
  • Select a package by clicking on the name of the package. Clicking the Info button in the + Buttons section displays a short description of the selected package in the window located + in the Info about the selected item section. To select several packages at once hold down one + of the Ctrl or Shift keys at your keyboard while holding down the left mouse button or drag + the mouse pointer while holding down the left mouse button. +
  • +
  • Click the Install or Remove button in the Buttons section to perform the appropriate action.
+

+

7.2 Configuring and other management tasks

+

The functions available in the tab labelled Manage the installation are helpful in performing actions +needed when you want to add support for a language which was not selected during the installation, or +add/regenerate a format which was not selected during the installation or was modified after the +installation. +

The following actions can be performed: +

    +
  • Refresh the ls-R database +
  • +
  • Create formats (All or Missing) +
  • +
  • Edit language.dat +
  • +
  • Edit fmtutil.cnf +
  • +
  • Edit updmap.cfg
+

Note: you can close the Edit... window with the Cancel or Done button; the latter will start +rebuilding the format files (or the fontmap files if you have edited updmap.cfg), followed by a ls-R +database files refresh. +

For more information about the configuration see section 7.8, p. 36. + + +

+

7.3 Uninstalling TEX Live

+

The tab labelled Remove the TeX Live installation opens a window which contains functionality not worth +describing and we do not know who would need it and what it is for...:-) +

Anyway, if you have the texmf-local directory for your local additions, the removal procedure will +not wipe it out or delete things in it. The setup-win32 directory containing tlpmgui and +related files will not be deleted. You will have to do some manual cleanup to actually remove +them. +

+

7.4 Adding your own packages to the installation

+

First, whatever changes you make, do not forget to rebuild the ls-R database files. Otherwise, +your new files will not be found. You can do this either via the tlpmgui run and selection of the +appropriate action from the Manage the installation tab, or manually running the mktexlsr +command. +

If you want to add files that are not provided by the TEX Live distribution, it is recommended to put +them in the $TEXMFLOCAL directory. This way, you will be safe against upgrades of the TEX Live +software. +

The directory pointed to by $TEXMFLOCAL is initially empty. If, for example, you want to add the +support file for the Maple symbolic computation program, you will have to put the style files +in: +
c:\TeXLive2005\texmf-local\tex\latex\maple\ +
and the documentation files in: +
c:\TeXLive2005\texmf-local\doc\latex\maple\ +

+

7.5 Running tlmp.exe from the command line

+

The tlpm.exe program which is used as engine by tlpmgui has a number of other useful options. You can +get the list by running: + + +
+
+  tlpm --help +
+
+
+

+

More information and examples of use can be found in tlpm.readme. +

+

7.6 Network installation

+

Kpathsea knows about UNC names, so you can use them to get your TEXMF tree from the network. +But there is better than this. All the support files and configuration files, everything except the files in +the bin/win32 are shareable with a teTEX or Unix TEX Live installation. That means you can use +Samba either to mount from an NT server to a Unix workstation or the converse. Several strategies are +possible: +

    +
  • Put everything on the server. Just add each set of files for the OS and architecture you want + to use in the bin directory. That means for example bin/win32 and bin/i386-linux. + Next configure your main variables. You can use UNC names to point to the right directories + under Win32. +
  • +
  • Install a local copy for the binaries and format files. In this case, assign $TEXMFMAIN to the + main texmf tree that will be accessed remotely. Set $TEXMFVAR to be a local directory + which will hold local configuration files and on-the-fly generated files.
+

+

7.7 What’s different in Windows?

+

The Windows version of Web2C has some specific features that should be pointed out. +

+

+Kpathsea
The hash-tables that Kpathsea builds are quite large for the TEX Live. In order to + cut down the starting time of any Kpathsea-enabled program, these hash-tables have been + put in shared memory. This way, when you chain the execution of several such programs, + like tex calling mpost calling tex, the overhead when starting each of the subprograms + is reduced. This change is hidden to the user, except if you set the debug flag of kpathsea + to the -1 value: you will then trace access to the shared memory, which is not what you + want (it is accessed very often!). What is useful in a log trace of the shared memory access + is still to be defined, so the situation might evolve in the future. +
+kpsecheck
This command provides some options that did not fit well into kpsewhich. It will allow + you to list all the files that occur multiple times across your texmf trees. This could be + handy, but most of the time you will also get unwanted output (like dozens of README files). + It is noticeable that all these files result in clashes inside the Kpathsea-hashing mechanism; + fortunately, Kpathsea never looks for these files. For this reason, you can combine the -multiple-occurrences with 2 other options for including or excluding any filename that + match some pattern (you can request for several patterns). + +

The kpsecheck command will also report the status of shared memory: in use or not used. + That might be useful to know because if the status reported is ‘in use’, that means one or + several processes are working, and the effect of any mktexlsr command will be delayed until + the next time where no Kpathsea linked process will be running. +

Last, this same command will report about the location it thinks Ghostscript can be found. + Under Win32, for many programs, it is easier to use the Ghostscript dll, and find it by using + the Ghostscript registry key than to change the PATH, which has a limited length anyway. +

+Web2C
The engines have a few more options than in Unix Web2C, and one option with a different + behavior: +
    +
  • -halt-on-error stop the compilation at the first error. +
  • +
  • -job-time set the job time to the same timestamp as the file given in argument. +
  • +
  • -oem use the DOS codepage for console output. +
  • +
  • -output-directory allow to write all the output files in the specified directory. +
  • +
  • -time-statistics print statistics about the job run time. It is to be noted that + Win9x not being a true multitasking operating system, it has no reliable timer for short + periods, so the value printed is an approximation. Under NT/2K/XP, the result is quite + accurate with user time and system time values allocated for this run. For Unix users: + the time command is not usually available to Windows users.
+
+

+

7.8 Personal configurations

+

+

7.8.1 Dvips
+

The configuration file for dvips can be found in +
C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-var\dvips\config\config.ps +
You may open it with any editor and change some parameters: +

+

+fonts
you can change the default printer Metafont mode or printer resolution in case dvips needs + to generate PK fonts. By default it is configured to use Type 1 versions of the CM fonts, so + it should not call mktexpk too often; +
+printer
you can tell dvips where you want to print by default. If the o option is not followed by a + printer name, then a .ps PostScript file is written. You can give dvips a printer name such + as: + + +
+
+  o lpt1: +
  % o | lpr -S server -P myprinter +
  % o \\server\myprinter +
+
+
+

+

+paper
Next, you might want to change the paper size from European (A4) to US letter by + making the US letter the first paper size mentioned in the file. Scroll to the group of + lines beginning with @. Move the appropriate lines so that this section begins with the + lines: +
  @ letterSize 8.5in 11in +
  @ letter 8.5in 11in +
  @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Letter +
  @+ letter +
  @+ %%EndPaperSize
+

The current TEX Live distribution implements the procedure of making always up-to-date fontmaps +files for Dvips and Pdftex. This is done by the updmap program during installation, as well as during +any font package addition. If you add new packages by hand, edit the file updmap.cfg in $TEXMFVAR/web2c. +

+

7.8.2 PdfTeX
+

If you use the program pdflatex to write PDF format directly, and you are using US letter-size paper, +edit the file C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-var\tex\generic\config\pdftexconfig.tex and change +‘\pdfpagewidth’ and ‘\pdfpageheight’. These entries should read:

+

+\pdfpagewidth=8.5 true in +\pdfpageheight=11 true in +
+
Save the file and exit the editor. +

+

7.8.3 GSView
+

GSView is now distributed under the Aladdin License, and therefore is no longer included in TEX +Live. +

If you may want to change the page size to US letter size. If so, open GSView from the Start menu, +and select MediaLetter. +

Also, there are menu settings that are supposed to give you the most readable screen image. On +MediaDisplay Settings, set both Text Alpha and Graphics Alpha to 4 bits. +

Note that the installation process has set all .ps and .eps files to automatically open with +GSView. + +

For printing instructions, see section 7.10 below. +

+

7.8.4 WinDvi
+

The tlpmgui.exe program takes care of associating the files with the .dvi extension with Windvi, but it +doesn’t make an icon on the desktop, so please do it yourself. +

Open windvi by clicking an icon or from the command line. +

You can set it for US letter-size paper by going to ViewOptionsPapertype and selecting US (8.5" x +11") (and then OK. Exit windvi. +

You can change other parameters from there as well, such as the ability to execute system commands +specified by the document (disabled by default for security reasons). Also, the first time you view any +.dvi file, you may find the magnification too large. Zoom out until you get an appropriate +size. +

All configuration settings for windvi are stored in a file named windvi.cnf file. You can find it by +running this command at the prompt: + + +
+
+  c:\>kpsewhich --expand-var $HOME/windvi.cnf +
+
+
+

+

Should you have problems with windvi, please remove the configuration file and test your problem +against a vanilla configuration. +

+

7.9 Testing

+

For generic verification procedures, see section 4.2 (p. 27). This section describes Windows-specific +tests. +

Open the file sample2e.tex in your editor (Xemacs, WinShell), found in C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-dist\tex\latex\base. The LATEX source should appear on the screen. +Process it by clicking on the CommandLaTeX menu (XEmacs) or LATEX icon on the toolbar +(WinShell), then view it by clicking on the CommandView DVI menu (XEmacs) or Preview (Windvi) +icon (WinShell). +

At first, when you preview files with Windvi, it will create fonts because screen fonts were not +installed. After a while, you will have created most of the fonts you use, and you will rarely see the +font-creation window. +

Hint for the future: If a LATEX run stops because LATEX cannot find a file, you can press +Ctrl-z to quit. +

+

7.10 Printing

+

It is possible to print from Windvi. In this case, printing will be done using the Windows unified printer +driver. By definition, it is compatible with all printers. However, there is some drawback: it can generate +some huge spool files, and some (older) versions of Windows just don’t like them. The advantage is +that you can use features like embedding BMP or WMF images. You also need to make +sure that the printer parameters are correctly set (subsection 7.8.4), else you will get scaled +printing (printing at 600dpi on a 300dpi printer will give you only one quadrant of your +page). +

Printing is faster and more reliable if you run dvips to make a .ps file and then print from GSView. In +GSview, select FilePrint.... A Print window will appear. +

If you are using a PostScript printer, be sure to select PostScript Printer. This is done in the Print +Method box at the bottom left of the Print window. You can then select any of the printers that you have +previously installed. If you fail to check the box for PostScript Printer, printing will not +work. +

If you will be using your own non-PostScript printer, select Ghostscript device in the Print Method +box, then click on the button to the right labelled djet500 and select your printer type from the list that +pops up. (In the older version of GSView, make sure PostScript Printer is not selected, then select +your printer type from the Device list.) +

+

7.11 Tips and tricks for Win32

+ + +

+

7.11.1 Different flavors of Win32
+

What we call Win32 is not an operating system by itself. It is a large set of functions (around 12,000 in +the header files of the Microsoft SDK) that you can use to write programs for different operating systems +of the Windows family. +

Windows comes in different flavors: +

    +
  • Win95, Win98 and WinME, which are not true multitasking, multithreading environments. + They are the latest — and hopefully last — metamorphosis of DOS. This can be more or less + proven by the fact that when booting, the PC will load the command.com interpreter, and + if you stop the boot process at this point, you can ask for the current (DOS) version and it + will answer something like ‘MS-DOS 7.0’ (at least for the old versions of Win9x). +
  • +
  • Windows NT, which is a new operating system written from scratch, capable of true + multitasking behavior, and including many high level features. +
  • +
  • Windows 2000, based on NT, with all the bells and whistles of Win98. +
  • +
  • Windows XP, which comes with Personal and Pro flavors. This is the last step in merging + both lines of products (Win9x based and NT based). XP is based on NT.
+

Win9x are able to run 32 bits programs and 16 bits programs concurrently. But the operating +system by itself is not entirely written in 32 bits mode, and does not support memory protection: 16bits +applications can overwrite parts of the operating system memory! Some parts of the system like the GDI +(Graphical Device Interface) manage limited resources like bitmaps, fonts, pens and so on for the +set of all programs that run concurrently. All the bitmaps headers available at the same +time can’t amount for more than 64kB. This explains the performance tool and the fact +that you can put your system on his knees by making intensive use of graphic objects for +example. +

NT, 2K and XP do not suffer from these limitations, and neither from other Win9x limitations. They +are true multitasking environments, with protected memory. They are much more responsive than Win9x +because of better memory management, better file system and so on. +

+

7.11.2 Command line prompt
+

You may wonder, “Why would I need to use a command line prompt when I have Windows?” +

Good question. The problem is of very general nature. Not all operations can be done easily using +only a GUI. Command line gives you programming power — assuming a clever command +interpreter. +

But the problem here is more fundamental: TEX is a batch tool. Not an interactive one. TEX needs +to compute the best layout for each page, resolve cross-references and so on. This can be +done only by a global processing of the document. It is not (yet) a task that can be done +interactively. +

This means that you should use TEX from a command line. In fact the situation is not so bad. There +is an advantage to write command line tools for complex processing: they are better debugged, because +they are independent of any GUI problems, and GUI tools can be designed to interface to the command +line tools. This is the case for TEX, where you will mostly interact with it through a GUI text +editor. + + +

However, you may need to use the command line prompt in a number of situations. One is when you +are having difficulties and want to debug your setup. +

+

+Win9x
You can open a command line prompt by looking either for the MS-DOS icon in the + StartPrograms menu, or by choosing StartRun menu typing in command.com as the + progrm name. +
+NT, 2K, XP
You can open a command line prompt by looking for Command Prompt in the + StartAccessories menu. You can also choose StartRun and type in cmd.exe, which is the + name of the brand new command interpreter for NT (thus, it is untrue to call this a DOS + box!).
+

These locations may change across different Windows versions. +

+

7.11.3 Path separators
+

The Win32 API understands both / and \ characters as PATH separators. But the command +interpreters do not! So whenever a path name is used programmatically, you can use both separators, +and even mix them up in the same path name. But on the command line, you must type \ as path +separator. The reason is compatibility: the command processor used ‘/’ to introduce arguments to +commands. +

All this to say: do not be surprised to read path names written using the Unix convention; fpTEX is a +port of Web2C, and aims to be compatible across platforms. For this reason, all the configuration files +that need to specify path names use the Unix convention. +

+

7.11.4 File systems
+

The worst feature of Win9x with regard to TEX is probably the so-called FAT file system. TEX uses +very many small files, with size around 1–3kB. The FAT file system is old, and predates by decades the +multi-gigabytes hard disks we have today. As a result, it cannot manage efficiently the tens of thousands +of TEX files found in TEX Live. The FAT file system allocates a minimum of 32kB for any +file on a huge partition. It means that TEX will use much more disk space than it actually +needs. +

The other, more modern, file systems available, FAT32 and NTFS, do not have this drawback. They +manage clusters of 4kB only. (You can lower the limit to 512 bytes on NTFS.) +

+

7.11.5 How to add some directory to your PATH
+

There are pairs of variables and values which behave much like global variables inside your programs. +The set of those variables is called the environment. Each program is initialized with a copy of the +environment when it is run. It can request and change the value of any variable. The changes +happen in the copy of the environment, and is not at all propagated to the other running +programs. +

Your PATH is a special environment variable used to search for programs you want to run. There is a +different procedure to change it for Win9x, WinME and NT/2K/XP: +

+ + +

+Windows 95/98
Edit your autoexec.bat. In this file should be a line starting with PATH= and + followed by a list of directories separated by ;. Please add the directory with the executables in + this line. After this, this line could look as follows: + + +
+
+  PATH=c:\windows;c:\windows\system;c:\TeXLive2005\bin\win32 +
+
+
+

+

+Windows ME
You need to run the special program c:\windows\system\msconfig.exe to be able to + change any environment variable. From this program, select the ‘Environment’ tab, and then add + or modify the variable you want. You will be asked to reboot the machine upon any + change. +
+Windows NT/2K/XP
Click left on StartSettingsControl Panel. Now the window with the control + panel icons opens. Double click on System. The System Properties window opens. Click on the tab + Environment or look for a button named Environment Variables among the dialog boxes. Now + you can change the environment variables for your user account. Note: There are also + displayed the environment settings for the system. Normally, you can’t change the + system variables unless you have administrator rights on your machine. If you want to + change the PATH for all users, you will have to contact your system administrator or be + the system administrator yourself — in the latter case you should know what you are + doing. +

If there is already a PATH setting for your user account, left click on PATH. In the field + Variable appears PATH while the field Value shows the current setting of PATH as a list of + directories separated by ;. Add the directory where the executables are located (e.g. c:\TeXLive2005\bin\win32). If there isn’t a PATH variable for your user account, simply click in + the field Variable and type in PATH, click in the field Value and type in the directory with the + executables. Important: Click on the Apply button before clicking Ok, otherwise the + changes to PATH won’t apply to your system. Be careful when changing the environment + settings.

+

The best way to be sure that a variable has been properly set is to open a console and +type: + + +
+
+  set VARIABLE +
+
+
+

which should return the corresponding value. +

+

7.11.6 TEX engines
+

If you have a look at the Web2C documentation, you will read that all the various TEX +derived programs use the same base engine. For example, tex.exe and latex.exe are exact +copies of the same program, but each one will use a different format file, based on its calling +name. +

Under Unix, this feature is implemented through symbolic links. It saves up a bit of disk space, +because some engines are used with many different format files. +

The Win32 API does not know about file links. So to save up almost the same amount of memory, all +the TEX base engines have been put in DLLs (Dynamic Linked Library). This means that you will have +the following layout:

+

+18/09/2005  14:19                3 584 latex.exe +
18/09/2005  14:19                3 584 pdfetex.exe +
18/09/2005  14:19              524 288 tl90pdfetex.dll +
+
and the latex.exe file is nothing but a rough copy of pdfetex.exe using the same core tl90pdfetex.dll. The same trick has been used for the mktex*.exe family of programs which are +linked to the mktex.dll library. +

In fact, a generic tool called irun.exe is provided to build the equivalent of Unix hard links for +executable files only under Win32. +

+

7.12 In case of problems

+

+

7.12.1 What to do if latex does not find your files?
+
    +
  • kpsewhich is the tool of choice to debug any problem. Unfortunately, kpsewhich outputs debug + information to stderr, and the older Windows consoles do not know how to redirect stderr + to a file. (NT and Windows 2000 consoles know how to do that. But the trick will work for + any console.) For diagnostic purposes you can temporarily set an environment variable (in + a DOS box): + + +
    +
    +  SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=err.log +
    +
    +
    +

    You can also set the debug level: + + +
    +
    +  SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG=-1 +
    +
    +
    +

    +

    If you want to redirect stderr to stdout, which is not possible Windows, then do: + + +
    +
    +  SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=con: +
    +
    +
    +

    This way you can capture both stdout and stderr in the same file. +

  • +
  • Assuming the installation has been done in c:/TeX, check the following values: +
    + + + +
    kpsewhich␣-expand-path␣$SELFAUTOPARENT c:/TeX
    kpsewhich␣-expand-path␣$TEXMF c:/TeX/texmf....
    kpsewhich␣-expand-path␣$TEXMFCNF .;c:/TeX/texmf-var/web2c;
    kpsewhich␣-expand-var␣$TEXINPUTS .;c:/TeX/texmf/tex//
    +
  • +
  • If you have other TEX-related values already set in your environment, please, remove them. They + are overriding the ones in texmf.cnf. +
  • +
  • Check the values from: +
    + +
    kpsewhich cmr10.tfm c:/TeX/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
    kpsewhich latex.fmt c:/TeX/texmf/web2c/latex.fmt
    +
  • +
  • At this point, if everything is correct, TEX and friends should work. If it is not the case, you will + need to play with the -debug=n option from kpsewhich, and check back all the values. Try to + identify and report the problem.
+

+

7.12.2 What to do if your setup still does not work as expected?
+

Here are several questions to investigate: +

+

    +
  1. Is tex.exe in my PATH? +
  2. +
  3. Is the TEXMFCNF variable correctly set to c:/TeXLive2005/texmf-var/web2c (default + value)? +
  4. +
  5. Are there any errors in the log file generated by the tlmpgui.exe program? tlmpgui.log + can be found in your TEMP directory. You can find this by searching for the string ‘Error’. + Hint: the log file can show some errors after building all format files. Please do not panic: + perhaps some formats weren’t already installed. +
  6. +
  7. Are there any relevant bug fixes at http://tug.org/texlive/? (Unlikely, but it doesn’t + hurt to check.) +
+ +

The TEX Live software consists of hundreds of programs and tens of thousands of files, all from +varying sources. So it is quite difficult to predict all possible causes for problems. Nevertheless, we will do +our best to help you. (See section 1.2, p. 5.) +

+

8 A user’s guide to Web2C

+

Web2C is an integrated collection of TEX-related programs: TEX itself, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, +etc. It is the heart of TEX Live. +

A bit of history: The original implementation was by Tomas Rokicki who, in 1987, developed a first +TEX-to-C system based on change files under Unix, which were primarily the original work +of Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis. Tim Morgan became the maintainer of the system, +and during this period the name changed to Web-to-C. In 1990, Karl Berry took over the +work, assisted by dozens of additional contributors, and in 1997 he handed the baton to Olaf +Weber. +

The Web2C system runs on Unix, 32-bit Windows systems, Mac OS X, and other operating systems. +It uses Knuth’s original sources for TEX and other basic programs written in web and translates them +into C source code. The core TEX programs are: +

+

+ bibtex
Maintaining bibliographies. +
+ dmp
troff to MPX (MetaPost pictures). +
+ dvicopy
Expands virtual font references in DVI files. +
+ dvitomp
DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures). +
+ dvitype
DVI to human-readable text. +
+ gftodvi
Generic font proofsheets. +
+ gftopk
Generic to packed fonts. +
+ gftype
GF to human-readable text. +
+ makempx
MetaPost label typesetting. +
+ mf
Creating typeface families. +
+ mft
Prettyprinting Metafont source. +
+ mpost
Creating technical diagrams. +
+ mpto
MetaPost label extraction. +
+ newer
Compare modification times. + +
+ patgen
Creating hyphenation patterns. +
+ pktogf
Packed to generic fonts. +
+ pktype
PK to human-readable text. +
+ pltotf
Plain text property list to TFM. +
+ pooltype
Display web pool files. +
+ tangle
web to Pascal. +
+ tex
Typesetting. +
+ tftopl
TFM to plain text property list. +
+ vftovp
Virtual font to virtual property list. +
+ vptovf
Virtual property list to virtual font. +
+ weave
web to TEX.
+

The precise functions and syntax of these programs are described in the documentation of the individual +packages and of Web2C itself. However, knowing a few principles governing the whole family of programs +will help you take advantage of your Web2C installation. +

All programs honor these standard GNU options: +

+ --help
print basic usage summary. +
+ --verbose
print detailed progress report. +
+ --version
print version information, then exit.
+

For locating files the Web2C programs use the path searching library Kpathsea. This +library uses a combination of environment variables and a configuration files to optimize +searching the (huge) collection of TEX files. Web2C can look at more than one directory +tree simultaneously, which is useful in maintaining TEX’s standard distribution and local +extensions in two distinct trees. To speed up file searches the root of each tree has a file +ls-R, containing an entry showing the name and relative pathname for all files under that +root. +

+

8.1 Kpathsea path searching

+

Let us first describe the generic path searching mechanism of the Kpathsea library. + + +

We call a search path a colon- or semicolon-separated list of path elements, which are basically +directory names. A search path can come from (a combination of) many sources. To look up a file +‘my-file’ along a path ‘.:/dir’, Kpathsea checks each element of the path in turn: first ./my-file, +then /dir/my-file, returning the first match (or possibly all matches). +

In order to adapt optimally to all operating systems’ conventions, on non-Unix systems Kpathsea can +use filename separators different from colon (‘:’) and slash (‘/’). +

To check a particular path element p, Kpathsea first checks if a prebuilt database (see “Filename +database” on page 55) applies to p, i.e., if the database is in a directory that is a prefix of p. If so, the +path specification is matched against the contents of the database. +

If the database does not exist, or does not apply to this path element, or contains no matches, the +filesystem is searched (if this was not forbidden by a specification starting with ‘!!’ and if the file being +searched for must exist). Kpathsea constructs the list of directories that correspond to this path element, +and then checks in each for the file being sought. +

The “file must exist” condition comes into play with ‘.vf’ files and input files read by TEX’s \openin +command. Such files may not exist (e.g., cmr10.vf), and so it would be wrong to search the disk for +them. Therefore, if you fail to update ls-R when you install a new ‘.vf’ file, it will never be found. Each +path element is checked in turn: first the database, then the disk. If a match is found, the search stops +and the result is returned. +

Although the simplest and most common path element is a directory name, Kpathsea supports +additional features in search paths: layered default values, environment variable names, config +file values, users’ home directories, and recursive subdirectory searching. Thus, we say that +Kpathsea expands a path element, meaning it transforms all the specifications into basic +directory name or names. This is described in the following sections in the same order as it takes +place. +

Note that if the filename being searched for is absolute or explicitly relative, i.e., starts with ‘/’ or +‘./’ or ‘../’, Kpathsea simply checks if that file exists. +

+

8.1.1 Path sources
+

A search path can come from many sources. In the order in which Kpathsea uses them: +

+

    +
  1. A user-set environment variable, for instance, TEXINPUTS. Environment variables with a + period and a program name appended override; e.g., if ‘latex’ is the name of the program + being run, then TEXINPUTS.latex will override TEXINPUTS. +
  2. +
  3. A program-specific configuration file, for example, a line ‘S /a:/b’ in dvips’s config.ps. +
  4. +
  5. A Kpathsea configuration file texmf.cnf, containing a line like ‘TEXINPUTS=/c:/d’ (see + below). +
  6. +
  7. The compile-time default.
+

You can see each of these values for a given search path by using the debugging options (see “Debugging +actions” on page 59). + + +

+

8.1.2 Config files
+

Kpathsea reads runtime configuration files named texmf.cnf for search path and other definitions. The +search path used to look for these files is named TEXMFCNF (by default such a file lives in the +texmf/web2c subdirectory). All texmf.cnf files in the search path will be read and definitions in earlier +files override those in later files. Thus, with a search path of .:$TEXMF, values from ./texmf.cnf override +those from $TEXMF/texmf.cnf. +

    +
  • Comments start with % and continue to the end of the line. +
  • +
  • Blank lines are ignored. +
  • +
  • A \ at the end of a line acts as a continuation character, i.e., the next line is appended. + Whitespace at the beginning of continuation lines is not ignored. +
  • +
  • Each remaining line has the form:
    +

    +   variable[.progname] [=] value +
    +
    where the ‘=’ and surrounding whitespace are optional. +
  • +
  • The variable name may contain any character other than whitespace, ‘=’, or ‘.’, but sticking to + ‘A-Za-z_’ is safest. +
  • +
  • If ‘.progname’ is present, the definition only applies if the program that is running is named + progname or progname.exe. This allows different flavors of TEX to have different search paths, for + example. +
  • +
  • value may contain any characters except % and ‘@’. The $var.prog feature is not available on the + right-hand side; instead, you must use an additional variable. A ‘;’ in value is translated to ‘:’ if + running under Unix; this is useful to be able to have a single texmf.cnf for Unix, MS-DOS and + Windows systems. +
  • +
  • All definitions are read before anything is expanded, so variables can be referenced before they are + defined.
+

A configuration file fragment illustrating most of these points is shown below: +

+

+  TEXMF              = {$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN} +
  TEXINPUTS.latex    = .;$TEXMF/tex/{latex,generic;}// +
  TEXINPUTS.fontinst = .;$TEXMF/tex//;$TEXMF/fonts/afm// +
  % e-TeX related files +
  TEXINPUTS.elatex   = .;$TEXMF/{etex,tex}/{latex,generic;}// +
  TEXINPUTS.etex     = .;$TEXMF/{etex,tex}/{eplain,plain,generic;}// +
+ + +

+

8.1.3 Path expansion
+

Kpathsea recognizes certain special characters and constructions in search paths, similar to those +available in Unix shells. As a general example, the complex path, ~$USER/{foo,bar}//baz, expands to +all subdirectories under directories foo and bar in $USER’s home directory that contain a directory or file +baz. These expansions are explained in the sections below. +

8.1.4 Default expansion
+

If the highest-priority search path (see “Path sources” on page 50) contains an extra colon (i.e., leading, +trailing, or doubled), Kpathsea inserts at that point the next-highest-priority search path that is defined. +If that inserted path has an extra colon, the same happens with the next highest. For example, given an +environment variable setting +

+

+> setenv TEXINPUTS /home/karl: +
+
and a TEXINPUTS value from texmf.cnf of +
+

+  .:$TEXMF//tex +
+
then the final value used for searching will be: +
+

+  /home/karl:.:$TEXMF//tex +
+
+

Since it would be useless to insert the default value in more than one place, Kpathsea changes only +one extra ‘:’ and leaves any others in place. It checks first for a leading ‘:’, then a trailing ‘:’, then a +doubled ‘:’. +

+

8.1.5 Brace expansion
+

A useful feature is brace expansion, which means that, for instance, v{a,b}w expands to vaw:vbw. +Nesting is allowed. This is used to implement multiple TEX hierarchies, by assigning a brace list to +$TEXMF. For example, in texmf.cnf, the following definition (appproximately; there are actually even +more trees) is made: + + +
+
+    TEXMF = {$TEXMFHOME,$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFVAR,!!$TEXMFMAIN} +
+
+
+

Using this you can then write something like + + +
+
+    TEXINPUTS = .;$TEXMF/tex// +
+
+
+

which means that, after looking in the current directory, the $TEXMFHOME/tex, $TEXMFLOCAL/tex, +$TEXMFVAR/tex and $TEXMFMAIN/tex trees only) will be searched (the last two use using ls-R data base +files). It is a convenient way for running two parallel TEX structures, one “frozen” (on a CD, for +instance) and the other being continuously updated with new versions as they become available. By +using the $TEXMF variable in all definitions, one is sure to always search the up-to-date tree +first. +

+

8.1.6 Subdirectory expansion
+

Two or more consecutive slashes in a path element following a directory d is replaced by all +subdirectories of d: first those subdirectories directly under d, then the subsubdirectories under those, +and so on. At each level, the order in which the directories are searched is unspecified. +

If you specify any filename components after the ‘//’, only subdirectories with matching components +are included. For example, ‘/a//b’ expands into directories /a/1/b, /a/2/b, /a/1/1/b, and so on, but +not /a/b/c or /a/1. +

Multiple ‘//’ constructs in a path are possible, but ‘//’ at the beginning of a path is +ignored. +

+

8.1.7 List of special characters and their meaning: a summary
+

The following list summarizes the special characters in Kpathsea configuration files. +

+

+ :
Separator in path specification; at the beginning or the end of a path it substitutes the + default path expansion. +
+ ;
Separator on non-Unix systems (acts like :). +
+ $
Variable expansion. +
+ ~
Represents the user’s home directory. +
+ {...}
Brace expansion. +
+ //
Subdirectory expansion (can occur anywhere in a path, except at its beginning). +
+ %
Start of comment. +
+ \
Continuation character (allows multi-line entries). + + +
+ !!
Search only database to locate file, do not search the disk.
+

+

8.2 Filename databases

+

Kpathsea goes to some lengths to minimize disk accesses for searches. Nevertheless, at installations with +enough directories, searching each possible directory for a given file can take an excessively long time +(this is especially true if many hundreds of font directories have to be traversed.) Therefore, Kpathsea +can use an externally-built plain text “database” file named ls-R that maps files to directories, thus +avoiding the need to exhaustively search the disk. +

A second database file aliases allows you to give additional names to the files listed in ls-R. This +can be helpful to confirm to DOS 8.3 filename conventions in source files. +

+

8.2.1 The filename database
+

As explained above, the name of the main filename database must be ls-R. You can put one at the +root of each TEX hierarchy in your installation that you wish to be searched ($TEXMF by +default); most sites have only one hierarchy. Kpathsea looks for ls-R files along the TEXMFDBS +path. +

The recommended way to create and maintain ‘ls-R’ is to run the mktexlsr script included with the +distribution. It is invoked by the various ‘mktex’... scripts. In principle, this script just runs the +command

+

+cd /your/texmf/root && \ls -1LAR ./ >ls-R +
+
presuming your system’s ls produces the right output format (GNU ls is all right). To ensure that +the database is always up-to-date, it is easiest to rebuild it regularly via cron, so that it is +automatically updated when the installed files change, such as after installing or updating a LATEX +package. +

If a file is not found in the database, by default Kpathsea goes ahead and searches the disk. If a +particular path element begins with ‘!!’, however, only the database will be searched for that element, +never the disk. +

+

8.2.2 kpsewhich: Standalone path searching
+

The kpsewhich program exercises path searching independent of any particular application. This can be +useful as a sort of find program to locate files in TEX hierarchies (this is used heavily in the distributed +‘mktex’... scripts). +

+

+> kpsewhich option... filename... + + +
+
The options specified in option start with either ‘-’ or ‘--’, and any unambiguous abbreviation is +accepted. +

Kpathsea looks up each non-option argument on the command line as a filename, and returns the +first file found. There is no option to return all the files with a particular name (you can run the Unix +‘find’ utility for that). +

The more important options are described next. +

+

+ --dpi=num
Set the resolution to num; this only affects ‘gf’ and ‘pk’ lookups. ‘-D’ is a synonym, + for compatibility with dvips. Default is 600. +
+ --format=name
+
Set the format for lookup to name. By default, the format is guessed from the filename. For + formats which do not have an associated unambiguous suffix, such as MetaPost support files + and dvips configuration files, you have to specify the name as known to Kpathsea, such as + tex or enc files. Run kpsewhich --help for a list. +
+ --mode=string
+
Set the mode name to string; this only affects ‘gf’ and ‘pk’ lookups. No default: any mode + will be found. +
+ --must-exist
+
Do everything possible to find the files, notably including searching the disk. By default, + only the ls-R database is checked, in the interest of efficiency. +
+ --path=string
+
Search along the path string (colon-separated as usual), instead of guessing the search path + from the filename. ‘//’ and all the usual expansions are supported. The options ‘--path’ + and ‘--format’ are mutually exclusive. +
+ --progname=name
+
Set the program name to name. This can affect the search paths via the .progname feature. + The default is kpsewhich. +
+ --show-path=name
+
shows the path used for file lookups of file type name. Either a filename extension (.pk, .vf, + etc.) or a name can be used, just as with ‘--format’ option. +
+ --debug=num
+
sets the debugging options to num.
+

+

8.2.3 Examples of use
+

Let us now have a look at Kpathsea in action. Here’s a straightforward search: +

+ + +

+> kpsewhich article.cls +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls +
+
We are looking for the file article.cls. Since the ‘.cls’ suffix is unambiguous we do not +need to specify that we want to look for a file of type tex (TEX source file directories). We +find it in the subdirectory tex/latex/base below the ‘texmf-distTEX Live  directory. +Similarly, all of the following are found without problems thanks to their unambiguous suffix. +
+

+> kpsewhich array.sty +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty +
> kpsewhich latin1.def +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def +
> kpsewhich size10.clo +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo +
> kpsewhich small2e.tex +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/small2e.tex +
> kpsewhich tugboat.bib +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/tugboat.bib +
+
+

That last is a BibTeX bibliography database for TUGBoat articles. +

+

+> kpsewhich cmr10.pk +
+
Font bitmap glyph files of type .pk are used by display programs like dvips and xdvi. Nothing is returned +in this case since there are no pre-generated Computer Modern ‘.pk’ files in TEX Live — the Type 1 +variants are used by default.
+

+> kpsewhich wsuipa10.pk +
   /usr/local/texmf-var/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/wsuipa/wsuipa10.600pk +
+
+

For these fonts (a phonetic alphabet from the University of Washington) we had to generate ‘.pk’ +files, and since the default Metafont mode on our installation is ljfour with a base resolution of 600dpi +(dots per inch), this instantiation is returned.

+

+> kpsewhich -dpi=300 wsuipa10.pk +
+
In this case, when specifying that we are interested in a resolution of 300dpi (-dpi=300) we see that no +such font is available on the system. A program like dvips or xdvi would go off and actually build the +required .pk files using the script mktexpk. + +

Next we turn our attention to dvips’s header and configuration files. We first look at one of the +commonly used files, the general prolog tex.pro for TEX support, before turning our attention to the +generic configuration file (config.ps) and the PostScript font map psfonts.map — as of 2004, map and +encoding files have their own search paths and new location in texmf trees. As the ‘.ps’ suffix is +ambiguous we have to specify explicitly which type we are considering (dvips config) for the file +config.ps.

+

+> kpsewhich tex.pro +
   /usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/tex.pro +
> kpsewhich --format="dvips config" config.ps +
   /usr/local/texmf/dvips/config/config.ps +
> kpsewhich psfonts.map +
   /usr/local/texmf/fonts/map/dvips/updmap/psfonts.map +
+
+

We now take a closer look at the URW Times PostScript support files. The prefix for these in the +standard font naming scheme is ‘utm’. The first file we look at is the configuration file, which contains the +name of the map file:

+

+> kpsewhich --format="dvips config" config.utm +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/dvips/psnfss/config.utm +
+
The contents of that file is
+

+  p +utm.map +
+
which points to the file utm.map, which we want to locate next.
+

+> kpsewhich utm.map +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/fonts/map/dvips/times/utm.map +
+
This map file defines the file names of the Type 1 PostScript fonts in the URW collection. Its contents +look like (we only show part of the lines):
+

+utmb8r  NimbusRomNo9L-Medi    ... <utmb8a.pfb +
utmbi8r NimbusRomNo9L-MediItal... <utmbi8a.pfb +
utmr8r  NimbusRomNo9L-Regu    ... <utmr8a.pfb +
utmri8r NimbusRomNo9L-ReguItal... <utmri8a.pfb +
utmbo8r NimbusRomNo9L-Medi    ... <utmb8a.pfb +
utmro8r NimbusRomNo9L-Regu    ... <utmr8a.pfb + +
+
Let us, for instance, take the Times Roman instance utmr8a.pfb and find its position in the texmf +directory tree with a search for Type 1 font files:
+

+> kpsewhich utmr8a.pfb +
   /usr/local/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/urw/times/utmr8a.pfb +
+
+

It should be evident from these examples how you can easily locate the whereabouts of a given file. +This is especially important if you suspect that the wrong version of a file is picked up somehow, since +kpsewhich will show you the first file encountered. +

+

8.2.4 Debugging actions
+

Sometimes it is necessary to investigate how a program resolves file references. To make this practical, +Kpathsea offers various levels of debugging output: +

+

+  1
stat calls (disk lookups). When running with an up-to-date ls-R database this should + almost give no output. +
+  2
References to hash tables (such as ls-R databases, map files, configuration files). +
+  4
File open and close operations. +
+  8
General path information for file types searched by Kpathsea. This is useful to find out where + a particular path for the file was defined. +
+ 16
Directory list for each path element (only relevant for searches on disk). +
+ 32
File searches.
+

A value of -1 will set all the above options; in practice, this is usually the most convenient. +

Similarly, with the dvips program, by setting a combination of debug switches, one can follow in detail +where files are being picked up from. Alternatively, when a file is not found, the debug trace shows in +which directories the program looks for the given file, so that one can get an indication what the +problem is. +

Generally speaking, as most programs call the Kpathsea library internally, one can select a debug +option by using the KPATHSEA_DEBUG environment variable, and setting it to (a combination of) values as +described in the above list. +

(Note for Windows users: it is not easy to redirect all messages to a file in this system. For diagnostic +purposes you can temporarily SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=err.log). +

Let us consider, as an example, a small LATEX source file, hello-world.tex, which contains the +following input. + + +
+
+    \documentclass{article} +
    \begin{document} +
    Hello World! +
    \end{document} +
+
+
+

This little file only uses the font cmr10, so let us look at how dvips prepares the PostScript file (we +want to use the Type 1 version of the Computer Modern fonts, hence the option -Pcms). +

+

+> dvips -d4100 hello-world -Pcms -o +
+
In this case we have combined dvips’s debug class 4 (font paths) with Kpathsea’s path element +expansion (see dvips Reference Manual, texmf/doc/html/dvips/dvips_toc.html). The output (slightly +rearranged) appears in Figure 1. +


+ + +
+debug:start search(file=texmf.cnf, must_exist=1, find_all=1, +
  path=.:/usr/local/bin/texlive:/usr/local/bin: +
       /usr/local/bin/texmf/web2c:/usr/local: +
       /usr/local/texmf/web2c:/.:/./teTeX/TeX/texmf/web2c:). +
kdebug:start search(file=ls-R, must_exist=1, find_all=1, +
  path=~/tex:/usr/local/texmf). +
kdebug:search(ls-R) =>/usr/local/texmf/ls-R +
kdebug:start search(file=aliases, must_exist=1, find_all=1, +
  path=~/tex:/usr/local/texmf). +
kdebug:search(aliases) => /usr/local/texmf/aliases +
kdebug:start search(file=config.ps, must_exist=0, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//). +
kdebug:search(config.ps) => /usr/local/texmf/dvips/config/config.ps +
kdebug:start search(file=/root/.dvipsrc, must_exist=0, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//). +
search(file=/home/goossens/.dvipsrc, must_exist=1, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//). +
kdebug:search($HOME/.dvipsrc) => +
kdebug:start search(file=config.cms, must_exist=0, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//). +
kdebug:search(config.cms) +
=>/usr/local/texmf/dvips/cms/config.cms +
+
Figure 1: Finding configuration files
+
+kdebug:start search(file=texc.pro, must\_exist=0, find\_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//: +
       ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//). +
kdebug:search(texc.pro) => /usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/texc.pro +
+
Figure 2: Finding the prolog file
+
+kdebug:start search(file=cmr10.tfm, must\_exist=1, find\_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/fonts/tfm//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm//: +
       /var/tex/fonts/tfm//). +
kdebug:search(cmr10.tfm) => /usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm +
kdebug:start search(file=texps.pro, must\_exist=0, find\_all=0, +
   ... +
<texps.pro> +
kdebug:start search(file=cmr10.pfb, must\_exist=0, find\_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//: +
       ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//). +
kdebug:search(cmr10.pfb) => /usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm/cmr10.pfb +
<cmr10.pfb>[1] +
+
Figure 3: Finding the font file
+ + +

+

dvips starts by locating its working files. First, texmf.cnf is found, which gives the definitions of the +search paths for the other files, then the file database ls-R (to optimize file searching) and the file +aliases, which makes it possible to declare several names (e.g., a short DOS-like 8.3 and a more natural +longer version) for the same file. Then dvips goes on to find the generic configuration file config.ps +before looking for the customization file .dvipsrc (which, in this case is not found). Finally, dvips locates +the config file for the Computer Modern PostScript fonts config.cms (this was initiated +with the -Pcms option on the dvips command). This file contains the list of the map files +which define the relation between the TEX, PostScript and file system names of the fonts. +

+

+> more /usr/local/texmf/dvips/cms/config.cms +
   p +ams.map +
   p +cms.map +
   p +cmbkm.map +
   p +amsbkm.map +
+
dvips thus goes on to find all these files, plus the generic map file psfonts.map, which is always loaded +(it contains declarations for commonly used PostScript fonts; see the last part of Section 8.2.3 for more +details about PostScript map file handling). +

At this point dvips identifies itself to the user:

+

+This is dvips(k) 5.92b Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software (www.radicaleye.com) +
+
Then it goes on to look for the prolog file texc.pro:
+

+
kdebug:start search(file=texc.pro, must_exist=0, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//: +
       ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//). +
kdebug:search(texc.pro) => /usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/texc.pro +
+
+

After having found the file in question, dvips outputs date and time, and informs us that it will +generate the file hello-world.ps, then that it needs the font file cmr10, and that the latter is declared +as “resident” (no bitmaps needed):

+

+
TeX output 1998.02.26:1204’ -> hello-world.ps +
Defining font () cmr10 at 10.0pt +
Font cmr10 <CMR10> is resident. +
+
Now the search is on for the file cmr10.tfm, which is found, then a few more prolog files (not shown) are +referenced, and finally the Type 1 instance cmr10.pfb of the font is located and included in the output +file (see last line).
+ + +

+
kdebug:start search(file=cmr10.tfm, must_exist=1, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/fonts/tfm//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm//: +
       /var/tex/fonts/tfm//). +
kdebug:search(cmr10.tfm) => /usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm +
kdebug:start search(file=texps.pro, must_exist=0, find_all=0, +
   ... +
<texps.pro> +
kdebug:start search(file=cmr10.pfb, must_exist=0, find_all=0, +
  path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//: +
       ~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//). +
kdebug:search(cmr10.pfb) => /usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm/cmr10.pfb +
<cmr10.pfb>[1] +
+
+

8.3 Runtime options

+

Another useful feature of Web2C is its possibility to control a number of memory parameters +(in particular, array sizes) via the runtime file texmf.cnf read by Kpathsea. The memory +settings can be found in Part 3 of that file in the TEX Live distribution. The more important +are: +

+

+ main_memory
Total words of memory available, for TEX, Metafont and MetaPost. You must + make a new format file for each different setting. For instance, you could generate a “huge” + version of TEX, and call the format file hugetex.fmt. Using the standard way of specifying + the program name used by Kpathsea, the particular value of the main_memory variable will + then be read from texmf.cnf. etc.). +
+ extra_mem_bot
Extra space for “large” TEX data structures: boxes, glue, breakpoints, etc. + Especially useful if you use PI CTEX. +
+ font_mem_size
Number of words for font information available for TEX. This is more or less + the total size of all TFM files read. +
+ hash_extra
Additional space for the hash table of control sequence names. Approximately 10,000 + control sequences can be stored in the main hash table; if you have a large book with + numerous cross-references, this might not be enough. The default value of hash_extra is + 50000.
+

Of course, this facility is no substitute for truly dynamic arrays and memory allocation, but since these +are extremely difficult to implement in the present TEX source, these runtime parameters provide a +practical compromise allowing some flexibility. +

+

9 Acknowledgements

+ + +

TEX Live is a joint effort by virtually all of the TEX user groups. This edition of TEX Live was +overseen by Sebastian Rahtz and Karl Berry. The other principal contributors are listed +below. +

    +
  • The German-speaking TEX Users (DANTE e.V.), who provide the hardware for the + TEX Live source repository; and Rainer Schöpf and Reinhard Zierke who look after it. + DANTE officers Volker Schaa and Klaus Höppner coordinate production with the Lehmann’s + Bookstore (http://www.lob.de). +
  • +
  • The Perforce corporation (http://www.perforce.com), for providing a free copy of their + excellent change management system, which we use to manage the TEX Live sources. +
  • +
  • Peter Breitenlohner and the e-TEX team for the stable foundation of future TEX’s. +
  • +
  • Thomas Esser, without whose marvelous teTEX package TEX Live would certainly not + exist, and whose continual help makes it a better product. +
  • +
  • Michel Goossens, who co-authored the original documentation. +
  • +
  • Eitan Gurari, whose TEX4ht was used to create the HTML version of this documentation, + and who worked tirelessly to improve it at short notice. +
  • +
  • Hans Hagen, for major testing and making the ConTEXt format conform to TEX Live’s + needs. +
  • +
  • Paweł Jackowski, for the Windows installer tlpm, and Tomasz Łuczak, for tlpmgui. +
  • +
  • Hàn Thê´ Thành, Martin Schröder, and the pdfTEX team for continuing enhancements of + TEX’s abilities. +
  • +
  • Petr Olsak, who coordinated and checked all the Czech and Slovak material very carefully. +
  • +
  • Fabrice Popineau, for the Windows binaries in TEX Live. +
  • +
  • Staszek Wawrykiewicz, the principal tester for all of TEX Live, and coordinator of the many + major Polish contributions: fonts, Windows installation, and more. +
  • +
  • Olaf Weber, for his patient assembly and maintenance of Web2C, upon which all else + depends. +
  • +
  • Gerben Wierda, for creating and maintaining the Mac OS X support, and much integration + and testing. +
  • +
  • Graham Williams, on whose work the catalogue of packages depends. +
+

Builders of the binaries: Tigran Aivazian (x86_64-linux), Manfred Lotz (i386-freebsd), Fabrice +Popineau (win32), Norbert Preining (alpha-linux), Vladimir Volovich (powerpc-aix, sparc-linux, +sparc-solaris), Staszek Wawrykiewicz (i386-linux), Olaf Weber (mips-irix), Gerben Wierda (i386-darwin, +powerpc-darwin). +

Documentation and translation updates: Karl Berry (English), Daniel Flipo & Fabrice Popineau + +(French), Günter Partosch & Hartmut Henkel (German), Petr Sojka & Jan Busa (Czech/Slovak), Boris +Veytsman (Russian), Staszek Wawrykiewicz (Polish). +

Of course the most important acknowledgement must go to Donald Knuth, first for inventing TEX, +and then for giving it to the world. +

+

10 Release history

+

+

10.1 Past

+

Discussion began in late 1993 when the Dutch TEX Users Group was starting work on its 4AllTEX CD +for MS-DOS users, and it was hoped at that time to issue a single, rational, CD for all systems. This was +too ambitious a target for the time, but it did spawn not only the very successful 4AllTEX +CD, but also the TUG Technical Council working group on a TEX Directory Structure (http://tug.org/tds), which specified how to create consistent and manageable collections of +TEX support files. A complete draft of the TDS was published in the December 1995 issue +of TUGboat, and it was clear from an early stage that one desirable product would be a +model structure on CD. The distribution you now have is a very direct result of the working +group’s deliberations. It was also clear that the success of the 4AllTEX CD showed that Unix +users would benefit from a similarly easy system, and this is the other main strand of TEX +Live. +

We first undertook to make a new Unix-based TDS CD in the autumn of 1995, and quickly identified +Thomas Esser’s teTEX as the ideal setup, as it already had multi-platform support and was built with +portability across file systems in mind. Thomas agreed to help, and work began seriously at the start of +1996. The first edition was released in May 1996. At the start of 1997, Karl Berry completed a major new +release of Web2c, which included nearly all the features which Thomas Esser had added in teTEX, and +we decided to base the 2nd edition of the CD on the standard Web2C, with the addition of teTEX’s +texconfig script. The 3rd edition of the CD was based on a major revision of Web2C, 7.2, by Olaf +Weber; at the same time, a new revision of teTEX was being made, and TEX Live included +almost all of its features. The 4th edition followed the same pattern, using a new version of +teTEX, and a new release of Web2C (7.3). The system now included a complete Windows +setup. +

For the 5th edition (March 2000) many parts of the CD were revised and checked, updating hundreds +of packages. Package details were stored in XML files. But the major change for TEX Live 5 was that all +non-free software was removed. Everything in TEX Live is now intended to be compatible with the +Debian Free Software Guidelines (http://www.debian.org/intro/free); we have done our best to +check the license conditions of all packages, but we would very much appreciate hearing of any +mistakes. +

The 6th edition (July 2001) had much more material updated. The major change was a new install +concept: the user could select a more exact set of needed collections. Language-related collections were +completely reorganized, so selecting any of them installs not only macros, fonts, etc., but also prepares an +appropriate language.dat. +

The 7th edition of 2002 had the notable addition of Mac OS X support, and the usual myriad of +updates to all sorts of packages and programs. An important goal was integration of the source back with +teTEX, to correct the drift apart in versions 5 and 6. +

+ + +

10.1.1 2003
+

In 2003, with the continuing flood of updates and additions, we found that TEX Live had grown so large +it could no longer be contained on a single CD, so we split it into three different distributions (see +section 2.1, p. 6). In addition: +

    +
  • At the request of the LATEX team, we changed the standard latex and pdflatex commands + to now use e-TEX (see p. 8). +
  • +
  • The new Latin Modern fonts were included (and are recommended). +
  • +
  • Support for Alpha OSF was removed (HPUX support was removed previously), since no one + had (or volunteered) hardware available on which to compile new binaries. +
  • +
  • Windows setup was substantially changed; for the first time an integrated environment based + on XEmacs was introduced. +
  • +
  • Important supplementary programs for Windows (Perl, Ghostscript, ImageMagick, Ispell) + are now installed in the TEX Live installation directory. +
  • +
  • Font map files used by dvips, dvipdfm and pdftex are now generated by the new program + updmap and installed into texmf/fonts/map. +
  • +
  • TEX, Metafont, and MetaPost now, by default, output most input characters (32 and above) + as themselves in output (e.g., \write) files, log files, and the terminal, i.e., not translated + using the ^^ notation. In TEX Live 7, this translation was dependent on the system locale + settings; now, locale settings do not influence the TEX programs’ behavior. If for some reason + you need the ^^ output, rename the file texmf/web2c/cp8bit.tcx. (Future releases will + have cleaner ways to control this.) +
  • +
  • This documentation was substantially revised. +
  • +
  • Finally, since the edition numbers had grown unwieldy, the version is now simply identified + by the year: TEX Live 2003.
+

+

10.1.2 2004
+

2004 saw many changes: +

    +
  • If you have locally-installed fonts which use their own .map or (much less likely) .enc support + files, you may need to move those support files. +

    .map files are now searched for in subdirectories of fonts/map only (in each texmf tree), + along the TEXFONTMAPS path. Similarly, .enc files are now searched for in subdirectories of + fonts/enc only, along the ENCFONTS path. updmap will attempt to warn about problematic + files. +

    For methods of handling this and other information, please see http://tug.org/texlive/mapenc.html. + +

  • +
  • The TEX Collection has been expanded with the addition of a MiKTEX-based installable + CD, for those who prefer that implementation to Web2C. See section 2 (p. 6). +
  • +
  • Within TEX Live, the single large texmf tree of previous releases has been replaced by three: + texmf, texmf-dist, and texmf-doc. See section 2.2 (p. 7), and the README files for each. +
  • +
  • All TEX-related input files are now collected in the tex subdirectory of texmf* trees, + rather than having separate sibling directories tex, etex, pdftex, pdfetex, etc. See + texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Extensions. +
  • +
  • Helper scripts (not meant to be invoked by users) are now located in a new scripts + directory of texmf* trees, and searched for via kpsewhich -format=texmfscripts. + So if you have programs which call such scripts, they’ll need to be adjusted. See + texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Scripts. +
  • +
  • Almost all formats leave most characters printable as themselves via the “translation + file” cp227.tcx, instead of translating them with the ^^ notation. Specifically, characters + at positions 32–256, plus tab, vertical tab, and form feed are considered printable and + not translated. The exceptions are plain TEX (only 32–126 printable), ConTEXt (0–255 + printable), and the Omega-related formats. This default behavior is almost the same as in + TEX Live 2003, but it’s implemented more cleanly, with more possibilities for customization. + See texmf/doc/web2c/web2c.html#TCX-files. (By the way, with Unicode input, TEX may + output partial character sequences when showing error contexts, since it is byte-oriented.) +
  • +
  • pdfetex is now the default engine for all formats except (plain) tex itself. (Of course + it generates DVI when run as latex, etc.) This means, among other things, that the + microtypographic features of pdftex are available in LATEX, ConTEXt, etc., as well as the + e-TEX features (texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/). +

    It also means it’s more important than ever to use the ifpdf package (works with both plain + and LATEX) or equivalent code, because simply testing whether \pdfoutput or some other + primitive is defined is not a reliable way to determine if PDF output is being generated. We + made this backward compatible as best we could this year, but next year, \pdfoutput may + be defined even when DVI is being written. +

  • +
  • pdfTEX (http://pdftex.org) has many new features: +
      +
    • \pdfmapfile and \pdfmapline provide font map support from within a document. +
    • +
    • Microtypographic font expansion can be used more easily. +
      http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-May/000504.html +
    • +
    • All parameters previously set through the special configuration file pdftex.cfg must + now be set through primitives, typically in pdftexconfig.tex; pdftex.cfg is no + longer supported. Any extant .fmt files must be redumped when pdftexconfig.tex + is changed. + +
    • +
    • See the pdfTEX manual for more: texmf/doc/pdftex/manual. +
    +
  • +
  • The \input primitive in tex (and mf and mpost) now accepts double quotes containing spaces and + other special characters. Typical examples: + + +
    +
    +  \input "filename with spaces"   % plain +
      \input{"filename with spaces"}  % latex +
    +
    +
    +

    See the Web2C manual for more: texmf/doc/web2c. +

  • +
  • encTEX support is now included within Web2C and consequently all TEX programs, via the -enc + option — only when formats are built. encTEX supports general re-encoding of input and output, + enabling full support of Unicode (in UTF-8). See texmf-dist/doc/generic/enctex/ and http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html. +
  • +
  • Aleph, a new engine combining e-TEX and Omega, is available. A little information is available in + texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base and http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=aleph. + The LATEX-based format for Aleph is named lamed. +
  • +
  • The latest LATEX release has a new version of the LPPL — now officially a Debian-approved + license. Assorted other updates, see the ltnews files in texmf-dist/doc/latex/base. +
  • +
  • dvipng, a new program for converting DVI to PNG image files, is included. See + texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1. +
  • +
  • We reduced the cbgreek package to a “medium” sized set of fonts, with the assent and advice of the + author (Claudio Beccari). The excised fonts are the invisible, outline, and transparency ones, which + are relatively rarely used, and we needed the space. The full set is of course available from CTAN (http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/cb). +
  • +
  • oxdvi has been removed; just use xdvi. +
  • +
  • The ini and vir commands (links) for tex, mf, and mpost are no longer created, such as initex. The + ini functionality has been available through the command-line option -ini for years + now. +
  • +
  • i386-openbsd platform support was removed. Since the tetex package in the BSD Ports system is + available, and GNU/Linux and FreeBSD binaries were available, it seemed volunteer time could be + better spent elsewhere. +
  • +
  • On sparc-solaris (at least), you may have to set the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment + variable to run the t1utils programs. This is because they are compiled with C++, and + there is no standard location for the runtime libraries. (This is not new in 2004, but + wasn’t previously documented.) Similarly, on mips-irix, the MIPSpro 7.4 runtimes are + required. +
+ + +

+

10.2 Present

+

2005 saw the usual huge number of updates to packages and programs. The infrastructure stayed +relatively stable from 2004, but inevitably there were some changes there as well: +

    +
  • New scripts texconfig-sys, updmap-sys, and fmtutil-sys were introduced, which modify the + configuration in the system trees. The texconfig, updmap, and fmtutil scripts now modify + user-specific files, under $HOME/.texlive2005. See section 4.1, p. 26. +
  • +
  • Corresponding new variables TEXMFCONFIG and TEXMFSYSCONFIG to specify the trees where + configuration files (user or system, respectively) are found. Thus, you may need to move + personal versions of fmtutil.cnf and updmap.cfg to these places; another option is to + redefine TEXMFCONFIG or TEXMFSYSCONFIG in texmf.cnf. In any case the real location of + these files and the values of TEXMFCONFIG and TEXMFSYSCONFIG must agree. See section 2.3, + p. 7. +
  • +
  • Last year, we kept \pdfoutput and other primitives undefined for DVI output, even though + the pdfetex program was being used. This year, as promised, we undid that compatibility + measure. So if your document uses \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined to test if PDF is being + output, it will need to be changed. You can use the package ifpdf.sty (which works under + both plain TEX and LATEX) to do this, or steal its logic. +
  • +
  • Last year, we changed most formats to output (8-bit) characters as themselves (see previous + section). The new TCX file empty.tcx now provides an easier way to get the original ^^ notation if + you so desire, as in: + + +
    +
    +  latex --translate-file=empty.tcx yourfile.tex +
    +
    +
    +

    +

  • +
  • The new program dvipdfmx is included for translation of DVI to PDF; this is an actively + maintained update of dvipdfm (which is also still available for now, though no longer + recommended). +
  • +
  • The new programs pdfopen and pdfclose are included to allow reloading of pdf files in the Adobe + Acrobat Reader without restarting the program. (Other pdf readers, notably xpdf, gv, and gsview, + have never suffered from this problem.) +
  • +
  • For consistency, the variables HOMETEXMF and VARTEXMF have been renamed to TEXMFHOME and + TEXMFSYSVAR, respectively. There is also TEXMFVAR, which is by default user-specific. See the first + point above. +
+

+

10.3 Future

+

TEX Live is not perfect! (And never will be.) We intend to continue to release new versions yearly, and +would like to provide more help material, more utilities, more installation programs, and (of course) an +ever-improved and checked tree of macros and fonts. This work is all done by hard-pressed volunteers in +their limited spare time, and a great deal remains to be done. If you can help, don’t hesitate to put your +name forward! +

Please send corrections, suggestions, and offers of help to: +

+

Sebastian Rahtz  /  7 Stratfield Road  /  Oxford OX2 7BG  /  UK +
tex-live@tug.org +
http://tug.org/texlive

+

Happy TEXing! +

1Not free, that is, in the sense of freedom to modify and redistribute, following free software guidelines. This does +not mean you can’t acquire them for no money.

+ + + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61609909b9b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5062bc0d229 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* $Id$ + Simple CSS for TeX Live that adds margins and a little color. + original by Bzyl Wlodzimierz, edited by Karl Berry, 2005. + Public domain. */ + +html { + // top left bottom right + margin: 15pt 15pt 15pt 15pt; + background: rgb(255,255,224); +} + +body { + margin: 0 5pt 0 5pt; + padding: 0; + //matw: background: rgb(224,255,224); + // (It looks better to me to have a consistent background --karl) +// fonts in browser are low resolution; +// therefore generated serif are poor quality, +// so they disturb reading (that is my opinion) + font-family: sans-serif; + font-style: normal; +} + +/* (It looks better to me to not vary colors at every level --karl) */ + +h3.sectionHead { + padding: 12pt 10pt 12pt 20pt; + //matw: background: rgb(192,224,255); + background: rgb(224,224,255); + color: rgb(0,0,32); +} + +h4.subsectionHead { + padding: 7pt 10pt 7pt 40pt; + background: rgb(224,224,255); + color: rgb(0,0,32); +} + +h5.subsubsectionHead { + padding: 3pt 10pt 3pt 40pt; + //matw: background: rgb(224,255,255); + background: rgb(224,224,255); + color: rgb(0,0,32); +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7816c1516b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-1 on page 12. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The right column shows the input text to be treated by +\LaTeX{} with preamble material shown in blue. In the +left column one sees the result after typesetting. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b769a8d500a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-2 on page 12. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + which might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\leftmark} +\fancyfoot[C]{Page \thepage\ + of \pageref{LastPage}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{A test} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..391575985e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-3 on page 13. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + This is a wide line, whose input commands and output result cannot + be shown nicely in two columns. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb2275ab69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-4 on page 13. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..379896a4682 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 1-3-5 on page 14. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter % `@' now normal "letter" +\@addtoreset{equation}{section} +\makeatother % `@' is restored as "non-letter" +\renewcommand\theequation{\oldstylenums{\thesection}% + .\oldstylenums{\arabic{equation}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Equations\ldots} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2\end{equation} +\begin{equation} (a-b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2\end{equation} + +\section{\ldots per section} +\begin{equation} (a+b)(a-b) = a^2 - b^2 \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b114c834e2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-1 on page 595. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{boxedminipage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{boxedminipage}[t]{5cm} + This is an example of a small boxed minipage + sporting a footnote\footnote{Very simple example} + and a \verb=\verb= command. +\end{boxedminipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6ba7f60cab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-10 on page 599. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\textwidth{-46pt} % space for frame in example +\sloppy % since the measure is ridiculous + % in the example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancybox} +\fancyput(2in,-1.2in) + {\Huge\bfseries + \textcolor{blue}{DRAFT}} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample\sample +\section{A Test} \sample \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba93c8a13a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-11 on page 600. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{Bflushleft}[b] + \begin{Bflushleft}[t] A A A\\ A A A\\ A A + \end{Bflushleft} \HR + \begin{Bflushright}[t] B\\ B B B\\ B B B\\ B B + \end{Bflushright} \par\vspace{0pt} +\end{Bflushleft} \HR +\begin{Bcenter} C C C\\ C\\ C C\end{Bcenter} \HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e22ba93f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-12 on page 600. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Test: \fbox{\begin{Bitemize}[t] + \item First item + \item A second one\\ on two lines + \item(2pt) A third with extra space + \end{Bitemize}} + \par\bigskip +Test: \fbox{\begin{Beqnarray} + y & = & x^2 \\ + a^2 + 2ab + b^2 & = & (a + b)^2 \\ + \int_0^\infty e^{-ax} dx & = & \frac{1}{a} + \end{Beqnarray}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f43bf86222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-13 on page 602. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic}\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(150,80)(0,0) + \dottedline{2}(0,00)(50,20)(100,80)(150,0) + \thicklines + \dottedline{5}(0,0)(30,50)(70,50)(90,30)(150,20) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c740b9e4b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-14 on page 602. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} \thicklines +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(140,110)(0,0) + \dottedline {2}(0,110)(140,110) + \dottedline[$\diamond$]{10}(0,110)(140,110) + \dottedline {2}(20,0)(40,0)(50,40)(120,0) + \dottedline[*]{10}(20,0)(40,0)(50,40)(120,0) + \dottedline {2}(0,0)(30,90)(70,50)(140,0) + \dottedline[\LaTeX]{20}(0,0)(30,90)(70,50)(140,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70dac275762 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-15 on page 603. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(70,22)(0,-2) +\dashline{3}[0.7](0,20)(63,20) +\thicklines +\dashline{3}(0,16)(63,16) +\dashline[-30]{3}(0,12)(63,12) +\dashline[+15]{3}(0,8)(63,8) +\dashline[+30]{3}(0,4)(63,4) +\dashline[+30]{3}[0.7](0,0)(63,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..238222986af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-16 on page 604. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2mm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(25,14) + \drawline(0,0)(0,7)(5,14)(10,7) + (0,7)(10,0)(0,0)(10,7)(10,0) + + \thicklines + \drawline[70](15,0)(15,7)(20,14)(25,7) + (15,7)(25,0)(15,0)(25,7)(25,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7803e83755d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-17 on page 605. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +\newcommand\cb{\makebox(0,0){$\bullet$}} +\newcommand\cd{\makebox(0,0){$\diamond$}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(80,80) + \begin{dashjoin}[30]{10} + \jput(0,0){\cb}\jput(30,70){\cb}\jput(70,50){\cb}\jput(80,60){\cb} + \end{dashjoin} + \begin{dottedjoin}{5} + \jput(0,30){\cd}\jput(20,30){\cd}\jput(45,0){\cd}\jput(60,80){\cd} + \jput(80,50){\cd} + \end{dottedjoin} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57416dcd137 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-18 on page 606. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \renewcommand\put{\jput} % <- always use \jput +\begin{filecontents}{test.put} +0 0 % sample data in external file +30 70 % note that coordinates are +70 50 % separated by a space +80 60 +\end{filecontents} +\newcommand\cd{\makebox(0,0){$\diamond$}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(80,80) + \begin{dashjoin}{6}[2] \putfile{test.put}{\cd} \end{dashjoin} + \put(30,75){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\scriptsize maximum}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c6be789bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-19 on page 607. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(100,60) + \put(0,45){\grid(100,30)(20,5)} + \scriptsize % used to influence the size of the numbers + \multiputlist(0,40)(20,0){1.00,1.25,1.50,1.75,2.00,2.25} + + \put(0,0){\tiny\grid(60,20)(10,10)[-50,0]} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d8558ab83f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-2 on page 595. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{shadow} +\setlength\sdim{10pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\shabox{\parbox{6cm}{A complete + paragraph can be highlighted by + putting it in a parbox, + nested inside a \texttt{shabox}.}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aa5031f4f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-20 on page 607. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(62,32) \thicklines + \matrixput(0,0)(10,0){7}(0,10){4}{\circle{2}} + \matrixput(10,0)(20,0){3}(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}} + \matrixput(0,10)(20,0){4}(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}} + \matrixput(1,0)(10,0){6}(0,10){4}{\line(1,0){8}} + \matrixput(0,1)(10,0){7}(0,10){3}{\line(0,1){8}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95aa1720ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-21 on page 608. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\makeatletter + \def\@badlinearg{\typeout{Normally this gives an error, but + for the example in the book we carry on}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(0,0) {\circle{80}} \put(0,0) {\circle*{24}} + \put(30,0){\circle{40}} \put(30,0){\circle*{16}} + \put(15,0){\oval(90,60)} + \put(0,12){\line(15,-2){30}}\put(0,-12){\line(15,2){30}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0bee068900 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-22 on page 609. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eepic} \setlength\maxovaldiam{60pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(0,0) {\circle{80}} \put(0,0) {\circle*{24}} + \put(30,0){\circle{40}} \put(30,0){\circle*{16}} + \put(15,0){\oval(90,60)} + \put(0,12){\line(15,-2){30}}\put(0,-12){\line(15,2){30}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..31298292f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-23 on page 609. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,eepic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2mm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(25,14) + \drawline(0,0)(0,7)(5,14)(10,7) + (0,7)(10,0)(0,0)(10,7)(10,0) + \thicklines + \drawline[70](15,0)(15,7)(20,14)(25,7) + (15,7)(25,0)(15,0)(25,7)(25,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcb01300816 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-24 on page 612. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{curves} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{0.4pt} +\linethickness{0.7mm} +\begin{picture}(400,110)(-10,0) + \curve(0,0, 40,100, 80,0) + \closecurve(150,0, 190,100, 230,0) + \tagcurve(380,0, 300,0, 340,100, 380,0, 300,0) +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..472c628db85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-25 on page 612. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,eepic,ecltree} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{bundle}{grandfather} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{uncle\strut} + \chunk{cousin}\drawwith{\dottedline{3}} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{father\strut} + \chunk[\footnotesize older]{% + \begin{bundle}{brother} + \chunk{nephew} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{\textbf{Me}\strut} + \chunk{\begin{bundle}{son} + \chunk{grandson} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk{daughter}\chunk{son}\chunk{son} + \end{bundle}} + \chunk[\footnotesize younger]{sister} + \end{bundle}} +\end{bundle} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b55bae81533 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-26 on page 613. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,eepic,bar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{barenv} +\setdepth{10}% 3-D effect +\setstretch{1.4}% stretch y-dimension +\setnumberpos{up}% numbers above bars +\setxvaluetyp{month}% (German) months on x-axis +\setxaxis{2}{12}{3}\setxname{Trimester} +\setyaxis{0}{40}{10}\setyname{Anzahl Studenten} +\bar{10}{1} \bar{30}{4} +\bar{15}{6} \bar{5}{7} +\end{barenv} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..40b16a2ced7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-27 on page 613. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eepic,hetarom} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\decaheterov[af]{4==O} + {1==CH$_3$;6==H$_3$C;9A==H;% + {{10}A}==\lmoiety{HOCH$_2$}} +\hspace*{-15mm} +\nonaheterov[bjge]{1==S;2==N}{3==Cl} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26c0a0d7928 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-3 on page 596. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\usepackage{shadow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +X \shadowbox{This is a shadowbox} +Y \shabox{This is a shabox} Z +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dac326a94e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-4 on page 596. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering + \ovalbox{This is an ovalbox} +\cornersize{1} \ovalbox{This is an ovalbox} +\\[8pt] +\setlength\fboxsep{6pt} \cornersize*{7mm} +\Ovalbox{\shortstack{This is an\\Ovalbox}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39bc1eb8ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-5 on page 597. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cornersize{0.7} +\begin{picture}(110,40) + \put(25,20){\oval(50,40)} +\color{blue} + \put(85,20){\makebox(0,0){Test}} + \put(85,20){\fancyoval(50,40)} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86a0dd74e74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-6 on page 597. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +\doublebox{This is a doublebox} \\[5pt] +\setlength\fboxsep {6pt} % default 3pt +\setlength\fboxrule{2pt} +\doublebox{This is a doublebox} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30f8a71d17a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-7 on page 597. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancybox} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +\cornersize{0.8} +\ovalbox{\makebox[6cm][l] + {This is an ovalbox}} \\[8pt] +\shadowbox{\makebox[5cm] + {This is a shadowbox}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16546f4c78d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-8 on page 598. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\setlength\textwidth{180pt} +\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip} +\pagestyle{headings} + +\usepackage{fancybox} + +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fancypage + {\setlength\fboxsep{10pt}\ovalbox} + {\setlength{\fboxsep}{8pt}% + \setlength{\shadowsize}{8pt}% + \shadowbox} +\sample \section{A Test} +\sample\sample + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9870bbd894c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-1-9 on page 598. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\textwidth{-46pt} % space for frame in example +\sloppy % since the measure is ridiculous + % in the example +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\cfoot{\thepage} +\lhead{ABC} \rhead{XYZ} +% Uncomment next line for +% proper header alignment: +% \fancyhfoffset[R]{20.8pt} +\usepackage{fancybox} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fancypage + {\setlength\fboxsep{10pt}% + \ovalbox} + {\setlength{\fboxsep}{8pt}% + \setlength{\shadowsize}{8pt}% + \shadowbox} +\sample\sample +\section{A Test} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02380aeb6c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-1 on page 617. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{% + \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}\fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics{w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e09a118af23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-10 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [width=15mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [height=15mm,width=25mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16e5fe1b4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-11 on page 622. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [height=15mm,width=25mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics[height=15mm, + width=25mm,keepaspectratio]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4b8a2fc908 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-12 on page 622. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=10]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=125]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b81b7033891 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-13 on page 622. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=45,width=10mm]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR +\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [width=10mm,angle=45]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d2e5f643a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-14 on page 623. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{% + \includegraphics[angle=-60,% + height=15mm]% + {w.eps}}\HR +\bluefbox{% + \includegraphics[angle=-60,% + totalheight=15mm]% + {w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..761acbb5224 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-15 on page 623. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=-60,totalheight=20mm,% + width=30mm]{w.eps}}\HR +\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [angle=-60,totalheight=20mm,% + width=30mm,keepaspectratio]% + {w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..335f79fd575 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-2 on page 617. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [120,120][150,180]{w.eps}} +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics* + [120,120][150,180]{w.eps}} +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c871de63fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-3 on page 617. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\scalebox{.5}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\scalebox{.5}[1.5]{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba39c9d622b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-4 on page 618. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\resizebox{10mm}{!}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\resizebox{20mm}{10mm}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b41585db096 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-5 on page 618. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \bluefbox{\rotatebox{25}{% + \includegraphics{w.eps}}}% +\HR right + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e287a14dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-6 on page 620. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx} +% \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR + \includegraphics[draft]{w.eps}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c41a4eaca43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-7 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [bb=120 120 150 180]{w.eps}}% +\HR middle\HR + \bluefbox{\includegraphics + [bb=120 120 150 180,clip]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3e17010e22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-8 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [viewport=20 20 50 80]% + {w.eps}} +\HR middle\HR +\bluefbox{\includegraphics + [trim= 20 20 0 -30,clip]{w.eps}}% +\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62b2d16a38f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-2-9 on page 621. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,color} +% \bluefbox and \HR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5]{w.eps}}\HR right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98ca09c7225 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-1 on page 628. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent This text is normal. \\ +\scalebox{2}{This text is large.}\\ +\scalebox{0.5}{This text is tiny.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4c0767f25b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-10 on page 631. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% + \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{% + \fbox{\parbox{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}% +\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{% + \fbox{\parbox[t]{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}% +\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{% + \fbox{\parbox[b]{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b338f5ab39a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-11 on page 632. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{epic,pspicture,graphicx} +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\small +\setlength{\unitlength}{0.75mm} %FMi was 1mm + \begin{picture}(100,100) +%\graphpaper[5](0,0)(100,100) + \thicklines + \put(20,10){\framebox(50,80){}} +%% label points in bounding box + \put(20,10){\makebox(-1,-1)[tr]{\texttt{[lb]}}} + \put(20,35){\makebox(-1,-1)[tr]{\texttt{[lB]}}} + \put(20,35){\makebox(0,0){{\Large$\bullet$}}} + \put(20,51){\makebox(-1,+2)[br]{\texttt{[lc]} or \texttt{[l]}}} + \put(20,91){\makebox(-1,+2)[br]{\texttt{[lt]}}} + \put(45,10){\makebox(0,-1)[tc]{\texttt{[cb]} or \texttt{[b]}}} + \put(45,35){\makebox(0,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[cB]} or \texttt{[B]}}} + \put(45,51){\makebox(0,+3)[bl]{\texttt{[c]}}} + \put(45,50){\makebox(0,0){{\Large$\diamond$}}} + \put(45,91){\makebox(0,+9)[bc]{\texttt{[ct]} or \texttt{[t]}}} + \put(70,10){\makebox(1,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[rb]}}} + \put(70,35){\makebox(1,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[rB]}}} + \put(70,51){\makebox(1,+2)[bl]{\texttt{[rc]} or \texttt{[r]}}} + \put(70,91){\makebox(1,+2)[bl]{\texttt{[rt]}}} + \thinlines +%% centerlines + \dashline[+30]{3}(20,50)(70,50) + \dashline[+30]{3}(45,10)(45,90) +%% baseline + \dottedline{1}(20,35)(85,35) +%% material for vertical dimensions + \dottedline{1}(70,10)(92,10) % bottom extension to right + \dottedline{1}(70,90)(92,90) % top extension to right + \put(79,60){\Vector(0,-25)} + \put(79,65){\Vector(0,25)} + \put(79,62.5){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{height}}} + \put(79,20){\Vector(0,-10)} + \put(79,25){\Vector(0,10)} + \put(79,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{depth}}} + \put(91,44){\Vector(0,-34)} + \put(91,48){\Vector(0,42)} + \put(91,46){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{ totalheight}}} +%% material for horizontal dimension + \put(20,10){\Line(0,-8)} + \put(70,10){\Line(0,-8)} + \put(35,4){\Vector(-15,0)} + \put(55,4){\Vector(15,0)} + \put(45,4){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{width}}} +%% material for labeling center and reference points + \put(52.5,46){\Vector(-6,3.5)} + \put(52.5,45){\makebox(0,0)[tc]{\shortstack{center\\point}}} + \put(10,40){\Vector(9,-4)} + \put(10,40){\makebox(0,0)[bc]{\shortstack{reference\\point}}} +%% material for labels of axes and baseline + \put(32.5,60){\Vector(5,-9)} + \put(32.5,65){\Vector(12.,9)} + \put(32.5,61){\makebox(0,0)[bc]{centerline}} + \put(32.5,25){\Vector(5,9)} + \put(32.5,24){\makebox(0,0)[tc]{baseline}} + \end{picture} + +\begin{tabular}{l*3{>{\ttfamily}ll}} +\emph{Horizontal alignment} & l & left & r & right & c & center \\ +\emph{Vertical alignment} & t & top & b & bottom & B & baseline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..91855d69a8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-12 on page 634. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{rotating} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Turning \begin{rotate}{-20}\Large\LaTeX\end{rotate}% + \begin{turn}{20}\verb=\LaTeX=\end{turn} a bit. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8fc655ac36c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-2 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\scalebox{1.5}{% + \parbox{.5in}{America \&\\Europe}}} +\fbox{\scalebox{1.5}[1]{% + \parbox{.5in}{America \&\\Europe}}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f910f2981b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-3 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent America?\reflectbox{America?} \\ + America?\scalebox{-1}[1]{America?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..22444f07e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-4 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent America?\scalebox{-1}{America?} \\ + America?\scalebox{1}[-1]{America?}\\ + America?\makebox[0mm][r]{% + \scalebox{-1}{America?}}\\ + \makebox[0mm][l]{America?}% + \scalebox{1}[-1]{America?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..133642142fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-5 on page 629. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\resizebox{5mm}{!}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\ Paris}}} +\fbox{\resizebox{!}{10mm}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\ Paris}}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36dd9406b7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-6 on page 630. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}\HR\par\bigskip +\HR\resizebox{2cm}{.5cm}{% + \begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..438c5236be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-7 on page 630. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\fbox{\resizebox{\width}{.7\height}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\Paris}}}\HR +\fbox{\resizebox{\width}{.7\totalheight}{% + \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\Paris}}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..559e3b189ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-8 on page 630. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\resizebox{20mm}{30mm}{% + \begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}}\HR +\HR\resizebox*{20mm}{30mm}{% + \begin{tabular}{lll} + K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\ + Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames + \end{tabular}}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd626411a20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-3-9 on page 631. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx +\newcommand\MyRot[1]{\frame + {\rotatebox{#1}{rotation + $#1^\circ$}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MyRot{0} \MyRot{45} \MyRot{90} +\MyRot{135}\MyRot{180}\MyRot{225} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a65c2ed9d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-1 on page 639. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pspicture} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(200,120) + \put(90,40) {\oval (180,60)} + \put(110,20){\oval[10](180,60)} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a2cd3acb11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-2 on page 640. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pspicture}\usepackage{graphpap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(140,90) +\graphpaper(0,0)(140,90) +\put(0,50){\vector(1,2){15}} +\put(0,50){\vector(2,-6){15}} +\put(40,20){\oval(50,20)[t]} +\put(40,70){\oval(30,30)[bl]} +\put(100,50){\circle{70}} +\put(100,50){\circle*{50}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b4e3fbff58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-3 on page 640. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{texpicture}\usepackage{graphpap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(140,90) +\graphpaper(0,0)(140,90) +\put(0,50){\vector(1,2){15}} +\put(0,50){\vector(2,-6){15}} +\put(40,20){\oval(50,20)[t]} +\put(40,70){\oval(30,30)[bl]} +\put(100,50){\circle{70}} +\put(100,50){\circle*{50}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b03478ede42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 10-4-4 on page 641. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pspicture}\usepackage{graphpap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{picture}(150,120) +\graphpaper(0,0)(150,120) +\arrowlength{4pt} \put(150,00){\vector(-8,1){60}} +\arrowlength{8pt} \put(150,50){\Vector(-30,50)} +\put(60,20){\Line(90,20)} +\put(60,20){\Curve(90,20){2}} +\put(60,20){\Curve(90,20){-2}} +\thicklines \put(50,80){\oval(100,70)} +\thinlines \put(50,80){\oval[10](100,70)} +\linethickness{3pt} + \put(10,20){\circle{20}} + \put(10,20){\line(10,1){30}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02066b29865 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-1-1 on page 685. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{330.59894pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{chicago} \bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Entries with multiple authors can be problematical, e.g., \shortcite{LGC97} +and \shortcite{test97} or worse \shortcite{LGC97,test97}. \bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb0ca6f6e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-1-2 on page 685. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\bibliographystyle + {abbrvnat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Entries with multiple +authors might +be problematical, +e.g., \cite{LGC97} and +\cite{test97} or even +\cite{LGC97,test97}. +But then they might not. + +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c6e8f54f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-1-3 on page 687. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{thebibliography}{2} +\bibitem{LGC97} Goossens, M., S.~Rahtz, + and F.~Mittelbach (1997). + \newblock \emph{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion: + Illustrating Documents with \TeX{} and + PostScript}. \newblock Reading, MA, USA: + Ad\-di\-son-Wes\-ley Longman. +\bibitem{GUD97} Goossens, M., B.~User, J.~Doe + (1997). \newblock Ambiguous citations. +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..031eac30ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-1 on page 691. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in +\cite[chap.~9]{LGC97} and the \texttt{hyperref} +package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a949a5d0d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-10 on page 696. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[superscript]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\usepackage{color} +\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} +\renewcommand\citeleft{(} \renewcommand\citeright{)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +For \texttt{hyperref} see \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ef103f39b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-11 on page 696. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[superscript]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ book~\cite{Knuth-CT-a}; see also Goossens et al.~\cite{LGC97}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e046dd687a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-12 on page 697. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +et al.\@ \cite{LGC97}. \hfil et al.\ \cite{LGC97}.\par +U.S.A. \cite{unknown}. \hfil U.S.A\@. \cite{unknown}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c282dcb1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-13 on page 697. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For details see ``The \TeX book'' \cite{Knuth-CT-a}. +But wanted is ``The \TeX book.'' \cite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5782eb211f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-14 on page 697. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book: +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super,ref]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support is described in ``LGC'' \cite{LGC97} and the +\texttt{hyperref} package in ``LWC'' \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8c9c71fd69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-2 on page 692. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{plain} \usepackage{ifthen} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@cite[2]{({#1\ifthenelse{\boolean{@tempswa}} + {,\nolinebreak[3] #2}{}})} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and +the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0f4f225a39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-3 on page 692. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{abbrv} +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@biblabel[1]{#1.} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..909437f7eef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-4 on page 693. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +% +% This example is one of the few that are slightly faked: +% +% Since we want to show the use of the openbib class option +% we pretend that this is what we call by showing a faked +% document class line that we gobble up with this: +% +\renewcommand\documentclass[2][]{} +% +% The work of the openbib option is to redefine \@openbib@code +% so we just do that manually here: +% +\renewcommand\@openbib@code{% + \advance\leftmargin\bibindent + \itemindent -\bibindent + \listparindent \itemindent + \parsep \z@ + }% + \renewcommand\newblock{\par} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\documentclass[openbib]{article} +\bibliographystyle{abbrv} +\setlength\bibindent{24pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@biblabel[1] + {\textsuperscript{#1}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{LWC99,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bdda455288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-5 on page 693. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5af333292ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-6 on page 693. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23e420c96d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-7 on page 694. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\renewcommand\citeleft{(} \renewcommand\citeright{)} +\renewcommand\citemid{;\nolinebreak[3] } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and +the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcb4e06cf1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-8 on page 695. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{cite,color} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and +the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..efa57e7515c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-2-9 on page 695. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +%% For the example in the book: +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[nospace]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\renewcommand\citeform[1]{(#1)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citen{LGC97,LWC99,test97,vLeunen:92} but \cite[\S5]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d2d83a329b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-1 on page 698. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} shows \ldots\ This is explained +in the authoritative manual on \TeX{}~\citep{Knuth-CT-a}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0ac9f867a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-10 on page 703. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Normal citation: \citet{vLeunen:92} \\ +\Citet{vLeunen:92} or \Citealt{vLeunen:92} \\ +\Citep{vLeunen:92} or \Citealp{vLeunen:92} \\ +\Citeauthor{vLeunen:92} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b54b83eb6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-11 on page 703. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \defcitealias{LGC97}{Dogbook~II} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} = \citetalias{LGC97} \\ +\citep{LGC97} = \citepalias{LGC97} \par +\defcitealias{LGC97}{Dogbook~II~2ed} +Alias changed: \citepalias[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1e8a0612293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-12 on page 703. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agsm} +\newcommand\possessivecite[1]{\citeauthor{#1}'s \citeyearpar{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citeauthor{Knuth-CT-a}'s \citeyearpar{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\possessivecite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..46e8ad08d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-13 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97,LWC99} \\ +\citep{LGC97,LWC99} \\ +\citep{Knuth:TB10-1-31,Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fab79a28234 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-14 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sort]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{Knuth:TB10-1-31,Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3622a8341e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-15 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep[see][p.~55]{vLeunen:92,Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citep[see][p.~55]{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\citet[see][p.~55]{vLeunen:92,Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citet[see][p.~55]{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8150ff4d1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-16 on page 704. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\ +\citep{LGC97} \hfill second \\ +\citep*{LGC97}\hfill names forced \\ +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citep[e.g.,][]{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..63e5377b0e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-17 on page 705. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\ +\citep{LGC97} \hfill second \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill first citation \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill second citation +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eab9d867002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-18 on page 705. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{chicago} +\shortcites{LGC97} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\ +\citep{LGC97} \hfill second citation \\ +\citep*{LGC97}\hfill forced \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill first citation \\ +\citep{test97}\hfill second citation +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98fff987a00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-19 on page 705. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agu} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..54f573f393e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-2 on page 699. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{chicago} \bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} \\ +\citeA{LGC97} \\ +\citeN{LGC97} \\ +\shortcite{LWC99} \\ +\shortciteA{LWC99} \\ +\shortciteN{LWC99} \\ +\citeyear{LWC99}, \citeyearNP{LWC99} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..219ac5b1aa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-20 on page 706. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agu} +\citestyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59848863d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-21 on page 706. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[curly,comma]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agu} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6055c9edbd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-22 on page 707. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{abbrvnat} +\renewcommand\bibsection{\section{\refname}} +\newcommand\bibpreamble{Some material + inserted between heading and list.\par} +\newcommand\bibfont + {\footnotesize\raggedright} +\setlength\bibhang{30pt} +\setlength\bibsep{1pt plus 1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Entries with multiple authors might be +problematical, e.g., \cite{LGC97} and +\cite{test97} or even \cite{LGC97,test97}. +But then they might not. +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94dfa8d33d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-23 on page 708. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..141de0ce374 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-24 on page 708. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{unsrtnat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} \\ +\citep{G-G} / \citep{oddity} / \citep{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eff31ca7067 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-25 on page 708. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} \\ +\citep{G-G} / \citep{oddity} / \citep{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49cd5520799 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-26 on page 709. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e41c4a8f46a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-27 on page 711. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibentry,natbib} +\bibliographystyle{agu} + +\raggedright \setlength\parindent{12pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nobibliography{tex} +For details see \bibentry{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +General information can be found in +\bibentry{Knuth-CT-a}. + +As shown by \citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b273db624a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-3 on page 700. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{authordate1-4} +\bibliographystyle{authordate2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} or \shortcite{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09f89ea43e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-4 on page 700. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{harvard} +\bibliographystyle{agsm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} \\ +\cite{LGC97} \hfill second citation \\ +\cite*{LGC97}\hfill long names forced\\ +\citeasnoun{LGC97} \\ +\citeaffixed{LGC97}{e.g.,} \\ +\citename{LGC97} \\ +\possessivecite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c141592d856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-5 on page 701. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt] +\citep{LGC97} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..01efc61c269 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-6 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet*{LGC97} \\ +\citep*[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc4b0c0e8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-7 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citealt{LGC97} \\ +\citealp{LGC97} \\ +\citealt*{LGC97} \\ +\citealp*{LGC97} \\ +\citealp[p.~236]{LWC99} etc. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7fdc7f22747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-8 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citeauthor{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor*{LGC97} \\ +\citeyear{LGC97} or \citeyearpar{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d9d1473bc67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-3-9 on page 702. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \citetext{see \citealp{LGC97} or \citealp{Knuth-CT-a}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..989aed019b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-1 on page 712. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt] +\citep{LGC97} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87cd2abe2d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-2 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet*{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor{LGC97} \\ +\citeauthor*{LGC97} \\ +\citeyear{LGC97} or \citeyearpar{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..35091c24f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-3 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citealt{LGC97} \\ +\citealt*{LGC97} \\ +\citealp{LGC97} \\ +\citealp[p.~236]{LGC97} etc. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3d8594f8cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-4 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LGC97} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt] +\citep{LGC97} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56115b10c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-5 on page 713. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat} + \bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{natbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots Knuth's book~\citep{Knuth-CT-a}; see also \citet{LGC97}. +\par %%% Manually corrected in two places: +\ldots Knuth's book;\citep{Knuth-CT-a} see also \citet{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8accbe53873 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-6 on page 714. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sort]{natbib} \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\citep{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..498ea51977a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-7 on page 714. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sort&compress]{natbib}\bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in +\citep{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0d01bf3e78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-4-8 on page 715. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[numbers,round]{natbib} +\bibliographystyle{abbrvnat} +\newcommand\bibfont{\small\raggedright} +\setlength\bibhang{30pt} % ignored! +\setlength\bibsep{1pt plus 1pt} +\newcommand\citenumfont[1]{\textbf{#1}} +\renewcommand\bibnumfmt[1]{\textbf{#1.}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Images are discussed elsewhere, +see \citep{LGC97,Knuth-CT-a}. + +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6850d5b7d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-1 on page 717. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ +\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94ccf221700 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-10 on page 720. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{titleformat={all,commasep,italic}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..68910ad6d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-11 on page 720. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{titleformat=all} \citenotitlefortype{book} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{bschur} \\ \cite{LWC99} \\ +\cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3c4460212d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-12 on page 721. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[see,round]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{LGC97} \\ +\cite[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\[3pt] +\cite[compare][]{LGC97} \\ +\cite[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae84696f152 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-13 on page 722. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + +% page 6 will appear in book so citations are not shown, only +% bibliography: +\setcounter{page}{5} +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{titleformat={all,commasep,italic},howcited={all}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\ +\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\newpage +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f249adace7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-14 on page 723. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{howcited=all} +\AddTo\bibsall{% + \renewcommand\howcitedprefix + { (cited as }% + \renewcommand\howcitedsuffix{).}% + \renewcommand\bibnotcited + { (not cited).}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur} +\ldots \cite{bschur} \ldots +\cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots +\bibliography{jura,tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73777000e05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-15 on page 724. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=citationreversed} + +\raggedright \setlength\parindent{12pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For details see \fullcite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. +General information can be found in +\fullcite{Knuth-CT-a}. + +As shown by \citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfa065cc447 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-16 on page 724. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +See \cite{zpo} \ldots + +As shown by \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,216]{zpo} +the interpretation \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5268690e56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-17 on page 724. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first} +\citefullfirstfortype{article} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For details see \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. General +information can be found in \cite{Knuth-CT-a}. + +As shown by \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93c467d68b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-18 on page 725. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[citefull=first]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nextciteshort{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +A) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +B) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\nextcitereset{Knuth-CT-a} +C) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +D) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\nextcitereset{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +E) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +F) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\ +\nextcitefull{Knuth-CT-a} +\nextcitenotitle{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +G) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +H) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..69598b13bac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-19 on page 726. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\renewcommand\refname + {Selected further reading} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\citeswithoutentry{aschur} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is explained in \cite{aschur}. +\par As shown in \cite{aschur}\ldots +\nocite{zpo} +\bibliography{jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14bf8306d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-2 on page 717. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{annotatorformat=italic,annotatorlastsep=divis} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \\ +\jurabibsetup{annotatorfirstsep=comma} +\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \\ +\jurabibsetup{annotatorfirstsep=in,annotatorformat=normal} +\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33a7942b1e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-20 on page 726. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[ragged,symbol]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the +web.\footfullcite{LWC99} +Also discussed by \cite{LWC99} +is generating PDF and HTML. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b52601b163 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-21 on page 727. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}} +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,citefull=first,ibidem,lookat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the web.\cite{LWC99} + \newpage % Next page shown on the left: +Also discussed is generating PDF\cite[chap.~2] + {LWC99} and HTML.\cite[chap.~3--4]{LWC99} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee7f64984ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-22 on page 727. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} +\setlength\textheight{5.5\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}} +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,citefull=first,lookat} +\AddTo\bibsall{\renewcommand\lookatprefix + {, \emph{supra} note } + \renewcommand\lookatsuffix{}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the web.\cite{LWC99} + \newpage % Next page shown on the left: +Also discussed is generating PDF\cite[chap.~2] + {LWC99} and HTML.\cite[chap.~3--4]{LWC99} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9fbd14ff736 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-23 on page 728. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} +\sloppy +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib,endnotes} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first,% + super,lookat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots to typeset with +graphics.\cite{LGC97} Also +discussed is typesetting +music\cite[chap.~7]{LGC97} and +games.\cite[chap.~8]{LGC97} +\theendnotes +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ccb38854faf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-24 on page 728. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} + +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-8pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[super,ibidem]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} + \cite[\S\,16]{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} +\cite{aschur} \newpage % <--- +text \cite[\S\,3]{aschur} + \cite{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,15]{bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6842d27ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-25 on page 729. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para,multiple,perpage]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=strictdoublepage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} text +\cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite[\S\,16]{bschur} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur} +\newpage text \cite[\S\,3]{aschur} +\cite{bschur} text \cite[\S\,15]{bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b758838b3ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-26 on page 729. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} % start on a page not shown +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +\sloppy +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=nostrict} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \ldots \fullcite{bschur} \ldots +\newpage % page above not shown on the left + A page without a citation. +\newpage This page has references.\cite{bschur} + Or like this? \noibidem\cite{bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79940c03baf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-27 on page 730. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{9\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,ragged,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=name} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=reducedifibidem} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} text +\cite[\S\,8]{bschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo} +text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{zpo} +text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00d2ab2fc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-28 on page 730. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{5} +\setlength\textheight{9\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,ragged,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=name&title&auto} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur} + not shown on the left! +\newpage + text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text + \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo} + text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur} + text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57aa5c1bf8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-29 on page 731. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{12\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[flushmargin,% + multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[super,idem=strict,% + ibidem=name]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots text \cite{Knuth-CT-a} +text \cite[p.~22]{Knuth-CT-a} +text \cite{vLeunen:92} +\cite{vLeunen:92}\ldots +\newpage % <-- +\ldots text \cite{vLeunen:92} +text \cite[p.~16]{vLeunen:92} +text \cite[p.~308]{Knuth-CT-a} +text \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\cite[p.~80]{Knuth-CT-a}\ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9e8e9497c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-3 on page 718. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat={and,smallcaps}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7251ca391a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-30 on page 731. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{7.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[super,idem=strict,% + citefull=first,opcit]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots text \cite{Knuth-CT-a} text +\cite[p.~22]{Knuth-CT-a} text +\cite{GNUMake} some more text +\cite{Knuth-CT-a}\cite{GNUMake} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58a90ae4643 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-31 on page 732. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first, + crossref=normal} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{MR-PQ} \par +\cite{Southall} \par +\cite{MR-PQ} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b7f993ec97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-32 on page 732. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{citefull=first, + authorformat= + citationreversed, + crossref={dynamic,long}} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{MR-PQ} \par +\cite{Southall} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7888301b010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-33 on page 733. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citet{LWC99} \\ +\citet[chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +\citet[see][chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LWC99} \\[5pt] +\citep{LWC99} \\ +\citep[chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +\citep[see][chap.~2]{LWC99} \\ +pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LWC99} \\[5pt] +\citealp{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citeauthor{Knuth-CT-a} \\ +\citeyearpar{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07504d60082 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-34 on page 733. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=year,annotatorformat=italic} +\renewcommand\jbcitationyearformat[1]{\oldstylenums{#1}} +\jbyearaftertitle +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..116f6ba17b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-35 on page 734. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textheight{4pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super,ibidem,titleformat=all]{jurabib} +\AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand\ibidemname{Ib.}% + \renewcommand\ibidemmidname{ib.}} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\cite{vLeunen:92} and\cite{vLeunen:92} +\jurabibsetup{ibidem=name} % <-- change convention +or\cite{Knuth-CT-a} and more text.\cite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e663ae39c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-36 on page 734. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citefield{title}{aschur,bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a4e41e28c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-37 on page 735. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super,idem=strict,titleformat=all, + lookforgender=true]{jurabib} +\AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand\idemSfname{Eadem}% + \renewcommand\idemsfname{eadem}} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\cite{vLeunen:92} and\cite{vLeunen:92} +or\cite{Knuth-CT-a} and more text.\cite{Knuth-CT-a} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..361ad2d5a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-38 on page 735. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{square,superscriptedition={all}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citetitle{zpo}\\ \cite[\S\,3]{bschur}\\ \cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0d91380761 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-39 on page 736. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[round]{jurabib} +\renewcommand\jbbtasep{ and } \renewcommand\jbbfsasep{, } +\renewcommand\jbbstasep{, and } \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite{LGC97} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9cf9534f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-4 on page 718. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=dynamic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f83d802693 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-40 on page 737. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\biblnfont{\MakeUppercase} +\renewcommand\bibfnfont{\textsc} +\renewcommand\bibtfont {\textsf} +\renewcommand\bibapifont[1]{\textit{``#1''}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1904b4830db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-41 on page 738. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[dotafter=bibentry] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\bibjtsep{in } +\renewcommand\bibansep{ } +\renewcommand\bibatsep{;} +\renewcommand\bibbdsep{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,MR-PQ} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c5d9545e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-42 on page 738. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% Get the hyphenation right: +\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} +% Suppress heading in example: +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\refname{}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[authorformat=allreversed] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\bibbtasep{ and } +\renewcommand\bibbfsasep{, } +\renewcommand\bibbstasep{, and } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,LGC97} +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c73ba97c0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-43 on page 739. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[newcommands]{ragged2e} +\usepackage[bibformat={compress,% + raggedright}] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurunsrt} +\setlength\jbbibhang{1pc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,zpo,bschur} +\bibliography{jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a09a73d6b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-44 on page 739. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bibformat=tabular]{jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\bibleftcolumn{6.5pc} +\renewcommand\bibcolumnsep{1pc} +\renewcommand\bibleftcolumnadjust + {\raggedright} +\renewcommand\bibrightcolumnadjust{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\nocite{GNUmake} +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..560c2c400f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-45 on page 740. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bibformat=ibidem] + {jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jbuseidemhrule % use default rule +% Alternative generic redefinition +% instead of the default rule: +%\renewcommand\bibauthormultiple +% {[same name symbol]} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,bschur} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0baedb42f41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-46 on page 740. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{bibformat=ibidemalt} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{aschur,bschur,zpo,bgb} +\bibliography{jura} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07ee3828dbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-47 on page 741. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\begin{filecontents}{Knuth-CT-a.tex} + The authoritative user manual on the program \TeX{} + by its creator. +\end{filecontents} +\usepackage[annote]{jurabib}\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\renewcommand\jbannoteformat[1] + {{\footnotesize\begin{quote}#1\end{quote}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d741b054285 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-48 on page 744. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\makeatletter +%Fix for overword.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\long\def\@ifowd{% + \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{ }% + \let\reserved@e\@xifowd% + \else% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{}% + \ifx\@let@token\end% + \let\reserved@e\reserved@d% + \else% + \ifx\@let@token\par% + \let\reserved@e\@xifpargobble% + \else% + \long\def\reserved@e##1 {\long\gdef\@overword{##1}\@@ifowd}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \reserved@e}} + +%Fix for camel.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\def\@realcite#1#2#3{% + \ifcat$#1$\else% + \setkeys{cameloptions}{#1}% %<--- missing percent + \fi% + \if@law@requiresubjects% + \@law@confirmsubject% + \fi% + \global\@ltok@argtwo{}% + \ifcat$#3$\else% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@alparseplain\@law@parse #3,,}% + \fi% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@clparseplain\@law@parse #2,,}% + }} + +% small headings for the example +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setlength\textheight{11\baselineskip} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{camel} +\forcefootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citationstyle{law} +\citationdata{jura,tex} + +\ldots text \source[t]{Knuth-CT-a} +see-also \source[f]{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\ldots\ somewhat later \ldots +\source[f]{bschur}[24,130,216] +cited-in \source[a]{zpo} + +\printbibliography[labels=false]{all} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbe9b649f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-49 on page 744. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\makeatletter +%Fix for overword.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\long\def\@ifowd{% + \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{ }% + \let\reserved@e\@xifowd% + \else% + \gdef\@preoverwordspace{}% + \ifx\@let@token\end% + \let\reserved@e\reserved@d% + \else% + \ifx\@let@token\par% + \let\reserved@e\@xifpargobble% + \else% + \long\def\reserved@e##1 {\long\gdef\@overword{##1}\@@ifowd}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \reserved@e}} + +%Fix for camel.sty reported to Frank Bennett +\AtBeginDocument{\def\@realcite#1#2#3{% + \ifcat$#1$\else% + \setkeys{cameloptions}{#1}% %<--- missing percent + \fi% + \if@law@requiresubjects% + \@law@confirmsubject% + \fi% + \global\@ltok@argtwo{}% + \ifcat$#3$\else% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@alparseplain\@law@parse #3,,}% + \fi% + {\let\@law@parse=\@law@clparseplain\@law@parse #2,,}% + }} + +\AtBeginDocument{\def\@printbibliography[#1]#2{% + \global\@law@forcefootnotesfalse% + \gdef\@law@temp{#1}\gdef\@law@temptwo{labels=false}% + \let\camelrefname\refname% + \expandafter\ifx\csname#2inputext\endcsname\relax% + \global\@law@tablefalse% + \else% + \global\@law@tabletrue% + \fi% + \begingroup% + \def\refname{\@law@getsubjectheader{#2}}% + \@law@usepagesfalse% + \@law@getbibformat{#2}% %<--- missing percent + \let\maybe\@gobble% + \let\camelfill\relax% + \let\camelarrow\relax% + \ifx\@law@temp\@law@temptwo% + \advance\@totalleftmargin -\labelsep% + \advance\linewidth \labelsep% + \def\@biblabel##1{}% + \fi% + \if@law@table% + \if@law@usepages% + \let\maybe\relax% + \let\camelfill\dotfill% + \let\camelarrow\rightarrow% + \fi% + \else% + \longestlabelfor{#2}% + \ifdim\lawlengthtwo=0pt% + \advance\@totalleftmargin -\labelsep% + \advance\linewidth \labelsep% + \def\@biblabel##1{}% + \fi% + \fi% + \if@law@requiresubjects% + \@law@dobibliography{#2}% + \else% + \gdef\@law@temp{#2}\gdef\@law@temptwo{all}% + \ifx\@law@temp\@law@temptwo% + \@law@dobibliography{#2}% + \else% + \message{^^J===================================================^^J% + Camel bibliography ^^J + Document type: without-subjects ^^J + Bibliography type: subject-specific (#2) ^^J + Action: impossible task, ignoring ...^^J% + ===================================================^^J}% % missing percent + \fi% + \fi% + \endgroup}} + +% small headings for the example +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{camel} +\citationsubject[o=tts,i=ttb] + {tex}{\TeX{} literature} +\citationsubject[o=lts,i=ltb] + {jur}{Law} +\forcefootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citationstyle{law} +\citationdata{jura,tex} + +\ldots text +\source[a,s=tex]{Knuth-CT-a} +see-also \source[f,s=tex] + {Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\ldots later\ldots +\source[t,s=jur]{bschur} +\printbibliography{jur} +\printbibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..609980665bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-5 on page 718. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat={and,smallcaps,year,italic}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0ee975c81a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-6 on page 719. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\jurabibsetup{authorformat=smallcaps} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citefield{author}{aschur} \\ +\citefield[\S\,53]{shorttitle}{bschur} \\ +\citefield{apy}{LGC97} \\ +\citefield{title}{aschur,bschur} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d808312ab4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-7 on page 719. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cite{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\[2pt] +\cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85da69bda09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-8 on page 719. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citetitle{zpo}, \cite*{aschur}, and \cite*{bschur} +are three different books, or not? +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8b5d07a5c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-5-9 on page 720. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example, +%% so put it on a separate page: +\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\citetitleonly[\S\,13]{zpo} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d1965d228a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-1 on page 748. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} + +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@makechapterhead[1]{% + \vspace*{20pt}% + {\setlength\parindent{0pt}\raggedright\normalfont + \large\bfseries \@chapapp\space \thechapter + \par\nobreak + \vspace{5pt}% + \interlinepenalty\@M + \LARGE \bfseries #1\par\nobreak + \vspace{20pt}% + }} +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Process article-1 and article-2 with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\begin{filecontents}{article-1.tex} + \stepcounter{chapter} + \ldots\ see \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \ldots + \bibliographystyle{alpha} + \bibliography{tex} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{article-2.tex} + \stepcounter{chapter} + \ldots see \cite{Knuth-CT-a} + and \cite{bschur} \ldots + \bibliographystyle{plain} + \bibliography{tex,jura} +\end{filecontents} + +\usepackage[sectionbib]{chapterbib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\include{article-1} +\include{article-2} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06becf813ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-10 on page 756. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[super]{cite} +\usepackage{multibib} +\newcites{latex}{\LaTeX{} references} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include +graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's +default citation scheme is +number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}. + +\bibliographystylelatex{plain} +\bibliographylatex{tex} + +\renewcommand\refname + {General references} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..97b0951a08b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-2 on page 749. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{4} % thus page 6 will contain biblio +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@makeschapterhead[1]{% + \vspace*{30pt}% + {\setlength\parindent{0pt}% + \LARGE \bfseries #1\par}% + \nobreak + \vspace{20pt}} +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX +% Process article-1 and article-2 with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% included files as in +% previous example +\usepackage + [gather,sectionbib] + {chapterbib} +\renewcommand\StartFinalBibs + {\chapter* + {References by article}% + \chaptermark + {References by article}% + \renewcommand\bibname + {Article~\thechapter}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\include{article-1} +\include{article-2} +\bibliography{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..249778025fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-3 on page 750. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{12\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibunits} +\defaultbibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{First one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + \cite{GNUMake} was used to + produce \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib[tex] +\end{bibunit} +\section{Another one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + \putbib[jura] + As described by \cite{aschur} + \ldots +\end{bibunit} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33dff678b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-4 on page 751. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibunits} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{First one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + \cite{GNUMake} was used to + produce \cite*{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib[tex] +\end{bibunit} +\section{Another one} +\begin{bibunit}[plain] + As described by + \cite*{Knuth:TB10-1-31} + \ldots \putbib[tex] +\end{bibunit} +\renewcommand\refname + {Global References} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..641016a1f3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-5 on page 752. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{11.5\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibunits} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\bibliographyunit[\section] +\bibliographystyle*{plain} +\bibliography*{tex,jura} +\section{First one} + \cite{GNUMake} was + used to produce + \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib +\section{Another one} + As described by + \cite{aschur} \ldots + \putbib +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53147372e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-6 on page 752. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{11.5\baselineskip} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{section}{2}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[subsectionbib] + {bibunits} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\bibliographyunit[\section] +\bibliographystyle*{plain} +\bibliography*{tex,jura} +\section{First one} + \cite{GNUMake} was + used to produce + \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. + \putbib +\section{Another one} + As described by + \cite{aschur} \ldots + \putbib +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..103141d0d67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-7 on page 754. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% Use a special naming convention for aux files (for the book): +% +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\thebtauxfile{\jobname+\arabic{btauxfile}}} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibtopic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We saw the citations \cite{Knuth-CT-a}, +\cite{aschur}, and \cite{bschur}. +\begin{btSect}{jura} + \section*{Juridical literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\begin{btSect}[abbrv]{tex} + \section*{\TeX{} literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5b3ec5c0387 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-8 on page 755. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +% Use a special naming convention for aux files (for the book): +% +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\thebtauxfile{\jobname+\arabic{btauxfile}}} +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bibtopic,jurabib} +\bibliographystyle{jurabib} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We saw the citations \cite{Knuth-CT-a} +and \cite{aschur}. +\begin{btSect}{tex} + \section*{\TeX{} literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\begin{btSect}{jura} + \section*{Juridical literature} + \btPrintCited +\end{btSect} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26756b1b5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 12-6-9 on page 756. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +% Small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.8ex}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multibib} +\newcites{latex} + {\LaTeX{} references} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A book on graphics in \LaTeX{} is +\citelatex{LGC97}; suggestions on +citations can be found in +\cite{vLeunen:92}. + +\bibliographystylelatex{plain} +\bibliographylatex{tex} + +\renewcommand\refname + {General references} +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67fa25d6082 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-4-1 on page 775. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} + +\setlength\headsep{8pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{biblist} +\bibliographystyle + {alpha} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{MR-PQ} +\footnotesize +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7b0cdb75d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-4-2 on page 778. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt} + +\setlength\headsep{8pt} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage + {showtags} +\bibliographystyle + {is-alpha} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\nocite{MR-PQ} +\footnotesize +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db897b0f610 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-1 on page 794. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} +%\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \bibliographystyle{plain} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} + \bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77353e21e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-2 on page 794. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{abbrv} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e04792ffd68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-3 on page 795. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{unsrt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..762076c8fef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-4 on page 795. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{alpha} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cfc130c823 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-5 on page 796. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\bibliographystyle{phaip} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db6999f5906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-6 on page 796. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{natbib}\bibliographystyle{chicago} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97} +\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a} +\bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49ea45040b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 13-5-7 on page 797. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt} + +% Use BibTeX without --minref + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage[bibformat=ibidem]{jurabib} + \bibliographystyle{jurabib} \jbuseidemhrule % use default rule + \renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading for the example +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97,LGC97} + \bibliography{tex} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49bb29370be --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 14-4-1 on page 837. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\hyphenation{Sep-tem-ber} % TeX doesn't know how to hyphenate this properly +\setlength\parindent{8pt} % make it smaller for this example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{rcs} +\RCS $Date: 2004/08/04 21:57:14 $ \RCS $Author: frank $ +\RCS $RCSfile: ch-ldoc.tex,v $ \RCS $Revision: 1.69 $ +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The file \RCSRCSfile{} has the revision number +\RCSRevision. Last check-in was done by \RCSAuthor{} +on \RCSDate{} at \RCSTime\,\textsc{utc}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a994277833b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 14-4-2 on page 839. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\sloppy % to avoid overfull boxes + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[italian]{babel} \usepackage{rcsinfo} +\rcsInfo $Id: ch-ldoc.tex,v 1.69 2004/08/04 21:57:14 frank Exp $ +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\rcsInfoFile \quad \rcsInfoRevision \par +\rcsInfoDate \quad \rcsInfoTime \par +\rcsInfoLongDate \par +\rcsInfoYear, \rcsInfoMonth, \rcsInfoDay \quad \rcsInfoOwner\par +\rcsInfoStatus \quad \rcsInfoLocker +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef85fa42a97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-1-1 on page 21. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[code]{optional} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\opt{doc}{Typeset this if option doc was declared.} +\opt{code}{Typeset this if option code was declared.} +\opt{doc,code}{Typeset this for either doc or code.} +Typeset this always. \opt{}{and this never!} +\opt{doc}{\input{examples}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8928086fe56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-1 on page 25. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Different-looking section} +\subsection{Different-looking subsection} +Due to the default definitions not only the +numbers on sections change, but lower-level +sectioning commands also show this +representation of the section number. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..672c48f6a75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-10 on page 31. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}% + {1}{0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\raggedright}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A very long heading that shows + the default behavior of \LaTeX's + sectioning commands} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59d5a3fe3d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-11 on page 33. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\appendix{% + \renewcommand\section{% Redefinition of \section... + \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}% new page, folio bottom + \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse% no top floats, no indent + \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}% + \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}} +\newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{% Complex form + \refstepcounter{section}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}{\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}% + {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\ \thesection\par \centering#2\par}% + \@afterheading\sectionmark{#1}\addvspace{\baselineskip}} +\newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% Simplified (starred) form + {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}% + \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% Example needs commands introduced above! +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\appendix +\section{The list of all commands} + +Then follows the text of the first section in +the appendix. Some more text in the appendix. +Some more text in the appendix. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7f57cddff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-12 on page 34. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\abstractname{Summary} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{abstract} + This book describes how to modify the + appearance of documents produced with + the \LaTeX{} typesetting system. +\end{abstract} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a6b2441ee67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-13 on page 35. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[Lenny]{fncychap} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\chapter{A Package Test} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62f96c9be8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-14 on page 36. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[avantgarde]{quotchap} +\renewcommand\chapterheadstartvskip + {\vspace*{-5\baselineskip}} +% select Helvetica for title and quote +\usepackage{helvet} +\renewcommand\sectfont{\sffamily\bfseries} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{savequote}[10pc] + \sffamily + Cookies! Give me some cookies! + \qauthor{Cookie Monster} +\end{savequote} +\chapter{A Package Test} + +Adding this package changes the +chapter heading dramatically. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed831f2d974 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-15 on page 37. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sf,bf,tiny,center]{titlesec} +\titlelabel{\thetitle.\enspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A section} +\subsection{A subsection} +\subsubsection{A subsubsection} +Three headings following each other, a situation you +will not see often \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8086b92b684 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-16 on page 37. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[rm,it,raggedleft,tiny,compact]{titlesec} +\titleformat*{\subsubsection}{\scshape\MakeLowercase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A section} +\subsection{A subsection} +\subsubsection{A subsubsection} +Three headings following each other, a situation you +will not see often \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a798ca5bff --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-17 on page 39. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% the book normally uses Times fonts in the examples: +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{\section}[runin]{\normalfont\scshape} + {\S\,\oldstylenums{\thesection}.}{.5em}{}[.\quad] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{The Title} +The heading is separated from the section text by +a dot and a space of one quad. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2a77f40949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-18 on page 40. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{\section}[frame]{\normalfont} + {\footnotesize \enspace SECTION \thesection + \enspace}{6pt}{\large\bfseries\filcenter} +\titlespacing*{\section}{1pc}{*4}{*2.3}[1pc] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots some text before \ldots +\section{A Title Test} +Some text to prove that this paragraph is not indented +and that the title has a margin of 1pc on either side. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c846728572 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-19 on page 41. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\newcommand\secformat[1]{% + \parbox[b]{.5\textwidth}{\filleft\bfseries #1}% + \quad\rule[-12pt]{2pt}{70pt}\quad + {\fontsize{60}{60}\selectfont\thesection}} +\titleformat{\section}[block] + {\filleft\normalfont\sffamily}{}{0pt}{\secformat} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{*3}{*2}[1pc] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Title\\ on Two Lines} +In this example the heading number appears to +the right of the heading text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d046a46b788 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-2 on page 26. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\thesubsection + {\fbox{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{section}{3} +\subsection{A mistake}\label{wrong} +Referencing a subsection in this format +produces a funny result as we can see +looking at subsection~\ref{wrong}. +We get a boxed reference. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b23b3965c02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-20 on page 42. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[noindentafter,calcwidth]{titlesec} +\titleformat{\section}[display] + {\filright\normalfont\bfseries\sffamily} + {\titleline[r]{Section \Huge\thesection}}{1ex} + {\titleline*[l]{\titlerule[1pt]}\vspace{1pt}% + \titleline*[l]{\titlerule[2pt]}\vspace{2pt}} + [{\titleline*[l]{\titlerule*{\tiny\LaTeX}}}] +\titlespacing{\section}{1pc}{*3}{*2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Rules and Leaders} +Note that the last \verb=\titleline*= is +surrounded by braces. Without them its +optional argument would prematurely end the +outer optional argument of \verb=\titleformat=. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07ac9990c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-21 on page 43. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{66.60068pt} + +% For the book example: +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{name=\section,page=odd}[block] + {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filleft} +\titleformat{name=\section,page=even}[block] + {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filright} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Head} +Some text to fill the page. Some text to fill the page. +\newpage +Some text to fill the page. +\section{Another} +Some text to fill the page. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e95236ee33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-22 on page 44. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +% For the book example: +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} +\titleformat{name=\section}[block] + {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filright} +\titleformat{name=\section,numberless=true}[block] + {\normalfont}{***}{12pt}{\itshape\filcenter} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Head} +Some text to fill the page. Some text to fill the page. +\section*{Another} +Some text to fill this line. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbf05966969 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-3 on page 26. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@seccntformat[1]{\fbox + {\csname the#1\endcsname}\hspace{0.5em}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{This is correct}\label{sec:OK} +Referencing a section using this +definition generates the correct result +for the section reference~\ref{sec:OK}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c13b1d1b2bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-4 on page 27. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\paragraph{Run-in headings.} +This example shows how a run-in heading +looks like. Text in the paragraph +following the heading continues on the +same line as the heading. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb92b860cbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-5 on page 28. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{layouts} +\renewcommand\Huge{\LARGE % for the book we + % cheat ... + \renewcommand\Huge{\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries}} % not recommended + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{0.95} +\runinheadfalse +\headingdiagram{\LARGE} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c19ba811f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-6 on page 29. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{layouts} +\renewcommand\Huge{\normalfont % for the book we cheat + \renewcommand\Huge{\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries}} % not recommended + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{1} +\runinheadtrue +\headingdiagram{ } +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e183b55740c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-7 on page 29. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection + {subsection}{2}{0mm}%name, level, indent + {-\baselineskip}% beforeskip + {0.5\baselineskip}% afterskip + {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% style +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% redefinition of \subsection shown below +\setcounter{section}{4} % simulate previous + % sections +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ some text above. +\subsection{Example of a Section Heading} +The heading is set in normal-sized italic +and the separation from the preceding text +is exactly one baseline. The separation +from the text following is one-half +baseline and this text is not indented. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..135fe8a7c6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-8 on page 30. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection + {section}{1}{1em}% % name, level, indent + {\baselineskip}% % beforeskip + {-\fontdimen2\font % afterskip + plus -\fontdimen3\font + minus -\fontdimen4\font}% + {\normalfont\normalsize\scshape}}% % style +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% redefinition of \section shown above +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ some text above. +\section{The man} +started to run away from the truck. He +saw that he was followed by +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25938e639d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-2-9 on page 31. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\newcommand\Csub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\centering\itshape}} +\newcommand\Lsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\raggedright\sffamily}} +\newcommand\Rsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\raggedleft\MakeUppercase}} +\newcommand\Hsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}% + {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}% + {\hrule\medskip\itshape}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A very long heading that shows + the default behavior of \LaTeX's + sectioning commands} +\Csub{A subsection heading} +The heading is centered using an italic font. +\Lsub{A subsection heading} +The heading is left-justified using a sans +serif font. +\Rsub{A subsection heading} +The heading is right-justified and uses +uppercase letters. +\Hsub{A subsection heading} +This heading has a horizontal rule above +the text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..37f0918778c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-1 on page 47. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\footskip{18pt} +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents +\section*{Foreword} +\addcontentsline{toc}{section} + {\protect\numberline{}Foreword} +A starred heading with the TOC +entry manually added. Compare +this to the form used for the +bibliography. +\section{Thoughts} +We find all in \cite{k1}. +\subsection{Contact info} +E-mail Ben at \cite{k2}. +\begin{thebibliography}{9} +\addcontentsline{toc} + {section}{\refname} +\bibitem{k1} Ben User, Some + day will never come, 2010 +\bibitem{k2} BUser@earth.info +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cf4e740e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-10 on page 61. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titletoc} +\titlecontents{section}[0pt]{\addvspace{2pt}\filright} + {\contentspush{\thecontentslabel\ }} + {}{\titlerule*[8pt]{.}\contentspage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.8}Some section that + is wrapped in the TOC}{87} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.9}Another section}{88} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.10}And yet another + wrapping section}{90} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.11}Final section}{92} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ddec6a7c099 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-11 on page 63. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titletoc} +\contentsmargin{0pt} +\titlecontents*{chapter}[0pt]{\sffamily} + {}{}{, \thecontentspage}[ \textbullet\ ][~\P] +\titlecontents*{section}[0pt]{\footnotesize\slshape} + {}{}{}[ \{][; ][\}] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{1}A first}{1} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{2}A second}{4} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{2.1}sec-A}{5} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{2.2}sec-B}{6} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{3}A third}{8} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{3.1}sec-C}{8} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..006c9b5241d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-12 on page 63. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titletoc} +\contentsmargin{0pt} +\titlecontents{chapter}[0pt] + {\addvspace{1.4pc}\bfseries} + {{\Huge\thecontentspage\quad}}{}{} +\newcommand\xquad + {\hspace{1em plus.4em minus.4em}} +\titlecontents*{section}[0pt] + {\filright\small}{}{} + {,~\thecontentspage} + [\xquad\textbullet\xquad][.] +\setcounter{tocdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\input{partial.toc}\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..346ccdeb257 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-13 on page 64. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eco,titletoc} +\contentsmargin{0pt} +\titlecontents{chapter}[1.5pc] + {\addvspace{2pc}\large} + {\contentslabel{2pc}% + \scshape\MakeLowercase} + {\scshape\MakeLowercase} + {\hfill\thecontentspage} + [\vspace{2pt}] +\titlecontents*{section}[1.5pc] + {\small}{\S\thecontentslabel\ }{} + {,~\thecontentspage}[. ][.] +\setcounter{tocdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\input{partial.toc} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..abfcc926e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-14 on page 65. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec,titletoc} +\titleformat{\section}[frame]{\normalfont} + {\footnotesize \enspace SECTION \thesection + \enspace}{6pt}{\large\bfseries\filcenter} + [\vspace*{5pt}\startcontents + \printcontents{p-}{2}{\contentsmargin{0pt}}] +\titlespacing*{\section}{1pc}{*4}{*2.3}[1pc] +\titlecontents*{p-subsection}[0pt] + {\small\itshape\fillast}{}{}{}[ --- ][.] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Title Test} +Some text to prove that this paragraph is not indented. +\subsection{A first} Some text \ldots \newpage +\subsection{A longer second} Some more text. +\stopcontents \subsection{A third} \resumecontents +\subsection{An even longer fourth} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78b358144f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-2 on page 50. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline {part}{I\hspace{1em}Part}{2} +\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{1}A-Head}{2} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{1.1}B-Head}{3} +\contentsline{subsection}% + {\numberline{1.1.1}C-Head}{4} +\contentsline{subsection}% + {\numberline{}With Empty Number}{5} +\contentsline{subsection}{Unnumbered C-Head}{6} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eeea831ba0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-3 on page 51. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{10}A-Head}{3} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.9}B-Head}{4} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.10}B-Head}{4} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd80ce21579 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-4 on page 52. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{3em}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\contentsline{section}{\numberline{10}A-Head}{3} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.9}B-Head}{4} +\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.10}B-Head}{4} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49e88133a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-5 on page 53. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{17\baselineskip} +% For the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +% and make the headings smaller: +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\ext@table{lof} +\makeatother +\renewcommand\listfigurename + {Figures and Tables} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures +\section{A Section} +Some text \ldots +\begin{table}[b] + \centering + \fbox{\scriptsize A table} + \caption{Table-Caption} +\end{table} +Some text referencing +figure~\ref{fig} \ldots +\begin{figure} + \centering + \fbox{\scriptsize A figure} + \caption{Figure-Caption}\label{fig} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3aa9ec76b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-6 on page 54. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{18\baselineskip} +% For the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +% and use a smaller heading size: +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\ext@figure{toc} +\renewcommand\ext@table{toc} +\renewcommand\l@figure[2]{\@dottedtocline + {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1~(figure)}{#2}} +\renewcommand\l@table [2]{\@dottedtocline + {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1~(table)}{#2}} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents +\section{A Section} +Some text \ldots +\begin{table}[b] + \centering \fbox{\scriptsize A table} + \caption{Table-Caption} +\end{table} +Some text referencing +figure~\ref{fig} \ldots +\begin{figure} + \centering \fbox{\scriptsize A figure} + \caption{Figure-Caption}\label{fig} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ff3b9891bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-7 on page 55. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% example pages normally start with page 6 but not here: +\setcounter{page}{1} +% small headings for the example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {-1.25ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}% + {.5ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\ecaption[1] + {\addcontentsline{xmp}{example}{#1}} +\makeatletter \newcommand\listofexamples + {\section*{Comments}\@starttoc{xmp}} + \newcommand\l@example[2] + {\par\noindent#1,~\textit{#2}\par} \makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Selection of recordings} +Ravel's Bol\'ero by Jacques Loussier +Trio.\ecaption{Loussier: A strange experience} + +Davis' Blue in Green by Cassandra +Wilson.\ecaption{Wilson: A wonderful version} +\listofexamples +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..428d532a20b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-8 on page 58. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{19\baselineskip} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{minitoc} +\setlength\stcindent{0pt} +\renewcommand\stctitle{} +\renewcommand\stcfont + {\footnotesize} +\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\dosecttoc \faketableofcontents + +\section{Afghanistan}\secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 647,500 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsubsection{Land area} + 647,500 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsection{History} \ldots + +\section{Albania} \secttoc +\subsection{Geography} +\subsubsection{Total area} + 28,750 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsubsection{Land area} + 27,400 km\textsuperscript{2} +\subsection{History} \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ed1070df51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-3-9 on page 61. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dotinlabels]{titletoc} +\titlecontents{chapter} [6pc] + {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries + \titlerule[2pt]\filright} + {\contentslabel + [\textsc{\chaptername}\ + \thecontentslabel]{6pc}} + {}{\hfill\contentspage} + [\addvspace{2pt}] +% Show only chapter/section entries: +\setcounter{tocdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\input{partial.toc} +\contentsfinish +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a45e6d1abe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-1 on page 66. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setcounter{section}{3} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Section} \label{sec:this} + +A reference to this section looks +like this: ``see section~\ref{sec:this} +on page~\pageref{sec:this}''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1153cdb88be --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-2 on page 67. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{section}{2} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A section} +\subsection{A subsection}\label{sec:before} +Text before is referenced as `\ref{sec:before}'. + +\begin{figure}[ht] \label{fig:in1} + \begin{center} + \fbox{\ldots{} figure body \ldots} + \caption{First caption} \label{fig:in2} + \bigskip + \fbox{\ldots{} figure body \ldots} + \caption{Second caption} \label{fig:in3} + \end{center} \label{fig:in4} +\end{figure} +\label{sec:after} + +\raggedright +The labels are: `before' (\ref{sec:before}), +`fig:in1' (\ref{fig:in1}), `fig:in2' +(\ref{fig:in2}), `fig:in3' (\ref{fig:in3}), +`fig:in4' (\ref{fig:in4}), `after' +(\ref{sec:after}). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a56b916aca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-3 on page 68. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-60pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{showkeys} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{An example}\label{sec} +Section~\ref{sec} shows the use of the +\texttt{showkeys} package with a +reference to equation~(\ref{eq}). +\begin{equation} + a = b \label{eq} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df592f9ac1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-4 on page 71. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{8.5\baselineskip} +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{varioref} +\renewcommand\theequation + {\thesection.\arabic{equation}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Test} +Observe equations~\vrefrange{A}{C} and +in particular equations~\vrefrange{B}{C}. +\begin{equation} + a=b+c\label{A} \end{equation} +Here is a second equation\ldots +\begin{equation} + b=a+c\label{B} \end{equation} +\ldots and finally one more equation: +\begin{equation} + c=a+b\label{C} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76d658c604f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-5 on page 72. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{180.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{varioref} +\labelformat{section}{section~#1} +\labelformat{equation}{equation~(#1)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{An example}\label{sec} +\Ref{sec} shows the use of the \verb=\labelformat= +declaration with a reference to \ref{eq}. +\begin{equation} a = b \label{eq} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4e1e35ce55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-6 on page 73. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt} +\setlength\textheight{11\baselineskip} +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{varioref,ifthen} +\newcommand\veqns[2]{% + \vrefpagenum\firstnum{#1}% + \vrefpagenum\secondnum{#2}% + the equation% + \ifthenelse + {\equal\firstnum\secondnum}% + {s \ref{#1}}% + { \ref{#1}\vpageref{#1}}% + \space and \ref{#2}\vpageref{#2}% +} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Test: \veqns{A}{B} \par Test: \veqns{A}{C} +\begin{equation} a=b+c \label{A}\end{equation} +\begin{equation} b=a+c \label{B}\end{equation} +\newpage +Test: \veqns{A}{B} \par Test: \veqns{A}{C} +\newpage +\begin{equation} c=a+b \label{C}\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3dbff237b54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-7 on page 76. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setcounter{section}{3} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{prettyref} +\newrefformat{sec}{Section~\ref{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Section}\label{sec:this} +A reference to the equation in this section looks like: +``see \prettyref{eq:a} in \prettyref{sec:this}''. +\begin{equation} a = b \label{eq:a} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79d5fdab673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-8 on page 77. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titleref} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Textual References}\label{num} +In section ``\currenttitle{}'' we prove that +it is possible to reference unnumbered sections +by referencing section ``\titleref{ex}''. + +\subsection[Example]{A Small Example}\label{ex} +The current section is referenced in +section~\ref{num}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78ef9152260 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 2-4-9 on page 77. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titleref} +\renewcommand\theTitleReference[2]{\emph{#1\ #2}} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Textual References}\label{num} +In section \currenttitle{} we prove that +it is possible to reference unnumbered +sections by referencing section \titleref{ex}. + +\subsection[Example]{A Small Example}\label{ex} +The current section is referenced in +section~\ref{num}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bdd6710c2c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-1 on page 81. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\sloppy % to avoid overfull boxes + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{xspace} +\newcommand\USA{United States of America\xspace} +\newcommand\GB {Great Britain\xspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\GB was unified in 1707.\\ \GB, the \USA, and +Canada have close cultural links. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8b9c9e33ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-10 on page 85. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{exscale,relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \times b \neq a \mathlarger{\times} b \neq + a \mathbin{\mathlarger\times} b \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73d7060754c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-11 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Textcase example}\label{exa} +\MakeTextUppercase{Text in section~\ref{exa}, + about $a=b$ and \(\alpha \neq a \) } +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e90c6bd714b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-12 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MakeTextUppercase{Some text + \NoCaseChange{Some More} text} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1825027a5dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-13 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcase} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MakeTextUppercase{Both of these will + \textbf{fail $a+b=c$} + \emph{\NoCaseChange{unfortunately}}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..683ed487ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-14 on page 86. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand\mymath{$a+b=c$} +\MakeUppercase{But this will + \textbf{work \protect\mymath} always} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dd45391d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-15 on page 87. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ulem} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +No, I did \emph{not} act in the movie +\emph{\emph{The} \emph{Persecution} \emph{and} +\emph{Assassination} \emph{of} \emph{Jean-Paul} +\emph{Marat}, as performed by the Inmates of +the Asylum of Charenton under the direc\-tion of +the Marquis de~Sade!} But I \emph{did} see it. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4e7e5d4a763 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-16 on page 87. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ulem} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Double underlining (\uuline{under-line}),\\ +a wavy underline (\uwave{under-wave}), \\ +a line through text (\sout{strike out}), \\ +crossing out text (\xout{cross out, X out}), +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc49c59b855 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-17 on page 88. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +With the \texttt{soul} package you can +\so{letter\-space words and phrases}. Capitals +are \caps{LETTERSPACED} with a different +command. Interfaces for \ul{underlining}, +\st{strikeouts}, and \hl{highlighting} are +also provided. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e7aadff029 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-18 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} \usepackage{textcomp} +\soulaccent{\capitalgrave} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Huge \st{\"a \`u \~O \capitalgrave X {\capitalbreve Y}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76d0e122448 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-19 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{``So there,''} he said. \caps{{!`}Hola---my \textbf{friend}!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..688b7e31706 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-2 on page 81. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lips{\dots\unkern} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Compare the following:\\ + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\ + Du E\lips\ du! Scher dich zum \lips! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1237a556d00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-20 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\textsfbf[1]{\textsf{\bfseries#1}} +\usepackage{soul} \soulregister{\textsfbf}{1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{Here we see \textsfbf{soul} in \emph{action}: $x\neq y$ OK?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5abdd510b0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-21 on page 89. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{bl\textbf{oo}dy viz. bl\>\textbf{oo}\>dy} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4aba988b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-22 on page 90. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul,yfonts} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textfrak{\so{S{ch}u{tz}vorri{ch}tung}} \par +\so{Gödel, E\mbox{sch}er, Bach} \par +\ul{Temporarily dis\soulomit{abl}ing the scanner} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1eb7895090 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-23 on page 90. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} \newsavebox\soulbox +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sbox\soulbox{\so{ is hell }} +\ul{This\mbox{\usebox{\soulbox}}for all of us!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cce1781dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-24 on page 90. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\so{``\,\linebreak OK?} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4588c284b30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-25 on page 91. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sodef\sobf{\bfseries}{.3em}{1em plus .1em} + {1.3em plus.1em minus.2em} +Here we \sobf{emphasize words} a lot. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b771a0998c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-26 on page 91. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\sloppy % as the example columns are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec,soul} +\newcommand\allcaps[1]{\MakeUppercase{\caps{#1}}} +\titleformat{\section}[block]{\centering\sffamily} + {\thesection.}{.5em}{\allcaps} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{8pt}{3pt} +\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.17em}{.55em}{.4em} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section*{A Sample Heading} +The \verb=\capsdef= declaration applies here, because the +heading definition specifies sans serif and our examples +are typeset with Times and Helvetica (\texttt{phv}). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..41ac170e284 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-27 on page 92. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\sloppy % as the example columns are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{titlesec} \usepackage[capsdefault]{soul} +\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.17em}{.55em}{.4em} +\capssave{display} \capsreset +\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.04em}{.35em}{.35em} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{8pt}{3pt} +\titleformat{\section}[block]{\centering\sffamily} + {\thesection.}{.5em}{\capsselect{display}\caps} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section*{A Sample Heading} +Notice the different letterspacing in the heading and +\textsf{\caps{Running Text}}. For Times we have no +definition above so that the \caps{default} will match. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5941c869158 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-28 on page 92. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setul{0pt}{.4pt} \ul{Here we test} \par +\setul{-.6ex}{.3ex} \ul{a number of} \par +\setuldepth{g} \ul{different settings.} \par +\resetul \ul{And back to normal!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c5a1ea4117 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-29 on page 92. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{soul,color} +\sethlcolor{green} \setulcolor{blue} \setstcolor{red} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Rules \hl{can} be in \st{black} \ul{blue}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b582eb073b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-3 on page 82. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ellipsis} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Compare the following:\\ + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\ +\renewcommand\ellipsisgap{1.5\fontdimen3\font} + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\ +\renewcommand\ellipsisgap{0.3em} + Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3fe3a224d72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-30 on page 93. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \LaTeX{} project web pages are at +\url{http://www . latex-project . org} and my +home directory is \path+~frank+ (sometimes). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2839eeb5e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-31 on page 93. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\url{^frank} and \mbox{\url{^frank}} (OK)\par +\url{^^frank} but \mbox{\url{^^frank}} (bad) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06b9ac00d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-32 on page 94. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\urldef\test\path{^^frank~#$\} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{\test{} works?} +It does---in contrast to the earlier example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49640249590 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-33 on page 95. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} % example class uses times package + % but changes tt fonts +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} +\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\setlength\emergencystretch{10mm} % columns so small in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[hyphens]{url} +\urldef\lproject\url{http://www.latex-project.org} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{pzc}\selectfont Zapf Chancery! + \lproject\ (default set-up) \quad +\urlstyle{rm}\lproject\ (CM Roman) \quad +\urlstyle{sf}\lproject\ (CM Sans Serif) \quad +\urlstyle{tt}\lproject\ (CM Typewriter) \quad +\urlstyle{same}\lproject\ (Zapf Chancery) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93c272b0e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-34 on page 96. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{url} +\renewcommand\UrlLeft{} +\DeclareUrlCommand\email{\urlstyle{rm}% + \renewcommand\UrlLeft{e-mail:\ }% + \renewcommand\UrlRight{}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\url{http://www.latex-project.org} \par +\email{frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org} \par +\path{$HOME/figures} oops, wrong! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd191735288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-35 on page 96. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{7}\quad \EURO{FRF}[DEM]{23.48} +\\ +\EURO{EUR}[DEM]{10.00}\quad \EURO{DEM}{20} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4391a630cd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-36 on page 97. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[eco,table,endash]{euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{7}\quad \EURO{FRF}[DEM]{23.48} +\\ \EURO{EUR}[DEM]{10.00}\quad \EURO{DEM}{20} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64459b15154 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-37 on page 97. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcomp}\usepackage[dots]{euro} +\EUROSYM{ITL}{\textlira}\EUROSYM{EUR}{\texteuro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{ITL}{10000}\quad \EURO{DEM}[ITL]{1000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14607f4544d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-38 on page 98. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eurosans,euro} +\EUROADD{GBP}{\textsterling}{0.6397} % 2002/12/21 +\newcommand*\GBP{\EURO{GBP}} \EUROSYM{EUR}{\euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent \GBP{14.9}\\ \GBP[FRF]{10}\\ \EURO{EUR}[GBP]{10} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6475283bc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-39 on page 98. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\in\ (=\,\out)} \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}\par +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}\par +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\in} \EURO{DEM} {1000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ef27306b5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-4 on page 82. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{moredefs,lips} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Elsewhere \lips the dots are normally set with +full word spaces between them \lips. An example +would be this paragraph. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21bfd9317dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-40 on page 98. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} +\EUROFORMAT{in}{\sym~\val} \EUROFORMAT{out}{\iso~\val} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2ad3a2a96c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-41 on page 99. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{euro} \EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} +\EUROFORMAT{all}{\round{-4}\form{,}{\textperiodcentered}{}} +\EUROFORMAT{ITL}{\round{2}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent \EURO{DEM}{2000}\\ \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{-100}\\ +\EURO{DEM}[ITL]{10000} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18a3be8c52f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-42 on page 99. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,euro} \EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} +\EUROFORMAT{all}{\plus{$+$}{}\minus{\color{blue}$-$}{}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}{2000}\quad \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{-100} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ce8580136d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-43 on page 99. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eurosans,euro} +\EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} \EUROSYM{EUR}{\euro} +\EUROFORMAT{all}{\zero{0,00}{0}{,--}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\EURO{DEM}{0}\quad \EURO{DEM}{1}\quad \EURO{EUR}{1} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78f0e7ef425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-44 on page 100. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lettrine} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine{L}{a moitié des passagers,} affaiblis, +expirants de ces angoisses inconcevables que le +roulis d'un vaisseau porte dans les nerfs et +dans toutes les humeurs du corps agitées en sens +contraire, \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a718ffdfb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-45 on page 100. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lettrine} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\renewcommand\LettrineFontHook{\sffamily\bfseries} +\renewcommand\LettrineTextFont{\sffamily\scshape} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine{L}{a moitié des passagers,} affaiblis, +expirants de ces angoisses inconcevables que le +roulis d'un vaisseau porte dans les nerfs et +dans toutes les humeurs du corps agitées en sens +contraire, \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fff3adb448a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-46 on page 101. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{palatino,lettrine} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine[lines=3, loversize=-0.1, lraise=0.1, + lhang=.2]{Q}{uand ils furent} revenus un peu à eux, +ils marchèrent vers Lisbonne ; il leur restait quelque +argent, avec lequel ils espéraient se sauver de la +faim après avoir échappé à la tempête \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..560be722e89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-47 on page 101. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % to fit in small book columns +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{palatino,lettrine} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\lettrine[lines=4, slope=0.6em, findent=-1em, + nindent=0.6em]{À} { peine ont-ils mis} le pied dans +la ville en pleurant la mort de leur bienfaiteur, +qu'ils sentent la terre trembler sous leurs pas; \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06a45f6ce35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-48 on page 104. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{flushleft} +``The \LaTeX{} document preparation system is a special +version of Donald Knuth's \TeX{} program. \TeX{} is a +sophisticated program designed to produce high-quality +typesetting, especially for mathematical text.'' +\end{flushleft} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..649bdfedced --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-49 on page 106. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\setlength\RaggedRightRightskip{0pt plus 1cm} +\setlength\RaggedRightParindent{12pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``The \LaTeX{} document preparation system is a special +version of Donald Knuth's \TeX{} program. \TeX{} is a +sophisticated program designed to produce high-quality +typesetting, especially for mathematical text.'' +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bbc760b32b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-5 on page 83. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{moredefs}\usepackage[mla]{lips} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Elsewhere \olips the dots are normally set with +full word spaces between them \lips. An example +would be this paragraph. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..571265f7460 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-50 on page 107. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{setspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{doublespace} + In the beginning God created the heaven + and the earth. Now the earth was unformed + and void, and darkness was upon the face + of the deep; and the spirit of God + hovered over the face of the waters. +\end{doublespace} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64f1ea05f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-51 on page 107. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{setspace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{spacing}{2.0} + In the beginning God created the heaven + and the earth. Now the earth was unformed + and void, and darkness was upon the face + of the deep; and the spirit of God + hovered over the face of the waters. +\end{spacing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f90561d16d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-52 on page 108. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picinpar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{window}[1,c,% + \fbox{\shortstack{H\\e\\l\\l\\o}},] + In this case we center a word printed + vertically inside the paragraph. It is not + difficult to understand that tables can also + be easily included with the \texttt{tabwindow} + environment.\par When a paragraph ends, like + here, and the window is not yet finished, + then it just continues past the paragraph + boundary, right into the next one(s). +\end{window} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59dfc5710f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,996 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-53 on page 109. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\begin{filecontents*}{ukmap.eps} +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 560 720 +%%Pages: 1 +%%Creator: reid (Brian Reid) with netmap-2.1 +%%CreationDate: Wed Oct 2 00:10:50 1991 +%%DocumentFonts: Helvetica-Bold Helvetica Courier Symbol +%%EndComments +/Pwid 595 def % page width +/Pht 792 def % page height +/Margin 23 def % border margin +/CaptionMargin 25 def % caption margin (at the bottom) +/Clw 15 def % max-traffic line width +Pht 792 gt + {statusdict /11x17tray known { + statusdict begin 11x17tray end + }{ + statusdict /setpageparams known { + 11 72 mul 17 72 mul 36 1 % w h offs. orientation + statusdict begin setpageparams end + }{ + 11 17 div dup scale % for laserwriter + } ifelse + } ifelse + } if +/TitleSize 10 def +/SubtitleSize 7.5 def +/CaptionSize 8 def +/GridLblSize 5 def +/CityDotFontSize 12 def +/CaptionFont /Helvetica findfont def +/TitleFont /Helvetica-Bold findfont def +/CityDotFont /Courier findfont def +/HostNameFont /Courier findfont def +/ArrowFont /Symbol findfont def +/Nlw 0.25 def /Mlw 0.5 def /Wlw 1 def /Xlw 1.5 def /Zlw 2.5 def +/Colors 20 dict def +/cdef {exch dup 3 1 roll exch def} def +/Cmap [ 0 +Colors begin +/Red [1 0 0] cdef +/Green [0 1 0] cdef +/Blue [0 0 1] cdef +/White [1 1 1] cdef +/Black [0 0 0] cdef +/Magenta [1 0 1] cdef +/Cyan [0 1 1] cdef +/Yellow [1 1 0] cdef +/Orange [1 .75 0] cdef +/Purple [.75 0 1] cdef +/Chartreuse [.75 1 0] cdef +/Fuschia [1 0 .75] cdef +/Azure [0 .75 1] cdef +/Mint [0 1 .75] cdef +/Brown [.7 .5 0] cdef +end + ] def +/CMX {0 1 2 {dup + 4 -1 roll dup 5 1 roll exch get exch + 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll exch get exch + dup 3 1 roll sub 5 -1 roll dup 6 1 roll + mul add 4 1 roll + } for pop pop pop setrgbcolor + } def +/BGcolor {1 setgray} def % background color +/FGcolor {0 setgray} def % foreground color +/MFcolor {0 setgray} def % map feature color +/CRcolor {0 setgray} def % circle color +/CLcolor {0 setgray} def % circle label color +/DTcolor {0 setgray} def % dot color +/PHcolor {0 setgray} def % path color +/LGcolor {0 setgray} def % legend color +/DMX matrix defaultmatrix def +/MMX matrix def +/DAR [1] def +/DSR [5 1 1 1 1 1] def +/CF {scalefont setfont} bind def +/CL {curveto stroke} bind def +/DV {scf div} bind def +/L /lineto load def +/LX {currentpoint exch pop lineto} bind def +/LY {currentpoint pop exch lineto} bind def +/MP {moveto gsave currentpoint translate} bind def +/MB {lineto stroke grestore} bind def +/MI {currentpoint stroke newpath moveto} bind def +/MT /moveto load def +/NP /newpath load def +/PL {lineto stroke} bind def +/R /rlineto load def +/ST {stroke grestore} bind def +/SCF {DV scalefont setfont} bind def +/SDW {DV setlinewidth DAR 0 setdash} bind def +/SFW {DV setlinewidth DSR 0 setdash} bind def +/SLW {[] 0 setdash DV setlinewidth} bind def +/SLC {Cmap exch get Colors begin load end aload pop setrgbcolor} def +/SPW {Clw mul [] 0 setdash DV setlinewidth 1 setlinecap} bind def +/X {0 rlineto} bind def +/Y {0 exch rlineto} bind def +/ntbl [ [/M /x /w /v /X /X /Z] + [/y /s /m /U /i /J /X] + [/z /q /h /u /e /n /V] + [/A /W /l /X /r /E /T] + [/B /p /g /d /f /o /S] + [/C /t /k /D /j /K /Q] + [/F /G /H /I /N /O /P] ] def +0 1 6 {/rx exch def 0 1 6 {/cx exch def ntbl rx get cx get dup + /X ne {[ cx 3 sub 3 rx sub /rlineto load] cvx bind def} {pop} ifelse + } for } for +/GMCT {gsave moveto currentpoint transform + DMX setmatrix itransform translate CaptionFont + GridLblSize CF} bind def +/RSG {rotate 0 0.5 rmoveto show grestore} bind def +/GMT {gsave transform 0 0 moveto 1 scf div dup scale} bind def +/BA {gsave translate rotate 1 DV dup scale newpath 0.2 setlinewidth + dup newpath dup 4 mul exch moveto 0 0 lineto dup 4 mul exch neg lineto + closepath fill grestore} bind def +/WA {gsave translate rotate BGcolor 1 DV dup scale newpath 0.2 setlinewidth + 5 2 moveto 0 0 lineto 5 -2 lineto 0 0 moveto 10 0 lineto + BGcolor stroke grestore} bind def +/SWA {gsave translate rotate 1 DV dup scale 0.2 setlinewidth 0.6 dup scale + 5 2 moveto 0 0 lineto 5 -2 lineto 0 0 moveto 10 0 lineto + BGcolor stroke grestore} bind def +/HST {gsave translate rotate 0 0 moveto 0 0 CxD DV 0 360 newpath arc + gsave BGcolor fill grestore .25 SLW stroke + dup length dup /HSTln exch def 4 le + {dup stringwidth pop -2 div -1.5 DV moveto CLcolor show} + {/HSTln HSTln 1 add 2 div cvi def + dup 0 HSTln getinterval dup stringwidth pop -2 div 0.5 DV moveto + show + dup length HSTln sub HSTln exch getinterval + dup stringwidth pop -2 div -3.7 DV moveto show + } ifelse + grestore} bind def +/HTT {gsave translate gsave rotate 0 0 moveto 0 0 CxD DV 0 360 newpath arc + gsave BGcolor fill grestore .25 SLW stroke + dup stringwidth pop -2 div -1.5 DV moveto CLcolor show + grestore rotate moveto HFn setfont show + grestore} bind def +/Hd {/HDyy exch def /HDxx exch def HDxx HDyy + gsave translate CityDotFontSize DV dup -.3 mul exch -.3058 mul + exch moveto (\267) show grestore} bind def +/Hr {HDxx HDyy moveto rmoveto currentpoint Hd} bind def +/Hx {0 exch Hr} bind def +/Id {gsave translate gsave CityDotFontSize DV dup -.3 mul exch -.3058 mul + exch moveto (\267) DTcolor show grestore + rotate moveto HFn setfont show + grestore} bind def +/HF {HostNameFont [4 DV 0 0 6 DV 0 0] makefont} def +/IF {HostNameFont [4.5 DV 0 0 7 DV 0 0] makefont} def +/Mpath {newpath 0 0 moveto Pwid Margin 2 mul sub 0 rlineto 0 Pht + Margin 2 mul CaptionMargin add sub rlineto Pwid Margin 2 mul sub neg 0 + rlineto closepath} bind def +/lctr {gsave zf setfont 10 mul 0 exch rmoveto dup + stringwidth pop -2 div 0 rmoveto show grestore} bind def +/ldsp {/dr exch def gsave zf setfont dup stringwidth pop dr mul 0 rmoveto + show grestore} bind def +/T1 {gsave MMX setmatrix + 0 -3 TitleSize sub MT TitleFont TitleSize CF show + grestore} bind def +/T2 {gsave MMX setmatrix + 0 -5 TitleSize sub SubtitleSize sub MT TitleFont SubtitleSize CF show + grestore} bind def +/MLB {290 -4 MT CaptionFont CaptionSize CF CaptionSize 1 add + mul neg 0 exch rmoveto show} bind def +/HSH {HSHx HSHy MT show /HSHy HSHy HSHdy sub def} def +/HSHmt {/HSHy exch def /HSHx exch def} def +/HSHdxy {/HSHdy exch def /HSHdx exch def} def +/INIT {Margin dup CaptionMargin add translate + MMX currentmatrix pop + Mpath 1 setlinewidth + gsave BGcolor fill grestore FGcolor stroke} def + %%Endprofile +gsave +%INIT +/CxD 11 2 div def +LGcolor +%(DECWRL netmap-2.1 by Brian Reid at Wed Oct 2 00:11:52 1991) 1 MLB +%(Lambert Conformal Projection [65\312N,55\312N], Map center: [53\312 15\302N, 2\312 30\302W]) 2 MLB +%(Image resolution 300/in., stroke limit 3 pixels) 3 MLB +274 360 translate +0.240000 dup dup scale /scf exch def +/DAR [ DAR {DV} forall ] def +/DSR [ DSR {DV} forall ] def +/AFont ArrowFont 10 DV scalefont def +%%Endinit +MFcolor +% Britain +Mlw SLW 173 -1501 MP M -9 4 R -6 1 R -5 1 R -1 4 R 2 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R +2 4 R V 4 -1 R 4 -2 R O Q V 3 2 R 5 -2 R O N 6 -3 R +6 -2 R 9 -1 R 10 -2 R S 6 -2 R 3 -4 R 8 1 R Q 4 -3 R +5 4 R 22 2 R 9 11 R 3 4 R 6 2 R 6 1 R V 15 -1 R +5 -1 R 7 -1 R 4 -1 R 8 -2 R H N 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 1 -5 R +166 0 MB +708 -1501 MP 2 5 R 1 5 R 1 3 R 1 9 R 1 6 R 3 5 R 2 4 R +8 7 R 4 1 R 11 7 R 9 3 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 4 5 R +8 7 R 25 14 R 6 5 R 5 3 R 8 7 R 4 3 R 7 3 R +5 2 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 24 1 R 9 5 R +7 3 R 6 1 R 7 3 R 4 1 R 7 4 R 5 3 R 7 2 R +14 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 7 5 R 5 4 R 4 2 R 23 12 R +12 13 R 9 10 R 9 10 R 10 9 R 7 5 R 5 6 R 5 7 R +5 11 R 1 8 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R +7 5 R 7 X 7 -4 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 6 2 R M 1 7 R +z -8 2 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R M -4 1 R B -4 5 R -2 5 R +1 10 R 1 13 R 1 10 R V 5 2 R V 5 Y -7 2 R -4 5 R +1 8 R 1 5 R 3 47 R 4 2 R -3 4 R -4 5 R -2 4 R +-1 13 R -1 10 R -1 7 R -1 4 R -1 5 R -1 6 R 1 12 R +2 4 R 2 5 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 1 4 R -1 10 R -1 6 R +-1 4 R -2 5 R -1 4 R -2 4 R -1 4 R 3 6 R 5 1 R +4 1 R 4 2 R 9 10 R 4 7 R 16 15 R 13 5 R 5 3 R +5 3 R 7 2 R 4 1 R J 434 598 MB +-1133 916 MP 7 -2 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R +5 -3 R 6 -3 R 5 -3 R 6 -10 R 5 -7 R 3 -5 R 9 -5 R +9 -5 R 6 -3 R 5 -3 R Q 4 -1 R 8 -3 R 4 -4 R -1 -4 R +F F -4 -1 R B C -4 -1 R -4 -2 R B -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R +-4 -2 R -4 -2 R -4 -1 R B -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R +-4 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R 3 -10 R 5 2 R 15 -3 R 5 -4 R +4 -1 R 4 -1 R 8 2 R 4 3 R 3 4 R 4 4 R w 1 4 R +2 4 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 1 3 R +1 7 R 3 10 R 4 -3 R 6 -4 R 5 -3 R S 28 -1 R 5 2 R +2 3 R Z 7 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 9 1 R 7 2 R 7 1 R +2 4 R 4 2 R 3 2 R 5 3 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R +4 -1 R 4 2 R 11 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -1 R 5 -4 R 4 -2 R +4 -4 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 12 X 4 -1 R 4 -4 R 5 -3 R +3 -6 R 2 -4 R 3 -9 R -2 -4 R -1 -7 R -2 -13 R -1 -5 R +H 3 -7 R V 6 -1 R 5 -1 R 3 -6 R -1 -12 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R +O 6 -3 R 5 -1 R 5 -7 R 8 -17 R 1 -4 R 5 -3 R 2 -7 R +5 -6 R 1 -4 R -1 -7 R -1 -5 R 1 -4 R 7 -5 R 8 -3 R +4 -6 R S -2 4 R x -2 4 R -7 8 R M -1 4 R 6 3 R 6 -1 R +7 -8 R 3 -7 R 2 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -8 R -2 -7 R -2 -4 R +-4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -11 -2 R -4 -1 R -4 -3 R C -4 -2 R +-4 -3 R -4 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -4 R 4 -6 R +3 -6 R 4 2 R 1 3 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 7 5 R 5 3 R +9 4 R 3 2 R 7 1 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R +8 3 R 10 -3 R 5 -6 R 4 -6 R 1 -15 R 3 -7 R 4 -5 R +4 -9 R -1 -5 R -1 -11 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 5 -3 R P -2 -4 R +-2 -9 R -2 -4 R G -2 -5 R 3 -5 R H -1 -5 R -2 -4 R B -3 -5 R +2 -5 R MI -4 -9 R -6 2 R w -2 4 R -1 4 R -2 5 R -2 4 R +-3 4 R 1 9 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 2 4 R 1 3 R -1 13 R +-1 9 R w w y -4 2 R -1 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R y -4 3 R y +-4 1 R -1 -4 R N -2 -6 R -4 Y 3 -4 R 4 -5 R -3 -4 R Q +5 -3 R -1 -5 R 1 -7 R 3 -5 R -4 Y -2 -5 R -4 Y -1 -4 R +-2 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R C -4 -2 R -3 -5 R 4 X 12 4 R 7 4 R +4 2 R 6 -2 R 3 -5 R 2 -7 R 2 -13 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R +-1 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -5 R -7 -3 R -3 -5 R -4 X M x +z -8 1 R -9 -1 R -4 X -8 -1 R -5 -2 R C -4 -3 R -2 -5 R +1 -9 R -1 -13 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R -4 -6 R +-4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R -4 -5 R +-5 -2 R -4 -2 R B -6 2 R -4 2 R -1 4 R 5 1 R 1 3 R +-4 3 R -7 1 R z -5 1 R -5 1 R -2 7 R -4 2 R z -9 -3 R +4 -5 R 5 -3 R 5 -7 R 4 -5 R 4 -4 R 8 -2 R 2 -5 R +2 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R -11 1 R z y -4 2 R -4 2 R +y -4 2 R -4 2 R z z -5 -3 R 2 -6 R -4 -3 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R +-2 -4 R -1 -15 R 1 -4 R 8 -13 R 5 -2 R 6 -2 R 4 -1 R +4 -2 R P -2 -7 R -1 -5 R 2 -10 R 5 -2 R G -3 -7 R -1 -6 R +-1 -4 R -1 -7 R 2 -7 R -1 -9 R 1 -6 R 2 -4 R 1 -4 R +1 -6 R 5 -5 R Q 1 -6 R 4 -3 R 5 -8 R 5 -1 R 4 -4 R +5 -7 R -2 -16 R -4 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -5 R +-9 Y 1 -12 R -5 Y P 5 -1 R 5 -1 R P ST +-1143 881 MP 6 5 R 4 2 R 4 -2 R +4 -3 R G P 8 -3 R 6 2 R -1 4 R z -4 2 R -4 2 R -2 4 R +-3 4 R -3 4 R 2 3 R 4 -2 R -1 5 R -4 2 R -4 2 R +y -3 4 R 2 3 R T ST +-975 -377 MP 4 -6 R 5 -1 R 2 -4 R 1 -5 R -2 -6 R +-4 -3 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -3 -4 R -8 2 R 2 4 R 3 5 R +-5 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R -6 2 R 6 2 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-10 -7 R -5 -1 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -4 1 R -3 4 R y -6 5 R +-4 2 R -5 2 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -9 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R +-3 4 R 4 3 R 2 3 R 3 4 R 2 4 R z -6 -5 R -2 -4 R +-5 2 R -3 -5 R O S -3 -5 R -5 Y -1 -4 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R +-4 -2 R -5 -4 R -5 -7 R -7 -2 R 2 5 R 3 4 R 4 2 R +2 4 R -1 5 R w 1 5 R -1 7 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R +-4 4 R -3 13 R C O N 2 -9 R 1 -5 R H -1 -6 R -3 -5 R O +4 -1 R -1 -4 R -6 -7 R -5 -7 R -5 -1 R -167 -46 MB +-869 77 MP -5 -7 R -4 2 R +-3 4 R -5 4 R -10 -2 R -4 -4 R -5 -3 R -6 -1 R 2 -8 R +3 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 4 -3 R P 6 -1 R 4 -3 R 1 -9 R +-2 -7 R 1 -5 R 1 -10 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R -1 -5 R 2 -10 R +2 -4 R 2 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -5 R -1 -14 R -2 -5 R +-1 -8 R -1 -4 R 1 -11 R 1 -4 R 4 -3 R 5 -8 R -4 -3 R +-1 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R +-2 -6 R -5 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -6 R -2 -4 R -4 -9 R -1 -4 R +-1 -4 R 1 -6 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R -3 -5 R -5 -6 R -3 -4 R +-8 -17 R -1 -4 R 1 -13 R 2 -5 R 1 -8 R -1 -14 R -3 -4 R +-3 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -6 R -10 -11 R -4 -6 R -5 -6 R -7 -9 R +-4 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -6 R -3 -13 R x -8 2 R -6 -3 R H 2 -15 R +4 -2 R P 3 2 R 1 4 R 1 3 R 1 -5 R -2 -4 R 1 -8 R +I ST +69 1501 MP -6 -13 R -3 -7 R -4 -5 R F -2 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R -5 -4 R +-4 -2 R -3 -4 R -10 -2 R -1 -6 R -2 -5 R H -1 -5 R -2 -5 R +1 -5 R 1 -6 R -4 -4 R -10 -7 R -2 -4 R 2 -7 R Q -2 -6 R +-4 -4 R -10 -16 R -5 -2 R -4 -1 R -5 -3 R -1 -4 R -12 -11 R +-5 -2 R -5 -3 R -3 -4 R -2 -10 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-11 -2 R -6 -4 R -5 2 R -16 -3 R -6 -3 R -6 1 R -5 1 R +-6 -1 R -5 -4 R -6 -4 R -8 -6 R -7 -6 R -9 -8 R -9 -6 R +-9 -3 R -5 2 R -4 Y 4 -2 R S 5 1 R 4 1 R 4 1 R V +4 1 R 4 3 R V 4 3 R 5 4 R 4 1 R 4 2 R V 4 3 R +5 2 R V V 5 2 R 4 3 R V 4 5 R 5 4 R V 5 -1 R 4 -2 R +P 4 1 R 5 -2 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R -1 -5 R H -3 -10 R -4 -5 R +4 1 R P 2 -4 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R 7 -2 R S 12 -1 R Q 4 -1 R +2 -5 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R -3 -5 R -5 -4 R -8 -9 R +-9 -7 R -7 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 -3 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R -7 2 R +-5 3 R -5 3 R -7 1 R -6 -1 R -7 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R +-4 -2 R -5 -4 R -6 -7 R -5 -3 R -4 -5 R -5 -3 R -1 -4 R +-2 -5 R 1 -4 R -2 -6 R C -13 -1 R -4 2 R -5 -2 R -6 -4 R +-6 -3 R -8 -5 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 2 R -5 1 R -11 5 R +-5 1 R -5 2 R -4 4 R -8 2 R -5 -1 R -18 -3 R 3 -4 R +2 -8 R 4 -3 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 6 1 R S S 4 -2 R S 9 -2 R +P 8 1 R 4 -2 R S 8 -1 R 6 2 R 8 -2 R 4 -4 R S 10 1 R +19 -1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R Q S 6 1 R 5 -1 R +4 X 9 10 R 7 -1 R V 4 1 R 3 4 R 1 4 R 2 7 R 4 1 R +-1 4 R 4 Y 4 1 R 2 3 R 2 3 R Z 3 2 R V 4 -2 R +8 1 R 6 -1 R 8 1 R 6 -1 R MI S 4 -3 R P 4 -7 R 2 -5 R +-6 Y 5 2 R Q 4 2 R 7 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R S 4 -2 R +4 -4 R S 4 -3 R 4 -5 R Q S 5 -4 R 4 -1 R 4 -1 R Q 5 2 R +11 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R -1 -7 R 4 -3 R 7 -5 R +3 -5 R 1 -5 R 4 -5 R 4 -5 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 12 -21 R +5 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 4 -4 R 6 -7 R 4 -9 R 5 -7 R +3 -5 R 5 -2 R 2 4 R Z 6 -9 R -2 -4 R 3 -5 R 3 4 R +7 -2 R 5 -2 R 3 -4 R 9 -6 R -1 -5 R 3 -5 R -4 Y 3 -7 R +2 -4 R H 1 -6 R 6 -9 R -1 -5 R 1 -12 R 2 -7 R -2 -5 R +-2 -4 R -2 -5 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R 1 -6 R 4 -2 R 3 -9 R +-2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -7 R 6 -9 R 3 -4 R 3 -13 R +2 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R 1 -6 R 4 -5 R 1 -6 R 1 -4 R +1 -5 R 1 -7 R 5 -3 R O 2 -9 R 3 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R +5 -9 R 6 -7 R 5 -7 R -1 -7 R 3 -13 R 1 -14 R 3 -7 R +2 -5 R 1 -6 R 2 -5 R 3 -9 R 1 -13 R 4 -5 R 5 -6 R +3 -5 R 5 -4 R 15 -9 R -4 -2 R -1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R +4 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -3 R -1 -5 R 1 -4 R 4 -4 R 8 2 R +1 4 R x 1 4 R 6 1 R 8 -3 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R 7 -6 R +8 -5 R 5 -1 R 12 -1 R 6 -4 R 7 1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R +8 -1 R 5 -3 R 4 -5 R 5 -4 R 5 -2 R S 4 -1 R 4 -4 R +9 -7 R S 8 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -6 R -1 -5 R +3 -8 R 9 -7 R 5 -9 R 2 -5 R 2 -4 R 3 -6 R N 1 -7 R +1 -5 R 5 -9 R 2 -6 R 4 -5 R 8 -6 R 6 -1 R 4 -2 R +4 -2 R 2 -6 R 1 -9 R 2 -4 R 5 -4 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R +5 -2 R 4 -1 R 9 -4 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 3 -4 R ST +582 366 MP F -7 -3 R +-4 -1 R -9 -6 R -2 -4 R -4 -7 R -2 -5 R H 1 -11 R 1 -4 R +2 -5 R 2 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R +2 -5 R 5 -8 R 2 -5 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R O 3 -5 R 9 -11 R +5 -7 R 4 -5 R 7 -8 R 7 -13 R 9 -10 R 2 -5 R 7 -9 R +4 -5 R 5 -9 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R -2 -7 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R +Z 2 4 R -1 8 R -4 3 R -5 3 R -5 3 R z -4 2 R z -6 -1 R +-4 -2 R B -4 -3 R -4 -1 R -11 2 R -4 3 R -5 4 R -4 4 R +-5 3 R -3 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -2 4 R x -9 4 R +z -9 -1 R -9 -4 R -6 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -9 1 R -10 -1 R +-5 -2 R -10 2 R -5 3 R -4 1 R -5 1 R -6 -1 R -9 -8 R +-4 -1 R G 5 -5 R 7 6 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 6 -2 R +2 -5 R 4 -4 R S 8 1 R 5 1 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 5 -1 R +6 1 R 5 1 R V 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 8 -2 R +4 -5 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 2 -5 R 2 -4 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R +4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R +4 2 R 4 -3 R 5 -6 R 3 -5 R 9 -11 R 5 -1 R 8 -6 R +5 -3 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -3 R 5 -4 R 2 -10 R 8 -6 R +1 -5 R 7 -5 R 1 -5 R 2 -4 R 1 -4 R 3 -5 R 4 -9 R +2 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 7 -15 R 3 -9 R 1 -10 R +3 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -19 R -1 -4 R -2 -14 R C B -4 -3 R -4 -4 R +-4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -3 -5 R -5 -5 R +-4 -5 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R +B -5 -2 R -1 -5 R -4 -5 R 2 -5 R 4 2 R 5 2 R 5 2 R +5 -2 R 19 -11 R 6 -9 R 5 -9 R 4 -4 R 6 -3 R 5 2 R +4 1 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R 8 -6 R 3 -5 R 3 2 R 1 8 R +3 4 R 6 6 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 1 9 R 1 5 R 1 3 R +2 4 R 1 3 R MI 1 4 R 1 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 3 4 R +5 3 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R 6 -3 R 7 1 R +5 2 R 5 1 R 8 -1 R 4 -1 R 10 2 R V 18 -2 R 4 1 R +2 4 R 7 -3 R 4 -3 R 19 1 R 6 1 R w -9 1 R 2 3 R +5 1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 5 -2 R 6 -1 R +16 -1 R 7 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 12 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -2 R +4 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -4 R 5 -4 R 7 -5 R 5 -4 R +4 -3 R 9 -6 R 7 -4 R 8 -6 R 7 -6 R 7 -4 R 5 -4 R +6 -7 R 3 -5 R 3 -4 R 3 -7 R 1 -5 R 4 -11 R 2 -4 R +1 -4 R 2 -7 R 2 -5 R 1 -13 R 1 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -10 R +1 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 4 -11 R -1 -6 R -4 -5 R -2 -5 R +-1 -5 R -2 -22 R -2 -4 R -2 -5 R -1 -6 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R +-2 -5 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -9 R +1 -8 R 1 -5 R -1 -15 R -2 -4 R -1 -9 R -1 -5 R -1 -7 R +-1 -5 R -2 -7 R G -4 -1 R B -4 -1 R -4 -3 R F -4 -2 R z -2 -4 R +-5 Y -3 -5 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -6 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -4 R +-4 -6 R -3 -4 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -4 3 R -3 4 R -2 4 R +-3 4 R -4 2 R y 1 -5 R 5 -2 R 2 -4 R -2 -8 R -4 2 R +-5 -1 R B -4 1 R -4 2 R z -4 -2 R -4 -2 R B H S 5 1 R +6 1 R 5 -1 R 9 2 R 7 -2 R 5 1 R -5 Y -3 -5 R -1 -4 R +-4 -1 R -5 -2 R -5 Y -4 -3 R -2 -4 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -1 R +Z 2 7 R 5 -5 R -2 -6 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R +-4 -6 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R C -4 -2 R -4 -1 R B B -6 -1 R +-10 2 R w -2 4 R -3 4 R z -7 -1 R -9 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R +-4 -3 R -2 -6 R -2 -4 R C -3 -4 R -4 -1 R -10 -1 R -4 -2 R +B C -4 1 R -6 -3 R 5 -2 R 9 -7 R 4 2 R MI 1 3 R 4 3 R +5 -2 R 5 1 R 4 4 R 4 3 R 5 2 R 4 2 R 9 -2 R +3 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -16 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -4 -4 R +B C -8 -1 R -9 1 R O 7 -3 R 1 -4 R 4 -1 R 1 3 R 13 5 R +5 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -2 R +-4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R C -4 -2 R -7 1 R z -12 1 R -5 1 R +-5 1 R F -2 -5 R -12 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 2 R -6 -1 R B -4 -1 R +B -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -3 -8 R -1 -6 R F -4 -2 R B -4 -1 R O 5 1 R +5 1 R 4 2 R 3 4 R 2 3 R 1 4 R 4 2 R 8 1 R +4 1 R 8 -1 R 5 2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 13 -1 R 5 -1 R +5 -1 R 5 -7 R -2 -5 R -4 -2 R -8 1 R -5 1 R -4 -2 R +-4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -1 R B -4 -3 R 4 -5 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R +Z 5 1 R 4 -3 R 4 X 5 2 R 2 3 R -1 4 R -1 4 R 1 4 R +4 -2 R 4 X 1 6 R 3 6 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R 7 -1 R 5 -1 R +5 -1 R 4 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -6 R 6 -8 R 1 -5 R B -4 -3 R +-4 -2 R B z z -6 1 R -10 1 R G 4 -2 R 4 -1 R 5 -1 R 11 -2 R +4 -1 R 8 1 R 5 2 R 13 1 R 4 3 R 4 3 R 5 3 R +11 1 R 8 1 R 7 2 R 4 1 R 5 2 R 5 1 R V 5 -1 R +9 2 R 5 1 R 10 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R +6 1 R 4 -2 R ST +1016 -741 MP -1 -17 R -2 -6 R -3 -4 R -10 -2 R H 2 -5 R +2 -9 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 1 -6 R 1 -8 R -1 -20 R +-9 -15 R -4 -4 R -5 -2 R -9 -5 R -7 -4 R -5 -1 R -8 -3 R +-5 -6 R -9 -3 R -5 -1 R -5 1 R -5 -1 R -6 -5 R -7 -6 R +-11 -12 R -3 -5 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R 1 -5 R +1 -7 R 2 -4 R -3 -7 R -4 -1 R -4 1 R -9 1 R -7 1 R +-5 2 R -6 1 R -5 2 R -11 -3 R -5 -4 R -7 -5 R -5 -6 R +-3 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -3 R -4 -1 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R +-9 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -11 -4 R -5 -1 R -6 -1 R -9 -4 R +-11 -7 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -7 -5 R -4 -5 R -2 -5 R -5 -6 R +-4 -1 R -7 1 R -4 2 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -17 2 R -4 2 R +-6 4 R -6 -1 R -8 2 R -4 1 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 1 R +-5 2 R -5 1 R z -5 1 R -5 2 R -6 1 R -6 1 R -12 -2 R +-5 2 R -6 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -2 R -9 -4 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R +-8 -2 R -5 -3 R -7 1 R -11 -1 R -5 -2 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R +-9 -1 R -5 -2 R -7 -1 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -6 -1 R +-5 -3 R -4 -2 R -5 1 R 4 -4 R -1 -7 R -4 -4 R B -5 3 R +-5 3 R -4 3 R -4 3 R -4 1 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 3 R +4 Y 3 2 R 2 4 R V 3 2 R -3 5 R -3 4 R -4 2 R -1 -4 R +-2 -4 R M 1 4 R -2 6 R -8 -2 R 1 -4 R 4 -3 R -2 -4 R +-5 Y -3 -10 R -7 1 R -6 -3 R -2 4 R 3 4 R 5 7 R 1 6 R +1 3 R w -5 3 R -6 -3 R -2 -5 R -3 -15 R -8 -5 R -5 2 R +x 2 7 R 2 3 R w 2 3 R 4 2 R -2 5 R -10 -1 R -5 X +-5 1 R F S 5 -5 R 4 -3 R -1 -9 R -2 -6 R -5 X -6 1 R +-4 4 R -4 4 R -3 4 R -5 3 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-4 3 R -4 4 R -4 4 R -4 3 R -4 4 R -4 3 R z -4 2 R +-3 4 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 1 R F 4 -2 R S 4 -2 R MI S 4 -3 R +2 -4 R 4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -4 R 4 -7 R P -3 -9 R +-4 -5 R -6 -4 R -5 -2 R -9 -1 R -6 -1 R -4 -2 R -9 -6 R +-5 -3 R -9 -11 R F -4 2 R -4 3 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -4 2 R +-7 1 R -5 1 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R -9 -3 R N 4 -3 R -4 -1 R +-7 1 R -5 2 R -13 -2 R -5 -1 R -5 -1 R -10 -11 R -5 -1 R +w 1 3 R w -3 4 R -10 -1 R -5 -1 R -6 2 R -8 -2 R -2 -7 R +-2 -4 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 4 -3 R 1 -6 R 5 2 R 4 1 R +Q 6 -1 R 5 -1 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R S S 3 -5 R -9 -6 R 1 -4 R +-2 -6 R -4 -3 R -5 1 R -12 -1 R -5 -4 R -4 2 R -3 4 R +z -7 1 R -11 4 R -7 2 R -11 1 R -5 1 R -7 1 R -6 1 R +-10 1 R y -11 1 R -8 -1 R -6 -2 R -2 -5 R -2 -8 R -3 -5 R +3 -4 R 4 -1 R 4 -5 R 1 -5 R -3 -5 R -3 -4 R -1 -4 R +-4 -5 R ST +11 -1143 MP -1 4 R 1 5 R 1 5 R w -3 10 R -5 4 R -11 9 R +-11 10 R -11 10 R -5 3 R -15 7 R -4 2 R -9 6 R -8 6 R +-4 2 R -4 1 R -6 1 R -5 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R -4 1 R +-9 -1 R -4 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -3 R -5 -1 R -9 1 R +-7 -1 R -5 -3 R -5 -2 R -14 1 R -8 -1 R -6 -1 R -4 -1 R +-5 -3 R C F -3 -4 R H -3 -4 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -5 -4 R -5 -1 R +-9 1 R -3 4 R -2 10 R -3 5 R -7 8 R -1 -4 R 4 -5 R +N N -1 -7 R 2 -7 R -1 -7 R G -1 -5 R -3 -4 R G -3 -4 R F +-2 -4 R H -1 -4 R 1 -8 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R -4 -3 R -12 -3 R +G 1 -5 R 1 -9 R S 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R -7 -9 R -1 -5 R +-3 -7 R -7 2 R -3 4 R -2 -5 R 3 -5 R F -5 -1 R -10 -7 R +-2 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R 1 -8 R -2 -4 R +-9 -1 R -7 -4 R -6 2 R -5 2 R -5 -1 R -5 X -4 2 R -5 3 R +-4 4 R w -1 6 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R -4 1 R -5 2 R +-1 4 R -4 1 R -5 -1 R -13 -2 R -5 X -6 1 R -2 4 R -4 2 R +-5 1 R y -2 12 R -3 4 R -5 1 R -5 X -6 3 R G 4 -3 R +4 -3 R -5 -7 R -3 -5 R -5 X -3 6 R -4 3 R -3 4 R -4 2 R +-4 2 R -5 1 R -26 1 R -5 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 -7 R -10 -1 R +-10 1 R -7 1 R -10 -1 R -12 -3 R -5 2 R -1 5 R -3 4 R +-5 -3 R B -8 -2 R -2 -4 R 2 -5 R F -3 -4 R -2 -4 R 2 -6 R +-2 -7 R -6 -9 R -4 3 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R -5 -3 R -4 -3 R +-3 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 2 R -8 -3 R -4 -6 R H -1 -5 R -8 -6 R +2 3 R x z 2 4 R -2 7 R w 1 3 R 1 3 R 1 3 R z -2 -4 R +-7 -5 R 2 -6 R -2 -7 R C P S -3 -4 R -5 -3 R -3 -5 R -3 -7 R +-6 -3 R S 4 -3 R 4 -1 R 2 -5 R 3 -4 R MI -1 -7 R -9 -11 R +-3 -5 R -8 1 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -6 R -2 -5 R H -3 -4 R +x -7 6 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -2 4 R 1 3 R 1 3 R -1 5 R +x -2 4 R -1 5 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -6 4 R -4 4 R -8 2 R +-5 3 R -7 1 R -5 2 R -4 3 R -4 3 R z -12 -1 R -6 -8 R +1 -5 R -1 -8 R -3 -5 R -6 -4 R -6 -1 R -11 -1 R -5 -2 R +-7 2 R -5 4 R -4 3 R 1 7 R 5 7 R -1 6 R w -1 4 R +1 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R Z 4 1 R V 4 1 R 3 2 R 4 1 R +4 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 7 2 R V 8 -2 R +1 -5 R 4 -2 R S 6 2 R 6 7 R 1 4 R 1 3 R 3 2 R +S V 4 -1 R 8 7 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 9 10 R 4 6 R 1 3 R +4 2 R 5 2 R 6 5 R 4 1 R 2 3 R 1 5 R -1 7 R +1 7 R 1 4 R 8 2 R V V 5 1 R 5 2 R 3 4 R 1 4 R +1 4 R 1 3 R 2 3 R -1 6 R -2 4 R 2 6 R 3 5 R +2 11 R 5 -2 R S 5 5 R 4 4 R 3 -5 R 4 3 R 2 4 R +-2 8 R 4 -1 R Q 4 -1 R V 4 3 R 16 1 R 4 1 R 3 5 R +3 5 R 1 7 R 1 4 R -1 4 R 1 5 R 5 3 R 5 3 R +V 4 3 R 3 2 R Z 4 4 R 3 7 R 2 3 R Z 3 2 R Z 4 4 R +4 1 R 4 4 R 2 4 R 1 7 R 1 16 R -2 9 R -1 5 R +1 7 R 1 10 R 3 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 1 5 R +1 17 R ST +-526 -922 MP 5 X 14 -2 R 6 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -4 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R +6 1 R 5 4 R 4 4 R 5 3 R 10 8 R 3 5 R 5 7 R +5 Y -2 5 R -2 12 R y -2 5 R 2 4 R 7 2 R 1 5 R -2 7 R +2 3 R 7 4 R 6 2 R 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 13 -1 R +4 -2 R 5 2 R 5 3 R 9 -1 R 6 2 R 6 2 R 5 -1 R +9 2 R 12 -2 R 6 3 R V 5 -1 R 9 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R +11 -1 R 5 -2 R 6 -1 R 8 3 R Z 5 -2 R 6 -1 R 5 -2 R +S 5 -2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R S 14 -1 R 9 -1 R +13 1 R 5 2 R 6 4 R 7 1 R 8 2 R 5 1 R V 5 -2 R +8 -1 R 7 3 R 4 2 R 8 2 R 1 5 R -2 10 R -2 5 R +1 11 R 1 6 R -2 6 R 4 1 R 4 3 R -1 8 R Z 3 5 R +1 5 R -1 5 R 5 2 R S 5 3 R 5 4 R 2 4 R 4 5 R +3 4 R 4 5 R 3 4 R 9 7 R 4 3 R 6 3 R 12 2 R +3 5 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 2 5 R 3 5 R +3 5 R 3 4 R 4 4 R 7 9 R 1 4 R 8 13 R 8 7 R +4 4 R 3 8 R 6 8 R 6 2 R 5 1 R 4 2 R 5 4 R +-1 9 R z -1 -10 R -4 -1 R -11 -1 R B -5 -6 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R +-4 -3 R -9 -8 R -4 -3 R C F -6 -7 R G -2 -4 R -8 -9 R -5 -6 R +F -6 -4 R B -6 -1 R -4 -1 R C -4 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -2 R B -4 -1 R +B -7 -1 R -7 1 R -9 2 R -1 6 R -4 -3 R -2 -4 R B -2 -4 R +-4 -3 R -4 -2 R C -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R G -2 -4 R +-1 -4 R -2 -4 R z -4 -2 R 2 -4 R N -1 -8 R -2 -4 R G -14 -1 R +-4 -2 R -4 -3 R B -5 1 R -4 2 R B C -10 1 R -12 1 R z -10 1 R +z z -4 2 R -9 1 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -4 4 R -4 2 R x -4 4 R +-4 5 R MI -4 4 R z -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 2 R -2 5 R -4 6 R +-1 11 R -2 4 R -1 4 R -4 7 R -4 4 R -2 4 R M -4 5 R +-1 4 R -1 4 R -5 -1 R -7 -1 R -4 -1 R C z z -6 -1 R -4 -1 R +-4 -3 R -3 -4 R 2 -5 R 5 -4 R -1 -4 R -5 1 R -4 -1 R +F -4 5 R -5 -2 R B -5 2 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R F -2 -5 R +z z z -2 -4 R -6 1 R -4 2 R -4 4 R y -4 1 R x 4 7 R +-2 5 R -1 4 R 3 4 R 5 4 R 5 6 R Q 2 -4 R 7 2 R +5 -3 R 5 1 R 9 4 R 13 9 R 1 7 R z -2 -4 R C -9 -1 R +B -4 4 R M -4 3 R -21 -1 R -4 -2 R -5 1 R -4 3 R -4 4 R +-3 4 R -4 4 R -1 8 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R 5 3 R y z -5 1 R +-3 4 R 2 6 R 1 5 R -2 5 R F -3 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 2 R +x -2 4 R F G 4 -4 R O -1 -4 R -14 -1 R B -7 1 R -6 1 R +-9 -2 R -15 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -4 R H N -2 -5 R -1 -4 R N -3 -4 R +-3 -4 R -8 1 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R G -6 3 R -6 2 R -5 -1 R +-6 -2 R -4 -3 R -3 -4 R -3 -6 R -4 -1 R -6 -2 R -5 3 R +-5 2 R -9 3 R z -4 2 R 3 4 R -1 7 R -4 5 R -7 2 R +-5 3 R -3 4 R Z S 4 -2 R Q 7 3 R 2 3 R S 4 -2 R 11 1 R +4 1 R 4 2 R 7 2 R 5 1 R 2 5 R -6 -2 R -8 -1 R +-8 -2 R -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 3 R -6 -1 R -8 -1 R -4 4 R +-5 1 R -13 -2 R 1 -6 R -2 -4 R -6 3 R 1 4 R -2 5 R +-6 4 R -5 5 R 6 -1 R 4 2 R 2 6 R 6 3 R Z 14 2 R +-1 16 R -1 4 R -1 10 R -1 4 R -6 2 R -6 4 R -5 2 R +-7 1 R -4 -1 R -6 1 R -5 -2 R -7 -1 R 2 4 R -1 5 R +V -1 6 R 2 5 R 13 1 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 3 4 R MI 4 2 R +7 2 R 3 2 R 4 -1 R 4 1 R Z 4 5 R 2 10 R -2 6 R +3 2 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 6 -1 R 4 -2 R N 2 -4 R +3 2 R 4 2 R V 4 7 R 7 -6 R 4 1 R 9 2 R -2 5 R +2 6 R V V 6 2 R 3 2 R 4 4 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 1 4 R +4 2 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R -1 9 R Z S 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R +11 2 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R 6 2 R 4 3 R Z 4 3 R 5 2 R +5 3 R 5 4 R 6 7 R 2 4 R 8 -1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R +4 2 R 8 7 R 5 2 R 12 13 R 4 6 R 4 6 R 4 4 R +3 5 R 3 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 5 R +1 5 R 1 7 R 1 9 R 4 9 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 1 13 R +5 X 9 2 R 5 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R w -7 -1 R B -4 -1 R +B B -8 1 R -4 4 R -2 5 R -2 5 R -5 8 R -3 5 R 2 4 R +1 5 R 2 5 R 1 4 R 4 6 R 5 3 R 3 8 R 2 5 R +9 3 R 6 9 R -4 -1 R -9 -7 R -5 6 R -4 5 R -3 5 R +-2 4 R -3 5 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 3 7 R 4 3 R +1 5 R -1 8 R -4 9 R -3 6 R -3 4 R -7 1 R z z B -6 -2 R +B -12 -1 R -4 -3 R -7 1 R -9 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R +-4 -5 R H -3 -4 R -3 -4 R H 1 -4 R 3 -4 R -1 -4 R B -4 -2 R +G -4 2 R w -2 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R z z -4 -2 R -3 -4 R -12 -2 R +-4 1 R -5 -1 R G -4 -2 R -5 3 R ST +-561 -181 MP 2 7 R 5 7 R 3 5 R +3 5 R 4 3 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 6 5 R +3 4 R 5 2 R 8 4 R 9 2 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 5 4 R +5 4 R 21 19 R 4 5 R 2 5 R 1 5 R 3 22 R O 4 -2 R +2 5 R 3 6 R 6 7 R 12 11 R 4 6 R 1 7 R 6 5 R +7 4 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R 4 2 R 4 -2 R 8 2 R 4 1 R +4 2 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 13 6 R 6 2 R 4 2 R 7 2 R +S Z -2 4 R -1 4 R -4 4 R -4 3 R Z 7 -3 R 4 -3 R 4 -1 R +8 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -4 R O 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 11 -1 R +11 2 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 5 2 R 13 5 R 4 2 R 5 2 R +9 5 R 5 2 R 17 -2 R 4 -4 R 4 -4 R 5 -4 R 5 -4 R +5 -3 R 4 -3 R 5 -3 R 3 -4 R 5 -3 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R +N 3 -4 R 5 2 R 1 13 R -2 4 R -4 4 R 7 Y -4 5 R -3 4 R +-4 3 R -4 5 R -4 5 R -3 5 R 11 Y 5 4 R 4 1 R 5 1 R +4 2 R 9 5 R 5 1 R 7 -2 R 2 -4 R 1 -5 R O 2 -4 R +1 -7 R 2 -4 R O O 2 -4 R 1 -4 R 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 4 -4 R +4 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R S 6 1 R 5 4 R 7 5 R +1 5 R 2 6 R 3 4 R -4 1 R C -6 -4 R -6 1 R -13 2 R +y M -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 4 R -4 2 R -4 3 R -4 7 R -2 4 R +-2 5 R -1 6 R -2 5 R w -2 5 R -4 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R +-1 4 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 2 8 R 2 4 R +5 8 R 9 15 R 2 4 R 3 5 R 4 5 R 10 7 R 6 3 R +4 5 R 7 6 R 5 2 R 5 3 R z -4 -1 R -9 1 R z -5 -1 R +C -8 1 R B -4 1 R -4 4 R -4 5 R -1 5 R -1 5 R 1 13 R +1 4 R 1 12 R 1 9 R 2 23 R 4 2 R 14 2 R 4 1 R +7 3 R 6 -2 R 6 3 R 3 4 R 4 2 R x -4 3 R 1 4 R +3 6 R z MI -6 -3 R -1 5 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 1 6 R 3 5 R +3 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R 2 8 R 1 5 R +-4 9 R -4 6 R -2 4 R 2 7 R 4 3 R -4 2 R -5 -2 R +-7 -2 R F -4 -3 R H H -5 -4 R -5 -1 R -5 1 R -3 4 R -2 7 R +y -3 5 R -4 -5 R H -1 -7 R -3 -5 R -1 -5 R G -3 -4 R -4 -3 R +-2 -4 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R H 3 -4 R N -4 1 R -4 3 R -2 5 R +-4 4 R -7 1 R -3 5 R 2 13 R -2 8 R 1 4 R 5 3 R +1 9 R 2 4 R 1 5 R -1 4 R -2 4 R -2 8 R H H H -1 -7 R +H 2 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 1 R -4 -2 R B -4 4 R -5 9 R +-2 4 R -3 4 R -5 7 R -2 5 R -4 5 R 1 7 R 1 5 R +-1 7 R -1 5 R x -6 6 R -3 5 R -2 4 R -3 5 R -3 5 R +-3 4 R -3 4 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R -5 8 R +-4 3 R -3 5 R -1 4 R 4 4 R 2 3 R 2 6 R 2 5 R +2 6 R 2 7 R 1 6 R 2 17 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R +4 7 R 1 5 R 5 7 R 4 3 R 8 9 R 3 8 R -1 8 R +3 9 R 3 4 R 7 15 R 3 5 R 5 6 R 5 3 R 1 -4 R +5 -1 R 4 -4 R 4 1 R 3 6 R Z y -7 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R +4 3 R 5 3 R 6 3 R 5 -1 R P 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R +5 -2 R 5 3 R 5 3 R 7 3 R M -4 -1 R B 5 Y 4 2 R +S 6 3 R 1 3 R -2 4 R -6 -1 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R B -7 -1 R +-4 -2 R -5 2 R -8 1 R -5 -1 R B -4 -1 R -7 2 R z -4 1 R +-4 2 R -4 -1 R B -8 1 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 2 R C C -4 1 R +y y -2 -4 R -6 -4 R -3 5 R -4 3 R G -2 -4 R 2 -4 R N H +-1 -4 R H O N -2 -11 R -4 -5 R C -4 2 R -13 1 R -9 -2 R -7 -6 R MI +B -4 1 R z z -1 -4 R -4 -1 R -2 5 R 2 4 R -6 -5 R 1 -4 R +-3 -4 R N 4 -2 R O -4 -3 R -6 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -3 R +-4 -3 R F -4 -2 R -6 1 R z -5 -1 R -6 2 R -1 4 R 1 9 R +1 3 R 1 5 R -2 5 R F H H -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -3 -4 R 2 -4 R +-4 -2 R -4 5 R C -4 3 R -4 3 R -1 4 R -2 5 R -5 2 R +-1 5 R -1 7 R 2 4 R -1 5 R C -2 -4 R -6 -5 R -8 2 R +M -7 2 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -2 5 R 1 5 R -2 4 R -4 3 R +H N -7 -6 R -2 -4 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 3 -9 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R +5 -3 R N -2 -5 R C 3 -10 R H H H H N 3 -4 R -1 -5 R H -4 -4 R +ST +-443 595 MP -10 3 R -11 5 R -5 1 R -5 2 R -2 5 R -4 4 R -6 7 R +-2 7 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -4 2 R -7 3 R -4 1 R -4 4 R +-11 8 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -5 3 R -2 5 R -2 5 R M -5 -2 R +-4 -2 R -5 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -5 -2 R -2 -4 R -4 -3 R +-2 -4 R 2 -5 R N 2 -9 R O N 1 -6 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R N 2 -5 R +4 -1 R 2 -4 R -1 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -4 R Q -6 Y -4 3 R -4 1 R +-6 4 R -4 3 R -2 4 R -2 5 R 5 Y 3 4 R -1 6 R 5 Y +-5 3 R M -3 7 R 5 Y -3 5 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -11 10 R +-3 5 R -4 10 R -1 6 R -7 15 R -1 5 R 1 9 R 1 5 R +1 3 R 2 8 R 1 5 R 2 3 R 9 2 R S 4 -2 R 3 -4 R +N 1 -4 R N -2 -4 R 1 -4 R -1 -4 R 1 -5 R 1 -4 R Q 4 -2 R +5 -4 R 5 3 R 1 4 R -2 5 R -7 9 R -3 9 R -2 5 R +-1 5 R -3 7 R 1 8 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 1 5 R 2 4 R +3 5 R 1 3 R 1 5 R 1 9 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 4 4 R +4 3 R 3 2 R 3 5 R 3 5 R Z Z 4 3 R 2 5 R 1 4 R +1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 1 4 R -1 8 R 1 5 R +4 3 R 4 6 R 4 3 R 3 5 R 1 3 R 1 7 R 3 5 R +2 4 R 3 2 R 4 2 R V 4 3 R 4 1 R 6 1 R 3 7 R +1 4 R 4 8 R -1 8 R -3 6 R -6 7 R z x 4 2 R 2 5 R +-4 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R -4 5 R -6 4 R -5 1 R -7 4 R +-8 3 R 1 5 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -4 3 R -4 4 R -7 5 R +2 6 R 4 4 R 5 5 R 3 5 R -1 9 R -3 5 R -1 5 R +-3 5 R -1 6 R 1 8 R -1 19 R 2 4 R 3 7 R 2 4 R +2 7 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 8 1 R 4 -1 R 5 -4 R +5 -1 R 3 -4 R 6 -1 R 11 -1 R Q 8 -1 R 4 -1 R 6 -1 R +12 1 R -4 2 R -4 1 R -5 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R MI -4 2 R +-5 1 R -7 5 R -6 5 R -3 4 R -5 7 R -5 4 R -8 6 R +-4 5 R -2 5 R -2 5 R y H 1 -5 R 1 -4 R O 2 -4 R 5 -4 R +4 -5 R -3 -6 R B -5 1 R -4 1 R -4 4 R -3 6 R -1 4 R +-1 6 R -1 4 R 1 6 R 3 5 R 2 5 R 2 5 R 2 5 R +4 4 R -4 X -3 -4 R -8 X 1 11 R -1 6 R -4 X 1 -6 R -1 -5 R +H N 1 -4 R 4 -5 R -1 -6 R H H -1 -4 R -1 -13 R 1 -8 R -4 -2 R +y -4 -2 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R H H H -2 -4 R G H H -1 -4 R H -2 -4 R +-4 -4 R N -5 -4 R -8 1 R -4 6 R -2 17 R -2 15 R -2 5 R +-4 3 R H 1 -4 R 2 -4 R N 1 -5 R 1 -5 R -2 -4 R -5 2 R +-5 4 R -5 4 R -4 2 R -2 5 R -3 11 R H -1 -4 R -2 -11 R +F H -3 -4 R H 2 -4 R 2 -8 R N N N -3 -5 R M -5 3 R -5 3 R +-6 3 R -4 1 R -1 4 R -3 5 R -3 9 R 1 8 R 1 10 R +-2 9 R 1 3 R 1 6 R 3 4 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 1 5 R +1 5 R 2 4 R Z 4 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 7 11 R 2 4 R +3 2 R 4 1 R V 5 2 R 3 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R Z 1 7 R +2 4 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 3 5 R -7 -2 R -5 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R +-4 -1 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R H H H H H H G -2 -4 R -5 -3 R -5 -2 R +-6 -1 R -5 -4 R -4 -4 R -5 -4 R -4 -4 R H -3 -4 R -4 -4 R +H H -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -1 -4 R -1 -7 R -5 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R +-8 6 R M H 1 -11 R -1 -5 R H 2 -7 R 3 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -10 R +2 -5 R 2 -8 R -2 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 -6 R O 2 -4 R 2 -4 R +2 -4 R 1 -4 R N MI -1 -8 R -6 -3 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R +F -3 -4 R -4 -4 R H -2 -6 R -2 -4 R G -3 -9 R -1 -4 R 1 -4 R +-2 -4 R H 1 -4 R Q 4 -5 R -2 -5 R -6 -2 R H 1 -4 R -1 -8 R +-4 -4 R -1 -8 R H -2 -6 R -4 -2 R H -1 -7 R -2 -6 R -8 -5 R +4 -2 R Q O 3 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -7 R N -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 -4 R +-3 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R -10 -2 R +-4 -3 R -19 1 R -6 9 R 2 10 R -1 5 R 1 7 R 2 5 R +1 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 5 6 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 2 4 R +1 5 R -1 11 R 1 7 R 1 4 R 1 8 R 2 4 R -1 6 R +-2 5 R 2 6 R 3 4 R 1 5 R 3 5 R 2 5 R 1 6 R +2 5 R -1 8 R Z 4 2 R 3 4 R 4 7 R 1 4 R 2 4 R +4 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 5 R V 2 3 R +Z 4 6 R 2 4 R 2 5 R C -4 -2 R H -6 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R +-6 -6 R -5 -2 R -5 -4 R y -3 7 R -6 3 R -2 4 R -2 6 R +1 7 R 2 8 R 3 6 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 1 4 R 4 4 R +4 4 R 4 5 R -6 -2 R -4 -3 R G -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -3 -4 R +-4 3 R 1 10 R 1 7 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 4 5 R 4 5 R +2 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 5 R 5 Y -5 X -5 -3 R -2 -7 R +-3 -4 R -7 -6 R H H -2 -7 R H F -1 5 R 1 13 R 3 4 R 3 4 R +3 4 R 4 4 R 3 11 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 3 4 R 4 3 R +Q Q S 1 4 R -2 8 R -3 4 R 2 6 R 3 4 R 2 4 R 4 6 R +3 5 R -3 4 R G -7 -5 R -2 -4 R F G F -1 -4 R -4 3 R 1 5 R +3 4 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 1 5 R Z 4 4 R -3 6 R +-5 1 R -3 6 R 1 5 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 1 9 R 1 5 R +1 6 R 2 5 R 3 2 R 6 3 R MI 2 8 R 4 5 R 4 5 R +3 5 R 1 3 R 2 6 R 3 5 R V 4 -1 R V 17 -1 R V 4 -1 R +4 -1 R 6 -2 R -3 5 R -10 1 R -6 3 R -5 -2 R -8 3 R +-3 8 R -1 4 R B -1 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 7 R 4 5 R 1 6 R +4 2 R 5 -2 R 6 -4 R 3 2 R 7 2 R 4 3 R 3 4 R +4 2 R V 5 1 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -3 R -5 -4 R +-5 -2 R -4 4 R -3 4 R -1 4 R 1 5 R S 2 5 R 1 6 R +4 5 R 3 4 R 4 3 R 5 5 R 1 5 R 5 Y 4 2 R 4 2 R +4 1 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 11 -1 R 4 -2 R 11 2 R 3 2 R +V 4 1 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 1 R -11 5 R -6 3 R +2 5 R 3 4 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 3 5 R 3 4 R +Z 3 4 R 2 5 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -3 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -4 R +-5 -3 R -4 -1 R N -2 -5 R G -1 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -5 1 R +-3 -4 R -5 -2 R F -1 -6 R -5 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 -2 R -5 -1 R +-2 -4 R H -5 -1 R -3 -4 R G -3 -4 R H -4 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -4 R +-3 -4 R -4 -4 R -5 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -2 R -4 -4 R +-4 2 R -3 5 R -8 2 R -6 4 R x -7 2 R -5 2 R -6 2 R +-4 1 R -5 3 R -4 5 R -5 4 R -4 7 R -8 17 R 1 6 R +12 2 R V Q 9 -2 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 7 2 R 4 3 R V 3 4 R +4 2 R V 8 -2 R O S 4 -2 R 6 -1 R 8 1 R 4 1 R 9 3 R +z -9 -1 R -5 -1 R -7 1 R -6 3 R -8 5 R -5 1 R -5 1 R +F -5 -4 R -5 -4 R -4 -2 R -13 1 R -6 1 R -6 2 R -5 -2 R +-9 3 R -5 -1 R -5 3 R -9 1 R -9 -1 R -8 1 R -6 2 R +-3 5 R -3 8 R 2 4 R ST +-836 1452 MP 8 3 R 2 6 R 8 3 R 5 -1 R +12 -1 R 5 2 R 5 X 5 X 7 3 R 5 X 3 -4 R 4 -3 R 6 -1 R +5 3 R -3 4 R 5 1 R 6 -3 R 11 4 R 4 3 R -4 3 R +-4 2 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -3 5 R 2 4 R 5 1 R 5 1 R +8 3 R 10 -2 R 4 2 R 3 4 R Z 125 49 MB +-718 1500 MP C -5 1 R -4 1 R W -15 1 MB +373 -1066 MP -11 -4 R +-5 -3 R -4 -5 R -2 -4 R H -3 -14 R -5 -3 R -9 -3 R -4 -1 R +-5 -1 R -4 -1 R -8 2 R -4 4 R -8 7 R -5 4 R -5 3 R +-5 2 R -4 2 R -5 3 R -4 2 R w -5 3 R -4 2 R -6 -1 R +-4 -2 R -5 -1 R 1 4 R 3 4 R 4 4 R 1 5 R 7 1 R +4 1 R 3 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 1 -6 R 4 1 R +6 7 R 4 4 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 6 5 R V S 4 -1 R 4 -3 R +4 -3 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R S S S S 7 1 R 4 1 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R +N 4 -2 R N 3 -4 R -3 -4 R ST +-1011 -1353 MP 2 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 2 R 1 3 R +2 3 R r ST +-1021 -1340 MP 4 -3 R 1 -5 R -4 -1 R w -2 4 R J ST +-531 37 MP 5 -1 R 7 -3 R +7 -8 R 2 -11 R 4 -6 R -3 -5 R -4 1 R -3 5 R -3 4 R +-2 4 R -4 3 R -9 2 R w -2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R r ST +-467 78 MP 6 -2 R +7 -2 R 9 -1 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 2 -9 R 2 -6 R 3 -5 R +P 1 -5 R 6 -9 R 2 -9 R 6 1 R 4 2 R 5 2 R 7 4 R +4 -2 R 5 -1 R 8 -2 R -2 -5 R F -4 -5 R -3 -5 R -4 -3 R +-4 -2 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R B -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -5 -6 R -2 -4 R +-2 -7 R -4 -1 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R +z -1 -6 R -5 1 R y -4 2 R -4 X -3 5 R y -2 4 R w y -8 2 R +w 1 4 R -2 6 R x -2 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R w -2 5 R M 1 6 R +1 3 R w -1 7 R 4 Y 1 3 R 1 4 R 1 3 R -1 14 R 4 Y +3 2 R 8 2 R 7 2 R Z 6 -2 R 4 2 R 4 2 R E ST +-441 484 MP -2 -9 R +-1 -4 R G -1 -5 R 1 -8 R 2 -7 R P 5 -3 R 4 -4 R -2 -4 R +-2 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -6 R -5 -3 R -4 -4 R +3 -4 R -1 -6 R -8 -7 R -12 -8 R -3 -8 R -5 -2 R -5 -3 R +-3 -4 R -8 -5 R -5 -3 R -3 -4 R -1 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 4 R +-7 -2 R -4 X w -7 4 R -5 -3 R -6 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 2 R 1 5 R +4 2 R -2 4 R 3 4 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 4 R 4 6 R +-1 8 R 2 8 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 1 4 R 2 7 R V 4 3 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 10 11 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 2 4 R +1 3 R 1 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 3 4 R +4 2 R 5 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 4 1 R V 4 1 R 4 1 R +4 3 R P ST +-610 1109 MP 7 -8 R 4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -7 R 2 -9 R 5 -2 R +2 -4 R 1 -6 R 1 -7 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -5 R +4 -7 R -2 -5 R z -3 4 R -1 4 R w -1 4 R -4 2 R M z -4 3 R +-1 9 R -2 4 R w 1 7 R -2 4 R -4 2 R -2 4 R -3 4 R +-1 4 R w 2 7 R 4 5 R T ST +-636 1029 MP 6 -1 R 6 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R +5 -7 R 2 -10 R 2 -8 R -2 -12 R H 3 -4 R 7 -5 R 2 -5 R +-2 -5 R C -4 -2 R 3 -6 R S 5 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -9 R 3 -5 R +-2 -7 R F -8 -1 R -7 -2 R -12 1 R B -4 3 R -4 3 R -5 3 R +-4 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R 1 5 R -3 4 R -2 4 R 1 3 R +2 8 R -1 9 R w -3 4 R w -3 4 R w w 1 3 R 1 7 R 1 3 R +1 3 R 1 3 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 2 3 R +2 3 R 8 2 R 1 3 R 5 X ST +-833 1121 MP -2 -7 R H 2 -5 R 1 -5 R 3 -10 R +1 -21 R 1 -4 R 9 -10 R 1 -4 R -1 -5 R 2 -5 R 3 -6 R +-5 Y -2 -12 R -5 -2 R C -2 -7 R -4 X C -13 -4 R -4 1 R -5 1 R +-5 -2 R -3 -7 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 -3 R -5 -1 R -5 3 R +-6 6 R 2 3 R w 1 4 R 3 4 R 1 3 R 2 3 R V 7 2 R +-1 6 R -1 6 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R x 2 4 R +6 5 R 4 3 R V 4 2 R -3 5 R -14 1 R -4 -2 R -2 -4 R +-2 -4 R -1 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -5 R -8 -7 R -5 -3 R +-9 -2 R -4 1 R 1 4 R -2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 2 8 R +6 5 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 1 4 R -2 4 R -4 3 R 1 5 R +5 2 R -1 6 R 1 6 R 1 5 R 3 4 R 4 1 R S 5 1 R +6 4 R 5 4 R Q -2 -5 R H -1 -7 R 2 -7 R 3 2 R 2 11 R +2 3 R 1 4 R 4 2 R 2 4 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 4 3 R +6 6 R 4 2 R 7 1 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R -2 -4 R d ST +-767 1134 MP -2 -11 R +-1 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -3 -4 R F -5 -3 R -1 -4 R +-3 -5 R 1 -5 R -2 -6 R -3 -9 R -4 X -4 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R +-8 5 R -2 4 R -1 4 R w -1 4 R 1 8 R w 1 9 R 3 4 R +3 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R V 4 1 R 14 -1 R 10 1 R +4 2 R 8 2 R K ST +-730 1207 MP 1 -5 R 1 -8 R -3 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R +-3 -5 R -4 -11 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -7 -8 R -2 -5 R -1 -6 R +-6 -2 R -7 4 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R -4 -3 R -5 X -5 2 R -5 4 R +-1 4 R 5 6 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 6 R 4 3 R 3 2 R +4 3 R 2 3 R Z 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 3 2 R Z 1 4 R +8 2 R 5 4 R 2 4 R 6 2 R V r ST +-830 1202 MP -8 -17 R -5 -6 R -3 -12 R +-5 2 R -5 2 R -5 -1 R 4 Y 3 4 R 1 3 R 2 7 R 7 6 R +1 3 R 4 -1 R 4 2 R 1 3 R 4 3 R 4 X D ST +-713 1329 MP -3 -8 R C +3 -4 R -1 -6 R G -9 1 R 1 6 R -5 -3 R -5 -7 R 4 X 4 1 R +7 -2 R -1 -5 R -7 -6 R -5 -4 R -7 -3 R -11 -5 R -5 -2 R +-10 2 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 4 R M -8 -2 R F -11 -8 R -7 -1 R +-5 -2 R -13 -5 R -4 2 R -4 -1 R -6 -1 R -6 -3 R -4 1 R +-11 1 R -9 -3 R H F -9 3 R z -2 6 R -3 9 R -4 2 R 1 3 R +2 4 R 1 3 R 5 3 R 4 -1 R P 5 -3 R -5 Y 7 -1 R V +-2 4 R x 4 2 R P 5 -1 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R V 4 2 R 6 1 R +4 2 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R -1 4 R +-7 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R -12 -2 R -4 -1 R -6 2 R +x 1 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R V 7 8 R 2 4 R 2 5 R V S 7 2 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 3 5 R -4 3 R -6 -2 R +-5 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -2 R -7 3 R -1 4 R x -4 4 R z -4 3 R +-7 5 R -13 2 R -7 1 R -2 6 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 6 5 R +M -4 2 R 1 5 R 1 3 R V 7 3 R 6 -2 R 7 -6 R -1 6 R +-2 6 R 4 X 3 7 R 4 1 R 5 2 R S 4 1 R 6 -4 R S +Q N 1 -5 R 4 -1 R 4 -5 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 3 -4 R N 2 -5 R +O N 1 -4 R N S 4 -3 R 5 2 R 8 -1 R 4 -1 R N 4 -1 R +3 2 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R N 4 -3 R S 5 -2 R 3 -4 R 4 -2 R +N 4 -1 R N ST +-952 1379 MP -3 -4 R -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 -1 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R +-5 -2 R -5 1 R -8 -2 R -3 -4 R H -2 -8 R -5 X -5 4 R -8 2 R +2 4 R 1 16 R 4 2 R 5 4 R S V 5 -1 R 8 2 R 6 2 R +V S S 4 1 R Z Z 5 -6 R j ST +-888 1434 MP -3 -5 R -4 -9 R -3 -5 R -5 -6 R +-5 -4 R -6 -5 R -5 -1 R -5 -1 R -5 -3 R -7 2 R -4 1 R +F H y 2 5 R 5 2 R 4 2 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 3 2 R 3 2 R +1 6 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 5 4 R 5 3 R 4 2 R +4 X 4 1 R S d ST +-884 624 MP -3 -4 R -4 -5 R -1 -5 R -9 -11 R -2 -5 R +-2 -4 R 1 -4 R Q 5 -2 R 2 -5 R -3 -6 R -9 -3 R -5 -4 R +1 -4 R -2 -5 R -5 -1 R 1 -5 R 2 -5 R F -5 -4 R -5 1 R +-5 -2 R x -3 6 R -5 2 R -5 3 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 -2 R +-4 3 R -3 4 R -4 3 R -2 4 R 1 8 R 1 3 R 4 1 R +V 4 3 R 1 4 R Z 4 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R 1 8 R -1 5 R +x -1 13 R 2 12 R 2 5 R 2 3 R 4 2 R 6 -1 R H H 2 -6 R +6 -1 R 3 -4 R 4 1 R S 10 2 R V 3 2 R 9 1 R V 6 -1 R +4 -5 R d ST +-494 1245 MP 1 -14 R 1 -5 R -1 -4 R 3 -11 R 1 -4 R 2 -5 R +1 -5 R 4 -5 R 4 -5 R 5 -2 R 1 -4 R 3 -5 R 7 -5 R +1 -4 R -2 -8 R -8 -1 R -4 -4 R -2 -4 R 2 -4 R -1 -5 R +-6 7 R -5 6 R 2 4 R 1 3 R -2 7 R 1 8 R w -1 5 R +-1 4 R w -1 4 R -1 4 R -1 4 R -2 7 R -1 4 R w w 1 4 R +-1 11 R 1 10 R 2 3 R ST +Nlw SLW -904 373 MP -5 4 R -5 -3 R -4 -1 R -8 -2 R +-3 -6 R -9 -2 R -4 -1 R -5 2 R -3 4 R -8 -3 R -5 -4 R +z -7 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -6 1 R -3 4 R -1 4 R -3 4 R +-2 4 R 1 11 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 1 5 R -1 6 R -1 4 R +-5 7 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R -4 -2 R -13 12 R -2 4 R +-3 9 R -2 10 R -4 6 R 1 9 R -2 5 R -1 7 R -4 6 R +-4 3 R -2 5 R -3 5 R -4 5 R -4 5 R -7 3 R -4 3 R +-5 2 R -4 -3 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R +F -4 -3 R -9 -4 R G -2 -4 R -5 -3 R G 4 -3 R 4 -3 R -1 -4 R +5 -6 R -1 -6 R 1 -6 R -2 -4 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R -7 -1 R +-1 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R 1 -6 R -2 -7 R H H -238 32 MB +-1143 775 MP 4 5 R 7 -1 R +5 2 R 7 X 4 1 R E ST +-1141 3 MP 14 -2 R 1 -4 R 2 -16 R 2 -5 R 1 -18 R +-2 -4 R 3 -7 R 5 -7 R 5 -11 R 2 -5 R 4 -6 R 1 -8 R +3 -8 R 1 -5 R 1 -6 R -1 -7 R -1 -19 R H -2 -6 R -4 -9 R +-1 -11 R -2 -7 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R 2 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -12 R +-3 -5 R 1 -16 R N 2 -6 R 4 -6 R 1 -4 R 4 -7 R -2 -5 R +-4 -3 R H 2 -6 R 1 -7 R -1 -5 R -1 -13 R 3 -5 R -2 -10 R +-4 -1 R -2 -6 R -2 -7 R -3 -5 R -1 -4 R -5 -5 R -1 -14 R +-2 -5 R -3 -4 R 2 -6 R ST +130 -666 MP 4 1 R 7 1 R 5 -2 R 6 -3 R +5 3 R 14 2 R 3 4 R 9 3 R 6 4 R 9 3 R 9 4 R +4 -1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 5 2 R 10 2 R 10 2 R 5 -1 R +4 1 R 18 10 R 9 14 R 4 6 R 3 6 R 11 -2 R O 1 -5 R +3 -4 R 7 -4 R 5 -2 R N 1 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R 1 -4 R +H -3 -4 R B -7 -2 R 3 -6 R 6 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R +P 6 -4 R 4 -2 R 7 -11 R -1 -5 R -1 -12 R -3 -5 R 1 -9 R +3 -8 R 11 -10 R 10 -2 R 6 -5 R 5 -1 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R +5 1 R 4 3 R 5 5 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 4 4 R 1 3 R +-2 9 R w 2 8 R 5 X 4 -3 R 4 2 R 5 X 5 2 R 4 2 R +5 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R 4 -3 R 4 -7 R -1 -10 R 1 -5 R +8 -9 R 5 X 8 -2 R 6 2 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 4 -3 R -1 -4 R +3 -5 R 4 -1 R 6 -2 R 3 -5 R 6 -9 R 5 -5 R 8 1 R +4 2 R 4 3 R 5 3 R 5 2 R 4 -2 R 7 -4 R 4 3 R +-1 9 R -2 4 R 3 4 R -2 5 R 2 5 R 5 4 R 7 -2 R +5 2 R 5 3 R 6 -7 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 5 3 R 4 3 R +2 3 R 3 4 R 5 3 R 8 -2 R 5 -1 R 4 -3 R 3 -4 R +Z 5 3 R 4 -1 R 15 1 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 10 -1 R 5 -1 R +2 -4 R 2 -5 R 9 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 7 -5 R 5 3 R +7 -1 R 7 -3 R 4 1 R ST +-303 -315 MP 10 -7 R 6 -4 R 6 -5 R 5 X 8 -2 R +5 2 R 11 3 R 8 1 R 4 2 R 3 2 R 1 3 R 1 4 R +1 5 R 3 5 R 8 5 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 1 R +5 2 R 9 6 R 5 3 R 5 4 R 5 3 R 6 6 R 3 5 R +2 6 R Z 2 5 R 1 4 R 2 5 R 1 4 R 4 9 R 2 4 R +3 5 R 4 5 R 3 5 R 9 7 R 4 -1 R 5 -2 R S 4 3 R +6 2 R N 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 6 2 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 2 3 R +2 4 R 5 -1 R 2 -4 R 2 -8 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R 4 3 R +S N 2 -7 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 X 1 -4 R 3 -8 R 9 -2 R +4 -1 R 5 -2 R 4 1 R 13 -2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R +4 -2 R N H H 2 -4 R 4 -3 R 2 -4 R -1 -4 R H 2 -12 R 4 -4 R +-1 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -10 R 2 -4 R 2 -8 R 4 -6 R +2 -5 R 2 -4 R 3 -4 R 2 -4 R 3 -10 R 5 -4 R 1 -4 R +-1 -8 R 2 -8 R -1 -5 R 4 -4 R 3 -9 R -2 -9 R 1 -4 R +2 -7 R 3 -9 R -2 -26 R 3 -7 R 1 -5 R 3 -9 R 2 -5 R +-1 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -5 R 7 -9 R -4 -6 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R +-4 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -3 R -1 -7 R 1 -5 R 2 -7 R +-3 -4 R -4 -8 R -2 -4 R -4 -1 R -6 4 R B -4 -9 R -2 -12 R +-6 1 R -4 2 R -6 4 R -3 -4 R 3 -7 R 4 -2 R Q ST +88 -63 MP -2 -5 R +1 -8 R -2 -4 R -1 -8 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R -2 -6 R -5 -7 R +2 -11 R 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 2 -7 R 2 -5 R 4 -5 R 3 -4 R +6 -9 R 8 -3 R P 5 -2 R P 3 -7 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R +7 -6 R 7 -1 R 8 -2 R 5 -4 R 7 -3 R 9 1 R 10 -1 R +5 -4 R 4 -3 R 4 -1 R 6 1 R 2 8 R 3 4 R 2 3 R +2 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 2 4 R +1 3 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 7 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R +3 2 R 7 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 X 5 2 R Z 3 4 R 4 4 R 19 1 R +5 4 R Z 4 4 R 4 4 R 3 4 R 5 4 R 9 5 R 7 2 R +4 2 R 9 2 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 4 1 R +Z 2 4 R 4 4 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R 2 3 R +4 3 R 6 1 R 2 4 R 3 8 R 5 2 R 4 3 R 5 Y 2 9 R +-1 8 R 1 5 R 2 6 R 1 5 R -1 7 R 1 14 R 1 5 R +-1 5 R 3 7 R 2 6 R -2 5 R -1 4 R -1 4 R -1 6 R +-4 2 R -2 20 R -2 7 R z -3 6 R 2 6 R 4 5 R 1 3 R +2 6 R 3 4 R 2 6 R 6 3 R 1 4 R -1 8 R -1 7 R +1 7 R 1 11 R 4 6 R 2 18 R 2 5 R v ST +-6 838 MP -3 -5 R -3 -4 R +-3 -4 R -4 -6 R -1 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R +Q 14 -3 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R 12 -2 R 5 -2 R 8 -3 R +5 -3 R 4 -3 R 5 -4 R -1 -5 R -5 Y 2 -4 R 2 -5 R P 4 -3 R +4 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -2 R 1 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -6 R 2 -5 R +3 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R S 12 -1 R 6 -2 R 5 -4 R 4 -2 R +8 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 6 1 R 11 4 R 9 -1 R +9 -4 R 9 -3 R 6 1 R 5 1 R 5 2 R 7 -3 R 4 -1 R +4 -1 R Z 2 4 R 9 4 R 7 2 R 3 4 R 3 4 R ST +-231 896 MP 1 6 R +1 5 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 3 5 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 6 7 R +1 5 R 2 10 R 1 5 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 4 4 R 4 1 R +5 1 R 10 11 R 5 4 R 5 -1 R 7 X 3 4 R 5 -1 R 5 -3 R +5 -2 R 8 -2 R 3 -4 R 4 -3 R 7 1 R 16 -1 R 12 -2 R +Q 5 -1 R 4 -3 R 1 -4 R 8 -5 R 8 3 R 5 4 R 5 2 R +7 1 R 5 2 R 7 -2 R 2 -8 R 8 -2 R 4 -1 R 5 2 R +15 2 R 5 6 R 5 1 R 13 3 R 11 9 R 4 5 R 5 1 R +5 2 R 12 1 R 4 3 R 5 7 R 2 4 R 5 7 R 2 5 R +3 5 R 9 7 R 11 8 R 9 3 R 5 2 R 6 X ST +-566 1501 MP -4 -6 R -5 -7 R +-5 -4 R -5 -6 R ST +CityDotFont CityDotFontSize SCF +LGcolor +showpage +grestore +\end{filecontents*} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picinpar,graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figwindow}[3,l,% + \fbox{\includegraphics[width=30mm]{ukmap}},% + {United Kingdom}] + Is this a dagger which I see before me, The + handle toward my hand? Come, let me clutch + thee. I have thee not, and yet I see thee + still. Art thou not, fatal vision, + sensible To feeling as to sight? or art + thou but A dagger of the mind, a false + creation, Proceeding from the + heat-oppressed brain? I see thee yet, in + form as palpable As this which now I draw. + Thou marshall'st me the way that I was + going; And such an instrument I was to use. + Mine eyes are made the fools o' the other + senses, Or else worth all the rest; I see + thee still, And on thy blade and dudgeon + gouts of blood, Which was not so before. + (\emph{Macbeth}, Act II, Scene 1). +\end{figwindow} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..513927d261e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-6 on page 83. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{amsmath} + \newcommand\p{$p$\nobreakdash}% "\p-adic" + \newcommand\Ndash{\nobreakdash--}% "3\Ndash 9" + \newcommand\n[1]{$n$\nobreakdash-\hspace{0pt}} + % "\n-dimensional" +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \noindent The generalization to the \n-dimensional + case (using the standard \p-adic topology) can be found + on Pages 3\Ndash 9 of Volume IV. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8d2852dd246 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-7 on page 84. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% To show real and faked capitals we use +% the commercial Lucida fonts in the example: +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop} + \usepackage[lucidasmallscale]{lucidabr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large Some large text with a few + {\relsize{-2}small words} inside. +\par\medskip +\normalsize\noindent +S\textsmaller[2]{MALL} C\textsmaller[2]{APS} (faked)\\ +\textsc{Small Caps} (real; compare the running length + and stem thickness to previous line). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94e91c8f2da --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-8 on page 85. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{exscale,relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \sum \neq \mathlarger{\sum} \] +and $\frac{1}{2} \neq \frac{\mathlarger 1} +{2}$ but $N = \mathlarger {N}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edfcecd4214 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-1-9 on page 85. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{exscale,relsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \mathsmaller\sum_{i=1}^n \neq + \sum_{i=1}^n \neq \mathlarger\sum_{i=1}^n +\qquad \mathsmaller\int_0^\infty \neq + \int_0^\infty \neq \mathlarger\int_0^\infty +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4379e7b6c2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-1 on page 110. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\thefootnote + {\fnsymbol{footnote}} +text text text\footnote{The first} +text text\footnote{The second} text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eccfc45d82b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-10 on page 118. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-50pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{40pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[side,flushmargin]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.} +A lot of additional text here with a +footnote.\footnote{A second.} +Even more text and then another +footnote.\footnote{A third.} +Some more text.\footnote{A fourth.} A lot of +additional lines of text here to fill up the +space on the left. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..872212c9e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-11 on page 118. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} %account for marginal space in example +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.} with a +footnote. More text.\footnote{A second.} +Even more text.\footnote{A third.} Some +final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..81fe9f145c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-12 on page 119. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{footmisc} +\setlength\footnotemargin{10pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.} with a +footnote. More text.\footnote{A second.} +Even more text.\footnote{A third.} Some +final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..71a33dfc316 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-13 on page 119. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-80pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{72pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[side,ragged]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{In the margin ragged +right often looks better.} with a footnote +A lot of additional text here to fill +up the space in the example. A lot of +additional text here to fill up the space +in the example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6a4e081ec6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-14 on page 119. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[norule,para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.} +More text.\footnote{A second.} Even more +text.\footnote{A third.} Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f77302bad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-15 on page 120. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnote{A second.} with +two footnotes. Even more text.\footnote{A third.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fd44654f4d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-16 on page 120. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple,para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnote{A second.} with +two footnotes. Even more text.\footnote{A third.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0120a253c61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-17 on page 121. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\sloppy % since the examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[symbol]{footmisc} +\usepackage{perpage} +\MakePerPage[2]{footnote} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote. +More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more +text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote + {Fourth.} more text. Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b40d4d610e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-18 on page 121. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\newcounter{mnote} +\newcommand\mnote[1]{{\refstepcounter{mnote}% + \marginpar[\itshape\small\raggedleft\themnote.\ #1]% + {\itshape\small\raggedright\themnote.\ #1}}} +\usepackage{perpage} \MakePerPage{mnote} +\addtolength\textwidth{-38pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{36pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{5pt} +\sloppy % since the examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% code as above +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\mnote{First.} with a +footnote. More\footnote{Second +as footnote.} text. Even more +text.\mnote{Third!} And even +more\mnote {Fourth.} text. Some +final text.\footnote{Fifth!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6311ad475c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-19 on page 123. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{7.5\baselineskip} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[para]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[alph] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{B-level.} +with footnotes. Even more text.\footnoteB{A second.} +Some text\footnote{Another main note.}% +\FootnoteB{*}{A manual marker.} with footnotes. +Even more text.\footnoteB{Another B note.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98c389c023f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-2 on page 110. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent\ldots{} main text \ldots +\begin{center} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + Footnotes in a minipage are numbered using + lowercase letters.\footnote{Inside minipage} + \par This text references a footnote at the + bottom of the page.\footnotemark{} + And another\footnote{Inside again} note. + \end{minipage}\footnotetext{At bottom of page} +\end{center} +\ldots{} main text \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5439f72bb25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-20 on page 123. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\sloppy % since the example measure is soooo small +\setlength\textheight{7.8\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-44pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{34pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[side,flushmargin,ragged,multiple] + {footmisc} +\usepackage[para*]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{B-level.} +with footnotes. Even more text.\footnoteB{A +second.} Some text\footnote{Another main note.}% +\FootnoteB{*}{A manual marker.} with footnotes. +Even more text.\footnoteB{Another B note.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d83f9aeb2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-21 on page 123. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for + this block to fill the page. } +\sloppy % since the examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some\footnote{A first.} text with two +footnotes.\footnoteB{A second.} More +text.\footnoteB{This is a very very long +footnote that\SplitNote} Even more text. + +Some\FootnotetextB{}{is continued here.} +text here and\footnote{Another first.} +even more there. \sample % as elsewhere +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..496effd07b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-22 on page 124. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for + this block to fill the page. } +\sloppy % since the examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman] +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some\footnote{A first.} text with two +footnotes.\footnoteB{A second.} More +text.\footnoteB{This is a very very long +footnote that\SplitNote} Even more text. + +Some\FootnotetextB{}{is continued here.} +text here and\footnote{Another first.} +even more there. \sample % as elsewhere +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6cffee581fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-23 on page 124. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-4pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginal,multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage[ruled]{manyfoot} +\DeclareNewFootnote{B}[fnsymbol] +\DeclareNewFootnote{C}[Alph] +\setlength{\skip\footinsB}{5pt minus 1pt} +\setlength{\skip\footinsC}{5pt minus 1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{A second.} +with a footnote. Even more text.\footnoteC{A third.} +Some text\footnoteB{A sample.} with a +footnote.\footnoteC{Another sample.} Some more +text for the example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..913ade857c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-24 on page 125. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt} +\setlength\textheight{8.3\baselineskip} +\sloppy % since the examples are so small +\raggedbottom + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc} +\usepackage{manyfoot,perpage} +\DeclareNewFootnote{B}[fnsymbol] +\DeclareNewFootnote{C}[Alph] +\MakePerPage{footnoteB}\MakePerPage{footnoteC} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{A first.} with a footnote. +Even more\footnoteB{Second.}\footnoteC{Third.} +text. Some text\footnoteC{A sample.} with a +footnote here.\footnoteC{Another sample.} Some +more text. And\footnote{Again.}\footnoteB{A + last.} a last note. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ace31191320 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-25 on page 125. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{endnotes} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote.} +This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.} +Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1] + +\theendnotes % output endnotes here +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd7e19cda52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-26 on page 126. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{endnotes} +\renewcommand\theendnote{\alph{endnote}} +\renewcommand\makeenmark{\textsuperscript{\theenmark)}} +\renewcommand\notesname {Chapter Notes} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote.} +This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.} +Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1] +\theendnotes +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a39e0bce42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-27 on page 126. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{endnotes} +\renewcommand\enoteformat{\noindent\raggedright + \setlength\parindent{12pt}\makebox[0pt][r]{\theenmark.\,}} +\renewcommand\enotesize{\scriptsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote with a lot + of text to produce two lines.\par And even a second + paragraph.} +This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.} +Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1] +\theendnotes +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..011a7b44a1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-28 on page 127. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy +\setcounter{page}{1} +\addtolength\textwidth{-70pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{58pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \newcommand\marginlabel[1]{\mbox{}\marginpar + {\raggedright\hspace{0pt}#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + Some\marginpar{ASuperLongFirstWord with problems} + text with a marginal note. Some more text. + Another\marginlabel{ASuperLongFirstword without + problems} text with a marginal note. Some more + text. A lot of additional text here to fill + up the space in the example on the left. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8633e5492ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-3 on page 111. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent Main text \ldots \begin{center} + \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth} + Footnotes in a minipage are numbered using + lowercase letters.\footnote{Inside minipage} + \par This text references the previous + footnote.\addtocounter{mpfootnote}{-1}% + \mpfootnotemark{} + And another\footnote{Inside as well} note. + \end{minipage} +\end{center} \ldots{} main text \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adbdafd8d4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-4 on page 111. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some\footnote{A sample\footnotemark{} +footnote.}\footnotetext{A subfootnote.} +text and some more text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..306faf91ace --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-5 on page 111. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\fnref[1]{\unskip~(\ref{#1})} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is some text.\footnote{Text inside +referenced footnote\label{fn:myfoot}.}\par +\ldots as shown in footnote\fnref{fn:myfoot} +on page~\pageref{fn:myfoot},\ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c4aa1abcfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-6 on page 114. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]% + {\noindent\makebox[0pt][r]{\@thefnmark.\,}#1} +\makeatother +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +text text text\footnote{The first} +text text\footnote{The second} text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7414e52098c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-7 on page 116. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\sloppy % examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[perpage,symbol]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote. +More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more +text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote + {Fourth.} more text. Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04b08187d5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-8 on page 117. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip} +\sloppy % examples are so small ... +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[symbol]{footmisc} +\DefineFNsymbols{stars}[text]{* {**} {***} {****}} +\setfnsymbol{stars} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote. +More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more +text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote{Fourth.} +more text. Some more text to finish up. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84c9c638cfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-2-9 on page 118. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{3.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[para]{footmisc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.} +More text.\footnote{A second.} Even more +text.\footnote{A third.} Some final text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c42bd32c32c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-1 on page 128. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{pifont} + \newenvironment{MYitemize}{\renewcommand\labelitemi + {\ding{43}}\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \begin{MYitemize} + \item Text of the first item in the list. + \item Text of the first sentence in the second + item of the list. And the second sentence. + \end{MYitemize} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9a90f24f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-10 on page 134. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[pointedenum]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactenum} +\item First level. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Second level. + \begin{compactenum} \item Third level. \end{compactenum} + \item Second level again. + \end{compactenum} +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..883b75ebab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-11 on page 134. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The left margin may vary if we are not careful. +\begin{enumerate} +\item An item in a normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{enumerate} +\begin{compactenum} +\item Same left margin in \item this case. +\end{compactenum} +\begin{compactenum}[i)] +\item But a different one \item here. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3865ef2fe35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-12 on page 135. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[alwaysadjust]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Here we force the shortest possible indentation always: +\begin{enumerate} +\item An item in a normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{enumerate} +\begin{compactenum}[i)] +\item But a different \item indentation \item here. +\end{compactenum} +\begin{compactenum}[1.] +\item Same left margin as \item in the first case. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b9b3012941 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-13 on page 135. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so + %small +\addtolength\textwidth{-24pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[neveradjust]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +With this option the label is pushed into the margin. +\begin{enumerate} +\item An item in a normal\\ \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{enumerate} +\begin{compactenum}[{Task} A)] +\item Same left indentation in \item this case. +\end{compactenum} +\begin{compactenum}[1)] +\item And the same indentation \item here. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4445f3ebfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-14 on page 135. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[neverdecrease]{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Producing itemized lists with special labels is easy. +\begin{compactitem}[$\star$] +\item This example uses the package option + \texttt{neverdecrease}. +\item Without it the left margin would be smaller. +\end{compactitem} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..defc2994f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-15 on page 136. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Do you like inline description lists? Try them out! +\begin{compactdesc} +\item[paralist] A useful package as it supports + \begin{inparadesc} \item[compact\ldots] environments + that have zero vertical space, \item[aspara\ldots] + environments formatted as paragraphs, and + \item[inpara\ldots] environments as inline lists. + \end{inparadesc} +\item[enumerate] A package that is superseded now. +\end{compactdesc} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47060a2fc14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-16 on page 136. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} \setdefaultitem{}{\textbullet}{$\star$}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactitem} +\item Outer level is using the default label. + \begin{compactitem} + \item On the second level we use again a bullet. + \begin{compactitem} + \item And on the third level a star. + \end{compactitem} + \end{compactitem} +\end{compactitem} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f2076b66906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-17 on page 137. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} \setdefaultenum{1)}{a)}{i)}{A)} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactenum} +\item All levels get a closing parenthesis in this example. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Lowercase letters here. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Roman numerals here. \item Really! + \end{compactenum} + \end{compactenum} +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aacaf1ef715 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-18 on page 137. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\setdefaultenum{1)}{a)}{i)}{A)} +\setdefaultleftmargin{\parindent}{\parindent} + {\parindent}{}{}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{compactenum} +\item All levels get a closing parenthesis in this example. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Lowercase letters here. + \begin{compactenum} + \item Roman numerals here. \item Really! + \end{compactenum} + \end{compactenum} +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76ded2d4b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-19 on page 139. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} +\newtheorem*{ML}{Mittelbach's Lemma} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lem}[Main] The \LaTeX{} Companion + complements any \LaTeX{} introduction. +\end{lem} +\begin{ML} The \LaTeX{} Companion contains + packages from all application areas. +\end{ML} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c165338cd6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-2 on page 129. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\theenumi {\Roman{enumi}} +\renewcommand\theenumii {\Alph{enumii}} +\renewcommand\labelenumii{\theenumii.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{enumerate} + \item \textbf{Introduction} \label{q1} + \begin{enumerate} + \item \textbf{Applications} \\ + Motivation for research and applications + related to the subject. \label{q2} + \item \textbf{Organization} \\ + Explain organization of the report, what + is included, and what is not. \label{q3} + \end{enumerate} + \item \textbf{Literature Survey} \label{q4} +\end{enumerate} +q1=\ref{q1} q2=\ref{q2} q3=\ref{q3} q4=\ref{q4} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f6f9076c450 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-20 on page 140. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\theoremstyle{plain} \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem} +\theoremstyle{definition} \newtheorem{defn}[thm]{Definition} +\theoremstyle{remark} \newtheorem*{rem}{Remark} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{defn} + A typographical challenge is a problem that cannot be + solved with the help of \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}. +\end{defn} +\begin{thm}There are no typographical challenges.\end{thm} +\begin{rem}The proof is left to the reader.\end{rem} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e35679eec81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-21 on page 142. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-2pt} % for the example in the book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ragged2e,amsthm} +\newtheoremstyle{break}% + {9pt}{9pt}% Space above and below + {\itshape\RaggedRight}% Body style + {-12pt}% Heading indent amount + {\sffamily\bfseries}{:}% Heading font and punctuation after it + {\newline}% Space after heading (\newline = linebreak) + {}% Head spec (empty = same as `plain' style) +\theoremstyle{break} +\newtheorem{exa}{Exercise} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{exa}[Active author] + Find the author responsible for the largest number of + packages described in The \LaTeX{} Companion. +\end{exa} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ed22bb0d56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-22 on page 143. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +% FAKE: definition for \cite to fit book bibliography !!! +\renewcommand\cite[1]{[87]} +% FAKE: in real life this example should have a bibliography!!! + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\newtheoremstyle{citing}% Name + {3pt}{3pt}% Space above and below + {\itshape}% Body font + {\parindent}{\bfseries}% Heading indent and font + {.}% Punctuation after heading + { }% Space after head (" " = normal interword space) + {\thmnote{#3}}% Typeset note only, if present +\theoremstyle{citing} \newtheorem*{varthm}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{varthm}[Theorem 3.16 in \cite{Knuth90}] +By focusing on small details, it is possible to +understand the deeper significance of a passage. +\end{varthm} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..deef3dad7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-23 on page 144. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsthm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{proof}[Proof (sufficiency)] +This proof involves a list: +\begin{enumerate} + \item because the proof comes in two parts --- + \item --- we need to use \verb|\qedhere|. \qedhere +\end{enumerate} +\end{proof} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79dca725a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-24 on page 145. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{layouts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \setlayoutscale{0.37} + \listdiagram +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad22a70cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-25 on page 147. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newenvironment{Quote}% + {\begin{list}{}% + {\setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}}% + \item[]\makebox[0pt][r]{``}\ignorespaces}% + {\unskip\makebox[0pt][l]{''}\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots\ text before. +\begin{Quote} + Some quoted text, followed by more quoted text. +\end{Quote} +Text following \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b825a2ffef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-26 on page 148. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newenvironment{Description} + {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel + \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} +\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]{\textsf{#1:}\hfil} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Description} +\item[Description] + Returns from a function. If issued at top level, + the interpreter simply terminates, just as if + end of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] None. +\item[Return values] + \mbox{}\\ + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the + caller. +\end{Description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87b32cefda5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-27 on page 149. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newenvironment{altDescription}[1] + {\begin{list}{}% + {\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\textsf{##1:}\hfil}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{altDescription}{Return values} +\item[Description] + Returns from a function. If issued at top level, + the interpreter simply terminates, just as if end + of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] + None. +\item[Return values] + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the + caller. +\end{altDescription} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95acad1c8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-28 on page 150. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\newenvironment{Description} + {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel + \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc,ifthen} \newlength{\Mylen} +% definition of Description environment as before +\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]{% + \settowidth\Mylen{\textsf{#1:}}% determine width + \ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\Mylen > \labelwidth}}% + {\parbox[b]{\labelwidth}% term > labelwidth + {\makebox[0pt][l]{\textsf{#1:}}\\\mbox{}}}% + {\textsf{#1:}}% term <= labelwidth + \hfill} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Description} +\item[Description] Returns from a function. + If issued at top level, the interpreter simply + terminates, just as if end of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] None. +\item[Return values] + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the caller. +\end{Description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3983a06e6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-29 on page 150. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\newenvironment{Description} + {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel + \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}% + {\end{list}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +% definition of Description environment as before +\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1] + {\raisebox{0pt}[1ex][0pt]% + {\makebox[\labelwidth][l]% + {\parbox[t]{\labelwidth}% + {\hspace{0pt}\textsf{#1:}}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Description} +\item[Description] Returns from a function. + If issued at top level, the interpreter simply + terminates, just as if end of input had been reached. +\item[Errors] None. +\item[Return\\values] + Any arguments in effect are passed back to the caller. +\end{Description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65beab76d00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-3 on page 130. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\labelenumi{\S\theenumi.} +\usepackage{varioref} \labelformat{enumi}{\S#1} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{enumerate} +\item \label{w1} text inside list, more text inside list +\item \label{w2} text inside list, more text inside list +\item \label{w3} text inside list, more text inside list +\end{enumerate} +w1=\ref{w1} w2=\ref{w2} w3=\ref{w3} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b46e871e9ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-30 on page 151. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{notes} +\newenvironment{Notes} + {\begin{list}{\textsc{Note} \arabic{notes}.}% + {\setlength\labelsep{10pt}% + \setlength\itemindent{10pt}% + \setlength\leftmargin{0pt}% + \setlength\labelwidth{0pt}% + \usecounter{notes}}}% + {\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Notes} +\item This is the text of the first note item. + Some more text for the first note item. +\item This is the text of the second note item. + Some more text for the second note item. +\end{Notes} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2da59e2cea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-4 on page 131. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc,pifont} \newcounter{local} +\renewcommand\theenumi{\protect\setcounter{local}% + {171+\the\value{enumi}}\protect\ding{\value{local}}} +\renewcommand\labelenumi{\theenumi} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{enumerate} +\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l1} + text inside list, more text inside list; +\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l2} + text inside list, more text inside list; +\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l3} + text inside list, more text inside list. +\end{enumerate} +l1=\ref{l1} l2=\ref{l2} l3=\ref{l3} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a69efdd4d44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-5 on page 131. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]% + {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsf{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{description} +\item[A.] text inside list, text inside list, + text inside list, more text inside list; +\item[B.] text inside list, text inside list, + text inside list, more text inside list; +\end{description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96936e303e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-6 on page 132. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We may want to enumerate items within a paragraph to +\begin{inparaenum}[(a)] + \item save space + \item make a less prominent statement, or + \item for some other reason. +\end{inparaenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1ec017be8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-7 on page 132. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +On the other hand we may want to enumerate like this: +\begin{compactenum}[i)] + \item still make a display list + \item format items as usual but with less + vertical space, that is + \item similar to normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{compactenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c964502ce8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-8 on page 133. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Or perhaps we may want to enumerate like this: +\begin{asparaenum}[1)] +\item still make a display list \item format items + as paragraphs with turnover lines not indented, + that is \item similar to normal \texttt{enumerate}. +\end{asparaenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffe04edcfde --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-3-9 on page 133. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{paralist} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Item~\ref{bad} shows what can go wrong: +\begin{asparaenum}[Example a:] +\item On the first item we will not notice it +but \item the second item then shows what +happens if a special character is mistakenly +matched. \label{bad} +\end{asparaenum} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6e2f4ae6b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-1 on page 152. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{alltt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{alltt} +One can have font changes, like +\emph{emphasized text}. +Some special characters: # $ % ^ & ~ _ +\end{alltt} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..91b3f36f3c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-10 on page 157. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,color,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1] + {\ifthenelse{\isodd{\value{FancyVerbLine}}}% + {\textcolor{blue}{#1}}{#1}} +\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2] + This line should become blue while + this one will be black. And here +you can observe that gobble removes +not only blanks but any character. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87f77a0cc8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-11 on page 157. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{itemize} \item Normal indentation left: + \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,xrightmargin=2pc] +A verbatim line of text! + \end{Verbatim} + \item No indentation at either side: + \begin{Verbatim}[resetmargins=true, + frame=single] +A verbatim line of text! + \end{Verbatim} +\end{itemize} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53eb97e8f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-12 on page 158. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,rulecolor=\color{blue}, + framerule=3pt,framesep=1pc,fillcolor=\color{yellow}] +A framed verbatim line! +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb091a660f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-13 on page 158. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1] + {\colorbox{green}{#1}} +\begin{Verbatim} +Some verbatim lines with a +background color. +\end{Verbatim} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1] + {\colorbox{yellow}{\makebox[\linewidth][l]{#1}}} +\begin{Verbatim} +Some verbatim lines with a +background color. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b28239761d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-14 on page 159. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,label=\fbox{Example code}, + framesep=5mm,labelposition=bottomline] +Some verbatim text framed +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36880ffadbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-15 on page 159. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[frame=lines,framesep=5mm, + label={[Start of code]End of code}] + A line of code +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4b2c1565c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-16 on page 159. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[baselinestretch=1.6] +This text is more or less double-spaced. +See also the discussion about the +setspace package elsewhere. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e2e3ec8975 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-17 on page 160. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,numbersep=6pt] +Verbatim lines can be numbered +at either left or right. +\end{Verbatim} +Some intermediate text\ldots +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,firstnumber=last] +Continuation is possible too +as we can see here. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a88dbdd098 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-18 on page 160. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\def\thechapter{3} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\footnotesize + \thechapter.\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,stepnumber=2, + numberblanklines=true] +Normally empty lines in +in a verbatim will not receive +numbers---here they do! + +Admittedly using stepnumber +with such a redefinition of +FancyVerbLine looks a bit odd. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5edc17ffa04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-19 on page 161. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[showtabs=true] +123456789012345678901234567890 +Two default tabs +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,showtabs=true] +Two real tabs +\end{Verbatim} +\renewcommand\FancyVerbTab{$\triangleright$} +\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,showtabs=true] +Two new tabs +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,tabsize=3,showtabs=true] +Using a special tab size +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8227ecccfd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-2 on page 152. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{shortvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} +The use of |\MakeShortVerb| can make sources +much more readable. +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}\MakeShortVerb{\+} +And with the declaration +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}+ +we can return the +|+ character back to normal. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14ac5c1cde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-20 on page 161. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\|\[\],commentchar=\!] +We can |emph[emphasize] text +! see above (this line is invisible) +Line with label|label[linea] ! removes new line +is shown here. +\end{Verbatim} +On line~\ref{linea} we see\ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9e33b044305 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-21 on page 162. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand*\FancyVerbStartString{START} +\newcommand*\FancyVerbStopString{STOP} +\begin{Verbatim} + A verbatim line not shown. +START + Only the third line is shown. +STOP + But the remainder is left out. +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f79d333e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-22 on page 163. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newenvironment{example} + {\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{test.out}} + {\end{VerbatimOut}\noindent + \BVerbatimInput[lastline=1,formatcom=\color{blue}]{test.out}% + \VerbatimInput[numbers=left,firstnumber=1,firstline=2]{test.out}} +\begin{example} +A blue line. +Two lines +with numbers. +\end{example} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ad4ba26508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-23 on page 164. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{BVerbatim}[boxwidth=4pc,baseline=t] +first line +second line +\end{BVerbatim} +\begin{BVerbatim}[baseline=c] +first line +second line +\end{BVerbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cac3caee499 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-24 on page 164. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} \fvset{gobble=2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent A line of text to show the left margin. +\begin{Verbatim} + The new `normal' case. +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=0] +We now need to explicitly +cancel gobble occasionally! +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c9b4abcbed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-25 on page 165. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\CustomVerbatimEnvironment{myverbatim}{Verbatim} + {numbers=left,frame=lines,framerule=2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{myverbatim} +The normal case with thick +rules and numbers on the left. +\end{myverbatim} +\begin{myverbatim}[numbers=none,framerule=.6pt] +The exception without numbers +and thinner rules. +\end{myverbatim} +\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{myverbatim}{Verbatim} + {numbers=left,frame=none,showspaces=true} +\begin{myverbatim} +And from here on the environment +behaves differently again. +\end{myverbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7026c96bce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-26 on page 166. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-50pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{20pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{15pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\SaveVerb{danger}=Real \danger= + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tableofcontents + +\section{\protect\UseVerb{danger}} + +\UseVerb*{danger} is no longer dangerous +and can\marginpar{\UseVerb[fontsize=\tiny] + {danger}} +be reused as often as desired. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0de6f665338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-27 on page 167. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\newcommand\vitem[1][]{\SaveVerb[commandchars=\|\<\>,% + aftersave={\item[\textnormal{\UseVerb[#1]{vsave}}]}]{vsave}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{description} +\vitem+\ddanger+ Dangerous beast;\\ found in \TeX books. +\vitem[fontsize=\tiny]+\danger+ Its small brother, + still dangerous. +\vitem+\dddanger{|emph}+ The ultimate horror. +\end{description} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11c4e3a4461 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-28 on page 167. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\VerbatimFootnotes +A bit of text to give us a reason to use a +footnote.\footnote{Here is proof: \verb=\danger{%_^}=} +Was this good enough? +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6310969c79f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-29 on page 167. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\CustomVerbatimCommand\verbx{Verb}{commandchars=\|\<\>} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Verb[fontfamily=courier]+\realdanger{|emph}+ \\ +\verbx[fontfamily=courier]+\realdanger{|emph}+ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3508d12bc8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-3 on page 153. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb*{\+} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Instead of \verb*/ / we can now write + +. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..118267321fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-30 on page 168. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\DefineShortVerb[fontsize=\tiny]{\|} +The use of |\DefineShortVerb| can make sources +much more readable---or unreadable! \par +\UndefineShortVerb{\|}\DefineShortVerb{\+} +\fvset{fontfamily=courier} +And with +\UndefineShortVerb{\|}+ +we can return the +|+ character back to normal. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00ca26b9849 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-31 on page 168. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{algorithmic} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{algorithmic} +\IF {$i\leq0$} \STATE $i\gets1$ \ELSE +\IF {$i\geq0$} \STATE $i\gets0$ \ENDIF +\ENDIF +\end{algorithmic} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4239d0924f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-32 on page 170. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{listings} +\lstloadlanguages{C,Ada} +\lstset{language=C,commentstyle=\scriptsize} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A ``for'' loop in C: +\begin{lstlisting}[keywordstyle=\underbar] +int sum; +int i; /*for loop variable*/ +sum=0; +for (i=0;i=}{{$\geq$}}1 {<>}{{$\neq$}}1} +\begin{lstlisting}[gobble=2] + var i:integer; + if (i<=0) i := 1; + if (i>=0) i := 0; + if (i<>0) i := 0; +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4c687bcedf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-5 on page 154. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a6bdfb4ec1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-6 on page 154. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono} +\usepackage{upquote} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+ +\par \texttt{but `text' is unaffected!} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..690e6e814a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-7 on page 154. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{listings} \lstset{upquote} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{lstlisting}[language=ksh] +TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'` +\end{lstlisting} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2e4fbb732c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-8 on page 156. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\usepackage[OT1,T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont +\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=tt] +Family `tt' is fine in OT1: \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=helvetica] +But `helvetica' fails in OT1: \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont +\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=helvetica] +... while it works in T1: \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d7f06d3cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-4-9 on page 156. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{relsize,fancyvrb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Verbatim}[fontsize=\relsize{-2}] + \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +A line of text to show the body size. +\begin{Verbatim}[fontshape=sl,fontsize=\Large] + \sum_{i=1}^n +\end{Verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33ee3a52a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-1 on page 177. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\newcommand\para{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +No line numbers here.\para +\linenumbers +But here we get line numbers.\para +And here too.\para +\linenumbers[-10] +Restart with a negative number.\para +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f9376a61fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-10 on page 182. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{parallel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}{}{} + \ParallelLText{This is text in the English + language explaining the command \verb=\foo=.} + \ParallelRText{Dies ist Text in deutscher Sprache, + der das Kommando \verb=\foo= erl\"autert.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c67701b5ce0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-11 on page 182. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{parallel,lineno} +\linenumbers \modulolinenumbers[2] +\setlength\linenumbersep{1pt} +\newcommand\LR[2]{\ParallelLText{#1}% + \ParallelRText{#2}\ParallelPar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}{.45\linewidth}{} +\raggedright \setlength\leftskip{10pt} + \setlength\parindent{-\leftskip} +\LR{I just go online and download an update.}{Ich + geh mal eben auf den Strich und lade mir ein + Auffrisch herunter.} \LR{This laptop is missing + several interfaces.} {Dieser Scho\ss\-spitze + fehlt so manches Zwi\-schen\-ge\-sicht.} +\LR{Microsoft Office on floppy disks.}{Kleinweich + B\"uro auf Schlabberscheiben.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23735bffb5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-12 on page 183. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{parallel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}{}{} + \ParallelLText{This is text that contains: + \[ \sum_{n=1}^x2 a_n \]} + \ParallelRText{And here is the explanation + showing some surprising effect.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c8d31b2504 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-13 on page 183. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[OldStyleNums,SeparatedFootnotes]{parallel} +\renewcommand\ParallelAtEnd{\vspace{7pt}\footnoterule} +\renewcommand\ParallelDot + {\makebox[0pt][l]{\textperiodcentered}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{} \raggedright + \ParallelLText{This is text in the English + language\footnote{We hope!} explaining the + command \verb=\foo=.} + \ParallelRText{Dies ist Text\footnote{Ein Satz.} in + deutscher Sprache\footnote{Schlechter Stil!}, der + das Kommando \verb=\foo= erl\"autert.} +\end{Parallel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a9e37ad470 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-14 on page 184. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +% To help with narrow measure in the book: +\addtolength\columnsep{6pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{3} + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. If the columns are very + narrow try typesetting ragged right. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3c581bac93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-15 on page 185. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +% To help with narrow measure in the book: +\addtolength\columnsep{6pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{2} + [\section*{Some useful advice}] + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. If the columns are very + narrow try typesetting ragged right. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8424974d587 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-16 on page 186. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e} +\setlength\columnseprule{0.4pt} +\addtolength\columnsep{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{3} +\RaggedRight + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. In this example ragged-right + typesetting is used. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..256bc52646a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-17 on page 187. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e} +\addtolength\columnsep{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{3} +\RaggedRight +\setcounter{unbalance}{1} + Here is some text to be distributed over + several columns. In this example ragged-right + typesetting is used. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b0e946bdd96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-18 on page 189. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multicols}{2} \RaggedRight + Here is some text to be distributed over several + columns. \par \vfill\columnbreak + With the help of the \verb=\columnbreak= command + this paragraph was forced into the second column. +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b50aa2e9b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-19 on page 190. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} % we start at the beginning +\addtolength\textwidth{-32pt} % account for change bars in printing + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{changebar} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cbstart +This is the text in the first paragraph. +This is the text in the first paragraph.\cbend + +This is the text in the second paragraph. +\cbdelete +This is the text in the second paragraph. + +\setcounter{changebargrey}{35} +\begin{changebar}[4pt] +This is paragraph three. \par +This is paragraph four. +\end{changebar} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6b3d7867d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-2 on page 177. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\sloppy +\setlength\marginparwidth{65pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{25pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-100pt} +\newcommand\para{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.\par} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +% \para defined as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\linenumbers +Some text on the main vertical list! +\marginpar{\footnotesize + \internallinenumbers* \para} +\para \para In this paragraph we use +a second marginal note affecting the +\marginpar{\footnotesize + \internallinenumbers \para} +line numbers this time.\para +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9dcd346d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-20 on page 191. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} % we start at the beginning +\addtolength\textwidth{-12pt} % account for change bars in printing + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[rightbars,color]{changebar} +\cbcolor{blue} +\setlength\changebarsep{10pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\cbstart +This is the text in the first paragraph. +This is the text in the first paragraph.\cbend + +This is the text in the second paragraph. +\cbdelete +This is the text in the second paragraph. + +\begin{changebar} +This is paragraph three. \par +This is paragraph four. +\end{changebar} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb6382d4414 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-3 on page 178. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} \linenumbers +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to + experiment with line numbering.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +No line number before the display: +\[ x \neq y \] \sample \par +But line numbers in this case: +\begin{linenomath} + \[ x \neq y \] +\end{linenomath} +\sample\par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06c97c465c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-4 on page 178. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[displaymath,mathlines] + {lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample as defined before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample \[ x \neq y \] \sample\par +\sample +\begin{displaymath} + x \neq y +\end{displaymath} +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae15cfdf79e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-5 on page 179. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample as defined before + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample\linelabel{first}\sample\sample +\sample\linelabel{second}\sample + +In the text on lines~\ref{first}, +\lineref[1]{first}, up to and including +line~\ref{second} we see refererences to +individual lines \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a786d5365de --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-6 on page 179. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample defined as before + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample \sample \sample \par +\modulolinenumbers[2] +And now a paragraph with numbers on every +second line.\sample \sample \sample \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc3a14e9c30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-7 on page 180. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[right]{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample defined as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The option ``right'' changes the line +number position. \sample \sample \par +\renewcommand\linenumberfont + {\normalfont\footnotesize\ttfamily} +\setlength\linenumbersep{20pt} +Now we use a different font and a bigger +separation. \sample \sample \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a28d7607b5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-8 on page 180. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} +\linenumbers +% \sample defined as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{quote} + \sample +\end{quote} +\sample \sample +\begin{numquote} + \sample +\end{numquote} +Some more text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8dbf1fc6394 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 3-5-9 on page 181. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\sloppy +\setlength\marginparsep{20pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment + with line numbering.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lineno} \linenumbers +% \sample defined as before +\newenvironment{numarrows} + {\renewcommand\makeLineNumber + {\llap{\LineNumber$\rightarrow$ }}} + {\par} +\newenvironment{arrows}{\renewcommand\makeLineNumber + {\rlap{\hspace{\textwidth} $\leftarrow$}}}{\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{numarrows} \sample \end{numarrows} +\begin{arrows} \sample \sample \end{arrows} +\sample +\begin{numarrows} \sample \end{numarrows} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..327955e6bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-1-1 on page 194. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\usepackage[landscape,a5paper,hmarginratio=1:4]{geometry} +\usepackage{layout} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\makeatletter\@twosidefalse\makeatother %pretend we do not have + %twoside set +\layout +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0ac5b7cb17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-1 on page 200. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{layouts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{0.33} +\setparametertextfont + {\scriptsize} +\setlabelfont{\scriptsize} +\pagediagram +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4494bc253aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-10 on page 211. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a6paper,landscape, + margin=1in,includeall]{geometry} +% overwriting some values: +\geometry{right=2in,ignoremp} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0ba4dd2cef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-11 on page 213. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,geometry} +\geometry{paperwidth=2in, + paperheight=1in, + margin=5mm} +\usepackage[cam,a5,center]{crop} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text to show the text area +\includegraphics[width=8mm] + {rosette.ps} +selected in relation to the crop +marks. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9131bf7d41e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-12 on page 214. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,geometry} +\geometry{paperwidth=2in, + paperheight=1in, + margin=5mm} +\usepackage[cross,a5,nographics] + {crop} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text to show the text area +\includegraphics[width=8mm] + {rosette.ps} +selected in relation to the crop +marks. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..489e7fd1c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-13 on page 214. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx,geometry} +\geometry{paperwidth=2in, + paperheight=1in, + margin=5mm} +\usepackage[frame,a5,mirror]{crop} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text to show the text area +\includegraphics[width=8mm] + {rosette.ps} +selected in relation to the crop +marks. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc763ccb75d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-2 on page 201. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc,layouts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlayoutscale{0.3} +\currentpage +\oddpagelayoutfalse +\twocolumnlayouttrue + +\trypaperwidth{11in} +\trypaperheight{8.5in} +\trytextwidth{500pt} +\trytextheight{\topskip + + 30\baselineskip} +\trycolumnsep{120pt} +\trycolumnseprule{3pt} + +\tryheadheight{12pt} +\tryheadsep{18pt} +\tryfootskip{40pt} + +\tryevensidemargin{120pt} + +\setfootbox{12pt}{24pt} + +\setlabelfont{\tiny} +\drawdimensionsfalse +\printheadingsfalse +\pagedesign +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10087cbe457 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-3 on page 203. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{vmargin} +\setpapersize[portrait]{A5} +\setmarginsrb{80pt}{40pt}% left, top + {120pt}{80pt}% right, bottom + {12pt}{10pt}% head height, sep + {12pt}{30pt}% foot height, sep +\setlength\marginparwidth{100pt} +% Code to display the resulting layout: +\usepackage{layouts} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.25}\setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse\printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2785e0a3b84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-4 on page 204. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a5paper,landscape,DIVcalc]{typearea} +% to display the resulting layout: +\usepackage{layouts} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}\setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse\printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..920564b1cee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-5 on page 205. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a5paper,landscape, + 2.5headlines, + headinclude,mpinclude, + DIVcalc]{typearea} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..445053df9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-6 on page 205. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a5paper,landscape]{typearea} +\usepackage{bookman} + +% syntax: \typearea[]{} +\typearea[10mm]{11} + +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a588ec67894 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-7 on page 206. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[marginratio=1:2, + paper=a5paper,landscape=true, + tmargin=52pt,lmargin=74pt, + headheight=30pt,marginparwidth=62pt, + includehead,includemp]{geometry} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09052fa2bbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-8 on page 209. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +% +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a6paper,twoside] + {geometry} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage \newpage \showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..317c07c93e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-2-9 on page 209. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +% +\newcommand\showpage{% + \setlayoutscale{0.27}% + \setlabelfont{\tiny}% + \printheadingsfalse + \printparametersfalse + \currentpage\pagedesign} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[a6paper,asymmetric, + bindingoffset=18pt, + marginparwidth=.8in,reversemp, + hmarginratio=2:1,vmarginratio=4:5, + left=1in,top=1in]{geometry} +\usepackage{layouts} +% \showpage as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\showpage \newpage \showpage + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21e18bf23a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-3-1 on page 215. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We are now on page~\label{p1}\pageref{p1}. +This type of coding always gives correct +results while ``page \thepage{}'', though +okay here, will be wrong at a later point +in the paragraph, such as here: ``page +\thepage'', because \LaTeX{} decided to +break the paragraph over two pages. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..585481e0b0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-3-2 on page 217. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\pagestyle{origplain} %plain in this class +\setlength\textheight{2\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{chappg} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \chapter*{Preface} % --- not shown + \pagenumbering[Preface]{bychapter} +\ldots here we are in the middle of +the front matter where chapters are +usually unnumbered. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de6fe245721 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-3-3 on page 221. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{5.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr,extramarks} +\pagestyle{fancy} \cfoot{} +\lhead{\firstleftxmark} +\rfoot{\lastrightxmark} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our + page that is reused over and over again.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\extramarks{A story}{} +\extramarks{\ldots continued} + {turn page to continue} +\sample \sample \sample +\extramarks{\ldots continued}{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc223380414 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-1 on page 224. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} +\lhead{LEFT} \chead{CENTER} \rhead{RIGHT} +\lfoot{very-very-very-very-long-left} \cfoot{} +\rfoot{very-long-right} +\renewcommand\headrulewidth{2pt} +\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0.4pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49a2ee17bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-10 on page 230. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\renewcommand\sectionmark[1] + {\markboth{\thesection\ #1}{}} +\renewcommand\subsectionmark[1] + {\markright{\thesubsection\ #1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{Test} +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f6f4859964 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-11 on page 230. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\fancypagestyle{memo}{\fancyhf{}% + \fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage}% + \fancyhead[LO,RE]{Memo}% + \fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today} + \renewcommand\headrulewidth{1pt}} +\pagestyle{memo} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a05c3b77bba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-12 on page 231. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{} +\chead{\iftopfloat{SPECIAL}{NORMAL}} +\cfoot{\thepage} +\renewcommand\headrulewidth + {\iftopfloat{0pt}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + +% \sample defined as before +\sample +\begin{figure}[t] + \centering + \fbox{Sample t-figure} +\end{figure} +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4046b6ac33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-13 on page 232. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\raggedright % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,fancyhdr,extramarks} +\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{} +\newcommand\combinemarks{\ifthenelse + {\equal{\firstrightmark}{\lastrightmark}}% + {\firstrightmark}% equal values + {\firstrightmark---\lastrightmark}} +\chead{\combinemarks} \cfoot{\thepage} +\newcommand\idxitem[1]{\par\vspace{8pt}% + \textbf{#1}\markright{#1}\quad\ignorespaces} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\idxitem{galley} Text formatted but not + cut into pages. +\idxitem{OR} Output routine. +\idxitem{mark} An object in the galley + used to communicate with the OR. +\idxitem{running header} page title + changing with page contents. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd853117729 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-14 on page 233. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{truncate} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +|This text has been~truncated| + +|\truncate{50pt} + {This text has been~truncated}| + +|\truncate[{\,[..]}]{100pt} + {This text has been~truncated}| +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47f8afb13e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-15 on page 233. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6.8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fit]{truncate} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\truncate + {.95\headwidth}{\leftmark}} +\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{Section with a long title} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a812d9ec19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-2 on page 225. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small +% fixed date for the example +\day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} +\setlength\headheight{23pt} +\lhead{From: Frank\\ To: Michel} +\rhead{Page: \thepage\\ \today} +\chead{} \lfoot{} \cfoot{} \rfoot{} +\renewcommand\headrule{\vspace{-8pt}\dotfill} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99e653dbdc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-3 on page 225. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small +% fixed date for the example +\day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} +\setlength\headheight{23pt} +\lhead{From: Frank\\ To: Michel} +\rhead{\begin{tabular}[b]{l@{}} + Page: \thepage\\ \today + \end{tabular}} +\chead{} \lfoot{} \cfoot{} \rfoot{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d5aca69c43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-4 on page 226. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr}\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead{} % clear header fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage} +\fancyhead[LO,RE]{Memo} +\fancyfoot{} % clear footer fields +\fancyfoot[L]{Author: Frank} +\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0.4pt} +\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0.4pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf0c17cd15d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-5 on page 226. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\leftmark} +\fancyfoot[C]{Page \thepage\ + of \pageref{LastPage}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{A test} +\sample \par \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b44eb415af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-6 on page 227. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} % compensate for header in example +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{color,fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{} +\fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{30pt} +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{TITLE} +\fancyhead[LO]{\rightmark} +\fancyhead[RE]{\leftmark} +\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage} +\renewcommand\headrule + {{\color{blue}% + \hrule height 2pt + width\headwidth + \vspace{1pt}% + \hrule height 1pt + width\headwidth + \vspace{-4pt}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{A-head} +\subsection{B-head} +\sample \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a5ced0c1ad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-7 on page 228. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +%\fancyhead[LE,RO] +% {\slshape\rightmark} +%\fancyhead[LO,RE] +% {\slshape\leftmark} +%\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage} +%\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0.4pt} +%\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\section{Test} +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7ee1451f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-8 on page 228. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy % as these examples are so small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\newcommand\sample{ Some text + for our page that we reuse.} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{page}{5} +\section{A-head} \newpage +% Above makes a section on +% page 5 (not displayed) +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\section{A-head2} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\section{A-head3} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a393a64f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-4-9 on page 229. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} +\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book +\sloppy % as these examples are so small +\newcommand\sample{ Some text + for our page that we reuse.} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{extramarks} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead[RO]{\lastrightmark} +\fancyhead[RE]{\firstleftmark} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \sample defined as before +\setcounter{page}{5} +\section{A-head} \newpage +% Above makes a section on +% page 5 (not displayed) +\subsection{B-head} \sample +\section{A-head2} \sample +\subsection{B-head2}\sample +\section{A-head3} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78145f6aee6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-5-1 on page 235. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\pagestyle{headings} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% right-hand page on the left in +% this example due to: +\setcounter{page}{1} + +\section{A Test} +\subsection{A subsection} +Some text for our page. +\cleardoublepage +\section{Another Section} +This would appear on page 3. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e6584d58a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 4-5-2 on page 236. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{nextpage}\pagestyle{headings} +\newcommand\myclearpage{\cleartooddpage + [\vspace*{\fill} \centering + BLANK PAGE \vspace*{\fill}]} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{page}{1} %right-hand page +\section{A Test} +\subsection{A subsection} +Some text for our page. +\myclearpage +\section{Another Section} +This would appear on page 3. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c9e407d2db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-1 on page 241. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +First Tab Stop \= Second \= Third \= \kill +one \> two \> three \> four \\ +one \> two \\[3mm] +new tab\ \= two \> \a'{e}\a`{e} + \`(accent commands)\\ +one \> two \> three \> four \\ +\end{tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcba463dc76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-2 on page 241. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \newcommand\acafe{caf\'e} +\newcommand\bcafe{caf\a'e} \newcommand\ccafe{café} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +Tab one \= Tab two \\ +7 bit \> \acafe \\ +7 bit \> \bcafe \\ +8 bit \> \ccafe \end{tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0f373c000b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-3 on page 242. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\newcommand\acafe{caf\'e} +\newcommand\bcafe{caf\a'e} +\newcommand\ccafe{café} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \usepackage{Tabbing} +% definitions as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Tabbing}Tab one \TAB= Tab two\\ +7 bit \TAB> \acafe \\ +7 bit \TAB> \bcafe \\ +8 bit \TAB> \ccafe \end{Tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74723f67e1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-1-4 on page 242. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lenrule[1]{\makebox[#1]{% + \rule{.4pt}{4pt}\hrulefill\rule{.4pt}{4pt}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +dd\quad \= \hspace{.55\linewidth} \= \kill +pc \> Pica = 12pt \> \lenrule{1pc} \\ +cc \> Cicero = 12dd \> \lenrule{1cc} \\ +cm \> Centimeter = 10mm \> \lenrule{1cm} \\ +\end{tabbing} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72dacc00b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-1 on page 244. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|>{\large}c|>{\large\bfseries}l|>{\itshape}c|} +\hline A & B & C\\\hline 100 & 10 & 1 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78e75a8db7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-10 on page 247. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{c@{}c!{}c@{--}c!{--}c} + one&two&three&four&five\\ + 1&2&3&4&5 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..963f6e99db1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-11 on page 248. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{flushleft} \textbf{text text text text}\\ +\begin{tabular}{lr} + one&two\\ three&four\\ +\end{tabular}\textbf{material following \ldots}\\ +\textbf{text text text text\\text text text text}\\ +\begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}} + one&two\\ three&four\\ +\end{tabular}\textbf{material following \ldots}\\ +\textbf{text text text text} \end{flushleft} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adf2e1d54b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-12 on page 249. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\newcolumntype{P}[1] + {>{#1\hspace{0pt}\arraybackslash}p{14mm}|} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular} + {|P{\raggedleft}P{\centering}P{\raggedright}} +\hline + Superconsciousness is a long word & + Possibi\-li\-t\'es et esp\'erances & + Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \\\hline + Ragged left text in column one & + Centered text in column two & + Ragged right text in column three \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af61c8dde97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-13 on page 249. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} \newcolumntype{Z}{clr} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{Z} one&two&three\\1&2&3 \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05fe7c038ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-2 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt} +\begin{tabular}{|>{\large}c|>{\large\bfseries}l|>{\itshape}c|} +\hline A & B & C\\\hline 100 & 10 & 1 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c923e9d7202 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-3 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|p{1cm}|p{1cm}|p{1cm}|} +\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5fd775f9987 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-4 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|m{1cm}|m{1cm}|m{1cm}|} +\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19998482c68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-5 on page 245. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|b{1cm}|b{1cm}|b{1cm}|} +\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16fc2d2ff3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-6 on page 246. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular} + {|>{\setlength\parindent{5mm}}p{2cm}|p{2cm}|} +\hline 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 & + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a2759bb4c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-7 on page 246. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt} +\begin{tabular}{|>{$}l<{$}|l|} \hline + 10!^{10!} & a big number \\ + 10^{-999} & a small number \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e56626f3e09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-8 on page 246. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\parbox{11mm}{Characteristics}}% +\hfill +\fbox{\parbox{11mm}{\hspace{0pt}Characteristics}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58bc43fc195 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-2-9 on page 247. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}% + {|>{\raggedleft\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}% + |>{\centering\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}% + |>{\raggedright\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}|} +\hline + Superconsciousness is a long word & + Possibi\-li\-t\'es et esp\'erances & + Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \tabularnewline +\hline + Ragged left text in column one & + Centered text in column two & + Ragged right text in column three + \tabularnewline +\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9e4930bef5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-1 on page 250. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,calc} \newlength\mylen +\newenvironment{tabularc}[1] + {\setlength\mylen + {\linewidth/(#1)-\tabcolsep*2-\arrayrulewidth*(#1+1)/(#1)}% + \par\noindent % new paragraph, flush left start + \begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}% + {*{#1}{|>{\centering\hspace{0pt}} p{\the\mylen}}|}} +{\end{tabular*}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabularc}{3} +\hline +Material in column one & column two & This is column three +\tabularnewline\hline +\empty +Column one again & +and column two & +This is column three \tabularnewline\hline +Once more column one & +column two & +Last time column three \tabularnewline\hline +\end{tabularc} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c3f202e002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-2 on page 251. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabularx} +\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent\begin{tabularx}{100mm}{|Y|Y|Y|} +\empty +\hline +The Two Gentlemen of Verona & +The Taming of the Shrew & +The Comedy of Errors \\\hline +Love's Labour's Lost & +A Midsummer Night's Dream & +The Merchant of Venice \\\hline +The Merry Wives of Windsor & +Much Ado About Nothing & +As You Like It \\\hline +Twelfth Night & +Troilus and Cressida & +Measure for Measure \\\hline +All's Well That Ends Well & +Pericles Prince of Tyre & +The Winter's Tale \\\hline +Cymbeline & +The Tempest & \\\hline +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..15edb47bc1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-3 on page 251. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabularx} +\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|Y|Y|Y|} +\empty +\hline +The Two Gentlemen of Verona & +The Taming of the Shrew & +The Comedy of Errors \\\hline +Love's Labour's Lost & +A Midsummer Night's Dream & +The Merchant of Venice \\\hline +The Merry Wives of Windsor & +Much Ado About Nothing & +As You Like It \\\hline +Twelfth Night & +Troilus and Cressida & +Measure for Measure \\\hline +All's Well That Ends Well & +Pericles Prince of Tyre & +The Winter's Tale \\\hline +Cymbeline & +The Tempest & \\\hline +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea7af8953c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-4 on page 252. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabularx} \tracingtabularx +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\noindent +\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}% + {|>{\setlength\hsize{.85\hsize}}X|% + >{\setlength\hsize{1.15\hsize}}X|} + Superconsciousness is a long word & + Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \\ + Some text in column one & + A somewhat longer text in column two \\ +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..305cb88c04c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-5 on page 253. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabulary} +\setlength\tymin{10pt} +\setlength\tymax{\maxdimen} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabulary}{200pt}{|C|C|C|C|} + a & b b b b & + c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c & + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d +\empty + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + \end{tabulary} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d8b4e8c292 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-3-6 on page 254. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabulary} +\setlength\tymin{30pt} +\setlength\tymax{200pt} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabulary}{200pt}{|C|C|C|C|} +\empty + a&b b b b& + c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c & + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d + \end{tabulary} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6748e3a1a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-1 on page 257. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{27\baselineskip} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{supertabular} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tablecaption{The ISOGRK3 entity set} +\tablehead + {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline} +\tabletail + {\hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}\\} +\tablelasttail{\hline} +\begin{supertabular}{lll} +alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\ +beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\ +chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\ +Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\ +delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\ +epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\ +\empty +epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\ +Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\ +gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\ +gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\ +iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\ +kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\ +kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\ +Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\ +lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\ +mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\ +nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\ +Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\ +omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\ +Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\ +phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\ +phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\ +Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\ +pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\ +piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\ +Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\ +psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\ +rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\ +rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\ +Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\ +sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\ +sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\ +tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\ +Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\ +thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\ +thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\ +Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\ +upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\ +Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\ +xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\ +zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\ +\end{supertabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..134e26a7cbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-2 on page 258. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{28\baselineskip} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,supertabular} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tablecaption{The ISOGRK3 entity set} +\tablefirsthead + {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline} +\tablehead + {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline} +\tabletail{\hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}\\} +\tablelasttail{\hline} +\centering +\begin{supertabular*}{\textwidth}{ll!{\extracolsep{\fill}}l} +alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\ +beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\ +chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\ +\empty +Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\ +delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\ +epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\ +epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\ +Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\ +gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\ +gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\ +iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\ +kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\ +kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\ +Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\ +lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\ +mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\ +nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\ +Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\ +omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\ +Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\ +phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\ +phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\ +Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\ +pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\ +piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\ +Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\ +psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\ +rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\ +rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\ +Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\ +sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\ +sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\ +tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\ +Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\ +thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\ +thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\ +Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\ +upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\ +Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\ +xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\ +zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\ +\end{supertabular*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b00e7f63dad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-3 on page 260. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{28\baselineskip} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{longtable}{lll} + \caption{The ISOGRK3 entity set}\\ + \bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline +\endfirsthead + \bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline +\endhead + \hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}} +\endfoot + \hline +\endlastfoot +alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\ +beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\ +chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\ +\empty +Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\ +delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\ +epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\ +epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\ +eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\ +Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\ +gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\ +gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\ +iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\ +kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\ +kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\ +Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\ +lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\ +mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\ +nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\ +Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\ +omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\ +Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\ +phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\ +phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\ +Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\ +pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\ +piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\ +Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\ +psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\ +rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\ +rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\ +Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\ +sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\ +sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\ +tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\ +Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\ +thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\ +thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\ +Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\ +upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\ +Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\ +xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\ +zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\ +\end{longtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..847ad01bd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-4 on page 262. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable,supertabular} +\usepackage[font=sl,labelfont=bf]{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{table}[t]\centering + \caption{A standard table} + \begin{tabular}{ccc}1&2&3\end{tabular} +\end{table} + +\begin{longtable}{ccc}\caption{A longtable}\\ +1&2&3\end{longtable} + +\centering +\tablecaption{A supertabular} +\begin{supertabular}{ccc}1&2&3\\\end{supertabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..345e09cbff9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-5 on page 263. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\setlength\textheight{7.7\baselineskip} +\AtBeginDocument{\Large} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{longtable}{llp{43mm}} + entry 1.1 & entry 1.2 & entry 1.3, a long text entry taking several lines.\\ + entry 2.1 & entry 2.2 & entry 2.3, a long text entry taking several lines + when set in a narrow column. +\end{longtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19ccc630206 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-4-6 on page 264. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\makeatletter +\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill} +\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot +\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot +\textheight=7.7\baselineskip +\AtBeginDocument{\Large} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{longtable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{longtable}{llp{43mm}} + entry 1.1 & entry 1.2 & entry 1.3, a long text entry taking several lines.\\ + entry 2.1 & entry 2.2 & \setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt}% + entry 2.3, a long text entry taking several\\ + & & lines when set in a narrow column. +\end{longtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6aee7fe88ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-5-1 on page 264. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,color} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{>{\color{blue}\bfseries}lr} +Day & \textcolor{blue}{\bfseries Attendance}\\\hline +Monday& 57\\ Tuesday& 11\\ +Wednesday& 96\\ Thursday& 122\\ +Friday& 210\\ Saturday& 198\\ +Sunday& 40 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3630df922e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-5-2 on page 265. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{colortbl} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular} + {>{\columncolor{blue}\color{white}\bfseries}lr} +\rowcolor[gray]{0.8} + \color{black} Day & \bfseries Attendance\\[2pt] +Monday& 57 \\ Tuesday& 11 \\ +Wednesday& 96 \\ Thursday& 122 \\ +Friday& 210 \\ Saturday& 198 \\ +Sunday& 40 \\ +\cellcolor[gray]{0.8}\color{black}Total& 724 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a069e8a17bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-1 on page 265. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{colortbl} \setlength\arrayrulewidth{1pt} +\newcolumntype{B}{!{\color{blue}\vline}} +\newcommand\bhline + {\arrayrulecolor{blue}\hline\arrayrulecolor{black}} +\newcommand\bcline[1] + {\arrayrulecolor{blue}\cline{#1}\arrayrulecolor{black}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|cBc|c|} +\hline + A & B & C \\ \cline{1-1}\bcline{2-3} + X & Y & Z \\ \bhline +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fbf111f9fbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-2 on page 266. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\newcolumntype{I}{!{\vrule width 3pt}} +\newlength\savedwidth +\newcommand\whline{\noalign{\global\savedwidth\arrayrulewidth + \global\arrayrulewidth 3pt}% + \hline + \noalign{\global\arrayrulewidth\savedwidth}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|cIc|c|} \hline + A & B & C \\ \hline + X & Y & Z \\ \whline +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..88245180a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-3 on page 267. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,hhline} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength\arrayrulewidth{.8pt} +\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{||cc||c|c||c} + \hhline{|t:==:t:==:t|} +a & b & c & d \\ \hhline{|:==:|~|~||} +1 & 2 & 3 & 4 \\ \hhline{#==#~|=:b|-} +i & j & k & l & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{?} + \\ \hhline{||--||---} +w & x & y & z \\ \hhline{|b:==:b:==:b|} +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b59f4b2bbfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-4 on page 268. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,arydshln} +\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt}% extra space on row top +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|c::c|c|} +\hline + A & B & C \\ \hline + X & Y & Z \\ \hdashline +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87f11d9be6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-5 on page 268. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,arydshln} +\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3333}% extra space evenly + % distributed +\setlength\dashlinedash{1pt} +\setlength\dashlinegap{1pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{;{5pt/2pt}c::c:c;{5pt/2pt}} +\hdashline + A & B & C \\ \hdashline + X & Y & Z \\ \hdashline[5pt/2pt] +100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hdashline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b7ca14f528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-6 on page 269. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{tabls} \setlength\tablinesep{2pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline + \large A &\large B &\large C \\ \hline[5pt] + 100 & 10 & 1 \\[5pt] \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f1a6731552 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-7 on page 270. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{booktabs} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{@{}llr@{}} +\toprule + \multicolumn{2}{c}{Item} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price/lb} \\ +\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} + Food & Category & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\$}\\ +\midrule + Apples & Fruit & 1.50 \\ + Oranges & Fruit & 2.00 \\ + Beef & Meat & 4.50 \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9caea02d016 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-6-8 on page 272. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{booktabs} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{@{}llr@{}} +\toprule + \multicolumn{2}{c}{Item} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price/lb} \\ +\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} + a & b & c \\ +\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){1-2}\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){3-3} +\morecmidrules +\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){2-3} +\addlinespace[5pt] + Food& Category & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\$}\\ +\midrule + Apples & Fruit & 1.50 \\ + Oranges & Fruit & 2.00 \\ +\addlinespace + Beef & Meat & 4.50 \\ +\specialrule{.5pt}{3pt}{3pt} + x & y & z \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c6d0b3c10b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-1 on page 272. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline + & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{qqq}\\\cline{2-3} +\raisebox{1.5ex}[0cm][0cm]{100} + & A & B \\\hline +20000000 & 10 & 10 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad5419332f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-2 on page 272. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{r@{.}l} + 1 & 2 \\ 1 & 23 \\ 913 & 17 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd6a1adc1e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-3 on page 273. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|} \hline +\multirow{4}{14mm}{Text in column 1} + & C2a & \multirow{4}{14mm}{Text in column 3} + & C4a \\ + & C2b & & C4b \\ + & C2c & & C4c \\ + & C2d & & C4d \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..267f10095b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-4 on page 274. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\multirowsetup{\centering} +\newlength\LL \settowidth\LL{100} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline +\multirow{2}{\LL}{100}& + \multicolumn{2}{c|}{qqq} \\\cline{2-3} + & A & B \\\hline +20000000 & 10 & 10 \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94c17942aa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-5 on page 274. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|l|l|} +\hline +\multirow{4}{25mm}{Common text in column 1} +& Cell 1a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 1b\\\cline{2-2} +& Cell 1c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 1d\\\hline +\multirow{4}{25mm}[-3mm]{Common text in column 1} +& Cell 2a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 2b\\\cline{2-2} +& Cell 2c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 2d\\\hline +\multirow{4}{25mm}[3mm]{Common text in column 1} +& Cell 3a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 3b\\\cline{2-2} +& Cell 3c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 3d\\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d3c60e903b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-6 on page 275. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{\cdot}{#1}} +\newcolumntype{.}{D{.}{.}{-1}} +\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|d{-1}|d{2}|.|,|} + 1.2 & 1.2 &1.2 &1,2 \\ + 1.23 & 1.23 &12.5 &300,2 \\ + 1121.2& 1121.2&861.20 &674,29 \\ + 184 & 184 &10 &69 \\ + .4 & .4 & &,4 \\ + & &.4 & +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b8f78254d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-7 on page 276. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dcolumn} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|D..{-1}|D..{2}|D..{4.2}|} +\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{wide heading}& +\multicolumn{1}{c|}{wide heading}& +\multicolumn{1}{c|}{wide heading}\\[3pt] + 1000.20 & 1000.20 &1000.20 \\ + 123.45 & 123.45 & 123.45 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..687370445eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-7-8 on page 276. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{+}{D{/}{\mbox{--}}{4}} +\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|r||+| + >{\raggedright}p{2.2cm}|,|} \hline +\multicolumn{4}{|c|}{GG\&A Hoofed Stock}\\ +\hline\hline +& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Price}& & +\\ \cline{2-2} \multicolumn{1}{|c||}{Year} +& \mbox{low}/\mbox{high} +& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Comments} +& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Other} \\ \hline +1971 & 97/245 &Bad year for farmers in + the West. & 23,45 \\ \hline + 72 &245/245 &Light trading due to a + heavy winter. & 435,23\\ \hline + 73 &245/2001 &No gnus was very good + gnus this year. & 387,56\\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04ec4599d04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-8-1 on page 277. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} +\renewcommand\thefootnote{\thempfootnote} +\begin{tabular}{ll} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bfseries PostScript + Type 1 fonts} \\ + Courier\footnote{Donated by IBM.} + & cour, courb, courbi, couri \\ + Charter\footnote{Donated by Bitstream.} + & bchb, bchbi, bchr, bchri \\ + Nimbus\footnote{Donated by URW GmbH.} + & unmr, unmrs \\ + URW Antiqua\footnotemark[\value{mpfootnote}] + & uaqrrc \\ + URW Grotesk\footnotemark[\value{mpfootnote}] + & ugqp \\ + Utopia\footnote{Donated by Adobe.} + & putb, putbi, putr, putri + \end{tabular} +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3df81851f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-8-2 on page 278. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{threeparttable} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{threeparttable} +\caption[Example of a \texttt{threeparttable} + environment]{\textbf{PostScript Type 1 fonts}} +\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} +Courier\tnote{a} & cour, courb, courbi, couri \\ +Charter\tnote{b} & bchb, bchbi, bchr, bchri \\ +Nimbus\tnote{c} & unmr, unmrs \\ +URW Antiqua\tnote{c} & uaqrrc \\ +URW Grotesk\tnote{c} & ugqp \\ +Utopia\tnote{d} & putb, putbi, putr, putri\\ +\end{tabular} +\begin{tablenotes} +\item[a]Donated by IBM. +\item[b]Donated by Bitstream. +\item[c]Donated by URW GmbH. +\item[d]Donated by Adobe. +\end{tablenotes} + +\begin{tablenotes}[flushleft,online] +\item[a]Donated by IBM. +\item[b]Donated by Bitstream. +\item[c]Donated by URW GmbH. +\item[d]Donated by Adobe. +\end{tablenotes} + +\begin{tablenotes}[para] +\item[]Donated by: +\item[a]IBM, \item[b]Bitstream, +\item[c]URW GmbH, +\item[d]Adobe. +\end{tablenotes} +\end{threeparttable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8663f96a71c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-1 on page 279. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{ccc} +\multicolumn{3}{c}{this-is-a-rather-long-row}\\ +C1 &C2 &C3 \\ 2.1&2.2&2.3 \\ 3.1&3.2&3.3 +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f530d82d77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-2 on page 280. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\newlength\Mylen +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\settowidth\Mylen{this-is-a-rather-long-row} +\addtolength\Mylen{2\tabcolsep} +\begin{tabular*}{\Mylen}% + {!{\extracolsep{4in minus 4in}}ccc} +\multicolumn{3}{c}{this-is-a-rather-long-row}\\ +C1 &C2 &C3 \\ 2.1&2.2&2.3 \\ 3.1&3.2&3.3 +\end{tabular*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09060b7c6f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-3 on page 280. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Tables \begin{tabular}[t]{l} + with no\\ hline \\ commands \\ used +\end{tabular} +versus tables +\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|} \hline + with some \\ hline \\ commands \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} used. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5cf4c8c72ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-4 on page 281. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Tables \begin{tabular}[t]{l} + with no\\ hline \\ commands \\ used +\end{tabular} +versus tables +\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|} \firsthline + with some \\ hline \\ commands \\ +\lasthline +\end{tabular} used. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f9aacfee04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-5 on page 282. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array} +\setlength\extratabsurround{5pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|cc|} \hline +\emph{name} & \emph{telephone} \\\hline\hline + John & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cc|} \firsthline + \emph{day} & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape telephone} + \\\hline\hline + Wed & 5554434 \\\hline + Mon & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cc|} \firsthline + \emph{time} & \emph{telephone} \\\hline\hline + 8--10 & 5520104 \\ 1--5 & 2425588 \\\lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\hline +Martin & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cp{4.5cm}|} \firsthline + \emph{telephone} & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape instructions} + \\\hline\hline + 3356677 & Mary should answer forwarded message. \\\lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\hline + Peter & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cl|} \firsthline + \emph{month} &\multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape telephone} + \\\hline\hline + Sep--May & 5554434 \\ Jun & No telephone \\ + Jul--Aug & 2211456 \\ \lasthline + \end{tabular} \\\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba70fecc7ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 5-9-6 on page 282. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{array,tabularx,multirow} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newlength\Tl \settowidth{\Tl}{Prefix} \setlength\tabcolsep{1mm} +\newcommand\T[1]{$10^{#1}$} +\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|l|l|*{10}{>{\small}X|}} \hline +\multicolumn{12}{|c|}{\textbf{Prefixes used in the SI system of units}}\\\hline +\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Factor} & +\T{24}&\T{21}&\T{18}&\T{15}&\T{12}&\T{9}&\T{6}&\T{3}&\T{2}&\T{ }\\\cline{1-2} +\multirow{2}{\Tl}{Prefix}&Name & +yotta &zetta &exa &peta &tera &giga &mega &kilo &hecto &deca \\ + &Symbol & +\empty +Y &Z &E &P &T &G &M &k &h &da \\\hline +\multirow{2}{\Tl}{Prefix}&Symbol & +y &z &a &f &p &n &$\mu$ &m &c &d \\ + &Name & +yocto &zepto &atto &femto &pico &nano µ &milli ¢i &deci \\\cline{1-2} +\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Factor} & +\T{-24}&\T{-21}&\T{-18}&\T{-15}&\T{-12}&\T{-9}&\T{-6}&\T{-3}&\T{-2}&\T{-1}\\\hline +\end{tabularx} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9344db58fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-1 on page 293. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{22\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{5pt} % fix linebreaking +\setlength\textfloatsep{6pt} +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{float} + \floatstyle{boxed} + \newfloat{Series}{b}{los}[section] + \floatstyle{ruled} + \newfloat{XMLexa}{H}{lox} + \floatname{XMLexa}{XML Listing} + \newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\texttt{#1}} + \newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again. } +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \section{New float environments} + \sample + \begin{XMLexa} \caption{A simple XML file} + \xmlcode{Great fun!} + \end{XMLexa} + \sample + \begin{XMLexa} + \caption{Processing instruction} + \xmlcode{} + \end{XMLexa} + \sample + \begin{Series} + \caption{Euler's constant} + \[e = 1 + \sum^\infty_{k=1} \frac{1}{k!}\] + \end{Series} + \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07ade84c320 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-2 on page 294. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{11.6\baselineskip} +\setlength\textfloatsep{6pt} +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\usepackage{float} +\floatstyle{boxed} +\newfloat{Series}{b}{los}[section] +\floatstyle{ruled} +\newfloat{XMLexa}{H}{lox} +\floatname{XMLexa}{XML Listing} +\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + which might get reused over and over again. } + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float} +% Float types ``Series'' and ``XMLexa'' and +% commands \xmlcode and \sample as defined +% in previous example +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listof{XMLexa}{XML Listings} +\listof{Series}{List of Series} +\section{New float environments} +\sample +\begin{XMLexa} \caption{A simple XML file} + \xmlcode{Great fun!} +\end{XMLexa} +\empty +\sample +\begin{XMLexa} \caption{Processing instruction} + \xmlcode{} \end{XMLexa} +\sample +\begin{Series} +\caption{Euler's constant} + \[e = 1 + \sum^\infty_{k=1} \frac{1}{k!}\] +\end{Series} +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d447edb5de4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-3 on page 294. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{15.2\baselineskip} +\setlength\textfloatsep{12pt plus 4pt} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again. } + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + \usepackage{graphicx,float} + \floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure} + \floatstyle{ruled} \restylefloat{table} + \floatplacement{table}{b} + % \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \section{Customizing standard floats} + \sample + \begin{table} + \begin{tabular}{@{}llr} + AAAA&BBBB&123\\CCC&DDDD&45\end{tabular} + \caption{Sample table} + \end{table} + \sample + \begin{figure} \centering + \includegraphics[width=12mm]{rosette.ps} + \caption{Sample figure} + \end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5a24c88754 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-4 on page 295. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt} + + \setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} + \pagestyle{origplain} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float,array} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +All float placement specifiers are +shown together in the following example. +\begin{table}[H] +\begin{tabular}{>{\ttfamily}cl} + t & Top of page \\ b & Bottom of page \\ + p & Page of floats \\ + h & Here, if possible \\ H & Here, always +\end{tabular} +\caption{Float placement specifiers} +\end{table} +With ``h'' instead of the ``H'' specifier +this text would have appeared before the +table in the current example. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7360e67d064 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-5 on page 296. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{18\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures +\section{Various kinds of figures} +Here we mix standard and nonfloating figures. +\begin{figure}[b] \centering + \fbox{Figure I} + \caption{Standard figure} \label{fig:I} +\end{figure} +\begin{center} + \fbox{Figure II} \\ + \captionof{figure}[Fake LOF entry] + {Nonfloating figure} + \label{fig:II} +\end{center} +As Figure \ref{fig:I} is forced to +the bottom with an optional \texttt{[b]} +argument it passes Figure \ref{fig:II} +and the numbering gets out of sync. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ce0dafb61c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-6 on page 297. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{2.7cm} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{rotating} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead[RO,LE]{Turned floats} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{sidewaysfigure} + \centering \fbox{Figure Body} + \caption{Caption} +\end{sidewaysfigure} +\begin{sidewaystable} + \centering \fbox{Table Body} + \caption{Caption} +\end{sidewaystable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f97174783a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-3-7 on page 297. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{2.7cm} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhead[LE]{Floats turned} +\fancyhead[RO]{Floats partly turned} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{sidewaystable} \centering + \fbox{Table Body} \caption{Caption} +\end{sidewaystable} +\begin{table} \centering + \begin{sideways} + \fbox{Table Body} + \end{sideways} + \caption{Caption} +\end{table} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65b7dba202d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-1 on page 300. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{wrapfig} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{wraptable}[4]{l}{4cm} + \centering\fbox{Wrapped Table} + \caption{The Caption}\label{T} +\end{wraptable} +\sample \sample Reference to Table~\ref{T}. +\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d342460f724 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-2 on page 301. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\addtolength\textwidth{-36pt} % to cover the margin in example +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{wrapfig} +\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf}, + justification=centerlast]{caption} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The starting place for the wrapfigure +environment was manually determined in +the current ex- +\begin{wrapfigure}[7]{l}[0.2\width]{0pt} + \centering + \fbox{This is a ``wrapfigure''.} + \caption{An example of the + \texttt{wrapfigure} environment} +\end{wrapfigure} +ample by first setting the text without +the figure to find the linebreaks. + +\sample \sample \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7ac2ffd1671 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-3 on page 303. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins,graphicx} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics + [width=14mm]{cat}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parpic{\fbox{\Large\scshape Box}} +\sample\sample\par +\parpic[d]{\FIG} +\noindent\sample\sample\sample\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b9f07556744 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-4 on page 304. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins,graphicx} +\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics + [width=10mm]{elephant}} +% \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parpic(15mm,15mm)[f]{\FIG}\noindent +\sample\sample\par +Here we prove that the ``picture'' can +span more than a single paragraph. +\parpic(15mm,15mm)(2mm,14mm)[dr]{\FIG}% +\noindent\sample\sample\par +\picskip{2} +Without the explicit request in the source +this paragraph would have only one +shortened line, like the one surrounding +the previous ``picture''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c2f4b30393 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-5 on page 304. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{5cm} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +% \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(0mm,0mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(2mm,5mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(4mm,10mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\parpic(15mm,10mm)(6mm,15mm) + [dr]{\fbox{Box}}% +\sample\sample\par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c07063345b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-6 on page 305. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{6.5cm} +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +% \sample as previously defined +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sample +\begin{itemize} \item + \dashlength{2mm} + \linethickness{1mm} + \parpic(15mm,10mm)[dr]{BOX} + \sample\sample +\item + \shadowthickness{3mm} + \linethickness{.4pt} + \parpic(15mm,10mm)[sr]{BOX} + \sample\sample +\item + \boxlength{2mm} + \parpic(15mm,10mm)[x]{BOX} + \sample\sample +\end{itemize} \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9b39baa380 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-7 on page 305. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +\newcommand\FOR{\(\displaystyle E=mc^2\)} +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\pichskip{6mm} +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(45mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR} +\sample\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..94c1a04ac82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-4-8 on page 306. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\newcommand\FOR{\(\displaystyle E=mc^2\)} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{picins} +\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf}]{caption} +% \sample and \FOR as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\piccaptioninside +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR} +\sample\sample\sample + +\piccaptionside +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(30mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR} +\sample + +\piccaptiontopside +\piccaption{Einstein's formula.} +\parpic(30mm,10mm)[sr]{\FOR} +\sample\sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9dad2cb2160 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-1 on page 307. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures + +\section{Caption} + +Figures \ref{Fig1} and \ref{Fig2} +have captions. + +\begin{figure}[ht] +\centerline{\fbox{\small A small Figure}} +\caption{Short caption text}\label{Fig1} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure}[ht] +\centerline{\fbox{\small A small Figure}} +\caption[Short entry in lof] + {Long caption text with some extra + explanation that this figure is important + even though it is small.}\label{Fig2} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9c103e515b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-10 on page 318. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\setlength\textfloatsep{10pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfig} +\captionsetup[table] {position=top,aboveskip=5pt} +\captionsetup[subtable]{singlelinecheck=false, + format=hang,font={sl,small}, + justification=raggedright} +\renewcommand\thesubtable{\thetable.\arabic{subtable}} +\newcommand\TAB[2]{\fbox{\parbox{#2\textwidth}{Table #1}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{table} +\caption{Three sub-tables}\label{tbl} + \subfloat[First] {\TAB{1}{.4}\label{tbl1}}\hfill + \subfloat[Second]{\TAB{2}{.4}\label{tbl2}}\\ + \subfloat[Third table with a much longer caption] + {\TAB{3}{.8}\label{tbl3}} +\end{table} +Table \ref{tbl} contains sub-tables \subref{tbl1} to +\subref{tbl3}. But don't use now: \ref{tbl3} (see text). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9c974034c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-11 on page 319. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage[font={scriptsize,sl},captionskip=3pt]{subfig} +\newcommand\FIG[1]{\includegraphics[#1]{cat}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure} \centering + \subfloat[]{\FIG{width=3pc}\label{a}} \quad + \subfloat[]{\FIG{angle=20,width=3pc}\label{b}} \quad + \subfloat[]{\FIG{height=1pc,width=3pc}\label{c}} +\caption[A group of cats]{A group of cats: \subref{a} + the first cat, \subref{b} a climbing one, + and \subref{c} one that is stretched.} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..962685bef6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-12 on page 319. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfig} \usepackage{graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure} \centering + \captionsetup[subfloat]{nearskip=-3pt} + \subfloat[Small] + {\includegraphics[width=12mm]{elephant}\label{sf1}} + \qquad + \subfloat[Bigger] + {\includegraphics[width=16mm]{elephant}\label{sf2}} + \caption{Two elephants}\label{elephants} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7da7d7710f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-13 on page 321. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{5.5cm} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[nearskip=-3pt,captionskip=5pt]{subfig} +\captionsetup[subfloat]{listofindent=5em, + listofformat=parens} +\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures \medskip +\begin{figure}[!ht]\centering + \subfloat[First]{\fbox{Figure I}} \qquad + \subfloat[Second]{\fbox{Figure II}} + \caption{Three figures} +\end{figure} + \pagebreak % <-- for illustration +\begin{figure}[!ht] \centering \ContinuedFloat + \subfloat[Third]{\fbox{Figure III}} + \caption[]{Three figures (cont.)} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b387aa67a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-14 on page 322. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} + +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\textheight{6cm}\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfloat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures \medskip +\begin{subfigures} + \begin{figure}[!ht] + \centering\fbox{Figure I} + \caption{First figure}\label{FI} + \end{figure} + \begin{figure}[!ht] + \centering\fbox{Figure II} + \caption{Second figure}\label{FII} + \end{figure} +\end{subfigures} +Figures \ref{FI} and \ref{FII} in +this example are sub-numbered, while +Figure~\ref{FIII} is not. +\begin{figure}[!ht] + \centering\fbox{Figure III} + \caption{Third figure}\label{FIII} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a30fa0cc80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-15 on page 324. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[ragged]{sidecap} +\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf},textfont=it, + labelsep=period]{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Paragraph text showing how floats are +horizontally aligned with respect to the galley. +\begin{SCtable} \caption{A small table with a + rather long caption text} + \begin{tabular}{|ll|} AAA & BBB \\ + CCC & DDD \\ EEE & FFF \end{tabular} +\end{SCtable} +\begin{SCfigure}[2] \caption{A small figure} + \framebox[.3\linewidth][c]{Figure I} +\end{SCfigure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6fcd6cad9bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-16 on page 324. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\setcounter{page}{1} +\setlength\marginparwidth{44pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{6pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-60pt} % to cover the margin in example + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[wide]{sidecap} +\renewcommand\sidecaptionsep{15pt} +\renewcommand\sidecaptionrelwidth{20} +\sidecaptionvpos{table}{c} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Text showing how the float is horizontally +aligned with respect to the galley. +\begin{SCtable} \caption{A small table with + a rather long caption text} + \begin{tabular}{|ll|} AAA & BBB \\ + CCC & DDD \\ EEE & FFF \end{tabular} +\end{SCtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53db1b41754 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-17 on page 325. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page + that is reused over and over again. } +\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip} +\setlength\marginparwidth{53pt} +\setlength\marginparsep{8pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{-\marginparwidth} +\addtolength\textwidth{-\marginparsep} +\sloppy + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[margincaption,ragged]{sidecap} +% \sample as defined earlier +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{SCtable} \caption{A misaligned caption} + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \sample \sample + \end{minipage}\end{SCtable} +\begin{SCtable} \caption{An aligned caption} + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \strut \sample \sample \unskip\strut + \end{minipage}\end{SCtable} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73f697b7c78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-18 on page 326. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt} + +\setlength\textheight{14\baselineskip} +% for the book examples we shorten the +% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for +% the heading +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother +\sloppy +\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[twoside,varioref, + closeFloats]{fltpage} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures +\section{Full-page floats} +Figure~\ref{FP1} is a +full-page float whose caption +and body are on separate pages. +\begin{FPfigure} + \setlength\fboxsep{0pt} + \framebox[.97\linewidth][c] + {\rule[-3cm]{0pt} + {.97\textheight}% + A full-page figure} +\caption[A full-page figure] + {Caption for a full-page float + for which there was no room + on the same page}\label{FP1} +\end{FPfigure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b7d9e7ba70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-2 on page 309. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float,graphicx} +\usepackage[format=hang,margin=10pt]{caption} +\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=8mm]{elephant} + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant} + \caption{Short caption} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=15mm]{elephant} + \caption{A caption that runs over more than one line} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1dc32ca7efa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-3 on page 310. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} +% Not shown here since explained later in the +% book: +\AtBeginDocument{\captionsetup{aboveskip=3pt}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{float,graphicx} +\usepackage[font={sf,bf},textfont=md]{caption} +\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{table} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{Escher} + \caption{Short caption} +\end{figure} +\begin{table}[ht] \centering A B C D E F G H I J K L M + \caption{A caption that runs over more than one line} +\end{table} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..927c1dbfaa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-4 on page 311. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{float,graphicx} +\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure} +\usepackage{caption} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period-newline}{.\newline} +\captionsetup{aboveskip=3pt,singlelinecheck=false, + labelsep=period-newline,labelfont={small,bf}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{Escher} \caption{} +\end{figure} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant} + \caption{A small elephant} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..63aa2f926ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-5 on page 311. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[textfont={rm,it},labelfont={sf}, + labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad, + justification=centerfirst,parskip=3pt]{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + {\fontfamily{put}\fontsize{60}{60}\bfseries Bild} + \caption[A short caption text] + {A caption that runs over more than one line + to show the effect of the centerfirst keyword.} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..414b2fc9405 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-6 on page 313. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +\setlength\intextsep{8pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{caption,graphicx} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{italic} + {labelfont={sf,bf},textfont={rm,it},indention=18pt, + labelsep=period,justification=raggedright} +\captionsetup[figure]{style=italic} +\captionsetup{style=default,labelfont={sf,bf}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] + \centering \includegraphics{cat} + \caption{A long caption that runs over more + than one line to show the effect of the + style keyword.} +\end{figure} +\begin{table}[ht] + \centering \fbox{A B C D E F G H I J} + \caption{A long caption that runs over more + than one line to show the effect of the + style keyword.} +\end{table} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..667f86fa250 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-7 on page 315. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt} +\setlength\textheight{4.2cm} + +% make the heading a bit smaller in the examples +\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\normalfont\large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + +\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{caption} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\listoffigures \medskip +\begin{figure}[!b] + \centering \fbox{Figure body} + \caption{Huge} +\end{figure} +A figure placed at the page bottom and +continued at the top of the next page. +\begin{figure}[!t] \ContinuedFloat + \centering + \fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0pt}{1.5cm}% + Figure body} + \caption{Huge (cont.)} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e01a3513fde --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-8 on page 316. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{subfig} \usepackage{graphicx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure} \centering + \subfloat[Small] + {\includegraphics[width=12mm]{elephant}\label{sf1}} + \qquad + \subfloat[Bigger] + {\includegraphics[width=16mm]{elephant}\label{sf2}} + \caption{Two elephants}\label{elephants} +\end{figure} +Figure~\ref{elephants} contains sub-figure~\ref{sf1}, +which is smaller than sub-figure~\ref{sf2}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57236325f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 6-5-9 on page 316. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[font=sf]{caption} +\usepackage{subfig} +\newcommand\LCap{A longer caption with more text} +\newcommand\FIG{\fbox{\parbox{.4\textwidth}{\strut}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \subfloat[Short caption]{\FIG} \subfloat[\LCap]{\FIG} + \caption{Default sub-figures} +\end{figure} +\captionsetup[subfloat]{format=hang,textfont=it, + labelfont={rm,bf},labelformat=simple,labelsep=period, + margin=5pt,justification=raggedright} +\begin{figure}[ht] \centering + \subfloat[Short caption]{\FIG} \subfloat[\LCap]{\FIG} + \caption{Customized sub-figures} +\end{figure} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05b8e202c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-10-1 on page 439. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\begin{filecontents}{t1zasj.fd} +\ProvidesFile{t1zasj.fd} + [2003/10/12 font definitions for T1 Aldus/Palatino mix.] +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{zasj}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{n} {<->pasr9d}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{sc}{<->pasrc9d}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{it}{<->pasri9d}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * pasx/m/it}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{n}{<-> pplb8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{sc}{<->pplbc8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{sl}{<->pplbo8t}{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{it}{<->pplbi8t}{} +\end{filecontents} +\begin{filecontents}{fontmix.sty} +\ProvidesPackage{fontmix}[2003/10/12 T1 Aldus/Palatino mix.] +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{zasj} \renewcommand\bfdefault{b} +\end{filecontents} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fontmix} +% t1zasj.fd and fontmix.sty as defined above +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section*{Zapf's Palatino and Aldus} +This text is set in the typeface Aldus with +matching \emph{old-style} numerals `123456789'. + +As a companion \textbf{bold face} Zapf's +Palatino is selected. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..38a1ba947d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-12-1 on page 464. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{latexsym} \newcommand\Q[1]{$#1$ \quad} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Q{\Box} \Q{\Diamond} \Q{\Join} \Q{\leadsto} \Q{\lhd} \Q{\mho} +\Q{\rhd} \Q{\sqsubset} \Q{\sqsupset} \Q{\unlhd} \Q{\unrhd} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb137e5fd51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-1 on page 338. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some words in this sentence are +\begin{bfseries}typeset in bold letters. + +The bold typeface\end{bfseries} continues here. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c07904e4b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-2 on page 341. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright +When switching back from {\itshape italic\/} or +{\slshape slanted\/} shapes to an upright font +one should add the {\itshape italic correction}, +except when a small punctuation character follows. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26d3f94d93d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-3 on page 342. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +{\em Nevertheless, one has to be careful about +the\/ {\em proper\/} use of italic corrections +on both ends of the emphasized text}. It is +therefore better to use the \verb=\emph= command, +which \emph{automatically} takes care of the +italic correction on both sides. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3bb97bd0f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-4 on page 342. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\renewcommand\eminnershape{\scshape} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +{\em Nevertheless, one has to be careful about +the\/ {\em proper\/} use of italic corrections +on both ends of the emphasized text}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..044a1d4c5a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-5 on page 343. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +One can typeset a text + {\sffamily\bfseries\large + in a large sans serif bold typeface} +but note the unchanged leading! +\LaTeX{} uses the value in force at +the \emph{end} of the paragraph! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..096eb470e47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-6 on page 345. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\emph{When using the \LaTeX{} high-level font +commands, the \emph{proper} use of italic +corrections is automatically taken care of}. +Only \emph{sometimes} one has to help \LaTeX{} +by adding a \verb=\nocorr= command. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36fa10bb455 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-7 on page 345. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newenvironment{bfitemize}{\begin{itemize}% + \normalfont\bfseries\raggedright}{\end{itemize}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{bfitemize} +\item This environment produces boldface items. +\item It is defined in terms of \LaTeX's + \texttt{itemize} environment and NFSS declarations. +\end{bfitemize} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4446d1688d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-3-8 on page 345. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In the Cork font encoding (\texttt{T1}), +characters like \symbol{"DE}, \symbol{'237}, +and \symbol{32} are included and can be +accessed with the \verb=\symbol= command. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ac9fd208e0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-1 on page 349. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Therefore, $\mathsf{G}$ can be computed as +\begin{equation} + \mathsf{G} = \mathcal{A} + + \sum_{i=1}^{n} \mathcal{B}_{i} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e181159e38e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-2 on page 350. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{eqnarray} + x &=& 12345 \\ + \mathrm{x} &=& \mathrm{12345} \\ + \mathnormal{x} &=& \mathnormal{12345} +\end{eqnarray} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58984ab5f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-3 on page 351. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\DeclareMathAlphabet{\msfsl}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{sl} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We demonstrate this with the formula +\begin{equation} + \sum \msfsl{A}_{i} = a \tan \beta +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10578d987af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-4 on page 351. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sffamily The result will be +\[ x = 10 \textbf{ and thus } y = 12 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae1b0c22edf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-4-5 on page 352. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \sum_{j=1}^{z} j = \frac{z(z+1)}{2} +\end{equation} +\mathversion{bold} +\begin{equation} + \sum_{j=1}^{z} j = \frac{z(z+1)}{2} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96035920b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-1 on page 355. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont +Computer Modern sharp s: \ss \par +\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont +EC Modern sharp s: \ss +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a7597312b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-10 on page 365. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{OMS} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textbullet{} now like \fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textbullet +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7eb395a6d6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-11 on page 365. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Huge \`o\`x \`O\`X \capitalgrave O\capitalgrave X +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e309016512c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-12 on page 365. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +b\u{}g (this fails) \par +b\u\textcompwordmark g \quad B\u\textcapitalcompwordmark G +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ff6a7a90bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-13 on page 366. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\raggedright +\setlength\parindent{15pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textborn} + {{\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont\UseTextSymbol{TS1}{\textborn}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont + Burkhard and Holger \textborn 8.11.1997 +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3f84136825 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-14 on page 367. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[warn]{textcomp} \renewcommand\textcompsubstdefault{cmss} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Helvetica with \textnumero, \textohm, +\textcopyleft, \textpilcrow. Not perfect but better than nothing. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..03eaf013b59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-15 on page 367. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[warn,safe]{textcomp} +\newcommand\born[1]{\textborn + {\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont #1}} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Arno \born{29.11.1984}, +\fontfamily{ccr}\selectfont + Burkhard and Holger \born{8.11.1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17d1d9c25a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-16 on page 367. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[warn]{textcomp} +\newcommand\born[1]{\textborn\oldstylenums{#1}} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Arno \born{29.11.1984}, +\fontfamily{ccr}\selectfont + Burkhard and Holger \born{8.11.1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ec3253f085c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-17 on page 368. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{textcomp} \raggedright +\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{hlcf}{3} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{hlcf}\selectfont We can now typeset \textohm, +but then the \texteuro{} will fail without warning. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..791079d2196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-2 on page 355. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +% +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % the default for the examples is times package +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} % + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par +\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce930f11270 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-3 on page 356. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +% +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % the default for the examples is times package +\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} % + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fix-cm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par +\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f14a636675 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-4 on page 356. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ae} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries +\Huge The fox jumps \par +\normalsize quickly over the fence! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f9e6ce790c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-5 on page 357. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{lmodern} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \textbf{Latin Modern} fonts are carefully +handcrafted PostScript Type~1 fonts based on the +designs of Knuth's \emph{Computer Modern} +families. They contain all the glyphs needed to +typeset Latin-based European languages. At the +moment the \texttt{T1} and \texttt{TS1} encodings +are supported. In a later step the project will +address glyphs needed for typesetting Native +American, Vietnamese, and Transliteration. Also +planned are 8-bit math encodings (based on +earlier work by \textsc{Clasen/Vieth} and +\textsc{Ziegler}~[40,174]). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7880406b0fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-6 on page 358. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +% +\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont % the default for the examples in book is + % Times so we change it here + + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[russian]{babel} +\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +òÕÓÓËÉÊ ÑÚÙË (The Russian language) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d62d3eb197c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-7 on page 361. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} % for Latin interpretation +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +German umlauts in UTF-8: ^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc +\par\inputencoding{latin1}% switch to Latin 1 +But interpreted as Latin 1: ^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90315dcaced --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-8 on page 364. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % example default in the book is Times + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[force,full]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +CM fonts: \textcircled{x}\quad \t oo \par Times fonts: +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textcircled{x}\quad \t oo \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59425707f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-5-9 on page 364. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[safe]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textdagger\textparagraph\textbullet{} viz.\ +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textdagger\textparagraph\textbullet +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..761102d3f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-1 on page 371. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +\fontsize{20mm}{22mm}% select size +\usefont{T1}{put}{b}{n}% select font + +Utopia-Bold +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf707d98e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-10 on page 380. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +{\Pifont{psy} MHDEIS\ AGEWMETPHTOS\ EISITW}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6b76447ac84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-11 on page 381. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Pilist}{psy}{'336} + \item The first item. \item The second. +\end{Pilist} +\begin{Piautolist}{pzd}{'115} + \item The first item. \item The second. + \item The third. +\end{Piautolist} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..41ad0b5ecec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-12 on page 381. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Piline{pzd}{36} \par\medskip +\noindent\Pifill{psy}{222} text +\Pifill{psy}{219}text\Pifill{psy}{220} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0aed94ed9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-2 on page 376. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathptmx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..820b7dedb12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-3 on page 377. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathptmx,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Bold is difficult to achieve: {\boldmath$\alpha + \neq A$} and at best looks questionable: +$A \neq \mathbf{A} = \bm\alpha - \bm\gamma$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77303e8860b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-4 on page 377. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathpazo} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..faeac438625 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-5 on page 378. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathpazo,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Bold is easy to achieve: {\boldmath$\alpha + \neq A$} and blends well: +$A \neq \mathbf{A} = \bm\alpha - \bm\gamma$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0ffffb32bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-6 on page 378. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{mathpazo} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJK}$ $\mathbb{0123}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21ddaca22ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-7 on page 379. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{dinglist}{"E4} + \item The first item. \item The second + item in the list. \item A final item. +\end{dinglist} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f3533f3c3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-8 on page 380. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{dingautolist}{'300} + \item The first item in the list.\label{lst:a} + \item The second item in the list.\label{lst:b} + \item The third item in the list.\label{lst:c} +\end{dingautolist} +References to list items work as expected: +\ref{lst:a}, \ref{lst:b}, \ref{lst:c} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4501b560ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-6-9 on page 380. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\dingline{35} \par\medskip +\noindent\dingfill{233} text text +\dingfill{235} text text \dingfill{236} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..669fcb8d8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-1 on page 383. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{eco} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In 1996 Sebastian developed fonts producing +old-style numerals in text but lining numerals +in math. So do not write ``the value can be 1 +or $-1$'', as both numbers should be lining +numerals. In text lining numerals can be +obtained as well: \newstylenums{1996}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2dfa8dd6555 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-10 on page 390. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,mathptmx} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A problematic example: +\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n + \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17809506fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-11 on page 390. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy % as example has such short measure +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pxfonts}\usepackage[full]{textcomp} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\ +From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\ +\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e62ab07c511 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-12 on page 391. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,pxfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A problematic example: +\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n + \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c8c4468a54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-13 on page 391. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\sloppy % as example has such short measure +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +An example showing a trigonometric function: +\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} = + \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \] +The alphabets are $\mathcal{ABC}$ and +$\mathbb{ABC}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b2212e3665 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-14 on page 392. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath}\usepackage[upright]{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ 0 \xleftarrow [\zeta]{} F \times \Delta (n - 1) + \xrightarrow {\partial_0 \alpha(b)} E^{\partial_0 b} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..723536e0dda --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-15 on page 392. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{fourier} +\setlength\delimitershortfall{-2pt} % make delimiters grow +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \left\llbracket \left\VERT + \xswordsup \nparallelslant \xswordsdown + \right\VERT \right\rrbracket + \oiint \oiiint \slashint \widetilde{xxxxxx} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f0a7e580f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-16 on page 392. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[upright]{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \Omega_\beta \neq \otherOmega_\otherbeta \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2163d51cabb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-17 on page 393. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[sloped]{fourier} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \Omega_\beta \neq \otherOmega_\otherbeta \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0fabe17c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-18 on page 394. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{yfonts}\usepackage[document]{ragged2e} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The package provides \textgoth{Gotisch, also +called Textur}, \textswab{Schwabacher}, and +\textfrak{Fraktur} typefaces, also generally +known as \textfrak{``ge\-bro\-che\-ne Schriften''}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d4a7ed4d6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-19 on page 395. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +%\setlength\parindent{0pt} % for the book example +%\renewcommand\quad{\hspace{0.5em minus 0.1em}} % to fit space in book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{yfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large \frakfamily Fraktur: "a "e "u "o +\hfil *a *e *u *o \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s: +\par\swabfamily Swab: "a "e "u "o +\hfil *a *e *u *o \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s: +\par\gothfamily Gothic: "a "e "u "o +\hfil (unavail) \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s: +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4880b1ed0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-7-2 on page 384. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{beton,euler} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Concrete Roman blends well with Euler Math, +as can be seen with +\[ \sum_{0\leq k{\sffamily}c>{\ttfamily}c} + & rm & sf & tt \\ +regular & \EUR & \EUR & \EUR \\ +\itshape italic &\itshape\EUR & \itshape\EUR &\itshape\EUR \\ +\bfseries\itshape bold italic & \bfseries\itshape\EUR & + \bfseries\itshape\EUR & \bfseries\itshape\EUR \\ +(body font) & C & C & C \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..181e6e72cc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-22 on page 412. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\addtolength\textwidth{6pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{times,marvosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Currencies: \Shilling, \Denarius, \Pfund, \EyesDollar, \EURtm\par +Comparisons: C \EURtm, \textsf{C} \EURhv, \texttt{C} \EURcr \par +Official logos: {\Large \frame{\EUR} or \frame{\EURdig}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59cc5ed782c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-3 on page 401. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{marvosym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Large \Mobilefone\ \Faxmachine\ \Fixedbearing\ \Lineload\ +\Coffeecup\ \Football\ \AtForty\ \IroningII\ \Cancer\ \Virgo\ +\RewindToStart\ \ForwardToIndex\ \ComputerMouse\ \Keyboard\ +\Female\ \FEMALE\ \Smiley\ \Frowny\ \Yingyang\ \Bicycle +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bca49890fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-4 on page 403. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\begin{filecontents}{umvs.fd} + \DeclareFontFamily{U}{mvs}{} + \DeclareFontShape{U}{mvs}{m}{n}{<-> fmvr8x}{} +\end{filecontents} +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Huge \Pisymbol{mvs}{73} \Pisymbol{mvs}{74} \Pisymbol{mvs}{98} +\Pisymbol{mvs}{120} \Pisymbol{mvs}{121} \Pisymbol{mvs}{234} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d56dd592990 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-5 on page 403. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bbding} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\XSolid\ \XSolidBold\ \XSolidBrush\ \Plus\ \PlusOutline\ \DavidStar\ +\DavidStarSolid\ \JackStar\ \JackStarBold\ \FourStar\ \FiveFlowerPetal\ +\SixFlowerOpenCenter\ \PhoneHandset\ \Peace\ \OrnamentDiamondSolid +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ba1fc2d677 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-6 on page 403. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pifont} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Pisymbol{ding}{13} \Pisymbol{ding}{15} \Pisymbol{ding}{8} +\Pisymbol{ding}{17} \Pisymbol{ding}{19} \Pisymbol{ding}{9} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2573cb8dea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-7 on page 404. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% the book examples use ``b'' but here we need LaTeX's standard +\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[clock]{ifsym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Normal: \showclock{3}{20} rounded: \textbf{\showclock{6}{17}} +\\ Problem: \showclock{16}{35}\\ Fixed symbols: \Taschenuhr{} +\StopWatchStart{} \StopWatchEnd{} \Interval{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7349263616b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-8 on page 405. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[weather,alpine,misc,geometry]{ifsym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\Sun\ \Rain\ \Snow\ \Lightning\ \SunCloud\ \Thermo{1} \Thermo{4}\par +\Summit\ \Mountain\ \Joch\ \Hut\ \Flag\ \Tent\ \Village \par +\Cube{5} \StrokeFive\ \Radiation\ \Fire\ \Telephone\ \Letter \par +\TriangleUp\ \RightDiamond\ \SquareShadowC\ \SpinUp\ \SpinDown +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aa8553af3e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-8-9 on page 405. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifsym} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\textifsymbol{3} \textifsymbol[ifgeo]{113} \par +\textifsym{LLL|H|L|h|l} \textifsym{MM
mM}\par +\textifsym{-31.458} \textit{\textifsym{-99.4b80}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12ea2430785 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-9-1 on page 417. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}\usepackage[koi8-r,latin1]{inputenc} +\newenvironment{Cyr}{\inputencoding{koi8-r}% + \fontencoding{T2A}\selectfont}{} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\raggedright \begin{Cyr}òÕÓÓËÉÊ ÑÚÙË\end{Cyr} +heißt auf Deutsch: die russische Sprache. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19ceb3bb277 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 7-9-2 on page 417. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +% +\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont % the default for the examples is times + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont +\j{} \ng{} \NG{} \textperthousand{} \textpertenthousand \par +\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont +\j{} \ng{} \NG{} \textperthousand{} \textpertenthousand{} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df722330b26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-1 on page 469. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation} +\[ \sin^2\eta+\cos^2\eta = 1 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3841350c234 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-10 on page 475. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\ + (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2 +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1fdbfb26bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-11 on page 475. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + D(a,r) \equiv \{ z \in \mathbf{C} + \colon |z - a| < r \} \notag \\ + \operatorname{seg} (a, r) \equiv + \{ z \in \mathbf{C} \colon + \Im z < \Im a, \ |z - a| < r \} \\ + C (E, \theta, r) \equiv + \bigcup_{e \in E} c (e, \theta, r) +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8092e5b567c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-12 on page 475. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + (a + b)^3 &= (a + b) (a + b)^2 \\ + &= (a + b)(a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\ + &= a^3 + 3a^2b + 3ab^2 + b^3 +\end{align} +\begin{align} + x^2 + y^2 & = 1 \\ + x & = \sqrt{1-y^2} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0aad14c9c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-13 on page 476. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This example has two column-pairs. +\begin{align} \text{Compare } + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 & + x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} & + x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3} +\end{align} +This example has three column-pairs. +\begin{align} + x &= y & X &= Y & + a &= b+c \\ + x' &= y' & X' &= Y' & + a' &= b \\ + x + x' &= y + y' & + X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26e74e28d25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-14 on page 476. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This example has two column-pairs. +\begin{flalign} \text{Compare } + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 & + x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} & + x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3} +\end{flalign} +This example has three column-pairs. +\begin{flalign} + x &= y & X &= Y & + a &= b+c \\ + x' &= y' & X' &= Y' & + a' &= b \\ + x + x' &= y + y' & + X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b +\end{flalign} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7734c520efb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-15 on page 477. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This example has two column-pairs. +\renewcommand\minalignsep{0pt} +\begin{align} \text{Compare } + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 & + x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} & + x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3} +\end{align} +This example has three column-pairs. +\renewcommand\minalignsep{15pt} +\begin{flalign} + x &= y & X &= Y & + a &= b+c \\ + x' &= y' & X' &= Y' & + a' &= b \\ + x + x' &= y + y' & + X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b +\end{flalign} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3098053146d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-16 on page 477. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\minalignsep{2em} +\begin{align} + x &= y && \text{by hypothesis} \\ + x' &= y' && \text{by definition} \\ + x + x' &= y + y' && \text{by Axiom 1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30509d47598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-17 on page 478. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} +\begin{aligned} + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt{1-y^2} \\ + \text{and also }y &= \sqrt{1-x^2} +\end{aligned} \qquad +\begin{gathered} + (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\ + (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2 +\end{gathered} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62bd5436080 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-18 on page 478. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} +\begin{aligned}[b] + x^2 + y^2 &= 1 \\ + x &= \sqrt{1-y^2} \\ + \text{and also }y &= \sqrt{1-x^2} +\end{aligned} \qquad +\begin{gathered}[t] + (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\ + (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2 +\end{gathered} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c9d990e827 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-19 on page 478. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,bm} +\newenvironment{rcase} + {\left.\begin{aligned}} + {\end{aligned}\right\rbrace} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation*} + \begin{rcase} + \bm{B}' &=-c\nabla\times\bm{E} \\ + \bm{E}' &=c\nabla\times\bm{B} - 4\pi\bm{J}\, + \end{rcase} + \quad \text {Maxwell's equations} +\end{equation*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1e0e4dac5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-2 on page 469. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn,reqno]{amsmath} +\setlength\mathindent{1pc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation} +\[ \sin^2\eta+\cos^2\eta = 1 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6aed567e79e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-20 on page 479. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\renewcommand\minalignsep{5pt} +\begin{equation} \begin{aligned} + V_j &= v_j & + X_i &= x_i - q_i x_j & + &= u_j + \sum_{i\ne j} q_i \\ + V_i &= v_i - q_i v_j & + X_j &= x_j & + U_i &= u_i +\end{aligned} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..28a1e110624 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-21 on page 479. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + A_1 &= N_0 (\lambda ; \Omega') + - \phi ( \lambda ; \Omega') \\ + A_2 &= \phi (\lambda ; \Omega') + \phi (\lambda ; \Omega) \\ +\intertext{and finally} + A_3 &= \mathcal{N} (\lambda ; \omega) +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce66e53f21a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-22 on page 480. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +We now have the following: +\[ X = a \qquad a = c \] +and thus we have +\begin{equation} X = c \end{equation} +And now we don't get much space +around the display! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2b2ae80474b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-23 on page 481. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Empty line before display: + +\[ a \neq b \] + +In both cases, too much space before! \ldots + +\begin{equation} a \neq b \end{equation} + +\ldots\ and not a lot of space after! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8d25b459ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-24 on page 481. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Empty line before display: + +\[ a \neq b \] + +Enough space now, but don't rely on it! + +\begin{equation} a \neq b \end{equation} + +Less space after in this case! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14838de9a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-25 on page 482. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + x^2+y^2 &= z^2 \label{eq:A} \\ + x^3+y^3 &= z^3 \notag \\ + x^4+y^4 &= r^4 \tag{$*$} \\ + x^5+y^5 &= r^5 \tag*{$*$} \\ + x^6+y^6 &= r^6 \tag{\ref{eq:A}$'$} \\ + A_1 &= N_0 (\lambda ; \Omega') + - \phi ( \lambda ; \Omega') \\ + A_2 &= \phi (\lambda ; \Omega') + \, \phi (\lambda ; \Omega) + \tag*{ALSO (\theequation)} \\ + A_3 &= \mathcal{N} (\lambda ; \omega) +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..01f975f9e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-26 on page 483. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{278.40106pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \begin{split} + \lvert I_2 \rvert &= \left\lvert \int_{0}^T \psi(t) + \left\{ u(a, t) - \int_{\gamma(t)}^a \frac{d\theta}{k} + (\theta, t) \int_{a}^\theta c (\xi) u_t (\xi, t) \,d\xi + \right\} dt \right\rvert \\ + &\le C_6 \Biggl\lvert + \left\lvert f \int_\Omega \left\lvert + \widetilde{S}^{-1,0}_{a,-} W_2(\Omega, \Gamma_l) + \right\rvert \ \right\rvert + \left\lvert \lvert u \rvert + \overset{\circ}{\to} W_2^{\widetilde{A}} (\Omega; \Gamma_r,T) + \right\rvert \Biggr\rvert +\end{split} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcdf7048366 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-27 on page 484. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align} + \lvert I_2 \rvert &= + \left\lvert \int_{0}^T \psi(t) + \left\lbrace + u(a, t) - \int_{\gamma(t)}^a \frac {d\theta} k(\theta, t) + \int_{a}^\theta c (\xi) u_t (\xi, t) \,d\xi + \right\rbrace dt + \right\rvert \notag \\ + &\le C_6 + \Biggl\lvert + \left\lvert f \int_\Omega + \left\lvert + \widetilde{S}^{-1,0}_{a,-} W_2(\Omega, \Gamma_l) + \right\rvert \ + \right\rvert + \left\lvert + \lvert u \rvert \overset{\circ}{\to} W_2^{\widetilde{A}} + (\Omega; \Gamma_r,T) + \right\rvert + \Biggr\rvert +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6e500377f33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-28 on page 484. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} \raisetag{-10pt} + \text{The sign function: \ } + \mathcal{S}(x) = \begin{cases} + -1 & x < 0 \\ + 0 & x = 0 \\ + 1 & x > 0 + \end{cases} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0bf0e5497b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-29 on page 485. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{subequations} \label{eq:1} +\begin{align} f &= g \label{eq:1A} \\ + f' &= g' \label{eq:1B} \\ + \mathcal{L}f &= \mathcal{L}g \label{eq:1C} +\end{align} +\end{subequations} +\begin{subequations} \label{eq:2} +\renewcommand\theequation{\theparentequation\roman{equation}} +\begin{align} f &= g \label{eq:2A} \\ + f' &= g' \label{eq:2B} \\ + \mathcal{L}f &= \mathcal{L}g + K \label{eq:2C} +\end{align} +\end{subequations} +Note the relationship between~\eqref{eq:1} +and~\eqref{eq:2}: only~\ref{eq:1C} and~\ref{eq:2C} differ. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8476613911c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-3 on page 470. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + x^2 + y^2 = z^2 +\end{equation} +\begin{align} + x^2 + y^2 &= z^2 \\ + x^3 + y^3 &< z^3 +\end{align} +\begin{eqnarray} + x^2 + y^2 &=& z^2 \\ + x^3 + y^3 &<& z^3 +\end{eqnarray} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4ea3fe5878 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-4 on page 471. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation*} + n^2 + m^2 = k^2 +\end{equation*} +\begin{equation} + n^p +m^p \neq k^p \qquad p > 2 +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..090d5081fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-5 on page 472. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multline} + \text{First line of a multline} \\ + \text{Centered Middle line} \\ + \shoveright{\text{A right Middle}} \\ + \text{Another centered Middle} \\ + \text{Yet another centered Middle} \\ + \shoveleft{\text{A left Middle}} \\ + \text{Last line of the multline} +\end{multline} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4c165edf51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-6 on page 472. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{multline} \tag{2} + \sum_{t \in \mathbf{T}} \int_a^t + \biggl\lbrace \int_a^t f(t - x)^2 \, + g(y)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy \\ + = \sum_{t \notin \mathbf{T}} \int_t^a + \biggl\lbrace g(y)^2 \int_t^a + f(x)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy +\end{multline} + +\setlength\multlinegap{0pt} +\begin{multline} \tag{2} + \sum_{t \in \mathbf{T}} \int_a^t + \biggl\lbrace \int_a^t f(t - x)^2 \, + g(y)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy \\ + = \sum_{t \notin \mathbf{T}} \int_t^a + \biggl\lbrace g(y)^2 \int_t^a + f(x)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy +\end{multline} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3964709fc19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-7 on page 473. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \begin{split} + (a + b)^4 + &= (a + b)^2 (a + b)^2 \\ + &= (a^2 + 2ab + b^2) + (a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\ + &= a^4 + 4a^3b + 6a^2b^2 + 4ab^3 + b^4 + \end{split} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f1a19e1bfec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-8 on page 473. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[tbtags]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \begin{split} + (a + b)^3 &= (a + b) (a + b)^2 \\ + &= (a + b)(a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\ + &= a^3 + 3a^2b + 3ab^2 + b^3 + \end{split} +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dbe235148ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-2-9 on page 474. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexamargin} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{330.59894pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\newcommand\relphantom[1]{\mathrel{\phantom{#1}}} +\newcommand\ve{\varepsilon} \newcommand\tve{t_{\varepsilon}} +\newcommand\vf{\varphi} \newcommand\yvf{y_{\varphi}} +\newcommand\bfE{\mathbf{E}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \begin{split} + f_{h, \ve}(x, y) + &= \ve \bfE_{x, y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, \yvf(\ve u)} \vf(x) \,du \\ + &= h \int L_{x, z} \vf(x) \rho_x(dz) \\ + &\relphantom{=} {} + h \biggl[ + \frac{1}{\tve} + \biggl( \bfE_{y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, y^x(s)} \vf(x) \,ds + - \tve \int L_{x, z} \vf(x) \rho_x(dz) \biggr) + \\ + &\relphantom{=} \phantom{{} + h \biggl[ } + \frac{1}{\tve} + \biggl( \bfE_{y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, y^x(s)} \vf(x) \,ds + - \bfE_{x, y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, \yvf(\ve s)} + \vf(x) \,ds \biggr) \biggr] +\end{split} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..453ce8c56d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-1 on page 486. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} P_{r - j} = + \begin{cases} + 0 & \text{if $r - j$ is odd,} \\ + r! \, (-1)^{(r - j)/2} + & \text{if $r - j$ is even.} + \end{cases} \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1b4ed0fecd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-10 on page 504. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +La e~ne est'a presente en \verb|\alph|~y~\verb|\Alph|. +Como en castellano~{}no se usan n'umeros romanos +en min'uscula, \verb|\roman| se redefine para que +los d'e en versalitas. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a46f4d15b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-11 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +En fran\c{c}ais on doit m\^{e}tre un petit bout de \og +white space \fg\ devant le ponctuation: comme \c{c}a! +\selectlanguage{english} +For English this is not done: as shown here! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e6fc7293fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-12 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,catalan,activegrave]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P`agina, Ap`endix, Pr`oleg'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Catalan translations for ``Page, Appendix, and Preface''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12e267a2889 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-13 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[hungarian]{babel} +\newcommand\present[1]{\fbox{\parbox[t]{20mm}{#1}} + \fbox{\parbox[t]{8,5mm}{#1}}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\present{lo`ccsan} +\present{e`ddz\"unk} +\present{po`ggy\'asz} +\present{Kod\'a`llya} +\present{me`nnyei} +\present{vi`ssza} +\present{po`ttyan} +\present{ri`zzsel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1951d9f4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-14 on page 506. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,galician,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P'axina, Cap'itulo, Ap'endice'' +\selectlanguage{english} are Galician translations +for ``Page, Chapter, and Appendix''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29a8a3674fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-15 on page 506. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{txr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``Pa^go, ^Capitro, Cita^joj'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Esperanto translations for ``Page, Chapter, and +References''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4d65e7367dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-16 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn ^a ^e ^i ^o ^u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6a41584aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-17 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn =a =e =i =o =u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3d1d7083377 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-18 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,turkish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\selectlanguage{english} a =b \par \selectlanguage{turkish} a =b +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90ee0ac1e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-19 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with <> +within it. + +A second paragraph in the quotation.>> +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcbfcc60128 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-2 on page 486. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \begin{matrix} 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{matrix} \quad + \begin{pmatrix} 0 & -i \\ i & 0 \end{pmatrix} \\ + \begin{bmatrix} 0 & -1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \quad + \begin{Bmatrix} 1 & 0 \\ 0 & -1 \end{Bmatrix} \\ + \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \quad + \begin{Vmatrix} i & 0 \\ 0 & -i \end{Vmatrix} +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad907835ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-20 on page 508. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\decimalcomma $1000.10$ \par \decimalpoint $1000.10$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3eb4f42ca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-21 on page 508. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bulgarian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \todayRoman +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..796bc8bd66a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-22 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \hodiau \par \hodiaun +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b76ffbcd2cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-23 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \Grtoday +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..920d19306a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-24 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,hebrew]{babel} +\usepackage{hebcal} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\hebday \par \Hebrewtoday \par +\selectlanguage{english} \today: \Hebrewtoday +\selectlanguage{hebrew} \hebdate{8}{11}{1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25d0665e26a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-25 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[usorbian,lsorbian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newdatelsorbian \today \par +\olddatelsorbian \today \par +\newdateusorbian \today \par +\olddateusorbian \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c906016fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-26 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + \parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[swedish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Default date format: \today\\ +\verb|\datesymd| gives: \datesymd \today \\ +\verb|\datesdmy| gives: \datesdmy \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc9751d4460 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-27 on page 510. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto,greek,hebrew,bulgarian,russian,english]{babel} +\usepackage{ifthen} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % needed for esperanto (dotless j) + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt} +\newcommand\GR[1]{{\extrasgreek#1}} +\newcommand\BU[1]{{\extrasbulgarian#1}} +\newcommand\HEB[1]{{\extrashebrew#1}} +\newcommand\RU[1]{{\extrasrussian#1}} +\newcommand\smskip{\hskip.5pt} +\makeatletter + \gdef\@ctrerr{-} % don't produce counter errors but dash +\makeatother +\newcommand\row{\thecount & % + \alph{count} & \Alph{count} & % + \esper{count} & \Esper{count} & % + \GR{\alph{count}} & \GR{\Alph{count}} & % + \RU{\asbuk{count}} & \RU{\Asbuk{count}} & % + \BU{\alph{count}} & \BU{\Alph{count}} & + \HEB{\alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alphfinal{count}}\\} +% +\newcounter{count} +\setcounter{count}{1} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \centering + \small + \begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}c@{\smskip}c@{}} +% + & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{default}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Esperanto}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Greek}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Russian}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Bulgarian}} & % + \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textsf{Hebrew}} \\[1pt] +% + Value & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\esper| & \verb|\Esper| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\asbuk| & \verb|\Asbuk| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & \verb|\Alphfinal| \\[4pt] +% + \whiledo{\value{count}<31}{\row\stepcounter{count}}% + \setcounter{count}{40}\row + \setcounter{count}{50}\row + \setcounter{count}{100}\row + \setcounter{count}{250}\row + \setcounter{count}{500}\row + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8fd14e125f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-28 on page 510. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} \usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} % align at explicit `,' + % but output \decimalsep +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 12,34567 \\ % recognized but not corectly formatted + \nombre{12,34567} \\ % not recognized but corectly formatted + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ + \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\par\vspace{1cm} \selectlanguage{english} % change language +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9760c5ba8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-29 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} +\newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +123456 \eng{in Greek notation:} \greeknumeral{123456} \par +987654 \eng{in Greek notation:} \Greeknumeral{987654} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82456ba0232 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-3 on page 487. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\setcounter{MaxMatrixCols}{20} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \begin{Vmatrix} + \,a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i&j &\cdots\,{} \\ + &a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i &\cdots\,{} \\ + & &a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h &\cdots\,{} \\ + & & &a&b&c&d&e&f&g &\cdots\,{} \\ + & & & &\ddots&\ddots&\hdotsfor[2]{5}\,{} + \end{Vmatrix} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c907446d0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-30 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} + \usepackage{athnum} + \newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +6284 \eng{in Athenian notation:} \\ \athnum{6284} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14cbb6f5844 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-31 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,icelandic]{babel} + \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tala{3141,592653} \par +\foreignlanguage{english}{\tala{3141,592653}}\par \bigskip +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 3,14 \\ + \tala[,]{123,4567} \\ \tala[,]{9876,543} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4134a17a649 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-32 on page 513. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Leslie~\bsc{Lamport} \quad \No9 \ \primo \ \tertio +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..879101fa747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-33 on page 513. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\parindent0pt + \makeatletter + \def\tnick{\vrule depth 3pt height 0pt\relax} + \def\cs#1{\ifx\@nil#1\@nil\else\texttt{\textbackslash#1}\fi} + \def\line#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \ \cs{#1} & $#2$ & & + \ \cs{#3} & \selectlanguage{serbian} $#4$ & & + \ \cs{#5} & \selectlanguage{russian} $#6$} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[serbian,russian,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt} + \begin{tabular}{llcllcll@{}l} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill \LaTeX\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Serbian\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Russian\hrulefill\tnick} \\[2pt] + \line{tan}{\tan}{tg}{\tg}{tg}{\tg}\\ + \line{cot}{\cot}{ctg}{\ctg}{ctg}{\ctg}\\ + \line{sinh}{\sinh}{sh}{\sh}{sh}{\sh}\\ + \line{cosh}{\cosh}{ch}{\ch}{ch}{\ch}\\ + \line{tanh}{\tanh}{th}{\th}{th}{\th}\\ + \line{coth}{\coth}{cth}{\cth}{cth}{\cth}\\ + \line{csc}{\csc}{}{}{cosec}{\cosec}\\ + \line{arcsin}{\arcsin}{sh}{\sh}{}{}\\ + \line{arccos}{\arccos}{arch}{\arch}{}{}\\ + \line{arctan}{\arctan}{arctg}{\arctg}{arctg}{\arctg}\\ + \line{}{}{arcctg}{\arcctg}{arcctg}{\arcctg}&\quad (\textit{extra})\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..928d79ce8a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-34 on page 514. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\quad \selectlanguage{french} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f3a175bf6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-35 on page 515. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\AddThinSpaceBeforeFootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\selectlanguage{french}\FrenchFootnotes +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4c1ebd4c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-36 on page 515. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[icelandic]{babel} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"o "O "ó "Ó "e "E "é "É but: "\'e "\'E +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b8597e2f689 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-37 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[polish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"a "A "c "C "e "E "l "n "N "o "O "s "S \par +\polishrz "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\polishzx "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..117d9580c60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-38 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\k a \k A \'c \'C \k e \k E \l{} \'n \'N \'o \'O \'s \'S\par +\.z \.Z \'z \'Z +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..730ecb4cc9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example 8-3-39 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[X2,T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[greek,russian,hebrew,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some English text, \R{hebrew text}, \textgreek{Greek text}, +\textcyrillic{Cyrillic text} +\sethebrew more Hebrew text\unsethebrew{}, more English text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4beb1d614d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-4 on page 487. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +To show the effect of the matrix on surrounding +lines inside a paragraph, we put it here: + $ \left( \begin{smallmatrix} + 1 & 0 \\ 0 & -1 + \end{smallmatrix} \right) $ +and follow it with enough text to ensure that +there is at least one full line below the matrix. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83ea905d287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-5 on page 488. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + \sum_{\substack{0 \le i \le m \\ 0 < j < n}} P(i, j) \\ + \sum_{\begin{subarray}{l} i \in \Lambda \\ + 0 \le i \le m \\ + 0 < j < n + \end{subarray}} P(i, j) +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..28d5faf24ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-6 on page 488. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amscd} +\DeclareMathOperator\add{add} +\DeclareMathOperator\cf {cf} +\DeclareMathOperator\cov{cov} +\DeclareMathOperator\non{non} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \begin{CD} + \cov (L) @>>> \non (K) @>>> \cf (K) \\ + @VVV @AAA @AAA \\ + \add (L) @>>> \add (K) @>>> \cov (K) \\ + \end{CD} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2963172799d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-7 on page 489. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amscd} +\DeclareMathOperator{\End}{End} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \begin{CD} + S^{W_\Lambda}\otimes T @>j>> T \\ + @VVV @VV{\End P}V \\ + (S \otimes T)/I @= (Z\otimes T)/J + \end{CD} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b74fc1cd13a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-8 on page 489. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[\begin{array}{ccc} + S^{\mathcal{W}_\Lambda}\otimes T & + \stackrel{j}{\longrightarrow} & + T \\ + \Big\downarrow & & + \Big\downarrow\vcenter{% + \rlap{$\scriptstyle{\mathrm{End}}\,P$}} \\ + (S\otimes T)/I & = & + (Z\otimes T)/J + \end{array}\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6428cb24ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-3-9 on page 489. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{delarray} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \mathcal{Q} = +\begin{array}[t] ( {cc} ) X & Y \end{array} +\begin{array}[t] [ {cc} ] A & B \\ C & D \end{array} +\begin{array}[b] \lgroup{cc}\rgroup L \\ M \end{array} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fae98535106 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-1 on page 490. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + 0 \xleftarrow [\zeta]{} F \times \Delta (n - 1) + \xrightarrow {\partial_0 \alpha(b)} E^{\partial_0 b} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c7f0513e6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-10 on page 494. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +% +% there is a bug in the amsmath macros for ddd and dddd dots which the +% AMS intends to fix as follows (we already anticipated that fix +% here, though it isn't quite right yet for all cases): +% +\makeatletter +\AtBeginDocument{% we have to be after amsmath is loaded in the example + \renewcommand{\dddot}[1]{% + {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@ + \hbox{\,\normalfont...}\vss}}}} + \renewcommand{\ddddot}[1]{% + {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@ + \hbox{\,\normalfont....}\vss}}}} + } +\makeatother + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \dot{S} \quad \ddot{P} \quad \dddot{Q} \quad \ddddot{R} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f145dbdd2f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-11 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{accents} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \accentset{\ast}{X} \quad + \hat{\accentset{\star}{\hat h}} \quad + \underaccent{\diamond}{\mathcal{M}} \quad + \undertilde{C}\quad\undertilde{M}\quad\undertilde{ABC} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9030fc08c83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-12 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsxtra} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$(xyz)\spdddot$ \quad $(xyz)\spddot$ \quad $(xyz)\spdot$ \\ +$(xyz)\spbreve$ \quad $(xyz)\spcheck$ \\ +$(xyz)\sphat$ \quad $(xyz)\sptilde$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..42221aa6010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-13 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \overset{*}{X} > \underset{*}{X} + \iff \sideset{}{'}\sum_{a,b \in \mathbf{R^*}} + \overset{a}{\underset{b}{X}} = X \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16c07a0e01e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-14 on page 495. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \sideset{_{i = 1}^n}{_{j = 2}^m}\prod_{k > 1} + \mathcal{T}_{i, j}^k \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f9b1319ec9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-2 on page 490. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation*} +\cfrac {1}{\sqrt{2} + + \cfrac {1}{\sqrt{3} + + \cfrac {1}{\sqrt{4} + + \cfrac[r] {1}{\sqrt{5} + + \cfrac[l] {1}{\sqrt{6} + \dotsb } + }}}} +\end{equation*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25a3c1505a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-3 on page 491. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} + \boxed { W_t - F \subseteq V(P_i) \subseteq W_t } +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a7c9fdee15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-4 on page 491. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sum_{i=1}^n \qquad \int_0^\infty \qquad \lim_{n \to 0} +\] +Text: $\sum_{i=1}^n$, $\int_0^\infty$, $\lim_{n \to 0}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..021a7423492 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-5 on page 492. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sum\nolimits_{i=1}^n \qquad \int\limits_0^\infty + \qquad \lim\displaylimits_{n \to 0} +\] +Text: $\sum\nolimits_{i=1}^n$, $\int\limits_0^\infty$, +$\lim\displaylimits_{n \to 0}$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a28bba5b86c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-6 on page 492. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \iint \limits _V \mu(v,w) + \,du \,dv \\ + \iiint \limits _V \mu(u,v,w) + \,du \,dv \,dw \\ + \iiiint \limits _V \mu(t,u,v,w) + \,dt \,du \,dv \,dw \\ + \idotsint \limits _V \mu(z_1, \dots, z_k) + \,\mathbf{dz} +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af958f76883 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-7 on page 493. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align*} + u & \equiv v + 1 \mod{n^2} \\ + u & \equiv v + 1 \bmod{n^2} \\ + u & = v + 1 \pmod{n^2} \\ + u & = v + 1 \pod{n^2} +\end{align*} +The in-text layout: $ u = v + 1 \pmod{n^2} $ +\begin{gather*} + (m \bmod n) = k^2 \, ; \quad + x \equiv y \pmod b \, ; \\ + x \equiv y \mod c \, ; \quad + x \equiv y \pod d\, . +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f747954f41b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-8 on page 493. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \frac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) + \quad \tfrac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) \end{equation} +Text: $ \sqrt{ \frac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) } \quad + \sqrt{ \dfrac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) }\, $. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcc95110747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-4-9 on page 493. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} \binom{k}{2} 2^{k - 1} + + \tbinom{k - 1}{2} 2^{k - 2} \end{equation} +Text: $ \binom{k}{2} 2^{k - 1} + + \dbinom{k - 1}{2} 2^{k - 2} $. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8701be02bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-1 on page 496. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A series $H_1, H_2, \dots, H_n$, a sum +$H_1 + H_2 + \dots + H_n$, an orthogonal product +$H_1 \times H_2 \times \dots \times H_n$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..824f8f2c1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-2 on page 496. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +A series $H_1, H_2, \dotsc\,$, a sum +$H_1 + H_2 + \dotsb\,$, an orthogonal product +$H_1 \times H_2 \times \dotsm\,$, and an infinite +integral: \[ \int_{H_1} \int_{H_2} \dotsi \; + {-\Gamma}\, d\Theta \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ecc742c921 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-3 on page 497. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{align*} +\widehat {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \widetilde {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} \\ +\overline {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \underline {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} \\ +\overbrace {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \underbrace {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do not change style} \\ +\overrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \overleftarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do not change style} \\[-3pt] +& & & \text{without \textsf{amsmath}} \\ +\underrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&= \underleftarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do need \textsf{amsmath}} \\ +\overleftrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +&=\underleftrightarrow{\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} +& & \text{Do need \textsf{amsmath}} +\end{align*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08d08ca2ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-5-4 on page 499. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \[ + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + x}}}}}} + \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0648ece0de --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-1 on page 499. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather} + \text{Also, if } \Delta_{\text{max up}} + = \Delta_{\text{min down}} \notag \\ + \text{(for all ups and downs) then} \notag \\ + \Delta_{\text{sum of ups}} + = \Delta_{\text{sum of downs}} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dbb52c11e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-2 on page 500. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} +\newcommand\abs[1]{\lvert#1\rvert} +\setlength\mathindent{0pt} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \lim_{x \rightarrow 0} \frac{ \sin^2(x) }{ x^2 } = 1 \\ + \varliminf_{n \rightarrow \infty} + \abs{a_{n+1}} / \abs{a_n} = 0 \\ + \varinjlim (m_i^\lambda \cdot M)^* \le + \varprojlim_{A/p \rightarrow \lambda(A)}A_p \le 0 +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9748633eddb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-3 on page 501. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} +\DeclareMathOperator \meas {meas} +\DeclareMathOperator*\esssup {ess \, sup} +\DeclareMathOperator*\supminus{sup - minus*} +\newcommand\abs [1]{\lvert#1\rvert} +\newcommand\norm[1]{\lVert#1\rVert} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{gather*} + \norm{f}_\infty = \esssup_{x \in R^n} \abs{f(x)} \\ + \meas_1 \{ u \in R_+^1 \colon f^*(u)>\alpha \} = \\ + \quad \esssup_{x \in R^i} \; \meas_i + \{ u \in R^n \colon \abs{f(u)} \geq \alpha \} \\ + \quad (\forall \alpha \in \supminus_{f^*} R_{*+}) +\end{gather*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b1d29522a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-6-4 on page 501. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +%% Low-level TeX needed here to cancel +%% the old definition of \csc: +\let \csc \relax +\DeclareMathOperator\csc{cosec} +\newcommand\calQ{\mathcal{Q}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \varlimsup_{n\to\infty} \calQ (u_n, u_n - u^{\#}) + \ge \csc (\calQ' (u^{\#})) \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ac3d28eaa25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-1 on page 503. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\normalsize %% Style: +\[ b %% D + ^0 %% S + + %% D + \frac{(k + p) %% T + _{j'} %% S' + % \displaystyle + \pm %% T [D] + \frac{(f + q) %% S [T] + ^{(pk) %% SS [S] + ^y %% SS + _{j'}}} %% SS' + {(h + y)}} %% S' [T'] + {(l + q) %% T' + ^{(pk)}} %% S' +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0894f957d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-2 on page 503. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ b %% D + ^0 %% S + + %% D + \frac{(k + p) %% T + _{j'} %% S' + \displaystyle + \pm %% D + \frac{(f + q) %% T + ^{(pk) %% S + ^y %% SS + _{j'}}} %% SS' + {(h + y)}} %% T' + {(l + q) %% T' + ^{(pk)}} %% S' +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e24beee9ae9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-3 on page 504. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ \biggl( \mathbf{E}_{y} \int_0^{t_\varepsilon} + L_{x, y^x(s)} \varphi(x)\, ds \biggr) \] +\Large +\[ \biggl( \mathbf{E}_{y} \int_0^{t_\varepsilon} + L_{x, y^x(s)} \varphi(x)\, ds \biggr) \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eeb595f2222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-4 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sqrt[\beta]{k} \qquad + \sqrt[\leftroot{2}\uproot{4} \beta]{k} \qquad + \sqrt[\leftroot{1}\uproot{3} \beta]{k} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e687a72676 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-5 on page 505. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{y} + \sqrt{z}$ \\ +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\mathstrut y} + \sqrt{z}$ \\ +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\smash{y}} + \sqrt{z}$ \\ +$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\smash[b]{y}} + \sqrt{z}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0b3b09fe40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-6 on page 506. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + f_p (x) = + \begin{cases} + \frac{1}{\smash[b]{p}} & x = p \\ + \frac{\strut + \smash[t]{\frac{(1 - x)^{\frac{1}{2}} } + { x - \sin (x - p) } } } + {\sqrt{1 - p} \, \cos (x - p)} & x \neq p + \end{cases} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c91c83088b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-7-7 on page 507. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{x_j} } \quad + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{\smash{x_j}} } \quad + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{{}\smash{x_j}} } \quad + \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{\smash{x_j+b}} } +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b0db0ae796 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-1 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsfonts} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \forall n \in \mathbb{N} : \mathfrak{M}_n \leq \mathfrak{A} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1cc3756798 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-10 on page 513. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % since examples are normally in Times + % Roman in the book +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9cbccc74ca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-11 on page 514. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage[boldsans]{ccfonts} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4e4bee0991a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-12 on page 514. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,ccfonts} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e2135dbc7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-13 on page 515. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{fourier} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf302fd099b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-14 on page 516. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{mathptmx} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4155dfd29b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-15 on page 516. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc22358bbec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-16 on page 517. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{tmmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The tmmath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{tmmath,tmams} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96722684577 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-17 on page 518. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{mathpazo} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9f68bd8192 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-18 on page 518. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{pxfonts} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9f941072e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-19 on page 519. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{pamath.sty}{}{\typeout{The pa package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{pamath} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b000fd736ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-2 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsfonts} +\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathbb{U}{fplmbb}{m}{n} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \lbrace n,m \in \mathbb{N} \mid \mathfrak{N}_{n,m} \rbrace $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad386246a99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-20 on page 520. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{ba.sty}{}{\typeout{The ba package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{ba} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} +\addtolength\textheight{\baselineskip} % BA math has large symbols! + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8249cb9f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-21 on page 520. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{chmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The chmath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{chmath,chams} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b58070c2e03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-22 on page 521. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{lucidabr} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc08a108d58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-23 on page 522. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{cmbright} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6056906c168 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-24 on page 522. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{hvmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The hvmath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage{hvmath,hvams} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb08966e4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-25 on page 523. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight} +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +\IfFileExists{infomath.sty}{}{\typeout{The infomath package is not available}\stop} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} +\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{infomath} +\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}} +\usepackage{bm} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting} + +First some large operators +both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}} +f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and +\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}} +\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display: + +\begin{equation} +\begin{split} +%% This line is deliberately long so as to show +%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure +%% in article/cmr. +\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq +\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace +\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ; +\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert} +\right\rbrace\right) +\\ +&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}} +\left[ f^{\ast} \left( + \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache} + {\sqrt {1 - t^2}} + \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta} +\end{split} +\end{equation} + +For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \) +the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent; +however, this does not hold +throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \). +\begin{align} + (1 - x)^{-k} &= + 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j + \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.} + \label{eq:binom1} +\end{align} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ae107c53c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-3 on page 509. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +%% +\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J% + with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.} +%% +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathscr{T1}{hlcw}{m}{it} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$A_B \neq \mathscr{A}_\mathscr{B} \neq \mathcal{A}_\mathcal{B}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9685c25d668 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-4 on page 510. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} +%% +%% Examples normally use Times, but here we explicitly +%% want Computer Modern: +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +%% +%% Also the math axis in the headings is slightly too low, +%% so here is a little command that allows you to change font dimens +%% using NFSS conventions. You are welcome to use it, but be sure you +%% understand the implications when messing with these things :-) +%% No support! +%% +\makeatletter +\def\setfontdimen#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\begingroup + \edef\font@name{\csname #2/#3/#4/#5/#6\endcsname}% + \pickup@font + \fontdimen#1\font@name=#7\relax + \endgroup} +\makeatother + +\setfontdimen{22}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}{14.4}{4.3pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,bm} +\newcommand\bfB{\mathbf{B}} \newcommand\bfx{\mathbf{x}} +\bmdefine\bpi{\pi} \bmdefine\binfty{\infty} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{The bold equivalence + $\sum_{j < B} \prod_\lambda : \bm{\sum_{x_j} \prod_\lambda}$} +\begin{gather} + B_\infty + \pi B_1 \sim \bfB_{\binfty} \bm{+}\bpi \bfB_{\bm{1}} + \bm {\sim B_\infty + \pi B_1} \\ + B_\binfty + \bpi B_{\bm{1}} \bm{\in} \bm{\biggl\lbrace} + (\bfB, \bfx) : \frac {\partial \bfB}{\partial \bfx} + \bm{\lnapprox} \bm{1} \bm{\biggr\rbrace} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1509ab2519 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-5 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,txfonts,bm} +\newcommand\bfB{\mathbf{B}} +\newcommand\bfx{\mathbf{x}} +\bmdefine\bpi{\pi} \bmdefine\binfty{\infty} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{The bold equivalence + $\sum_{j < B} \prod_\lambda : \bm{\sum_{x_j} \prod_\lambda}$} +\begin{gather} + B_\infty + \pi B_1 \sim \bfB_{\binfty} \bm{+}\bpi \bfB_{\bm{1}} + \bm {\sim B_\infty + \pi B_1} \\ + B_\binfty + \bpi B_{\bm{1}} \bm{\in} \bm{\biggl\lbrace} + (\bfB, \bfx) : \frac {\partial \bfB}{\partial \bfx} + \bm{\lnapprox} \bm{1} \bm{\biggr\rbrace} +\end{gather} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89e55e1d0ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-6 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +% +% Special setting to make delimiters always grow in this example +\setlength\delimitershortfall{-3pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\bm{\Biggl\lbrace\biggl\lbrace\Bigl\lbrace\bigl\lbrace \lbrace + \mathcal{Q} + \rangle \bigr\rangle\Bigr\rangle\biggr\rangle\Biggr\rangle}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0392a775f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-7 on page 511. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +% +% Special setting to make delimiters always grow in this example +\setlength\delimitershortfall{-3pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{pxfonts,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\bm{\Biggl\lbrace\biggl\lbrace\Bigl\lbrace\bigl\lbrace \lbrace + \mathcal{Q} + \rangle \bigr\rangle\Bigr\rangle\biggr\rangle\Biggr\rangle}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f7f4cef4af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-8 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amsmath,bm} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \bm{\sqrt[2]{x \times \alpha}} $ but +$ \bm{\sqrt[2]{x \mathbin{\mbox{\unboldmath$\times$}} \alpha}} $ + or the similar +$ \bm{\sqrtsign}{\bm{x} \times \bm{\alpha}} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86fad6258d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-8-9 on page 512. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{bm} \bmdefine\bhat{\hat} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\hat a \neq \bm{\hat a} \neq \bm\hat a = \bhat a \neq \bm\widehat a$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f6b4226784f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-1 on page 524. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \# \top _x^\alpha x^\alpha_b \] +\[ a \mathrel{\#} \mathop{\top}_x^\alpha x^\alpha_b \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb896d63f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-2 on page 525. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\thinmuskip=10mu \medmuskip=17mu \thickmuskip=30mu +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ + a - b = -\max \{ x , y \} +\] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c20cc2c9a23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-3 on page 526. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\thinmuskip=10mu \medmuskip=17mu \thickmuskip=30mu +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \Bigl( \sum x \Bigr) \neq a \left( \sum x \right) \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f29afff177 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-4 on page 528. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +% To show the difference better, we enlarge the default +% (not advisable for real documents): +\thickmuskip=7mu plus 5mu + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} \usepackage{amssymb} +\DeclareMathSymbol\bneg {\mathbin}{symbols}{"3A} +\DeclareMathSymbol\rsquare{\mathrel}{AMSa}{"03} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a \neg b \qquad x \square y + z \] +\[ a \mathbin{\neg} b \qquad x \mathrel{\square} y + z \] +\[ a \bneg b \qquad x \rsquare y + z \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44bc630c6a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-5 on page 529. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amstext} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\[ a = b \text{ but } a \tilde{=} b + \text{ which is not } a \mathrel{\tilde{=}} b \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b58c2b04057 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-6 on page 531. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ u \not< v$ or $a \not\in \mathbf{A} $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dbf2542493 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-7 on page 531. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{amssymb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$ \not\leq \ \not\succeq \ \not\sim $ \par +$ \nleq \ \nsucceq \ \nsim $ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bef45f469a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 8-9-8 on page 533. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{stmaryrd} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +$\Longarrownot\longleftrightarrow \qquad \arrownot\hookleftarrow$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..982ce9dff90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-1 on page 545. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german,french,english]{babel} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The expansion of fixed document element names +depends on the language, e.g., in English +we have ``\refname'' or ``\chaptername''. \par +\selectlanguage{german} Auf Deutsch ergibt sich +``\refname'' oder ``\chaptername''. \par +\begin{otherlanguage}{french} Voici en + fran\c cais: ``\refname'' ou ``\chaptername''. + \par\foreignlanguage{english}{But in short + phrases ``\refname'' does not change!} +\end{otherlanguage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d4d5d72c8db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-2 on page 545. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + This text shows the effect of hyphenation.\par + \begin{hyphenrules}{nohyphenation} + This text shows the effect of hyphenation. + \end{hyphenrules} +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10994b8573c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-3 on page 546. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +English and Austrian use \iflanguage{austrian}{the same}{different} +\foreignlanguage{german}{while German + and Austrian use \iflanguage{austrian}{the same}{different}} +hyphenation patterns. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7092fbe7cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-4 on page 546. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german,french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\par(1) The language is \languagename. +\par(2) \selectlanguage{german}% + The language is \languagename. +\par(3) \begin{otherlanguage}{french} + The language is \languagename. + \end{otherlanguage} +\par(4) \foreignlanguage{english}{% + The language is \languagename.} +\par(5) \iflanguage{french}{En fran\c cais.} + {Pas en fran\c cais.} +\par(6) The language is \languagename. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74fa11b67df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-5 on page 548. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english]{babel} \useshorthands{"} +\defineshorthand{"a}{\"{a}} \defineshorthand{"i}{\"{\i}} +\aliasshorthand{"}{|} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This shows the use and effect of \verb="a=: "a and \verb="i=: "i. + +This shows the use and effect of \verb=|a=: |a and \verb=|i=: |i. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e75890a705 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-6 on page 549. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{xy} \usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Voici un exemple avec \emph{xypic}: +\[ \shorthandoff{;?} +\begin{xy} (0,0)*{\bullet}, (0,0) ; (10,0), + **\dir {-} ?>* \dir {>}, (12,0)*{x}, \end{xy} + \] +Quelle belle fl\`eche ! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e9c5ee534b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-7 on page 549. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The Greek word for `Index' is \selectlanguage{greek}\indexname. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..71307edaf6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-2-8 on page 550. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek,english]{babel} +\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The Greek word for `Index' is \selectlanguage{greek}\indexname. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29618b45427 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-1 on page 551. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% +\usepackage[polish,french,russian,greek,english]{babel} +\substitutefontfamily{LGR}{ptm}{cmr} +\def\line#1{% + \texttt{\textbackslash#1} & % + \selectlanguage{french}\csname #1\endcsname & % + \selectlanguage{greek}\csname #1\endcsname & % + \selectlanguage{polish}\csname #1\endcsname & % + \selectlanguage{russian}\csname #1\endcsname} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +% show that \partname produces the number as a word +\setcounter{part}{2} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt} + \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}} + \textit{Command} & \textit{French} % + & \textit{Greek} & \textit{Polish} & \textit{Russian}\\[2pt] + \line{abstractname}\\ + \line{alsoname}\\ + \line{appendixname}\\ + \line{bibname}\\ + \line{ccname}\\ + \line{chaptername}\\ + \line{contentsname}\\ + \line{enclname}\\ + \line{figurename}\\ + \line{glossaryname}\\ + \line{headtoname}\\ + \line{indexname}\\ + \line{listfigurename}\\ + \line{listtablename}\\ + \line{pagename}\\ + \line{partname}\\ + \line{prefacename}\\ + \line{proofname}\\ + \line{refname}\\ + \line{seename}\\ + \line{tablename}\\[2pt] + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\footnotesize\itshape\quad In French + \texttt{\textbackslash partname} also generates the part number as a + word, e.g., ``Premi\`ere, Deuxi\`eme, \ldots''} + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db5ef67b1ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-10 on page 554. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +La e~ne est'a presente en \verb|\alph|~y~\verb|\Alph|. +Como en castellano~{}no se usan n'umeros romanos +en min'uscula, \verb|\roman| se redefine para que +los d'e en versalitas. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0e5205e1e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-11 on page 554. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \og petit espace\fg\ +devant la ponctuation double: comme cela! +\selectlanguage{english} +For English this is not done: as shown here! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..faa504cecdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-12 on page 555. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,catalan,activegrave]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P`agina, Ap`endix, Pr`oleg'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Catalan translations for ``Page, Appendix, and Preface''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..48847e4d0a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-13 on page 555. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[hungarian]{babel} +\newcommand\present[1]{\fbox{\parbox[t]{20mm}{#1}} + \fbox{\parbox[t]{8,5mm}{#1}}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\present{lo`ccsan} +\present{e`ddz\"unk} +\present{po`ggy\'asz} +\present{Kod\'a`llya} +\present{me`nnyei} +\present{vi`ssza} +\present{po`ttyan} +\present{ri`zzsel} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2001b79e9bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-14 on page 556. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,galician,activeacute]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``P'axina, Cap'itulo, Ap'endice'' +\selectlanguage{english} are Galician translations +for ``Page, Chapter, and Appendix''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7386a039298 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-15 on page 556. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{txr} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +``Pa^go, ^Capitro, Cita^joj'' \selectlanguage{english} +are Esperanto translations for ``Page, Chapter, and +References''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8099fc71734 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-16 on page 556. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn ^a ^e ^i ^o ^u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..710cf39aca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-17 on page 557. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ProsodicMarksOn =a =e =i =o =u +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db058279933 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-18 on page 557. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,turkish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\selectlanguage{english} a =b \par \selectlanguage{turkish} a =b +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a0a5395275 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-19 on page 557. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some text with <> +within it. + +A second paragraph in the quotation.>> +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a9c6100d5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-2 on page 550. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[catalan,bulgarian,british]{babel} +\raggedright +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +In England the date is `\today', while in Bulgaria +it is `{\selectlanguage{bulgarian}\today}'. In Catalonia +they write `{\selectlanguage{catalan}\today}'. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc79f163b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-20 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[spanish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\decimalcomma $1000.10$ \par \decimalpoint $1000.10$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5090a75c59f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-21 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[bulgarian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \todayRoman +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9214d26a4b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-22 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \hodiau \par \hodiaun +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cdce6d15d88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-23 on page 558. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[greek]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\today \par \Grtoday +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73d70656937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-24 on page 559. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,hebrew]{babel} +\usepackage{hebcal} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\hebday \par \Hebrewtoday \par +\selectlanguage{english} \today: \Hebrewtoday +\selectlanguage{hebrew} \hebdate{8}{11}{1997} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af58f10e7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-25 on page 559. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% +% set up a fixed date for the example: + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[usorbian,lsorbian]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newdatelsorbian \today \par +\olddatelsorbian \today \par +\newdateusorbian \today \par +\olddateusorbian \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99da5c2a358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-26 on page 559. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +% + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + \parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[swedish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Default date format: \today\\ +\verb|\datesymd| gives: \datesymd \today \\ +\verb|\datesdmy| gives: \datesdmy \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2749c53f8d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-27 on page 560. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt} + + \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J% + on the TLC2 demo CD} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[esperanto,greek,hebrew,bulgarian,russian,english]{babel} +\usepackage{ifthen} + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % needed for esperanto (dotless j) + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt} +\newcommand\GR[1]{{\extrasgreek#1}} +\newcommand\BU[1]{{\extrasbulgarian#1}} +\newcommand\HEB[1]{{\extrashebrew#1}} +\newcommand\RU[1]{{\extrasrussian#1}} +\newcommand\smskip{\hskip.5pt} +\makeatletter + \gdef\@ctrerr{-} % don't produce counter errors but dash +\makeatother +\newcommand\row{\thecount & % + \alph{count} & \Alph{count} & % + \esper{count} & \Esper{count} & % + \GR{\alph{count}} & \GR{\Alph{count}} & % + \RU{\asbuk{count}} & \RU{\Asbuk{count}} & % + \BU{\alph{count}} & \BU{\Alph{count}} & + \HEB{\alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alphfinal{count}}\\} +% +\newcounter{count} +\setcounter{count}{1} + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \centering + \small + \begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}c@{\smskip}c@{}} +% + & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{default}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Esperanto}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Greek}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Russian}} & % + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Bulgarian}} & % + \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textsf{Hebrew}} \\[1pt] +% + Value & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\esper| & \verb|\Esper| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\asbuk| & \verb|\Asbuk| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & % + \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & \verb|\Alphfinal| \\[4pt] +% + \whiledo{\value{count}<31}{\row\stepcounter{count}}% + \setcounter{count}{40}\row + \setcounter{count}{50}\row + \setcounter{count}{100}\row + \setcounter{count}{250}\row + \setcounter{count}{500}\row + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5b4deff4cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-28 on page 561. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,french]{babel} \usepackage{dcolumn} +\newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} % align at explicit `,' + % but output \decimalsep +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 12,34567 \\ % recognized but not correctly formatted + \nombre{12,34567} \\ % not recognized but correctly formatted + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ + \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\par\vspace{1cm} \selectlanguage{english} % change language +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8791f23c67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-29 on page 562. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} +\newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +123456 \eng{in Greek notation:} \greeknumeral{123456} \par +987654 \eng{in Greek notation:} \Greeknumeral{987654} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3168b636255 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-3 on page 552. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\setlength\parindent{10pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Den Koning van Hispani"en heb ik altijd ge"eerd! +Den Koning van Hispani"en heb ik altijd ge"eerd! +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..839a1a1ec8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-30 on page 562. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} + \usepackage{athnum} + \newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +6284 \eng{in Athenian notation:} \\ \athnum{6284} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9486c6223d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-31 on page 563. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[english,icelandic]{babel} + \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\tala{3141,592653} \par +\foreignlanguage{english}{\tala{3141,592653}}\par \bigskip +\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline + 3,14 \\ + \tala[,]{123,4567} \\ \tala[,]{9876,543} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1258baf2d89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-32 on page 563. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Leslie~\bsc{Lamport} \quad \No9 \ \primo \ \tertio +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8176782949d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-33 on page 564. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\parindent0pt + \makeatletter + \def\tnick{\vrule depth 3pt height 0pt\relax} + \def\cs#1{\ifx\@nil#1\@nil\else\texttt{\textbackslash#1}\fi} + \def\line#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \ \cs{#1} & $#2$ & & + \ \cs{#3} & \selectlanguage{serbian} $#4$ & & + \ \cs{#5} & \selectlanguage{russian} $#6$} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[serbian,russian,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt} + \begin{tabular}{llcllcll@{}l} + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill \LaTeX\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Serbian\hrulefill\tnick} & & + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick + \hrulefill Russian\hrulefill\tnick} \\[2pt] + \line{tan}{\tan}{tg}{\tg}{tg}{\tg}\\ + \line{cot}{\cot}{ctg}{\ctg}{ctg}{\ctg}\\ + \line{sinh}{\sinh}{sh}{\sh}{sh}{\sh}\\ + \line{cosh}{\cosh}{ch}{\ch}{ch}{\ch}\\ + \line{tanh}{\tanh}{th}{\th}{th}{\th}\\ + \line{coth}{\coth}{cth}{\cth}{cth}{\cth}\\ + \line{csc}{\csc}{}{}{cosec}{\cosec}\\ + \line{arcsin}{\arcsin}{arsh}{\arsh}{}{}\\ + \line{arccos}{\arccos}{arch}{\arch}{}{}\\ + \line{arctan}{\arctan}{arctg}{\arctg}{arctg}{\arctg}\\ + \line{}{}{arcctg}{\arcctg}{arcctg}{\arcctg}&\quad (\textit{extra})\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5952fa6ba86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-34 on page 565. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\quad \selectlanguage{french} +\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm} + Some text with a list. + \begin{itemize} \item item 1 + \item item 2 \end{itemize} + And some text following. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9df682495bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-35 on page 566. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[french,english]{babel} +\AddThinSpaceBeforeFootnotes +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\selectlanguage{french}\FrenchFootnotes +\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}. +\end{minipage} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c6d560fbdd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-36 on page 567. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[icelandic]{babel} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"o "O "ó "Ó "e "E "é "É but: "\'e "\'E +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..38b2e42f51b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-37 on page 567. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[polish]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +"a "A "c "C "e "E "l "n "N "o "O "s "S \par +\polishrz "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\polishzx "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e4045c0516 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-38 on page 567. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\k a \k A \'c \'C \k e \k E \l{} \'n \'N \'o \'O \'s \'S\par +\.z \.Z \'z \'Z +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..311dbc7d44d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-39 on page 569. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\usepackage[X2,T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[greek,russian,hebrew,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Some English text, \R{hebrew text}, \textgreek{Greek text}, +\textcyrillic{Cyrillic text} +\sethebrew more Hebrew text\unsethebrew{}, more English text. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92f3230240b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-4 on page 552. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[catalan,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The ``geminated~l'' appears in words such as +\foreignlanguage{catalan}{inte"lig\`encia, i"lusi\'o}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..523cb88a749 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-5 on page 552. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch,ngerman,french,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +English ``quoted text'' has quotes different from +\selectlanguage{dutch}Dutch "`quoted text"' or +\selectlanguage{ngerman}German "`quoted text"' or +\selectlanguage{french}French \og quoted text\fg. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c238f3f24e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-6 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\parindent0pt +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1,5cm}{Brote ba"cken}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1,5cm}{Farbsto"ffabrik}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3b79bd4bc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-7 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Das deutsche Wort "`Auflage"' sollte nicht so, +sondern als ">Auf"|lage"< gesetzt werden. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..69cc0b43618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-8 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b25052b19e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-3-9 on page 553. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\newcommand\present[1]{% + \fbox{\parbox[t]{31mm}{#1}} + \fbox{\parbox[t]{16mm}{#1}} + \par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at} +2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at} +3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at} +4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at} +5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93eb13a9525 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-1 on page 576. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{327.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[english,greek]{babel} + \def\glyph#1{\makebox[12pt][c]{#1}} + \parindent0pt +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \ttfamily + \selectlanguage{english}% + \glyph{a}\glyph{b}\glyph{c}\glyph{d}\glyph{e}\glyph{f}% + \glyph{g}\glyph{h}\glyph{i}\glyph{j}\glyph{k}\glyph{l}% + \glyph{m}\glyph{n}\glyph{o}\glyph{p}\glyph{q}\glyph{r}% + \glyph{s}\glyph{t}\glyph{u}\glyph{v}\glyph{w}\glyph{x}% + \glyph{y}\glyph{z}\\ + \selectlanguage{greek}% + \glyph{a}\glyph{b}\glyph{c}\glyph{d}\glyph{e}\glyph{f}% + \glyph{g}\glyph{h}\glyph{i}\glyph{j}\glyph{k}\glyph{l}% + \glyph{m}\glyph{n}\glyph{o}\glyph{p}\glyph{q}\glyph{r}% + \glyph{s}\glyph{t}\glyph{u}\glyph{ }\glyph{w}\glyph{x}% + \glyph{y}\glyph{z}\\[5pt] + \selectlanguage{english}% + \glyph{A}\glyph{B}\glyph{C}\glyph{D}\glyph{E}\glyph{F}% + \glyph{G}\glyph{H}\glyph{I}\glyph{J}\glyph{K}\glyph{L}% + \glyph{M}\glyph{N}\glyph{O}\glyph{P}\glyph{Q}\glyph{R}% + \glyph{S}\glyph{T}\glyph{U}\glyph{V}\glyph{W}\glyph{X}% + \glyph{Y}\glyph{Z}\\ + \selectlanguage{greek}% + \glyph{A}\glyph{B}\glyph{C}\glyph{D}\glyph{E}\glyph{F}% + \glyph{G}\glyph{H}\glyph{I}\glyph{J}\glyph{K}\glyph{L}% + \glyph{M}\glyph{N}\glyph{O}\glyph{P}\glyph{Q}\glyph{R}% + \glyph{S}\glyph{T}\glyph{U}\glyph{ }\glyph{W}\glyph{X}% + \glyph{Y}\glyph{Z}\\ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dfbfa0884ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-2 on page 576. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{375.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[greek,english]{babel} + \def\GR{\selectlanguage{greek}} + \parindent0pt +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering + \begin{tabular}{lllll} + & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\itshape Input} + & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\itshape Result} + & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape Example} \\[3pt] + Acute & \verb='a 'e 'h 'i 'o 'u 'w= + & \GR{'a 'e 'h 'i 'o 'u 'w} + & \verb=g'ata= & \GR{g'ata}\\ + Diaeresis & \verb="i "u "I "U = + & \GR{"i "u "I "U} + & \verb=qa"ide'uh|c= & \GR{qa"ide'uh|c}\\ + Rough breathing & \verb=a >e >h >i >o >r >u >w= + & \GR{>a >e >h >i >o >r >u >w} + & \verb=>'aneu= & \GR{>'aneu}\\ + Grave & \verb=`a `e `h `i `o `u `w= + & \GR{`a `e `h `i `o `u `w} + & \verb=dad`i= & \GR{dad`i}\\ + Circumflex & \verb=~a ~h ~i ~u ~w= + & \GR{\~a \~h \~i \~u \~w} + & \verb=ful~hc= & \GR{ful\~hc}\\ + Diacritic below & \verb=a| h| w|= & \GR{a| h| w|} &&\\ + & \verb=`w| 'w| >`w| >'w| <`w| <'w|= + & \GR{`w| 'w| >`w| >'w| <`w| <'w|} &&\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6ac0aae18c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-3 on page 576. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{375.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% + \usepackage[greek,english]{babel} + \languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko} + \def\GR{\selectlanguage{greek}} + \parindent0pt +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \begin{tabular}{rlrl@{\kern-10pt}} + \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Input} & \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Result} & + \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Input} & \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Result} \\[3pt] + \verb='"i `"i '"u `"u= & \GR{'"i `"i '"u `"u} & & \\ + \verb=>`a >`e >`h >`i >`o >`u >`w= & \GR{>`a\,>`e\,>`h\,>`i\,>`o\,>`u\,>`w} & + \verb=>`A >`E >`H >`I >`O >`U >`W= & \GR{>`A\,>`E\,>`H\,>`I\,>`O\,>`U\,>`W}\\ + \verb=>'a >'e >'h >'i >'o >'u >'w= & \GR{>'a\,>'e\,>'h\,>'i\,>'o\,>'u\,>'w} & + \verb=>'A >'E >'H >'I >'O >'U >'W= & \GR{>'A\,>'E\,>'H\,>'I\,>'O\,>'U\,>'W}\\ + \verb=<`a <`e <`h <`i <`o <`u <`w= & \GR{<`a\,<`e\,<`h\,<`i\,<`o\,<`u\,<`w} & + \verb=<`A <`E <`H <`I <`O <`U <`W= & \GR{<`A\,<`E\,<`H\,<`I\,<`O\,<`U\,<`W}\\ + \verb=<'a <'e <'h <'i <'o <'u <'w= & \GR{<'a\,<'e\,<'h\,<'i\,<'o\,<'u\,<'w} & + \verb=<'A <'E <'H <'I <'O <'U <'W= & \GR{<'A\,<'E\,<'H\,<'I\,<'O\,<'U\,<'W}\\ + \verb=>~a >~h >~i >~u >~w= & \GR{>~a\,>~h\,>~i\,>~u\,>~w} & + \verb=>~A >~H >~I >~U >~W= & \GR{>~A\,>~H\,>~I\,>~U\,>~W}\\ + \verb=<~a <~h <~i <~u <~w= & \GR{<~a\,<~h\,<~i\,<~u\,<~w} & + \verb=<~A <~H <~I <~U <~W= & \GR{<~A\,<~H\,<~I\,<~U\,<~W}\\ + \end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3bfcad3b476 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-4 on page 577. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{327.0pt} + + \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J% + on the TLC2 demo CD} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % examples are normally in Times + +\usepackage[cp1255]{inputenc} +\usepackage[hebrew,english]{babel} +\day=2 \month=2 \year=2002 + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + +\sethebrew + +\title{ëåúøú ùì îàîø ùðëúá áàîöòåú \L{\LaTeX} áòáøéú} +\author{øîä ôåøú} +\maketitle +\thispagestyle{empty} + +\section{æàú ääúçìä} +\noindent +àôùø ìäúçéì áòáøéú åàçø ëê ìòáåø ììåòæéú +\unsethebrew +and continue with English text +\sethebrew +{àôùø âí ìëìåì ðåñçàåú $83 + a^2 =102$ +åìçæåø ìòáøéú.} + +\subsection{úú ñòéó áòáåãä} + +\begin{itemize} +\item[*] +äîöá ìà èåá àáì éù ú^^f7åä ìòúéã. + +\item[*] +éù ìôðéê ùåìçï òí äîåï îèáòåú. ìëì îèáò öã ìáï åöã ùçåø. òéðéê ^^f7ùåøåú. +àúä éåãò ù \L{10} îèáòåú äï òí äöã äìáï ìîòìä, åäùàø òí äöã äùçåø ìîòìä. +òìéê ìçì^^f7 àú äîèáòåú ìùúé ^^f7áåöåú, ëê ùáëì ^^f7áåöä éäéä àåúå îñôø ùì ìáðéí + )ëìåîø öã ìáï ìîòìä(. + +ìà îöàú àú äôéúøåï? - \L{rama@huji.ac.il} +\end{itemize} + +\section{\L{Last section}} +\sethebrew + +àôùø ìäùúîù áëì äàôùøåéåú ùì äúåëðä áâéøñúä äìåòæéú. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1e5c573d5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-4-5 on page 579. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt} + + \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J% + on the TLC2 demo CD} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% +\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} +\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx} +\renewcommand\itdefault{it} +\usepackage[LHE,T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[hebrew,english]{babel} \usepackage{hebfont} +\newcommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + \begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{llll} + \itshape Command & \itshape Corresponds to Declaration & \itshape Font + Family & \itshape Example \\[4pt] + \cs{textjm} & \cs{rmfamily} & Jerusalem font & \R{\textjm{\contentsname}} \\ + \cs{textds} & \cs{bfseries} & Dead Sea font & \R{\textds{\contentsname}} \\ + \cs{textoj} & \cs{itshape} & Old Jaffa font& \R{\textoj{\contentsname}}\\ + \cs{textta} & \cs{sffamily} & Tel Aviv font & \R{\textta{\contentsname}}\\ + & \cs{ttfamily} & \\[2pt] + \cs{textcrml} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={crml}= & Carmel fonts & \R{\textcrml{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textfr} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={fr}}= & Frank Ruehl fonts& \R{\textfr{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textredis} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={redis}= & Redis fonts& \R{\textredis{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textclas} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={clas}= & Classic fonts& \R{\textclas{\contentsname}}\\[2pt] + \cs{textshold} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={shold}= & Shalom Old Style font& \R{\textshold{\contentsname}}\\ + \cs{textshscr} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={shscr}= & Shalom Script font& \R{\textshscr{\contentsname}}\\ + \cs{textshstk} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={schstk}= & Shalom Stick font& \R{\textshstk{\contentsname}}\\ + \end{tabular} + \end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00b28181528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example 9-5-1 on page 585. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +% + \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004 + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage[dutch,afrikaans,norsk,nynorsk,english]{babel} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Dialectical variants: \par +\selectlanguage{norsk} Norsk: \bibname \par +\selectlanguage{nynorsk} Nynorsk: \bibname \par +\selectlanguage{dutch} Dutch: \today \par +\selectlanguage{afrikaans} Afrikaans: \today +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d78c7508ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-1 on page 843. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand{\PS}{Post\-Script} +\newcommand{\EPS}{Encapsulated \PS} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\PS{} and its variant \EPS{} are often used for +including graphics in \LaTeX{} documents \ldots +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6a43d07c818 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-10 on page 852. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{ex} \renewcommand\theex{\thesection.\alph{ex}} +\newenvironment{EX}{\begin{flushleft}% + \textbf{\refstepcounter{ex}Exercise~\theex:}} + {\end{flushleft}} +\setcounter{section}{4} % for testing +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\section{A Failure} +\begin{EX} \label{A} A test. \end{EX} +\begin{EX} \label{B} Another test. \end{EX} +Referencing exercises: \ref{A} and \ref{B}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6087b919856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-11 on page 853. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{exa}\setcounter{exa}{8} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\arabic{exa}, \roman{exa}, \Roman{exa}, \alph{exa}, +\Alph{exa}, \fnsymbol{exa} \par +\setcounter{exa}{1994} Anno Domini \scshape{\roman{exa}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b556bfe3c52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-12 on page 855. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newlength\Mylen +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setlength \Mylen{10mm} Mylen = \the\Mylen +\addtolength\Mylen{0pt plus 4pt minus 2pt} +\par Mylen = \the\Mylen +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..205a7387c0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-13 on page 856. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newlength\Mylen \raggedright% to make example nicer +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\settowidth \Mylen{Typography} width = \the\Mylen \\ +\settoheight\Mylen{Typography} height = \the\Mylen \\ +\settodepth \Mylen{Typography} depth = \the\Mylen \par +Use larger font and recalculate: \\ +\settowidth\Mylen{\large Typography} width = \the\Mylen +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df759b8b4fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-14 on page 856. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\par This is a\hspace{0.5in}0.5~in wide space. +\par This is a \hspace{0.5in}0.5~in wide space. +\par This is a \hspace{0.5in} 0.5~in wide space. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..862a8ad302e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-15 on page 857. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\HS}[1][1.]{\hspace{\stretch{#1}}} +\begin{center} +left \hfill right\\ +left \HS[2]\fbox{$\frac{2}{5}$}\HS[5] right\\ +left \HS middle \hfill right\\ +left \hrulefill\ middle \hrulefill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ \HS[.5] \dotfill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ \HS \dotfill\ right\\ +left \dotfill\ \HS[2.] \dotfill\ right +\end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6e12f169c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-16 on page 857. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The \vspace{3mm}use of a \verb!\vspace! command +inside a paragraph is considered somewhat odd. +It could perhaps be used with a negative space +value to get rid of redundant space. + +\vspace{\baselineskip} + +Between paragraphs, adjusting the spacing is +somewhat more useful, and it allows control +of the white space before and after displayed +material. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0eeea0f5283 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-17 on page 858. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\setlength\textheight{16\baselineskip} +\addtolength\textwidth{-25pt} +% Next definitions are only to squeeze example +% into the book, so this is all faked +\renewcommand\normalsize{\fontsize{6}{8}\selectfont} +\renewcommand\LARGE{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont} +\setlength\topsep{.2\topsep} +\newsavebox\titlebox +\renewenvironment{titlepage}{\begin{lrbox}{\titlebox}% + \begin{minipage}[c][.98\textheight][s]{.9\linewidth}} + {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\titlebox}}} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HRule{\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{1.5pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{titlepage} + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} + \HRule + \begin{flushright} + \LARGE Geoffrey Chaucer \\ + The Canterbury Tales + \end{flushright} + \HRule + \vspace*{\stretch{2}} + \begin{center} + \textsc{London 1400} + \end{center} +\end{titlepage} + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d5eb4d5b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-2 on page 844. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec{\mbox{$x_1,\ldots,x_n$}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2875dc29361 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-3 on page 844. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_n}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11a5ecf8fa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-4 on page 844. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_n}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ \par +\renewcommand\xvec[1]{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_{#1}}} +The series of \xvec{n} or $\xvec{k}+G_{\xvec{k}}$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5051c796b10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-5 on page 845. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lvec[2][n] + {\ensuremath{#2_1+\cdots + #2_{#1}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +For the series \lvec{x} we have +\[ \lvec{x} = \sum_{k=1}^{n} G_{\lvec[k]{y}} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ad80f8011d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-6 on page 846. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\lvec{} +\newcommand\DEFlvec[2]{\renewcommand\lvec[1][#2]% + {\ensuremath{#1_1+\cdots + #1_{##1}}}} +\DEFlvec{x}{n} % initial definition +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +Default: $\lvec \neq \lvec[k]$ \par +\DEFlvec{y}{i} Now: $\lvec \neq \lvec[k]$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3921da926d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-7 on page 848. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newenvironment{Abstract} + {\begin{center}\normalfont\bfseries Abstract% + \end{center}\begin{quote}}{\end{quote}\par} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Abstract} + This abstract explains the approach used + to solve the problems at hand. +\end{Abstract} +Some text following the abstract. Some text +following the abstract. And some more. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b16d5826bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-8 on page 849. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcounter{Citctr} \newsavebox{\Citname} +\newenvironment{Citation}[1] + {\sbox\Citname{\emph{#1}}% + \stepcounter{Citctr}\begin{description} + \item[Citation \arabic{Citctr}]} + {\hspace*{\fill}\nolinebreak[1]% + \quad\hspace*{\fill}% +%% \finalhyphendemerits=0 %% see text below + \usebox{\Citname}\end{description}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{Citation}{Protagoras} Man is the + measure of all things. \end{Citation} +This is some regular text in between two +Citation environments. +\begin{Citation}{Blaise Pascal} + On mourra seul. \end{Citation} +More regular text \ldots +\begin{Citation}{William Pitt} Necessity + is the plea for every infringement of + human freedom. \end{Citation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..245fc899dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-1-9 on page 850. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newenvironment{altDescription}[1][\quad]% + {\begin{list}{}{% + \renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\hfil\textsf{##1}}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}} + {\end{list}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{altDescription} +\item[First] This is a short term with text that wraps. +\item[Long term] This is a long term. +\item[Even longer term] A very long term. +\end{altDescription} +\begin{altDescription}[Even longer term] +\item[First] This is a short term with text that wraps. +\item[Long term] This is a long term. +\item[Even longer term] A very long term. +\end{altDescription} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11046803a37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-1 on page 860. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\makebox[5cm]{some words} \par +\framebox[5cm][r]{some words} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ca8a1c244f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-10 on page 864. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A + \end{minipage} xx \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B + \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0mm} +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6480e7453f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-11 on page 864. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B + \end{minipage} xx + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0mm} +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edd7eb3ddeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-12 on page 865. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B gg jj + \end{minipage} xx + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0mm} +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44d9133fcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-13 on page 865. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B gg jj + \par\vspace{-\prevdepth} + \end{minipage} xx + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage} + \par\vspace{0pt} +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..793dfc246d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-14 on page 866. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +xx \fbox{\parbox[b][\height+\baselineskip][s] + {20mm}{Some text on top. \par\vfill + And a few lines on the + bottom of the box.}} + \fbox{\parbox[b][\height+\baselineskip][s] + {20mm}{This time a few lines on the + top of the box. But only one + line \par\vfill down here.}} xx +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5731ec7ce97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-15 on page 866. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +x111x + \fbox{some text} +x222x + \fbox{\rule[-5mm]{0cm}{15mm}more text} +x333x +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e84974cf241 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-16 on page 867. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots \sample \par +\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{0.4pt} \par +A following paragraph. \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1fed2c2c20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-17 on page 867. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} % \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots \sample \par +\nointerlineskip \vspace{5.8pt} +\rule{\linewidth-2\parindent}{0.4pt}\par +\nointerlineskip \vspace{5.8pt} +A following paragraph. \sample +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..104275a7baa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-18 on page 868. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} + +\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page + that might get reused over and over again.} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +% \sample as before +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ldots \sample \par +\vspace{3pt}\hrule\relax\vspace{3pt} +A following paragraph. \sample \par +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f534d1482e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-19 on page 869. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newsavebox{\myboxa}\newsavebox{\myboxb} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\sbox{\myboxa}{inside box a} +\savebox{\myboxb}[2cm][l]{inside box b} + x1x \usebox{\myboxa} x2x \usebox{\myboxb} x3x +\savebox{\myboxb}[2cm][r]{inside box b} + \par + x1x \usebox{\myboxa} x2x \usebox{\myboxb} x3x +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70f46158b88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-2 on page 861. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\fbox{Boxed Text} \hfill +\setlength\fboxrule{2pt}% +{\setlength\fboxsep{2mm}\fbox{Boxed Text}} +\hfill \fbox{Boxed Text} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..617eaf8f3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-20 on page 869. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newsavebox{\fcolbox} \newlength{\fcolwidth} +\newenvironment{fcolumn}[1][\linewidth] + {\setlength{\fcolwidth}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}% + \begin{lrbox}{\fcolbox}\begin{minipage}{\fcolwidth}} + {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\fcolbox}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{fcolumn} In this environment verbatim text like + \verb=\fcolbox= can be used. \end{fcolumn} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14dc778ad0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-21 on page 870. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newsavebox{\fcolbox} \newlength{\fcolwidth} +\newenvironment{boxedminipage}[2][c] + {\setlength{\fcolwidth}{#2-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}% + \begin{lrbox}{\fcolbox}% + \begin{minipage}[#1]{\fcolwidth}} + {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\fbox{\usebox{\fcolbox}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} + left \begin{boxedminipage}[b]{4cm} + In this environment verbatim text like + \verb=\fcolbox= can be used. + \end{boxedminipage} + right +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0d63245bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-3 on page 861. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\framebox{ A few words of advice } \par +\framebox[\width + 8mm][s]{ A few words of advice } +\par \framebox[1.5\width]{ A few words of advice } +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea14be83bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-4 on page 861. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\centering +A sentence.\makebox[0pt][l]{\textsuperscript{123}}\\ +Some more text in the middle. \\ +\makebox[0cm][r]{\textsuperscript{321}}A sentence. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb1423faed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-5 on page 862. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +x111x \raisebox{\depth}{upward} x222x + \raisebox{-\height}{downward} x333x +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6f48ed04b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-6 on page 862. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\begin{flushleft} +x111x \raisebox{-1ex}{downward} x222x \\ +x333x \raisebox{1ex}{upward} x444x \\[4mm] +x111x \raisebox{-1ex}[0cm][0cm]{downward} x222x\\ +x333x \raisebox{1ex}[0cm]{upward} x444x +\end{flushleft} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7478472626 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-7 on page 863. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands + +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\parbox{.3\linewidth}{This is + the contents of the left-most + parbox.} +\hfill CURRENT LINE \hfill +\parbox{.3\linewidth}{This is + the right-most parbox. + Note that the typeset text + looks sloppy because \LaTeX{} + cannot nicely balance the + material in these narrow + columns.} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..292593d56e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-8 on page 863. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[c]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + C C C C C C C +\end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67b6b044b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-2-9 on page 864. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} + \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A + \end{minipage} xx \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} + B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B + \end{minipage} +\end{minipage}\HR +\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}\HR +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7602e7feacb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-1 on page 871. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} \newcounter{local} +\setcounter{local}{2} % initial setting for the example +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The value is currently ``\thelocal''.\\ +\setcounter{local}{\value{local}+5} +The value has now changed to ``\thelocal''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb25fe3ed3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-10 on page 876. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} \newcounter{howoften} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\setcounter{howoften}{1} +\whiledo{\value{howoften}<5}{I should not talk + during seminar (\thehowoften). + \stepcounter{howoften}} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4062e7d102 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-11 on page 877. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcommand{\QU}[2]{% + \ifthenelse{\(\equal{#1}{ENG}\and\equal{#2}{yes}\) + \or \(\equal{#1}{FRE}\and\equal{#2}{oui}\)}% + {``OK''}{``not OK''}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +You agree \QU{ENG}{yes} or don't \QU{ENG}{no}. \par +D'accord \QU{FRE}{oui} ou pas \QU{FRE}{non}? +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1e1affd6ab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-2 on page 871. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{calc} +\newcounter{hours}\newcounter{minutes} +\newcommand\printtime{\setcounter{hours}{\time/60}% + \setcounter{minutes}{\time-\value{hours}*60}% + \thehours h \theminutes min} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +The time is \printtime. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d8c9617f3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-3 on page 873. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexareport} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\setcounter{chapter}{1} +\setcounter{section}{3} +% provide some values for the example: + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcommand\toEng[1]{\arabic{#1}\textsuperscript{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=1}{st}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=2}{nd}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=3}{rd}{% + \ifthenelse{\value{#1}<20}{th}}% + {\typeout{Value too high}}}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is the \toEng{section} section in the \toEng{chapter} +appendix. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6fa9b18fbaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-4 on page 873. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,calc} +\newcounter{hours}\newcounter{minutes} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\Printtime}{\setcounter{hours}{\time/60}% + \setcounter{minutes}{\time-\value{hours}*60}% + \ifthenelse{\value{hours}<10}{0}{}\thehours:% + \ifthenelse{\value{minutes}<10}{0}{}\theminutes} +The current time is ``\Printtime''. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a570a7bcef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-5 on page 873. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen,shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb\| +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand\BB{\CC}\newcommand\CC{\DD} +\newcommand\DD{AA} \newcommand\EE{EE} +|\BB|=|\EE|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\BB}{\EE}}{True}{False}.\par +|\BB|=|\CC|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\BB}{\CC}}{True}{False}.\par +|\DD|=|\BB|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\DD}{\BB}}{True}{False}. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5e980ed9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-6 on page 874. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\IX}[2][R]{\texttt{#2}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{D}}% + {\index{#2|textbf}}{\index{#2}}} + we define item \IX[D]{AAAA} + \ldots{} we reference item \IX{AAAA} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a0536183d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-7 on page 874. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\newcommand\IXE[2][!*!,!]{% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{!*!,!}}% + {\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\textbf{#2}\index{#2}}}% + {\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{\index{#1}}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\textbf{#2}}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\par Identical in text and index |\IXE{both}|. +\par Different in text and index |\IXE[index]{text}|. +\par Only to index |\IXE[indexonly]{}|. +\par In text only |\IXE[]{textonly}|. +\par Nothing in text or index |\IXE[]{}|. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e7a932fb073 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-8 on page 875. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt} +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ifthenelse{\boolean{@twoside}}{Two-sided}{One-sided} printing. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f11060f94ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example A-3-9 on page 876. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{66.60068pt} + +\pagestyle{origplain} % page numbers normally suppress in examples +\setlength\textheight{2\baselineskip} % make this example small + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\usepackage{ifthen} \newcounter{pl} +\newcommand\pcheck{\stepcounter{pl}\label{pl-\thepl}% + \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{pl-\thepl}}}{odd}{even}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +This is an \pcheck-numbered page. \newpage +This is an \pcheck-numbered page. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed59105406b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004) +%% +%% Example B-3-1 on page 935. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\documentclass{ttctexa} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setcounter{page}{6} +\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt} + +\StartShownPreambleCommands +\newcommand\xvec[1]{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_{#1}}} +\StopShownPreambleCommands +\begin{document} +\ttfamily % use typewriter +\raggedright +\meaning\xvec \par \the\parskip\par +\the\topmargin \par \the\topsep \par +footnote=\the\value{footnote} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87e6b36a84f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +%! +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 236 236 +% M. C. Escher style impossible triangle +% written by Guy Shaw + +% Things that are easy to play with: +% Position on paper, overall size, and linewidth +/inch { 72 mul } bind def + +gsave + +.15 inch 0 translate +3 inch dup scale +1 3 inch div setlinewidth + +% Thickness parameter: +% /Thick is the thickness of the structural members of the triange, +% as a fraction of the height of the triangle. +% Reasonable looking impossible triangles can be obtained with Thick <= 1/6. +% right at /Thick == 1/6, there is no space left inside the triangle. +% /Thick > 1/6 yields bizarre, but not very interesting results. +% /Thick < 1/20 is less interesting, because the "impossibility" +% is not so striking when the structural members are that thin. +% A good "standard" value is 1/8. + +/Thick 1 8 div def + +% You would not normally want to change anything that follows. + +/Tall 1 def +/HalfThick Thick .5 mul def + +newpath + HalfThick Thick moveto + Thick 0 lineto + 1 Thick sub 0 lineto + 1 HalfThick sub Thick lineto + .5 HalfThick add Tall Thick sub lineto + + 1 Thick sub 0 moveto + .5 HalfThick add Tall 3 Thick mul sub lineto + Thick 3 mul Thick 2 mul lineto + + 1 Thick 2.5 mul sub Thick moveto + .5 Tall Thick 4 mul sub lineto +stroke + +newpath + HalfThick Thick moveto + 1 Thick 2.5 mul sub Thick lineto + HalfThick neg Thick rlineto + Thick Thick add Thick Thick add lineto + .5 HalfThick add Tall Thick sub lineto + Thick neg 0 rlineto + closepath +fill +grestore +/Helvetica findfont 30 scalefont setfont +0 5 moveto (L) show +3.1 inch 5 moveto (R) show +1.6 inch 2.7 inch moveto (T) show +showpage + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0042ea088fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0 +%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559 +%%Creator: COREL DRAW +%%Title: CAT.TMP +%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992 + +%%DocumentFonts: +%%EndComments +%%BeginProlog +% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------ +% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990 +/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def +wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd +/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def +/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def +/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def +/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def +/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def +/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def +/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def +/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def +/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def +/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin +pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if +/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld +/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd +/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def +/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd +/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse +2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll +eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd +/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd +/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll +3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat +setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd +pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat +pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll +mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll +ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index +exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index +exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse +5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray +1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq +{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc +}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{ +$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{ +/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def +/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd +/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd +/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def +2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if +dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if +$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto +$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np +$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub +7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft +0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse +}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul +3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd +/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add +exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop +0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for +pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat +@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{ +$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse +@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd +Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd +/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def +$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop +/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd +/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def +$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{ +/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc +dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse +$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def} +{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def +/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if +}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd +2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd +pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll +$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll +$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll +ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} +{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd +2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd +2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt +$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd +4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add +exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat +$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale +$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} +{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill +/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll +$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd +/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto +Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto +$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if +@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix +72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform +ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform +floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop +$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs +@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put +@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix +@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd +/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto +/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll +$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq +{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc +{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse +$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{ +matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if +@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint +$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall +pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt +@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd +/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd +/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd +/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def +}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd +/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd +/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd +/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd +/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd +/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd +/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld +/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd +/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd +/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld +/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld +/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if +$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse +}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix +$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix +$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd +/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd +/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd +/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd +/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont +dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index +3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get +256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put +dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{ +dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put +1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd +/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd +/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd +/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def +$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd +/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld +/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd +/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [ +16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft +16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve +16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar +16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section +16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar +16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet +16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown +16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla +16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis +16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE +16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls +16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla +16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis +16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe +16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis +] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd +/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l +2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l +clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd +/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def +/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd +/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd +/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd +$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd +/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def +}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd +/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd +1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd +/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if +1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if +@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd +/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def +$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse +$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate +$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs +$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 +$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse +$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse +@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def +12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs +@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd +/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def +$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale +$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load +false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd +/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def +3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def +/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont +}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd +/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd +matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd +1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse +1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd +/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd +/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd +/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def +/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def +/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq +{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{ +/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def} +{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def} +{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def} +{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd +@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto +72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill +@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer +@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth +2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto +2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto +moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def +/rightbracket{(\051)}def + +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +11.4737 setmiterlimit +1.00 setflat +/$fst 128 def + +%%EndSetup +@sv +/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +u +%%Note: Object +45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E +0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G +0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K +1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w +%%CURV 106 +73.30 539.78 m +73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C +72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C +74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C +73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C +69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c +73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C +68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c +66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C +63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C +60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c +65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C +61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C +57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C +54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C +53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C +56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c +55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C +52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c +50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C +51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c +51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C +49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C +50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C +49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C +54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c +64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C +68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C +70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C +72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C +73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C +75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c +76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C +77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c +75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C +73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c +@c +S +U +@rs +%%Trailer + end diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a38bfcb75df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000 +%%For: +%%Title:elephant.ps +%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm +%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +%%DocumentFonts:Courier +%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87 +%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0 +%%EndComments +%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated. +% All Rights Reserved. +% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. +/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin +/Version 0 def +/Revision 0 def +% definition operators +/bdef {bind def} bind def +/ldef {load def} bdef +/xdef {exch def} bdef +% graphic state operators +/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef +/_k /setcmybcolor where +{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def +/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef +/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef +/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef +/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef +/d /setdash ldef +/_i currentflat def +/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef +/j /setlinejoin ldef +/J /setlinecap ldef +/M /setmiterlimit ldef +/w /setlinewidth ldef +% path construction operators +/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef +/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef +/c {_r curveto} bdef +/C /c ldef +/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef +/V /v ldef +/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef +/Y /y ldef +/l {_r lineto} bdef +/L /l ldef +/m {_r moveto} bdef +% error operators +/_e [] def +/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d +/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966 +_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef +/_fill {{fill} stopped +{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef +/_stroke {{stroke} stopped +{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef +% path painting operators +/n /newpath ldef +/N /n ldef +/F {p _fill} bdef +/f {closepath F} bdef +/S {P _stroke} bdef +/s {closepath S} bdef +/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef +/b {closepath B} bdef +% text block construction and painting operators +/_s /ashow ldef +/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix +_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef +/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef +/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef +/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef +/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def +/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef +/_g matrix def +/_G matrix def +/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef +/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef +/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef +/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef +/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef +/T {grestore} bdef +% group construction operators +/u {} bdef +/U {} bdef +% font construction operators +/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin +{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne +{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq +{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop +currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef +end +%%EndProcSet +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin +n +%%EndSetup +0 g +0 G +1 i +0 J +0 j +0.7 w +10 M +[]0 d +%%Note: +90.632 -245.419 m +86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c +98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c +111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c +132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c +165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c +188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c +220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c +247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c +302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c +356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c +402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c +451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c +488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c +501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c +497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c +490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c +490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c +493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c +495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c +486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c +480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c +481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c +484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c +480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c +486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c +487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c +472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c +471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c +462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c +453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c +449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c +449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c +445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c +451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c +448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c +447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c +443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c +429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c +419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c +422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y +417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v +413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c +404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c +400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c +391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c +394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y +394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v +391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c +371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c +362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c +361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c +355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c +354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c +361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c +371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c +374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c +376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c +377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c +384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c +384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c +381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y +377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v +364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c +336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c +305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c +288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c +291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c +296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c +301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c +312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c +312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c +310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c +300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c +288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c +283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c +271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c +260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c +246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c +231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c +223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c +212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c +204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c +213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c +221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c +221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c +215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c +212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c +212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c +208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c +205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c +200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c +199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c +191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c +188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c +179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c +168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c +152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c +139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c +134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c +129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c +126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y +122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v +121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c +125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c +130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c +121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c +113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c +103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c +101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c +106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c +105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c +123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c +132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c +124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c +105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c +89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c +79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c +76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c +59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c +46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c +53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c +65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c +47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c +47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c +67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c +75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c +72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c +78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c +86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c +s +262.063 -478.325 m +263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c +274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c +270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c +265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c +262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c +260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c +256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c +254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c +257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c +256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c +255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c +259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c +s +114.374 -421.846 m +114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c +120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c +118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c +113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c +s +121.871 -294.148 m +119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y +108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v +107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c +S +76.638 -367.868 m +83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c +S +164.602 -189.442 m +172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c +183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c +196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c +200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c +190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c +191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c +190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c +179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c +166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c +163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c +155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c +148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c +148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c +S +159.781 -179.035 m +164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c +176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c +191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c +201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c +203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c +200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c +S +108.097 -233.86 m +112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c +125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c +S +109.73 -237.489 m +111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c +120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c +127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c +S +108.46 -230.129 m +110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c +120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c +S +108.8 -230.633 m +111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c +116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c +123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c +126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c +S +u +117.144 -223.904 m +118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c +121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c +117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c +114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c +f +118.14 -226.638 m +F +U +129.952 -224.71 m +130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c +128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c +117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c +S +109.974 -231.066 m +110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c +110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y +S +125.118 -288.4 m +132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c +141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c +135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y +S +128.971 -242.98 m +126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c +117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c +S +129.823 -220.573 m +126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c +119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c +111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c +S +73.139 -317.889 m +82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y +S +74.139 -305.394 m +77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c +92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c +S +74.139 -331.883 m +77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c +86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y +S +74.639 -345.877 m +76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y +S +77.138 -371.367 m +80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c +92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y +S +79.512 -382.114 m +82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c +S +83.635 -399.356 m +92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y +S +86.885 -408.603 m +93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y +S +89.384 -414.6 m +94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y +S +93.631 -423.597 m +94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c +S +106.877 -420.347 m +103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y +S +117.872 -422.097 m +116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y +S +112.375 -420.847 m +106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y +S +120.371 -419.348 m +125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y +S +119.871 -417.348 m +127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y +S +118.372 -416.349 m +123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y +S +116.122 -416.6 m +114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c +106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c +108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v +114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c +S +114.623 -418.848 m +111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c +S +74.639 -356.373 m +74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v +S +81.012 -390.235 m +83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c +S +95.506 -346.127 m +95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y +S +77.388 -352.75 m +76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c +S +89.384 -353.998 m +91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y +S +78.137 -279.904 m +84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c +99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y +S +83.635 -265.411 m +88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c +104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y +121.62 -276.406 l +S +77.388 -352.75 m +S +74.639 -352.75 m +S +256.565 -411.351 m +262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c +263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c +272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c +285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c +270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c +263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c +S +1 w +291.198 -93.775 m +S +0.7 w +289.052 -352.874 m +284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y +S +242.394 -491.555 m +242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c +236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c +231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c +225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c +219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c +216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c +S +219.728 -480.397 m +220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y +S +231.474 -483.896 m +231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y +S +261.872 -477.736 m +264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y +S +284.054 -485.822 m +280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c +267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y +S +288.552 -482.073 m +285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c +276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c +S +269.06 -470.828 m +272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y +S +358.525 -473.327 m +362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c +368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c +S +367.374 -474.988 m +369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c +376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y +S +390.275 -261.943 m +380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c +398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c +409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c +407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c +410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c +409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c +403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y +403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c +408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y +S +407.269 -487.071 m +415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y +432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y +S +381.016 -358.872 m +382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y +S +489.972 -308.392 m +491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c +S +490.234 -445.397 m +490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y +S +487.882 -446.573 m +487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c +S +484.942 -443.045 m +483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y +S +421.439 -452.453 m +431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c +S +376.163 -444.221 m +383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y +S +377.927 -423.641 m +382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y +S +406.739 -407.765 m +417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y +S +370.871 -461.861 m +376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y +S +409.679 -434.225 m +416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y +S +406.739 -396.593 m +414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y +S +448.487 -477.737 m +430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y +S +312.072 -455.981 m +306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y +S +300.048 -433.842 m +295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y +S +295.608 -395.417 m +290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y +S +297.96 -413.057 m +293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y +S +291.492 -374.249 m +287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c +S +250.92 -424.229 m +247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y +S +253.272 -430.109 m +250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y +S +256.8 -461.861 m +245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y +S +213.584 -413.35 m +220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y +S +236.809 -380.129 m +232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y +S +238.572 -389.537 m +245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y +S +237.985 -371.897 m +240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y +S +237.985 -358.961 m +235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y +S +199.177 -335.442 m +215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y +S +192.709 -314.274 m +201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y +S +149.785 -246.655 m +158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y +S +160.957 -258.415 m +166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y +S +174.481 -270.763 m +178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y +S +191.533 -259.591 m +200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y +S +206.233 -247.243 m +212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c +S +159.193 -201.379 m +162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c +161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c +S +237.985 -176.095 m +244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c +257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c +251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c +246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c +253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c +239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c +238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c +S +457.895 -360.725 m +464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c +473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c +476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y +S +410.267 -370.133 m +402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c +394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y +S +u +116.786 -223.328 m +119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c +123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c +117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c +113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c +s +118.351 -227.626 m +S +U +118.294 -232.651 m +116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c +111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c +112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c +115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c +122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c +124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c +S +%%Trailer +_E end + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61823aa406b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength\textwidth{260pt} +\setlength\marginparwidth{90pt} +\usepackage{makeidx,showidx} +\newcommand\bs{\symbol{'134}}% print backslash +\newcommand\Com[1]{\texttt{\bs#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{\bs#1}}} +\newcommand\Prog[1]{\texttt{#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{#1} program}} +\makeindex +\begin{document} +\section{Generating an Index} +Using the \textsf{showidx} package users can +see where they define index entries. +\par Entries are entered into the index by the +\Com{index} command. More precisely, the argument +of the \Com{index} command is written literally into +the auxiliary file \texttt{idx}. Note, however, that +information is actually written into that file only +when the \Com{makeindex} command was given in the +document preamble. + +\section{Preparing the Index} +To prepare the index for printing, the +\texttt{idx} file has to be transformed by an external +program, such as \Prog{makeindex}. +This program writes the \texttt{ind} file. +\begin{verbatim} +makeindex filename +\end{verbatim} + +\section{Printing the Index} + +During the final production run of a document the +index can be included by putting a \Com{printindex} +command at the position in the text where you want +the index to appear (normally at the end). +This command will input the \texttt{ind} file +prepared by the index processor and \LaTeX{} will +typeset the information. +\printindex +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b97e09e7f31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +@BOOK{zpo, + author = {Adolf Baumbach and Wolfgang Lauterbach + and Jan Albers and Peter Hartmann}, + title = {Zivilproze\ss ordnung mit + Gerichtsverfassungsgesetz und anderen + Nebengesetzen}, + shorttitle = {ZPO}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {59. neubearb.}, + year = 2002, + address = {M\"unchen} +} +@BOOK{aschur, + author = {Hans Brox and Wolf-Dietrich Walker}, + title = {Allgemeines Schuldrecht}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {29.}, + year = 2003, + address = {M\"unchen} +} + @BOOK{bschur, + author = {Hans Brox and Wolf-Dietrich Walker}, + title = {Besonderes Schuldrecht}, + shorttitle = {BSchuR}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {27.}, + year = 2002, + address = {M\"unchen} + } + @BOOK{bgb, + author = {Otto Palandt}, + shortauthor= {Otto Palandt}, + title = {B\"urgerliches Gesetzbuch}, + shorttitle = {BGB}, + language = {ngerman}, + edition = {62.}, + year = 2003, + publisher = {Beck Juristischer Verlag}, + address = {M\"unchen} + } diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa4ccc73617 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-3.0 +%%BoundingBox: 1 1. 44. 44. +% Cookbook Example Program from First Printing, Revised 7 Jan 1985 +% Program: Repeated Shapes Number: 6 +/inch {10 mul} def +/wedge + { newpath + 0 0 moveto + 1 0 translate + 15 rotate + 0 15 sin translate + 0 0 15 sin -90 90 arc + closepath + } def +gsave + 2.25 inch 2.25 inch translate + 1.75 inch 1.75 inch scale + 0.02 setlinewidth + 2 1 13 + {13 div setgray + gsave + wedge + gsave + fill + grestore + 0 setgray stroke + grestore + 30 rotate + } for +grestore + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18b33720bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + @String{ttct = "Tools and Techniques for Computer + Typesetting" } + + @Book{LGC97, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz + and Frank Mittelbach", + title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: + Illustrating Documents with {\TeX} + and {PostScript}", + publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey Longman", + address = "Reading, MA, USA", + pages = "xxi + 554", + year = "1997", + ISBN = "0-201-85469-4", + series = ttct + } + @UNPUBLISHED{test97, + author = "Michel Goossens and Ben User + and Joe Doe and others", + title = "Ambiguous citations", + year = "1997", + note = "Submitted to the " # ibmjrd + } + @Book{LWC99, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: + integrating {\TeX}, {HTML}, + and {XML}", + publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey Longman", + address = "Reading, MA, USA", + pages = "xxii + 522", + year = "1999", + ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", + note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore + and Robert S. Sutor", + series = ttct + } + @Book{Knuth-CT-a, + Author = "Donald E. Knuth", + Title = "The {\TeX}book", + Publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey", + Address = "Reading, MA, USA", + Volume = "A", + Series = "Computers and Typesetting", + pages = "ix + 483", + year = 1986, + isbn = "0-201-13447-0", + } + @Article{Knuth:TB10-1-31, + Author = "Donald E. Knuth", + Title = "{Typesetting Concrete + Mathematics}", + Journal = "TUGboat", + Volume = "10", + Number = "1", + Pages = "31--36", + year = 1989, + month = apr, + issn = "0896-3207" + } + @Book{vLeunen:92, + author = "Mary-Claire van Leunen", + gender = "sf", + title = "A handbook for scholars", + publisher = "Oxford University Press", + address = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK", + pages = "xi + 348", + year = "92" + } + + @manual{GNUMake, key = {make}, + title = {{GNU Make}, A Program for Directing + Recompilation}, organization= "Free + Software Foundation",address = "Boston, + Massachusetts",ISBN={1-882114-80-9},year = 2000} + + @book{G-G, + TITLE = {{Gutenberg Jahrbuch}}, + EDITOR = {Hans-Joachim Koppitz}, + PUBLISHER = {Gutenberg-Gesellschaft, Internationale + Vereinigung f\"ur Geschichte und + Gegenwart der Druckkunst e.V.}, + ADDRESS = {Mainz, Germany}, + NOTE = {Contains results on the past and present + history of the art of printing. Founded + by Aloys Ruppel. Published since 1926.} + } + @misc{oddity, + title = "{{TUGboat} The Communications of the + {\TeX} User Group}", + howpublished = "Quarterly published.", + year = {1980ff}, + } +@InProceedings{MR-PQ, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley", + title = "The Pursuit of Quality: How can + Automated Typesetting achieve the + Highest Standards of Craft + Typography?", + pages = "261--273", + crossref = "EP92"} +@InProceedings{Southall, + Author = "Richard Southall", + Title = "Presentation Rules and Rules of + Composition in the Formatting of + Complex Text", + Pages = "275--290", + crossref = "EP92"} +@Proceedings{EP92, + title = "{EP92}---Proceedings of Electronic + Publishing, '92", + shorttitle = "{EP92}", + editor = "Christine Vanoirbeek and Giovanni Coray", + publisher = "Cambridge University Press", + address = "Cambridge", + year = 1992, + booktitle = "{EP92}---Proceedings of Electronic + Publishing, '92" +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..34917c15b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +% +% $Id: ttctexa.cls,v 1.16 2004/02/29 22:44:52 david Exp $ +% +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example ``article'' class for use with the Companion examples. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% +% +\LoadClass[twoside]{article} + + +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} + +\RequirePackage{times} +\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet} + + +\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax +\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax + + +\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain +\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers + % since this would make examples too big + % but if necessary there is origplain + + + +% Public version uses cmtt (ectt) +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput +% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors. + +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{ + <-> emitt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{ + <-> emsltt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{ + <-> emtcsc10 + }{} + +% FAKE OT1 as it is needed in one example + +\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} + +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt} + + +% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need +% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary: + +\AtBeginDocument{ +\ifx\color\@undefined +\else +\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7} +\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} +\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9} +\fi +} + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..825d36dfe6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +% +% $Id: ttctexamargin.cls,v 1.7 2004/03/26 14:38:02 frank Exp $ +% +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example ``margin lines'' class for use with the Companion examples. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% +% +\LoadClass[twoside]{article} + +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} + +\RequirePackage{times} +\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet} + + +\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax +\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax + + +\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain +\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers + % since this would make examples too big + % but if necessary there is origplain + + +% Public version uses cmtt (ectt) +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput +% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors. + +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{ + <-> emitt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{ + <-> emsltt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{ + <-> emtcsc10 + }{} + +% FAKE OT1 as it is needed in one example + +\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} + +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt} + +% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need +% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary: + +\AtBeginDocument{ +\ifx\color\@undefined +\else +\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7} +\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} % we keep green +\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9} +\fi +} + +% for margin rules in math examples we need color to make them +% blue. So in this class color is actually always present: + +\RequirePackage{color} + +\newcommand \EX@rulewidth {0.25pt} + +%% Keep on hacking! +\newcommand \SetupMarginLines{% + \AtBeginDocument + {\hbox\bgroup \kern-\EX@rulewidth + {\color{blue}\vrule width \EX@rulewidth}% + \vbox\bgroup}% + \AtEndDocument + {\egroup + {\color{blue}\vrule width \EX@rulewidth}% + \kern-\EX@rulewidth \egroup}% +} + + +\SetupMarginLines + + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d199ba7ecbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +% +% $Id: ttctexareport.cls,v 1.11 2004/02/29 22:44:52 david Exp $ +% +%% +%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed +%% +%% Example ``report class for use with the Companion examples. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, +%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. +%% + +\LoadClass{report} + +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} + +\RequirePackage{times} +\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet} + +\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax +\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax + +\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain +\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers + % since this would make examples too big + % but if necessary there is origplain + +% Public version uses cmtt (ectt) +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput +% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors. + +\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{ + <-9> emtt8 + <9-10> emtt9 + <10-12> emtt10 + <12-> emtt12 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{ + <-> emitt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{ + <-> emsltt10 + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{ + <-> emtcsc10 + }{} +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt} + + +% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need +% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary: + +\AtBeginDocument{ +\ifx\color\@undefined +\else +\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7} +\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} +\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9} +\fi +} + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e93588a2d8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 +%%BoundingBox:100 100 150 150 +100 100 translate % put origin at 100 100 + 0 0 moveto % define current point + 50 50 rlineto % trace diagonal line + 50 neg 0 rlineto % trace horizontal line + 50 50 neg rlineto % trace other diagonal line +stroke % draw (stroke) the lines + 0 0 moveto % redefine current point +/Times-Roman findfont % get Times-Roman font + 50 scalefont % scale it to 50 big points + setfont % make it the current font +(W) show % draw an uppercase W diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6e84dce501 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +%! A small Encapsulated PostScript image used in the examples +%%BoundingBox:100 100 150 150 +100 100 translate % put origin at 100 100 + 0 0 moveto % define current point + 50 50 rlineto % trace diagonal line + 50 neg 0 rlineto % trace horizontal line + 50 50 neg rlineto % trace other diagonal line +stroke % draw (stroke) the lines + 0 0 moveto % redefine current point +/Times-Roman findfont % get Times-Roman font + 50 scalefont % scale it to 50 big points + setfont % make it the current font +(W) show % draw an uppercase W diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d0546e0c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +all: distclean sample sample_eps ttf-tetex.pdf htm install + + +ttf-tetex.pdf: + pdflatex ttf-tetex + bibtex ttf-tetex + pdflatex ttf-tetex + thumbpdf --verbose ttf-tetex + pdflatex ttf-tetex + + +sample_eps: + latex sample_eps + dvips -E -Pvagrounded sample_eps + epstopdf sample_eps.ps + +sample: + latex sample + latex sample + dvips -Pvagrounded sample + +htm: + rm -f html/* + latex2html -split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex + +install: + cp Makefile fonts.bib ttf-tetex.tex sample_eps.tex html/ + cp sample_eps.ps sample_eps.pdf sample.tex sample.ps html/ + cp ttf2type1 vagrounded.map config.vagrounded html/ + cp ttf-tetex.pdf html/ + cp vagrounded.sty html/ + -rm -f html/*.log html/*.out html/*.pl html/*.aux html/*.bbl + -rm -f html/images.tex html/WARNINGS + +clean: + -rm -f sample.dvi sample.log sample.aux + -rm -f sample_eps.dvi sample_eps.log sample_eps.aux + -rm -f ttf-tetex.aux ttf-tetex.bbl ttf-tetex.blg ttf-tetex.dvi \ + ttf-tetex.log ttf-tetex.out ttf-tetex.toc ttf-tetex.tpt + -rm -f html/WARNINGS html/images.pl html/labels.pl html/images.log \ + html/images.aux html/images.bbl html/images.tex \ + html/internals.pl + +distclean: clean + -rm -f html/* + -rm -f sample.ps sample_eps.pdf sample_eps.ps + -rm -f ttf-tetex.pdf ttf-tetex.ps diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..24f2e698493 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +o +p +vagrounded.map diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b5e49bec68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +@Misc{berry1999a, + author = {Berry, K.}, + title = {Fontname}, + month = {March}, + year = 1999, + note = {\url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/}}, + language = {english} +} + +@Misc{rakityansky, + author = {Rakityansky, Damir}, + title = {Using {TrueType} with {TeX} {(LaTeX)} and {pdfTeX} + {(pdfLaTeX)}}, + note = {\url{http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm}}, + language = {english} +} + +@Misc{quy2000a, + author = {Qu{\'y}, Nguy{\^e}n-Dai}, + title = {TrueType with teTEX : Quick and Dirty}, + year = 2000, + note = {\url{http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/}}, + language = {english} +} + +@Misc{smith2001a, + author = {Hume Smith}, + title = {Kwantus' {TTF/teTeX} notes}, + year = 2001, + note = {\url{http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html}}, + language = {english} +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e5b74ca34b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74254b5cf07 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bd36a17edd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ + + + + + +Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+

Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format

+ +

+ +

Abstract:

+
+This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType +fonts with teTEX 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.1 The way described in +``Using TrueType fonts with TEX (LATEX) and pdfTEX (pdfLATEX)'' +[Rak] did work with MiKTEX, but I did not manage to use +the fonts with teTEX. + +

+Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType +fonts with teTEX but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript +Type1 format which can be used with TEX. + +

+The shown shell commands are unix style. +Similar commands should also work under Windows. +Please try yourself to find the according commands. + +

+If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it +to me. + +

+A PDF version +is also available. +

+

+

+ +

+
+ +

+Contents +

+ + + + +

+ +

+1 Disclaimer +

+ +

+This document is provides as is. +I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it +doesn't course any damage. +I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion. +Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., comp.text.tex or +de.comp.text.tex. +My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error +reports), not for support. + +

+I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights. + +

+ +

+2 Preparing the conversion +

+ +

+As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which +is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (tt0756m_.TTF). + +

+First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory +(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c): +

+$ mkdir ~/ttf +
$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf +
+Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K. Berry +[Ber99]. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename +b*******.ttf)2. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename +*vr*****.ttf) taken from [Ber99]. The weight is +``regular'' (Filename ***r****.ttf). The variant is omitted +because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a'' +which means Adobe standard encoding3 (Filename ****8a**.ttf). Because the +width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the +filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in bvrr8a.ttf. Move +the original file to this filename: +
+$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf +
+A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in +[Ber99]. + +

+ +

+3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts +

+ +

+To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type1 format I used the program +ttf2pt1 by Andrew Weeks et al. +(http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/). Generate the font files +bvrr8a.afm, bvrr8a.pfa, and bvrr8a.pfb by using +these commands: +

+$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a +
$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a + +
+The switch -a switches the conversion of some ligatures +(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint). +In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted: +
+FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular + +
+Note the name on a sheet of paper--You will need it later again. + +

+The script +ttf2type1 +does these conversion automaticaly for all files with +the extension ttf in the present working directory. To get the +font names you should start it as follows: +

+$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName +
+ +

+ +

+4 Generating the TEX related font files +

+ +

+Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell +(ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst) to +generate the files that TEX needs to use the fonts: +

+$ tex fontinst.sty +
* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye +
+If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of +the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT_Condensed +would be bvrc). +This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and +if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by +K. Berry [Ber99]. +Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty .fd files and nothing +more. + +

+Now use pltotf on every file with the extension .pl and +vptovf on all files with the extension .vpl: +

+$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done +
$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done + +
+Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore: +
+$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx +
+The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description. + +

+ +

+5 Move the files to the right places +

+ +

+Now all files have to be moved to a position where TEX can find them. I +suggest to put them in the TEXMFLOCAL tree. +One possibility to get its location is to view the file texmf.cnf. +You can locate it by using kpsewhich: +

+$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf +
+e.g., on SuSE 6.2 and teTEX 1.0 texmf.cnf is located in the directory +/etc/texmf/. +Another possibility to get TEXMFLOCAL is to use kpsexpand: +
+$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL' + +
+On my computer the TEXMFLOCAL tree starts at +/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local. The TEXMFMAIN tree starts at +/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf. +In order to have less work I set the shell variable TMF to the +local TEX tree by typing: +
+$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'` +
+ +

+The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree +which has this structure: +

+$TMF/fonts/<extension>/<supplier>/<fontname>/ + +
+In this case: +
+$TMF/fonts/<extension>/bitstream/vagrounded/ + +
+The extensions are: tfm, vf, pfa, +afm, and ttf. +The extension pfb is an exception, its files have to be copied +to the subdirectory .../type1/.... +Copy the files by typing: +
+$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do +
> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded; +
> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded; +
> done +
$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded; +
$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded; +
+
+You do not really need to copy the ttf and pfa files +into the directory because TEX does not use them. +I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find +them, if I need them for other purposes later. + +

+Move the *.fd files to the directory +$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/:

+$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss +
$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss +
+
+ +

+ +


+6 Make dvips find the new font +

+ +

+There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font. +The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more +complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second +possibility has a more complicated installation +and may leed to problems when updating LATEX later. But it enables +xdvi to use the new fonts. + +

+ +

+6.1 Use an additional map file +

+ +

+Create the file +$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded +with these contents: +

+o +
p +vagrounded.map + +
+Create the file $TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map +with these contents (Each font definition is in one single + line. So in this example each line starts with bvr and ends +with <bvrr8a.pfb. ): +
+bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb +
bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb + +
+

+The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of +``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind, +hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the +filename of the TrueType font with the extension .pfb. +Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this +causes trouble with the updmap tool generating the map file for +pdfLATEX. Use one single space instead. + +

+In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined. +The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital +shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available. +To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary. + +

+Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type +

+$ info afm2tfm +
+and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of +Thomas Henlich (henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de)). + +

+Finally type +

+$ texhash +
+to update the TEX file database. + +

+ +

+6.2 Append data to the global map file +

+ +

+This technique was suggested by Nguyên-Dai Quý +(daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be) [Quý00]. +There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the +global map file. +Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described. +It works with all relativley recent teTEX versions. + +

+Before you can do it the TEX file database has to be updated if that +has not been done, yet: +

+$ texhash +
+ +

+Then, just type +

+$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map +
+If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that +line for each map file. +It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of +updmap. + +

+When you install a new version of teTEX probably the added map +entries get lost. +Then you have to repeat the updmap calls again. + +

+ +

+7 Usage of the new font +

+ +

+To use the new font you simple have to insert +

+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily + +
+into you TEX sourcecode. For example sample.tex +
+\documentclass{article} +
\begin{document} +
\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily +
\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT +
{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\ +
{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\ +
\end{document} + +
+It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your +new font. +The style file vagrounded.sty +is an +example how this can be done. +
+\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded} +
[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font] +
%% +
\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr} +
%% +
\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}% +
{Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}} +
%% +
+
+ +

+If you have not included the mapping entries to the file +psfonts.map (section 6) you also have to tell +dvips that it should use the font: +

+$ latex sample +
$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample + +
+This should produce the PostScript file +sample.ps +which looks like figure 1. + +
+ + + +
Figure 1: +Sample of the font VAGRounded BT
\includegraphics{sample_eps} +
+
+ +

+ +

+ +

+A. To do +

+ +

+Nguyên-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the +underscore (_) instead of the minus (-). +I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using +the fonts. +But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name. +So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g., +when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe +Illustrator). + +

+ +

+B. Links +

+ +

+Nguyên-Dai Quý has written a script that does all or most of the +conversion automatically [Quý00]. +It is available from +http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/. +This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the +fontnames. + +

+Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type1 +fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the +TrueType fonts directly [Smi01]. +He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts. +But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain +the used fonts. +His description is available from +http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html. + +

+ +

+C. References +

+ +

+Bibliography +

Ber99 +
+K. Berry. +
Fontname, March 1999. +
ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/. + +

Quý00 +
+Nguyên-Dai Quý. +
Truetype with tetex : Quick and dirty, 2000. +
http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/. + +

Rak +
+Damir Rakityansky. +
Using TrueType with TeX (LaTeX) and pdfTeX (pdfLaTeX). +
http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm. + +

Smi01 +
+Hume Smith. +
Kwantus' TTF/teTeX notes, 2001. +
http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html. +
+ +

+ +

+About this document ... +

+ Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format

+This document was generated using the +LaTeX2HTML translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.70) +

+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, +Nikos Drakos, +Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds. +
Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999, +Ross Moore, +Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney. +

+The command line arguments were:
+ latex2html -split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex +

+The translation was initiated by Harald Harders on 2003-10-31


Footnotes

+
+
... 6.2.1
+
The updmap + section has been updated to teTEX 2.0. + +
+
... +b*******.ttf)2
+
You can find this out by viewing the + file with less. + +
+
... encoding3
+
Maybe the TrueType font + is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine, + so I won't change it. + +
+


+
+Harald Harders +2003-10-31 +
+ + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..609487ef3d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps @@ -0,0 +1,1357 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 +%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.92a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software +%%Title: sample.dvi +%%Pages: 1 +%%PageOrder: Ascend +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842 +%%DocumentFonts: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%%DocumentPaperSizes: a4 +%%EndComments +%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com) +%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips -Pvagrounded sample +%DVIPSParameters: dpi=1200, compressed +%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.10.31:1429 +%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro +%! +/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S +N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72 +mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0 +0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{ +landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize +mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[ +matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round +exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{ +statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0] +N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin +/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array +/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2 +array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N +df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A +definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get +}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub} +B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr +1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3 +1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx +0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx +sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{ +rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp +gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B +/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{ +/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{ +A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy +get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse} +ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp +fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17 +{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add +chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{ +1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop} +forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn +/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put +}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{ +bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A +mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{ +SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{ +userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X +1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4 +index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N +/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{ +/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT) +(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0 +exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse +end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask +grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot} +imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round +exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto +fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p +delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M} +B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{ +p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S +rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc +% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9 +% +% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used +% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9 +% +% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt +% +% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts +% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe +% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro. +% +% Character code assignments were made as follows: +% +% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI +% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the +% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows +% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for +% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen +% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an +% irritation not having them in TeX positions. +% +% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part +% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software. +% +% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the +% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public +% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12. +% +% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully) +% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally +% available. +% +% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows. +% +% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI +% +/TeXBase1Encoding [ +% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1) + /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl + /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash + /ogonek /ring /.notdef + /breve /minus /.notdef +% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as +% well include them. + /Zcaron /zcaron +% 0x10 + /caron /dotlessi +% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright) + /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright + % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here. + /grave /quotesingle +% 0x20 (ASCII begins) + /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign + /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright + /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash +% 0x30 + /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven + /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question +% 0x40 + /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O +% 0x50 + /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W + /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore +% 0x60 + /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o +% 0x70 + /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w + /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde + /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends +% 0x80 + /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin + /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl + /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft + /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +% 0x90 + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft + /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash + /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright + /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis +% 0xA0 + /.notdef % nobreakspace + /exclamdown /cent /sterling + /currency /yen /brokenbar /section + /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft + /logicalnot + /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen + /registered + /macron +% 0xD0 + /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior + /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered + /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright + /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown +% 0xC0 + /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla + /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis + /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis +% 0xD0 + /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute + /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply + /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex + /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls +% 0xE0 + /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde + /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla + /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis + /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis +% 0xF0 + /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute + /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide + /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex + /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro +%! +TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2 +index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll +exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0 +ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{ +pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get +div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type +/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end +definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup +sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll +mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[ +exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if} +forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def +end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginFont: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 VAGRoundedBT_Regular Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved. +%%CreationDate: Thu Jan 13 11:52:00 2000 +% Converted from TrueType font bvrr8a.ttf by ttf2pt1 program +% +%%EndComments +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 9 dict dup begin +/version (mfgpctt-v1.57 Wednesday, February 24, 1993 12:05:38 pm [EST]) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.) readonly def +/FullName (VAG Rounded BT) readonly def +/FamilyName (VAGRounded BT) readonly def +/Weight (Regular) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.000000 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -110 def +/UnderlineThickness 102 def +end readonly def +/FontName /VAGRoundedBT_Regular def +/PaintType 0 def +/StrokeWidth 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] def +/FontBBox {-47 -236 1032 989} readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +dup 0 /.notdef put +dup 1 /.notdef put +dup 2 /.notdef put +dup 3 /.notdef put +dup 4 /.notdef put +dup 5 /.notdef put +dup 6 /.notdef put +dup 7 /.notdef put +dup 8 /.notdef put +dup 9 /.notdef put +dup 10 /.notdef put +dup 11 /.notdef put +dup 12 /.notdef put +dup 13 /.notdef put +dup 14 /.notdef put +dup 15 /.notdef put +dup 16 /.notdef put +dup 17 /.notdef put +dup 18 /.notdef put +dup 19 /.notdef put +dup 20 /.notdef put +dup 21 /.notdef put +dup 22 /.notdef put +dup 23 /.notdef put +dup 24 /.notdef put +dup 25 /.notdef put +dup 26 /.notdef put +dup 27 /.notdef put +dup 28 /.notdef put +dup 29 /.notdef put +dup 30 /.notdef put +dup 31 /.notdef put +dup 32 /space put +dup 33 /exclam put +dup 34 /quotedbl put +dup 35 /numbersign put +dup 36 /dollar put +dup 37 /percent put +dup 38 /ampersand put +dup 39 /quotesingle put +dup 40 /parenleft put +dup 41 /parenright put +dup 42 /asterisk put +dup 43 /plus put +dup 44 /comma put +dup 45 /hyphen put +dup 46 /period put +dup 47 /slash put +dup 48 /zero put +dup 49 /one put +dup 50 /two put +dup 51 /three put +dup 52 /four put +dup 53 /five put +dup 54 /six put +dup 55 /seven put +dup 56 /eight put +dup 57 /nine put +dup 58 /colon put +dup 59 /semicolon put +dup 60 /less put +dup 61 /equal put +dup 62 /greater put +dup 63 /question put +dup 64 /at put +dup 65 /A put +dup 66 /B put +dup 67 /C put +dup 68 /D put +dup 69 /E put +dup 70 /F put +dup 71 /G put +dup 72 /H put +dup 73 /I put +dup 74 /J put +dup 75 /K put +dup 76 /L put +dup 77 /M put +dup 78 /N put +dup 79 /O put +dup 80 /P put +dup 81 /Q put +dup 82 /R put +dup 83 /S put +dup 84 /T put +dup 85 /U put +dup 86 /V put +dup 87 /W put +dup 88 /X put +dup 89 /Y put +dup 90 /Z put +dup 91 /bracketleft put +dup 92 /backslash put +dup 93 /bracketright put +dup 94 /asciicircum put +dup 95 /underscore put +dup 96 /grave put +dup 97 /a put +dup 98 /b put +dup 99 /c put +dup 100 /d put +dup 101 /e put +dup 102 /f put +dup 103 /g put +dup 104 /h put +dup 105 /i put +dup 106 /j put +dup 107 /k put +dup 108 /l put +dup 109 /m put +dup 110 /n put +dup 111 /o put +dup 112 /p put +dup 113 /q put +dup 114 /r put +dup 115 /s put +dup 116 /t put +dup 117 /u put +dup 118 /v put +dup 119 /w put +dup 120 /x put +dup 121 /y put +dup 122 /z put +dup 123 /braceleft put +dup 124 /bar put +dup 125 /braceright put +dup 126 /asciitilde put +dup 127 /.notdef put +dup 128 /.notdef put +dup 129 /.notdef put +dup 130 /quotesinglbase put +dup 131 /florin put +dup 132 /quotedblbase put +dup 133 /ellipsis put +dup 134 /dagger put +dup 135 /daggerdbl put +dup 136 /circumflex put +dup 137 /perthousand put +dup 138 /Scaron put +dup 139 /guilsinglleft put +dup 140 /OE put +dup 141 /.notdef put +dup 142 /.notdef put +dup 143 /.notdef put +dup 144 /.notdef put +dup 145 /quoteleft put +dup 146 /quoteright put +dup 147 /quotedblleft put +dup 148 /quotedblright put +dup 149 /bullet put +dup 150 /endash put +dup 151 /emdash put +dup 152 /tilde put +dup 153 /trademark put +dup 154 /scaron put +dup 155 /guilsinglright put +dup 156 /oe put +dup 157 /.notdef put +dup 158 /.notdef put +dup 159 /Ydieresis put +dup 160 /nbspace put +dup 161 /exclamdown put +dup 162 /cent put +dup 163 /sterling put +dup 164 /currency put +dup 165 /yen put +dup 166 /brokenbar put +dup 167 /section put +dup 168 /dieresis put +dup 169 /copyright put +dup 170 /ordfeminine put +dup 171 /guillemotleft put +dup 172 /logicalnot put +dup 173 /sfthyphen put +dup 174 /registered put +dup 175 /macron put +dup 176 /degree put +dup 177 /plusminus put +dup 178 /twosuperior put +dup 179 /threesuperior put +dup 180 /acute put +dup 181 /mu put +dup 182 /paragraph put +dup 183 /periodcentered put +dup 184 /cedilla put +dup 185 /onesuperior put +dup 186 /ordmasculine put +dup 187 /guillemotright put +dup 188 /onequarter put +dup 189 /onehalf put +dup 190 /threequarters put +dup 191 /questiondown put +dup 192 /Agrave put +dup 193 /Aacute put +dup 194 /Acircumflex put +dup 195 /Atilde put +dup 196 /Adieresis put +dup 197 /Aring put +dup 198 /AE put +dup 199 /Ccedilla put +dup 200 /Egrave put +dup 201 /Eacute put +dup 202 /Ecircumflex put +dup 203 /Edieresis put +dup 204 /Igrave put +dup 205 /Iacute put +dup 206 /Icircumflex put +dup 207 /Idieresis put +dup 208 /Eth put +dup 209 /Ntilde put +dup 210 /Ograve put +dup 211 /Oacute put +dup 212 /Ocircumflex put +dup 213 /Otilde put +dup 214 /Odieresis put +dup 215 /multiply put +dup 216 /Oslash put +dup 217 /Ugrave put +dup 218 /Uacute put +dup 219 /Ucircumflex put +dup 220 /Udieresis put +dup 221 /Yacute put +dup 222 /Thorn put +dup 223 /germandbls put +dup 224 /agrave put +dup 225 /aacute put +dup 226 /acircumflex put +dup 227 /atilde put +dup 228 /adieresis put +dup 229 /aring put +dup 230 /ae put +dup 231 /ccedilla put +dup 232 /egrave put +dup 233 /eacute put +dup 234 /ecircumflex put +dup 235 /edieresis put +dup 236 /igrave put +dup 237 /iacute put +dup 238 /icircumflex put +dup 239 /idieresis put +dup 240 /eth put +dup 241 /ntilde put +dup 242 /ograve put +dup 243 /oacute put +dup 244 /ocircumflex put +dup 245 /otilde put +dup 246 /odieresis put +dup 247 /divide put +dup 248 /oslash put +dup 249 /ugrave put +dup 250 /uacute put +dup 251 /ucircumflex put +dup 252 /udieresis put +dup 253 /yacute put +dup 254 /thorn put +dup 255 /ydieresis put +readonly def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark + + +%%EndFont +TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 1200 1200 (sample.dvi) +@start /Fa 170[98 63 73 2[80 100 99 115 61 2[39 3[67 +93 80 1[83 65[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}13 132.835 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fb 138[96 55 72 3[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 20[38 44[{0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}19 +166.044 /VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fc 138[96 5[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 15[60 4[38 44[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}18 166.044 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf end +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +%%Feature: *Resolution 1200dpi +TeXDict begin +%%BeginPaperSize: a4 +a4 +%%EndPaperSize + end +%%EndSetup +%%Page: 1 1 +TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 1029 1046 a Fc(Hello,)54 b(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f +(Rounded)h(BT)1029 1245 y Fb(Hello,)g(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f(Rounded)h(BT)h +(slanted)1033 1445 y Fc(H)8 b Fa(E)g(L)g(L)s(O)d Fc(,)65 +b(I)e Fa(A)8 b(M)62 b Fc(V)5 b(A)j(G)62 b(R)8 b Fa(O)g(U)g(N)g(D)g(E)g +(D)63 b Fc(B)8 b(T)63 b Fa(S)8 b(M)g(A)g(L)g(L)63 b(C)13 +b(A)8 b(P)g(I)g(TA)g(L)g(S)3864 10511 y Fc(1)p eop end +%%Trailer + +userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86c367df2c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily +\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT\\ +{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\ +{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1406cbb790d Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..88a85cfa180 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps @@ -0,0 +1,1350 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0 +%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.92a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software +%%Title: sample_eps.dvi +%%BoundingBox: 133 631 342 666 +%%DocumentFonts: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%%EndComments +%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com) +%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips -E -Pvagrounded sample_eps +%DVIPSParameters: dpi=1200, compressed +%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.10.31:1429 +%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro +%! +/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S +N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72 +mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0 +0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{ +landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize +mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[ +matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round +exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{ +statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0] +N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin +/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array +/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2 +array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N +df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A +definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get +}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub} +B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr +1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3 +1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx +0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx +sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{ +rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp +gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B +/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{ +/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{ +A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy +get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse} +ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp +fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17 +{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add +chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{ +1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop} +forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn +/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put +}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{ +bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A +mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{ +SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{ +userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X +1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4 +index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N +/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{ +/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT) +(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0 +exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse +end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask +grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot} +imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round +exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto +fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p +delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M} +B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{ +p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S +rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc +% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9 +% +% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used +% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9 +% +% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt +% +% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts +% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe +% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro. +% +% Character code assignments were made as follows: +% +% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI +% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the +% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows +% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for +% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen +% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an +% irritation not having them in TeX positions. +% +% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part +% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software. +% +% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the +% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public +% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12. +% +% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully) +% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally +% available. +% +% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows. +% +% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI +% +/TeXBase1Encoding [ +% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1) + /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl + /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash + /ogonek /ring /.notdef + /breve /minus /.notdef +% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as +% well include them. + /Zcaron /zcaron +% 0x10 + /caron /dotlessi +% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright) + /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright + % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here. + /grave /quotesingle +% 0x20 (ASCII begins) + /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign + /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright + /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash +% 0x30 + /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven + /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question +% 0x40 + /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O +% 0x50 + /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W + /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore +% 0x60 + /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o +% 0x70 + /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w + /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde + /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends +% 0x80 + /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin + /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl + /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft + /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +% 0x90 + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft + /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash + /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright + /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis +% 0xA0 + /.notdef % nobreakspace + /exclamdown /cent /sterling + /currency /yen /brokenbar /section + /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft + /logicalnot + /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen + /registered + /macron +% 0xD0 + /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior + /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered + /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright + /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown +% 0xC0 + /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla + /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis + /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis +% 0xD0 + /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute + /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply + /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex + /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls +% 0xE0 + /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde + /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla + /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis + /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis +% 0xF0 + /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute + /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide + /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex + /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro +%! +TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2 +index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll +exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0 +ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{ +pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get +div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type +/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end +definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup +sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll +mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[ +exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if} +forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def +end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginFont: VAGRoundedBT_Regular +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 VAGRoundedBT_Regular Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved. +%%CreationDate: Thu Jan 13 11:52:00 2000 +% Converted from TrueType font bvrr8a.ttf by ttf2pt1 program +% +%%EndComments +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 9 dict dup begin +/version (mfgpctt-v1.57 Wednesday, February 24, 1993 12:05:38 pm [EST]) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.) readonly def +/FullName (VAG Rounded BT) readonly def +/FamilyName (VAGRounded BT) readonly def +/Weight (Regular) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.000000 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -110 def +/UnderlineThickness 102 def +end readonly def +/FontName /VAGRoundedBT_Regular def +/PaintType 0 def +/StrokeWidth 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] def +/FontBBox {-47 -236 1032 989} readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +dup 0 /.notdef put +dup 1 /.notdef put +dup 2 /.notdef put +dup 3 /.notdef put +dup 4 /.notdef put +dup 5 /.notdef put +dup 6 /.notdef put +dup 7 /.notdef put +dup 8 /.notdef put +dup 9 /.notdef put +dup 10 /.notdef put +dup 11 /.notdef put +dup 12 /.notdef put +dup 13 /.notdef put +dup 14 /.notdef put +dup 15 /.notdef put +dup 16 /.notdef put +dup 17 /.notdef put +dup 18 /.notdef put +dup 19 /.notdef put +dup 20 /.notdef put +dup 21 /.notdef put +dup 22 /.notdef put +dup 23 /.notdef put +dup 24 /.notdef put +dup 25 /.notdef put +dup 26 /.notdef put +dup 27 /.notdef put +dup 28 /.notdef put +dup 29 /.notdef put +dup 30 /.notdef put +dup 31 /.notdef put +dup 32 /space put +dup 33 /exclam put +dup 34 /quotedbl put +dup 35 /numbersign put +dup 36 /dollar put +dup 37 /percent put +dup 38 /ampersand put +dup 39 /quotesingle put +dup 40 /parenleft put +dup 41 /parenright put +dup 42 /asterisk put +dup 43 /plus put +dup 44 /comma put +dup 45 /hyphen put +dup 46 /period put +dup 47 /slash put +dup 48 /zero put +dup 49 /one put +dup 50 /two put +dup 51 /three put +dup 52 /four put +dup 53 /five put +dup 54 /six put +dup 55 /seven put +dup 56 /eight put +dup 57 /nine put +dup 58 /colon put +dup 59 /semicolon put +dup 60 /less put +dup 61 /equal put +dup 62 /greater put +dup 63 /question put +dup 64 /at put +dup 65 /A put +dup 66 /B put +dup 67 /C put +dup 68 /D put +dup 69 /E put +dup 70 /F put +dup 71 /G put +dup 72 /H put +dup 73 /I put +dup 74 /J put +dup 75 /K put +dup 76 /L put +dup 77 /M put +dup 78 /N put +dup 79 /O put +dup 80 /P put +dup 81 /Q put +dup 82 /R put +dup 83 /S put +dup 84 /T put +dup 85 /U put +dup 86 /V put +dup 87 /W put +dup 88 /X put +dup 89 /Y put +dup 90 /Z put +dup 91 /bracketleft put +dup 92 /backslash put +dup 93 /bracketright put +dup 94 /asciicircum put +dup 95 /underscore put +dup 96 /grave put +dup 97 /a put +dup 98 /b put +dup 99 /c put +dup 100 /d put +dup 101 /e put +dup 102 /f put +dup 103 /g put +dup 104 /h put +dup 105 /i put +dup 106 /j put +dup 107 /k put +dup 108 /l put +dup 109 /m put +dup 110 /n put +dup 111 /o put +dup 112 /p put +dup 113 /q put +dup 114 /r put +dup 115 /s put +dup 116 /t put +dup 117 /u put +dup 118 /v put +dup 119 /w put +dup 120 /x put +dup 121 /y put +dup 122 /z put +dup 123 /braceleft put +dup 124 /bar put +dup 125 /braceright put +dup 126 /asciitilde put +dup 127 /.notdef put +dup 128 /.notdef put +dup 129 /.notdef put +dup 130 /quotesinglbase put +dup 131 /florin put +dup 132 /quotedblbase put +dup 133 /ellipsis put +dup 134 /dagger put +dup 135 /daggerdbl put +dup 136 /circumflex put +dup 137 /perthousand put +dup 138 /Scaron put +dup 139 /guilsinglleft put +dup 140 /OE put +dup 141 /.notdef put +dup 142 /.notdef put +dup 143 /.notdef put +dup 144 /.notdef put +dup 145 /quoteleft put +dup 146 /quoteright put +dup 147 /quotedblleft put +dup 148 /quotedblright put +dup 149 /bullet put +dup 150 /endash put +dup 151 /emdash put +dup 152 /tilde put +dup 153 /trademark put +dup 154 /scaron put +dup 155 /guilsinglright put +dup 156 /oe put +dup 157 /.notdef put +dup 158 /.notdef put +dup 159 /Ydieresis put +dup 160 /nbspace put +dup 161 /exclamdown put +dup 162 /cent put +dup 163 /sterling put +dup 164 /currency put +dup 165 /yen put +dup 166 /brokenbar put +dup 167 /section put +dup 168 /dieresis put +dup 169 /copyright put +dup 170 /ordfeminine put +dup 171 /guillemotleft put +dup 172 /logicalnot put +dup 173 /sfthyphen put +dup 174 /registered put +dup 175 /macron put +dup 176 /degree put +dup 177 /plusminus put +dup 178 /twosuperior put +dup 179 /threesuperior put +dup 180 /acute put +dup 181 /mu put +dup 182 /paragraph put +dup 183 /periodcentered put +dup 184 /cedilla put +dup 185 /onesuperior put +dup 186 /ordmasculine put +dup 187 /guillemotright put +dup 188 /onequarter put +dup 189 /onehalf put +dup 190 /threequarters put +dup 191 /questiondown put +dup 192 /Agrave put +dup 193 /Aacute put +dup 194 /Acircumflex put +dup 195 /Atilde put +dup 196 /Adieresis put +dup 197 /Aring put +dup 198 /AE put +dup 199 /Ccedilla put +dup 200 /Egrave put +dup 201 /Eacute put +dup 202 /Ecircumflex put +dup 203 /Edieresis put +dup 204 /Igrave put +dup 205 /Iacute put +dup 206 /Icircumflex put +dup 207 /Idieresis put +dup 208 /Eth put +dup 209 /Ntilde put +dup 210 /Ograve put +dup 211 /Oacute put +dup 212 /Ocircumflex put +dup 213 /Otilde put +dup 214 /Odieresis put +dup 215 /multiply put +dup 216 /Oslash put +dup 217 /Ugrave put +dup 218 /Uacute put +dup 219 /Ucircumflex put +dup 220 /Udieresis put +dup 221 /Yacute put +dup 222 /Thorn put +dup 223 /germandbls put +dup 224 /agrave put +dup 225 /aacute put +dup 226 /acircumflex put +dup 227 /atilde put +dup 228 /adieresis put +dup 229 /aring put +dup 230 /ae put +dup 231 /ccedilla put +dup 232 /egrave put +dup 233 /eacute put +dup 234 /ecircumflex put +dup 235 /edieresis put +dup 236 /igrave put +dup 237 /iacute put +dup 238 /icircumflex put +dup 239 /idieresis put +dup 240 /eth put +dup 241 /ntilde put +dup 242 /ograve put +dup 243 /oacute put +dup 244 /ocircumflex put +dup 245 /otilde put +dup 246 /odieresis put +dup 247 /divide put +dup 248 /oslash put +dup 249 /ugrave put +dup 250 /uacute put +dup 251 /ucircumflex put +dup 252 /udieresis put +dup 253 /yacute put +dup 254 /thorn put +dup 255 /ydieresis put +readonly def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark + + +%%EndFont +TeXDict begin 40258437 52099154 1000 1200 1200 (sample_eps.dvi) +@start /Fa 170[98 63 73 2[80 100 99 115 61 2[39 3[67 +93 80 1[83 65[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}13 132.835 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fb 138[96 55 72 3[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 20[38 44[{0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}19 +166.044 /VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fc 138[96 5[96 98 146 +46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102 +104 20[38 44[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}17 166.044 +/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf end +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +%%Feature: *Resolution 1200dpi +TeXDict begin + end +%%EndSetup +TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 1029 1046 a Fc(Hello,)54 b(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f +(Rounded)h(BT)1029 1245 y Fb(Hello,)g(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f(Rounded)h(BT)h +(slanted)1033 1445 y Fc(H)8 b Fa(E)g(L)g(L)s(O)d Fc(,)65 +b(I)e Fa(A)8 b(M)62 b Fc(V)5 b(A)j(G)62 b(R)8 b Fa(O)g(U)g(N)g(D)g(E)g +(D)63 b Fc(B)8 b(T)63 b Fa(S)8 b(M)g(A)g(L)g(L)63 b(C)13 +b(A)8 b(P)g(I)g(TA)g(L)g(S)p eop end +%%Trailer + +userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd37b5302cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\pagestyle{empty} +\begin{document} +\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily +\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT\\ +{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\ +{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1824aff421 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */ +.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; } +.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic } +.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold } + +/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */ +SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small } +SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small } +SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller } +SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small } +SMALL.SMALL { } +BIG.LARGE { } +BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large } +BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large } +BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger } +BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large } + +/* heading styles */ +H1 { } +H2 { } +H3 { } +H4 { } +H5 { } + +/* mathematics styles */ +DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */ +TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */ + + +/* document-specific styles come next */ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bd36a17edd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ + + + + + +Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+

Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format

+ +

Harald Harders + (h.harders@tu-bs.de)

+

2003-10-31

+
+ +

+ +

Abstract:

+
+This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType +fonts with teTEX 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.1 The way described in +``Using TrueType fonts with TEX (LATEX) and pdfTEX (pdfLATEX)'' +[Rak] did work with MiKTEX, but I did not manage to use +the fonts with teTEX. + +

+Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType +fonts with teTEX but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript +Type1 format which can be used with TEX. + +

+The shown shell commands are unix style. +Similar commands should also work under Windows. +Please try yourself to find the according commands. + +

+If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it +to me. + +

+A PDF version +is also available. +

+

+

+ +

+
+ +

+Contents +

+ + + + +

+ +

+1 Disclaimer +

+ +

+This document is provides as is. +I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it +doesn't course any damage. +I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion. +Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., comp.text.tex or +de.comp.text.tex. +My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error +reports), not for support. + +

+I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights. + +

+ +

+2 Preparing the conversion +

+ +

+As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which +is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (tt0756m_.TTF). + +

+First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory +(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c): +

+$ mkdir ~/ttf +
$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf +
+Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K. Berry +[Ber99]. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename +b*******.ttf)2. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename +*vr*****.ttf) taken from [Ber99]. The weight is +``regular'' (Filename ***r****.ttf). The variant is omitted +because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a'' +which means Adobe standard encoding3 (Filename ****8a**.ttf). Because the +width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the +filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in bvrr8a.ttf. Move +the original file to this filename: +
+$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf +
+A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in +[Ber99]. + +

+ +

+3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts +

+ +

+To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type1 format I used the program +ttf2pt1 by Andrew Weeks et al. +(http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/). Generate the font files +bvrr8a.afm, bvrr8a.pfa, and bvrr8a.pfb by using +these commands: +

+$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a +
$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a + +
+The switch -a switches the conversion of some ligatures +(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint). +In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted: +
+FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular + +
+Note the name on a sheet of paper--You will need it later again. + +

+The script +ttf2type1 +does these conversion automaticaly for all files with +the extension ttf in the present working directory. To get the +font names you should start it as follows: +

+$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName +
+ +

+ +

+4 Generating the TEX related font files +

+ +

+Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell +(ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst) to +generate the files that TEX needs to use the fonts: +

+$ tex fontinst.sty +
* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye +
+If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of +the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT_Condensed +would be bvrc). +This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and +if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by +K. Berry [Ber99]. +Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty .fd files and nothing +more. + +

+Now use pltotf on every file with the extension .pl and +vptovf on all files with the extension .vpl: +

+$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done +
$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done + +
+Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore: +
+$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx +
+The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description. + +

+ +

+5 Move the files to the right places +

+ +

+Now all files have to be moved to a position where TEX can find them. I +suggest to put them in the TEXMFLOCAL tree. +One possibility to get its location is to view the file texmf.cnf. +You can locate it by using kpsewhich: +

+$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf +
+e.g., on SuSE 6.2 and teTEX 1.0 texmf.cnf is located in the directory +/etc/texmf/. +Another possibility to get TEXMFLOCAL is to use kpsexpand: +
+$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL' + +
+On my computer the TEXMFLOCAL tree starts at +/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local. The TEXMFMAIN tree starts at +/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf. +In order to have less work I set the shell variable TMF to the +local TEX tree by typing: +
+$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'` +
+ +

+The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree +which has this structure: +

+$TMF/fonts/<extension>/<supplier>/<fontname>/ + +
+In this case: +
+$TMF/fonts/<extension>/bitstream/vagrounded/ + +
+The extensions are: tfm, vf, pfa, +afm, and ttf. +The extension pfb is an exception, its files have to be copied +to the subdirectory .../type1/.... +Copy the files by typing: +
+$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do +
> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded; +
> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded; +
> done +
$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded; +
$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded; +
+
+You do not really need to copy the ttf and pfa files +into the directory because TEX does not use them. +I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find +them, if I need them for other purposes later. + +

+Move the *.fd files to the directory +$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/:

+$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss +
$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss +
+
+ +

+ +


+6 Make dvips find the new font +

+ +

+There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font. +The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more +complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second +possibility has a more complicated installation +and may leed to problems when updating LATEX later. But it enables +xdvi to use the new fonts. + +

+ +

+6.1 Use an additional map file +

+ +

+Create the file +$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded +with these contents: +

+o +
p +vagrounded.map + +
+Create the file $TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map +with these contents (Each font definition is in one single + line. So in this example each line starts with bvr and ends +with <bvrr8a.pfb. ): +
+bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb +
bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb + +
+

+The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of +``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind, +hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the +filename of the TrueType font with the extension .pfb. +Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this +causes trouble with the updmap tool generating the map file for +pdfLATEX. Use one single space instead. + +

+In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined. +The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital +shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available. +To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary. + +

+Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type +

+$ info afm2tfm +
+and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of +Thomas Henlich (henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de)). + +

+Finally type +

+$ texhash +
+to update the TEX file database. + +

+ +

+6.2 Append data to the global map file +

+ +

+This technique was suggested by Nguyên-Dai Quý +(daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be) [Quý00]. +There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the +global map file. +Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described. +It works with all relativley recent teTEX versions. + +

+Before you can do it the TEX file database has to be updated if that +has not been done, yet: +

+$ texhash +
+ +

+Then, just type +

+$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map +
+If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that +line for each map file. +It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of +updmap. + +

+When you install a new version of teTEX probably the added map +entries get lost. +Then you have to repeat the updmap calls again. + +

+ +

+7 Usage of the new font +

+ +

+To use the new font you simple have to insert +

+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily + +
+into you TEX sourcecode. For example sample.tex +
+\documentclass{article} +
\begin{document} +
\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily +
\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT +
{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\ +
{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\ +
\end{document} + +
+It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your +new font. +The style file vagrounded.sty +is an +example how this can be done. +
+\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded} +
[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font] +
%% +
\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr} +
%% +
\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}% +
{Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}} +
%% +
+
+ +

+If you have not included the mapping entries to the file +psfonts.map (section 6) you also have to tell +dvips that it should use the font: +

+$ latex sample +
$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample + +
+This should produce the PostScript file +sample.ps +which looks like figure 1. + +
+ + + +
Figure 1: +Sample of the font VAGRounded BT
\includegraphics{sample_eps} +
+
+ +

+ +

+ +

+A. To do +

+ +

+Nguyên-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the +underscore (_) instead of the minus (-). +I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using +the fonts. +But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name. +So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g., +when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe +Illustrator). + +

+ +

+B. Links +

+ +

+Nguyên-Dai Quý has written a script that does all or most of the +conversion automatically [Quý00]. +It is available from +http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/. +This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the +fontnames. + +

+Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type1 +fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the +TrueType fonts directly [Smi01]. +He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts. +But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain +the used fonts. +His description is available from +http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html. + +

+ +

+C. References +

+ +

+Bibliography +

Ber99 +
+K. Berry. +
Fontname, March 1999. +
ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/. + +

Quý00 +
+Nguyên-Dai Quý. +
Truetype with tetex : Quick and dirty, 2000. +
http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/. + +

Rak +
+Damir Rakityansky. +
Using TrueType with TeX (LaTeX) and pdfTeX (pdfLaTeX). +
http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm. + +

Smi01 +
+Hume Smith. +
Kwantus' TTF/teTeX notes, 2001. +
http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html. +
+ +

+ +

+About this document ... +

+ Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format

+This document was generated using the +LaTeX2HTML translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.70) +

+Copyright © 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, +Nikos Drakos, +Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds. +
Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999, +Ross Moore, +Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney. +

+The command line arguments were:
+ latex2html -split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex +

+The translation was initiated by Harald Harders on 2003-10-31


Footnotes

+
+
... 6.2.1
+
The updmap + section has been updated to teTEX 2.0. + +
+
... +b*******.ttf)2
+
You can find this out by viewing the + file with less. + +
+
... encoding3
+
Maybe the TrueType font + is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine, + so I won't change it. + +
+


+
+Harald Harders +2003-10-31 +
+ + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9609b02a910 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5dc72e131e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,fleqn,11pt]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % use T1 fonts +\usepackage{graphicx} % graphic inclusion commands +\usepackage{url} % internet addresses +\newcommand*{\orgurl}{} +\let\orgurl=\url % save original url command in orgurl +\usepackage{html} % make compilable for latex2html + % hint by Heiko Oberdiek, oberdiek@ruf.uni-freiburg.de +\usepackage{hyperref} % hyper references +\usepackage{thumbpdf} % pdf thumbnails + +% setup for pdf file format +\hypersetup{% + pdftitle={Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format}, + pdfsubject={Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format}, + pdfkeywords={truetype, pdftex, pdflatex, dvips, type1, postscript, + font, tex, latex}, + pdfauthor={Harald Harders (mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de)}, + pdfcreator={\LaTeX}, + pdfproducer={pdf\LaTeX}, + bookmarksopen=true, + bookmarksnumbered=true, + pdfstartview={FitH 1000}, +% pdfview={Fit H 1000} +} +% use color links only in pdf file (because ps file does not have +% active links) +\makeatletter +\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined +\else + \hypersetup{colorlinks=true} +\fi +%\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{\hypersetup{colorlinks=true}} +\makeatother + +% one command for references in both pdf and html output +\latexhtml{% + \newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\href{#2}{\texttt{#1}}} +}{% + \newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\htmladdnormallink{\texttt{#1}}{#2}} +} +%\newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\latexhtml{\href{#2}{\texttt{#1}}} +% {\htmladdnormallink{\texttt{#1}}{#2}}} + +% data for the title page +\title{Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format} +\author{Harald Harders + (\hypref{\orgurl{h.harders@tu-bs.de}}{mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de})} +\date{2003-10-31} + +% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +\begin{document} +% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +% titlepage +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +\noindent This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType +fonts with te\TeX\ 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.\footnote{The updmap + section has been updated to te\TeX\ 2.0.} The way described in +``Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ (\LaTeX) and pdf\TeX\ (pdf\LaTeX)'' +\cite{rakityansky} did work with MiK\TeX, but I did not manage to use +the fonts with te\TeX. + +Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType +fonts with te\TeX\ but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript +Type\,1 format which can be used with \TeX. + +The shown shell commands are unix style. +Similar commands should also work under Windows. +Please try yourself to find the according commands. + +If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it +to me. + +\latexhtml{% + This document can be downloaded from + \url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/} + (PDF and html available).% +}{% + A \hypref{PDF version% + }{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf} + is also available.% +} +\end{abstract} + +\tableofcontents + +% the document itself +\section{Disclaimer} + +This document is provides as is. +I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it +doesn't course any damage. +I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion. +Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., \orgurl{comp.text.tex} or +\orgurl{de.comp.text.tex}. +My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error +reports), not for support. + +I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights. + + + +\section{Preparing the conversion} + +As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which +is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (\verb|tt0756m_.TTF|). + +First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory +(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c): +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ mkdir ~/ttf|\\ %$ +% The comment in the line above is a workaround for the corrupted +% xemacs syntax highlightning which does not recognize that the $ sign +% is within the argument of the \verb command. +\verb|$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf| %$ +\end{quote} +Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K.~Berry +\cite{berry1999a}. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename +\verb|b*******.ttf|)\footnote{You can find this out by viewing the + file with less.}. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename +\verb|*vr*****.ttf|) taken from \cite{berry1999a}. The weight is +``regular'' (Filename \verb|***r****.ttf|). The variant is omitted +because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a'' +which means Adobe standard encoding\footnote{Maybe the TrueType font + is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine, + so I won't change it.} (Filename \verb|****8a**.ttf|). Because the +width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the +filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in \verb|bvrr8a.ttf|. Move +the original file to this filename: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf| %$ +\end{quote} +A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in +\cite{berry1999a}. + +\section{Generating the Postscript Type\,1 fonts} + +To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type\,1 format I used the program +\verb|ttf2pt1| by Andrew Weeks et~al. +(\url{http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/}). Generate the font files +\verb|bvrr8a.afm|, \verb|bvrr8a.pfa|, and \verb|bvrr8a.pfb| by using +these commands: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a|\\ +\verb|$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a| +\end{quote} +The switch \verb|-a| switches the conversion of some ligatures +(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint). +In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted: +\begin{quote} +\verb|FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular| +\end{quote} +Note the name on a sheet of paper---You will need it later again. + +The script +\hypref{ttf2type1}{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1} +does these conversion automaticaly for all files with +the extension \verb|ttf| in the present working directory. To get the +font names you should start it as follows: +\begin{quote} +\verb_$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName_ %$ +\end{quote} + +\section{Generating the \TeX\ related font files} + +Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell +(\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst}) to +generate the files that \TeX\ needs to use the fonts: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ tex fontinst.sty|\\ +\verb|* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye| %$ +\end{quote} +If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of +the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT\_Condensed +would be bvrc). +This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and +if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by +K.~Berry~\cite{berry1999a}. +Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty \verb|.fd| files and nothing +more. + +Now use pltotf on every file with the extension \verb|.pl| and +vptovf on all files with the extension \verb|.vpl|: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done|\\ +\verb|$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done| +\end{quote} +Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx| %$ +\end{quote} +The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description. + +\section{Move the files to the right places} + +Now all files have to be moved to a position where \TeX\ can find them. I +suggest to put them in the \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| tree. +One possibility to get its location is to view the file \verb|texmf.cnf|. +You can locate it by using \verb|kpsewhich|: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf| %$ +\end{quote} +e.g., on SuSE~6.2 and te\TeX~1.0 \verb|texmf.cnf| is located in the directory +\verb|/etc/texmf/|. +Another possibility to get \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| is to use \verb|kpsexpand|: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'| +\end{quote} +On my computer the \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| tree starts at +\verb|/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local|. The \verb|TEXMFMAIN| tree starts at +\verb|/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf|. +In order to have less work I set the shell variable \verb|TMF| to the +local \TeX\ tree by typing: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`|%$ +\end{quote} + + +The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree +which has this structure: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$TMF/fonts/|\verb|/|<% +supplier>\verb|/|\verb|/| +\end{quote} +In this case: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$TMF/fonts/|\verb|/bitstream/vagrounded/| +\end{quote} +The extensions are: \verb|tfm|, \verb|vf|, \verb|pfa|, +\verb|afm|, and \verb|ttf|. +The extension \verb|pfb| is an exception, its files have to be copied +to the subdirectory \dots\verb|/type1/|\dots. +Copy the files by typing: +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do|\\ %$ +\verb|> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ +\verb|> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$ +\verb|> done|\\ +\verb|$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$ +\verb|$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$ +\end{quote} +You do not really need to copy the \verb|ttf| and \verb|pfa| files +into the directory because \TeX\ does not use them. +I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find +them, if I need them for other purposes later. + +Move the \verb|*.fd| files to the directory +\verb|$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/|: %$ +\begin{quote} +\verb|$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss|\\ +\verb|$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss|\\ +\end{quote} + +\section{Make dvips find the new font}\label{sec:mapping} + +There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font. +The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more +complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second +possibility has a more complicated installation +and may leed to problems when updating \LaTeX\ later. But it enables +xdvi to use the new fonts. + +\subsection{Use an additional map file} + +Create the file +\hypref{\$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded} +{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded} +with these contents: +\begin{quote} +\verb|o|\\ +\verb|p +vagrounded.map| +\end{quote} +Create the file \hypref{\$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map} +{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map} +with these contents (\emph{Each font definition is in one single + line.} So in this example each line starts with \verb|bvr| and ends +with \verb| + +A Brief Guide to LaTeX{} Tools for Web Publishing
+ +

A Brief Guide to LaTeX Tools for Web Publishing

+
Peter R. Wilson* +
peter.r.wilson@boeing.com
+
+
11 March 2000
+ +
*With helpful critiques by Eitan Gurari (gurari@cis.ohio-state.edu) and David Wilson + (davidw@utopiatype.com.au).
+
+Abstract
+

This document provides a brief guide to converting LaTeX documents to forms more + suitable for dissemination via the Web. +

+

Contents

+
+
1 Introduction +
 1.1 URLs +
 1.2 Disclaimer +
2 PDF +
 2.1 From PostScript to PDF +
 2.2 From DVI to PDF +
 2.3 From LaTeX to PDF +
 2.4 Fonts +
 2.5 MetaPost +
3 HTML +
 3.1 Self-parsing systems +
 3.2 TeX-based parsing system +
4 Examples + +
+

List of Figures

+ + +

1 Introduction

+

Publishing on the Web has rapidly achieved significant importance, for example, the International +Organization for Standardization (ISO) is moving towards electronic forms of International +Standard documents that are suitable for publishing on the Web, and in particular, documents +as PDF or HTML files rather than their traditional request for camera-ready paper +copy. +

Documents written using LaTeX [Lam94] tagging can be easily converted to PostScript, PDF +and HTML, all from the single electronic source. This guide briefly notes some of the ways that +this can be accomplished. Most of the programs and systems mentioned here are described in +more detail in [GR99]. +

I have made no attempt to design this document for Web publication. The typographical rules +for printing on paper are well founded, having been developed over hundreds of years. +Display on computer screens is a very different matter and requires a different set of +rules, most of which, as yet, are either in a state of flux or unavailable. For LaTeXers +who are interested in this topic I suggest a look at D. P. Story's work on AcroTeX ( +http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html). Further, for the example conversions I +have used only the minimal tool options necessary. Many of the tools have extensive capabilities +which are well documented in their accompanying user manuals; these should be consulted for +further information. +

1.1 URLs

+

I have tried to provide URLs for the programs and systems mentioned here. Most LaTeX-related +software is available from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three +sites, ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive in the USA, ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive in +the UK, and ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive in Germany, as well as several mirror sites. +Usefully, the CTAN sites (but not necessarily a mirror site) supports on-the-fly zipping of files and +entire directories, which makes downloading a group of files less tedious than having to get them +one-by-one. Below, I have used ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive to stand for any of the three +CTAN sites. +

1.2 Disclaimer

+

Nothing that is said in this document is meant to imply any endorsement or recommendation, +either positive or negative, concerning any systems or programs mentioned herein. +

Many of the systems or programs are `free' in the sense that they are either public domain or +their licences are roughly equivalent to the GNU Public License. Others are either commercial or +have more restricitive licenses or may require payment. Where known, programs and systems that +are not `free' are noted. + +

2 PDF

+

The traditional output from a LaTeX (e.g., *.tex) file is a `device independent' *.dvi file. The *.dvi +file is then processed further to convert it to a format suitable for printing on a particular printing +device. In the vast majority of cases the final printable format has been PostScript, +obtained by running the *.dvi file through a program like dvips, to generate a *.ps +file. +

PostScript was developed by Adobe Systems. The Portable Document Format (PDF) has +since also been developed by Adobe, and seems to be overtaking PostScript as the format of +choice for printing, and especially for display via the Web. +

DVI and PDF are somewhat similar in that they both describe where (electronic) ink is to be +put on (electronic) paper. PostScript also does this but at the same time it is a complete +programming language. This means that it is inherently more difficult, time consuming, and +computer intensive, to process PostScript than either DVI or PDF. This is probably the reason +behind the popularity of PDF on the Web. +

There are now several methods of producing a PDF (e.g., *.pdf) file from *.tex. These +include: +

    +
  • Converting from PostScript to PDF; from *.ps to *.pdf. +
  • +
  • Generate PDF from the device independent file; from *.dvi to *.pdf +
  • +
  • Generate PDF directly from the LaTeX source; from *.tex to *.pdf.
+

2.1 From PostScript to PDF

+

There are basically two routes to getting from PostScript to PDF. The first of these is to use +Acrobat software from Adobe Systems, which essentially means the commercial Distiller +program. Distiller can read in a PostScript file and output a PDF file where the visual results +of printing the two files are identical. This, or any other, PDF file can be viewed and/or printed +via the charge-free Acrobat Reader program. Note that when using Reader the `fit to +paper' option may alter the page layout, for example by changing the height of the text +block. +

The second route is to use a non-Adobe converter program, like Ghostscript which runs on +nearly all operating systems and which is obtainable from http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost. +The Ghostscript distribution comes with a script called ps2pdf which performs the conversion. +The distribution also provides the popular Ghostview program, which is a viewer for both +PostScript and PDF files. +

Another converter program, which does have some licensing conditions that may not be suitable +for all users, is PStill; it is available from http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html. + +

2.2 From DVI to PDF

+

Mark Wicks' dvipdfm program ( http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm) converts a *.dvi file to a +*.pdf file. The program is used in the same manner as dvips and provides similar +capabilities. +

PostScript illustrations are handled in one of two ways. Simple PostScript generated by +the METAPOST program [Hob92] is included natively. Any other PostScript file is first +converted to PDF by using an external program like Ghostscript and then inserted +into the output file. Illustrations in PDF, PNG and JPEG formats require no external +aids. +

dvipdfm is written in C but there are some binaries for Linux systems. +

2.3 From LaTeX to PDF

+

The pdfLaTeX program being developed by Hàn Thê Thành is a modified version of TeX that +generates *.pdf instead of *.dvi output files. pdfLaTeX is distributed with many of the free LaTeX +distributions, and is also obtainable from ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh, +although it may be better to try ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex. +

Running pdfLaTeX is very similar to running LaTeX, but some minor changes are required to +the *.tex file. For example:
+ %  example.tex   example latex file
+ \documentclass[...]{...}
+ \newif\ifpdf
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+   \pdffalse
+ \else
+   \pdftrue
+ \fi
+ 
+ \ifpdf
+   \pdfoutput=1
+ %  \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}  % uncomment if using graphicx
+ %  \usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}  % uncomment if using hyperref
+ \else
+ %  \usepackage{graphicx}  % uncomment if using graphicx
+ %  \usepackage{hyperref}  % uncomment if using hyperref
+ \fi
+ ....
+
+
+

Running + +
latex example +
will produce example.dvi, while running +
pdflatex example +
will produce example.pdf. It is thus very easy to generate both *.dvi and *.pdf from the same +LaTeX source file. +

pdflatex will handle graphics files in the following formats: PDF, PNG, JPEG and TIFF, but +notice that (Encapsulated) PostScript is missing from this list. However, it can handle directly the +simple Encapsulated PostScript output by METAPOST [Hob92]. It does, though, expect +METAPOST files to have a .mps extension. To include PostScript from other sources it is necessary +to convert the PostScript to PDF. +

pdftex, and hence pdflatex, has some extra primitive commands that are not available in +TeX itself specifically for accessing aspects of the PDF format, for example to create hypertext +links, bookmarks or article threads. Consult the manual for details. +

Independently of pdflatex the hyperref package ( +ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref) extends the +functionality of the LaTeX cross-referencing commands to include hypertext links, and also ad hoc +hypertext links to, for example, external documents and URLs. +

2.4 Fonts

+

The normal fonts used with LaTeX are the Computer Modern family developed by Knuth using +METAFONT [Knu86]. All METAFONT fonts are in the form of bitmaps, which is unfortunate when it +comes to PDF. Typically, PDF will only use one size of each font for a document, and will scale +this if different font sizes are required. This normally works well as fonts used with PDF are +typically `Type 1' fonts (e.g., PostScript fonts) which are designed to be scaleable. Bitmap +fonts look terrible when scaled or printed at a resolution that they were not designed +for. +

In other words, expect bad results if you generate a PDF file with the original Computer +Modern fonts. +

Perhaps the easiest method of dealing with this is to use the most common PostScript fonts, +namely Times, Courier and Helvetica. All that is necessary is to add \usepackage{times} to the +document's preamble. +

Alternatively, if you need to use the CM fonts, perhaps because a lot of mathematics is +involved, many LaTeX distributions include Type 1 versions of the CM fonts. If you don't have +them they can be found at ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky +and at ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1 for the AMS +fonts. +

Goossens et al. provide useful and general information on installing and using different fonts +with LaTeX [GMS94], while for the fontophile, Alan Hoenig [Hoe98] delves much more deeply into +the installation of PostScript fonts. +

TeX doesn't care about the particular shape of any glyph, nor how it is constructed or +represented, it only cares about the space occupied by each character (i.e., the *.tfm files). It is +the DVI processor that needs to know in detail about the fonts in a document. So, the DVI + +processor has to be told to use Type 1 CM PostScript fonts. The following is for the +dvips program. For convenience, let $TEXMF stand for the root of the texmf tree (e.g., +/usr/teTeX/texmf). +

dvips looks in the $TEXMF/dvips/base/psfonts.map to see if it can use any PostScript fonts. +This file starts off something like:
+ bchb8r CHarterBT-Bold "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bchb8a.pfb
+ ...
+
+
To get dvips to use Type 1 versions of the CM fonts, additional lines must be added to +psfonts.map giving similar information about the fonts. The specification for CM fonts is simpler +and consists of lines like:
+ cmb10 CMB10 <cmb10.pfb
+ cmbsy10 CMBSY10 <cmbsy10.pfb
+ ...
+
+
In the version of teTeX that I use, this information is in files bsr.map, bsr-interpolated.map, +cmcyr.map, hoekwater.map, and pl.map, all in directory $TEXMF/dvips/config. +

These files can either be copied by hand to the psfonts.map file in $TEXMF/dvips/base or in a +modern teTeX distribution (which should also have all the CM Type 1 font data) it is easiest to do +the following: +

    +
  • In directory $TEXMF/dvips/config copy the script file updmap to, say, updmap.orig. +
  • +
  • Edit updmap to comment the line type1_default=false and uncomment the line + type1_default=true. +
  • +
  • Run the script via ./updmap.
+

Another more general method is to edit the file config.ps in directory $TEXMF/dvips/config and +at the appropriate place (which should be marked, but in any case after the line p psfonts.map) +add lines like:
+ p +bsr.map
+ p +bsr-interpolated.map
+ ...
+
+
+ +

Another option when using dvips which avoids all of the above, is to call it with options, +like: +
dvips -Pamz -Pcmz -Ppdf -j0 [other options] filename +
and then use your prefered *.ps to *.pdf conversion process. +

2.5 MetaPost

+

John Hobby's METAPOST [Hob92] is a language based drawing program based on Knuth's +METAFONT [Knu86]. METAFONT was principally designed for creating fonts, and generates +bitmapped output, while METAPOST is principally for drawing general line illustrations and its +output is a particularly simple form of Encapsulated PostScript. + + +


+ +PIC +
Figure 1: Metapost illustration of an EXPRESS-G diagram
+ + +

+ This is not the place to describe METAPOST, but it can generate several output files, one for +each drawing, from a single input file called, say, fred.mp. The output files have a numeric +extension correspond to the number of the drawing. So, for example, it may generate files fred.1, +fred.2 and fred.3. For a document that is to be processed via LaTeX these files can be included as +is. However, for processing through pdfLaTeX, the files must have a .mps extension; for example +fred1.mps, fred2.mps and fred3.mps. +

Figure 1 is a METAPOST illustration that is included in this document by the code: +
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \ifpdf
+   \includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+ \else
+   \includegraphics{expeg.6}
+ \fi
+ \caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram}
+   \label{fig:mp}
+ \end{figure}
+
+
where expeg6.mps is a copy of expeg.6, to cater for processing by either LaTeX or pdfLaTeX. +Actually, the following will also work:
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+ \caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram}
+   \label{fig:mp}
+ \end{figure}
+
+
+

The figure demonstrates part of the capabilities of the expressg METAPOST package ( +ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg) for +drawing diagrams consisting of boxes, lines and annotations, such as flowcharts or ER +diagrams. +

3 HTML

+ +

There are a number of systems that convert a LaTeX tagged document into an HTML tagged +document. These can be divided into two classes: +

    +
  1. Systems that parse the *.tex file themselves. +
  2. +
  3. Systems that use TeX as the file parser.
+

There are several that do their own parsing, but only one that I know of that uses TeX as the +parser. +

TeX is a macro language and the meaning of existing commands can be changed on the +fly, and also new commands can be defined on the fly [Knu84]. As perhaps the most +extreme example of this is David Carlisle's xii.tex TeX code, which is obtainable as +ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex:
+ \let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPALLF
+ PA''FwPA;;FPAZZFLaLPA//71F71iPAHHFLPAzzFenPASSFthP;A$$FevP
+ A@@FfPARR717273F737271P;ADDFRgniPAWW71FPATTFvePA**FstRsamP
+ AGGFRruoPAqq71.72.F717271PAYY7172F727171PA??Fi*LmPA&&71jfi
+ Fjfi71PAVVFjbigskipRPWGAUU71727374 75,76Fjpar71727375Djifx
+ :76jelse&U76jfiPLAKK7172F71l7271PAXX71FVLnOSeL71SLRyadR@oL
+ RrhC?yLRurtKFeLPFovPgaTLtReRomL;PABB71 72,73:Fjif.73.jelse
+ B73:jfiXF71PU71 72,73:PWs;AMM71F71diPAJJFRdriPAQQFRsreLPAI
+ I71Fo71dPA!!FRgiePBt'el@ lTLqdrYmu.Q.,Ke;vz vzLqpip.Q.,tz;
+ ;Lql.IrsZ.eap,qn.i. i.eLlMaesLdRcna,;!;h htLqm.MRasZ.ilk,%
+ s$;z zLqs'.ansZ.Ymi,/sx ;LYegseZRyal,@i;@ TLRlogdLrDsW,@;G
+ LcYlaDLbJsW,SWXJW ree @rzchLhzsW,;WERcesInW qt.'oL.Rtrul;e
+ doTsW,Wk;Rri@stW aHAHHFndZPpqar.tridgeLinZpe.LtYer.W,:jbye
+
+
If you run this through TeX (not LaTeX) I'm sure you will be surprised at the result. +

There is inevitably a problem when converting from LaTeX to HTML for a document that +includes figures/illustrations or anything more than the most simple mathematical typesetting as, +basically, HTML provides no support. Typically, mathematics and illustrations, are converted to a +picture format and then inserted into the HTML document as graphics, usually with a very poor +appearance. +

However, for mathematics the situation is starting to change because of the advent of +MathML ( http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2). In particular the Milestone 13 release of Mozilla ( +http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html) is a MathML-enabled browser. Some examples, +generated by TeX4ht, are available at http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess. +

All the systems generate HTML tagged documents, with the particular tagging `style' set by +the system. It is advantageous to use a converter which either by default generates your desired +style, or which can be modified in some manner to do so. + +

3.1 Self-parsing systems

+

The self-parsing systems incorporate their own parsers for the TeX language. In essence, this +means that they `know' the meaning of common TeX commands, but probably not all possible +commands. It is advantageous to use a system that can be extended to deal with commands that +were not anticipated by the author. +

The only system I am familiar with in this class is Peter Wilson's ltx2x program ( +ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x). This program works by replacing known +LaTeX commands, and their arguments, by user-specified text strings [Wil96]. It is unable to +handle anything more than very simple mathematics and ignores any pictures. The user-specified +command texts are kept in a simple command-table file. Within limits, new LaTeX commands +and environments may be specified within a command-table file and the command texts modified. +The ltx2x program has been used to `detex' (i.e., remove all LaTeX commands) files, +convert to HTML, and convert to SGML. It cannot convert to XML due to a yet to be +resolved technical problem in dealing with end of paragraph tags. The program is written +in C and so requires a C compiler for installation. The system can be extended via +some C programming, in which case the flex and bison programs are also required. +There is no chance that ltx2x would ever make any sense whatsoever of xii.tex on +page 10. +

Perhaps the most venerable system is the LaTeX2HTML system +( http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual or +ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html), originally by Nikos Drakos +and now maintained by Ross Moore and others. This system is written using Perl ( +ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl). It also requires a database management system such as the +Unix DBM or NDBM, or the GNU GDBM system. Further, it requires Ghostscript and the +netpbm library of graphics utilities ( ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities). To extend or +change the default conversion style requires, I think, some Perl programming. A fuller description +and examples are given in [GR99]. +

Another converter is the TtH program by Ian Hutchinson ( http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth) +which is cost-free for non-commercial use; commercial use in this case is roughly by anyone who gets +paid while using it (but see http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html +for the actual wording). There is also another version, TeX2HTML ( http://www.tex2html.com) +which is the `commercial GOLD version of the freeware Tth by Ian Hutchinson'. These programs +run on the usual range of operating systems. An example of the output from TtH is given +in [GR99]. +

3.2 TeX-based parsing system

+

Eitan Gurari's TeX4ht system appears to be unique in that it uses TeX as the +parser for the LaTeX document and instead effectively takes the *.dvi file as its +starting point for conversion to HTML. That is, it does not have to understand TeX +code and can, in fact, convert David Carlise's xii.tex (page 10) to HTML. The system + +is available from http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html. It +consists of two C programs, one package file, and a set of *.4ht configuration files, one +for each of the typical LaTeX classes and packages. It also requires ImageMagick ( +http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html) for handling illustrations and +non-simple mathematics. Simply speaking, the system is extended by writing new *.4ht file(s) and +its output modified by writing simple *.cfg file(s) that override the *.4ht file(s). At the moment, +the best and most detailed description is given in [GR99]. +

By default, TeX4ht can generate a non-tagged file or a file tagged with either HTML3.2 or +HTML4.0. By writing appropriate *.cfg files it can be made to generate XML tagged files. The +system comes with a script called htlatex which controls the conversion process from LaTeX; +there is also the httex script for converting a TeX document. For instance, to convert the earlier +example LaTeX file, example.tex (page 3), to an HTML4.0 tagged document, it is enough to +run: +
htlatex example +
which will then output example.html. Similarly, to convert xii.tex just run: +
httex xii. +

4 Examples

+

Hopefully, you should find several versions of this document, all of which have been generated +from a single source file. These are: +

    +
  • webguide.tex -- the LaTeX source. +
  • +
  • webguide.ps -- A PostScript version from running latex and dvips on webguide.tex. +
  • +
  • webguide.pdf -- A PDF version from runnning pdflatex on webguide.tex. +
  • +
  • webguide.html -- A HTML4.0 version from running htlatex on webguide.tex.
+

The HTML version uses the GIF file webguide0x.gif for the illustration; the file is automatically +generated by tex4ht using the ImageMagick convert program. The quality of the picture in the +viewed document depends on the particular viewer; different versions of Netscape, for example, +may display and print the diagram with very different rendering qualities. I asked TeX4ht to +generate this particular figure at 180dpi instead of the default 110dpi to improve the +quality. +

References

+ +

+[GMS94]   Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. The LaTeX + Companion. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. +

+[GR99]    Michel Goossens and Sebastion Rahtz. The LaTeX Web Companion - Integrating + TeX, HTML, and XML. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1999. (with Eitan + Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor). +

+[Hob92]    John Hobby. ‘A User’s Manual for MetaPost’. Technical Report 162, AT&T Bell + Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, 1992. +

+[Hoe98]    Alan Hoenig. TeX Unbound - LaTeX and TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics, & + More. Oxford University Press, 1998. +

+[Knu84]    Donald E. Knuth. The TeXbook. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984. +

+[Knu86]    Donald E. Knuth. The METAFONTbook. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, + 1986. +

+[Lam94]    Leslie Lamport. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley + Publishing Company, second edition, 1994. +

+[Wil96]    Peter R. Wilson. ltx2x: A LaTeX to X Auto-tagger. NIST Report NISTIR, June + 1996. +

+ + + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffdca467fa7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02f64e75d0b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b22433386e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex @@ -0,0 +1,615 @@ +% webguide.tex Guide to LaTeX, STEP and the Web, etc + +\documentclass[11pt]{article} + +% a11pream.tex generic preamble +\usepackage{url} +%\usepackage{ltx2html} +\setlength{\textheight}{8.0in} +\setlength{\textwidth}{6.0in} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.25in} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0.25in} +\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0.6in} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{4} + +%% \usepackage{times} + +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi + +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 + \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else + \usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + +\newcommand{\file}[1]{\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\program}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\package}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\mpost}{\textsc{MetaPost}} +\newcommand{\mfont}{\textsc{metafont}} +\newcommand{\Han}{H\`{a}n Th\^{e} Th\`{a}nh} +\newcommand{\tex}{TeX} +\newcommand{\latex}{LaTeX} + +\title{A Brief Guide to \latex{} Tools for Web Publishing} +\author{Peter R. Wilson\thanks{With helpful critiques by +Eitan Gurari (\texttt{gurari@cis.ohio-state.edu}) and +David Wilson (\texttt{davidw@utopiatype.com.au}).} \\ + \texttt{peter.r.wilson@boeing.com}} +\date{11 March 2000} + +\begin{document} +\pagestyle{headings} +\pagenumbering{roman} +\maketitle +\begin{abstract} +This document provides a brief guide to converting \latex{} documents +to forms more suitable for dissemination via the Web. +\end{abstract} +\tableofcontents +\listoffigures +\clearpage +\pagenumbering{arabic} + +\section{Introduction} + + Publishing on the Web has rapidly achieved significant importance, +for example, the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) +is moving towards electronic forms of International Standard documents +that are suitable for publishing on the Web, and in particular, documents +as PDF or HTML files rather than their traditional request for camera-ready +paper copy. + + Documents written using \latex~\cite{LAMPORT94} tagging can be +easily converted to +PostScript, PDF and HTML, all from the single electronic source. This +guide briefly notes some of the ways that this can be accomplished. + Most of the programs and systems mentioned here are described in more +detail in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}. + + I have made no attempt to design this document for Web publication. The +typographical rules for printing on paper are well founded, having been +developed over hundreds of years. Display on computer screens is a +very different matter and requires a different set of rules, most of which, +as yet, are either in a state of flux or unavailable. For LaTeXers who +are interested in this topic I suggest a look at D.~P.~Story's work on +AcroTeX (\url{http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html}). Further, +for the example conversions I have used only the minimal tool options +necessary. Many of the tools have extensive capabilities which are well +documented in their accompanying user manuals; these should be consulted for +further information. + + +\subsection{URLs} + + I have tried to provide URLs for the programs and systems mentioned +here. Most \latex-related software is available from the Comprehensive +TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three sites, +\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive} in the USA, +\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive} in the UK, and +\url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive} in Germany, as well as several mirror +sites. Usefully, the CTAN sites (but not necessarily a mirror site) supports +on-the-fly zipping of files and entire directories, which makes downloading +a group of files less tedious than having to get them one-by-one. Below, +I have used \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive} to stand for any of +the three CTAN sites. + + +\subsection{Disclaimer} + + Nothing that is said in this document is meant to imply any endorsement +or recommendation, either +positive or negative, concerning any systems or programs mentioned herein. + + Many of the systems or programs are `free' in the sense that they are +either public domain or their licences are roughly equivalent to the GNU +Public License. +Others are either commercial or have more restricitive +licenses or may require payment. Where known, programs and systems that are +not `free' are noted. + +\section{PDF} + + The traditional output from a \latex{} (e.g., \file{*.tex}) file is +a `device independent' \file{*.dvi} file. The \file{*.dvi} file is then processed further to convert +it to a format suitable for printing on a particular printing device. +In the vast majority of cases the final printable format +has been PostScript, obtained by running the \file{*.dvi} file through a +program like \program{dvips}, to generate a \file{*.ps} file. + + PostScript was developed by Adobe Systems. The Portable Document +Format (PDF) has since also been developed by Adobe, and seems to be +overtaking PostScript as the format of choice for printing, and especially +for display via the Web. + + DVI and PDF are somewhat similar in that they both describe where +(electronic) ink is to be put on (electronic) paper. PostScript also +does this but at the same time it is a complete programming language. +This means that it is inherently more difficult, time consuming, and computer +intensive, to process PostScript than either DVI or PDF. This is probably +the reason behind the popularity of PDF on the Web. + + There are now several methods of producing a PDF (e.g., \file{*.pdf}) +file from \file{*.tex}. These include: +\begin{itemize} +\item Converting from PostScript to PDF; + from \file{*.ps} to \file{*.pdf}. +\item Generate PDF from the device independent file; + from \file{*.dvi} to \file{*.pdf} +\item Generate PDF directly from the \latex{} source; + from \file{*.tex} to \file{*.pdf}. +\end{itemize} + + +\subsection{From PostScript to PDF} + + There are basically two routes to getting from PostScript to PDF. The +first of these is to use Acrobat software from Adobe Systems, which +essentially means the commercial \program{Distiller} program. +\program{Distiller} can read in a PostScript file and output a PDF file +where the visual results of printing the two files are identical. This, +or any other, PDF file can be viewed and/or printed via the charge-free +Acrobat \program{Reader} program. Note that when using \program{Reader} +the `fit to paper' option may alter the page layout, for example by changing +the height of the text block. + + + The second route is to use a non-Adobe converter program, +like \program{Ghostscript} which runs on nearly all operating systems and +which is obtainable from +\url{http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost}. The \program{Ghostscript} distribution +comes with a script called \program{ps2pdf} which performs the conversion. +The distribution also provides the popular \program{Ghostview} program, +which is a viewer for both PostScript and PDF files. + + Another +converter program, which does have some licensing conditions that may not +be suitable for all users, is \program{PStill}; it is available from +\url{http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html}. + +\subsection{From DVI to PDF} + + Mark Wicks' \program{dvipdfm} program +(\url{http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm}) converts a \file{*.dvi} file to a +\file{*.pdf} file. The program is used in the same manner as \program{dvips} +and provides similar capabilities. + + PostScript illustrations are handled in one of two ways. Simple PostScript +generated by the \mpost{} program~\cite{HOBBY92} is included natively. +Any other PostScript file is first converted to PDF by using an external +program like \program{Ghostscript} and then inserted +into the output file. Illustrations in PDF, PNG and JPEG formats require +no external aids. + + \program{dvipdfm} is written in C but there are some binaries for Linux +systems. + + +\subsection{From LaTeX to PDF} + + The \program{pdfLaTeX} program being developed by \Han{} is a modified +version of \tex{} that generates \file{*.pdf} instead of \file{*.dvi} output +files. \program{pdfLaTeX} is distributed with many of the free \latex{} +distributions, and is also obtainable from +\url{ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh}, although it may be +better to try \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex}. + + Running \program{pdfLaTeX} is very similar to running \latex, but some +minor changes are required to the \file{*.tex} file. For example: \label{code:example} +\begin{verbatim} +% example.tex example latex file +\documentclass[...]{...} +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi + +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 +% \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx +% \usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref +\else +% \usepackage{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx +% \usepackage{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref +\fi +.... +\end{verbatim} + +Running \\ +\texttt{latex example} \\ +will produce \file{example.dvi}, while running \\ +\texttt{pdflatex example} \\ +will produce \file{example.pdf}. It is thus very easy to generate both +\file{*.dvi} and \file{*.pdf} from the same \latex{} source file. + + \program{pdflatex} will handle graphics files in the following formats: +PDF, PNG, JPEG and TIFF, but notice that (Encapsulated) PostScript is +missing from this list. However, it can handle directly the simple +Encapsulated PostScript output by \mpost~\cite{HOBBY92}. +It does, though, expect \mpost{} files to have a \file{.mps} extension. +To include PostScript from other sources it is necessary to convert the +PostScript to PDF. + + \program{pdftex}, and hence \program{pdflatex}, has some extra +primitive commands +that are not available in \tex{} itself specifically for accessing aspects +of the PDF format, for example to create hypertext links, bookmarks or +article threads. Consult the manual for details. + + Independently of \program{pdflatex} the \package{hyperref} package +(\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref}) +extends the functionality of the \latex{} cross-referencing commands to +include hypertext links, and also ad hoc hypertext links to, for example, +external documents and URLs. + +\subsection{Fonts} + + The normal fonts used with \latex{} are the Computer Modern family +developed by Knuth using \mfont~\cite{KNUTH86b}. +All \mfont{} fonts are in the form of +bitmaps, which is unfortunate when it comes to PDF. Typically, PDF will +only use one size of each font for a document, and will scale this if +different font sizes are required. This normally works well as fonts +used with PDF are typically `Type~1' fonts (e.g., PostScript fonts) +which are designed to be scaleable. Bitmap fonts look terrible when scaled +or printed at a resolution that they were not designed for. + + In other words, expect bad results if you generate a PDF file with +the original Computer Modern fonts. + + Perhaps the easiest method of dealing with this is to use the most common +PostScript fonts, namely Times, Courier and Helvetica. All that is +necessary is to add \verb|\usepackage{times}| to the document's preamble. + + Alternatively, if you need to use the CM fonts, perhaps because a lot +of mathematics is involved, many \latex{} distributions include +Type~1 versions of the CM fonts. If you don't have them they can be found at +\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky} and +at \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1} for the AMS fonts. + + Goossens \textit{et al.} provide useful and general information +on installing and using different fonts with \latex~\cite{GOOSSENS94}, +while for the fontophile, Alan Hoenig~\cite{HOENIG98} delves much +more deeply into the installation of PostScript fonts. + + \tex{} doesn't care about the particular shape of any glyph, nor how it +is constructed or represented, it only cares about the space occupied by +each character (i.e., the \file{*.tfm} files). +It is the DVI processor that needs to know in detail +about the fonts in a document. So, the DVI processor has to be told to +use Type~1 CM PostScript fonts. +The following is for the \program{dvips} program. +For convenience, let \path{$TEXMF} stand for the root of the +\path{texmf} tree (e.g., \path{/usr/teTeX/texmf}). + + \program{dvips} looks in the \path{$TEXMF/dvips/base/psfonts.map} +to see if it can use any PostScript fonts. This file starts off something +like: +\begin{verbatim} +bchb8r CHarterBT-Bold "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) 19yy + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0f2df7ca9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Filename: html2latex.zip + +Function: Creates LateX 2.09 files from html-files. + +Comments: Compiled from Unix sources version 0.9c with emx 0.9c fix 2. + Runs on DOS, Windows (3.x, 9x, NT), OS/2 Warp + +Recompiled by Roland Reimers (reimers@muffin.physik.uni-bremen.de) diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a11748e8240 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + + + +html2latex(1) + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

NAME

+ +

html2latex -- convert HTML markup to LaTeX markup

+ +

The original author, Nathan Torrington, wrote:
+"The source is available +here", +
+but this is obviously no longer the case.
+Instead, I (W.Hennings) put it here. This +zip-file includes an msdos executable.
+There is another compiled version on CTAN which I also put +here (see description), but both result from the same source. +

+ +

+ +

SYNOPSIS

+ +

html2latex [opt ...] [file ...]

+ +

DESCRIPTION

+ +

For each file argument, html2latex converts the text as HTML markup +to LaTeX markup. If no files are specified, a usage message is given. Input +will be taken from standard input for files named -. Output will to a +similarly named file with a .tex extension (html2latex recognises +.html extensions).

+ +

Options modify the action of html2latex. The options are:

+ +
+
-n
+
Number sections.
+
-p
+
Place page breaks after the title page (if present) and the table of +contents (if present).
+
-c
+
Generate a table of contents.
+
-s
+
Create no files -- LaTeX is output to stdout.
+
-t Title
+
Generate a title page, with the title 'Title'.
+
-a Author
+
Generate a title page, with the author 'Author'.
+
+ +

EXAMPLES

+ +

An example of use is html2latex -n - < file.html | less This converts +file.html to LaTeX and pages through the output. The sections +(corresponding to heading tags in the HTML source) will be numbered.

+ +

Another example is html2latex -t 'Introduction to HTML' -a gnat -p -c +html-intro This takes input from the file html-intro, writing to +html-intro.tex, and adds a title page (with title Introduction to +HTML and author gnat) and table of contents with page-breaks after +both. The sections of the document are not numbered.

+ +

BUGS

+ +

Current the only HTML tags supported are: TITLE, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, +UL, OL, DL, DT, DD, LI, B, I, U, EM, STRONG, CODE, SAMP, KBD, VAR, DFN, CITE, +LISTING. The only recognised SGML escapes are &amp, &lt, +&gt. ADDRESS tags are handled badly.

+ +

The COMPACT attribute to a DL tag is not recognised. +MENU and DIR styles are not handled well. TITLE text are +ignored.

+ +

Currently PRE tags are not handled at all.

+ +

The entire file is read into memory. For long HTML documents on machines +with little memory, this may cause problems.

+ +

CREDITS

+ +

Nathan Torkington adapted the HTML parser from NCSA's Xmosaic package +(file://ncsa.uiuc.edu/Web/xmosaic) and wrote the conversion code. The +HTML parser code is subject to the NCSA restrictions. The conversion code is +subject to the VUW restrictions. Enquiries should be sent via e-mail to +Nathan.Torkington "at" vuw.ac.nz.

+ +

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82f55f901cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ + + + + + +Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage

+ +

Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors

+ +

Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research +Center) Jülich GmbH
+last update of this page or any of its subpages: April 16, 2004
+The url of this page is +http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html +

+ +

To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages:
+Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are +continuously flooded with virus laden mails.
+PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from +now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at +least twice a week.
+If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address +books!!!

+ +

The main list is divided into two parts:

+ +

Converters from LaTeX to PC +textprocessors

+ +

Converters from PC textprocessors to +LaTeX

+ +

Please also read the copyright and the +disclaimer

+ +

You can also download the whole set of www pages in a +zip file. This zip file is also +available from CTAN (directory .../help/wp-conv/), but +there it isn't updated as often as on this page.

+ +

Related external www pages

+ +

List of +converters ported to Macintosh

+ +

TeX-FAQ (auf +Deutsch), Abschnitt 11.3: Konverter (nach Aufruf der Seite +weiterblättern bis Abschnitt 11.3)

+ +

CTAN

+ +

CTAN is "The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network". The primary CTAN +hosts -- which also allow uploading -- are the German, the British and the USA +sites. There are many more full or partial CTAN mirrors. A list of CTAN +(primary and mirror) hosts is available at +ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/README.mirrors. +

+ +

The following are links to the primary CTAN hosts:

+ +

Der deutsche CTAN Server (The German CTAN +server)

+ +

The British CTAN server

+ +

The USA CTAN Server

+ +

and the directories on them where you find the converters:

+ +

Deutscher CTAN Server, +freie Konverter

+ +

British CTAN server, free +converters

+ +

USA CTAN Server, free +converters

+ +

It is also possible to order CD-ROM(s) from CTAN with the CTAN contents -- +
+description in German: http://www.dante.de/software/cdrom/, +
+description in English: http://www.tug.org/texlive.html.

+
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • It must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged.
  • +
  • You may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution.
  • +
+ +

Disclaimer

+ +

1. Because the information is licensed free of charge, there +is no warranty for the information, to the extent permitted by applicable law. +Except when otherwise stated in writing the copyright holders and/or other +parties provide the information "as is" without warranty of any kind, +either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied +warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The entire +risk as to the quality and performance of the information is with you. Should +the information prove defective, you assume the cost of all necessary +servicing, repair or correction.

+ +

2. At the time of putting a link in one of my pages, I found +the linked content appropriate and probably helpful for readers of my pages. +However in most cases I did not test whether the information on external pages +is correct so I take no responsibility for its correctness. Moreover, external +contents may be changed without my knowledge and an URL may be taken over by a +different party without my knowledge. I therefore also take no responsibility +for changes of external contents after adding a link to one of my webpages. If +a link seems inappropriate, please inform me. (In this context, "external +contents" means contents of webpages of which I am not the author.) +

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc59ff7bf37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +Received via email on April 9, 1997 from lisa@ktalk.com +citation begin>> + +We have two different products: Texport, which converts from LaTeX/TeX to +Word, and Publishing Companion, which converts from Word to LaTeX/TeX. +Equations (greek letters, math symbols, etc.) and text are converted, other +kinds of graphics not. When converting from LaTeX to Word, equations are +converted 90-95% well. From Word -> LaTeX they came out only 60-70% because +Word equations format is encrypted. + +Both Texport and Publishing run under Windows 3.x or Win'95, using Word 6.x +or later versions, on a IBM PC. Each of these products work together with +our math editor, MathEdit, which let you create/edit/correct equations and +then save them in various graphics format: WMF (which is the best for Word), +BMP, TIFF, EPS and/or TeX/LaTeX code. In the conversion process, our macros +insert the equations graphics into the final document (when convert from +LaTeX to Word) or merge together the equations LaTeX code and the text (when +convert from Word to LaTeX). + +For more information, please visit our web site at: +http://www.ktalk.com + +We have also a working demo of MathEdit which you can download. (This demo +permits you only equations not document conversion). +If you don't have Internet access, call us back for more details. +Please use the following: +lisa@ktalk.com or +ktalk@aol.com + +Looking forward to work with you! +K-Talk Communications, Inc. +Columbus, Ohio 43212 USA +Fax: (614) 488-9505 +Phone: (614) 488-8818 + +< + + +Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me + + + + +

Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me

+ +

last update: May 25, 1998

+ +

Although this page resides on the official WWW server of +Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH, it +is NOT officially supported by Forschungszentrum Jülich but results from +my personal work.

+ +

Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed.
+All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send +corrections, enhancements and supplements to the following address:

+ +
+
e-mail:
+
W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de
+
Fax:
+
(+49) 2461 61 8254
+
Mail:
+
W. Hennings c./o.
+Forschungszentrum Juelich GmbH
+ISR
+D-52425 Juelich
+Germany
+
+ +
+ +

Distinguish two groups of causes why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me: +

+ +

A. General Problems

+ +

1. K-Talk's software uses their own formula editor "MathEdit", +which is incompatible with Microsoft's equation editor. Therefore if I convert +a LaTeX file to word, only users having K-Talk's MathEdit are able to use the +converted file.

+ +

2. On the PC wordprocessor side, K-Talk's software primarily uses the +WordPerfect 5.1 format. MS Word users must install extra macros for conversion +to a "tagged document file".
+These macros however are written for Word6 and need some dlls belonging to +word6 which I don't have because I have word7(95). So I could not get them +running.

+ +

3. Capacity: on converting the "LaTeX2e Kurzbeschreibung" (from +CTAN, "l2kurz.tex" plus include-files) I get the error message +"file l2k2.tex too large to include".
+As LaTeX is intended for large documents, a professional converter should be +able to convert large documents!

+ +

B. Localization Problems

+ +

1. In addition to being not compatible with MS word versions later than +word6, the word macros need to be localized if one doesn't have the English +version of Word.

+ +

2. TexPort doesn't recognize German umlauts used in german.sty - see the +converted example "l2kurz"

+ +

Sample of Converted Files (LaTeX -> WP)

+ +

essent.zip containing the files:
+essential.tex, hndout.sty=LaTeX source
+essent.wp5=wp5.1 file converted by TexPort

+ +

l2kurz.zip containing the files:
+l2kurz.tex, l2k1.tex, l2k2.tex, l2k3.tex, l2k4.tex, l2ksym.tex, a4.sty, +german.sty=LaTeX source
+l2kurz.wp5=wp5.1 file converted by TexPort

+ +

where essential.tex and l2kurz.tex are originals from CTAN.

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..881199c3cb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me +Author: W.Hennings@fz-juelich.de +last update: May 25, 1998 + +Distinguish two groups of causes why K-Talk's software +doesn't work for me: + +A. General Problems -- + +1. K-Talk's software uses their own formula editor "MathEdit", + which is incompatible with Microsoft's equation editor. + Therefore if I convert a LaTeX file to word, only users + having K-Talk's MathEdit are able to use the converted file. + +2. On the PC wordprocessor side, K-Talk's software primarily uses + the WordPerfect 5.1 format. MS Word users must install + extra macros for conversion to a "tagged document file". + These macros however are written for Word6 and + need some dlls belonging to word6 which I don't have + because I have word7(95). So I could not get them running. + +3. Capacity: on converting the "LaTeX2e Kurzbeschreibung" + (from CTAN, "l2kurz.tex" plus include-files) + I get the error message "file l2k2.tex too large to include". + As LaTeX is intended for large documents, a professional converter + should be able to convert large documents! + +B. Localization Problems -- + +1. In addition to being not compatible with MS word versions later than + word6, the word macros need to be localized if one doesn't have + the English version of Word. + +2. TexPort doesn't recognize German umlauts used in german.sty + + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7c5c5e58d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + +la2mml: LaTeX to FrameMaker + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

la2mml

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

Converts LaTeX documents to MML (Maker Markup Language), a format used by +Adobe FrameMaker, a page layout program available for Unix, Windows, and Mac. +

+ +

USA site: + +http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html +

+ +

The site +http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/ +contains templates which make conversion from Framemaker to LaTeX more easy. It +also supplies converters from Framemaker to LaTeX and from LaTeX to Framemaker. +

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..470f7a81337 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + +LAOLA + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

LAOLA

+ +

last update: July 28, 1998

+ +

LAOLA can read Word6- and Word7-documents under Unix and extract the text. +

+ +

Excerpt from the WWW page: "LAOLA is a collection of documentations and +perl programs dealing with binary file formats of Windows program documents. +LAOLA is giving access to the raw document streams of any program using +"structured storage" technology to save its documents. ELSER is +dealing especially with these streams as they are present in Word 6 and Word 7 +documents."

+ +

See +http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/ +

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2163539ff9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ + + + +latex2rtf converter + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

latex2rtf converter

+ +

this page last updated on Aug 6, 2002

+ +

latex2rtf, written in C.

+ +

Converts LaTeX equations to Word's formula fields (EQ fields) or images. +(Anyone who wants and is able to implement conversion to equation editor +objects please contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de).)
+The default is conversion to formula fields. These generally display the +equations in a reasonable quality. If double-clicked in Word, a formula field +will be converted to an equation editor object, but often with really bad +result (depending on which constructs are contained in the equation).
+Conversion to images requires a TeX installation, ImageMagick, and Ghostscript. +

+ +

References are converted to field functions which must be updated after +loading the resulting rtf file into Word (mark complete document and press F9). +As development is still going on, I am not sure in how far APA-style references +are handled; if you need APA style references, also have a look at the +preprocessor +ltxapa2rtf. +

+ +

Still there are drawbacks in the conversion. In fact, don't expect any +LaTeX-file to be converted like you want, don't expect it to be converted +without errors or warnings, and: don't even expect it to be converted at all, +since LaTeX2rtf is at most at a very experimental stage. LaTeX2rtf is known to +have a lot of bugs. In fact we could state that there are some special cases, +where a LaTeX-file can be translated to RTF satisfactorily by LaTeX2rtf.
+-- This was sort of disclaimer, ok? Ok!

+ +

C-source and makefiles (compiles on Unix with gcc; MS-DOS/Windows with gcc; +and Macintosh with the DropUnix environment) as well as executables for MS-DOS +(compatible with win95, win98, winME, nt4.0, win2000, winXP) and Macintosh are +available from +http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/. +

+ +

A stable but not always the most recent release is also available from +CTAN sites, directory +.../support/latex2rtf
+(the ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive").

+ +

We still seek for people joining us as maintainer or developer. If you are +interested, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de).

+ +

Copyright:

+ +

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any +later version.
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANT-ABILITY or FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details.

+ +

Note that this Copyright note only applies to the changes made to get the +actual version. The older versions have their own Copyright policy stated in +their distribution.

+ +

History:

+ +

In 1994 the first Version of LaTeX2rtf was written by a group of students +of the Viena University supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck. They took up a LaTeX +parser and added most of the functionality to the program. In 1995 work +continued with a second group of students. The result was LaTeX2rtf Version +1.5.

+ +

Unfortunately, two different persons started further development of that +program, not knowing of each other:

+ +
    +
  • In 1997, Daniel Taupin started updating this converter, and still is +maintaining his version.
  • +
  • In 1998, Georg Lehner found the reference to the original LaTeX2rtf on +this webpage and added some functionality. Unfortunately we did not know about +Daniel's developments. His work resulted in version 1.8aa.
  • +
+ +

In 2001, Scott Prahl started to make some significant enhancements, also +including many of Daniel's additions. He is still working on it. So this +page is about Georg's and Scott's version. Latest stable release is 1.9.12 +and includes many of the features of Daniel's version.

+ +

Temporarily I (Wilfried Hennings) feel responsible for coordinating the +exchange of development information. But we are still seeking for a person +who can act as coordinator of future development, and we also need a person to +take over the development. Anyone feeling able to do that please contact +me by email to W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de.

+ +

We got a project initiated at sourceforge.net which aids in further +development. Visit its homepage at http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/ +or its project page at +http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/. +

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c2ed7e98670 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + +ltx2rtf converter + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

ltx2rtf converter

+ +

this page last updated on Aug 6, 2002

+ +

ltx2rtf, written in C.

+ +

Converts LaTeX equations to images (requires emTeX and Ghostscript).

+ +

Current version is 5-5. You can get it from +ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/. +NOTE: Netscape and Opera can not establish the connection to this link, but MS +Internet Explorer can. (This may be caused by the fact that the server is +Microsoft ftp service on Win2000 or WinXP). If you have such problems, try a +plain ftp client instead.

+ +

Look here for Daniel's description of his +version - although this description is of Sept. 1999 and does not fully +describe the features of the current version.

+ +

ltx2rtf doesn't handle APA-style references correctly (up to ltx2rtf 5.4; +later versions may handle these). So Randall C. O'Reilly wrote a preprocessor +which handles APA-stuff and then invokes ltx2rtf to produce rtf output. See +ltxapa2rtf. +

+ +

History:

+ +

In 1994 the first Version of LaTeX2rtf was written by a group of students +of the Viena University supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck. They took up a LaTeX +parser and added most of the functionality to the program. In 1995 work +continued with a second group of students. The result was LaTeX2rtf Version +1.5.

+ +

Unfortunately, two different persons started further development of that +program, not knowing of each other:

+ +
    +
  • In 1997, Daniel Taupin started updating this converter, and still is +maintaining his version.
  • +
  • In 1998, Georg Lehner found the reference to the original LaTeX2rtf on +this webpage, added some functionality and still is maintaining his version. +Unfortunately he did not know about Daniel's developments.
  • +
+ +

So this page is about Daniel's version.

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..607e8edc4cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ + + + + + ltx2rtf: exporting LaTeX documents to Word addicts + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

ltx2rtf :
+exporting LATEX documents to Word addicts

+ +

Daniel Taupin
+laboratoire de Physique des Solides
+bât. 510, centre universitaire
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex

+ +

Note (by W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de):
+This description is of Sept. 1999 and may not fully correspond to the features +of the current version of the program.

+ +

Abstract

+ +

ltx2rtf is a compiler that translates +LATEX2e source text into the +RTF format used by several text processors, including Microsoft Word and Word +for Windows. It was written by Fernando Dorner and Andreas Granzer in a +one-semester course in Vienna (Austria) and is currently found as latex2rtf + in CTAN servers.

+ +

It was heavily corrected and adapted to LATEX2e in +1997 by Daniel Taupin. The distribution was intended mainly for use within the +MS-DOS window of Win95 and Win3.11, but all sources can be compiled on unix +computers having GCC compilers.

+ +

+ +

1  Introduction: the need for a converter +to RTF

+ +

Like most of the audience of TUG and other TEXperts' meetings, I +usually write most of my papers in LATEX2e. But problems +arise when needing to transmit these documents to +non-LATEX users.

+ +

+ +

1.1  The various cul-de-sacs when +transmitting LATEX documents

+ +

Transmitting a LATEX document to other +LATEX users is no problem, since all +LATEX formats at least recognise the 7-bit representation +of accented letters. The problem arises only when the addressee is reluctant to +use a LATEX representation:

+ +

+ +

1.1.1  Sending plain text

+ +

This obvious (poor) solution fails because accented letters have at least +three commonly used codings, the 850 for PCs, the Mac encoding and the +ISO-latin1 coding, notwithstanding eastern European countries which use other +ISO-8859 codings. Even the possible 7-bit bypass is often rejected since people +who are not computer scientists seem allergic to the 7-bit representation +"r\'esum\'e" instead of "résumé". +

+ +

+ +

1.1.2  Sending a PostScript file

+ +

This is the apparently "good" solution used by everyone in +scientific areas. But it may fail for several reasons:

+ +
    +
  1. All hard-scientists have access to at least one PostScript printer, +but administrative offices, as well as most private persons, do not due to the +high cost of PostScript printers.
  2. +
  3. Even if they can access a PostScript printer, people receiving such a file +in an e-mail under Windows have no standard means to send a PostScript file to +their PostScript printer: as a matter of fact, Windows provides several +"drivers" for PostScript printers, but no driver doing nothing except +plain transmission which is possible only by using the unix lp or +lpr commands, or the MS-DOS copy command1.
  4. +
  5. Other software can solve this problem, but you cannot reasonably ask your +correspondent (all of your correspondents in the case of a mailing list) to +install either GhostScript, GhostView or prfile10.
  6. +
+ +

+ +

1.1.3  Sending image files

+ +

One could think of sending images of the document, rather than the text +with its layout. In fact, this is rather satisfactory if the document is one or +two pages: a scanner can be used to produce GIF files, or several packages are +available to help the knowledgeable producer of a complex document in +converting it from DVI, PostScript, PCL to GIF, a format whose advantage is +being compressed. However:

+ +
    +
  1. not all addressees are aware that they could use their Netscape or +Microsoft Explorer to view a local GIF file;
  2. +
  3. the GIF-bitmap file of a pure text page consumes much more space that the +text it contains: the size is no problem for a few pages, but it is for dozens. +
  4. +
+ +

+ +

1.2  How to think of portability

+ +

The sender of a LATEX document - as well as the +sender of a C or F77 source program - is therefore faced with a portability + problem.

+ +

Unfortunately, the person who exposes these difficulties is likely to get +answers of the form: "why don't you get rid of your Windows system and +move to unix?", "why don't you discard your old Epson printer and +have a PostScript printer?", "why don't you move from Microsoft's +text editors and use LATEX?", "why don't you +install GhostScript, GhostView, prfile10, or a Linux partition to your +PC?", etc.

+ +

All these common sense answers are right, but they just forget one thing: +the problem is not my with personal installation when +sending/mailing a document, the problem is with the installation of the +addressees, whose skill I perhaps do not know at all, and who are probably +unable to install software other than what they got when buying their personal +computer or when registering on some multi-user workstation.

+ +

+ +

2  The idea of ltx2rtf: using +Word as a DVI driver

+ +

When sending a document to a variety of addressees, one should think of +which software is most wide-spread among them; the answer is "thanks to +Micro$oft's powerful advertisements, they all possess2 a version of +Word[perfect] which can read RTF files.

+ +

In fact, whatever many people claim about Microsoft's way of managing its +software, RTF specifications are published by this company, and are available +at:

+
+ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/GC0165.EXE , +
+ +

a self-extracting zipped file yielding a *.DOC file3. Thus, using this +specification file (130 pages) and testing the actual behaviour of Word4, one can obtain a means +of producing RTF from a LATEX source.

+ +

This was attempted in 1994 by students at an institution which appears to +be a Technical University in Vienna (Austria) and widely posted on CTAN under +the name latex2rtf. Their translator is provided as several C source +files which can be easily compiled with a satisfactory "makefile". +

+ +

The C coding is clean and well structured but, unfortunately, the students +did not have a knowledge of LATEX of the same quality as +their C programming skill; thus many things had to be revised concerning font +management, sectioning, itemize, enumerate, description + and tabular environments, notwithstanding +LATEX2e more recent specifications.

+ +

Anyway, even with its deficiencies, latex2rtf produces a RTF file +which is quite satisfactory in the sense that it can be processed using Word, +and nicely printed after several manual corrections, without the need to retype +the whole of the text and add the font changes.

+ +

+ +

3  ltx2rtf

+ +

+ +

3.1  Features

+ +

In the same way as latex2html, ltx2rtf compiles the +LATEX source and directly produces RTF output, instead of +HTML.

+ +

Part, chapter and section numbering all use Word (and RTF) built-in macros +to provide section numbers which can be updated when inserting new sections +(i.e. "title" levels) as provided by Word. Optionally, these +numberings can be computed by ltx2rtf itself, in such a way they are +frozen for further Word updates. Conversely, enumerate environments +produce frozen numbers, mainly because Word's built-in features inhibit +unnumbered paragraphs within that environment.

+ +

Western European accented letters - including capitals - are correctly +treated, including the famous ISO-latin1 excluded "œ". In the +same way, additional abbreviation features provided by Bernard Gaulle's +french.sty and Daniel Taupin's smallcap.sty (which enables a +\scfamily command instead of \scshape to provide bold and/or +slanted small capitals).

+ +

+ +

3.2  Implementation

+ +

3.2.1  Basic

+ +
    +
  1. The input code can be either 7-bit, or ANSI (ISO-latin1) or 850. The Mac +coding is not yet implemented but doing that would not be a problem.
  2. +
  3. The source can be compiled with any GCC compiler (no serious problems with +other normal C compilers). We tested it mainly with the DJGPP port of GCC to +DOS (native, Win3.11 and Win95).
  4. +
  5. Nothing more is needed, as long as one does not want to translate maths. +
  6. +
  7. Maths parts are tentatively translated using the few RTF mathematical +features such as raising parts of the text and changing fonts (size and shape). +
  8. +
+ +

3.2.2  Maths handling

+ +

Two options are provided for maths handling.

+ +

+ +
    +
  1. The -m option uses LATEX-ing for +displayed equations, namely those enclosed with $$ ( +equation environment in the future). Then, nearly in the same way as +latex2html: + +
      +
    • ltx2rtf calls latex to produce a DVI file for each +equation;
    • +
    • ltx2rtf calls an external procedure (DVI2PBM.BAT) under +MSDOS) which, in turn, either calls emTeX's dvidrv dvidot to +produce PCX files and then calls NETPBM routines to convert the PCX to PBM, or +calls DVIPS to produce a PostScript file and then GhostScript to produce5 a PBM file;
    • +
    • finally, the PBM file is read by ltx2rtf itself and converted to +"wbitmap" as specified in the RTF specification document6;
    • +
    +
  2. +
  3. The -M option not only uses LATEX-ing for +displayed equations, but also for single $-enclosed +mathematical text.
  4. +
+ +

3.2.3  Quality of the result

+ +

From the LATEX-er's view point, output (text and +moreover maths) is much better than the results obtained by average +"Wordists", especially with respect to lists.

+ +

Therefore the RTF produced is very good when one wants to e-mail a +LATEX-typeset text to unkwnown (or known) addressees +whose probability of possessing Word is 95%, but of having at least DVI +printers/viewers or easy access to PostScript printers is only 5%.

+ +

+ +

3.2.4  The inconveniences

+ +

From the producer's viewpoint, one sees the same installation difficulties +as with latex2html with the exception that neither Perl nor GDBM/DBM +are needed.

+ +

But more major inconveniences are seen from the addressee's viewpoint:

+ +
    +
  • Since Microsoft now rules the computation and networking world, any +apparent deficiency in its products must be considered as "not a bug, but +a feature". Therefore, any layout different from what a Wordist usually +gets (think of no paragraph hanging indentation in hierarchical lists) maybe +considered as a negative feature, in the same way as accented capitals or +non-english characters which are so difficult to type (4 clicks and 3 mouse +moves to produce æ or œ in French).
  • +
  • Even worse, the LATEX-like layout takes advantage of +the powerful basic commands of RTF - something near to TEX +primitives plus some plain-TEX facilities - but such results are +nearly impossible to obtain with Word's ready-made clicking commands. + +

    The reason is that the ltx2rtf-generated format +("format" in the Word sense) is definitely different from those which +are provided as standard in Word's clicking windows. This results in the +impossibility for the addressee to modify the RTF file except for pure text +corrections and, perhaps, changes in sectioning (but not in section numbering +style).

    +
  • +
  • Obviously, math parts are frozen as images which can only be removed, +moved, enlarged or shrunk, but not edited.
  • +
+ +

+ +

3.3  Availability

+ +

Software can be obtained from: +ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/ltx2rtf.zip

+ +

+ +

4  Conclusion

+ +

In the same way that DVIPS is not intended to help typesetters moving from +LaTeX to PostScript, ltx2rtf is not intended to help them moving from +LATEX to Word, but to help them in sending or posting +nicely typeset papers, thus multiplying by tens the number of persons able to +display and print it on their own Microsoft-addicted devices.

+ +

+ +
+ +

Footnotes:

+ +

1 Which does +not work with network connected printers.

+ +

2 Whether they +actually bought the license is the addressee's problem, not mine.

+ +

3 Unzipping it +seems however to fail since that last posting. No comment...

+ +

4 An old Word +6.0 did not exactly respect the specifications...

+ +

5 Thanks to +Emmanuel Bigler who provided this alternate solution.

+ +

6 Other +picture specifications are described, but they all fail with Word 6.0; +therefore we kept to the only one succeeding.

+ +

+ +
+File translated from TEX by +TTH, version 2.34.
+On 1 Sep 1999, 12:25.
+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea0feee1ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + +ltx2word macros + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

ltx2word macros

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

LaTeX to WinWord 6, WinWord 7(95) and WinWord 97 converter, written as Word +macros.

+ +

Author: W. Hennings (myself) (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de)

+ +

Caution! Quick-and-dirty "pre-alpha" version!
+The author grants no warranty of any kind, especially neither for functionality +nor for any damage caused by use of the program, but suggestions for +enhancement are welcome.

+ +

New version June 11, 1997: More tags implemented, e.g. now also converts +\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular} to a table and \begin{center} ... +\end{center} to centered text. Still no formulae!!

+ +

Download: ltx2word.zip. This zipfile +contains:

+ +
+
ltx2w95.dot:
+
Template for GERMAN WinWord 7, probably also WinWord 6.
+NOT designed for, but adaptable to non-German versions.
+
ltx2w97.doc:
+
Converted to Word97 by Carsten Schwartz <smike "at" vip.cybercity.dk>
+
license.txt:
+
The GNU Public License
+
+ +

Note: This macro set is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU +General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dae450f4fbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + +MathType equation editor + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

MathType equation editor

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

The MathType equation editor, the full scale, commercial version of +WinWord's equation editor, is capable of converting its equations to TeX +format. Plain Tex, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and several flavors of MathML are +available in the new 4.0 release.
+MathType comes with a Word macro which will convert all the equations in a Word +document into TeX.

+ +

A special version of MathType, called TeXaide, is now available to be +downloaded for free from the mathtype homepage. With TeXaide +you can compose equations and output them in Plain TeX, AMS TeX, LaTeX, and AMS +LaTeX. You can also select and copy a Word97 equation (with or without opening +the equation editor), paste it into TeXaide and then output it in TeX format, +one equation at a time. (I didn't try it with other Word versions.) It runs on +Windows 95, 98, 2000 and NT 4.0 and newer.

+ +

I personally have MathType 3.1 and 4.0, too, and it IS able to convert from its own +format as well as from WinWord's EquationEditor format TO TeX. The backward +direction (TeX to MathType) is ONLY possible for TeX code which was produced by +MathType (containing a TeX comment which allows MathType to see how it was +generated). It also IS possible to convert from MathType to EquationEditor. +

+ +

Design Science, 4028 Broadway, Long Beach, CA 90803.
+Phone (USA) 562-433-0685, Fax (USA) 562-433-6969
+Sales USA 800-827-0685 (sales "at" mathtype.com)
+Sales Europe (+49) 6136 996090 (gregoryk "at" mathtype.com)
+email: info "at" mathtype.com, support: support "at" mathtype.com
+WWW: http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/ +

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a73e5ca93b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + +MSWordView + + + +

Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+

MSWordView

+

last update: July 28, 1998

+

MSWordView is a program that can understand the microsofts word 8 binary +file format (office97), it currently converts word into html, which can then be +read with a browser.

+

See http://www.csn.ul.ie/~caolan/docs/MSWordView.html +

+

Current Features include

+
    +
  • ability to understand fastsaved files as well as non-fastsaved files.
  • +
  • conversion of word header paragraph style into appropiate header levels of +html.
  • +
  • conversion of font attributes such as italic, bold and font size into html +tags
  • +
  • conversion of word tables into html tables.
  • +
  • conversion of ms symbol and wingding font into gif pics for html output, so +math done directly in word shows up fairly alright, note not equation +editor, thats an ole embedded type
  • +
  • encoding of non-west-european ascii languages into utf-8 encoding, which +should work with at least netscape.
  • +
  • some understanding of lists, lists are suprisingly difficult.
  • +
  • slightly less understanding of headers and footers.
  • +
+

Non Supported Features include

+
    +
  • text justification
  • +
  • embedded graphics or other embedded types
  • +
  • guaranteed proper handling of headers and footers
  • +
  • fully correct conversion of tab stops and other formatting done by the user +done with whitespace
  • +
  • correct conversion of lists, all lists become bullet pointed lists +(<ul>)
  • +
  • word 6 and 7 etc arent currently supported, just word 8. mswordview cant +understand these formats as they're somewhat different.
  • +
+

Defects are

+
    +
  • mswordview uses laola to extract the ole streams from the document, and on +occasion laola cant cope with some files, i.e corrupt docs and some large docs. +
  • +
+
+

This HTML page is part of the texcnv site.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me instead. Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some +other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents are unchanged. +
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ada59b72f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + +NB4LATEX converter + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters between from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX +- Overview

+ +

NB4LATEX

+ +

last update: July 24, 2000

+ +

citation begin>>

+ +

From: Guido Milanese <MC1194 "at" mclink.it>

+ +

This is to inform that there is a new program that converts NotaBene files +to LaTeX format. It is my NB4LATEX program, that converts files from NotaBene4 +(including ancient Greek and all the symbols of logic) to LaTeX2e format. The +program may be downloaded from my homepage + +http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/ +at the URL:

+ +

+http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/nb4latex.zip +

+ +

This is also a little contribution to the issue ov 'visual' editing for TeX. +With this conversion program and its utilities, you can use NotaBene for +editing (seeing all the accents, the Greek chars, etc.) and, at the very final +stage of document preparation, convert it to LaTeX2e.

+ +

It is a beta version. Please contact me for any problem.

+ +

Thanks, gm

+ +

<<citation end

+ +

remark by the FAQ maintainer:

+ +

Nota Bene's home page is http://www.notabene.com/

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..40b0c8f1767 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ + + + +PC -> LaTeX Converter Quick Comparison List + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

PC -> LaTeX Converter Quick Comparison List

+ +

Switch conversion direction: From LaTeX to +PC

+ +

Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research Center) Jülich GmbH
+last update: March 11, 2004

+ +

NOTE: This table is still under construction. I only had time to include the +most recent converters.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Program
+Author(s)
+referred version
Featuressupported Systemswhere on CTAN
rtf2latex2e
+by Ujwal Sathyam and Scott Prahl (free)
+1.0 fc2 (May 18, 2001)
convert from RTF + +
    +
  • detects text style: bold, italic, color, big, small,...
  • +
  • reads embedded figures: PICT, WMF, PNG, JPEG,...
  • +
  • reads tables: simple to semi-complex
  • +
  • equations: reads out Equation Editor equations
  • +
  • symbols: converts most greek and math symbols
  • +
  • reads footnotes
  • +
  • support for use of the fontenc package
  • +
  • translates hyperlinks using the hyperref package
  • +
+
all kinds of Unix
+DOS, MS Windows
.../support/rtf2latex2e
+for most recent version see + sourceforge.net/ +projects/rtf2latex2e/
wp2latex
+by J. Fojtik (free)
+3.12 (Feb. 28, 2004)
convert from WordPerfect 3.x, 4.x, +5.x, and 6/7/8.x document files
+converts (among others): + +
    +
  • Equations
  • +
  • Tables
  • +
  • Footnotes, Endnotes, Cross-references
  • +
  • Superscript, Subscript
  • +
  • Extended characters (foreign language/accented, math, Greek - not +linedrawing)
  • +
+
Linux
+DOS, MS Windows
.../support/wp2latex (older version 2.111)
+for most recent version see + +www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/ wp2latex/wp2latex.htm
Word2TeX
+Chikrii Softlab. shareware, 99$ (45$ academic)
+version 3.0 (March 2003)
save as LaTeX from within Word
+converts: + +
    +
  • Equation Editor 2.x-3.x, Design Science MathType 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, 3.5, 4.0 +embedded objects (*)
  • +
  • figures (to EPS or PDF)(*)
  • +
  • tables (even very complicated) (*)
  • +
  • footnotes
  • +
  • endnotes (to bibliography)
  • +
  • index
  • +
  • cross-references
  • +
  • paragraph styles (heading1 to heading4, custom styles)
  • +
  • character attributes
  • +
  • Greek-charset
  • +
  • multibyte character encodings (Unicode)
  • +
  • and many more (see homepage)
  • +
+(*) some restrictions will apply in unregistered Word2TeX
MS Windows + Word 6, 7(95), 8(97), +9(2000) or 10(XP) requiredwww.word2tex.com
Writer2LaTeX
+converts OpenOffice.org / StarOffice 6 Writer documents into LaTeX2e (free)
+v. 0.3.3a, Feb. 20, 2004
The current version deals with plain +text and formulas.
+3rd alpha test release of version 0.2 is available - now working as an export +filter in OpenOffice.org and includes an experimental Writer to XHMTL+MathML +converter.
all OS supporting Java http://www.hj-gym.dk/ +~hj/writer2latex/
Publishing Companion
+KTalk Communications (commercial, 399 US$)
+v. 2.21
converts (among others): + +
    +
  • Automatic Indexes
  • +
  • Footnotes, Endnotes
  • +
  • Foreign Characters
  • +
  • Running Headers & Footers
  • +
  • Superscripts & Subscripts
  • +
  • MathEdit Math Equations
  • +
  • MS Word 6.0 Math Equations
  • +
  • WordPerfect Math Equations
  • +
+
DOS / MS Windows +www.ktalk.com/ pubcomp.html
+
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee107d79b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ + + + +Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - Overview + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors +homepage

+ +

Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - Overview

+ +

Switch conversion direction: From LaTeX to +PC

+ +

Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research +Center) Jülich GmbH
+last update (including subpages): April 19, 2004
+The url of this page is + +http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html

+ +

To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages:
+Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are +continuously flooded with virus laden mails.
+PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from +now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at +least twice a week.
+If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address +books!!!

+ +

I maintain these pages because I need converters between LaTeX and PC +Textprocessors for my work and I want to share the information with others who +need it. Because I maintain them in my spare time (uh, what is spare time?), I +can not answer individual questions.

+ +

This list is as good or as bad as its support, and I need YOUR +support to update and supplement this list. Please supplement if you +know more and/or better ones. There are some more converters on the CTAN sites, +but the following seem to be most promising for conversion to and from the +current versions of wordprocessors.

+ +

Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed.
+All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send +corrections, enhancements and supplements (auch in deutscher Sprache) to the +following address:
+W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de

+ +

Note that this FAQ list contains information about converters +ONLY between PC word processors and LaTeX. Converters to and +from other formats may have own FAQ lists - e.g. see the link +for converters to and from HTML.

+
+ +

For the impatient, here is a table with overview of +features of the most recent converters.

+
+ +

General Remarks

+ +

Before looking for a converter, stop and think about a principal question: +

+ +

What do you want to be converted in which way?

+ +

Do you want to convert the document structure, i.e. a +heading should remain a heading, a list should remain a list etc., no matter +how it will look like in the target format?
+Or do you want to convert the appearance, i.e. how it looks +like, no matter how it is represented in the target format?
+Or do you want a mixture of both?
+For using SGML as an intermediate format, you would have to specify the +translation rules yourself (as far as I understood). This makes sense, and +explains why different people have very different opinions about which +converter best fits their needs: They simply have different demands and +expectations on what should be converted and how.
+So, not only practically there is no converter which is good for everyone and +every purpose, but this is even principally impossible because there are no +well-defined requirements which a converter should meet.

+ +

So keep this in mind when looking through the following list of converters, +try yourself and decide what you need.

+ +

Principal problems of wordprocessor to LaTeX conversion

+ +

One advantage of LaTeX is that it forces to structure a document, whereas +wordprocessors like Word/WordPerfect allow unstructured documents. It is hardly +possible to automatically structure a document where there was no structure +before.

+ +

However it is nevertheless possible to write a structured document with a +wordprocessor by consistently using styles. Therefore, wordprocessor documents +using styles can be converted to a LaTeX with an equivalent (but not +necessarily identical) structure.

+ +

There are several ways to convert

+ +
    +
  • use a Wordprocessor macro: search for formats, special characters and +equations, tag them with LaTeX markup, then save as plain text
    +
    +
  • +
  • use a Wordprocessor export filter
    +
    +
  • +
  • use an external converter:
  • +
+
    +
  1. Word binary format -> LaTeX
  2. +
  3. RTF (Word ASCII format, use Word's own RTF export) -> LaTeX
  4. +
  5. Open Office format -> LaTeX
  6. +
  7. WordPerfect 5.1 format -> LaTeX
  8. +
  9. HTML (use Wordprocessor's built-in or add-on html converter) -> LaTeX +
  10. +
  11. maybe other external format(s)
  12. +
+ +

The converters being most complete, undergoing further development and +having support are:

+ +

rtf2latex2e - free standalone converter for Mac, +PC, and Unix, and

+ +

word2tex - shareware, MS Word export filter for PC +

+ +

Writer2LaTeX - free export filter and standalone +Open Office converter

+ +

WP2LaTeX - free standalone Word Perfect converter +for PC

+ +

Publishing Companion - commercial Word Perfect +converter for PC

+
+ +

Using a Word macro

+ +

Free:

+ +

winw2ltx: A set of macros for WinWord 2, now +also available for WinWord 6 and 7 (95)

+ +

Commercial:

+ +

MathType: PC equation editor with export to +LaTeX. MathType home page (USA)

+
+ +

Using a Word export filter

+ +

Shareware:

+ +

Word2TeX: This converter can save documents +from Word6/Word7(=95) or later as LaTeX, including equation editor (!) +objects and MathType objects.
+Converts:

+ +
    +
  • Equation Editor 2.x-3.x, Design Science MathType 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, 3.5, 4.0 +embedded objects (*)
  • +
  • figures (to EPS or PDF)(*)
  • +
  • tables (even very complicated) (*)
  • +
  • footnotes
  • +
  • endnotes (to bibliography)
  • +
  • index
  • +
  • cross-references
  • +
  • paragraph styles (heading1 to heading4, custom styles) -- customizable
  • +
  • character attributes (bold, italic etc.) -- customizable
  • +
  • Greek-charset
  • +
  • multibyte character encodings (Unicode)
  • +
  • and many more (see homepage)
  • +
+ +

(*) restrictions will apply in unregistered Word2TeX: only 7 first equations +will be translated, only 1 first table will be translated, only 1 first figure +will be translated. Limited to 30 days of trial.

+ +

For a complete list of features, visit its +homepage.

+
+ +

Converting from Word binary format

+ +

Free:

+ +

LAOLA: LAOLA can read Word6/Word7(=95) documents +under Unix and extract the text. +LAOLA homepage (DE +site)

+ +

word2x: Converts Word6/Word7(=95) documents to +LaTeX or plain text. word2x +homepage

+ +

antiword: A free MS Word reader for Linux, BeOS and RISC OS. It +converts the binary files from Word 6, 7, 97 and 2000 to text and Postscript. +See antiword homepage. A +user's comment: "It is still a bit incomplete, but I found it to be rather +useful. Moreover, it is available fore a wider-than-usual range of +platforms."

+ +

wvWare is a library that can read the +Word6/Word7(=95), Word8(=97) and Word9(=2000) binary file format. See +wvWare homepage (on sourceforge). +It works under most Unix systems.
+The wvWare library is used as import library in the wordprocessor AbiWord (see +below).
+Its predecessor MSWordView could only read Word8(=97) and convert word into +html, which can then be read with a browser.

+ +

The free (GPL) wordprocessor AbiWord +can import Word format (by using the aforementioned wvWare) and export to LaTeX +format. AbiWord runs on BeOS, several Unix's and also Windows95/98/NT and +stores documents as XML.

+
+ +

Converting from RTF

+ +

To use an RTF converter, the wordprocessor document must first be +"saved as" Rich Text Format. However each new version of MS Word came +with a new level of the RTF language. Most of the available converters cannot +understand the current RTF version

+ +

Free:

+ +

rtf2latex2e new +(2000) version which also can read current rtf levels. Now also converts +equations (courtesy Steve Swanson, +http://www.mackichan.com)
+rtf2latex2e download +site (USA site)

+ +

RTF2LaTeX, a patch for WP2LaTeX that allows it to convert also RTF +documents. Experimental Release 0.4 (works, but it knows only small group of +commands). See its +homepage

+ +

older versions:
+rtflatex understands only older RTF levels
+rtf2latex understands only older RTF levels. +RTF utilities homepage (USA +site)
+w2latex understands only older RTF levels

+ +

The free (GPL) wordprocessor AbiWord +can import rtf and export to LaTeX format. AbiWord runs on BeOS, several Unix's +and also Windows95/98/NT and stores documents as XML.

+ +

Commercial:

+ +

Scientific Word: Win95/98/2000/NT4 based +TeX/LaTeX system with graphical editor and rtf import capability including MS's +equation editor equations. The rtf import converter is basically the same as +the new rtf2latex2e.
+Scientific Word home page (USA)

+
+ +

Converting from Open Office format

+ +

Writer2LaTeX +is a commandline utility written in java. It +converts OpenOffice.org/StarOffice 6 Writer documents into LaTeX2e. The current +version deals with plain text and formulas.
+New: 3rd alpha test release of version 0.2 is available - now working as an +export filter in OpenOffice.org and includes an experimental Writer to +XHMTL+MathML converter.
+Supported operating systems: All on which Java is supported. Requires java +runtime environment (JRE), version 1.4 to run Writer2LaTeX. JRE version 1.4 can +be downloaded from java.sun.com.

+
+ +

Converting from WordPerfect format

+ +

Free:

+ +

WP2LaTeX: converts +WordPerfect 3.x / 4.x / 5.x / 6.x / 7.x / 8.x, including equations, to LaTeX. +homepage

+ +

TeXPerfect: WordPerfect 5.1 for DOS -> LaTeX +Translater

+ +

Commercial:

+ +

Publishing Companion: +converts Word/WordPerfect, including equations, to LaTeX. Comes with own +equation editor. KTALK's home page (USA) +

+
+ +

HTML as intermediate format

+ +

Wordprocessor to HTML

+ +

There are free HTML converters for Word 6 and 7(95) for Windows available +from Microsoft:
+Download... +IA for Word 6 / +IA for Word 7 (95) / +IA for Word for Mac +
+Word 8 (97) contains an html converter by default, but in contrary to the +previous versions it only recognizes heading styles if they are first converted +into the corresponding html styles. Also, it sometimes inserts unnecessary +tags.
+Word 9 (2000) and up contain the html converter by default, but you should not +use this default: It actually creates sort of XML with many Word-specific +elements. Instead, for saving as "clean" html, download and install +the add-on +converter from Microsoft.

+ +

WordPerfect 7 and up have an integrated InternetPublisher.
+For WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows, the InternetPublisher is available separately: +
+Download... + +InternetPublisher for WPWin 6.1

+ +

There also is a tool for Unix which is intended to convert word6, word7(95) +and word8(97) binary files to html. See + +http://www.su.shuttle.de/turbo/michael/projekte/software/word2html.c.gz +

+ +

Also see www.w3.org for a +list of +converters between word processors and HTML .

+ +

HTML to LaTeX

+ +

Because HTML is a structured format, the conversion between HTML and LaTeX +is rather straightforward. However there remain the limitations of HTML +compared to LaTeX, i.e. there are many elements in LaTeX which can not (yet?) +be represented in HTML.

+ +

There are several HTML-to-LaTeX converters available. Without giving +recommendations:

+ +

Frans Faase's html2tex +(NL site) (C source)

+ +

Peter Thatcher's html2latex at +sourceforge.net (Perl script)

+ +

Jeffrey Schaefer's +html2latex +at www.geom.umn.edu (Perl script)

+ +

Some converters are available from +CTAN +("Comprehensive TeX Archive Network"), e.g. in +.../support/html2latex. However, what you can find in CTAN under +.../support/html2latex/ is Nathan Torkington's converter of 1993 -- rather +outdated.
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+
+ +

Other intermediate formats

+ +

There are ways to use SGML as intermediate format, and others have +used it successfully. Having had a quick look at it, I found it rather +complicated, especially it seems that you have to define the translation rules +yourself. So I did not put more effort in trying to use it. If anyone can give +me a ready-to-use cookbook solution, I will include it here.

+ +

Another intermediate format is TeXML. It was designed to make +conversion to (La)TeX as easy as possible, especially XSLT-conversion from XML +format. A converter from TeXML to (La)TeX is available, see +http://getfo.sourceforge.net/texml/. +However I yet don't know of any converter from a texprocessor format to TeXML. +

+
+ +

Converting from PageMaker

+ +

Pmtolatex, a perl script to convert PageMaker files to LaTeX. See +homepage. +

+
+ +

Converting from FrameMaker

+ +

FrameMaker +Utilities (UK site): Contains converters for both directions (LaTeX +<-> FrameMaker) as well as templates which make conversion from +Framemaker to LaTeX more easy

+
+ +

Converting from NotaBene

+ +

NB4LATEX: converts files from NotaBene4 +(including ancient Greek and all the symbols of logic) to LaTeX2e format. +homepage +

+
+ +

Converting from ChiWriter

+ +

There are two converters on CTAN, but I don't know how good they are and +whether they still work (they are DOS programs from 1993 and 1994). You find +them on CTAN in directory .../support/chi2ltx/ +and in directory .../support/chi2tex/

+
+ +

Converting from Excel

+ +

Excel-macro to convert Excel to Latex: + +http://www.jam-software.com/software.html +(open page and scroll down to "Excel2LaTeX V2.0")

+ +

On CTAN in .../support/excel2latex/

+ +

The generated LaTeX code uses the tabular environment.

+
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cb93559c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ + + + +Publishing Companion + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

Publishing Companion

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

Note: I tried an older version of this product, but it turned out not to be +useful for me. Reasons: see here. Maybe the current +version does much better, but it's too expensive for me.

+ +

citation from http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html +- citation begin>>

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Publishing Companion +translates the following to plain TeX or LaTeX:
Automatic IndexesNewspaper-style Columns
BoxesNon-break Hyphens & Spaces
CenteringOutlines
EndnotesPage Numbering
Flush RightParagraphs
FootnotesParallel Columns
Foreign CharactersPoint Sizes
Full FontsRedlining
Horizontal LinesRunning Headers & Footers
IndentsSoft Hyphens
JustificationStrikeout
Mail MergeSuperscripts & Subscripts
MathEdit Math EquationsTable of Contents
MS Word 6.0 Math EquationsType Styles (bold, italic)
WordPerfect Math EquationsWidows & Orphans on/off
+ +

<<citation end

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95f0fbaaf06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +The html files in this directory (=folder) or zipfile +contain my FAQ list of +converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors in HTML format. + +Because all html links between these pages are relative links, +the files can be put into any directory of your choice ("base dir"); +but be sure to keep the directory structure, +i.e. there should be a subdir "bin" in the base dir. + +Then start with the page "index.html". + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1fae3204bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + +rtf2TeX and rtf2LaTeX converters + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

rtf2TeX and rtf2LaTeX

+ +

last update: July 28, 1998

+ +

(written in C).
+The Word document must first be saved to disk in RTF format. I'd like to hear +of experiences with these.
+(They only handle RTF versions up to WinWord 2, not yet WinWord 6; there are +great differences between these rtf versions and I definitely have problems +with WinWord6-rtf with any rtf-converter.)

+ +

First, Paul Dubois <dubois "at" primate.wisc.edu> wrote an RTF reader and +converter to plain text or troff. The version is dated April 1991.

+ +

a) Based on this reader, Robert Lupton <rhl "at" astro.princeton.edu> wrote +the rtf2TeX converter. Last revision date: May 1992

+ +

He comments on this as follows (README-file):
+citation begin>>
+This is a first attempt at an RTF to TeX converter. The parts that handle fonts +and such like seem to work pretty well, although they could be improved, but +the table handling is a problem. I had a good deal of trouble trying to figure +out what particular rtf control codes were supposed to do; this makes it hard +to convert them into TeX. I have tried to produce good TeX, but this is not +easy due to the sloppy way that many RTF writers generate redundant font and +other changes.
+Many things are not handled at all, more due to my lacking motivation than to +their intrinsic difficulty. For example, I don't support double columns, but it +would be easy enough to do (I'd generate a control sequence to do it, and add +the TeX code required to the TeX_defs file. I even have the TeX somewhere...). +
+<<citation end

+ +

So far the beginning of the README file. Later he commented:
+citation begin>>
+Most (all?) RTF is hopelessly unstructured
+(the equivalent of \bf \it Hello \rm World \bf He \it \rm said. )
+and the code that I wrote tries valiantly to convert this to something +sensible, in this case
+{\it Hello\/} World {\bf He} said.
+It is this attempt to make the output TeX usable that makes the code +complicated...
+I did not try to convert equations or tables as I could find no adaquate +description of either; I don't think that it would be very hard.
+<<citation end

+ +

My comment is: Tables yes, but formulas will be difficult.
+Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/rtf2tex

+ +

b) Based on these two, Erwin Wechtl wrote the rtf2LaTeX converter.
+Last revision date: Aug. 1993

+ +

He comments on this as follows (README-file):
+citation begin>>
+rtf2LaTeX is a filter built on Paul DuBois' RTF reader that +converts RTF (Microsoft's Rich Text Format) into LaTeX. rtf2LaTeX expends a +good deal of effort in an attempt to make the resulting LaTeX maintainable and +modifiable.
+<<citation end

+ +

At the moment converts text elements, but no formulas and no graphics.
+C-source and an executable for MSDOS can be found on all CTAN sites, dir +.../support/rtf2latex
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edb159ff684 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + +rtf2latex2e + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

rtf2latex2e

+ +

The contents of this page are excerpts from the +rtf2latex2e homepage +which however isn't available any longer on Dec. 13, 2001.

+ +

rtf2latex2e is a utility to convert RTF files from popular word processors +to the LaTeX2e format for those who give a damn about quality typesetting. +rtf2latex2e uses the RTF +reader package by Paul DuBois to parse the RTF code and generates an +appropriate LaTeX file.

+ +

rtf2latex2e was written on the Macintosh and ported to most major platforms +including Linux, Solaris, and Win95/NT. Building a real Mac application while +still maintaining cross-platform compatibility was made possible by the +DropUNIX +application framework. rtf2latex2e is distributed along with the source code +under the GNU General Public +License.

+ +

The main features of rtf2latex2e are:

+ +
    +
  • detects text style: bold, italic, color, big, small,...
  • +
  • reads embedded figures: PICT, WMF, PNG, JPEG,...
  • +
  • reads tables: simple to semi-complex
  • +
  • equations: reads out Equation Editor equations
  • +
  • symbols: converts most greek and math symbols
  • +
  • reads footnotes
  • +
  • support for use of the fontenc package
  • +
  • converts hypertext links using the hyperref package
  • +
+ +

The latest version of rtf2latex2e can be found +here.

+ +

(c) Ujwal Sathyam 1999

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ab82b606fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + +RTFLATEX converter + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

RTFLATEX

+ +

last update: July 28, 1998

+ +

RTFLATEX, a package consisting of a program in Pascal (also available as +C-source) which translates RTF to LaTeX-like commands and a separate sty - file +containing the TeX macro definitions for these commands. It does not yet +support formulas or tables.

+ +

Disadvantage: TeX file does not conform to LaTeX style.

+ +

Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/rtflatex,
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")
+including source and MSDOS executable

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd8c8747d6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + +Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

citation begin>>

+ +

MacKichan Software publishes +Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace. Included with these products is a +conversion program that will input RTF and output LaTeX. This conversion will +correctly convert Microsoft Word Equation Editor or MathType equations in the +RTF file to LaTeX. The conversion program is not available separately, but it +is based on the free rtf2latex2e.

+ +

<<citation end

+ +

There is a "light" (and cheaper) version available called +Scientific Notebook, which is also +capable of importing RTF and exporting (sort of) LaTeX. They also provide a +free 30 day evaluation version.

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d54e5cdb89c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + +TeX2rtf converter + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

TeX2rtf converter

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

The following citation is extracted from the +TeX2rtf homepage. +

+ +

citation begin>>

+ +

Tex2RTF is a program written by Julian Smart +(julian.smart "at" ukonline.co.uk) to convert from a LaTeX subset to four other +formats:

+ +
    +
  • Linear RTF, for importing into a wide range of word processors.
  • +
  • Windows Help hypertext RTF, for compilation with HC (Help Compiler).
  • +
  • HTML (Hypertext Markup Language), as used on the World Wide Web.
  • +
  • XLP wxHelp format (the wxWindows toolkit help format).
  • +
+ +

Once in MS Word RTF format, other formats can be generated, such as +PostScript and Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF). PDF generation +requires MS Word and the full, commercial version of +Acrobat.

+ +

Tex2RTF parses a 'reasonable' subset of LaTeX, notable blind spots being +the tabbing environment and maths. However, don't expect to translate your +LaTeX files immediately with no alteration of your source files, since the +objective is more to have a portable document source language than to convert +old LaTeX files.

+ +

Tex2RTF has been made freely available with no commercial restrictions.

+ +

<<citation end

+ +

Also available from CTAN sites, dir .../support/tex2rtf
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cff45b6dede --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + + + + +Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors + + + +

Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors

+

Author: Wilfried Hennings, +Forschungszentrum (Research Center) Jülich GmbH
+last update (including subpages): Feb. 8, 2000
+Although this page resides on the official +WWW server of Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH, it is NOT officially +supported by Forschungszentrum Jülich but results from my personal work. +
+The url of this page is +http://www.fz-juelich.de/isr/1/texconv/texcnv.html +
+NOTE: The url will be changed rather soon but the new one is not yet decided. +

+

Because this FAQ list grew to a size where it became difficult to manage, I +restructured it.
+The detailed descriptions were stripped from the main part and put into +separate html files, each of them containing the description of only one +converter. Additionally, the main list is now divided into two parts:

+

Converters from LaTeX to PC +textprocessors

+

Converters from PC textprocessors to +LaTeX

+

Some of these converters have been ported to Macintosh, see +http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters

+
+

This HTML page is part of the texcnv site.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me instead. Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some +other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents are unchanged. +
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b768f67783f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + + + +TeXPerfect + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

TeXPerfect

+ +

last update: July 28, 1998

+ +

citation begin>>

+ +

From: John Forkosh <forkosh "at" panix.com>
+Subject: New WordPerfect -> LaTeX Translater
+Date: Thu, 22 Aug 1996 09:16:36 -0400 (EDT)
+I recently uploaded my WordPerfect -> LaTeX translater, called TeXPerfect, +to CTAN. It's available in the support directory under texperf +(.../support/texperf).
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")
+Full C source is provided, as are executables for both DOS and Linux. The +00README file in the directory provides more details. John (forkosh "at" panix.com) +
+<<citation end

+ +

following extracted from the 00README file:

+ +

citation begin>>

+ +

Conversion functionality

+ +

Some of the LaTeX conversions performed by TeXPerfect are:
+Suppose your input contains a greek alpha from the WordPerfect character set 8. +The output will contain $\alpha$ instead. Most of the other special character +sets provided by WordPerfect are similarly converted. (This conversion is +table-driven by the data in wpchrset.h, and can be easily augmented or +modified.)
+Superscripts, subscripts, bold, italics, etc, are all properly interpreted and +handled.
+"Hard" returns in WordPerfect should generate an +extra blank line, so that LaTeX will see them as paragraphs. That functionality +is mostly programmed, but a last-minute difficulty prevented me from completing +it. Also, no attempt is made to generate section/subsection/etc commands.
+If your running text contains an expression like f(x), TeXPerfect will +recognize it and surround it with $'s. A variety of other ad hoc +"rules" are hand-coded into the program to decide when to enter/exit +math mode. Needless to say, the decision isn't always right. You'll need to +correct tp's mistakes in Step 2 above.
+Equations written with WordPerfect's equation editor will be reproduced +"verbatim" by TeXPerfect, surrounded by \[ and \]. The only +correction applied is that 1 over 2 becomes 1 \over 2, and similarly for +various other keywords. But no serious attempt to interpret and translate your +equation is made. Matrices, etc, will require considerable hand-tweaking on +your part. But at least you'll have what you originally wrote right in front of +your eyes.
+A little LaTeX preamble, etc, is provided, primarily for "cosmetic" +purposes. WordPerfect's margin settings, etc, are not +interpreted to construct this preamble. You'll have to modify that information +yourself.

+ +

Warnings

+ +

TeXPerfect was written to interpret files formatted by WordPerfect 5.1 for +DOS. When run against 5.1 files, TeXPerfect is pretty robust. But, for this +release, I commented out the lines that check the version number. If you're +using WP/Win, it can prepare output in 5.1 format. I'd recommend you do that +before using TeXPerfect.
+<<citation end

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4d3308575c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

TexPort

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

Note: I tried an older version of this product, but it turned out not to be +useful for me. Reasons: see here. Maybe the current +version does much better, but it's too expensive for me.

+ +

citation from +http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html - citation begin>>

+ +

TexPort converts your TeX and LaTeX files to WordPerfect or Microsoft +Word documents.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ +

TexPort converts the +following:

+
EquationsItemize and enumerate
Greek charactersFramebox, fbox, makebox and mbox
+commands
Math/Scientific charactersIndexes
Bold and Italic stylesSimple tables
FootnotesEuropean accent characters
Verbatim and verb commands\def and \newcommand
Itemize and Bib Item Itemize, Bib Item,
+Cite Item.

+Want to know how to convert Itemize,
+Bib Item, Cite Item for TexPort 2.00 E
+Click here
+ +

<<citation end

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6736c8e2f27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ + + + +Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - Overview + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors +homepage

+ +

Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - Overview

+ +

Switch conversion direction: From PC to +LaTeX

+ +

Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research +Center) Jülich GmbH
+this page last updated on April 1, 2004
+The url of this page is +http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html

+ +

To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages:
+Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are +continuously flooded with virus laden mails.
+PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from +now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at +least twice a week.
+If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address +books!!!

+ +

I maintain these pages because I need converters between LaTeX and PC +Textprocessors for my work and I want to share the information with others who +need it. Because I maintain them in my spare time (uh, what is spare time?), I +can not answer individual questions.

+ +

This list is as good or as bad as its support, and I need YOUR +support to update and supplement this list. Please supplement if you +know more and/or better ones. There are some more converters on the CTAN sites, +but the following seem to be most promising for conversion to and from the +current versions of wordprocessors.

+ +

Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed.
+All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send +corrections, enhancements and supplements (auch in deutscher Sprache) to the +following address:
+W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de

+ +

Note that this FAQ list contains information about converters +ONLY between LaTeX and PC word processors. Converters to and +from other formats may have own FAQ lists - e.g. see the link +for converters to and from HTML.

+
+ +

For the impatient, here is a table with overview of +features of the most recent converters.

+
+ +

General Remarks

+ +

Before looking for a converter, stop and think about a principal question: +

+ +

What do you want to be converted in which way?

+ +

Do you want to convert the document structure, i.e. a +heading should remain a heading, a list should remain a list etc., no matter +how it will look like in the target format?
+Or do you want to convert the appearance, i.e. how it looks +like, no matter how it is represented in the target format?
+Or do you want a mixture of both?
+For using SGML as an intermediate format, you would have to specify the +translation rules yourself (as far as I understood). This makes sense, and +explains why different people have very different opinions about which +converter best fits their needs: They simply have different demands and +expectations on what should be converted and how.
+So, not only practically there is no converter which is good for everyone and +every purpose, but this is even principally impossible because there are no +well-defined requirements which a converter should meet.

+ +

An additional problem is that TeX/LaTeX can be extended by an unlimited +number of macros. Unless the converter contains a full-scale TeX system, it can +at best support the publicly available macro commands, not the ones privately +written by individual users. There has not yet been an attempt to use TeX +itself for producing a textprocessor compatible output, and I don't know +whether this would be even principally possible.

+ +

So the best you can expect is that a converter supports the standard LaTeX +commands and perhaps a few more widely used packages.

+ +

So keep this in mind when looking through the following list of converters, +try yourself and decide what you need.

+ +

There are several ways to convert.

+ +

To illustrate these, let me restrict it to the Microsoft Word case:

+ +
    +
  • use a Word import filter
    +
    +
  • +
  • use a Word macro: load LaTeX file as plain text, then search for LaTeX +markup and replace the markup by formatting, special characters and equations. +
    +
    +
  • +
  • use an external converter:
  • +
+
    +
  1. LaTeX -> RTF (Word ASCII format), then use Word's own RTF import),
  2. +
  3. LaTeX -> HTML, then use Word's internet assistant or built-in html +converter,
  4. +
  5. maybe other external format(s).
  6. +
+ +

The converters being most complete and currently maintained / supported are: +

+ +

TeX2Word - a shareware import filter for MS Word

+ +

latex2rtf - a free standalone LaTeX -> RTF +converter for PC, Macintosh and Unix,

+ +

TexPort - a commercial TeX/LaTeX to WordPerfect and +Microsoft Word converter for PC.

+ +

TeX4ht - a free LaTeX to html or XML converter for PC +and Unix produces html which is good for loading into Word. TeX4ht relies on +other software, it needs at least a full TeX system.

+ +

There are also converters to Powerpoint and to FrameMaker (see further +below).

+
+ +

Use a Word import filter

+ +

TeX2Word: Chikrii Softlab +http://www.tex2word.com/ Shareware, 99$ +(45$ academic).
+Current version: 2.0, released March 2003.
+Support for more document styles and packages will be available with future +versions. You can also supply support for document styles, packages and user +defined macros by yourself (needs TeX programming knowledge).
+Needs:
+* MS Windows 95 or later (NT4, ME, Win2000, WinXP),
+* MS Word 95 or later (97, 2000, XP) and
+* MathType 4 or later (full version of +the Equation Editor which comes with MS Word).

+
+ +

Convert to RTF

+ +

Free:

+ +

The next two converters are based on the latex2rtf converter which was +originally developed by a group of students supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck at +TU Wien (Vienna). Unfortunately, two different persons, not knowing of each +other, had taken over this version and started implementing more features.

+ +

latex2rtf: LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. See the +more detailed page.

+ +

ltx2rtf: LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. See the more +detailed page
+Nearly all features now merged into latex2rtf (see above).

+ +

LEQ: LaTeX-to-Word converter. Requires Python (free) and MS Word. See +LEQ homepage. Translates +TeX equations to Word's formula fields first. If double-clicked in Word, a +formula field will be converted to an equation editor object, but I have some +bad experiences with this conversion from EQ fields to equation editor objects. +

+ +

TeX2RTF is not intended as an all-purpose +converter but to produce printed manuals as well as online help from a single +LaTeX source (with a limited subset of LaTeX commands). See +TeX2RTF homepage (UK +site)

+
+ +

Convert to WordPerfect format

+ +

Commercial:

+ +

TexPort converts your TeX +and LaTeX files to WordPerfect or Microsoft Word documents. +KTALK's home page (USA)

+
+ +

Use a Word macro

+ +

Free:

+ +

tex2doc, by +Thomas Link: LaTeX to WinWord 6 and +WinWord 7(95) converter, written as Word macros. Also attempts to convert +tables!

+ +

ltx2word, by myself: LaTeX to WinWord 6, WinWord +7(95) and WinWord 97 converter, written as Word macros. No tables yet.

+
+ +

Use a Powerpoint add-in

+ +

TexPoint enables the easy use of Latex symbols and formulas in Powerpoint +presentations. See homepage. +Latest version requires Powerpoint2000, does not work with earlier versions.

+
+ +

HTML as intermediate format

+ +

LaTeX to HTML

+ +

Because HTML is a structured format, the conversion between HTML and LaTeX +is rather straightforward. However there remain the limitations of HTML +compared to LaTeX, i.e. there are many elements in LaTeX which can not (yet?) +be represented in HTML. Converters from LaTeX to HTML are:

+ +

Recommended if you have TeX installed +or don't mind to install it: +TeX4ht +is a highly configurable TeX-based converter to hypertext. It comes with a +built-in default setting for plain TeX, LaTeX and TeXinfo, and it generates +html with accompanying css stylesheet. The converter needs a full TeX +installation, but this gives the advantage that TeX's full support for macros +and styles is available (with a few exceptions) and need not be implemented in +the converter.
+Equations are converted to either bitmaps or MathML. There are some different +MathML flavors around which can be chosen by an option.
+The special command
+oolatex
+is available for producing xhtml compatible with OpenOffice (formerly +StarOffice).
+A command of the form
+htlatex filename "html,word" "symbol/!"
+asks for HTML output tuned toward MicroSoft Word. Such a format, however, +relies on bitmaps for mathematical formulas.
+Conversion to bitmaps additionally needs Ghostscript and ImageMagic or netpbm. +

+ +

tth (US site): +LaTeX-to-HTML converter which translates LaTeX into HTML3.2 markup. Formulae +are also translated into standard html markup. A version which translates maths +to MathML is in the testing phase.

+ +

ltoh (US site): LaTeX-to-HTML +converter which is highly customizable, i.e. you can define how the LaTeX +macros which are used in your document are to be translated.

+ +

HEVEA (FR site): +LaTeX-to-HTML converter which translates LaTeX into HTML4.0 markup. Formulae +are also translated into standard html markup (not yet using MathML).

+ +

Hyperlatex +allows the use of a subset of LaTeX to produce documents in HTML .

+ +

Some converters are available from +CTAN +("Comprehensive TeX Archive Network"), e.g. in +.../support/latex2html.
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+ +

HTML to Wordprocessor

+ +

Word 8 (97) and up contain the html converter by default (but its +installation may have to be explicitly chosen during the Word setup in +user-defined mode).
+For Word 6 and 7 (95) for Windows and Mac there are free HTML converters +available from Microsoft:
+Download... +IA for Word 6 / +IA for Word 7 (95) / +IA for Word for Mac
+

+ +

WordPerfect 7 and up have an integrated InternetPublisher.
+For WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows, the InternetPublisher is available separately: +
+Download... + +InternetPublisher for WPWin 6.1

+
+ +

Other intermediate formats

+ +

There are ways to use SGML as intermediate format, and others have +used it successfully. Having had a quick look at it, I found it rather +complicated, especially it seems that you have to define the translation rules +yourself. So I did not put more effort in trying to use it. If anyone can give +me a ready-to-use cookbook solution, I will include it here.

+ +

An upcoming format is XML, a subset of which can be exported and +imported by Microsoft Office 2000 and up, OpenOffice uses it as its native +format, and the browser programmers are working on implementing XML. It +actually is an instance of SGML. As it is more powerful than HTML, conversion +from LaTeX to XML would lose much less information than conversion from LaTeX +to HTML. There are good chances that it could be used as a general exchange +format in the future. TeX4ht already has scripts for +converting to XML (TEI or DOCBOOK) but Word 2000 can not import that. For +producing output compatible to MS Word, convert to html+css using the xwtex and +xwlatex scripts.

+ +

Most astonishing, one could also use PDF as intermediate format. +Generating PDF from LaTeX is straightforward if you have a full TeX +implementation installed. If you also have the full commercial version of Adobe +Acrobat, the commercial software BCLDrake can convert PDF to RTF which can be +opened by Word and other wordprocessors. See + +http://www.bcltechnologies.com/products/drake/drake.htm. +

+
+ +

Convert to FrameMaker

+ +

la2mml: converts LaTeX to FrameMaker format. Maybe +outdated, latest version was created Nov. 1995. +homepage +

+ +

FrameMaker +Utilities (UK site): Contains converters for both directions (LaTeX +<-> FrameMaker) as well as templates which make conversion from +Framemaker to LaTeX more easy

+
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04cf83724b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ + + + +LaTeX -> PC Converter Quick Comparison List + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - +Overview

+ +

LaTeX -> PC Converter Quick Comparison List

+ +

Switch conversion direction: From PC to +LaTeX

+ +

Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de), +Forschungszentrum (Research Center) Jülich GmbH
+last update of this page on March 11, 2004

+ +

NOTE: This table is still under construction. I only had time to include the +most recent converters.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Program
+Author(s)
+referred version
Featuressupported Systemswhere to get
TeX2Word
+Chikrii Softlab. shareware, 99$ (45$ academic)
+2.0
load TeX file from within Word. Needs +Word95 or later (97, 2000, XP) Windows 95, NT4 or later (ME, 2000, +XP)www.tex2word.com
TeX4ht (free)invokes TeX to convert to +html+stylesheet which can be loaded into Word; converts equations to either +bitmaps or MathMLDOS, MS Windows, all kinds of +Unix +www.cis.ohio-state.edu/ ~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html
latex2rtf (free)
+Scott Prahl
+v. 1.9.15, Feb. 9, 2004
LaTeX-to-RTF-converter.
+conversion of most equation elements to formula fields (or images, which +requires any TeX, ImageMagick, and Ghostscript)
DOS, MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT4 / +2000 / XP, Macintosh, all kinds of UnixCTAN: directory .../support/latex2rtf;
+for most recent versions and development see the +project on +sourceforge.net
ltx2rtf (free)
+Daniel Taupin
+v. 5-5, 28. Dec 2001
LaTeX-to-RTF-converter.
+Equations are converted to bitmaps, needs emTeX and Ghostscript
+Nearly all features now merged into latex2rtf (see above)
DOS, Linux (other kinds of +Unix?)see "homeserver" (connection to +this server is only possible with MS IE and most ftp clients, not with Netscape +or Opera)
tool for converting APA-format LaTeX +files (free)pre-process the LaTeX file before +handing it over to ltx2rtfLinux + +psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/ misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf
TexPort
+KTalk Communications (commercial, 1499 US$)
+v. 2.5
LaTeX-to-WordPerfect (and Microsoft +Word) converter. Converts (among others): + +
    +
  • Equations
  • +
  • Greek, math, scientific characters
  • +
  • Indexes
  • +
  • Footnotes, Endnotes
  • +
  • Simple tables
  • +
  • Itemize and Bib Item
  • +
  • \def and \newcommand
  • +
  • Framebox, fbox, makebox and mbox commands
  • +
+
MS Windowswww.ktalk.com/texport.html
+
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). +Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as +long as the contents are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc5639c3526 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + +w2latex converter + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

w2latex

+ +

last update: July 28, 1998

+ +

written in C. (C compiler necessary.) Actually converts RTF to LaTeX.
+The Word document must first be saved to disk in RTF format.

+ +

Advantages:
+Converts text elements and formula fields.
+Converts nearly all special characters of the basic TrueType fonts (Arial, +Courier New, Times New Roman) I personally made some changes to additionally +support German left quotes and a few other special characters.

+ +

Disadvantages:
+Does not convert the document structure (i.e. headings are not recognised as +such).
+Does not handle other fields, equation editor objects, graphics. Table handling +is rudimentary (conversion of table cells to minipages, but problems with +borders).
+It only handles RTF versions up to WinWord 2, not yet WinWord 6.

+ +

Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/w2latex
+German version is in dir .../support/w2latex/german
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2150cbdb2e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + +WINW2LTX macros + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

WINW2LTX

+ +

last update: July 24, 2001

+ +

A set of macros for WinWord 2, now also available for WinWord 6 and 7 (95) +
+by Allin Cottrell <cottrell "at" wfu.edu>

+ +

Advantages:
+Converts the document structure, i.e. headings level 1 and 2 (and level 3 in +German version), bulleted lists and numbered lists, and some of the special +characters.
+I personally adapted the macros to the German WinWord versions.

+ +

Can be found on all CTAN sites, directories
+.../support/winw2ltx/english/ww2,
+.../support/winw2ltx/english/ww6
+.../support/winw2ltx/german/ww2,
+.../support/winw2ltx/german/ww6 (new version available, see above!)
+(5 files each in uncompressed form - download binary!)
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+ +

New German Version 5. Feb. 1998:
+Now supported:
+Heading levels 1 to 5
+most special characters from the standard font and the symbol font.
+Formulas can not be converted by this macro, but after its completion they can +be converted by MathType, the full version of the equation editor.
+Download latest German version w95toltx.zip. This zipfile contains:

+ +
+
w95toltx.dot:
+
Template for GERMAN WinWord 7, probably also WinWord 6.
+NOT designed for, but adaptable to non-German versions.
+
license.txt:
+
The GNU Public License
+
+ +

Note: This macro set is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU +General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ +

Disadvantages:
+No conversion of tables, graphics, formulas, most fields.
+(conversion of tables is planned for the near future)
+Only for WinWord 6 and 7 (95).

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c130ae092bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + +word2x + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

word2x

+ +

last update: Jan. 16, 2003

+ +

© D.P.Simpson 2000 (word2x "at" duncan.telstar.net)

+ +

Converts MS Word for Windows 6.0 / 7.0(=95) documents (binary!) to LaTeX, plain text or html, +without the necessity to have Word available, also on many non-PC systems. +

+ +

See http://word2x.sourceforge.net/

+ +

Written in C++

+ +

Environments reported to work include

+
    +
  • RS6000 running AIX (Unix)
  • +
  • cygwin32 (win 32 Microsoft platforms)
  • +
  • DEC Alpha AXP under OSF/1 (Unix)
  • +
  • IBM SP2 (Unix)
  • +
  • Linux (Unix)
  • +
  • SunOS (Unix)< /LI> +
  • gcc on solaris (unix)
  • +
  • FreeBSD (Unix)
  • +
  • SGI (Unix, some hacking reuqired)
  • +
  • OS/2 and EMX with this + patch from Oleg V.Cat. Another port by Joerg + Klemenz has a web page.
  • +
+ +

Environments reported not to work include

+
    +
  • acc on Solaris (source ANSI violations, fixes wanted)
  • +
  • Microsoft Visual C++ (lots of problems, includng lack of + alloca and incapable make clone)
  • +
  • Borland C++
  • +
+ +

Further development in progress.

+ +

On CTAN sites, directory
+.../tools/word2x
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either +"/pub/tex" or "/tex-archive")

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52f62fa6108 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + +WP2LaTeX + + + + +

Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

WP2LaTeX

+ +

last update: Aug. 26, 2003

+ +

written in C. Current version converts WordPerfect 3.x, 4.x, 5.x and 6/7/8.x +to LaTeX.

+ +

Latest version is 3.7 (Aug. 11, 2003). Download from + +http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm
+Older version 2.111 can be found on CTAN sites, dir .../support/wp2latex
+MSDOS, MSWIN and LINUX executables.

+ +

converts (e.g.)

+ +
    +
  • Equations
  • +
  • Tables, Tabs (only WP5.x and up)
  • +
  • Footnotes, Endnotes
  • +
  • Cross-References (only WP5.x and up)
  • +
  • Superscript, Subscript
  • +
  • Extended characters (foreign language/accented, math, Greek - not +linedrawing)
  • +
  • Newspaper-style columns (using multicol.sty) (only WP5.x and up)
  • +
+ +

For more info on features, see homepage -> +features +

+
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8163246dd16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ + + + +wv library + + + + +

Up to the TUG homepage
+Up to Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - +Overview

+ +

wv library

+ +

last update: April 27, 2001

+ +

Most of the following description was copied from the wvware homepage +http://www.wvware.com/

+ +

---> citation begin --->

+ +

... wv library, the new name of the project previously known as +mswordview. Seeing as that name is far too close to +Microsoft's own product named + +wordview the library has been renamed to wv.

+ +

wv is a library which allows access to Microsoft Word files. It can load and +parse the word 2000, 97, 95 and 6 file formats. These are the file formats +known internally as Word 9, 8, 7 and 6. Work is underway to support reading +earlier formats as well: Word 2 docs are converted to plaintext. wv compiles +and works under most operating systems, particularly Linux, BSD, Solaris, OS/2, +AIX and OSF1. It is (to my knowledge) very portable. I have reports that it can +be compiled under Windows using Cygwin32, and that it can compile under AmigaOS +VMS with varying levels of success. It is known to compile and work on all of +Abiword's supported platforms, which +there are a lot of.

+ +

wv allows other programs access to Word documents for the purpose of +converting them to other formats, it is currently being used by +Abiword as its word importer. Concepts +and bits of code are being used by the KDE folks over at +KWord in their word importer.

+ +

Provided with the wv distributions is an application caled wvWare. wvWare +is a "power-user" application with lots of command-line options, +doo-dads, bells, and whistles. Less interesting, but more convenient are the +helper scripts that utilize wvWare. These are:

+ +
    +
  • wvHtml: convert your Word document into HTML4.0
  • +
  • wvLatex: convert your Word document into visually (pretty) correct LaTeX +
  • +
  • wvCleanLatex: convert into 'cleaner' LaTeX containing less visual mark-up, +more suitable for further use and LyX import. Work in progress
  • +
  • wvDVI: converts word to DVI. Requires 'latex'
  • +
  • wvPS: converts word to PostScript. Requires 'dvips'
  • +
  • wvPDF: converts word to Adobe PDF. Requires 'distill' from Adobe [Someone +do a pdflatex or pdfhtml version :-)]
  • +
  • wvText: converts word to plain text. Textually correct output requires +'lynx.' For poor output, this doesn't require anything special.
  • +
  • wvAbw: converts word to Abiword format. Abiword does a better job than +this, in some respects.
  • +
  • wvWml: converts word to WML for viewing on portable devices like WebPhones +and Palm Pilots.
  • +
  • wvRtf: a basic version exists
  • +
  • wvMime: can be plugged as a MIME helper application into your browser/mail +client; presents the document on-screen inside GhostView, while all +intermediate files generated go into the /tmp directory.
  • +
+ +

<--- citation end <---

+ +
+ +

This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.
+Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:

+ +
    +
  • it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have +something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g. +from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents +are unchanged.
  • +
  • you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and +distribution
  • +
+ +

Please also note the disclaimer.

+ + + -- cgit v1.2.3